^ & C ( ) /3

FOR THE PEOPLE
FOR ED VC ATI ON
FOR SCIENCE

LIBRARY

OF

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM

OF

NATURAL HISTORY

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY

I

OF SCIENCE

3

l

a

l

a

l

E

1

I

5

I

=

I

I

I

I

I

§

I

5

I

a

I

I

I

a

i

a

I

I

I

I

I

i

I

i

I

I

I

I

I

=

I

S

I

I

I

I

a

I

4...

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

APRIL, 1939

VOLUME 11
Part I

Program

of

THE SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
HUNTINGDON COLLEGE
MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA
APRIL 14 and 15, 1939

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

*

I

■

I

K

I

a

l

i

i

=

i

i

§

I

8

I

I

I

i

1

E

I

a

i

a

a

a

l

a

i

g

i

a

I

i

I

i

I

i

a

1

i

a

I

i

i

=

i

i

i

i

1

I

I

a

i

*

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Program

Sixteenth Annual Meeting

HUNTINGDON COLLEGE

Montgomery, Alabama
April 14 and 15, 1939

OFFICERS FOR 1938-1939

President, P. H. Yancey _ _ _ _ Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

President-Elect, George D. Palmer University, Ala.

Pice-Presidents and Section Chairmen :

E. V. Smith, Biology and Medical Science,

____ _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

G. D. Palmer, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, University, Ala.

Winnie McGlamEry, Geology, Anthropology and Archeology, _

_ _ Geological Survey of Alabama, University, Ala.

J. F. GlaznEr, Industry, Economics and Geography,

_ _ _ State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Secretary, Septima Smith _ 1 _ University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S., J. H. CoulliETTE, _

_ 1 _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, E. V. Jones Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

s , o t, ( n: te . « ") ^

GENERAL PROGRAM

All Addresses and Section Meetings are open to the public.

FRIDAY, APRIL 14

8:30 A.M. REGISTRATION by all members and guests at en¬
trance of Flower’s Hall. Secure tickets for Banquet
(Friday, 7:30 P.M.), and register for Saturday trips.

10:30 A.M. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING, Room 106,
Flower’s Hall.

11:15 A.M. PRELIMINARY BUSINESS MEETING, Chapel,
Flower’s Hall. Appointment of Committees, etc. Ad¬
journment until 5 P.M.

12:20 P.M. PHOTOGRAPH of the Academy in front of Flower’s
Hall.

12:45-1 :30 P.M. LUNCHEON (Dining Room, Pratt Hall, Price 35
cents.)

1 :45 P.M. SECTION MEETINGS. Papers, discussions, demon¬
strations, election of section chairmen for 1939-1940.
DEMONSTRATIONS will be held in Room 204, Bell-
ingrath Hall.

Section I. Biology and Medical Science, Room 205,
Bellingrath Hall. E. V. Smith, Chairman; A. M. Pear¬
son, Secretary.

Section II. Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, Room
105, Bellingrath Hall. G. D. Palmer, Chairman ; R. D.
Brown, Secretary.

Section III. Geology, Anthropology and Archeology, in
Haughton Library, Second Floor. Winnie McGlainery,
Chairman; Edgar Bowles, Secretary.

Section IV. Industry, Economics and Geography, Room
206, Flower’s Hall. J. F. Glazner, Chairman ; J. Allen
Tower, Secretary.

1 :30 P.M. ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Registration at Sidney Lanier High School and assign¬
ment to rooms. P. P. B. Brooks, Chairman of arrange¬
ments.

4.00 to 6:00 P.M. TEA for all visiting ladies, at the home of Mr.
and Mrs. E. D. Emigh, 13 College Court.

5:00 P.M. FINAL BUSINESS MEETING, Chapel, Flower’s Hall.

Reports of Committees, announcement of Academy
grant from A.A.A.S., other business, adjournment.

7:30 P.M. ANNUAL BANQUET (informal), Jefferson Davis
Hotel. Haygood Paterson, Toastmaster. Tickets should
be purchased when registering. ($1.25 per plate.)

2?6*\

tree 1 4 <1959

8:15 P.M. ANNUAL PUBLIC ADDRESS, Jefferson Davis Ho¬
tel.

9:00 A.M.

Address of Welcome: Dr. Hubert Searcy, President,
Huntingdon College, Montgomery.

Response: Dr. Walter B. Jones, Alabama Department
of Conservation, Montgomery.

Presidential Address: “Science and the World Crisis”,
P. H. Yancey, President of the Academy.

Informal Social: Ball Room, Jefferson Davis Hotel.

SATURDAY, APRIL 15

SECTION MEETINGS.

Section I, Biology and Medical Science, Room 205,
Bellingrath Hall.

Section IV, Industry, Economics and Geography, Room
206, Flower’s Hall.

Other Sections finished programs on Friday.

9:00-12:00 A.M.

GEOLOGY FIELD TRIP to Fort Toulouse and We-
tumpka will be conducted by Walter B. Jones and J. Y.
Bramer. Trip starts promptly from Jefferson Davis
Hotel.

12:00 M.

LUNCHEON, (Pratt Hall, 35 cents).

2:00 P.M.

AFTERNOON TRIPS of various kinds have been ar¬
ranged : State Health Laboratories, U. S. Weather Bu¬
reau, Montgomery Museum, Seeing Montgomery Trip,
The Geology Trip (repeated). These trips start from
Flower’s Hall. Please register on Friday for trips.

N.B. Your promptness at all sessions, trips, etc., will
be greatly appreciated.

4

FRIDAY AFTERNOON— 1 :45
SUCTION I.

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

E. V. SMITH, Chairman
A. M. PEARSON, Secretary
Room 205, Bellingrath Hall

1. REFRIGERATION AS A MEANS FOR IMPROVING THE GER¬
MINATION OF LESPEDEZA SERICEA AND OTHER REFRAC¬
TORY SEEDS. (15 min.)

— J. F. Duggar, Ala. Polytechnic Institute.

A new leguminous plant, Lcspcdeza sericea, is showing special promise
for the production of hay. Untreated seeds germinate very poorly
under Southern conditions. A slight degree of refrigeration under
varied conditions is under investigation by the author as one of the
possible means of improving its germination. A progress report is
presented in this paper.

2. HABROBRACON JUGLANDIS (ASHMEAD) AS A SUBJECT
FOR RESEARCH AND LABORATORY WORK IN GENETICS.
(15 min.)

— P. H. Yancey, Spring Hill College.

One of the difficulties in carrying on research and laboratory work in
genetics, especially in a small college, is the expense and time involved
in caring for large numbers of animals. This difficulty finds a happy
solution in the employment as a subject of research of the small para¬
sitic wasp, Habrobracon juglandis (Ashmead). It is easy and inex¬
pensive to raise in large numbers, does not require much space, atten¬
tion or equipment and, being parthenogenetic, will show recessive muta¬
tions in males after one generation. It is also very useful for labora¬
tory work because of its short life cycle. Many generations can be
studied in a one semester course.

3. “SPREAD WING”, A NEW MUTATION IN HABROBRACON.
(Demonstration.)

P. H. Yancey, Spring Hill College.

4. THE PREVALENCE OF OXYURIASIS IN TWO. ORPHAN¬
AGES. (10 min.)

— C. Brougher, State Dept, of Health, Montgomery.

The inmates of two orphanages, totaling 234 individuals, were exam¬
ined for Enterobulis vermicularis infestation. The method of examina¬
tion was by use of the N.I.H. cellophane rectal swab. Four and five
swabbings were made in the two institutions respectively with an ap¬
preciable increase in the number of infected individuals detected on
each repetition of the swabbing. Of the total of 234 persons examined
88 were found infested with pin worms. Eighty-five of the infested
persons were treated with a correction of 77.7 percent.

(10

5

5. HEALTH CONDITIONS IN THE NORTH AND SOUTH,
min.)

— R. M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

Some recent attacks on the South have purported to show, by means
of statistics for all races combined, that this is an unhealthy section
of the United States. But when the races are separated, southern
whites make a better showing than northern whites, and southern
negroes than northern negroes, in several respects.

6. FROZEN SECTIONS. (10 min.)

— Walter C. Jones, Tenn. Coal, Iron and Railroad Company Hospital,
Fairfield.

The method of preparing tissues by frozen sections has had a hard
struggle for existence for twenty years. It has been severely criticised
and even ridiculed, right down to the present year. Its detractors are
mostly those who have not had the patience and ingenuity to select
proper stains and equipment and to use them thoughtfully. Excellent
routine sections can be made quickly and easily and can be preserved
readily for at least seAreral months.

6a. RESULTS OF THE USE OF 10 PERCENT SOLUTIONS OF
KMn04 AS A REMEDY FOR POISONING BY POISON OAK.
(5 min.)

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

Nomination and election of Chairman for 1939-40, other business
and recess.

7. .THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ALABAMA STATE DEPART¬

MENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH WITH MALARIA CONTROL ON
IMPOUNDED WATERS. (IS min.)

— G. H. Hazlehurst, State Dept, of Public Health, Montgomery.

The paper points out the general field of malaria, control in Alabama
arid defines impounded water control as one phase of the control prob¬
lem. It states the principles, reasons for, and means of control, gives
the historical background leading to this activity, and states the results
obtained.

S. BIOLOGICAL MEASURES IN ANOPHELTNE CONTROL ON
IMPOUNDED WATERS. (15 min.)

— E. Harold Hinman, Tennessee Valley Authority, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Biological control of anopheline breeding upon impounded waters can
be made a vital factor in malaria prevention. Proper reservoir clear¬
ance with particular attention to marginal areas, together with neces¬
sary drainage, and wintertime filling, are essential. In reservoir main¬
tenance pool level fluctuation is the most important single factor.
Predators undoubtedly exert a marked influence upon anopheline breed¬
ing but their utilization artificially has not been demonstrated to be
practicable. Similarly, herbicides, shade or zooprophylactic measures
remain unproven.

9. POTENTIALLY EFFECTIVE METHODS IN CONTROLLING
MALARIA. (IS min.)

— Allan F. Archer, Alabama Museum of Natural History.

The ecology of malaria mosquitoes is discussed, and various methods
for controlling them are mentioned. Recommendations are made in
regard to effective methods for dealing with the mosquitoes and the
treatment of human carriers of malaria.

6

10 MALARIA AS A PROBLEM OF REGIONAL WATER CON¬
TROL IN THE TENNESSEE VALLEY. (15 min.)

— E. L. Bishop Tennessee Valley Authority, Chattanooga, Tennessee.

Malaria constitutes a serious economic and health problem in the South¬
eastern United States. The TVA, in creating its multi-purpose reser¬
voirs, produced potential breeding grounds of Anopheles quadrimacula-
tus, but through recognition of this fact is enabled to prevent the de¬
velopment of actual hazard. The control program is based primarily
upon biological methods with resort to larvicides only when such
methods are inapplicable. Experiments are being conducted concerning
utilization of certain substitute procedures such as screening and
chemoprophylaxis.

11. larvicidal work in relation to wildlife conser¬
vation. (15 min.)

— C. C. Kiker, Tennessee Valley Authority, Wilson Dam, Alabama.

In areas where naturalistic control of anopheline breeding is not ef¬
fective, supplementary measures such as larvicides are utilized. Their
use is limited to acute situations, as larvicides are relatively ineffective,
expensive and of temporary value. Petroleum oils and Paris green
are the larvicides in general use. Our observations in the Valley and
elsewhere in Alabama over a period of years have failed to reveal any
significant damage to important wildlife.

12. NEED MOSQUITO CONTROL BE INCOMPATIBLE WITH
WILD LIFE? (15 min.)

— Walter B. Jones, Alabama Dept. Conservation.

Present practices of the public health authorities relating to mosquito
control are detrimental to the wild life resources of the state. The use
of heavy oils destroys fish foods as does the use of various poisons.
This practice also kills the natural enemies of mosquito larvae, render¬
ing biological control quite impossible. Present methods of drainage
are contributing to the lowering of the ground water table. Other
states have found mosquito control to be compatible with wild life —
why not Alabama?

13. GENERAL DISCUSSION OF MALARIA CONTROL.

7

FRIDAY AFTERNOON— 1 :45

SECTION II.

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, AND MATHEMATICS

G. D. PARMER, Chairman
R. D. BROWN, Secretary
Room 105, Bellingrath Hall

SYMPOSIUM ON THE CHEMISTRY OF THE TVA
PHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS

1. PROGRESS IN PHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS. (25 min.)

— R. L. Copson and G. L. Frear, Tennessee Valley Authority.

Phosphorus is the key element in the solution of the urgent national
problem of maintaining and restoring soil fertility. The trend in ferti¬
lizer manufacture toward more concentrated products is discussed.
The economy to the farmer of using concentrated fertilizer is empha¬
sized.

2. SMELTING OF PHOSPPIATE ROCK IN THE ELECTRIC FUR¬
NACE. (25 min.)

— R. H. Newton and D. B. Ardern, Tennessee Valley Authority.

This paper describes the phosphate deposits of Tennessee. The mining-
operation and subsequent processing are given. The chemistry of phos¬
phate smelting in the TVA electric furnaces and the recovery of acid
are explained.

3. TVA PROCESSES FOR CONCENTRATED SUPERPHOS¬
PHATE AND METAPHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS. (25 min.)

— Grady Tarbutton, Tennessee Valley Authority.

TVA has developed processes for producing two fertilizers having-
high phosphate content; namely, superphosphate containing 45 to 50
percent P205, and metaphos containing 60 to 68 percent P.,Os. These
processes are described.

Nomination and election of chairman, 1939-40.

4. FORMULAS FOR GRADUATING CIRCLES AND SPHERES.

(10 min.)

— J. Sullivan Gibson, State Teachers College, Livingston.

Many maps, charts, and graphs now in common use embody circles and
spheres graduated so as to represent proportional values. Computing
the dimensions for such symbols involves division and/or multiplica¬
tion, and root extraction. Simple mathematical formulae reduce all
computations in a given problem to a single slide rule operation, thus
enabling an operator to perform a hundred or more computations per
hour.

8

5. THE PHYSICAL CONSTANTS OF MESITYL OXIDE. (20 min.)

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College.

A thorough investigation has been made of the physical properties of
mesityl oxide in an effort to clear up several discrepancies occurring
in the literature. Boiling point, melting point, refractive index, mole¬
cular refraction, density, viscosity, surface tension, parachor, and solu¬
bility will be reported.

6. THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN IONS ON THE OXIDATION
POTENTIAL OF GLUTATHIONE. (15 min.)

— John Xan, Howard College.

The effect of the ions of the blood stream on the oxidation potential
of glutathione has been studied. Phosphate ions increase the negative
potential of glutathione. Other ions such as K+, Na+, Mg++, CL,
Ca++, and SO=4 are apparently without effect.

9

FRIDAY AFTERNOON— 1 :45

SECTION III.

GEC )L( )GY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND ARCHEOLOGY

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Chairman
EDGAR BOWLES, Secretary
Haughton Library, Second Floor

1. CLIMATE OF THE TENNESSEE VALLEY IN ALABAMA.
(10 min.)

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

The salient features of the climate of the Tennessee Valley portion of
Alabama will be illustrated by graphs for temperature and rainfall,
and a few statistics.

2. RAINFALL IN ALABAMA. (15 min.)

. — Eugene D. Emigh, Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

This paper will deal with the geographic distribution and seasonal
characteristics of precipitation in Alabama, with special attention to
the division of the State into three climatic zones known as the North¬
ern Division, the Middle Division and the Southern Division .

3. HAIL-STONES, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DISTURB¬
ANCES OF SUCH CHARACTER OCCURRING IN ALABAMA.
(15 min.)

— Patrick H. Smyth, Meteorologist (Retired).

Fortunately destructive hail-storms are not of frequent occurrence in
Alabama, and are, as a rule, mostly local in character. A careful
examination of records dating back to 1832, in which year there were
destructive hail-storms throughout the State, shows that they also oc¬
curred locally in 1857, 1884, 1920, and 1928. The hail-storm of 1928
was the most destructive of its type ever to occur in Alabama. This
paper also treats of the causes of frost, sleet, and other more or less
related phenomena.

4. VARIATIONS WITH DEPTH AT HOG MOUNTAIN GOLD
MINE. (10 min.)

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham Southern College.

This paper concerns certain new facts discovered as this mine was
pushed farther into the intrusive. Reasons for discontinuance of op¬
erations will be discussed. Extensive collections of specimens on all
levels serve as the basis for textural studies. Surface studies have
delimited the extension of the intrusive.

10

5. TALLAPOOSA ART. (20 min.) (Lantern)

— Peter A. Brannon, Alabama Department of Archives and History.

The purpose of this paper, illustrated with lantern slides, is to show
a rather distinctive, characteristic execution, a technique practically
applied, of an art concept of the people of the lower Tallapoosa River
Valley. The designs are similar to illustrated figures, largely conven¬
tional in type, found at points in the Tennessee River Valley, along
the Chattahoochee and in the Alabama and Tombigbee Basins, though
there is a localization which must be admitted.

6. RECENT SEISMIC ACTIVITY IN WESTERN OHIO. (15 min.)
(Lantern)

■ — -A. J. Westland, Department of Geophysics, St. Louis University.

Perhaps the earth in the Great Lakes Region is even now springing
back in desultory jerks — -recovering from the glacial compression of
Pleistocene time. Possibly the Ohio River flood accelerated the snap-
back process. At any rate the earthquakes of March 2 and March 9,
1937, give ample evidence that Western Ohio is still quite active seis-
mically.

7. BENTONITE IN SOUTHERN ALABAMA. (10 min.)

— Edgar Bowles, Geological Survey of Alabama.

A new discovery of bentonite has been made in the Eocene deposits
of Clarke County. Bentonite has been known in the Paleozoic strata
of northern Alabama for many years, but the Clarke County occur¬
rence is the first of economic importance to be recorded. Production
began last year and is increasing rapidly. Petrographic studies of this
bentonite prove it to consist of almost pure montmorillonite (volcanic
ash) clearly showing relict volcanic structure.

8. THE GEOLOGY OF THE MONTGOMERY DISTRICT. (10 min.)

- — Walter B. Jones, State Geologist of Alabama.

Montgomery is located in the Cretaceous belt of the Coastal Plain,
with the crystallines some twelve to fifteen miles to the northward.
The Cretaceous, including from top to bottom, the Ripley, Selma, Eutaw
and Tuscaloosa formations, extends in easterly-westerly direction, over¬
lapping the crystallines. Near Wetumpka. there is a series of very
interesting block faults, where Eutaw and Selma blocks have settled
into Tuscaloosa and crystallines (Ashland Schist) alike.

11

SATURDAY MORNING— 9:00
SECTION I.

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

E. V. SMITH, Chairman
A. M. PEARSON, Secretary

Room 205, Bellingrath Hall

1. WATER SOLUBLE GROWTH SUBSTANCES IN PLANTS.
(15 min.)

— J. R. Jackson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Organic substances elaborated in the growing tips of plants are effec¬
tive in inhibiting and development, initiating root development and per¬
mitting phototropic responses. Synthetic compounds are also effective.
Vitamin complexes (especially B,) are essential to the growth of certain
fungi and green plants.

2. GROWTH OF EXCISED PLANT PARTS. (Demonstration)

— Coyt Wilson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Excised embryos and root tips of some plants can be grown in a dilute
mineral solution containing a sugar such as glucose. In some plants
at least, it is possible to maintain these excised plant parts indefinitely
by transferring a portion of the growing tip to fresh solutions at wcekly
or bi-monthly intervals. Water soluble growth substances are neces¬
sary for the prolonged growth of the excised plant part. This. method
offers possibilities in studying respiration, temperature reaction, inor¬
ganic and organic nutrition, correlation, polarity, hormone action, in¬
fection, and tissue invasion by pathogenic organisms.

3. SELF-STERILITY IN BSCHSCHOLTZIA CALI FORMIC A

CHAM. (10 min.)

— Alvin V. Beatty, University of Alabama.

•

Several inheritable factors are involved in the production of self-steril¬
ity in the California poppy. One of these factors has been isolated
and the mode of inheritance has been determined. The time at which
this factor operates and the manner in which it causes sterility has
been ascertained.

4. PHOTOPERIODISM AND ITS APPLICATION TO SOUTHERN
FLORICULTURE. (15 min.) Charts and Slides.

— E. W. McElwee, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Commercial florists in other sections are now controlling the dates of
flowering of certain greenhouse crops by using photoperiodic treat¬
ments to insure a continuous supply of flowers, to avoid periods of
oversupply, and to eliminate inferior crops. Because of climatic differ¬
ences, however, the photoperiodic treatments used in other sections
have not produced comparable results under southern conditions. New
or modified photoperiodic treatments that have been worked out for
southern conditions will be reported.

12

5. BREEDING BETTER VEGETABLES FOR ALABAMA GAR¬
DENS. (15 min.)

— Keith C. Barrons, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Au¬
burn, Alabama.

Scientific plant breeding work is in progress at the Alabama Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station for the purpose of developing new varieties
of vegetables especially adapted to southern conditions. A new^ pole
bean introduced last year under the name of “Alabama No. 1’ has
proved very outstanding in tests all over the State. It is resistant to
root-knot and rust and possesses the ability to yield fairly well under
conditions of poor soil and drouth where common varieties practically
fail.

6. UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE TRAINING IN WILD
LIFE MANAGEMENT (15 min.— Charts.)

— F. S. Arant, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The increased interest in wildlife conservation during the past few years
has developed a definite need for well trained leaders to direct wildlife
work, both professionally and as an avocation. The purpose of this
paper is to discuss the course work and type of training needed by
undergraduate and graduates interested in wildlife. The undergradu¬
ate prerequisites for graduate study in wildlife at Auburn will be pre¬
sented.

7. THE MOLLUSCAN POPULATION OF OLD GULLIES IN
WEST ALABAMA. (10 min.)

— Allan F. Archer, Alabama Museum of Natural History.

A study of old gullies in sample areas, Clarke and Tuscaloosa Coun¬
ties in west Alabama, was undertaken in order to determine whether
or not Mollusca have become established in them. There is a certain
similarity in the molluscan communities of the two areas. A total of
nineteen species are recorded from the combined areas.

8. ROLE OF PLANKTON IN FISH PRODUCTION. (15 min.)

— E. V. Smith and H. S. Swingle, Ala. Agr. Expr. Station, Auburn.

Minute free-floating plants and animals constitute the plankton of
bodies of water and form the basic food supply for fish. Phytoplank¬
ton is eaten directly by few species of fish — gold fish, golden shiners,
and shad. It is eaten by dipterous larvae which are eaten by bream,
small crappie, and bass. Most of it is decomposed by bacteria which
are eaten by zooplankton which form a major item of the diet of
young pan and game fish.

9. FACTORS AFFECTING THE GROWTH OF FISFI. ' (15 min.)

— H. S. Swingle and E. V. Smith, Ala. Agr. Exp. Station, Auburn.

A body of water under a given set of conditions can and normally
will support a certain weight of fish. Food and crowding are limiting
factors for fish growth in most waters (pollution of streams must
be considered in industrial areas). Under natural conditions the weight
of fish is in equilibrium with the food supply and the best way to get
bigger fish is to increase the food supply; adding more fish will fre¬
quently result in smaller fish. Results of experiments dealing with
increased fish production are reported.

13

10. THE SEROLOGICAL TYPES OF PNEUMOCOCCI IN 331 SUS¬
PECTED CASES OF LOBAR PNEUMONIA. (10 min.)

— S. R. Damon, State Dept, of Health, Montgomery.

During 1938 three hundred thirty-one sputa from suspected cases of
lobar pneumonia were sent to the laboratories of the State Department
of Health for typing. Examined by the Neufeld technique 184 of the
sputa showed pneumococci that gave a Quellung reaction. Type I was
the most commonly occurring type of organism and was almost exactly
twice as prevalent as any other type. Types VII, VIII and III were
the next most common. Twenty-three of the recognized 30 serological
types were encountered during the year.

11. OBSERVATIONS ON THE NESTING HABITS OF THE
MOURNING DOVE. (10 min.)

— A. M. Pearson, Alabama Coop. Wildlife Research Unit.

The material presented will concern the nesting habits of Mourning-
Doves, especially in Alabama. A series of lantern slides will be used
to illustrate nesting sites and development of the young.

12. NOTES ON ALABAMA SNAKES (12 min.) (Opaque projection)

—Geo. C. Moore, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

This paper will treat briefly the snakes that are found in Alabama
with their distribution within the state. Of particular interest will be
the discussion of the extended range of the western subspecies of the
pigmy rattler ( Sistrurus miliarins streckeri ) ; and the discussion of a
new representative of the genus Matrix that has recently been collected
near Auburn, Alabama. Some of the chief differences between poi¬
sonous and non poisonous snakes will be illustrated by photographs.

13. THE PACKAGE BEE AND QUEEN BEE INDUSTRY. (12 min.)

— J. M. Robinson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Producing package bees and queen bees in the southern states and
California has developed into a large business. Such bees and queens
are used; by honey producers, for the collection of nectar; by fruit
growers and vegetable growers for the cross pollenization of fruit and
vegetable flowers in northern United States and Canada.

14. NATURE STUDY IN THE HIGH SCHOOL CURRICULUM.
(10 min.)

— Henry G. Good, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Nature study should be emphasized in the high school curriculum. The
majority of the high school students do not attend college, so they
should be given the opportunity to know the common native plants and
animals of the state and to appreciate the conservation movement.
More emphasis to the training of the biology teacher should be given
by the colleges through adaptive course work with reference to identi¬
fication, habit and habitat of our native life.

14

SATURDAY MORNING— 9:00
SECTION IV.

INDUSTRY, ECONOMICS AND GEOGRAPHY

J. F. GLAZNER, Chairman
J. ALLEN TOWER, Secretary
Room 206, Flower’s Hall

1. POPULATION TRENDS IN ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College.

In an analysis of land utilization and its problems in Alabama, one
method of approach is to analyze the settlement record. This paper
presents and analyzes the distribution of population in 1930 (map) and
the shifts from 1910 to 1930 (map). It thus reveals certain trends and
danger spots.

2. MARKETING ALABAMA FARM PRODUCTS. (20 min.)

— Luther Fuller, Farm Products Agent, T. C. I. & R. R. Co.

This paper presents a practical discussion of the problems involved in
the marketing of Alabama farm products, and relates to available and
possible markets, trade requirements, grading, packing, processing plants
and opportunities in Alabama to increase the farmers’ income.

3. POSSIBLE METHODS FOR INCREASING THE CONSUMP¬
TION OF COTTON AND ITS BY-PRODUCTS. (15 min.) desk
space.

— C. A. Basore and A. R. Macormac, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Cotton is used extensively in the Textile Industry where it comes in
competition with linen, wool and silk. It is also an important source
of cellulose. The consumption of cotton depends largely upon what
can be accomplished in these two fields.

There are reasons for thinking that if cotton is subjected to an inten¬
sive research program it may partly or wholly replace rayon, linen,
wool or silk. As a source of cellulose cotton comes in competition with
cheap paper pulp. Hence it is necessary to determine in what respects
cotton is different from other sources of cellulose and then develop
these differences.

Some thirty-five possible research problems are given stressing these
two lines of attack.

4. WHAT DOES INDUSTRY MEAN TO THE SOUTH? (20 min.)

— W. D. Moore, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

A presentation of some of the major benefits and problems of
Southern Industry, with particular reference to the cast iron pipe
industry, whose normal annual production is valued at $50,000,-
000.00. Approximately 60% of the cast iron pipe manufactured in
the United States is produced in the South, altho 85% to 90% of
this production is shipped to other territory. Only 10% to 15% is
consumed in the South.

15

The reasons why industries will locate and remain in the South
are brought out. Industry is mobile. The general problem of
bringing more industry to the South and keeping it in the South
will be discussed.

5. COAL: ALABAMA’S PROBLEM INDUSTRY. (15 min.)

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College.

In addition to the well-known statistics of the coal industry in Alabama
this paper will discuss many less well-known geologic conditions af¬
fecting the industry.

6. THE WESTERN BLACK BELT: ITS GEOGRAPHIC STATUS.
(15 min.)

— J. Sullivan Gibson, State Teachers College, Livingston.

Four western Alabama counties — Sumter, Marengo, Greene, and Hale —
together with a fragmentary periphery, form a typical cross-section of
the western Black Belt, the area with which this paper deals. As its
major theme tne discussion treats the character of land use as related
to the tremendous bi-racial problem facing the region. Crude farm-
methods and severe land abuse, associated with negro tenantry and
the antipathy for manual labor on the part of most white farmers,
cannot escape notice.

7. SIGNIFICANCE OF BACHELORS AND SPINSTERS.

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

Most people marry sooner or later, but the proportion who never do
varies considerably at different times and places. The percent of bach¬
elors and spinsters in the white population of each state, from 1890
to 1930, and in certain cities, will be illustrated by graphs, and the sig¬
nificance of the geographical differences pointed out.

16

PROGRAM OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY
SESSIONS: SIDNEY LANIER HIGH SCHOOL

FRIDAY, APRIL 14, 1939

1 :30 P.M.

2:30 P.M.
3 :00 P.M.

4:00 P.M.
4:30 P.M.
7:00 P.M.

Registration at Sidney Lanier High School and assignment to
rooms. Registration fee, 25c.

Arrangements of exhibits.

Business Meeting of all Officers, Sponsors, Counselors, and
Delegates.

Inspection of Exhibits.

Sightseeing Trips.

Annual Banquet. Entertainment Program (55 cents per plate).

SATURDAY, APRIL 15, 1939

8:30 A.M. Inspection of Exhibits, Sidney Lanier High School.
9 :00 A.M. Seating of Delegates. Business meeting.

9 :30 A.M. Presentation of Papers. Presentation of Awards.

PAPERS PRESENTED

1. The Design and Construction of Aircraft _ Walter Cornelius

Shades-Cahaba High School

2. Soil-less Plants _ _ _ _ Winnefred O’Dell

West End High School

3. Eugenics and the Future _ _ .Charles Boyd

Tuscaloosa County High School

4. The Insulin Harmone _ _ _ _ _ ... Reddin S. Sugg

Lee County High School

5. Phosphorescence and Fluorescence _ Billy Smith

Woodlawn High School

6. My Flobby: Taxidermy - Thomas Duncan Head

Sidney Lanier High School

7. To be announced - ... _ _ _ Mary Parkman

Seale High School

8. Evolution of the Pituitary Gland - ^.....Julian Wyrosdick

Coffee County High School

9. Bio-Chemistry _ _ _ _ _ _

Murphy High School

10. Amateur Taxidermy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Doodie Bettis

Convent of Mercy

11. Pipe Making in the World’s Largest Plant _ ... Mildred Dables

Hueytown High School

12. The Weather Observatory of St. Bernard—. James Harris

St. Bernard High School

13. Typical Amateur Radio Station _ _ E. C. Pritchard

Phillips High School

14. Synthetic Chemistry......... _ _ _ _ Edith Binner

Mortimer Jordan High School

OFFICERS OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY— 1938-1939

Troy, Alabama

Vice-President, JANE FRAZIER _ West End High School

Birmingham, Alabama

Seale, Alabama

Treasurer, ROBERT McNUTT _ Shades-Cahaba High School

Birmingham, Alabama

Acting Permanent Counselor, JAMES L. KASSNER _

_ _ _ _ _ University of Alabama

University, Alabama

Counselor to President, J. H. STARLING _ Troy High School

Troy, Alabama

Local Chairman, P. P. B. BROOKS _ Sidney Lanier High School

Montgomery, Alabama

CHAPTER MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA
JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1. Lee County High School _ Auburn

2. Baldwin County High School _ - _ Bay Minette

3. Bishop Toolen High School _ Mobile

4. Coffee County High School _ Enterprise

5. Convent of Mercy Academy _ . _ Mobile

6. Butler County High School _ Greenville

7. DeKalb County High School _ Fort Payne

8. Ensley High School— _ _ Ensley

9. Fairfield High School _ _ _ Fairfield

10. Hanceville High School _ Hanceville

11. Hazlewood High School _ Town Creek

12. Hueytown High School _ , _ Bessemer

13. Minor High School _ iil^Ensley

14. Montgomery County High School _ Rarner

15. Mortimer Jordan High School _ _ _ Morris

16. Mount Hope High School— _ Mount Hope

17. Murphy High School _ __ _ Mobile

18. Phillips High School _ ... _ Birmingham

19. Ramsay Tech High School _ _ _ Birmingham

20. Seale High School _ Seale

21. Selma High School _ Selma

22. Shades-Cahaba High School _ Birmingham

23. , Tuscaloosa County High School _ Northport

24. Tuscaloosa Senior High School _ Tuscaloosa

25. Visitation High School _ Mobile

26. West End High School _ Birmingham

27. Woodlawn High School— _ Birmingham

28. Troy High School _ Troy

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
77th Street & Central Park West
NEW YORK, N. Y.

*■-

I

■

-•4*

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JUNE, 1939

VOLUME 11
Part II

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
HUNTINGDON COLLEGE
MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA
APRIL 14 and 15, 1939

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

1

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JUNE, 1939

VOLUME 11
Part II

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
HUNTINGDON COLLEGE
MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA
APRIL 14 and 15, 1939

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Officers of the Academy _ . _ 3

General Program of the Montgomery Meeting _ 4

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting _ 5

Minutes of the Fifteenth Annual Meeting _ _ _ 6

Reports of Committees and Officers —

The Treasurer’s Report _ 9

Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S _ 9

Report of the Counselor of the Junior Academy _ 11

Report of the Editor of the Journal _ 12

Annual Presidential Address _ 13

Abstracts of Papers at 1939 Meeting —

Section I — Biology and Medical Sciences _ 19

Section II — Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics _ 34

Section III — Geology, Anthropology and Archeology.. 39

Section IV — Industry, Economics and Geography _ 43

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science —

Junior Academy Officers for 1938-1939 _ 48

High Schools and Delegates at Troy Meeting _ 48

Winners of Senior Academy Certificates _ 48

Treasury Report for Junior Academy _ 49

Members of Alabama Academy of Science _ 49

Associate Members.! _ 53

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1939-1940

President, George D. Palmer _ _ _ University, Ala.

President-Elect , C. M. Farmer _ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

S. R. Damon, Biology and Medical Science _

- Alabama State Department of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

I. M. Hostetter, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics _ _ _

- Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

A. J. Westland, Geology, Anthropology and Archeology _

_ _ _ Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala,

E. D. Emigh, Industry, Economics and Geography _ _ _

- - - - Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Secretary, Septima C. Smith _ _ _ University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S., J. H. Coulliette _ _

- Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, E. V. Jones _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

PAST PRESIDENTS

Wright A. Gardner (2 terms) _

_ Auburn . .

.....1924-1926

Stewart J. Lloyd _ _

_ University _

.....1926-1927

John R. Sampey

Howard College

.1927-1928

Walter C. Jones

_ Birmingham _

—1928-1929

Freti Allison

_ _ Auburn _

_ 1929-1930

Emmett B. Carmichael

_ University . .

...... 1930-1931

George J. Fertig

_ .. Birmingham _

...1931-1932

J. F. Duggar

.... _ Auburn _

......1932-1933

J. L. Brakefield— . .

_ Howard College _

...... 1933-1934

R. S. Poor .

Birmingham-Southern College _

_ 1934-1935

A. G. Overton ..

..Alabama

By-Products Corp _

...... 1935-1936

Walter B. Jones _

_ University _ _

......1936-1937

Roger W. Allen . .

_ _ _ Auburn _

......1937-1938

P. H. Yancey... _ _

... Spring Hill College, Mobile — . _

......1938-1939

GENERAL PROGRAM

FRIDAY, APRIL 14-15

8:30 A.M. REGISTRATION at entrance of Flower’s Hall. Secure
tickets for Banquet and register for trips.

10:30 A.M. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING, Room 106,
Flower’s Hall.

11:15 A.M. PRELIMINARY BUSINESS MEETING, Chapel,
Flower’s Hall. Appointment of Committees, etc. Ad¬
journment until 5 P.M.

12:20 P.M. PHOTOGRAPH of the Academy in front of Flower’s
Hall.

12:45-1:30 P.M. LUNCHEON (Dining Room, Pratt Hall, Price 35
cents.)

1 :30 P.M. ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Registration at Sidney Lanier High School and assign¬
ment to rooms. P. P. B. Brooks, Chairman of arrange¬
ments.

1 :45 P.M. SECTION MEETINGS. Papers, discussions, demon¬
strations, election of section chairmen for 1939-1940.
DEMONSTRATIONS Room 204, Bellingrath Hall.

4:00 to 6:00 P.M. TEA for all visiting ladies, at the home of Mr.
and Mrs. E. D. Emigh, 13 College Court.

5:00 P.M. FINAL BUSINESS MEETING, Chapel, Flower’s Hall.

7:30 P.M. ANNUAL BANQUET (informal), Jefferson Davis
Hotel. Haygood Paterson, Toastmaster. (Plate $1.25.)

8:15 P.M. ANNUAL PUBLIC ADDRESS, Jefferson Davis Hotel.

Address of Welcome: Dr. Hubert Searcy, President,
Huntingdon College, Montgomery.

Response: Dr. Walter B. Jones, Alabama Department of
Conservation, Montgomery.

Presidential Address: “Science and the World Crisis”,
P. H. Yancey, President of the Academy.

Moving Picture: Walter B. Jones, Montgomery.
Informal Social: Ball Room, Jefferson Davis Hotel.

SATURDAY, APRIL 15
9:00 A.M. SECTION MEETINGS'.

9:00-12:00 A.M. GEOLOGY FIELD TRIP to Fort Toulouse and We-
tumpka will be conducted by Walter B. Jones and J. Y.
Brame. Trip starts promptly from Jefferson Davis
Hotel.

2:00 P.M. AFTERNOON TRIPS: State Health Laboratories, U.

S. Weather Bureau, Montgomery Museum, Seeing Mont¬
gomery Trip, The Geology Trip (repeated). These trips
start from Flower’s Hall.

5

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, APRIL 14, 1939

The meeting was called to order at 10:30 A M. by P. H. Yancey, Presi¬
dent of the Academy, in Room 106, Flower’s Hall.

1. Minutes: The minutes of the previous meeting of the Executive
Committee held at State Teachers College, Troy, April 8, 1938, were read
by the Secretary. They were approved as read.

2. Treasurer’s Report: John Xan, Treasurer, postponed his full re¬
port until the first business meeting, but moved that at all times hereafter
both President and Treasurer approve all bills in advance of their being
made. Seconded by R. S. Poor. Passed.

3. Report of the Councilor of the A. A. AS.: J. H. Coulliette, Coun¬
cilor of the A.A.A.S., delayed his annual report until the first business ses¬
sion. He moved, however, that the President appo nt a committee to secure
money from the Legislature or from some other source, in order that the
Journal may print in full worth-while research papers. This is in accord¬
ance with what is being done in other Academies, and what was suggested
at the last Council meeting of the A.A.A.S. in Richmond. Seconded by
E. V. Jones. Discussion as follows: P. H. Yancey thought he knew a
legislator who would introduce such a bill R. S. Poor inquired about the
necessity of incorporation by the Academy in order that it might receive the
money. J. F. Duggar, Sr. wondered as to the advisability of such a project
at this time. G. D. Palmer questioned whether it was worth-while for the
Academy to publish articles in full in the Journal since, under the present
arrangement of publishing abstracts only, full-length articles on the same
research can be published in other journals of wider distribution. J. L.
Brakefield expressed the opinion that such papers as our Journal would
publish would not receive recognition by national journals. He recommends
the use of the Journal for the publication of “first” papers, i.e. of initial
efforts of “youngsters” to encourage them to do further research. Editor
Jones feels that the Journal as well as the A.A.S. should enter upon a pe¬
riod of expansion and greater activity, with the President a working mem¬
ber, and cites the progress of other young academies. To this end he moved
♦ he appointment by the incoming President of three additional committees,
namely, the

a. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and the Activities of
the Academy (seconded by J. L. Brakefield).

b. Committee on Research (seconded by John Xan).

c. Publications Committee to consist of an Editorial Board, which
will aid the Editor in the publication of the Journal. Vote on the
last-named was deferred until the final business meeting.

The original motion was now voted upon, passed in Executive Meeting,
and approved for presentation to the Academy at their final business
meeting.

4. Report f rom E. V. Jones, Editor of the Journal : The Editor re¬
quests prompt and early reports of programs and details of meeting for
future publication. Annual report postponed until preliminary business
meeting.

5. Report of the Acting Permanent Counselor to the Junior Academy:
James L. Kassner, Acting Permanent Counselor to the Junior Academy,
reported as follows :

a. That action on the report of the Special Committee on the Junior
Academy with reference to the proposed amendments to the constitution

6

and by-laws of the Junior Academy, tabled from last year, be again post¬
poned.

b. That the President appoint a Committee of the Senior Academy
to Promote the Interest of the Junior Academy. Seconded by E. V. Jones.
Motion carried.

J. H. Coulliette moved that the Counselors to the Junior Academy
select one girl and one boy from that group to be recommended as Honor¬
ary Junior Members of the A.A.A.S. Seconded by R. S. Poor. Motion car¬
ried. The President and the Secretary of the Junior Academy had been
appointed to the honor by the Academy President this year.

6. Adjournment : At the end of business and upon motion of Roger
W. Allen, the meeting adjourned.

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS MEETING

The meeting was called to order by P. H. Yancey, President of the
Academy, at 11 : 1 5 A.M. in the Chapel of Flower’s Hall.

1. Minutes : The minutes of the previous preliminary business meet¬
ing held at State Teachers College, Troy, April 8, 1938, were read by the
Secretary. They were approved as read.

2. Reports of the Standing Committees :

a. Committee on the Academy Award: This committee was com¬
posed of the president-elect, George D. Palmer, and the four vice-presi¬
dents, chairman of their respective sections, including George D. Palmer,
Willie McGlamery, J. F. Glazner and E. V. Smith. The Academy Award
from the A.A.A.S'. for the coming year was given to J. Allen Tower,
Assistant Professor of Geography, Birmingham-Southern College, for
“Preparation of an Atlas of Alabama and a Geography of Alabama.”

b. Charter Membership Committee : Peter A. Brannon, chairman, an¬
nounced that certain facts had already been acquired by the committee,
but the report was still incomplete. J. F. Duggar, Sr., moved and R. S.
Poor seconded a motion, that the committee be continued. It was so or¬
dered. Mr. Brannon received certain additional information from the as¬
sembled company.

c. Councilor of the A.A.A.S. : J. H. Coulliette, Councilor of the
A.A.A.S., read his annual report. Report appended. It was moved by
Walter C. Jones, seconded by C. M. Farmer that the report be accepted.
Motion carried.

d. Editor of the Journal : E. V. Jones, Editor of the Journal, made
his annual report. In order to avoid late appearance of the Journal, he
recommends prompt forwarding of section programs. He urges expan¬
sion and intensification of the work of the Academy in order to measure
up to other Academies. Peter E. Brannon moved, J. H. Coulliette sec¬
onded the acceptance of this report. It was so ordered. Report appended.

e. Treasurer: John Xan, Treasurer, presented his report for the
fiscal year. This was referred to the Auditing Committee, to be reported
back to the Academy at the final business meeting.

f. Acting Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy: James L.
Kassner, Acting Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy, presented his
report. It was moved by E. V. Jones, seconded by A. J. Westland, that the
report be accepted. It was so ordered. Report retained for forwarding
later.

3. Appointment of Committees : The following committees were ap¬
pointed by the President and requested to report at the 5 :00 o’clock Busi¬
ness Meeting.

7

a. Auditing Committee : (a) for the Senior Academy: R. S. Poor,
chairman, C. M. Farmer and Thomas A. Wood, (b) for the Junior
Academy: John Xan, Chairman, and James L. Kassner.

b. Resolutions Committee: Roger Allen, chairman, W. F. Abercrom¬
bie and Margaret Hess.

c. Committee on Meeting Place for 1940: A. J. Westland, chairman,
James L. Brakefield, G. F. Barnes.

d. Nominating Committee : Walter B. Jones, chairman; J. F. Dug-
gar and B. F. Clark. Officers to be elected: President-elect, Councilor of
the A.A.A.S'. for one year ; Editor of the Journal for three years. Section
chairmen were reminded to have their respective sections select their chair¬
men for the coming year. Each chairman selects his own secretary during
the year.

4. Presentation of Shingles : The Secretary presented shingles of mem¬
bership to those who had joined at the last regular session. New members
will receive their shingles at or before the next meeting. Thanks are due
to Miss Christine Adcock for the art work on the shingles.

5. Announcements : Harry C. Heath, Peter A. Brannon, E. D. Emigh,
members of the local entertainment committee, made various announce¬
ments regarding registration, the Tea, the banquet and sightseeing trips.
Mr. Emigh moved that a committee be appointed for the promotion of
interest in meteorology and climatology in the state. Roger Allen seconded
this motion. Motion carried.

6. Adjournment : Following the completion of the business, the meet¬
ing adjourned until 5:00 p.m.

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS MEETING

The final business meeting was called to order at 5 :00 P.M. in the
Chapel, Flower’s Hall, by P. H. 'Yancey, President. The reading of the min¬
utes of the previous final business session held at State Teachers College,
Troy, April 8, 1938, was, by popular acclamation, dispensed with. They
were approved without being read.

Reports of the standing committees :

1. Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy : C. M. Farmer re¬
ported as follows for the chairman, R. S'. Poor, who had been called
away: “We, your committee, on auditing the Treasurer’s books, find
report and books correct and in order. Since the last bank balance was
made in April, 1935, we recommend that the book be balanced at an early
date.” J. Allen Tower moved and B. F. Clark seconded adoption of the
report. It was so ordered. Report appended.

2. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: John Xan an¬
nounced that he and James L. Kassner, members of the committee, would
give this report by mail.

3. Resolutions Committee : Report of the committee was made and
its adoption moved by Margaret Hess, member, reporting for Roger W.
Allen, the absentee chairman. It was adopted.

4. Committee on Place of 1940 Meeting : The committee reported
through A. J. Westland, chairman, that one invitation had been received,
namely, from Birmingham-Southern College, through R S Poor, and
recommended its acceptance. Walter B. Jones moved, and W. C. Jones
seconded the motion to accept this invitation. It was so ordered.

5. Committee for the Nomination of Officers, 1940: W. B. Jones,
chairman, read the report of the nominating committee which was as fol¬
lows :

President (Elect of last year) : George D. Palmer, University.

President-Elect: C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

8

Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: J. H. Coulliette, Birmingham-Southern
College, re-elected for one year.

Editor of the Journal : E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, re¬
elected for three years.

The Treasurer, John Xan, Howard College, is retained for another
two years.

The Secretary, Septima C. Smith, University of Alabama, has one
more year.

As there were no nominations from the floor, it was moved by Peter

A. Brannon and seconded by J. Allen Tower, that the Secretary be in¬
structed to cast the vote for the above nominations. It was so ordered.

6. Nominations of Section Chairmen :

Section I. Biology and Medical Sciences:

Samuel Reed Damon, Alabama State Department of Health, Mont¬
gomery.

Section II. Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics:

Ingomar M. Hostetter, Howard College.

Section III. Geology, Anthropology and Archeology:

A. J. Westland, Spring Hill College.

Section IV. Industry, Economics and Geography :

E. D. Emigh, Weather Bureau, Montgomery.

All of the above nominations were accepted at the business meeting.

7. Proposal of Three New Committees : The formation of three new
committees, suggested at the Executive Meeting in the morning by E. V.
Jones, were now brought forward for the approval of the Academy. They
are to be appointed by the incoming President.

a. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and the Activities of
the Academy : This committee is to serve the function of enlarging the
scope of the Academy. Moved by J. L. Brake! ield, seconded by Walter

B. Jones. Committee approved.

b. Committee on Research : Moved by E. V. Jones, seconded by John
Xan. Discussed by W. B. Jones, W. C. Jones and J. H. Coulliette Com¬
mittee approved. W. B. Jones moved and Jerry Bowles seconded the mo¬
tion, that the Committee on Grants-In-Aid be instructed to aid this new
committee. Motion carried.

c. Publications Committee: This committee to serve as an Editorial
Board to assist the Editor in publications. Moved by G. F. Barnes, sec¬
onded by John Xan. Committee approved.

8. Committee on Junior Academy : John Xan moved, E. V. Jones
seconded, that the Committee on the Junior Academy as well as the Acting-
Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy be retained for one more
year. Motion carried.

9. Secretary’s Proposal: In order to facilitate editorial and publicity
efforts, and the more accurate and timely distribution of information in
advance of annual meetings, the Secretary moved, seconded by J. F. Dug-
gar, Sr., that two carbon copies of the section programs, the original
of which is sent to the Editor for the printed program, be sent at the
same time to the Secretary who, in turn, will forward one to the Chairman
of Local Arrangements. The latter is to be responsible for ,A.ssociated
Press, United Press and local publicity. The secretary will retain one
copy for distribution of information as required. Motion carried. The
technique of requesting dues from the members by the Treasurer was also
discussed and left to the discretion and tact of the Treasurer.

10. Section on Climatology: E .D. Emigh moved, J. F. Glazner sec¬
onded the motion, that papers in Climatology and Meteorology hereafter

9

be assembled in a group and given in connection with Section IV. To this
end Mr. Emigh urged the co-operation of all members interested along
these lines.

11. Committee to Secure Funds from the Legislature : J. H. Coul-
liette moved and Ingomar M. Hostetter seconded the motion, that the incom¬
ing president appoint a committee to obtain funds from the state legislature,
about $400.00 to $500.00 a year, for extending the scope of the Journal and for
the publication of full-length papers. It was intimated that one legislator
might be persuaded to present such a bill. S. R. Damon questions the value
of publishing papers in full — fears they will not be full enough. J. F. Dug-
gar, S'r., recommends that the President appoint a committee to study the
problem of the publication of long papers. A. J. Westland urges a con¬
tinuation of effort toward the publication of full-length papers. J. H.
Coulliette approves the publication of papers in full. Original motion lost.

12. Adjournment : Upon the completion of business, and following
the expressions of appreciation by the President for the cooperation of his
officers and of the Academy members, the meeting adjourned.

Over eighty members and a number of visitors registered.

SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Secretary.

TREASURER’S REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDING

APRIL 14, 1939

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand April 7, 1938 _ _ 210.21

Membership fees, reprints, and journal files _ _ 301.48 301.48

511.69

DISBURSEMENTS

Septima Smith (89) postage and shingles _ 6.48

G. G. Carlson (90) _ _ _ _ _ _ 2.77

G. W. Hargreaves (91) _ _ 1.65

Birmingham Printing Co. (92) _ _

Journal Part 1, Part 2, and reprints.... _ _ _ _ 198.78

E. V. Jones (93) Editor’s Expenses _ _ _ _ _ 11.75

E. V. Jones (94) Editor’s Expenses _ _ _ .46

Birmingham Printing Co. (95) . . . . . . . .

Stationary and Abstracts Form _ 17.74

G. D. Palmer (96) Postage _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4.00 243.63

Balance _ _ _ _ _ 268.06

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Audited and approved.

R. S'. POOR, Chairman Auditing Committee.
T. A. WOOD,

C. M. FARMER.

REPORT OF THE COUNSELOR OF THE A.A.A.S.

The Academy Conference met at the Jefferson Hotel in Richmond,
Virginia, on Tuesday, December 27, 1938. The program consisted of the
following papers :

10

First, “A Survey of State Academies Affiliated with the A.A.A.S.”-'
W. H. Schoewe, Kansas Academy of Science.

Second, “Objectives of the Academy Conference,” Bert Cunningham,
North Carolina Academy of Science.

Third, “Financing Academy Publications,” general discussion.

Dr. Schoewe presented an interesting group of statistics concerning
the membership and activities of the various affiliated societies Dr.
Cunningham suggested that the academies give attention to the following
items: (1) Informing the citizens of the state with regard to the work
of the academy and its members. (2) The service of the academy as a
unifying agent for the various scientific organizations of its state. (3) The
accumulating and administering of funds for aid in research. (4' Publi¬
cation of the programs of the State Academy in national journals such
as “Science.”

Dr. Cunningham particularly emphasized the importance of increas¬
ing the number of members of the academy who are members of the
A.A.A.S., since the amount granted to the Academy to aid research de¬
pends upon the number of members of the Academy who also belong to
the A. A. AS. It was announced that the Grants-in-Aid for research from
the A.A.A.S. are continued on the same basis indefinitely. Hence, the
Alabama Academy will continue to receive an annual grant of only
twenty-five dollars until we have increased the number of members be¬
longing both the Academy and the A.A.A.S. It was requested that each
academy make an annual report of the way in which its Grant-in-Aid was
expended.

The discussion concerning the financing of the Academy publications
was participated in by a number of individuals, and was productive of a
number of ideas concerning possible sources of revenue. Five of the
state academies receive aid from their state legislatures in the form of a
definite appropriation. Other academies receive aid through the medium
of the state university or the state museum. It was suggested that an ef¬
fort be made to obtain an appropriation from the Alabama Legislature for
the purpose of making possible the publication in full of all papers pre¬
sented at the Academy meetings which represent original research. It
was suggested that the financial condition of the Academy might be im¬
proved by the establishment of an endowment fund. The income from such
an endowment could be used to promote some scientific project; for ex¬
ample, the Reelfoot Lake Laboratory of the Tennessee Academy.

The subject of honorary junior membership in the A.A.A.S. was dis¬
cussed and the conditions established as follows : The state academy is
entitled to elect one boy and one girl to honorary membership in the
A.A.A.S. each year. The method of selecting the junior members
is left entirely to the discretion of the state academy. It is desired that
such election be made at the annual meeting and that the Secretary of
the A.A.A.S. be promptly notified of such election.

The Alabama Academy has been represented at all meeting of the
Academy Conference except in 1929. Only the academies of Indiana and
Ohio have a perfect record of attendance. It was suggested that the con¬
tinuance of the same individual as councilor over a period of years would
be conducive to greater efficiency in the activities of the Academy Con¬
ference.

The American Institute of the City of New York was announced as
a new member of the Academy Conference; having just become affiliated
with the A.A.A.S. It was this organization which recently announced the
very ambitious scheme of organizing science and engineering clubs in high

11

schools throughout the nation. Dr. H. H. Sheldon, the representative of
the American Institute, stated that the American Institute is desirous of
cooperating with the Junior Academies of the State Academies which are
affiliated with the A.A.AS., and would welcome suggestions for coordi¬
nating the activities of the two organizations for the mutual advantage
of both. A committee of the Academy Conference was appointed to con¬
sider the question of coordination. The American Institute plans to spend
some sixty thousand dollars during a period of three years to develop and
make available literature and scientific information to the various acad¬
emies and science clubs of the country.

The Academy Conference was brought to a close with a complimen¬
tary dinner at the Jefferson Hotel and your representative enjoyed very
much his duties as councilor.

Respectfully submitted,

J. H. COULUETTE.

REPORT OF THE ACTING-PERMANENT COUNSELOR
OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science voted at the Troy meeting
to change the annual dues for each chapter from one dollar to two dol¬
lars a year. The society also voted to charge a registration fee of twenty-
five cents for each person attending the annual meeting. The counselors
and President of the Junior Academy decided to interpret this to mean all
delegates other than those from the host chapter.

At a special meeting of the officers of the Junior Academy, the
sponsors from the high school clubs, and the delegates from the clubs,
it was decided to ask the Senior Academy to continue the office of Perma¬
nent Counselor. This was also discussed and passed upon at the regular
business meeting of the Junior Academy.

On April 27, 1938, a form letter was prepared and sent to each chap¬
ter of the Alabama Junior Academy of Science. This letter gave the clubs
the names and addresses of the new officers and counselors of the Jun¬
ior Academy. It also contained information about changes in dues, regis¬
tration fee, Certificates of Award, and other high spots of the Troy meet¬
ing. Many of the clubs wrote the Permanent Counselor and said that
they would like to receive a report of the annual meeting each year. In
the future this report can be sent out to the clubs by the secretary of the
society.

Last year I was asked to audit the treasurer’s book for the Junior
Academy. I found that the method of keeping books was not satisfactory
and it was practically a hopeless task to try to audit the books. A new
treasurer’s book was obtained and the old record transcribed to it, and
a systematic method of keeping the records worked out. The new book
was turned over to the treasurer with instructions on how to keep the
records so that they will be complete and easily audited.

Certificates of Award have been prepared and are ready to be pre¬
sented at the Montgomery meeting.

The charters have been prepared as of the year in which the club
became affiliated with the Junior Academy, and will be signed by the
President and Secretary of each year respectively. Charters have only been
prepared for the clubs that are now active. The other clubs may obtain
a charter when they become affiliated with the Junior Academy.

This year an attempt was made to promote the work of the Junior
Academy by asking members of the Senior Academy in different sec-

tions of the State to help organize science clubs. The following members
of the Senior Academy consented to serve on this committee :

P. D. Bales _ _

Robert D. Brown _

Floyd F. Cunningham

Lambert Gattman . .

J. F. Glazner _

Margaret Hess _

W. J. Kennedy.. . .

P. H. Yancey _ _

Birmingham,
— Livingston,

_ Florence,

-St. Bernard,
.Jacksonville,

_ Marion,

— Montevallo,
_ Mobile,

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Through the efforts of the above a great deal of interest was created,
and many science clubs were organized. Five clubs affiliated with the
Junior Academy. I would like to recommend that the President be em¬
powered to appoint members of the Senior Academy in various sections
of the state to promote the work of the Junior Academy. This would
bring the Senior Academy in closer contact with the high school science
teachers.

This year Mr. Wade Moss, President of the Junior Academy, and I
talked briefly to the science teachers at the A. E. A. meeting in Mont¬
gomery, concerning the work of the Academy. Thirty high school science
teachers filled out blanks requesting further information. In conclusion
I would like to recommend that we try to hold a longer meeting next
year with the science teachers at the A. E. A. meeting.

(Signed) JAMES L. KASSNER,

Acting Permanent Counselor to the Alabama Junior Academy of
Science.

THE REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE JOURNAL

An apology is in order for the late appearance of the programs this
year. Failure to send in program materials and previews on time not only
delayed the mailing of the programs but added substantially to their cost.

The plan used this year for the first time of having the programs
come directly to the Editor from the Section Chairmen rather than hav¬
ing the Secretary set them up and send them to the Editor did not work
as smoothly as it probably will another year.

The New York Academy of Sciences and the Florida Academy of
Sciences have been added to our list of exchanges. Our library now con¬
sists of over four hundred exchange titles together with small reserves
of all numbers of our Journal.

The work of compiling for binding all the official correspondence
and records of the Academy has been continued and all the officers — past
and present — are urged to send their files in to the Editor.

Impressions received from casual reading of some of the records of our
sister Academies prompt me to urge that the Alabama Academy of Science
enter immediately upon a program of expanding and intensifying its work.
To that end I move the appointment of three committees as follows: (1) A
Committee on the Promoting of Membership and the Activities of the Acad¬
emy. (2) A Committee on Research. (3) A Committee on Publications.

E. V. JONES,

Editor of the Journal.

13

ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE

ACADEMY

SCIENCE AND THE WORLD CRISIS

— Patrick H. Yancey, S.J., Spring Hill College.

It seems to be pretty well agreed that we are in the midst of a world
crisis. On every side we see wars or hear rumors of wars and we are
told that another world war in comparison with which the last war was
only a skirmish, is almost upon us. More important still, we see the pat¬
tern of civilization we had fondly considered, if not the best attainable,
at least the most perfect that had so far been attained, and this at the cost
of great sacrifices, threatened with destruction.

In such circumstances it is customary to seek something or someone
on whom to lay the blame. In 1932 the Democrats blamed the Repub¬
licans and in 1936 the Republicans and many Democrats blamed the New
Deal ; Hitler blames the Jews and the rest of the world blames Hitler. In
a word, everyone has his own candidate for the office of scapegoat.

Among the things that have been most blamed for our ills is, strange
to say, science. It has been said that science is a blame for war or, at
least, for the horrendous type of war we have today, because it discov¬
ered the high explosives, airplanes and other machines of destruction that
are used in modern warfare. It is also blamed for our economic misery
because of the invention of labor-saving devices. As a result, some have
gone so far as to suggest a “holiday” from scientific investigation. Of
course such an idea is fantastic. You might as well talk of damming the
Gulf Stream as to talk of stemming the tide of human thought and in¬
ventiveness. And even if it were possible, it would not be desirable be¬
cause of the violence it would do to the human spirit, to mention only one
reason. It would set back civilization more than all the attacks of totali¬
tarianism and more than a war involving literally every nation of the
earth.

Are we then to absolve science of all culpability for the ills of the
world ? Science, yes ; because science in the broadest sense of the w’ord is
simply knowledge and knowledge is good. But even in its narrower sense
of natural science it is still good. Eor, though this knowledge should be
abused to do evil, as knowledge it is still good and, generally, the good
effects more than outweigh the evil. Therefore science, cannot be blamed.

Can the same be said of scientists? In my opinion it can, because
not only have scientists contributed perhaps more than any other group
to making the world a better place to live in and to making life in it more
certain and of longer duration, but also as a group they have done very
little towards making the evil use of scientific discoveries that is supposed
to have brought us to the present impasse. Very few of them have bene¬
fited financially from their scientific discoveries and consequently have
not been a factor in the unequal distribution of the goods of this world
which, no doubt, is a part of our trouble. Very few of them have taken
an active part in politics and hence are not responsible for our present
political conditions. In fact, as scientists they have done a pretty good
job and far from being blamed they ought to be praised and better re¬
warded for their positive contributions to the welfare of humanity.

However, this does not mean that some scientists have not contributed
towards creating the conditions which exist today. Of course the same can
be said of clergymen and politicians and of any other group. But one of

14

the reasons why we are not getting out of our. present doldrums, is, I be¬
lieve, because each group is trying to lay the blame on some other group
instead of striking its own collective breast and crying out with the chil¬
dren of Israel of old, “We have sinned.” So I hope I may be pardoned
if I make bold to point out some of the ways in which, to my mind, some
of our fraternity may have been contributing causes to the present unset¬
tled state of the world. I do this in the hope that by removing these ob¬
stacles we may make an even greater contribution to world peace and
progress.

First of all let me emphasize again that it is not as scientists that
scientific men have done harm but precisely when they ceased to be scien¬
tists and tried to become philosophers, theologians, politicians or something
else ; that is, when they left their own special field. Of course, knowl¬
edge can not be neatly wrapped up in separate packages labelled “science,”
“philosophy,” “theology,” etc., so that one who takes one field of knowl¬
edge for his specialty should be absolutely ignorant of all the others and
never make use of the contributions of another branch in pursuing his own.
Quite the contrary. It is more likely that a man who has limited himself
too exclusively to one field would not be an authority even in that field.
In fact, this is the first charge I would make against some scientists, name¬
ly, that they have an altogether too narrow outlook.

With the great triumphs of natural science in the 19th century came a
feeling of smugness on the part of some scientists that the world had
been a pretty barbarous place until they came along. It was customary to
refer to previous ages as “dark,” though modern research has shown the
falsity of this appellation for the so-called Middle Ages.

With some this was only a negative attitude. They simply ignored all
other approaches to truth without positively denying their possibility. They
were intellectual agnostics. Perhaps the best example of this kind of scien¬
tist was Charles Darwin. Never having had much formal education, he
disliked most of that which was forced upon him, especially mathematics,
than which there is no better discipline for the mind. As a result his mind
became, as he himself confessed, “A kind of machine for grinding out
general laws out of large collections of facts.” The trouble was that the
machine lacked several important cogs. One of these was a thorough
grounding in logic and he admitted a tendency in himself “to fill up wide
gaps of knowledge by inaccurate and superficial hypotheses” because he
held that “in scientific investigation it is permitted to invent any hypothesis,
and if it explains various large and independent classes of facts it rises to
the rank of a well-grounded theory.” Hence he has been called by his
latest biographer, Geoffrey West, “a fragmentary man.”

However, it was the followers of Darwin, such as Huxley in Eng¬
land and, especially, Haeckel in Germany, who became active propagan¬
dists for a new type of education which would dispense with most of the
lore of the past and would concentrate exclusively on the facts and theories
of natural science. They laughed with scorn at the ancient classics which
had been the backbone of education up to that time. At first they met
with opposition but gradually their ideas prevailed and the old classical
education gave way to the new scientific kind to such an extent that today
the study of the liberal arts has become so neglected that the re-introduc¬
tion of them into certain colleges as an experiment calls for nation-wide com¬
ment. Thus Mr. Walter Lippman found material for a most illuminating arti¬
cle on the “St. John’s Program,” that is, the return to a liberal arts curric¬
ulum at St. John’s College, Annapolis, Md.

He writes, “When I was very young .... I was taught that because
applied science had revolutionized the arts of producing goods, the hopes

15

of free men would be realized when everyone had learned about the ex¬
perimental procedures of scientists and engineers. But I was unconvinced . . .
because, though I had a speaking acquaintance with the methods of applied
science, it was only too painfully obvious to me that I did not really un¬
derstand the troubled times in which we live.”

It was in this state of mind that he came across a book by Dr. James
J. Walsh called “Education of the Founding Fathers.” This is his re¬
action to its thesis: “To my immense surprise I learned for the first time
that these men who organized our liberties had followed a course of studies
which comes down to us through the middle ages from the schools of an¬
cient Greece. They had studied and had been drilled in the liberal arts,
arts which were called liberal because they were what the “liber homo,”
that is, the free man must know if he is to be in fact free .... First
it seemed to me odd, for I was a child of my generation, that the men
who had made the modern wrold should have been educated in this old-
fashioned way. And then I began to think that perhaps it was very sig¬
nificant that men so educated had founded our liberties, and that we who
are not so educated should be mishandling our liberties and to be in danger
of losing them. Gradually I came to believe that this fact is the main
clue to the riddle of our epoch, and that men are ceasing to be free because
they are no longer being educated in the arts of free men.”

He concludes, “There are those who see that the onset of barbarism
must be met not only by programs of rearmament but by another revival
of learning.” We who are engaged in education can contribute greatly
to this revival by insisting on a well-rounded curriculum in our institutions
even, or rather especially, in the training of science students. My own
experience is that the student who has a good training in the classics
and philosophy makes a better scientist than one who takes little but
science.

The second charge would seem at first sight to be contradictory to
the first, for it is that some scientists have not “Stuck to their last” but
have dabbled in other fields. In reality there is no contradiction because
the charge is not so much that scientists have invaded other fields as that
they have done so without a proper appreciation of the basic principles of
other disciplines. As has already been said, knowledge cannot be precisely
divided into water-tight compartments and hence it is impossible for the
scientist never to encroach on other fields of knowledge. This is especially
true of philosophy and to some extent of theology. Natural phenomena are
not isolated facts but have ultimate causes and form part of a system of
some sort. Therefore it is asking too much of the scientist to limit himself
to the gathering of facts and to let the philosopher have the exclusive right
to theorize on them. The scientist is an intelligent being and his mind is
just as avid of the ultimate why of things as that of the philosopher. But

just as the scientist expects the philosopher to take his facts from the

expert in the scientific field, so the philosopher expects that the scientist
will not build up philosophical theories from his scientific discoveries with¬
out due regard for the laws of logic.

Not to go too far afield, I shall limit myself to the life sciences in
pointing out a few instances of such extravagations on the part of scien¬
tists. With the marvelous discoveries in biology of the last century, but
especially with the impetus given to the already promulgated theory of
evolution by the publication of the Origin of Species, a number of biologists
thought they had solved not only the problem of species which, today, we
who have at our disposal many more facts than they had, sadly realize is

still with us, but also the problem of life and the riddle of the universe

itself. In vain did other biologists, like Virchow and Oscar Hertwig,

16

protest against the application of tfye basic tenets of Darwinism, such as
“the struggle for existence” and “the survival of the fittest,” to human
affairs. It is a significant fact that Adam Sedgwick, Darwin’s mentor in
geology, predicted that if Darwin’s rejection of the metaphysical and moral
part of nature were accepted “humanity . . . would suffer a damage that
might brutalize it, and sink the human race into a lower grade of degrada¬
tion than any into which it has fallen since its written records tell us of
its history.” Today, as I pointed out in the beginning of this talk, many
feel that we are on the brink of just such a catastrophe. But it may be
objected that there is no connection. Let us turn to history after the pub¬
lication of the Origin, and see.

Karl Marx considered that the Origin gave him “a basis in natural
science for the class struggle in history” and so was born communism. At
the same time Nietzsche appealed to it for his idea of the superman and
thence sprang the old German imperialism and the new German Nazism.
Moreover, the new industrialists of that day seized upon this teaching as
justifying their policy of laissez-faire which is the canker in the otherwise
sound system of capitalism. All these and many other opposing political
and economic theories stemmed directly from Darwinism. For, as West
writes, “Think Darwinianly and you will act Darwinianly.” That is what
the rulers of Germany did before the last war and we had hoped that
that spirit had been forever crushed at the Marne and St. Mihiel only to
find that it was the guiding principle of the participants at the Peace Con¬
ference of Versailles, except perhaps our own idealistic president.

Moreover, at that very time a new political and economic structure
was being reared on the same foundation in Russia. Says an Associated
Press dispatch from Moscow last March 19th (New York Times) : “Since
the establishment of the Soviet regime, 1,700,000 copies of books by Darwin
or by others propagating his teachings have been printed in the U.S.S.R.
A museum has been founded bearing his name and dedicated to the popu¬
larization of Darwinism.” And Professor L. S. Berg “was proclaimed
unworthy of membership in the Academy of Sciences” because he “had
written a monograph suggesting that the evolution of living organisms
might arise from basic and preordained factors within the organisms ( nomo-
genesis), rather than from natural selection, survival of the fittest and the
like.” And geneticists know that the International Genetics Congress which
was scheduled to meet in Moscow this summer had to be transferred to
Edinburg because of the Soviet’s purge of geneticists.

This experiment, moreover, was not confined to Russia. For one of
the basic tenets of the Bolshevik regime was the promotion of world revo¬
lution and we saw not only the autocracies and monarchies of an earlier
day — Russia, Germany, Austria, Spain — going down before its onslaughts,
but also the strength of the democracies being sapped by it. But just as
the barbarian invasions, which destroyed the Roman Empire, brought into
being the modern nationalistic states, so the corroding influence of commu¬
nism created the counter-irritant of nazism.

Miss Dorothy Thompson has contrasted the two systems as follows :
“The conception of man as a product of economics is the essense of the
philosophy of communism. The conception of man as a biological product,
his destiny entirely determined by his racial chromosomes, is the essence of
nazism.” But. if, as I have shown, Marxian economics is an offspring
of materialistic biology, the source of Nazi racism is to be found in the
same.

Ever since the rediscovery of Mendel’s Laws and the successful appli¬
cation of genetic principles in the improvement of plants and animals, we
have been reproached for obscurantism and traditionalism because we did

17

not use the same methods for improving the human stock. As Professor
H. S. Jennings has pointed out, “There is no obstacle in the known prin¬
ciples of genetic science to the production of such a result, provided we
can decide what qualities we wish to conserve in our human stock, and
provided that the necessary methods are applied with the necessary thorough¬
ness for the necessary length of time .... To bring this about, to im¬
prove the human stock as cattle have been improved, a practical breeder
must be placed in complete control, with instructions to fear not God
neither regard man, in the execution of his project.’’ Well, the Nazis have
met both challenges. They decided that the kind of human stock they
wanted to conserve was the so-called Aryan and they placed in charge a
breeder who certainly has shown no fear of God or regard for man. Never¬
theless, several American geneticists have expressed themselves as highly
interested in the results of the experiment.

The last charge to be made against some scientists concerns practical
action. As a general rule the majority of scientists like nothing better
than to be left alone to pursue their researches and, in turn, they do not
busy themselves with the affairs of others or project themselves into activi¬
ties foreign to their work, such as politics. Indeed the traditional picture
of the scientist is that of a retiring, rather incommunicative individual, so
wrapped up in his studies that, like Melchisedech of the Old Testament, he
seemed to be without family or country. But fortunately that has changed.
Today scientists are taking an active part in the social and civic and
even the political life of their communities, thus bringing to these the bene¬
fit of their trained minds and high ideals. However, though, by and large,
this has been a beneficial contribution, there are a few scientists who have,
in my opinion, done a disservice to science by espousing radical theories
and aligning themselves with subversive movements. Of course, that is
their privilege as individuals but it is questionable whether they do right
by science when they use the influence of their official position or scientifc
accomplishments to back up these causes. We all recall the derision brought
upon science by the crackpot ideas of the technocrats and the early brain-
trusters of the New Deal.

But it is in the classroom that some scientists have done the most harm.
Abusing the authority of their position and the lack of resistance of
the unformed minds before them, they have gloried in the work of wreck¬
ing the foundations of patriotism, morality and religious belief in their
students. There is no country in the world in which there is more free¬
dom for scientific investigation and more money provided for carrying it
on than the United States. Yet there are some American scientists who
are well known for their open advocacy of systems of government diametri¬
cally opposed to our own, especially the Communist, and have supported
movements whose object was to undermine democracy as we have always
understood it in America. They also attack the capitalistic system, though
it is this system which has provided the endowments which enable them to
carry on scientific work. Some too take particular delight in wisecracking
at the religious beliefs and the old-fashioned mores of millions of our citi¬
zens. And any objection to these attacks by the attackees is immediately
branded as a curtailment of free speech. I will repeat, that, as citizens, they
have the right to say what they please but, as scientists, I maintain they
have a responsibility to science not to bring it into disrepute by asserting
as facts what are only their private opinions or by trying to bring ridi¬
cule upon others for not agreeing with them.

This has never been the attitude of really great scientists individually
or the official attitude of the scientific bodies. At the Boston meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science a resolution was

18

passed entitled “A Declaration of Intellectual Freedom” in which the sup¬
pression of independent thought and its free expression was denounced as a
crime against civilization. A committee was appointed to study the ques¬
tion and to recommend measures for safeguarding this freedom. When it
presented its report I was in the Council as a representative of our Acad¬
emy. Several prominent members of the Association advocated the addi¬
tion to the original resolution of a declaration of the correlative of the
freedom of science, that is, the equal responsibility of science. And this
was done.

Other indications of the same were given at the last meeting of the
Association at Richmond at which the retiring president, Professor George
D. Birchoff, took as the subject of his presidential address, “Intuition, Rea¬
son and Faith in Science,” and Sir Richard Gregory, for many years
editor of NATURE and special guest of the American Association from the
British Association, spoke on “Religion and Science.” Quite a change
from the days of Andrew White! For, after referring to Cardinal Pa-
celli’s (now Pope Pius XII) address at the opening of the Pontifical
Academy of Science (of which Professor Birchoff is a member) in which
he spoke of “the potent streams of the natural and rational sciences and
the great river of revealed wisdom,” Professor Birchoff says, “As for ‘the
great river of revealed wisdom,’ is it not to be found in all the abso¬
lutely sincere utterances of poets, philosophers and prophets . . . ? It
would seem that such utterances are in essence similar to the pronounce¬
ments of the scientist ... it is desirable to accord reality in equal meas¬
ure to ALL KINDS OF KNOWLEDGE EVERYWHERE, and so to
view the universe as broadly and impartially as possible”.

If this attitude is maintained and even broadened, I foresee the evolu¬
tion of a mighty force for peace, justice and happiness in the world. Because
it seems to me that a combination of science, with its painstaking search
for and accurate correlation of facts, and of philosophy, with its insist¬
ence on logical reasoning in drawing conclusions from data and making
practical application of them, and of religion, with its tremendous power to
inspire the human heart to heroic deeds, would be unassailable. We have
seen scientists lead the world astray because either their theories were not
logically deduced from their facts or they prostituted their discoveries to
bolster a political system ; we have seen philosophers spinning webs of
thought out of their minds absolutely divorced from reality and tending
to debase man to the level of the machine ; we have seen religious leaders
crusading against scientific truth either because they did not take the trou¬
ble to learn the facts or because, knowing something of the facts, they
felt obliged to deny their validity because it seemed to run counter to
divine revelation, as if God could contradict Himself.

But if we scientists make it our aim to give the world facts unadulter¬
ated by preconceived theories, and the philosophers will come to the scien¬
tists for the facts on which to build their systems, and the theologians will
interpret revelation in the light of demonstrated scientific findings, then,
instead of wasting our time in useless controversy and weakening one an¬
other’s position in the battle for freedom — political, intellectual and relig¬
ious — we can present a solid front to the forces both of error and of ty¬
ranny. And no dictator, whether he be communist or fascist, would be
able to prevail against us. For when the supernatural inspiration of relig¬
ion is added to the natural power of the human mind, men will be willing
even to lay down their lives for scientific truth as they have and still are
laying them down for religious conviction.

19

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED
April 14 and 15, 1939

SECTION I

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCES

BIOLOGICAL MEASURES IN ANOPHELINE CONTROL ON
IMPOUNDED WATERS

— E. Harold Hinman, Tennessee Valley Authority, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Biological control of anopheline breeding upon impounded waters can be
made a vital factor in the prevention of malaria. Pool level fluctation is
probably the greatest single measure in such a program. In order to derive
the maximum benefits from this procedure, reservoirs must receive constant
attention from the inception of plans. The geographical location of the
dam site, the construction of the dam so as to provide adequate range of
fluctuation, the proper clearing of the reservoir and particularly the cor¬
rect conditioning of the fluctuation zone just piror to impounding, marginal
drainage, and the wintertime filling are essential to the greatest efficiency.

In reservoir maintenance, shoreline improvement must be considered a
standard practice. This should include dirft removal, proper upkeep of
marginal drainage projects and possibly herbicidal activities. The most
efficacious wintertime elevation should receive special deliberation. The
utilization of predatory species in an artificial manner has not been demon¬
strated to be practicable.

As stated above, the ultimate aim is to accomplish malaria control
through biological means with the utilization of larvicides in an emergency
role only. Proper reservoir preparation, pool level fluctuation, and a num¬
ber of accessory procedures, constitute the most important measures at our
disposal. To date, during the early years of any reservoir, greater reliance
has been placed upon anti-larval measures. However, it must not be for¬
gotten that they are merely palliative procedures, extremely expensive, and
representing every ephemeral attempts at control. Expenditures upon most
biological methods, herein discussed, should be considered in terms of a
more enduring investment.

THE PACKAGE BEE AND QUEEN BEE INDUSTRY

— J. M. Robinson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The shipment of Package Bees and Queen Bees has become a large
industry throughout the United States. The package bee shipments for the
most part are produced in the states adjacent to the Gulf of Mexico and in
the north and central portions of Califorina.

The importation of Italian queen bees from Europe into American be¬
gan in 1859. At that time queens were sent by mail. In 1862 Rev. L. L.
Langstroth shipped queen bees by express. In Gleanings, May 1879, A. I. Root
brought to the attention of beekeepers the fact that pound bees had been
shipped by express in cages. Thirty years ago W. D. Acord of Fitz¬
patrick, Alabama, shipped bees to Ohio in cages. Today some 295 bee-

20

keepers produce and sell package bees and queen bees to honey producers,
orchardists and vegetable growers in northern United States and Canada.
Today Package Bees and Queen Bees are shipped by mail, express, air-
express, and by truck. Beginning 1934 the shippers have worked under
a Marketing Agreement of the AAA, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C. The Marketing Agreement established in 1934 had price
fixing features which proved satisfactory to the shippers and the honey
producers. Beginning 1939 a Bee Marketing Agreement and Order oper¬
ates under the amended law of 1937. This agreement provides for price
posting at ten-day intervals in lieu of price fixing thereby complying with
the constitution. This arrangement provides for free competition thereby
avoiding monoplv.

Approximately ninety per cent of the package and queen bee business
is located in six states, namely, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana,
Texas and California. The other twenty-one states produce queens largely.
There were 238,356 queens sold in 1934. In the same year 262,023 pounds
of bees were sold. The total value of such was $351,873.84.

BREEDING BETTER VEGETABLES FOR ALABAMA GARDENS
— Keith C. Barrons, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Ala.

Scientific plant-breeding work is being conducted at the Alabama Agri¬
cultural Experiment Station for the purpose of developing new varieties
of vegetables especially adapted to southern condition. Work is in prog¬
ress with tomatoes, peas, cabbage, turnips, and numerous other vegetables ;
however, definite results have been obtained with pole beans.

A new pole bean introduced last year under the name of “Alabama

No. 1’’ has proved very outstanding in tests all over the State. It is re¬
sistant to root-knot and rust and possesses the ability to yield fairly well
under conditions of poor soil and drouth where common varieties prac¬
tically fail. Alabama No. 1 is the result of selection in a strain of pole

beans secured from a local farmer who had saved his own seed for many

years. No doubt natural selection is partly responsible for the adapta¬
tion of this variety to southern conditions.

A few genetic variations either due to mutations or natural crossing,
have appeared in Alabama No. 1. Individual plant selections have been
made of these variations, and progeny tests have been grown. Two new
strains resulting from this selection work appear to be as vigorous and
high yielding as Alabama No. 1. Possibly one or both of these will be
introduced after further tests have been conducted.

Alabama No. 1 has been used extensively in hybridization work for
the purpose of combining its outstanding traits with desirable characters
possessed by other varieties. Selection was started in the F2 generation
following hybridization, and the F4 and F5 generations will be grown
during the present year. Some especially promising material has been
selected from the progeny of the cross Alabama No. IX Kentucky
Wonder.

A study of the genetics of root-knot resistance conducted in con¬
nection with this breeding program has shown that resistance is inherited
as a double-recessive Mendelian character.

GROWTH OF EXCISED PLANT PARTS (Demonstration)

— Coyt Wilson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

It has been shown by several investigators that excised plant parts
can be grown in dilute mineral nutrient solutions containing a soluble
sugar and small amounts of growth substances supplied in extracts
of autolized yeast or peptone. A mixture of crystalline vitamin Bt and
purified amino acids has been used successfully by some investigators
in replacing the extracts of autolized yeast or peptone.

The excised roots of tomatoes or peas can be grown indefinitely by
transferring at weekly, or bi-weekly intervals, a portion of the grow¬
ing tip to fresh solutions.

A demonstration was shown in which the excised roots of peas,
corn, and cotton, and excised embryos of corn and peas were growing
in different solutions.

FACTORS AFFECTING THE GROWTH OF FISH

— H. S. Swingle and E. V. Smith, Ala. Agr. Exp. Station, Auburn.

A body of water under a given set of conditions can support a
certain weight of fish. The Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station is
studying methods of handling such bodies so that they may support
satisfactory weights of fish and so that the fish may grow to acceptable
sizes.

One of the first evils to be overcome is that of over-stocking.
Most people when stocking a pond get all the fish that they can obtain
from government hatcheries, and then seine a few streams and old
ponds to add to the population, believing that more fish mean better
fishing. The results usually are disappointing.

A pond was stocked at the rate of 6,500 newly hatched bream fry
per acre. Six months later the pond was drained and 300 pounds of
fish were recovered ; the average weight was one ounce. They were re¬
placed in the pond and allowed to remain two years and reweighed. The
total weight was 300 pounds and the average size of the fish was the
same as before.

Three ponds were then stocked with two-year-old, one-ounce bream
at the rate of 1,300, 3,200, and 6,500 per acre. Each pond contained
300 pounds of fish after six months and the average weight per fish

was four ounces, two ounces, and one ounce. In other words, the pond

could only support 300 pounds of fish, and when over-stocked the fish
were unable to grow. The recommended rate of stocking is 1,500
bream and 200 bass or crappie fry or fingerlings per acre.

The weight of fish that a pond can produce is correlated with the
amount of food that the pond can support. The role of plankton in fish
production has been discussed at this meeting. The average plankton

production for four ponds was 5, 10, 16, and 31 milligrams per liter

and the fish production was 90, 210, 380, and 588 pounds per acre, re¬
spectively. A direct relationship between the food supply and the fish
production was shown.

Phytoplankton responds to fertilization just as cotton and corn do.
The use of fertilizers should lead to increased fish production through
increased plankton production. Unfertilized ponds at Auburn produce
100-150 pounds of fish per acre but fertilized ponds produce nearly 600

22

pounds. One hundred pounds of commercial 6-8-4 plus ten pounds of
nitrate of soda are used at each application and 10 to 15 applications are
made per year.

FROZEN SECTIONS*

— Walter C. Jones, Tenn. Coal, Iron & Railroad Co. Hospital, Fairfield.

Bring a larger piece of tissue to boiling in ten per cent formalin. Cut
slices 2 to 3 mm. thick and boil again for a few seconds or place in ten
per cent formalin one minute under negative pressure. Section with C0.2
freezing microtome. Stain 10 to 20 seconds in saturated solution of
thionin (Grubler) in 5 per cent aqueous phenol. (This solution keeps
indefinitely.) Wash in 15 per cent aqueous alcohol a few seconds and
mount in 25 per cent aqueous dextrose (plus 1.5 per cent formalin to
preserve it).

Slides prepared by this method are ready for examination at once.
And they may be kept from one to three months without essential loss
of color, by keeping them covered and away from the light and by
placing 3 or 4 drops of equal parts glycerin and water along the edge
of each cover slip every few days. If there is no hurry, somewhat bet¬
ter results frequently can be obtained by fixing the tissue 6 to 12 hours
in a paraffin oven or 12 to 14 hours at room temperature. Yet mitotic
figures, etc., usually show clearly in tissues fixed by boiling.

If permanent mounts are desired, after washing in 15 per cent
alcohol flood the slide 3 to 5 times with acetone. Drain. Clear with
xylene and mount in Canada balsam. Details generally show better in
permanent mounts, and they require only one minute longer to prepare.

Thionin is a beautiful triple stain and brings out brilliantly details,
as well as or better than good paraffin sections stained with hema¬
toxylin and eosin. Sections prepared by this method are not wrinkled,
can be examined at once, show details with great clearness and can be
retained for several months for extended study. In fact, they meet
adequately all of the objections that various writers have brought against
the frozen section method.

HABROBRACON JUGLANDIS (ASHMEAD) AS A SUBJECT FOR
RESEARCH AND LABORATORY WORK IN GENETICS

— P. H. Yancey, Spring Hill College.

This form is a small wasp parasitic on the meal moth, Ephestia. The
wild type has black eyes, antennae, legs and wings and a honey-yellow
body with a pattern of black varying in intensity and extent with the
temperature. It has been chosen for research work in genetics by sev¬
eral workers, especially by P. W. and A. R. Whiting, and is also very
useful for laboratory work for classes. Some features that make it
preferable to other forms are, first, because, being parthenogenetic, re¬
cessive traits will show up in the first generation. Second it is easy and
cheap to raise and has a life cycle of only ten days. Females sting and
lay their eggs on the caterpillars of Ephestia. These are easily obtained
by exposing corn meal to the moths. Wasps may be kept for months
in a dormant state in the ice box. They are raised in shell vials which
do not occupy much space. An incubator controlled for 30° C, is all the
apparatus needed.

23

Benkert (’33) listed fifty mutations at separate loci. Twenty-seven
of these have been located in eight linkage groups. The principal ones
are in body color and eye color. A. R. Whiting (’38) describes three
body colors, honey, lemon and black and two combinations of these,
lemon-honey and lemon-honey-black. There are eight eye colors in four
independently segregating loci: Orange (light ocelli (lost), dahlia, orange,
ivory); White (white, carrot); Cantaloup; Maroon. A new mutation,
Spread Wing, in which the wings stand out from the body, was found
last summer in the F0 of X-rayed females. Some three hundred gyan-
dromorphs or sex mosiacs with some male and some female character¬
istics have also been found. Usually the head is of one sex and the
genitalia of the other.

HEALTH CONDITIONS IN THE NORTH AND SOUTH

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

In comparing health conditions in different parts of the United States
it is a common practice to use vital statistics in which all races are
lumped together, partly to save time, and partly to give the southern
states a low rating.

But when the races are separated the South compares very favor¬
ably with the rest of the country. Its population is still mostly rural,
and the expectation of life has long been known to be greater in the
rural than in the urban population, of the same race. In the following
table some elementary vital statistics for 1929-30 are given for various
sections of the Eastern United States, for white and colored separately.
(In the East about 97 per cent of the “colored” are of African descent,
but in the West they are mostly Mexican, Indian, Chinese, etc., so that
combined statistics for them would not mean much.)

The per cent of adults over 65 is used as an index of longevity, in¬
stead of expectation of life, which is not available for negroes in single
states.

Per Thousand

WHITE gg

North

New England _ 77.2

New York to Pennsylvania _ 77.4

East North Central _ 64.5

South

Delaware to West Virginia _ 43.6

North Carolina to Florida _ 31.7

East South Central _ 27.9

COLORED

North

New England _ 85.8

New York to Pennsylvania _ 89.2

East North Central _ 91.1

South

Delaware to West Virginia _ 45.8

North Carolina to Florida _ 28.4

East South Central._ . . 28.6

Percent
over 21

Percent
Adults
over 65

Birth

Rate

Death

Rate

Infant

Mortalit;

62.4

10.80

17.1

12.1

63.0

62.0

8.70

17.9

9.6

61.2

62.0

9.93

18.2

11.2

71.2

57.0

9.40

20.9

11.1

69.6

52.4

8.32

21.2

10.0

64.6

53.0

8.96

22.3

10.2

63.6

62.0

623

20.6

17.1

92.5

66.2

3.12

21.6

17.0

105.9

69.9

3.86

17.8

17.9

106.7

55.5

6.60

23.4

18.5

110.9

480

6.12

23.3

16.1

102.0

52 8

6.80

22.2

16.5

94.5

24

This table shows comparatively little difference between North and
South in longevity and death rates, and the higher birth rates in the
South might be taken as an indication of greater physical vigor. Al¬
though some infectious diseases, such as malaria, are at present more
prevalent in the South, chronic diseases characteristic of urban popu¬
lations, like heart disease, cancer and diabetes, are more prevalent in
the North. And the mortality from infectious diseases has been greatly
reduced in recent decades, and probably will be still more hereafter,
while medical science has made little or no headway against chronic
diseases yet. So perhaps before long the South will be distinctly ahead
of the North in longevity, etc., as some of its individual states already
are.

LARVICIDAL WORK IN RELATION TO WILDLIFE CONSER¬
VATION.

— C. C. Kiker, Tennessee Valley Authority, Wilson Dam, Alabama.

In brief, biological control of Anopheles mosquitoes is generally ob¬
tained through careful pre-impoundage preparation, consisting princi¬
pally of timber removal in the basin and drainage of depressions in the
zone of water level fluctuation. This effects a clean water surface, un¬
der which conditions the floating anopheline larvae cannot survive.
Post-impoundage operations — consisting of limited water level fluctuation,
debris removal and control of certain objectionable emergent growth— are
aimed at maintaining this clean water surface. It should be mentioned
here that sub-surface vegetation, tied down logs or brush, standing tim¬
ber, or anything else which does not protrude above the water surface
is not objectionable in anopheline mosquito control. Those concerned with
fish conservation may take cognizance of this fact in improving the en¬
vironment for wild life in artificial lakes.

The two larvicides having general use for anopheline mosquito con¬
trol on impounded water are Paris green and petroleum oils. They have
quite distinct fields of application on lakes of the Tennessee Valley Au¬
thority. In the protected bights along the steeper shore accessible to
boats, oil is most generally used, while in the extensive flats Paris green
dust is applied through use of airplanes. In the former either oil or
Paris green might be used, but oil has been chosen on the basis of ef¬
fectiveness. In the latter flats and shallows, airplane dusting is the
only practical method of application.

Paris green is effective on anopheline larvae due to their unique
feeding habits. Other mosquito larvae and most aquatic organisms do
not feed in this manner and consequently are not affected. Anopheline
larvae lie at the water’s surface, ingesting indiscriminately any tiny par¬
ticles, animate or inanimate, contained in the surface film. A uniform
application of Paris green to the breeding area at a rate varying from
one-half to one pound per acre produces sufficient particles in the stir-
face film to insure ingesting and effective kill of Anopheles larvae. The
particles, held up by surface tension, remain afloat for only a short pe¬
riod so that treatment may be required again in seven to ten days.

In this connection, consideration has been given to applying heavy
oils in an effort to obtain a more lasting film which would lengthen
the interval between applications and reduce the season’s cost of opera¬
tion. Conclusion has been reached that such procedure is not practical

or desirable on impounded waters of the Authority. The heavy oil film
could not be made to remain uniform or unbroken over the surface.
The volatile content chiefly responsible for effectiveness would be rapid¬
ly lost through evaporation, leaving a residue of little value. Mention
must be made here, however, of the fact that the heavy oil film method
may have application in certain work, particularly in municipal mos¬
quito control where a more lasting effect can be obtained without ob¬
jection in heavily treating such places as fire barrels, pits, dipping vats,
catch basins, etc.

The following standard specifications apply:

KEROSENE

To conform to Federal Specifications VV-K-211, having a specific
gravity between 0.824 and 0.795 at 60 degrees Fahrenheit. At least 25%,
50%, 75% and approximately 100% by volume of the crude kerosene
to be distilled off at 210, 220, 230, and 300 degrees centigrade respect¬
ively.

BLACK OIL

To be a pure petroleum product free from fatty oils, fatty acids,
resins, soaps, or other non-hydrocarbons, and having a specific gravity
between 0.946 and 0.921, at 60 degrees Fahrenheit. The mixed oil to yield
no more than 0.5% bottom sediment by centrifuge.

PARIS GREEN

The Paris green must be of a fineness such that approximately 100%
will pass a 200-mesh screen and approximately 85% pass a 300-mesh
screen. It must contain approximately 55% arsenious oxide with not more
than 3%% being soluble in water. The Paris green must be lethal to
anopheline larvae when applied in natural breeding areas. Shipment is
to be made in tight metal drums containing 100 pounds of material.

POTENTIALLY EFFECTIVE METHODS IN CONTROLLING
MALARIA

— Allan F. Archer, Alabama Museum of Natural History

The malaria mosquito, Anopheles, occupies a variety of habitats.
A. quadrimaculcitus, probably the most important malaria-carrier in Ala¬
bama, breeds in a variety of ground pools with abundant vegetation,
especially marshes, ponds, bayous, and overgrown drainage ditches. A.
barberi and A. plumbous lay eggs in tree holes, while a fourth species
inhabits salt marshes and salt springs. It remains to be proved that under
usual conditions large areas of impounded waters constitute major breed¬
ing places for Anopheles, since such waters are subject to much disturb¬
ance. The importance of Anopheles in the spread of malaria lies in its
great range of flight.

Various methods have been employed for controlling and destroying
Anopheles. Oils, larvicides, the fluctuation of impounded waters, and
drainage ditches have all been used, but many of these methods are un¬
desirable because of the damage resulting to wild life and to our water¬
sheds.

26

For controlling the disease in man quinine is most widely used, but
is not entirely satisfactory because, while it seems to exert a helpful in¬
fluence in reducing malarial incidence, it is not toxic to the malarial or¬
ganism. Its use is not practical in the number of cases where toxic re¬
actions or idiosyncrasies occur.

The most constructive suggestions for controlling the malaria men¬
ace are as follows: 1. The use of the Ginsburg larvicide (harmless to
organisms other than mosquito larvae) wherever predators are unavail¬
able. 2. The use of Gambusia and other natural aids in the destruction
of larvae. 3. The removal of human populations from heavily infested
areas. 4. A program of anti-malaria education in schools. 5. The use
of atabrine and plasmochin as a drug prophylaxis in the treatment of
malaria. 6. The effective screening of houses.

MALARIA AS A PROBLEM OF REGIONAL WATER CONTROL
IN THE TENNESSEE VALLEY

— E. L. Bishop, Tennessee Valley Authority, Chattanooga, Tenn.

Malaria a serious economic and health problem in the Southeastern
United States. Occasionally assumes epidemic proportions in portions of
the region and has exhibited mortality rates varying from zero to ninety
deaths per hundred thousand population. Each death from malaria rep¬
resents from 2,000 to 4,000 days of sickness and average annual infection
in southeastern United States in excess of 2^4 millions.

Control program built into design, construction, and operation of
reservoirs in such fashion as to permit achievement of the major ob¬
jective of water control without the penalty of increase disease preva¬
lence. Program conducted by well-trained staff and integrated with serv¬
ices of State health agencies and the United States Public Health Serv¬
ice that broader objectives may be possible without exceeding Authority’s
obligations.

A fundamental objective is the control of malaria by preventing mos¬
quito breeding through naturalistic measures and limitation of larvicidal
measures. Factors influencing control include fluctuation, control of vege¬
tation below normal pool level in compliance with specifications pre¬
pared for each project, drainage of minor depressions, and population
surveys. An attack on the vector of the parasite through measures ad¬
versely modifying its breeding habitat best assurance of efficient and
economical control of the disease. These methods inapplicable in cer¬
tain areas and in such cases resort to larvicidal agents necessary. Thin
oil used on steeper shoreline slopes, while airplane dusting with dilute
Paris green mixture applied to flat areas. Evaluation of screening and
chemotherapy being studied as supplementary measure in mosquito con¬
trol.

Need greater precision in diagnosis of malaria and, in regions of high
morbidity rates, more complete epidemiological investigation of case6.

Health and Safety Department of the Authority recognizes gravity
of malaria control as public health problem in regional water control
program and constantly seeks counsel and assistance in these problems ;
also recognizes fact that recreation and wildlife conservation collateral
parts in regional water control program and desires counsel and co¬
operation of organizations interested in such developments.

THE MOLLUSCAN POPULATION OF OLD GULLIES IN WEST
ALABAMA

— Allan F. Archer, Alabama Museum of Natural History

Gullies, although a negative feature resulting from rapid erosion,
do not constitute biological deserts. This is demonstrable in the case
of old gullies which have reached a stage where the rate of erosion has
slowed down perceptibly. Old gullies under recent observation in west
Alabama have a fairly adequate flora and invertebrate fauna.

Gullies in the vicinity of Jackson, Clarke County have the china-
berry as their chief arboreal cover, while Rubus sp. and perhaps Geranium
caroliniatnum characterize the ground cover. The mollusks which inhabit
the gullies are Deroceras laeve gracile, Gastrocopta contracta, Hawaiia
minuscule, Limax flavus, Polygyra perigrapta, Pupoidcs marginatus, Zoni-
toides arboreus.

The other sample area occurs within the limits of Tuscaloosa, Tusca¬
loosa County. The arboreal cover is well established, and is sometimes
quite dense. The characteristic arboreal species are Pinus taeda, Salix
nigra, Quercus obtusa, Ulmus alata, sweetgum, Paulownia tomentosa, and
Broussonetia papyrifera, while the ground cover includes Smilax purnila,
Lonicera japonica, Hcdera helix, Modiola ; caroliniana, and Chaerophyllum
sp. The mollusks which live in vine mats, among herbaceous weeds, and
under bricks are Deroceras laeve gracile, Buconulus chersinus, Gastrocopta
contracta climeana, G. pentodon, Hawaiia minuscula, Helicodiscus paral-
lelus, Mesomphix perlaevis, Philomycus carolinensis, Polygyra inflecta, P.
leporina, P. perigrapta, P. pustuloides, P. thyroidus, Pupoides marginatus,
Retinella indentata paucilirata, Zonitoides arboreus, Z. demissus. Inciden¬
tal to the list are the following sedentary spiders : Araneus cavatica, Gas-
teracantha cancriformis, Leucauge venusta, Linyphia communis, Mangora
placida, Tetragnatha laboriosa.

NEED MOSQUITO CONTROL BE INCOMPATIBLE WITH WILD
LIFE?

— Walter B. Jones, Alabama Department Conservation

The present practices of the public health agencies are destructive
to wildlife resources. The use of heavy oils and poisons (paris green
calcium arsenate and sodium arsenite) is particularly destructive to
top feeding species which are themselves natural enemies of mosquito
larvae. Important examples of these species might be listed as top min¬
nows, dragon fly larvae, water beetles, the young of all species of game
fish, and two plants, chara and bladderwart. The poisons used are not
soluble in water, and thus afford a permanent hazard in all streams
where they have ever been used. Bottom concentrations of poisons from
samples taken last October, showed up to 3300 parts per million of
arsenic, which is a very heavy concentration. The practice not only
destroys those species which afford valuable biological control, but
likewise destroys fish food which hampers the growth and development
of useful fish life in those waters.

The drainage program is definitely contributing to the further low¬
ering of the ground water table. Likewise drainage destroys aquatic
and semi-aquatic habitats. The greatest concentration of mosquito lar¬
vae the writer has ever seen was last year in a drainage ditch,

28

dug under the guise of mosquito control, at Mound State Monument.,
At the present rate of loss of water in the ground, in two hundred
years we will have desert regions in this State. Whether the health
authorities want deserts or not, their present practices are going to pro¬
duce them; in the meantime, our waters are fast becoming aquatic
deserts.

Other states have found mosquito control to be compatible with wild¬
life, through the use of modern larvacides ; impoundment rather than
drainage; aiding biological control; and are treating their malaria prob¬
lems through preventive medicines, the screening of houses, etc. Con¬
structive methods are urged for Alabama for our wildlife resources are
quite as valuable as human health. The civilization cannot outlive its
wildlife resources. Human history can be traced by the deserts we have
created. That is our present trend. The seriousness of the situation de¬
mands drastic action.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE NESTING HABITS OF THE MOURN¬
ING DOVE

— A. M. Pearson, Alabama Coop. Wildlife Research Unit.

During three seasons mourning dove nests were studied in Alabama.
Nests were located in many species of trees, but more occurred in pines
than in all other kinds combined. The nesting sites ranged in height
from on the ground to 65.92 feet, with a mean of 21.72 feet and a modal
interval of 11 to 15 feet. A typical nesting period of thirty-three days
was found to consist of the following : nest-building, seven days ; incuba¬
tion, fourteen days ; and the nestling period, twelve days. The entire
nesting season was found to be of long duration and lasted from late
February until mid-October.

NATURE STUDY IN THE HIGH SCHOOL CURRICULUM

- — Henry G. Good, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

Nature study in the biology course in the Alabama High Schools is
not sufficiently emphasized. The relatively short and open winters of the
South afford an excellent opportunity for the outdoor study of our
plant and animal life. There is a tendency for too much inside work
based upon textbooks and class routine work, thus depriving the student
of the out-of-doors class work. To obtain the best results from the
standpoint of knowledge, interest, and enthusiasm, more outside labora¬
tory time should be available. Large classes cannot be handled effectively.
Instructors should not only be trained in biological principles but should
be able to recognize and illustrate the principles in field work. This
requires a fundamental knowledge of the local plants and animals in
their native habitat. Terraria and aquaria are excellent means of bring¬
ing nature into the classroom to show the habits and development of many
forms characteristic of the region. Instructors should be able to con¬
duct field trips for the study of bird life; plant life; and aquatic life.
A college survey course of the Vertebrates should be offered for science
teachers with emphasis upon native life and conservation programs.

Instructors should be trained in the field in which they are teaching.
Unfortunately many instructors are trying to teach subjects in which

29

they are neitheh prepared nor particularly interested. This prevents the
students from getting the proper viewpoints and enthusiasm for a particu¬
lar subject. These facts are based upon known requests of science teach¬
ers desiring the answers to the Biology work-book. They can therefore
hardly teach the subject matter properly and enthusiastically.

THE PREVALENCE OF OXYURIASIS IN TWO ORPHANAGES
— C. Brougher, State Department of Health, Montgomery.

A total of 234 children in two institutions were examined for oxy¬
uriasis using the N. I. H. swab, a total of 4 scrapings were made. Prior
to examination by perianal scrapings a fecal examination was made using
the Willis salt flotation technique. By salt flotation one positive pinworm
infestation was detected. The first perianal scraping yielded 39 positives,
the second 26, the third 16, and the fourth 6, a total of 87 positive.
Based on one feces examination the percentage infestation was apparently
0.42% ; when based on one perianal scraping the percentage infestation
was apparently 16.7% ; on two scrapings it was 27.8% ; on three it was
34.7%, and on four it was 37.3%. Possibly further scrapings would have
increased the positive findings.

PHOTOPERIODISM AND ITS APPLICATION TO SOUTHERN
FLORICULTURE (Charts and Slides)

— E. W. McElwee, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

An experiment was started in 1936 to test the adaptability to South¬
ern conditions of photoperiodic treatments used by florists in other sec¬
tions to induce greenhouse plants to flower out of season. The results
of this experiment with two important greenhouse crops are reported
below.

The China-aster responds to both long-and short-day treatments. It
was found that application of additional illumination in the seedling
stage was not only more effective than shading in inducing early bloom¬
ing but was also cheaper. Plants given the short day treatment bloomed
13 days earlier than the normal treatment, w'hile those given long day
treatment bloomed 27 days earlier. Later experiments showed that varie¬
ties that normally bloom on August 22 could be induced to bloom on
May 28 or 88 days earlier if given the long-day treatment in the seedling
stage. The most economical treatment was from late varieties seeded on
February 17, given additional illumination from four to six weeks dur¬
ing the seedling stage, and planted about April 14. This treatment did
not materially reduce production or quality of flower.

Fourteen mid-season varieties of chrysanthemums given short-day
treatments bloomed on an average of 33 days earlier if the treatment was
started on July 15, 23 days earlier if the treatment was started on Au¬
gust 1, 15 days earlier if the treatment was started on August 15, and 11
days earlier if the treatment was started on September 1.

The blooming date of 11 mid-season and late varieties of chrysan¬
themums was delayed on an average of 38 days by giving the plants
the long-day treatment from September 1 to October 15. The same
treatment from September 10 to November 1 delayed blooming on an
average of 50 days. Thus, the blooming date of a variety that normally

bloomed on October 28 was delayed until December 17.*

Through the use of photoperiodic treatments the cutting period of a
given variety of chrysanthemum may be extended from two weeks to as
much as 14 weeks.

ROLE OF PLANKTON IN FISH PRODUCTION

— E. V. Smith and H. S. Swingle, Ala. Agr. Fxpr. Station, Auburn

Many textbooks of Botany and Biology state that algae form the
basic food supply for fish, but they leave some doubt in the reader’s
mind as to how these plants function as fish food.

The writers have been concerned with methods for increasing fish
production and have studied the role of plankton in the cycle of aquatic
life. Free-floating organisms that are so small as to be more or less
microscopic constitute the plankton of a body of water ; the phytoplank¬
ton is composed of small plants and the zooplankton is composed of
small animals.

A few species of fish, such as goldfish, gizzard shad and golden
shiners feed directly on phytoplankton. Although not game fish, they
may serve as forage minnows for game fish.

Many dipterous larvae — e. g., chironomid midge — feed on phytoplank¬
ton and are eaten, in turn, by bream, and young crappie and bass. Some
of the larger microcrustaceans also may eat small species of algae.

A large bulk of the phytoplankton normally is decomposed by bac¬
teria. The latter organisms are eaten by microcrustaceans and other zoo¬
plankton which form the principal food supply for young bream, crap¬
pie, and bass.

Consequently there are at least three bridges between phytoplankton
and pan or game fish. Any procedure that will increase the phytoplank¬
ton of a body of water should lead to greater fish production and better
fishing.

RESULTS OF THE USE OF 10 PERCENT SOLUTIONS OF KMn04
AS A REMEDY FOR POISONING BY POISON OAK

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

At the 1936 meeting of the Academy I presented the results of an
experiment in which it was shown that lead acetate had little or no value in
the treatment of poisoning by poison ivy. In the discussion following that
paper, some one suggested the use of potassium permanganate as a remedy.

In the Scientific Monthly, Vol. 42 Jan. -June, 1936, Dr. James F. Couch,
Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, writing under
the title : “That Perennial Public Enemy, Poison Ivy,” suggests potassium
permanganate as a remedy.

Following these and other claims for the curative value of the perman¬
ganate. on the forenoon of March 30, 1939, twenty-one volunteers at the
Troy State Teachers College were exposed to poison ivy (Rhus toxicoden¬
dron L.) by rubbing the cut end of a live stem on their arms. The next
day, March 31, eleven other exposures were made, making thirty-two in all.

Of this number, 20 were immune. This number will not seem so large
when it is remembered that most of them believed themselves immune. One,

31

however, who thought he was not sensitive to it became one of the worst
cases.

The remaining 12 broke out as follows :

March 30 p.m.„ _ 2

April 1 a.m _ 6

April 2 a.m _ 2

April 3 a.m _ _ 2

Six were promptly treated with a 10% solution of potassium perman¬
ganate and six were not treated with anything.

Recovery as follows :

With Treatment Without Treatment

April 4 a.m _ 2 April 6 a.m _ _ 1

April 5 a.m. _ 1 April 9 a.m _ 2

April 6 a.m _ 2 April 10 am. _ _ _ 3

April 8 a.m _ _ 1

The average time from the first appearance of dermatitis till recovery
for those treated with the permanganate was five days, while the average
time for those without treatment of any kind was seven and one half days.
This is not exactly an accurate showing inasmuch as it was intended not to
treat the case which is reported well on April 8, but because of the severity
of the attack treatment was begun on April 3 and continued until well.

While the experiment was in progress others who had become acci¬
dentally poisoned were treated and cured by the permanganate. No record
was made of them.

The results of this experiment show :

1. A large number to be immune.

2. That potassium permanganate is an effective remedy for poisoning
by poison ivy.

3. The susceptibility varied all the way from extreme sensitivity to
apparent total immunity.

THE SEROLOGICAL TYPES OF PNEUMOCOCCI IN 331 SUS¬
PECTED CASES OF LOBAR PNEUMONIA

— S. R. Damon, State Dept, of Health, Montgomery.

During 1938 three hundred thirty-one sputa from suspected cases of
lobar pneumonia were sent to the laboratories of the State Department of
Health for typing. Examined by the Neufeld technique 184 of the sputa
showed pneumococci that gave a Quellung reaction. Type I was the most
commonly occurring type of organism and was almost exactly twice as
prevalent as any other type. Types VII, VIII and III were the next most
common. Twenty-three of the recognized 30 serological types were en¬
countered during the year.

THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ALABAMA STATE DEPARTMENT
OF PUBLIC HEALTH WITH MALARIA CONTROL ON IM¬
POUNDED WATERS

— G. H. Hazlehurst, State Dept, of Public Health, Montgomery.

There is likely no problem in the field of public health which offers a
greater challenge to our people and to health officials for solution than does
malaria. There are areas in Alabama — chiefly in the cities — where it yields
to control, and there are other areas — mainly rural — where it does not.

32

Malaria prevention is primarily a problem of water control. Water
areas may be divided into two classifications: (a) naturally created and
(b) artificially-created. In these water areas the vector of malaria breeds
— the mosquito Anopheles quadrimaculatus. Therefore, both natural and ar¬
tificial or man-made areas must be considered, as the methods of apbroach
are frequently quite different.

In considering natural areas the health department furnishes informa¬
tion as to how the disease may be controlled or abolished. The final re¬
sponsibility for authorizing as well as financing such preventive measures
as are necessary rests with the people, individually, by groups, or through
their local governments. The rural government in Alabama has not been
granted the basic authority to handle the problem and its solution is for
the future.

In the control of artificially-created areas the state takes the position,
in the interest of those persons living within an area of a mile or so of the
impoundage, that the owner of such impoundages must not permit it to
became a danger to the lives and health of these citizens.

As Anopheline breeding both in natural and artificial areas is brought
under control, malaria should gradually be reduced in the state as a whole.
There are several measures used for the control of malaria. Only the
elimination of the vector is fully effective. Under some conditions this
may be accomplished in several ways, but normally draining or filling is
the most positive. Others consist of biological methods, as water level
fluctuation, fish, and plant control, larvicidal as oil spraying or Paris green
dusting, housing as screening, and treatment of the individual with drugs.

The State Health Department within its legal and personnel limitations
is now utilizing every recognized method, where applicable to aid the people
of the state to throw off the economic handicap of malaria. Its program is
not stagnant or stereotyped. Its present activities other than artificially-
created impoundages are conducted with the full and normally written con¬
sent of all land owners. The department can go no further than these are
willing to permit it. All of its efforts directed at malaria control through¬
out the state at large are based upon the postulate that the protection of
human life and health should be given first concern and that the many
other important interests of a socio-economic nature should be considered
and weighed in the light of their relative importance.

REFRIGERATION AS A MEANS FOR IMPROVING THE GERMI¬
NATION OF LESPEDEZA SERICEA AND OTHER REFRAC¬
TORY SEEDS

— J. F. Duggar, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Chilling of unhulled seeds of this valuable hay plant, at temperatures,
near and on either side of the freezing point, usually more than doubled the
percentage of seeds that sprouted. This held true even for as brief an ex¬
posure to cold as a single day. The number of sprouting seeds was further
increased by lengthening the exposure to cold to two days. Best results
were with the longest period tested, that is, with an exposure for 16 days
to cold just above or just below the freezing point.

Under most conditions improved germination occurred where the seed
were dry when refrigerated. Somewhat larger increases in germination
were generally obtained where the seeds, when refrigerated, were either
damp or wet.

33

Refrigeration for even these short periods afforded increases that
brought the germination percentage up to 61 per cent. This would justify
refrigeration of sericea seed in the farmer’s practice, but is considerably
below the maximum germinability of this species, as shown by germination
percentages of scarified seed.

The results serve to explain the thicker volunteer stands that seem to
follow the shedding of sericea seed in cool climates than the writer has
generally obtained in Alabama. Here the seeds, naturally shed on or near
the surface of the soil, are subjected to less severe and less protracted cold
than in higher latitudes.

NOTES ON ALABAMA SNAKES (Opaque projection)

— Geo. C. Moore, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Snakes belong to the suborder Ophidia which is distinguished from other
groups of animals in the class Reptilia by the presence of teeth not set in
alveoli and the absence of legs, eyelids, external ear openings and tympanum.
There are five families of this suborder found in the U. S., three of which
are found in Alabama.

There are about 47 species and subspecies of which about 40 belong
to the harmless and beneficial family Colubridae. The beautiful but deadly
little coral snake belongs to the family Elapidae. The Indian cobra, a close
relative, is perhaps the largest and most deadly of all poisonous snakes.
One should never confuse the poisonous coral with the harmless king snake,
Lampropeltis elapsoides. They are very similar in habits and general ap¬
pearance, but may be easily distinguished. The family Crotalidae com¬
prises most of our poisonous snakes, as the copperheads, cottonmouth, and
the rattlers. They are fairly uniformly distributed over the state but some
are more or less restricted to the most favorable habitats.

Two new subspecies have recently been added to Alabama fauna by the
extended range of one and the resurrection of another which has passed
unnoticed for nearly half a century. The western subspecies of the pigmy
rattler ( Sistrurus miliarias streckcri ) has been collected near Auburn by
the author. This extended the former range several hundred miles eastward.

The water snake, Natrix sipedon pleuralis, was poorly described by Cope
in 1892 as Natrix fasciata pleuralis. It has recently been discussed by Clay
and seems to be an intergrade between the Northern Banded Water Snake,
N. s. sipedon , and the Southern Banded Water Snake, N. s. fasciata.

The finding of these two new subspecies near Auburn is worth consid¬
eration and opens a field for further study.

WATER SOLUBLE GROWTH SUBSTANCES IN PLANTS

— J. R. Jackson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The necessity of complex organic compounds in the normal development
of plants has been established. These compounds, variously known as growth
substances, plant hormones, etc., function in the elongation of stems, photo¬
tropic and geotropic responses, inhibition of bud development, and the initi¬
ation of the development of adventitious roots on herbaceous and hardwood
cuttings. Recently the concept of water soluble growth substances has been
enlarged to include at least certain of the vitamin complexes. Vitamin B1t
vitamin C and probably others are essential to the growth of certain fungi
and excised roots of green plants.

34

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE TRAINING IN WILDLIFE
MANAGEMENT

— F. S. Arant, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Wildlife management may be defined as the art of making land produce
and sustain wild vertebrate animals. It is the art of so managing the land
and manipulating the environment as to increase productivity. A program
of wildlife management must be based on a thorough knowledge of sound
biological principles and must fit into a scheme of economical land use.

Professional wildlife work involves the interplay of so many factors
that both undergraduate and graduate training are highly desirable if not
essential for students who are to make wildlife work their vocation. A1
though a number of reputable institutions are now graduating students with
the B.S. degree in wildlife, it is the firm conviction of the writer that a far
better plan is to offer fundamental undergraduate training in biology and
land use; then build on this foundation with graduate work in applied wild¬
life and related sciences.

Course work leading to the M.S. degree in wildlife, in addition to Eng¬
lish, history, mathematics, sociology, and other general subjects, should in¬
clude at least the equivalent of the following three-hour courses :

Undergraduate. — Grain crops, soils, drainage and terracing, animal nu¬
trition, agricultural economics, plant materials, general botany*, bacteriology,
general chemistry*, organic chemistry, qualitative and quantitative analysis*,
physics, general zoology*, comparative anatomy, genetics, embryology, gen¬
eral entomology, systematic entomology, wildlife conservation.

Undergraduate or graduate. — Forage crops, fertilizers and soil fertility,
incubation and brooding, farm management, general forestry, dendrology,
systematic botany, invertebrate zoology, parasitology*, birds, micro-technique.

Graduate. — Advanced systematic botany, seed identification, aquatic
zoology, ichthyology*, advanced ornithology, mammalogy, game manage¬
ment*, herpetology, research.

King (Trans. 3rd N. Amer. Wildlife Conf. 1938, pp. 548-57) has dis¬
cussed in more general terms types of training in wildlife management.

*Six credits.

BY TITLE

SELF-STERILITY IN BSCHSCHOLTZI A CALIFORNICA CHAM

— Alvin V. Beatty, University of Alabama.

SECTION II

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, AND MATHEMATICS

FORMULAS FOR GRADUATING CIRCLES AND SPHERES

— -J. Sullivan Gibson, State Teachers College, Livingston.

Given: A Circle with radius of one unit (unit circle) and area repre¬

senting a known value.

Required : To compute the radius of any other circle whose area shall have
the same ratio to the area of the unit circle as the known value
of the required circle has to that of the unit circle.

35

Solution: Let a = area of unit circle with radius of one unit
and r = radius (1 unit) of the unit circle

and a^ area of any other circle proportional to the unit circle
and r, = radius of circle with area a,

(the radii of two circles are to
each other as the square roots
of their areas)

r, : r : V a, V a

V-

ri r, _ . l_a 1_
r ~ I \ a

r, ^ / a, then

r

But r = 1 (given)

a is constant throughout any given series, since it is a unit circle.
Then V a also is constant and can be computed arithmetically. Then

in solving for n in the equation,

Va.

ri =

divide Val by the constant

For solving with slide rule :

1. With a soft lead pencil mark the B scale at the point representing the
numerical areal value of the unit circle (This line, extended, marks on
the C scale the square root of the numerical areal value of the unit circle.
This square root becomes the constant divisor in the series of compu¬
tations.)

2. Move the marked point on the B scale to the point on the A scale repre¬
senting the numerical areal value of any given circle of the series.

3. Read the new radius on the D scale at the end of the C scale.

For graduating spheres, proceed as above, except use :

3 3

ri • r • • V Vi : V v For solving with slide rule :

1. Set the hair line at the position on the K scale representing the numeri¬
cal value of the unit sphere.

2. Mark with soft pencil the C and B scales (slide closed) immediately
underneath the hair line.

3. Move the hair line, and the marked points on the C and B scales to the
position on the K scale representing the numerical value of any given
circle of the series.

4. Read the new radius on the D scale at the end of the C scale.

THE PHYSICAL CONSTANTS OF MESITYL OXIDE

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College.

A search of the literature revealed the fact that the physical constants of
mesityl oxide had not all been determined, and that those already recorded
frequently showed considerable variance. The investigation just completed
has served to clarify this situation.

Boiling point determinations of mesityl oxide were made at various pres¬
sures from atmospheric down to 25mm. The boiling point at 755.59mm was
found to be 129.1°.

Density was determined at several temperatures and the results are as
follows :

0°/4° 0.8799
10°/4° 0.8700
20°/4° 0.8629
3074° 0.8517

4074° 0.8430
6074° 0.8222
80° /4° 0.8022
10074° 0.7818

36

The refractive index was found to be:

15° 1.4458

20° 1.4430

25° 1.4404

30° 1.4381

Molecular refraction calculated by the Lorenz-Lorentz equation was
29.83, or 1.16% different than the theoretical of 29.510.

Absolute viscosity was as follows
0° 0.008263

40°

0.005007

10°

0.007162

60°

0.004023

20°

0.006334

80°

0.003349

30°

0.005578

100°

0.002767

Surface tension at 20° was found to be 29.42 dynes per sq.cm, by the
drop weight method.

From the above data on density and surface tension, the parachor was
found to be 264.88.

Melting point and solubility data are not yet complete but results to
date indicate that the melting point is — 63.8° ± .5°. Solubility in water
at room temperature is approximately 4%.

THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN IONS ON THE OXIDATION PO¬
TENTIAL OF GLUTATHIONE

— Dick Clay and John Xan, Howard College.

It is of prime importance to ascertain what factors affect the ease of
oxidation and reduction of glutathione. Therefore, a study of the effect of
certain ions on the oxidation reduction potential of glutathione was under¬
taken. The apparatus used in this experiment is a modification of that de¬
scribed by Clark and Cohen. The following results were obtained :

E.M.F.of

Solution Tested Glutathione

Distilled water_ _ .035

Mcllvain buffer — pH = 7 _ .097

NaCl _ 1M _ .036

KCI _ 1M _ .037

E.M.F.of

.Solution Tested Glutathione

CaCl2 _ 10 mgCa/100 cc _ .036

MgCh — 2.75 mgMg/100 cc _ .042

Na-SCL .1M _ .043

Na2HP04--2mgPC>4/100 cc ... .056
Na2HP04--5mgPC>4/100 cc . 076

The results show that phosphate ion causes a greater negative potential,
and that the negative potential is greater, the greater the phosphate concen¬
tration. The concentrations of S04, Ca, Mg, and P04 approximate those
found in blood plasma according to the analysis of Greenberg, Youngburg
and Youngburg, and other analysis.

As to the affect of the other ions of the blood plasma, namely Na, K,
Ca, Mg, Cl, and S04, the data here presented show that they are without
effect, with the possible exception of Mg and S04 which may slightly in¬
crease the negative potential.

PROGRESS IN PHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS

— R. L. Copson and G. L. Frear, Tennessee Valley Authority.

Of the mineral plant food elements, phosphorus is crucially important
in the solution of the urgent national problem of soil conservation. If the

37

fertility of our soils is to be maintained, consumption of phosphate fertilizers
must be increased several-fold.

Nearly all of the phosphate fertilizer used in this country has been pro¬
duced from the phosphate rock deposits of Florida and Tennessee, although
very much larger reserves exist in the Northwest. The Tennessee and
Florida fields have been mined for more than fifty years, and the highest-
grade and most accessible deposits were mined first. In recent years it
has been necessary to develop methods of utilizing the lower-grade and less
desirable deposits. Methods of concentrating the lower-grade material by
washing and flotation have been developed, but the processing of lower-
grade material tends to increase manufacturing costs.

Phosphate fertilizer is produced commercially by grinding phosphate
rock and mixing it with sulfuric acid. The product is known as ordinary
superphosphate, and contains 16 to 20 per cent available P905. By treat¬
ing rock phosphate with sulfuric acid, dilute phosphoric acid can be pro¬
duced, which after concentration can be mixed with additional phosphate
fines to produce concentrated superphosphate containing 45 to 50 per cent
available P905. Only a relatively small proportion of the commercial pro¬
duction of phosphate fertilizer consists of the concentrated product.

Beginning about 1920, development of the electric furnace process for
concentrated phosphoric acid was undertaken by the chemical industry. The
blast furnace process also has been used by one company. Little of the con¬
centrated acid from these processes went into fertilizer prior to the activi¬
ties of TVA.

Beginning in 1933, the Authority has made improvements in the electric
furnace method, and has produced approximately 170,000 tons of concen¬
trated superphosphate by this process. Low-grade rock may be used di¬
rectly in the electric furnace to produce concentrated superphosphate. TVA
has also developed a plant for manufacturing a new fertilizer material, cal¬
cium metaphosphate or “metaphos,” which contains 60 to 70 per cent avail¬
able P205. Some 8,500 tons of "metaphos” have been made. Other materials
and processes are being investigated.

The TVA concentrated products are being used in testing, demonstra¬
tion, and soil building programs under supervision of State Land Grant
Colleges and Universities, the U. S'. Department of Agriculture, and organi¬
zations of farmers.

The Authority has chiefly directed its experimental work toward the pro¬
duction of concentrated phosphates in the belief that substantial savings are
most likely to be realized through reduction in such costs as handling, bag¬
ging, and transportation. The lower cost of shipping highly concentrated
products like “metaphos,” and the trend toward higher manufacturing costs
in the East, may ultimately bring the Western deposits into the economic
picture.

SMELTING OF PHOSPHATE ROCK IN THE ELECTRIC FUR¬
NACE

— R. H. Newton and D. B. Ardern, Tennessee Valley Authority.

The Tennessee phosphate deposits have been mined by hand methods to
produce high-grade lump rock to such an extent that the deposits are now
depleted of this material. Recent developments in mechanical mining meth¬
ods and electric furnace processing have permitted utilization of lower-
grade fine material.

TVA agglomerates fine phosphatic material by heating to incipient
fusion in a rotary kiln. This process accomplishes the removal of volatile

matter without the loss of phosphate, and makes a satisfactory burden from
material of low phosphatic content.

The phosphate is smelted in three-phase, 5500 kilowatt, electric arc
furnaces. In the furnace charge, the phosphate is proportioned with suf¬
ficient fine coke to reduce the phosphate, iron oxide, and minor reducible
constituents; and with sufficient silica pebble to flux the residual compon¬
ents, forming a calcium silicate slag. Ferrophosphorus, a compound of iron
and phosphorus, is a by-product of the process.

The furnace gases, containing essentially carbon monoxide and phos¬
phorus, are either burned in a water-cooled chamber or cooled in a spray
type condenser. In the latter process, phosphorus is condensed and the
carbon monoxide is recovered as a valuable fuel gas. The condensed phos¬
phorus may be burned to phosphorus pentoxide or diverted to other uses.

The phosphorus pentoxide obtained from the combustion of either the
condensed phosphorus or the furnace gases is hydrated to concentrated phos¬
phoric acid by fine water sprays, and the acid is recovered in an electrostatic
precipitator or an entrainment separator. Purification of this crude acid is
not necessary in the manufacture of phosphate fertilizer.

TVA has operated one to three furnaces for about five years, experi¬
menting with a wide variety of furnace materials and operating conditions
in order to determine means of achieving the minimum cost of phosphoric
acid. A study of the products of reaction has shown the probable course of
many minor reactions in the furnace.

TVA PROCESSES FOR CONCENTRATED SUPERPHOSPHATE
AND METAPHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS

— Grady Tarbutton, Tennessee Valley Authority.

TVA has improved processes for making superphosphate containing
45-50 per cent Pr,Or, by treating rock phosphate with concentrated phosphoric
acid (60-87 per cent HsP04), and has developed a process for making cal¬
cium metaphosphate (“metaphos”) containing 60-70 per cent P2On by re¬
acting P^Oj; with rock phosphate at 1100° C.

Concentrated superphosphate made from dilute phosphoric acid contains
much water which must be evaporated either by long storage or bv artificial
means. The opinion was held that use of concentrated phosphoric acid
(above 65 per cent HsP04) was not feasible because the product set up too
quickly to be mixed thoroughly. Therefore, experiments were made to de¬
termine the feasibility of using the more concentrated acid. The variables
studied were: concentration of acid (60-87 per cent HaP04), particle size
of rock, and temperature. The mixture of acid and rock at first is fluid, then
becomes plastic and finally solid. The time required for the mixture to set up
decreased with decreasing particle size of rock, with increasing acid concen¬
tration, and with increasing temperature. The power required to operate
the mixer was found to increase sharply as the mixture passed from the
fluid to the plastic stage. Further, it was found that intimate mixing for
a long time was not necessary. In practice, a satisfactory product is made
by mixing rock dust (90 per cent through 100-mesh) with 76-78 per cent
HaPCL at about 100° F. in a batch mixer. Two minutes are required for
mixing and dumping a batch.

“Metaphos” is made by the direct reaction of P2O5 with lump rock
phosphate at about 1100° C, at which temperature the product is obtained as
a molten, glass-like material. The proper distribution and control of heat
in the furnace were found to be of prime importance. It was found that

39

the refractories commonly used for lining high temperature furnaces were
either attacked by the hot P2O5 or were dissolved by the molten “metaphos.”
However, most of the difficulties encountered have been overcome and a
full-scale plant has been operated successfully.

SECTION III

GEOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND ARCHEOLOGY

BENTONITE IN SOUTHERN ALABAMA

— Edgar Bowles, Geological Survey of Alabama.

Bentonite has been known in Alabama for many years, but only recently
has a deposit of sufficient size and quality for commercial exploitation been
discovered.

The discovery, in 1937, by Mr. M. J. Epley of Thomasville of a rela¬
tively thick bed of bentonite in Clarke County is the first record in Ala¬
bama of bentonite younger than Cretaceous. The Clarke County bentonite
occurs as a 40-inch layer in deposits of Middle Eocene (Claiborne age),
apparently in the transition zone between the Tallahatta and Lisbon forma¬
tions. The bentonite stratum, consistently maintaining its thickness, has been
discovered in three places a few miles apart along the strike of the forma¬
tions, showing in each case the same geologic relationships.

The known occurrences of this bentonite horizon are all in T 10 N,
R 1 W, just east of the Tombigbee River and a few miles southeast of the
village of Cunningham, in Clarke County.

Distinct relict volcanic textures are present and are interesting from
an economic as well as a scientific point of view. As the bentonite deposits
are the result of direct volcanic action, it might well be expected that the
same horizon would appear consistently along the strike, maintaining a con¬
stant stratigraphic position.

The presence of glauconite in association with the montmorillonite, the
constituent mineral of the bentonite, is another important point in the argu¬
ment for continuity and consistency. Glauconite is formed only under con¬
ditions of marine sedimentation. If, then, the volcanic ash settled in quiet
marine water off-shore, the beds should occur as definite marine sediments
consistently present along the strike of the formation and with little varia¬
tion in thickness other than a gradual thinning away from the source of the
material.

CLIMATE OF THE TENNESSEE VALLEY IN ALABAMA

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

The Tennessee Valley has a growing season of about 200 days, which
puts it near the northern limit of cotton culture. It is far enough from the
coast to have rather dry summers, a factor conducive to fertile soils. Win¬
ter and spring are the principal rainy seasons, and that may be a factor in
giving this part of Alabama a higher tuberculosis mortality than the rest
of the state.

Illustrated by graphs.

40

VARIATIONS WITH DEPTH AT HOG MOUNTAIN GOLD MINE

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College.

Hog Mountain is located at the northern edge of Tallapoosa County,
13 miles northeast of Alexander City, Alabama.

The geology of this area in Tallapoosa County, Alabama consists of a
quartz-diorite intrusive in Wedowee schist of probable Pre-Cambrian age.
The intrusion is a laccolith truncated by erosion. It is probably late Paleo¬
zoic.

The intrusion is crudely oval, N - S parallel to regional schistosity,
with the source at the south end. It is broken by E - W joints which dip
45 to 85 degrees to the north. Some of these are mineralized.

The northern extension of the quartz-diorite bottoms out on the We¬
dowee schist from the shaft northward on the 200 foot level. In this section
“where followed toward the schist and quartz-diorite contact the veins
widen, forming pipe-like ore bodies, but commonly they split into many
stringers and pinch out at the contact. Shear zones, conspicuously developed
in the quartz-diorite, are less noticeable in the schists. They strike almost
due east and dip northward. Many shear planes cross the veins, though
some bend and merge with them. Certain shear zones, while carrying less
value than the material proper, are still high enough in grade to be eco¬
nomically mined. . . .”1

The gold is in very minute grains in pyrrhotite with some pyrite and
chalcopyrite and occasional arseno-pyrite and sphalerite. The gangue is
blue-gray to black quartz. Mineralization is hvpothermal and mostly in the
veins may go 1 to 4 feet beyond in the shearing.

Development south of the shaft on the 200-foot level showed :

(1) An increase in coarseness of texture,

(2) an absence of miarolitic openings

(3) an interweaving of vein stringers with schist indicating that the
vein fillings may have come via the schistosity,

(4) Tenor became more irregular and lower as the texture became
coarser.

iReprinted from U. S. Bur. Mines Inf. Circ. 6914.

HAIL-STORMS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DISTURB¬
ANCES OF SUCH CHARACTER OCCURRING IN ALABAMA

— Patrick H. Smyth, Meteorologist (Retired).

Destructive hail-storms are not of frequent occurrence in Alabama and,
as a rule, thev are local in character. Such storms occurred in the State
in 1832, 1847, May 6, 1857, 1884, April 20, 1920, and May 22, 1928. The
hail-storm of April, 1920, was of considerable intensity; it was accompanied
by heavy thunder, high winds, and heav' rainfall. The hail drifted in places
to depths of three to five feet. The hail-storm of May 22, 1928, was the
most destructive storm of its type, of which there is a record, ever to have
occurred in Alabama. The path of heaviest hail was from one to four
miles in width and extended from the vicinity of Aliceville to Gordo, Pick¬
ens County, thence northeastward to Newtonville, Fayette County. In some
places in Pickens County the hail drifts in the forests were eight feet or
more in height, and the largest hailstones ranged from the size of a guinea
egg to that of a baseball. In certain locations in Pickens County ice, two
to three feet thick, was still to be found in the gulleys on July 4. 28 days

41

after the storm. Information regarding soft hail, frost, hoar-frost, sleet,
glaze, rime, and what constitutes an ice-storm. Although heavy snow sel¬
dom occurs in Alabama, there have been such visitations. In 1886, Decem¬
ber 3-5, snow covered the ground to a depth of 20 inches in the northern
portion of the State, reached a depth of 16 inches in the middle portion,
and 12 inches in some localities in the southern portion. Dense fog is not
of frequent occurrence in Alabama. It is confined mostly to the coast
region and along the rivers, and mostly local in character.

THE GEOLOGY OF THE MONTGOMERY DISTRICT

— Walter B. Jones, State Geologist of Alabama.

The City of Montgomery is located on the Eutaw formation of Cre¬
taceous age, just north of the contact between the Eutaw and the overlying
Selma chalk, the Eutaw rests conformably upon the Tuscaloosa forma¬
tion which is the oldest of the beds composing the Coastal Plain series. The
Tuscaloosa formation covers various crystalline beds which form the old
Piedmont Plateau.

The crystallines are strongly folded and faulted and constitute a com¬
plex of mica schists of the Ashland group, augen gneiss, the Wedowee
phyllites, undifferentiated Archean rocks, Pinckneyville granite, etc. At
Wetumpka some fifteen miles north of Montgomery, the Coosa River has
uncovered the basement rocks, exposing there the Ashland schists, together
with some block faulting into the down throw of which rest beds of Eutaw
and Selma age. The faulting is very interesting and quite unusual. The
maximum displacement is some 600 feet.

The Tuscaloosa formation is composed largely of variegated clays com¬
prising the principal thickness of the formation on top of which are sands
and gravel, particularly in the vicinity of the fall line where the Tusca¬
loosa overlaps the crystallines. The Tuscaloosa is non-fossiliferous. The
Eutaw formation is composed of fossiliferous, marine clays and heavily
cross-bedded sands. The Selma formation consists of so-called rotten lime¬
stone ranging in calcium carbonate content from 70% to about 87%. Some
horizons within the Selma formation are quite fossiliferous, various species
of Ostrea being particularly abundant.

The Selma formation is about 900 feet thick, the Eutaw about 400,
and the Tuscaloosa about 800. The thickness of the crystalline rocks has
not yet been accurately determined.

RAINFALL IN ALABAMA

— Eugene D. Emigh, Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Much of the material used in this paper originated in an analytical study
to divide Alabama into three climatic zones.

The Southern Division, the smallest of the three, lies, roughly, south of
Latitude 31° 30'. Though not entirely free from those influences peculiar
to the Temperate Zone, it enjoys a sub-tropical climate, on the whole, in¬
fluenced to a pronounced extent by the Gulf of Mexico. The northern Di¬
vision, which is the largest, lies north of Latitude 33°. Its climate is con¬
trolled largely by the alternation of cyclonic disturbances, and anti-cyclones,
the centers of which pass along paths mostly to the north of it. The Middle
Division is less subject to the influences which preponderate in the other
divisions and for this reason is the zone of occurrence of least precipita¬
tion.

42

The average annual precipitation for the State is 53.87 inches, the
Northern Division 53.59, Middle 51.84, Southern 58.77. Annual precipita¬
tion at individual stations varies from 46.05 inches, at Tuskegee, in the
Middle Division to 67.62 inches at Robertsdale in Baldwin County, which
with adjacent territory in Florida is one of the wettest regions in the United
States.

During the winter and spring months there is remarkable uniformity
in rainfall distribution over the State, 15.45, 15.49 and 15.38 inches, re¬
spectively, for the divisions north to south in winter, and 14.95, 13.81 and
14.04 in spring. Beginning in June and to an increasing extent through
September rainfall over the Southern Division exceeds that elsewhere in
Alabama, the summer averages being 13.43, 13.28 and 17.10. The Southern
Division is the only section where the July precipitation is much greater
than that in March. However July rainfall throughout the State is of
great interest and importance, adequate moisture to sustain vegetation al¬
ready growing well and revive crops suffering from drought being prac¬
tically certain to occur.

RECENT SEISMIC ACTIVITY IN WESTERN OHIO (Lantern)

— A. J. Westland, Department of Geophysics, St. Louis University.

Reliable records list 21 earthquakes of at least moderate intensity for
the West Central part of Ohio during the period from 1875 to 1939. The
last two tremors occurred March 2 and 9, 1937. Both appear to have the
same epicenter but the second was of slightly greater intensity possibly
reaching VIII Wood-Neumann Intensity Scale. Thorough microseismic
and macroseismic studies were made with excellent agreement in the loca¬
tion of the epicentral region. The macroseismic evidence determined a
felt-area of- some 70,000 square miles for the March 2nd shock, while the
one of March 9th was felt generally over more than twice this area and
reported by people favorably located in such distant cities as Madison, Chi¬
cago, St. Louis, Evansville, Louisville, Pittsburgh and Toronto. Isoseists
showed a definite NNE trend which is apparently typical of the earthquakes
of this region.

No loss of life occurred fortunately and the principal property damage
was confined to the town of Anna and the immediate vicinity. In Anna a
three story brick school house, a Methodist and a Lutheran church were
badly damaged. Practically every chimney was broken or twisted and many
foundations and walls were cracked. Within a radius of five or six miles
approximately three fourths of the chimneys required repair and sectional
monuments in all the nearby cemeteries were rotated or overturned. Sub¬
surface changes in the same area were evidenced by renewed activity of
springs, conversion of ordinary wells into artesian wells, increase in flow in
other wells but a lessening in the output of both oil and gas wells.

Geologists and Seismologists in general pointed to the snap back, re¬
covery-progress, dating from the glacial compression of Pleistocene time,
as the most likely cause of these earthquakes.

TALLAPOOSA ART

— Peter A. Brannon, Alabama Department of Archives and History.

Art is an expression by physical execution of the mental concept to
devise a means to gratify that ambition. Art may be a picture of an actual

43

thing. Art may be a composite execution expressed in a conventional way,
and generally speaking, this expression, in whatever manner it might be fixed,
is intended to be pleasing. We think of art as being something which gives
comfort rather than something which disturbs in the interpretation of it.

The art of aboriginal people is expressed in the forms of their pottery,
and in their tools, as well as through and by the ornamentation of these
things. The people of the Tallapoosa Region, had just as much distinctive¬
ness in the expression of their culture as did those of Moundville, or those of
any other section. Ceramic art is expressed in shell tempered ware which is
relatively late, and which extended into historic days ; in ornamented sand
tempered ware which shows a high development of finish, and which may
have been glazed; in a coarse, heavy, rough ware (the first developed after
the stone age period).

S'hell ornaments of the older culture of these Tallapoosa people is quite
suggestive of that of the Norris Basin of the Tennessee, and of the Wood¬
land culture of the Mississippi Valley. Mask-like gorgets of conch shell,
picturesquely carved shell spoons, ear plugs, and pins illustrate the cross,
the eye, the hand, the rattlesnake, and the figure of the bird.

Painted designs on pottery are similar to the so called Mayan and
Aztec temple pyramid step-figures. An orange red slip wash is very much
akin to that found in the Pueblo regions of Arizona and New Mexico.

There is illustrated through archaeological research, five distinct cul¬
tures of attainment in the progress of the people who occupied this country.
The last and historic evidence is indicative of a people who were more or
less permanent in their settlement, and who seem to have practised in their
arts some of their handed down traditional customs.

The speaker used a series of lantern slides, and in a chronological way
demonstrated the several cultural stages.

SECTION IV

INDUSTRY, ECONOMICS AND GEOGRAPHY

SIGNIFICANCE OF BACHELORS AND SPINSTERS

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In every city, state and country there are many people who go through
life without marrying, and the proportion varies considerably at different
times and places. Where one sex is considerably in excess naturally some
of them have to forego marriage, but even in the minority sex there may
be many who are physically or mentally incapacitated, or disinclined for
other reasons.

Statistics of marital condition go back only to 1890 in the United States,
but farther in some other countries. Graphs exhibited show the propor¬
tion of bachelors and spinsters in the white population over 45 years old,
in every state and in several large cities, from 1890 to 1930. The proportion
single increased in most states between 1890 and 1920, but there was com¬
paratively little change between 1920 and 1930, and the next census may
possibly show a decrease in some of them.

Exceptions to the prevailing trend are found in some of the newer
western states, where bachelors were formerly more prevalent than now,
on account of a decreasing surplus of men, and in some of the southeastern
states, where spinsters were more prevalent in the 90’s than now, on account
of the Civil War.

44

The proportion of bachelors is usually a little greater and of spinsters
considerably greater in cities than in rural districts ; and there is less celib¬
acy among negroes than among whites. In some foreign countries about
99% of the people who live long enough ultimately marry, while others
have as much celibacy as the United States, or more.

The percentage of bachelors in the white population over 45 years old
is low in the South and high in the West, the extremes in 1930 being 5.57
in Alabama and 31.0 in Nevada. Spinsters are most numerous in the North¬
east and least in the Southwest. The extremes for them by states (not
counting the District of Columbia) are 6.22 in Oklahoma and 11.90 in
Massachusetts. Among cities of over 100,000 inhabitants San Francisco
seems to have the most bachelors (24.8%), and Birmingham the fewest
(6.1%) ; and the extreme for spinsters seem to be Cambridge, Mass. (22.2%)
and Birmingham (6.5%).

As a rule, bachelors are most numerous in the wealthiest states ; but
where they are few the people are apt to be more contented, as shown by
statistics of divorce, suicide, etc. Spinsters, on the other hand, flourish in
the older states, with good school facilities, that have produced many
noted persons. They are scarce in newly settled regions, for such communi¬
ties usually have an excess of men. and there would be little for an old
maid to do in a region of mining or logging camps or cattle ranches. The
proportion of spinsters therefore is a pretty good index of culture.

THE WESTERN BLACK BELT: ITS GEOGRAPHIC STATUS
— J. Sullivan Gibson, State Teachers College, Livingston.

The Black Belt, generally considered co-extensive with the Selma Chalk
crescent spanning southcentral Alabama and eastern Mississippi, comprises
a distinct cultural unit. Narrow cultural transition zones — counterparts of
sharp geologic and soil boundaries — lead from the Black Belt to surround¬
ing areas with contrasting physical character, land use practices, and racial
composition.

The Black Belt of today reflects a past more renowned than its present,
and much of its individuality represents a carry-over from better days An
agrarian economy rooted in scattered, rolling tracts of prairie soils of un¬
usual pristine richness gave distinction to early society. Slave labor yielded
profits to a sparse white population. In early post-slavery decades, a tenant
system supplanting the older order perpetuated the prestige of the cotton
planter. More recently, soil deterioration and the accompanying exodus of
white farmers resulted in economic and cultural decline.

Towns and villages contain only about one-sixth of the total popula¬
tion. Several old towns antedate the railroads and doubtless influenced rail
courses ; younger towns have sprung up along the rail routes. Thus, the
urban alignment conforms closely to the rail pattern. Old river towns at
present realize little from their advantageous location of a century ago.
Farm population comprises the rural element. Farmers operating small
units crowd the areas of good soil ; relatively few people occupy the poorer
soils and the timbered tracts, particularly in the margins of the region. So,
rural population adheres to a rather even pattern, varying somewhat with
agricultural affluence.

A definite bi-racial problem underlies the economic and social order of
the Black Belt. Nowhere in the South does a sharper color line exist, and
nowhere do whites depend more upon blacks. Servant and tenant roles
give the negro a degree of economic security, although his lot is a lowly

45

one. Negroes outnumber whites nearly four to one in the western Black
Belt; they comprise more than ninety-five per cent of the total population
in some strictly rural districts. White proportions ranging from one-third
to two-thirds in urban centers reflect the absentee-landlord role of white
farm owners, and the tendency of white people toward business and profes¬
sional pursuits.

Negroes perform most of the farm work in the Black Belt. Tenant and
share cropper groups include the majority. Cotton and corn, under small
scale, crude cultivation, yield only moderately except when fertilized. In¬
creased emphasis on beef cattle represent recent trends in some communities.

COAL: ALABAMA’S PROBLEM INDUSTRY

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College.

Serious decreases in bituminous production have occurred in the priv¬
ately-owned mines of Alabama during the past twenty-five to thirty years.
The loss for the state amounts to about 7.8% of the nation’s total, or ap¬
proximately $24,804,000 from 1925 to 1937 based upon the 1936 average
mine price.

These losses can be attributed in large measure to four factors :

(1) Competition from coal substitutes (a) fuel oil, including oil dumped
from Mexico, (b) natural gas, and (c) hydroelectric power.

(2) Unfavorable geologic conditions in the Alabama fields, such as
dirty coal, “middle-man” rock, broken measures, gaseous mines,
long slopes requiring excessive haulage, etc.

(3) Competition by the eastern Kentucky-Tennessee fields, where seams
are relatively thick and free from dirt.

(4) Freight rates unfavorable to the deep south.

These are but a few of the factors in the problem and of those listed
Number 3, namely the increased production in the eastern Kentucky-Ten¬
nessee field is most important.

POSSIBLE METHODS FOR INCREASING THE CONSUMPTION
OF COTTON AND ITS BY-PRODUCTS

— C. A. Basore and A. R. Macormac, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Although government regulation of the cotton crop since 1933 has un¬
doubtedly given a certain amount of temporary relief, the cotton carry over
has increased year after year until now it amounts to several times the
annual consumption. The proposed Federal laboratory at New Orleans will
have as its primary objective research for new uses for cotton lint, cotton
seed and the whole cotton plant. In the cotton fiber we have the purest
form of natural cellulose; practically all of it is present as alpha cellulose,
the most valuable form of cellulose. Moreover, cotton is the cheapest of
all fibers.

Three classes of problems suggest themselves :

(1) Chemical and mechanical treatment of the cotton fiber at any stage
of manufacture to modify its properties whereby it may become a
more serious competitor of linen, wool, silk or rayon.

(2) Research projects to determine the best means of obtaining the
greatest economic value out of the cottonseed including cotton lin-
ters, cottonseed oil, hull fiber, cottonseed meats and cottonseed bran.

4 G

(3) Research projects to determine thoroughly the possibilities of the
Cameron Dockery whole cotton project and the possible utilization
of cotton stalks.

In conclusion the authors maintain that King Cotton must get rid of
his inferiority complex. They do not agree with those who contend that
the economic position of cotton is necessarily hopeless, but on the contrary
take the position that much could be done to stabilize and maintain cotton
prices by a comprehensive and intensive research program along the general
lines indicated, 57 specific projects being listed. Emphasis should how¬
ever be put on projects leading to the use of cotton in high grade and ex¬
pensive material rather than the cheaper class of goods as has been done in
the past. One of the most encouraging features of this problem is that
cotton is the cheapest of all fibers and thus gives the research worker the
opportunity to use relatively expensive processing and finishing procedures
and still comnete on a price basis with the other fibers. All signs point to
an increased interest on the part of both public and private interests in this
country in research on projects aiming to increase the industrial consump¬
tion of agricultural products. If the suggestions made in this paper serve
as an additional incentive to attempt such work on cotton or its products, we
will feel that our efforts have been well worth while.

WHAT DOES INDUSTRY MEAN TO THE SOUTH?

— W. D. Moore, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

Agriculture and Industry in Alabama have a common cause. That
which would hurt one must eventually hurt the other, and that which is good
for one must also be good for the other. In the interest of a “New Deal”
for the State of Alabama and the South I wish to present to you some of
the problems which confront industrialists, with the hope that we may join
hands in seeking a solution.

Don’t forget that industry has wings — it is mobile today as never be¬
fore — because in all of the cases under discussion you will find modern
factories located at the strategic points of the country with capacities far in
excess of the market requirements, so the law of economics, working
through Management, dictates which plant shall operate and which shall re¬
main idle. During recent years the cast iron pressure pipe industry of this
country has operated at approximately 40% of its capacity. It is a fact that
the individual corporations own plants in several important producing cen¬
ters of the country, and it is a function of Management to determine which
of these plants shall operate, and the decision is made on a basis of eco¬
nomic facts, and not on sentiment.

We have a balance of trade against the South of more than a billion
dollars, and if this is to be brought into a reasonable balance we must man¬
ufacture and ship more finished products out of the South. The economic
challenge is this : Can these products be produced here in the South at
prices sufficiently low to be able to pay the cost of transportation to the
market and compete with the same quality of products made in well equipped
plants that are more favorably located with relation to the markets? It is
not enough that we produce our products as cheap as our competitors, for
they are located at or near the market, and have a relatively low cost of
transportation, while we are located at a great distance from the market
and must absorb the difference in the cost of transportation. For example,
the South produces 60% of the cast iron pressure pipe of the country 90%
of this Southern production is sold in outside markets at $1.00 to $10.00

per ton freight rate disadvantage. To absorb this rate disadvantage, pro¬
duction costs in the South must be lower in wages and taxes than in the
North, and freight rate disadvantages must be reduced. Otherwise, in¬
dustry must leave the South.

MARKETING ALABAMA FARM PRODUCTS

— Luther Fuller, Farm Products Agent, T. C. I. & R. R. Co.

This was a practical discussion of the problems involved in the mar¬
keting of Alabama’s farm products. It analyzed the available and possible
markets, trade requirements, grading, packing and processing plants, and the
opportunities in Alabama to increase the farmer’s income. (Illustrated with
charts and maps)

POPULATION TRENDS' IN ALABAMA

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College.

Land utilization has been a topic greatly stressed in recent years.
Droughts, floods, and the manifold effects of international market disloca¬
tions have proven clearly many of the disadvantages of our prevailing meth¬
ods of land use. Largely as a result of these effects, a state planning
movement has swept the country during the New Deal years, and most states
have more or less active state planning commissions. In Alabama the com¬
mission heretofore has been able to do little, but the new administration
seeks to activate it. If this be done, much of its work will lie necessarily
in the field of land planning, since our population is primarily rural and
dependent upon agriculture and forestry for a living.

In default of detailed field work, one method of approach is to examine
the settlement record. An analysis of the localization and trends in popula¬
tion distribution reveals the record of man’s experience according to exist¬
ing land use methods. It likewise provides a starting point for a more
detailed study of local areas and necessary remedial work. This paper is a
progress report on such a preliminary study.

The map of Population Change in Alabama for 1910-30 localizes by
election precincts the changes during that period. While the state as a
whole increased 24 percent in population, marked regional variations oc¬
curred. Of the 1351 precincts 35 percent showed perceptible decrease and
54 percent definite increase. The Tennessee Valley region shows the best
all around growth, primarily based on agriculture ; next year’s census should
show continued increase, except where impounded water has forced an exo¬
dus of population. In the Ridge and Valley region, rapid urban and indus¬
trial growth sets the keynote, and agriculture seems declining except in
DeKalb and Cullman. General decline is true in the Piedmont except for
local industrial developments. In the Black Belt the shift from cultivated
crops to livestock has entailed the greatest decline of any region, and has
been accompanied by extensive land abandonment. Much of the Wire Grass
region is growing on the basis of diversified agriculture, while in the Mobile
region general increase is the result of forest activities and only locally of
agriculture and recreation, plus Mobile's manufacturing and port functions.

Regional trends indicate extensive farm abandonment in Alabama, and
therefore a crucial problem in the continued growth of the state lies in the
proper handling of what is essentially forest land. At our meeting next
year, this is a problem which might well be considered.

48

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1939-1940

President, Henry Shine, St. Bernard High School— . . St. Bernard, Ala.

Vice-President, Elizabeth Bush, Seale High School _ Seale, Ala.

Secretary, Artie Belle Pirtle, Sidney Lanier High School Montgomery, Ala.

Treasurer, Warner Sinback, Woodlawn High School _ Birmingham, Ala.

Acting-Permanent Counselor, J. L. Kassner* * _ University, Ala.

High Schools and Official Delegates at the Seventh Annual
Meeting, Sidney Lanier High School, Montgomery, Ala.,

April 14 and 15, 1939

+Aliceville High School — -Jenny Shaw _ Aliceville, Ala.

Baldwin County High School — George EUa Till _ Bay Minette, Ala.

Bishop Toolen High School — Rita Villa _ Mobile, Ala.

Butler County High School — John A. McCrory _ Greenville, Ala.

Coffee County High School — James Hatchard _ Enterprise, Ala.

Convent of Mercy Academy — Doris Crabtree . . Mobile, Ala.

+Cullman County High School _ Cullman, Ala.

Hueytown High School — Catherine Jennings _ Hueytown, Ala.

Lee County High School — Redding S. Sugg _ Auburn, Ala.

Mortimer Jordan High School — Earnest Joseph _ Morris, Ala.

Murphy High School — Claude L. Brown _ Mobile, Ala.

Phillips High School — Harold Lloyd.. _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

♦Sacred Heart Academy — Mary Myrtis Walsh _ Cullman, Ala.

+Saint Bernard High School — Henry Shine _ St. Bernard, Ala.

Seale High School — Mary Parkman _ Seale, Ala.

Shades-Cahaba High School — George Rush _ Birmingham, Ala.

+Sidney Lanier High School— Russell LeRoy _ Montgomery, Ala.

Troy High School — Sara Riley _ Troy, Ala.

Tuscaloosa County High School — Otha Spence _ Northport, Ala.

Tuscaloosa Senior High School — Mary Grey Porter _ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

West End High School — Virginia Nacarow _ Birmingham, Ala.

Woodlawn High School — Charles Barratt _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

Senior Academy Certificates of Award

For the best paper — Walter Cornelius, The Design and Construction of

Aircraft — Shades-Cahaba High School _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

For the best exhibit in biology — Taxidermy

Sidney Lanier High School _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

For the best exhibit in chemistry — Everyday Chemistry

Convent of Mercy Academy _ _ Mobile, Ala.

For the best exhibit in physics — Ultra Violet Demonstration

Woodlawn High School _ _ _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

For the best exhibit in science and industry — Ventilation of a Coal

Mine — Hueytown High School _ _ _ Hueytown, Ala.

+Chapters added in 1938-1939

*For his report see page 11

49

TREASURY REPORT OF THE ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING APRIL 15, 1939

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand April 7, 1938 _ _ _ $18.00

Chapter dues _ _ _ _ _ _ 48.00

Registration fee at annual meeting _ _ _ _ _ 22.50

Total Receipts _ _ _ _ _ _ _ $88.50

DISBURSEMENTS

Treasurer’s books _ 3.35

Stationery _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9.18

President’s trip to Montgomery _ 1.00

Stencils _ 1.25

Postage _ _ _ 8.07

Engrossing Certificates and Charters, H. L. Jones _ 15.50

Expenses at annual meeting _ _ 2.15

Weatherford Printing Company... _ _ 2.00

Miscellaneous _ 1.45

Total Disbursements _ _ _ _

Balance, The City National Bank, Tuscaloosa

Audited and found correct, April 15, 1939.

$88.50

$43.95

44.55

$88.50

J. L. KASSNER,

JOHN XAN,

Chairman Auditing Committee.

^MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

t Abercrombie, W. F. (A)... . . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Adcock, Julia C. (C) _ Route 1, Box 29-E, Birmingham, Ala.

Alabama Department of Archives and History _ Montgomery, Ala.

JAllen, Edgar (A) _ _ _ Yale University, New Haven, Conn.

t Allen, Roger W. (B) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

f*Allison, Fred (G) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Andrews, T. G. (C)... . . . . . . . . . . . University, Ala.

Arant, F. S. (A) _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

t Archer, Allen F. (A) _ _ _ _ .... University, Ala.

fAyrs, O. L- ( B ) _ 1001 28th Place S.. Birmingham, Ala.

Bales, P. D. (G) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Barkalow, F. S. (A)... _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Barnes, G. F. (B) _ _ _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

*Basore, C. A. (D) _ _ ..Auburn, Ala.

Beatty A. V. (A) _ University, Ala.

Biggs, Jeannette (A) _ _ _ _ Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, Tenn.

fBishop, E. L. (F) _ 404 Pound Building, Chattanooga, Tenn.

Blair, Arthur J. (C) _ 1600 Brown-Marx Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

50

Blair, C. S. (C)~_ _ _ Comer Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

fBliss, A. R. (F) _ , _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Bodemann, Elsie (A) _ Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

Bowles, Edgar (C) _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fBrakefield, J. L. (A)„. _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Brame, J. Y. (C)_ _ _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

* Brannon, Peter A. (C) _ _ _ _ - . .

_ _ Dept, of Archives & History, Montgomery, Ala.

fBreckenridge, C. G. (A) _ ^ _ ....University, Ala.

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) . 212 Ponce de Leon Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Brown, Margaret E. (A) _ 1639 13th Ave. S., Birmingham, Ala.

Brown Olin T. (C) _ .... _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Brown, R. D. (B) _ _ _ Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Brougher, Cooper (F) _ State Health Department, Montgomery, Ala.

Bruhn, J. M. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fBunton, Paul B _ _ 602 Transportation Bldg., Washington, D. C.

Campbell, Justina (A) . . State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

fCarlson, J. Gordon (A) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fCarmichael, E. B. (B) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Christenson, R. O. (A) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Christianson, O. O. (F) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fClark, B. F. (B) _ Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

Clements, R. M. (F) _ _ _ 2501 7th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Coghill, W. H. (C) . . . U. S. Bureau of Mines, University, Ala.

fColton, W. E. (A)— _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Coons, Kenneth W. (B) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Copson, Raymond L. (B) _ _ 110 Plant One, Sheffield, Ala.

Corley, Nora, (A) _ _ _ _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Coulliette, J. H. (G)-Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

Crane, (Mrs.) I. B. (F)... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .University, Ala.

fCudworth, James R. (C)_ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Culmer, Orphan Ann (E) _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

fCunningham, Floyd F. (D) _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Dale, Hugh (B)... _ _ _ _ Y. M. C. A., Birmingham, Ala.

Damon, S. R. (F) _ State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Dejarnette, David (C). _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Dejarnette, James T., Jr. (C) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

deWilton, Ed L. (A) . . . 1502 N. 15th Court, Birmingham, Ala.

Dorroh, J. L. (B) _ _ _ _ _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Duggar, J. F., Sr. (A) - - - - - Auburn, Ala.

Emigh, Eugene D. (C) _ _ ...Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Engelbrecht, Mildred A’. (A) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

English, Arthur A. (A) _ _ _ _ Box 708, Mobile, Ala.

t*Farmer, C. M. (A).. _ _ _ _ _ _ Troy, Ala.

Fertig, George J. (D) _ _ _ Comer Bldg, Birmingham, Ala.

Fidler, Herbert K. (A) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Fies, Milton H. (D) _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fFoley, Janies O. (F) _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Foster, James R. (B) _ _ _ ...Box 307, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Frear, G. L. (B ) - - - - Sheffield, Ala.

Gandrud, B. W. (C) _ 406 19th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Gattmann, Lambert (A)... - - St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

Geisler, Edith (A). — - - Adger, Ala.

Gerhardt, Henry (E) - - - - 1215 Elmira St., Mobile, Ala.

Gibson, J. S. (D)~ . _ . . .State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Glazner, J. F. (D) - State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

51

Good, J. G. (A) - - - - - - - A. P. I., Auburn, Ala.

fGoss, Charles N. (F) _ _ _ University, Ala.

t*Graham, John Y. (A) - - - - - University, Ala.

fGraves, Stuart (F) - - - - University, Ala.

Greene, J. E. (F) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Griffin, Harrel (C) _ _ University, Ala.

Grover, Marcus A - Box 590, Birmingham, Ala.

fHargis, E. H. (F) — . 28th St., and 12th Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Hargreaves, G. W. (B) _ , _ Auburn, Ala.

fHarper, Roland M. (C) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Hazlehurst, G. H. (A) _ 519 Dexter Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

fHeath, Harry C. (A) . . 21 Agnew St., Montgomery, Ala.

Hertzog, E. S. (B) _ _ _ University, Ala.

fHess, Margaret (A) _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

fHinman, E. Harold (A) _ T. V. A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Hodges, Robert S. (A) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Horton, Edgar C. (C) _ 1221 North 13th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Hostetter, I. M. (E)__ . — . . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Howell, W. M. (F) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

fHunt, T. E. (F) _ University, Ala.

tHyde, John W. (A) _ 2813 Quarry Rd., N. W., Apt. 12,

Washington, D. C.

Indindole, James (A) _ _ Greenville, Ala.

Jackson, J. R. (A) _ A. P. I., Auburn, Ala.

Jones, Carl T. (D) _ U. S. Forest Service, Knoxville, Tenn.

tjones, E. V. (B)_. . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

tjones Herman D. (B) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

f*Jones, W. B. (C) _ State Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

f*Jones, W. C. (F) _ _ — T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Joyner, A. L. (F) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Kassner, J. L. (B) _ _ _ _ _ 1000 13th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

f Kennedy, J. J. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Kiker. Calvin C. (A) _ T. V. A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Knight. Gladys E _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Land, J. E. (B).„ _ _ A. P. I., Auburn, Ala.

Lawler, Matt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Toulminville, Ala.

Littlejohn. Jeannette (B).__ . Huntingdon College, Montgomery, Ala.

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

*Loding, H. P. (A) _ _ _ 166 Houston St., Mobile, Ala.

Lord, James (C) _ _ _ _ _ Russellville, Ala.

Macormac, A. R. (B) _ _ _ A'. P. I., Auburn, Ala.

McBurney, Ralph (F)..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ : _ University, Ala.

McElwee, E. W. (A) _ _ _ A. P. I., Auburn, Ala.

McGlamery, Winnie (C) _ _ _ University, Ala.

McTyeire. Claustie E. . . . . __1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer, Ala.

McVay, Thomas N. (B) _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

MacKenzie, James T. (B) _ 4300 Glenwood Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Martin, H. M. (B) _ _ _ _ _ __Auburn, Ala.

Mobley, Willard M. (D) Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

Montgomery, Jack P. (B) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Moore, Miriam (A) _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

fMoore, W. A. (E) _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Mundhenk, R. L. (F) _ _ _ _ 150 Burton St., Auburn, Ala.

Newton, R. H. (B) _ _ _ _ _ Sheffield, Ala.

Nork. John Joseoh \f A) _ 809 East Clinton St., Huntsville, Ala.

North William E. (A) _ _ _ 12 W. Clarke St., Prichard, Ala.

52

fOtt, W. P. (E) _ _ - . . . — University, Ala.

fOverton, A. G. (D) _ Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

tPalmer, George D. (B).. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

t Parson, R. L. (D) _ _ _ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Partlow, W. D. (A) _ _ _ Bryce Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Paterson, Haygood (A) . . .—.808 Forest Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Pearson, A. M. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Peoples, Stuart A. (F)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Poor, R. S. (C) _ Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

fPrickett C. O. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Pve, (Miss) Orrea F. (A) _ University, Ala.

Quinn, I. T. _ _ _ Dept, of Games & Fisheries, Montgomery, Ala.

JReinke, E. E. (A) _ _ ....Vanderbilt University, Tenn.

Reynolds, J. Paul (A) _ _ ...Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Richards, Edward F. (C) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

f*Robinson, J. M. (A) . . . . . . . . . .Auburn, Ala.

*Robinson, Mary E. (A) _ 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Rodgers, Eric (B) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Ruffin, W. A. (A) _ .Auburn, Ala.

fRutledge, R. W. (A) _ _ _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

fSalmon, W. D. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Sizemore, Troy B. (D) _ 1313)4 N. 29th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Sledd, Arthur (B) _ _ _ _ _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Smith, E. V. (A) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

fSmith, Septima C. (A) _ _ _ University, Ala.

*Smyth, Patrick H. (G) _ _ 806 Winona Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Snow, C. E. (C) _ _ _ 4125 Terrace R., Birmingham, Ala.

fSommer, Anna L. (B) _ 348 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

fSpeith, Alda May (A) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Starling, J. H. (A) _ _ _ Troy High School, Troy, Ala.

Starr, E. E. ( A ) _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Tarbutton, Grady (B) _ _ _ Box 1485, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Tellier, Albert J. (E) _ _ _ 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile, Ala.

Thomas, Gerald A. (B) _ 115 11th Ave., N., Birmingham, Ala.

Thompson, Davis H. (B) _ 917 Valley Road PL, Birmingham, Ala.

fTower, James Allan (D) _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Van Aller, T. S. (F) _ _ _ _ 902 Charleston St., Mobile, Ala.

Walsh, Mary Vincent (B) _ _ Visitation Academy, Mobile, Ala.

Ward, W. W. (C) _ _ _ Centre, Ala.

Webb, Lina (D) _ _ ...State Teachers College. Florence, Ala.

Weil, C. K. (F) _ _ 1 19 Adams Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Weishaupt, Clara G. (A) _ State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

JWestland, A. J. (G) _ _ _ Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

White, A. H. (D) _ 706 9th Court, W., Birmingham, Ala.

White, James M. (C) _ 717 St. Charles Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

White, Urban (B) _ St. Bernard College. Cullman, Ala.

f*Whiting, W. A. (A) _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Wilson, Coyt (A) _ _ _ _ _ A. P. E, Auburn, Ala.

Wingard, R. E. ( B ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..Auburn, Ala.

Wood, Thomas A. (A) _ _ _ Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

Woodall, Percy H. (A) _ 1101 27th Place S., Birmingham, Ala.

Wooley, Mary _ _ _ Murphy High School, Mobile, Ala.

Woolf, F. P. (F) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Worley, Lillian (D)____ _ _ Alabama College, Montevallo Ala.

tXan, John (B).. _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

f Yancey, Patrick H. (A) _ Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

53

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

Bryant, Frances Jane _ Veterans Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Camp, George Lewis,, _ _ Holt High School, Holt, Ala.

Cannon, Laura Mae, West End High School _ Birmingham, Ala.

Capesius, John _ _ _ _ St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

Castro, Hasus _ 1214 Palifax St., Tampa, Fla.

Eskridge, Marshall _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Demopolis, Ala.

Hackworth, Lorye E _ _ _ Box 1844, University, Ala.

Harris, L. E _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Howse, B. C . . . . . . . . . . 333 38th St., Fairfield, Ala.

Jernigan, J. M _ _ _ _ ...University, Ala.

Larson, J. F _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Miles, Martha Fay _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Moore, G. C _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Box 1031, Auburn, Ala.

Osberg, Theresa . . . . . . . . ....University, Ala.

Pardue, L. G _ _ Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Pennington, Elsie _ 1 _ _ _ _ . _ Box 1033, University, Ala.

Reno, G. B _ _ _ 1502 N. 15th Court, Birmingham, Ala.

Rushing, E. D _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Sulkin, N. M _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Swayne, V. R. Jr . . . . . 443 N. Cedar St., Florence, Ala

Williams, W. J—. _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

*Charter members of the Alabama Academy of Science. The com¬
plete list so far as is known was published in Volume V of the JOUR¬
NAL p. 8.

fMember A.A.A.S.

^Honorary Member.

The letters (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), and (G) indicate:
(A), Biology; (B), Chemistry; (C), Geology, Anthropology and Arche¬
ology; (D), Industry, Economics and Geography; (E), Mathematics;
(F), Medicine; (G), Physics, as the chief field of interest of the mem¬
ber.

**Corrections or additions to this roll will be appreciated. Editor.

'

\

Hm YORK ACADEMY OF SCn^«*
77th Street & Central Park West
jqEW YORK, N. ^ •

l

THE JOURNAL

I of the

a

i

| ALABAMA ACADEMY
j OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

I

I

a

I

a

j MARCH, 1940

I

I

I

j

I

I

I

1

I

5

I

1

I

3

I

i

I

i

I

VOLUME 12
Part I

Program

of

THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
BIRMINGHAM-SOUTHERN COLLEGE
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
MARCH 29 and 30, 1940

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

V/iAfHi (.!

£ KV H

: i/.u'stuw if ad i nM/\

SCIENTIFIC LABORATORY
APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS

A catalog of over twelve hundred pages illustrating and de¬
scribing laboratory apparatus and a separate catalog of chemical
reagents, organic chemicals, culture media, biological stains,
standard solutions, minerals and ores, and micro chemicals are
available without charge to all commercial laboratories and edu¬
cational institutions.

E. H. SARGENT & CO.

15 5-165 East Superior Street

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

McKesson & Robbins, Incorporated

DOSTER-NORTHl NGTON, DIVISION

Laboratory Apparatus and Chemicals

FOR

Chemical, Metallurgical and Biological Laboratories

PHONE 3-4171

1706-08-10-12 FIRST AVENUE

Birmingham, Ala.

Members of Alabama Academy of Science are cordially invited
to visit us tchile in Birmingham.

_ _ ^ „ . .

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Program

Seventeenth Annual Meeting

BIRMINGHAM-SOUTHERN COLLEGE

Birmingham, Alabama
March 29 and 30, 1940

OFFICERS FOR 1939-1940

President , George D. Palmer _ University of Alabama, University, Ala.

President-Elect, C. M. Farmer _ _ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

S. R. Damon, Biology and Medical Science,

_ State Department of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

I. M. HosTETTER, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics,
_ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

A. J. Westland, Geology, Anthropology and Archeology,

_ _ Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

E. D. Emigh, Industry, Economics and Geography,
- Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Secretary, Septima C. Smith _ _ _ University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan - Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S., J. H. CoulliETTE, _

- Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, E. V. Jones _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

GENERAL PROGRAM

All Addresses and Section Meetings are open to the public.
FRIDAY, MARCH 29, 1940

8:15 A.M. REGISTRATION at entrance to Munger Hall. Secure tick¬
ets for the luncheon and banquet and register for Saturday trips.

9:00 A.M. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING in Faculty Trus¬
tee Room, Munger Hall (second floor).

10:45 A.M. FIRST BUSINESS SESSION, Auditorium, Munger Hall.

12:10 P.M. PHOTOGRAPH of the Academy in front of Munger Hall.

12:30 P.M. LUNCHEON (compliments of the College), College Cafeteria.

1:30 P.M. SECTION MEETINGS. Papers, discussions, demonstrations,
election of section chairmen for 1940-1941.

Section I. Biology and Medical Science, Room 308, Munger
Hall. S. R. Damon, Chairman; H. D. Jones, Secretary.

Section II. Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, Room 307,
Munger Hall. I. M. Hostetter, Chairman; W. E. Glenn, Sec¬
retary.

Section III. Geology, Anthropology and Archeology, Room
304, Munger Hall. A. J. Westland, Chairman; C. E. Snow,
Secretary.

Section IV. Industry, Economics and Geography, Room 303,
Munger Hall. Eugene D. Emigh, Chairman; J. Allen Tower,
Secretary.

1 :00 P.M. JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE REGISTRATION in
Student Activities Building and assignment to rooms.

B. F. Clark, chairman of committee on local arrangements.

4:00-6:00 P.M. TEA for all members of Senior and Junior Academies and
visiting ladies, Stockham Building.

4:30 P.M. FINAL BUSINESS SESSION, Munger Auditorium.

7:00 P.M. ANNUAL BANQUET (informal), College Student Activities
Building; Walter B. Jones, Toastmaster. Tickets $1.00.

8:30 P.M. JOINT SESSION of The Alabama Academy of Science and
the Junior Academy of Science — Munger Auditorium, Walter
B. Jones presiding.

Address of Welcome — Geo. R. Stuart, assistant to the Presi¬
dent, Birmingham-Southern College.

Response — Dr. S. J. Lloyd, University of Alabama.
Presidential Address — “Scientific Research, The Hope of The
South.” — Dr. George D. Palmer, President of the Academy.
Motion Picture Sliozv — “The Ivory-Billed Woodpecker,” ar¬
ranged by Dr. Walter B. Jones.

SATURDAY, MARCH 30

8:30 A.M. INSPECTION OF JUNIOR ACADEMY EXHIBITS—
Ramsay Hall.

9:00 A.M. SECTION MEETINGS — Munger Hall, in same rooms used
by the sections on Friday. All except SECTION III.

3

9:30 A.M. GEOLOGY FIELD TRIP. A cross-section from Enon Ridge
through Red Mountain to the crest of Shades Mountain.
Russell S. Poor in charge. Time, two and one-half hours.
The trip starts from the Student Activities Building.

12:30 P.M. LUNCHEON at College Cafeteria.

1:30 P.M. TWO AFTERNOON TRIPS have been arranged by Dr.

Poor. I. Through the residential section of Mountain Brook
and the Country Club area. Time, one and one-half hours.
II. A trip to a local blast furnace and coke oven. Time, two
and one-half hours.

Both trips start from Student Activities Building.

N.B. Your promptness at all sessions, trips, etc., zvill be great¬
ly appreciated.

FRIDAY, 1 :30 P.M., MARCH 29TH, 1940
SECTION I.

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

S. R. DAMON, Chairman; H. D. JONES, Secretary
Room 308, Munger Hall

1. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON DRAGONFLY COLLECTING IN
ALABAMA. (15 min.) (Lantern).

— Septima C. Smith, University of Alabama, and Robert S. Hodges,
Alabama Department of Conservation.

Collecting continued over a period of five years by the authors has
afforded to date 134 species of dragonflies for Alabama. This record
compares favorably with that of other states. Much distributional data
and certain new or rare species have been dependent upon the collecting
and rearing of nymphs. That the same locality in a stream may be
profitably dredged for nymphs over a period of several years is shown
by some interesting results from such continued activity.

2. DIFFERENTIAL COUNTS OF PANCREATIC ISLET CELLS IN
DOGS DEVELOPING OBESITY FOLLOWING SURGERY OF
THE HYPOPHYSIS OR HYPOTHALAMUS.. (15 min.)

— Thomas E. Hunt, University of Alabama.

Marked obesity frequently develops following surgery of the hypophysis
or hypothalamus. In such cases it has been found that there is also a
considerable increase in the number of alpha cells in the islets of the
pancreas. Dogs with similar operations not resulting in obesity have a
normal number of alpha cells. The correlation observed suggests that
these cells are concerned in some way with fat metabolism.

3. RATE OF CONTRACTION OF THE HEART BEFORE THE
BEGINNING OF CIRCULATION IN RAT EMBRYOS. (15 min.)

— Charles M. Goss, University of Alabama.

The first heart beats in living rat embryos have been caught by movies
taken through a compound microscope. Active contraction of these tiny
hearts precedes circulation of the blood by many hours. The ventricle

4

and atrium display their individuality almost from the first and they soon
establish the rate of rhythmic beating which is characteristic of them
throughout life. Man, as well as other animals, apparently starts life
with two independently contracting hearts.

4. 2.5 MM. HUMAN EMBRYO IN SITU WITHIN ITS CHORIONIC
SAC (10 min.)

— W. F. Abercrombie, W. E. Prescott, Jr., and P. D. Bales,
Howard College.

Scarcity of material has been one of the serious obstacles to the develop¬
ment of knowledge regarding early human embryology. This specimen
was obtained by dissecting the aborted placenta of a woman whose case
history is known and will be reported. Age will be discussed with
regard to size and menstrual history. The embryo and placenta were
preserved and will be demonstrated. A survey of the literature indicates
that few such small specimens have been recorded.

5. STUDIES OF THE EFFECT OF INSULIN ON. AND GLUCOSE
TOLERATION OF, PARTIALLY AND COMPLETELY HYPO-
PHYSECTOMIZED ALBINO RATS.

—Herman D. Jones, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

In these investigations a study was made of insulin sensitivity and glu¬
cose tolerance of completely and partially hypophysectomized albino
rats. The experiment was also extended to a study of the effects of the
thyrotropic and adrentropic factors and the posterior lobe extract on
insulin sensitivity of partially hypophysectomized rats.

6. PNEUMONIA FATALITIES— RATES AMONG INDUSTRIAL
WORKERS AND THEIR FAMILIES. (15 min.)

— C. H. Kibbey, T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfeild.

A statistical study of approximately 5,000 cases of pneumonia, classified
by age, sex and occupation, occurring in the experience of an industrial
medical service over a period of 14 years. The study was made in an
effort to determine, if possible, what influence, if any, the occupation
of an individual might have on pneumonia fatality.

7. LOW BACK INJURIES AND THEIR RELATION TO INDUS¬
TRY.

— Percy H. Woodall, D.O., Birmingham.

A discussion of (1) the frequency of occurrence, (2) the economic im¬
portance, (3) the anatomical phases as a predisposing factor and (4)
present trends in the treatment of low back injuries.

8. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES ON THE AMPHIBIAN OVI¬
DUCT (15 min.) (Lantern).

— C. M. Pomerat, University of Alabama.

In young toads, Bufo arenarum (Hensel), the glandular layer of the
oviduct has been found to differentiate in the absence of the ovary.
Pituitary preparations did not markedly hasten this process.

Induction of ovulation in Amphibia by pituitary stimulation seems to
be accompanied by an increase in water content. The significance of
this phenomenon in relation to the ovary and oviduct will be discussed.

5

9. ANIMAL HEADS EXAMINED FOR RABIES AND ANTIRABIC
TREATMENTS DISTRIBUTED 1933-1939. (10 min.)

— Cooper Brougher, State Department of Health, Montgomery.

A brief discussion of some of the problems of antirabic treatments and
some findings in testing for rabies.

10. STREPTOCOCCI IN PASTEURIZED MILK (15 min.)

— Mildred A. Engelbrecht, University of Alabama.

Several species of streptococci, both hemolytic and non-hemolytic, have
been found in samples of commercially pasteurized milk.

The margin between the thermal death point of streptococci and the
highest temperature feasible for pasteurization is a narrow one, there¬
fore, the precision of the control apparatus of the pasteurizer is a
matter of great importance if commercially pasteurized milk is to be
considered as safe for human consumption.

11. TWINS AND TWINNING. (IS min.)

— Groesbeck Walsh, M.D., and Robert M. Pool, M.D., T. C. I.
Hospital, Fairfield.

A lantern slide demonstration of charts, photographs and summaries
with verbal explanation concerning the presence of similar lesions in
both of identical twins. This is preceded by a short historical, biblical
and literary review.

Do both of identical twins have similar anatomical, physiological, psy¬
chological and pathological conditions due to heredity and influence of
chromosome division or because of environment and subsequent associa¬
tion with each other?

BY DEMONSTRATION

“THE INDUCTION OF OVULATION BY PITUITARY STIMU¬
LATION; THE USE OF THIS TECHNIQUE IN TEACHING
AND RESEARCH,”

— C. M. Pomerat, University of Alabama.

FRIDAY, 1 :30 P.M., MARCH 29, 1940

SECTION II

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS

I. M. HOSTETTER, Chairman; W. E. GLENN, Secretary

1. DIPHENYLAMINE SULPHONIC ACID AS AN INDICATOR
IN TITRATING IRON WITH DICHROMATE. (10 min.)

— Maurice Powell, Birmingham- Southern College.

A comparison of the endpoint obtained using the indicator diphenyla-
mine sulphonic acid with the potentiometric endpoint using a Pt-calomel
system when titrating ferrous iron with 0.1 N dichromate.

*2. THE GENERALIZATION OF MIQUEL’S THEOREM.

— Henry Gerhardt, Mobile.

*No preview was furnished for this paper.

6

3. A REVIEW OF CHEMILUMINESCENCE. (15 min.)

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College.

A general review of the entire field of chemiluminescence (chemical re¬
actions which emit light) , will be given. This will be followed by a dis¬
cussion of the theory underlying this phenomenon. Copies of an exten¬
sive bibliography on the subject will be available to those interested.

4. DEMONSTRATION OF CHEMILUMINESCENCE. (15 min.)

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham- Southern College.

A striking demonstration of chemiluminescence will be shown. Printed
directions for reproducting this demonstration will be available to those
interested. (The room must be darkened for this demonstration).

*5. A METHOD OF NUMERICAL INTEGRATION OF ORDINARY
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER.

— A. J. Pilkington, U. S. Flood Control, Mobile.

6. SOME NEEDED EMPHASES IN SCIENCE TEACHING.

— E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College.

Some recent criticisms of our present methods of science teaching will
be reviewed and some suggestions offered for more effective teaching.

7. THE ACTION OF OXYGEN ON ALKALINE SOLUTIONS OF
MERCAPTANS.

— John Xan and Louis Roberts, Howard College.

A method for the study of the action of oxygen on alkaline solutions
of mercaptans was developed. The action is a heterogeneous one.
The oxygen dissolves in the alkaline solution first and then it reacts
with the mercaptan. Propyl and Butyl mercaptans were studied. They
are oxidized to the disulfides.

8. THE AREA BETWEEN A CIRCLE AND ITS INVOLUTE.

— W. A. Moore, Birmingham- Southern College.

This area is of such frequent occurrence in nature that the problem
would seem to deserve a prominent place in mathematical literature.
On the contrary it seems to have been practically ignored. Possibly the
reason for this is the fact that a straightforward application of the
standard Definite Integral Area Formulas leads to considerable diffi¬
culties. In this paper these difficulties are avoided and an elegant so¬
lution is obtained by the use of a simple and obvious transformation.

9. STATISTICAL CURVES AND ZIGZAGS. (15 min.)

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In plotting statistical curves of various kinds it is a too common prac¬
tice to connect known points by straight lines, or even to draw square-
topped steps or black bars instead of curves. * Smooth curves, such as
are commonly used in civil engineering practice, have decided advan¬
tages. Several kinds of statistical graphs, illustrating different methods,
will be exhiibted.

10. THE CHEMISTRY AND PROPERTIES OF NYLON.

— A. R. Macormac, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

A discussion on DuPont’s new synthetic fiber Nylon and its relation to
the textile industry. The chemistry involved in its production and the
properties of the resulting product will be considered. Samples will
be shown to illustrate the variety of its uses.

*No preview was furnished for this paper.

7

FRIDAY, 1 :30 P.M., MARCH 29, 1940
SECTION III.

GEOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND ARCHEOLOGY

A. J. WESTLAND, Chairman; CHARLES E. SNOW, Secretary.

1. SIGNIFICANT GEOLOGIC FACTORS CONCERNING OIL AND
GAS IN THE SOUTHEAST. (15 min. Slides and Charts).

— R. S. Poor and Hugh Garrison, Birmingham-Southern College.

Some of the principles of oil and gas accumulation and methods of pros¬
pecting will be reviewed.

The areal distribution of known significant geologic structures in the
Southeast will be discussed.

2. THE STABILITY OF TIDAL INLETS. (15 min.)

— Francis F. Escoffier, U. S. Flood Control, Mobile.

The general nature of the problem of the stability of tidal inlets is dis¬
cussed verbally. A mathematical formula is then obtained, which ex¬
presses a relationship between some of the variables involved in deter¬
mining stability. The use of the formula is explained as well as its
application to the following problems :

1. The determination of the stability of an existing inlet.

2. The improvement of inlets in order to increase their stability.

3. The determination of stable dimensions for artificial inlets.

3. PROCESSES OF ADJUSTMENT IN CHANNELS FLOWING
THROUGH ERODIBLE MATERIAL. (15 min.)

— Leon Lassen, U. S. Flood Control, Mobile.

The factors which determine whether the cross section of a channel is
filling, remaining stable, or eroding are discussed. The general im¬
portance of vegetation is explained and the manner in which human
occupancy of adjacent lands affects streams by modifying vegetation.
Changes, apparently due to human occupancy, which have taken place
in the channels of certain streams are described.

4. SOIL AND CIVILIZATION IN FRANCE AND THE ALABAMA
BLACK BELT. (15 min.)

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

France and our black belt both have fertile soil, a pretty high degree of
civilization, and low birth rates. An attempt will be made to show
some correlations between these factors. To be illustrated by graphs.

5. STRATEGIC MINERALS IN ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— Edgar Bowles, Geological Survey of Alabama.

War conditions in Europe have caused geologists and industrialists h>
become acutely aware of the lack, in the United States, of certain min¬
erals essential to both our peace time and war time economy. The
position of Alabama as a potential producer of certain of these strategic
minerals is briefly described.

6. NOTES ON A MIDWAY NAUTILOID CEPHALOPOD FROM
ALABAMA (5 min.)

— Winnie McGlamery, Alabama Geological Survey.,

Hercoglossa orbiculata, described by Tuomey in 1854, but not figured.
The type lost, and exact locality not known. An incomplete specimen!

8

was described and figured by Miller and Thompson in Journal of
Paleontology, 1933. In 1936, the Alabama Geological Survey collected
a large rather complete specimen which has been identified by Dr.
Miller as the same species. This specimen came from excavation for a
new road about one mile west of Pine Barren Creek, Wilcox County,
from the “Nautilus Rock” horizon.

7. INDIAN CRANIA FROM THE MUSEUM BURIALS AT
MOUNDVILLE. (12 min.)

— Charles Snow, Alabama Museum — W. P. A. Laboratory, Birmingham.

The Indian Crania from the Mound Park Museum burial pits are
analysed both metrically and morphologically. Naturally, the racial
affinities of the aboriginal population which developed the high culture
with its vast grouping of truncated pyramidal mounds so characteristic
of Moundville are of great importance. Close similarities in physical
types are demonstrated to the Pickwick Basin “Roger Island” series
as well as other roundheaded, southwestern groups.

8. CERAMIC SEQUENCES IN NORTH ALABAMA. (15 min.)
(Lantern).

— (Miss) Marion L. Dunlevy, Alabama Museum — WPA Laboratory,
Birmingham.

A paper dealing with the classification of ceramics on the basis of paste
qualities, form and surface finish demonstrating the use of pottery
typology as an indicator of time relationships of culture complexes.

9. INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE PREHISTORY OF AN INSU¬
LAR SHELL MOUND, LAUDERDALE COUNTY, NORTH¬
WESTERN ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— W. W. Kraxberger, Alabama Museum — WPA Archeological Project,
Sheffield.

This site, Lu°25 was established by the Alabama Archeological Survey.

Located on Seven Mile Island in the Tennessee River it provided a more
or less permanent home site for the aborigines who followed the great
river courses and by whom it was utilized for a considerable period of
time.

Favorably situated it was secure and provided abundant food and work¬
able material. Thus being established on this particular migrational
route it was a link in the valley cultures of the southeast and was
responsible for the various phases of cultural manifestations here re¬
vealed.

10. RECENT TRENDS IN SOUTHERN ARCHEOLOGICAL METH¬
ODS. (15 min.)

— P. A. Brannon, Dept. Archives and History, Montgomery.

The idea of the paper is to compare methods followed by workers prior
to 1900 and the highly technical technique employed by investigators
at the present time. The paper uses illustrated references to methods
of the school of Doctor Eugene Smith, Peter A. Greene and men who
worked in the ’80s and '90s and contrasted the results both physical
and in the manner of notes, with present time efforts.

11. AN EXHIBIT OF RELIEF MODEL CONSTRUCTION.

— Olin T. Brown, University of Alabama.

9

FRIDAY, 1 :30 P.M., MARCH 29, 1940

SECTION IV.

INDUSTRY, ECONOMICS AND GEOGRAPHY

EUGENE D. EMIGH, Chairman; J. ALLEN TOWER, Secretary

Room 303, Munger Hall

1. SOME ASPECTS OF FOG FORECASTING. (IS min., opaque
projection).

— J. J. George, Eastern Air Lines, Atlanta.

This paper will emphasize the importance of accurately forecasting fogs
and low ceilings at airports along commercial air lines. Recent studies
for use by airway forecasters, and the causes and frequencies of fog
in the eastern and southern areas, and in certain localities, will be
discussed.

2. TEMPERATURE CONTRASTS IN THE METROPOLITAN
AREA OF BIRMINGHAM. (15 min.)

— E. C. Horton, Weather Bureau, Birmingham.

Recent striking differences between the temperatures at the City Station
and the Airport Station of the Weather Bureau in Birmingham have
awakened renewed interest in an old topic. Why should there be as
much difference as 10° within such a short distance? Are the City
conditions in contrast with those of the open country sufficient to ex¬
plain the differences, or should the cause be sought elsewhere? Other
factors to be discussed seem equally as important, if not far more so.

*3. UPPER AIR TEMPERATURE, PRESSURE AND HUMIDITY
OBSERVATIONS MADE AT CAIRO, ILLINOIS AND MONT¬
GOMERY, ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— P. H. Smyth, Montgomery.

*4. FOREST WORK IN ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— Brooks Toler, State Division of Forestry, Montgomery.

5. FORESTRY AND THE NATIONAL FORESTS OF ALABAMA.
(15 min.)

— F. W. Rasor, U. S. Forest Service, Montgomery.

This will be a discussion of nationally supervised forestry in the State
of Alabama, and in the areas designated as National Forests. Areas
will be described, and propagation methods and protective measures
discussed.

6. THE FOREST ECONOMY OF ALABAMA. (20 min.)

— Frank A. Ineson, Southern Forest Experiment Station, New Orleans,
La.

A discussion of the land-use situation, the rank and distribution of forest
industries in the State, utilization and mortality drain on the forests
and comparison of this drain with the present timber stand and current
growth, and the opportunity for expansion of industry and employment
through a fuller development of Alabama’s forests.

*No preview was furnished for this paper.

10

7. ALABAMA’S WILDLIFE RESTORATION PROGRAM UNDER

THE PITTMAN-ROBERTSON ACT OF 1937. (10 min.)

— Frederick S. Barkalow, Jr., State Department of Conservation,
A. P. I., Auburn.

At present little is known of the wildlife resources of Alabama. Whether
or not wildlife will increase, decline, or remain stationary under the
present conditions and management practices is a matter of speculation
and until the wildlife populations and environmental influences are
catalogued and evaluated for each species a program of long range
planning for wildlife restoration and management can be founded upon
nothing better than guesswork. What Alabama is doing to solve such
problems and the techniques used will be discussed.

8. LAND MOLLUSCA AND FOREST COVER IN ALABAMA. (10
min.)

— Allan F. Archer, State Department of Conservation, A. P. I., Auburn.

The significance of land Mollusca in the plant-animal communities of
forests is discussed. In accordance with the physiological requirements
of Mollusca forest communities are divided into two divisions. In the
upland areas there is considerable environmental stress exerted on
snails. The characteristic species of the uplands are mentioned. The
effects of the fires on Mollusca are described.

SATURDAY, 9:00 A.M., MARCH 30TH, 1940
SECTION I.

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

S. R. DAMON, Chairman; H. D. JONES, Secretary
Room 308, Munger Hall

1. GERMINATION OF CROTALARIA SPECTABILIS AS AF¬
FECTED BY AGE OF SEED. (15' min.)

— J. F. Duggar, Alabama Polytechnic Institute Experiment Station.

The naturaF germination of seed of this economic plant is extremely
low. In earlier papers the writer has presented means for overcoming
this condition. Certain of his germination tests have suggested that
age of stored seed has affected the necessity for these treatments. Such
data are brought together in this paper. The data should aid the
farmer in determining whether and for how long he may rely on nat¬
ural reseeding and afford aid in selecting subsequent crops.

2. SOME CAVE SPIDERS OF ALABAMA. (15 min.)

— Allan F. Archer, Department of Conservation, Montgomery.

From the point of view of spider ecology and the distribution of species
in caves three successions are listed : Cave entrances, zone of partial
darkness, and zone of total darkness. Twelve families of true spiders
have been found in Alabama caves. Eight families are discussed in
detail.

Eleven species out of the twelve families are largely confined to en¬
trance areas. Eight species are confined to the dark zones.

11

3. RESPONSES OF SINGLE CELLS TO SMALL ELECTRO-MAG¬
NETIC VARIATIONS. (7 min.)

— Zoe Black, Biology Department, Alabama College.

When marine amoebae are grown and studied within a lead shield, their
sensitivity to electro-magnetic changes is increased. Responses are
measured by taking the rate of locomotion. These amoebae compare
favorably with photo-electric cells in sensitivity to white light. Color
sensitivity is more complex. There are directional orientations in re¬
sponse to changes in magnetic field. All responses are visible im¬
mediately as surface membrane phenomena.

4. THE MOURNING DOVE IN ALABAMA. (30 min.)

— A. M. Pearson, Ala. Coop. Wildlife Research Unit.

A silent movie showing the Alabama mourning dove in its native
habitats.

5. THE EFFECT OF FIRE ON MATURE YELLOW PINE) TREES.
(15 min.) (Opaque Projection).

—Kenneth H. Garren, State Teachers College, Jacksonville.

It is well known that fires produce much cull and decay in the basal
portion of mature hardwood trees. The present study attempts to record
the actual cull and decay entering through fire scars on mature pines
and to associate that cull with such factors as width of fire wounds,
and rate of healing and age of fire wounds.

6. AN INTERESTING HYPERICUM FROM THE PIEDMONT OF
ALABAMA. (10 min.)

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In 1921, Dr. S. J. Lloyd found in Chilton County a shrubby Hypericum
(St. John’s-wort), which from the small sprig he sent could not be
distinguished from H. fasciculatum, a species characteristic of cypress
ponds in the coastal plain. Nothing more was learned about it until
more of it was found in Tallapoosa County in 1938. It appears distinct
from the coastal plain plant, but more evidence is needed about possible
connecting links.

7. FERROUS SULFATE AS A PREVENTATIVE OF POISONING
BY POISON IVY. (10 min.)

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

Is ferrous sulfate an effective preventive against poisoning by poison
ivy? A group of students at Troy State Teachers College by experi¬
ment endeavor to answer this question. The results of their experiment
will be embodied in this paper.

8. HOG CHOLERA VACCINATION BY INTRAPERITONEAL IN¬
JECTION OF TISSUE VACCINE.

— L. E. Starr, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The present project has to do with a tissue vaccine as an immunizing
agent against hog cholera. It has been necessary to give two sub¬
cutaneous injections of the vaccine at two week intervals which is not
practical in many cases. The author has shown that hogs may be suc¬
cessfully immunized by one simultaneous intraperitoneal and subcu¬
taneous injection of the tissue vaccine.

12

9. COMPARATIVE STUDIES ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF
THE EGGS OF NEMATODE WORMS (15 min.)

— R. O. Christenson and H. H. Earl, Jr., Alabama Agricultural Experi¬
ment Station, Auburn.

Zoologists have little appreciation of the variation of morphology
which occurs in nematode eggs. Mammillation and operculation
are well known specializations ; but peculiar modifications like byssi,
terminal filaments, equatorial filaments, sub-polar filaments, and
lateral crests have received little publicity since they are absent
in economically important species. Using the morphology of a
typical egg as a basis the above specializations will be considered.
Ovoviviparity as it occurs in so-called viviparous species such as
Trichinella spiralis will receive some consideration.

10. SOME EFFECTS OF LOW X-RAY DOSAGE ON MITOSIS
IN THE NEUROBLASTS OF THE GRASSHOPPER
EMBRYO (10 min.)

— J. Gordon Carlson, University of Alabama.

Exposure of actively dividing cells to any but very low dosages
of X-rays effects temporarily complete cessation of mitosis. Grass¬
hopper neuroblasts treated with as little as 31 r of X-rays, how¬
ever, have their division affected appreciably only if they are in
an early stage of mitosis.

SATURDAY, 9:00 A. M., MARCH 30, 1940
SECTION II.

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS

I. M. Hostetter, Chairman; W. E. Glenn, Secretary

1. THE REARRANGEMENT OF CAMPHENE HYDROBRO¬
MIDE (15 min.)

— Lindsey M. Hobbs, University of Alabama.

The increasing number of uses of camphor and the fact that a
monopoly of the natural supply is controlled by the Japanese,
results in a special interest in the synthesis of camphor from
local turpentine.

Results of a study of an intermediate step in the synthesis are re¬
ported. The data are interpreted in terms of the camphor synthesis
and in terms of the light which they throw on the mechanism of the
Walden inversion.

2. THE APPROXIMATE DETERMINATION OF THE QUAD¬
RATIC FACTORS IN POLYNOMIALS OF HIGHER DE¬
GREE

— George W. Hess, Howard College.

Examples will be given showing the application of the method in
finding imaginary roots.

13

3. ORGANIC FLOCCULATING AGENTS IN THE PRECIPI¬
TATION OF INSOLUBLE FLUORIDES (15 min.)

— Harold E. Wilcox, Howard College.

Colloid chemists have long known about the phenomenon of “sen¬
sitization” whereby a minute amount of some lyophilic colloid such
as gelatin will greatly reduce the amount of electrolyte necessary
to flocculate a sol. The application of this phenomenon to ana¬
lytical chemistry is much more recent. In this paper, the effec¬
tiveness of various organic flocculating agents in flocculating
colloidal calcium fluoride was determined, and gravimetric calcium
fluoride methods were suggested for determining soluble and insol¬
uble fluorides.

4. CONDENSATION OF MESITYL OXIDE WITH ALDE¬
HYDES: PRELIMINARY REPORT (10 min.).

— B. F. Clark and William Easter, Birmingham-Southern College.

Mesityl oxide readily condenses with aromatic and heterocyclic
aldehydes, but is reluctant to condense with aliphatic aldehydes.
Several new compounds have been prepared and will be shown.
Factors influencing the condensations, such as catalysts, temper-
tures, etc., will be discussed.

5. AN APPLICATION OF THE THEOREMS OF MENELAUS
AND CEVA TO THE COMPLETE QUADRANGLE (10 min.).

— W. E. Glenn, Birmingham-Southern College.

Projective Goemetry defines a harmonic range by means of the
complete quadrangle. In this paper the range defined by the
complete quadrangle is shown to be harmonic by means of the
theorems of Menelaus and Ceva as used in pure geometry. This
application in turn illustrates an interesting connection between
the two theorems.

6. FATTY ACIDS FROM SOUTHERN PINES (10 min.) (Lan¬
tern).

— K. W. Coons, University of Alabama.

Twenty thousand tons of valuable fatty acids are being burned
annually in the soda furnaces of the Kraft pulp industry. A method
of recovering and methods of processing these acids is presented
whereby diversified products with a value of $4,162,000 may be pro¬
duced annually. Paper size, printing inks, detergents, soaps,
greases, cutting oils, coolants, drawing oils, candles, vitamin
sources, and edible oils are among the products which can profit¬
ably be produced.

7. MAXIMA AND MINIMA FOR SCALAR AND VECTOR
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES.

— I. M. Hostetter, Howard College.

With the aid of the vector notation it is possible to derive very
easily the necessary and sufficient conditions for the various types
of maxima and minima possible for a scalar functions of any finite
number of variables. The application of the theory to a set of
such functions leads to a very interesting geometrical interpreta¬
tion of certain properties of the jacobian.

14

SATURDAY, 9 :00 A. M., MARCH 30, 1940

SECTION IV.

INDUSTRY, ECONOMICS AND GEOGRAPHY

i

Eugene D. Emigh, Chairman; J. Allen Tower, Secretary
Room 303, Munger Hall

1. OIL AND GAS DEVELOPMENTS IN ALABAMA (10 min.
Slides and Charts)

R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College.

An historical sketch of oil and gas development in the state will be
given, and recent activity will be summarized. The probabilities
of commercial development and its economic significance will be
discussed.

2. NATURAL RESOURCES AND PROSPERITY (15 min.)

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

It is very widely believed that a region with abundant natural re¬
sources, such as Alabama, is bound to be prosperous, unless the
inhabitants are too ignorant or lazy to take advantage of them.
But oftener the converse is true, for fairly obvious reasons.

3. QUICK FREEZING AS A NEW FOOD CONSERVATION
PROCESS (20 min.)

— Haygood Paterson, Department of Agriculture and Industry,
Montgomery.

Its value to Alabama farmers will be discussed in comparison with
the different methods of food preservation. Mention will be made
of foods which may be so preserved. The subject of community
plants, their purpose and value will be discussed.

4. RECENT CHANGES IN LAND UTILIZATION IN MADI¬
SON COUNTY, ALABAMA (15 min.)

— Lillian E. Worley, Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

This study deals with the changes which have taken place in crop¬
land utilization over the period of the past twenty years. The most
significant result has been the great amount of diversification
which has occurred in the past five years.

5. NEGRO DISTRIBUTION IN ALABAMA (20 min.)

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College.

A study of Negro localization today and in the past, a comparison
of this distribution with general population distribution, and an
analysis of the reasons for this localization.

t

IS

6. SOME ESSENTIAL FACTORS' IN THE ENVIRONMENT
OF BOBWHITE QUAIL (15 min.)

— James W. Webb, State Department of Conservation, A. P. I.,
Auburn.

Data on the environmental requirements of the Bobwhite quail
are essential to any program for increasing the population of these
birds.

This paper discusses some of the more important factors which
have been found to be characteristic of preferred quail habitats.

7. THE NYMPHAL SKIN OF GOMPHAESCHNA SELYS
(ODONATA) (10 min.)

— Ernest C. Martin, State Department of Conservation, A. P. I.,
Auburn.

Nymphs of all the genera of North American dragonflies, with the ex¬
ception of Gomphaeschna, are known. Odonatologists have long sought
for the Gomphaeschna nymph, hoping that it would clarify the relation¬
ship of this genus to the subfamily Gomphinae as indicated by adults.
Since Gomphaeschna is a primitive group the nymphal discovery would
add information to Odonata phylogeny. This paper records the dis¬
covery, description, and ecology of the Gomphaeschna nymph.

1:00

P.M.

2:00

P.M.

3:00

P.M.

4:00

P.M.

4:30

P.M.

7:30

P.M.

-8:30

P.M.-

8:30

A.M,

9:00

A.M.

'9:30

A.M.

PROGRAM OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY
EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING
BIRMINGHAM-SOUTHERN COLLEGE

FRIDAY, MARCH 29, 1940

Registration in Student Activities Building, Birmingham-
Southern College and assignment to rooms. Registration
fee, 25c.

Arrangement of Exhibits in Ramsay Building.

Business Meeting of all Officers, Sponsors, Counselors,
and Delegates in Ramsay Hall.

Inspection of Exhibits.

Sightseeing Trips.

Annual Banquet. (75 cents per plate) College Cafeteria.
-Entertainment Program in Munger Hall Auditorium.

SATURDAY, MARCH 30, 1940
-Inspection of Exhibits in Ramsay Building by Judges.

Business Meeting in Ramsay Hall.

Presentation of Papers. Presentation of Awards,
dent Activities Building.

Stu-

16

PAPERS PRESENTED

1. Synthetic Chemistry and Its Relation to Future Man ... Stuart Parker

Aliceville High School

1. Chemistry and the Layman _ _ — - - L. J. Hooper, Jr..

Baldwin County High School

3. Dangers of Nose-Drop Medication _ _ _ _ Olney Whatley

Coffee County High School

4. Analysis of Iron Ores Near Fort Payne _ Robert Purdy

Dekalb County High School

5. By-Products of Coal _ _ _ Eddie Kolter

Ensley High School

6. Preparation and Valuation of Common Poultry Tonic _

Greensboro High School Tom Anderson

7. From Iron Ore to Steel _ _ _ Edwin Waldrop

Hueytown High School

8. Repulsion Coil _ _ _ _ _ Walter McClure

Phillips High School

9. Fluorescence and Luminescence.— _ J. M. Silverstein

Ramsey High School

10. The New Wonder-Tree of the South _ _ _ Mildred Imbusch

Sacred Heart Academy

11. Science in Rural Schools _ _ _ Elizabeth Bush

Seale High School

12. Construction and Importance of the Radio Altimeter _ _ _ . _

S'hades-Cahaba High School George C. Douglas

13. Amateur Radio . . . . . _ _ _ ...Charles Fischesser

Sidney Lanier High School

14. Advantages of Supplementary Lenses in Photomicrography _

St. Bernard High School William Purdy

15. Carbon - - — _ _ Ross McBryde

Troy High School

16. Progressive Science (A Student’s Monograph) _ _ _ _ _

Visitation Academy

17. Testing Foods for Purity _ _ _ _ _ _ Don Palmer

Woodlawn High School

18. Technique in Skeleton Mounting _ _ _ _ ....Madeline Roper

Billingsley High School

OFFICERS OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY

1939-1940

President, HENRY SHINE _ St. Bernard High School

St. Bernard, Alabama

Vice-President, ELIZABETH BUSH _ Seale High School

Seale, Alabama

Secretary, ARTIE BELLE PIRTLE _ Sidney Lanier High School

Montgomery, Alabama

Treasurer, WARNER SINBACK _ Mortimer Jordan High School

Morris, Alabama

Acting Permanent Counselor, J. L. KASSNER _ University of Alabama

University, Alabama

Counselor to President, REV. L. GATTMAN, O.S.B. —St. Bernard College

St. Bernard, Alabama

Local Counselor, R. G. BALLARD _ Woodlawn High School

Birmingham, Alabama

CHAPTER MEMBERS OF THE
ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1. Aliceville High School _ Aliceville

2. Baldwin County High School _ Bay Minette

3. Bishop Toolen High School _ Mobile

4. Butler County High School _ _ Greenville

5. Coffee County High School _ 1 _ Enterprise

6. Convent of Mercy Academy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mobile

7. Cullman County High School _ Cullman

8. Dekalb County High School _ _ _ _ Fort Payne

9. Ensley High School - - Birmingham

10. Hueytown High School - - Bessemer

11. Lee County High School _ Auburn

12. Minor High School _ _ Ensley

13. Mortimer Jordan High School _ Morris

14. Murphy High School _ _ _ — Mobile

15. Phillips High School ... _ Birmingham

16. Ramsay Tech High School _ Birmingham

17. Sacred Heart Academy _ Cullman

18. Seale High School _ _ Seale

19. Shades-Cahaba High School _ _ Birmingham

20. Sidney Lanier High School- _ _ Montgomery

21. St. Bernard High School _ _ St. Bernard

22. Troy High School _ Troy

23. Tuscaloosa County High School _ Northport

24. Tuscaloosa Senior High School - - Tuscaloosa

25. Visitation Academy - - Mobile

26. West End High School _ _ _ — Birmingham

27. Woodlawn High School _ _ Birmingham

Alabama’s Largest and Best Equipped

Printers

Birmingham Printing Company

Birmingham, Alabama

XilE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
t/Lo Striae t & Central Park West

NEW YORK., N. Y. , ?

I tf IU;UY

ci i i.i

L'i tl I t- A K' l.'.ua U I' i

\b:\ ' (9,1 fifsvPfiY :

THE JOURNAL

of the

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JUNE, 1940

VOLUME 12
Part II

ALABAMA ACADEMY !

X

OF SCIENCE !

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
BIRMINGHAM-SOUTHERN COLLEGE
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
MARCH 29 and 30, 1940

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

§

1

*

i v*;?r

I I/, use HI/. I'i A 0 l f: 3 I/. A .

yd on hi •.£ |

SCIENTIFIC LABORATORY
APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS

A catalog of over twelve hundred pages illustrating and de¬
scribing laboratory apparatus and a separate catalog of chemical
reagents, organic chemicals, culture media, biological stains,
standard solutions, minerals and ores, and micro chemicals are
available without charge to all commercial laboratories and edu¬
cational institutions.

E. H. SARGENT & CO.

15 5-165 East Superior Street
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

McKesson & Robbins, Incorporated

DOSTER-NORTHINGTON, DIVISION

Laboratory Apparatus and Chemicals

FOR

Chemical, Metallurgical and Biological Laboratories

PHONE 3-4171

1706-08-10-12 FIRST AVENUE

Birmingham, Ala.

Members of Alabama Academy of Science are cordially invited
to visit us tchile in Birmingham.

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JUNE, 1940

VOLUME 12
Part II

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
BIRMINGHAM-SOUTHERN COLLEGE
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
APRIL 29 and 30, 1940

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Officers of the Academy _

General Program of the Birmingham Meeting _

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting _

Minutes of the Fifteenth Annual Meeting _

Reports of Committees and Officers —

The Treasurer’s Report _

Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S _

Report of the Editor of the Journal _

Report of the Counselor of the Junior Academy _

Annual Presidential Address _

Abstracts of Papers at 1938 Meeting-

Section I — Biology and Medical Sciences _

Section II — Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics _

Section III — Geology, Anthropology and Archeology-

Section IV — Industry, Economics and Geography _

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science —

Junior Academy Officers for 1938-1939 _

High Schools and Delegates at Birmingham Meeting-

Winners of Senior Academy Certificates _

Members of Alabama Academy of Science _

Associate Members _

3

4

5
5

12

12

13

14
16

24

40

53

60

69

69

69

72

76

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1940-1941

President, C. M. Farmer _ _ _ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

President-Elect, Paul D. Bales _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen :

H. D. Jones, Biology and Medical Science _ _

_ _ _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Lindsey M. Hobbs, Chemistry _ _ _ _ _ ...University, Ala.

David L. DeJarnette, Geology, Anthropology and Archeology _

_ _ _ Alabama Museum of Natural History, University, Ala.

J. Allen Tower, Geography, Conservation and Allied Subjects _

_ Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

W. A. Moore, Physics and Mathematics _ _ _

— . _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

(Chairman to be appointed) — Industry and Economics

ClaustiE E- McTyeirE, The Teaching of Science _

_ Hueytown High School, Bessemer, Ala.

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery, Geological Survey _ University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan _ _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S., J. H. Coulliette _

_ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, E. V. Jones _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMY

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: Dr. Walter B.
Jones, Chairman; Dr. E. B. Carmichael, Dr. R. S. Poor, Dr. E. V.
Smith, Proe. G. F. Barnes, Father P. H. Yancey, Proe. F. F. Cun¬
ningham, Proe. J. F. Glazner, Proe. J. S'. Gibson, Proe. C. M.
Farmer, Prof. T. A. Wood, Rev. Lambert Gattman, Dr. Grady Tar-
button, Mr. Peter A. Brannon.

Committee on Research: Dr. S. J. Lloyd, Chairman; Proe. J. F. Duggar,
Mr. S. S. Heide, Mr. J. T. Mackenzie.

Committee on Publication: Dr. E. B. Carmichael, Chairman; Dr. W. C.
Jones, Dr. I. M. Hostetter, Dr. Roger Allen, Dr. C. B. Crawley,
Dr. E. V. Jones, Ex-officio.

GENERAL PROGRAM

All

8:15 A.M.

9:00 A.M.

10:45 A.M.
12:10 P.M.
12:30 P.M.
1 :30 P.M.

1:00 P.M.

Addresses and Section Meetings are open to the public.
FRIDAY, MARCH 29, 1940

REGISTRATION at entrance to Munger Hall. Secure tick¬
ets for the luncheon and banquet and register for Saturday trips.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING in Faculty Trus¬
tee Room, Munger Hall (second floor).

FIRST BUSINESS SESSION, Auditorium, Munger Hall.

PHOTOGRAPH of the Academy in front of Munger Hall.

LUNCHEON (compliments of the College), College Cafeteria.

SECTION MEETINGS. Papers, discussions, demonstrations,
election of section chairmen for 1940-1941.

JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE REGISTRATION in
Student Activities Building and assignment to rooms.

B. F. Clark, chairman of committee on local arrangements.

4:00-6:00 P.M. TEA for all members of Senior and Junior Academies and
visiting ladies, Stockham Building.

4:30 P.M. FINAL BUSINESS SESSION, Munger Auditorium.

7:00 P.M. ANNUAL BANQUET (informal), College Student Activities
Building; Walter B. Jones, Toastmaster. Tickets $1.00.

8:30 P.M. JOINT SESSION of The Alabama Academy of Science and
the Junior Academy of Science — Munger Auditorium, Walter
B. Jones presiding.

Address of Welcome — Geo. R. Stuart, Assistant to the Presi¬
dent, Birmingham-Southern College.

Response — Dr. S. J. Lloyd, University of Alabama.
Presidential Address — “Scientific Research, The Hope of The
South.” — Dr. George D. Palmer, President of the Academy.
Motion Picture Show — “The Ivory-Billed Woodpecker,” ar¬
ranged by Dr. Walter B. Jones.

SATURDAY, MARCH 30

8:30 A.M. INSPECTION OF JUNIOR ACADEMY EXHIBITS—
Ramsay Hall.

9:00 A.M. SECTION MEETINGS — Munger Hall, in same rooms used
by the sections on Friday. All except SECTION III.

9:30 A.M. GEOLOGY FIELD TRIP. A cross-section from Enon Ridge
through Red Mountain to the crest of Shades Mountain.
Russell S. Poor in charge. Time, two and one-half hours.
The trip starts from the Student Activities Building.

12:30 P.M. LUNCHEON at College Cafeteria.

1:30 P.M. TWO AFTERNOON TRIPS have been arranged by Dr.

Poor. I. Through the residential section of Mountain Brook
and the Country Club area. Time, one and one-half hours.
II. A trip to a local blast furnace and coke oven. Time, two
and one-half hours.

5

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, MARCH 29, 1940

The meeting was called to order at 9:00 A.M. by George D. Palmer,
President of the Academy, in the Faculty-Trustee Room, Munger Hall

1. Minutes: The minutes of the previous meeting of the Executive
Committee held at Huntingdon College, Montgomery, April 14, 1939, were
approved as published in the Journal, June, 1939.

2. Report of the Secretary: Septima C. Smith, Secretary, read her
report.

3. Report of the Treasurer : John Xan, Treasurer, postponed reading
his full report until the Preliminary Business Meeting.

4. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: In the absence of the
Councilor, J. H. Coulliette, no report was given.

5. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones, Editor of the
Journal, read his report and urged Academy bfficers to send in all official
correspondence for his files, at the earliest possible moment. The Editor
stressed prompt response to calls for titles and abstracts. Report accepted.

6. Report of the Acting Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy:
James L. Kassner, Acting Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy,
made a preliminary announcement concerning his report, which was to be
presented in full later. J. L. Brakefield moved, seconded by John Xan,
that a rotating committee of three be appointed by the nominating commit¬
tee to serve as Counselors of the Junior Academy, to be elected for one,
two and three years respectively, after which one new member was to be
elected each year. James L. Kassner was to be retained for the one-year
period, and to be chairman of the group. Motion carried.

7. Junior Membership in the A. A. AS.: The method of selecting rep¬
resentatives from the Junior Academy for Junior membership in the

A. A.A.S. was reported, by the President, to have been the same as last
year. E. D. Emigh moved, seconded by E. V. Jones, that this method be
incorporated into the by-laws of the Academy. Motion carried.

8. Establishment of Medals and Aid in Publication of More Extensive
Articles by State Departments : These items were discussed. Action post¬
poned.

9. Establishment of Academy Statistician: The need of a statistician
for the Academy was stressed by the President. J. L. Brakefield moved,
seconded by W. B. Jones, that the incoming President be empowered to
appoint a statistician for the Academy. Motion carried.

10. Establishment of a Director of Exhibits and Demonstrations: The
need for someone to build up exhibits and demonstrations for the Academy,
especially for the encouragement of laymen of the state in Academy work,
was emphasized by the President. S. R. Damon moved, seconded by W.

B. Jones, that the incoming President be empowered to appoint one man for
this purpose; amended by S. C. Smith, seconded by E. V. Jones, that the
appointee be allowed to select helpers as needed. Motion, as amended,
carried.

11. Suggestions for Facilitating Assembling of the Program: Sugges¬
tions were made by E. V Jones, S. C. Smith and E. D. Emigh. Action
referred to the incoming President.

12. Rernsion of Academy Sections: The agenda of the President sug¬
gested the expansion of the Academy from its present four-section arrange¬
ment to include six sections, the revision to be as follows :

Section I. Biology and Medical Science

Section II. Chemistry

6

Section III. Geology, Anthropology and Archeology

Section IV. Geology, Conservation and Allied Subjects

Section V. Physics and Mathematics

Section VI. Industry and Economics

J. L- Brakefield moved, seconded by A. J. Westland, that the revision,
as outlined above, be accepted. Motion carried.

13. Sustaining Memberships in the Academy: It was suggested that
individuals, organizations or institutions be allowed and encouraged to
maintain a sustaining membership in the Academy upon a minimum pay¬
ment of $10.00 per annum, the activities in connection with this to be
added to the duties of the Committee on the Promoting of Membership
and Activities of the Academy. W. B. Jones so moved, seconded by John
Xan. Motion carried.

14. Honorary Memberships in the Academy: Two members, who have
been outstanding in the history of the Academy, were suggested for honor¬
ary membership. These were Wright A. Gardner, Auburn, Founder of the
Academy, and John Y. Graham, for forty-two years Chairman of the De¬
partment of Zoology at the University. Action on this matter was referred
to an item of special business to be taken up at the Preliminary Business
Meeting. Moved by J. L. Brakefield, seconded by E. V. Jones, that the
by-laws be so amended as to read that not more than two honorary mem¬
bers be elected in any one year. Motion carried.

15. Suggested Southeastern Scientific Society: J. L. Brakefield moved,
seconded by E. B. Carmichael, that the Academy invite official delegates
from other Academies and Regional Southeastern Organizations to meet
concurrently with the Academy at their next annual meeting for the pur¬
pose of organizing a Southeastern Scientific Society which later, perhaps,
might become the Southeastern Division of the A. A. A. S'., as suggested in
the agenda of the President. Motion carried. It was left to the incoming
President to appoint a committee to care for this action.

16. Registration Fee: It was moved by E. V. Jones, seconded by E. D.
Emigh, that a registration fee of fifty cents be charged at future Academy
meetings. Motion carried.

17. A.A.A.S. Membership Drive: Because increase of Academy mem¬
berships in the A.A.A.S. increases the grant-in-aid for research, it was
urged that such memberships be encouraged. Action on this matter was left
to the incoming President.

18. Place of 1942 Meeting: Both Major Harwell Davis, President of
Howard College, and John Xan, Treasurer, and Howard College Faculty
member, extended invitations to the President of the Academy to hold the
annual meeting at Howard College in 1942, in connection with the Cen¬
tennial Celebration of that school. The invitation was turned over to the
incoming President.

19. Simplification of the Calendar: R. S. Poor suggested that the
Academy go on record for or against the simplification of the calendar as
the A.A.A.S. and other scientific bodies have done, Action was left to
the incoming President.

20. Adjournment: Upon completion of the business of the Executive
Committee, the meeting adjourned.

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS MEETING

The meeting was called to order by George D. Palmer, President of the
Academy, at 10:45 A.M. in the Auditorium of Munger Hall.

7

1. Minutes: The minutes of the previous Preliminary Business Meet¬
ing held at Huntingdon College, Montgomery, April 14, 1939, were approved
as published in the Journal, June, 1939.

2. Report of the Secretary: Septima C. Smith, Secretary, read her
report. Report appended.

3. Report of the Treasurer: John Xan, Treasurer, presented his re¬
port. Report referred to the Auditing Committee.

4. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: J. H. Coulliette, Coun¬
cilor of the A.A.A.S., presented his report. Moved by P. H. Yancey, sec¬
onded by S. R. Damon, that the report be accepted. Motion carried. Re¬
port appended.

5. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones, Editor of the
Journal, read his report. The Editor urges prompt action, in the future,
in forwarding program titles and previews. He also urges the turning in
of correspondence by the officers for the Editor’s files. Report accepted.
Report appended.

6. Report of the Acting Permanent Counselor of the Junior Academy:
James L. Kassner, Counselor, presented his report. It was moved by S.
R. Damon, seconded by Lambert Gattman, that the report be accepted.
Motion carried. Report appended.

7. Reports of the Standing Committees:

a. Committee on the Academy Award: This committee, composed of
the president-elect, C. M. Farmer, and the four vice-presidents of the
Academy, chairmen of their respective sections, namely, S. R. Damon,
I. M. Hostetter, A. J. Westland, and Eugene D. Emigh, reported that they
had received two applications for the A.A.A.S. grant-in-aid of research. It
was voted to renew the grant for another year to J. Allen Tower, Birming¬
ham-Southern College, for the continuation of work already begun. Moved
by C. M. Farmer, seconded by E. V. Jones, that the recommendation of
the committee be accepted. Motion carried.

b. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and Actiznties of the
Senior Academy: Walter B. Jones, chairman, reported much success dur¬
ing the year in securing new members for the Academy.

c. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and Actiznties of the
Junior Academy: R. D. Brown, chairman of this committee appointed by
the president during the year, urged the cooperation of the Senior Academy
in securing new chapters for the Junior Academy. E. V. Jones, P. H.
Yancey and the chairman all stressed the value of including broader fields
of interest on the Academy program, so as to attract members among the
High School scientists, and J. Allen Tower urged the encouragement of
membership among graduate students.

d. Committee on Research: Stewart J. Lloyd, chairman of the com¬
mittee, had no report.

e. Publications Committee: E. B. Carmichael, chairman, urged the
clarification of the duties of this committee. No report.

7. Charter Membership Committee : Peter A. Brannon, chairman, in¬
dicated the date April 4. 1924, as the authentic date for charter member¬
ship in the Academy. He urges the continuation of this committee. Moved
by S'. R. Damon, seconded by Lambert Gattman, that this report be ac¬
cepted. Motion carried.

8. Report of the Committee on Meteorology and Climatology : No re¬
port. E. D. Emigh, chairman, moved the continuation of this committee,
seconded by J. A. Tower. Motion carried.

8

9. Appointment of Committees to Report at the Final Business Meet¬
ing:

1. Auditing Committee :

a) Senior Academy: Peter A. Brannon, chairman, J. Sullivan Gib¬
son and J. Allen Tower.

b) Junior Academy: John Xan, chairman, and James L. Kassner.

2. Resolutions Committee : P. H. Yancey, chairman, Mildred A. Engel-
brecht and Lillian E. Worley.

3. Committee on Place of 1941 Meeting: R. S. Poor, chairman, C. M.
Farmer and J. F. Glazner.

4. Committee on Nominations: J. L. Brakefield, chairman, P. H.
Yancey and J. F. Duggar.

Officers to be elected: President-Elect, Councilor of the A.A.A.S.
and Secretary of the Academy. (3 years)

10. Nezv Business:

a. Method of Selecting Representatives of the Junior Academy for
Junior Membership in the A.A.A.S.: This question was left to the incom¬
ing President.

b. Counselors of the Junior Academy: The method of selecting these
Counselors, as passed by the Executive Committee, was accepted by the
Academy.

c. Suggestions for Establishing Medals for the Best Papers: Action
deferred.

d. Establishment of an Academy Statistician: Action on this item, as
passed by the Executive Committee, was accepted by the Academy. Ap¬
pointment left to the incoming President.

e. Establishment of a Director of Exhibits and Demonstrations : Action
on this item, as passed by the Executive Committee, was accepted by the
Academy. Appointment left to the incoming President.

f. Revision of the Academy Sections: Action on this item of busi¬
ness, as passed in Executive Session, was accepted by the Academy. In
addition, it was moved by P. H. Yancey, seconded by E. V. Jones, that a
seventh section, namely, on The Teaching of Science, be added to the six
already accepted. Motion carried. It was also moved that the chairman of
Section VII be named by the Nominating Committee, and that the chair¬
man of any new section split off from existing sections, be named by the
members of the original section. Motion carried.

g. Suggestions for Facilitating the Assembling of the Program: Action
upon this matter was left to the incoming President.

11. Adjournment : Upon completion of business, and following an¬
nouncements by the Committee on Local Arrangements, the meeting ad¬
journed until 4:30 P.M.

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS' MEETING

The final business session was called to order at 4:30 P.M. in Munger
Auditorium by George D. Palmer, President. The minutes of the previous
final business meeting, held at Huntingdon College, Montgomery, April
14, 1939, were approved as published in the Journal, June, 1939.

Reports of Committees :

1. Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy: Peter A. Brannon,
chairman, and J. Sullivan Gibson, member, reported that the Auditing Com¬
mittee had checked the Treasurer’s report and found it satisfactory. They
moved its adoption. Motion carried. Audited report appended.

9

2. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: John Xan, chairman,
reported that this committee had not yet functioned and would send in
its report by mail.

3. Resolutions Committee : P. H. Yancey, chairman, Mildred A. Engel-
brecht and Lillian E. Worley, members, presented the report of this com¬
mittee and moved its adoption. Report accepted. Report appended.

4. Committee on Place of 1941 Meeting: This committee was com¬
posed of R. S Poor, chairman, C. M. Farmer and J. F. Glazner. Follow¬
ing certain suggestions of the chairman with reference to rotating the
places of meeting with the idea of holding more frequent meetings at the
membership population centers, he recommended the acceptance of the invi¬
tation by Spring Hill College for 1941. Moved by S. R. Damon, seconded
by C. E. Snow, that this report be accepted. Motion carried.

5. Committee for the Nomination of Officers: J. L. Brakefield, chair¬
man, J. F. Duggar, Sr., and P. H. Yancey, members, read the following
report :

President (President-elect of last year) : C. M. Farmer, State Teachers
College, T roy

President-elect : Paul D. Bales, Howard College

Councilor of the A.A.A.S. : J. H. Coul.iette, Birmingham-Southern
College, re-elected

Secretary : W’innie McGlamery, Geological Survey, University

Counselors to the Junior Academy: James L. Kassner, University,
retained for one more year; Rev. Lambert Gattman, St. Barnard
College, two years ; P. P. B. Brooks, Sidney Lanier High School,
three years

Vice-President and Chairman of Section VII, on The Teaching of
Science. Claustie E. McTyeire, Hueytown High School

The terms of office of the Treasurer, John Xan, Howard College and
of the Editor, E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, expire in one
and two years respectively.

As there were no nominations from the floor, it was moved by Lillian
E. Worley, seconded by J. A. Tower, that the nominations close. E. B.
Carmichael moved, seconded by R. S. Poor, that the report of the nomi¬
nating committee be accepted. Motion passed.

6. Nominations of Section Chairmen:

Section I. Biology and Medical Science —

Herman D. Jones, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn
Section II. Chemistry —

Lindsey M. Hobbs, University
Section III. Geology, Anthropology and Archeology —

David L. Dejarnette, Alabama Museum of Natural History
O. T. Brown, Department of Geology, University, Secretary
Section IV. Geography, Conservation and Allied Subjects —

J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College
Section V. Physics and Mathematics —

W. A. Moore, Birmingham-Southern College
Section VI. Industry and Economics —

(Chairman to be appointed)

Section VII. The Teaching of Science —

Claustie E. McTyeire, Hueytown High School

7. Sustaining Memberships in the Academy: J. F. Duggar, Sr. moved,
seconded by J. L. Brakefield, that the Academy concur in the recommenda¬
tion of the Executive Committee that sustaining memberships in the Acad-

10

emy be granted either to individuals, organizations or institutions, at the
minimum rate of ten dollars per annum. Motion carried.

8. Honorary Memberships in the Academy: J. L. Brakefield moved,
seconded by W. C. Jones, that two members who have given signal service
to the Academy and to the state, and who were suggested for Honorary
Memberships by the Executive Committee, be elected by the Academy.
These men are Wright A. Gardner, Auburn, Founder of the Academy, and
John Y. Graham, for forty-two years Chairman of the Department of
Zoology at the University. Motion unanimously carried. J. L. Brakefield
moved, seconded by E. B. Carmichael, that the motion passed in Executive
Session, namely, that not more than two honorary members be elected in
any one year, be accepted. Motion carried.

9. Suggested Southeastern Scientific Society: Moved by J. L. Brake-
field, seconded by H. D. Jones, that action suggested by the President and
concurred in by the Executive Committee, namely, that an invitation be
extended to Southeastern Scientists, including official delegates from other
Academies and Regional Southeastern Organizations, to meet concurrently
with the Academy at their next annual meeting for the purpose of organ¬
izing a Southeastern Scientific Society which later, perhaps, might become
the Southeastern Division of the A. A. A. S'., be accepted. Motion carried.
Appointment of a suitable committee to take care of this proposal was left
to the incoming President.

10. Registration Fee: Moved by H. D. Jones, seconded by E. V. Jones,
that the motion carried in Executive Meeting, namely, that, in the future,
a registration fee of fifty cents be charged all members, be accepted by the
Academy. Motion lost.

11. A. A. A.S. Membership Drive: Action upon this proposal, endorsed
in Executive Session, was met with favor by the Academy. Action referred
to the incoming President.

12. Place of 1942 Meeting: The invitation of Howard College, as pre¬
sented in executive session, was referred to the incoming President.

13. Simplification of the Calendar: Dr. Poor’s suggestion on this
item, made in Executive Session, was referred to the incoming President.

14. Discontinuance of Part I of the Journal: E. B. Carmichael moved,
seconded by J. F. Duggar, Sr., that, due to the expense involved, Part I
of the Journal be discontinued. Motion carried. The Chairman of the
Publications Committee also recommened that the Academy work toward
the publication of longer papers, or, as recommended by W. C. Jones, longer
abstracts in the Journal. No formal action was taken.

15. Expression of Appreciation to Retiring Officers: J. L. Brake-
field moved, seconded by P. H. Yancey, that the Secretary spread upon the
minutes a vote of thanks for the efforts of all of the retiring officers
during their term of office, including the President, Secretary and Section
Chairmen, together with their respective Secretaries. Motion carried.

16. Adjournment: Upon the completion of the business of the Acad¬
emy, and following the expression of appreciation by the President for the
cooperation of his officers and of Academy members, and to William Roy
West and Leon Misuk, University of Alabama students, for their gratuitous
service in enscrolling the names on the Academy certificates, the meeting
adjourned.

Over one hundred and twenty-five members and a number of visitors
registered.

septima C. smith,

Secretary.

11

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

The Secretary, after a three-year appointment, which followed a pre¬
liminary service of two years, is completing a five-year term of office
(1935-1940) and presents a brief report of activities undertaken during this
period.

1. There has been close cooperation between the Secretary, the suc¬
cessive Presidents and other Academy officers during these years.

2. The Secretary has directed especial effort to securing newT members
for the Academy. In this she was aided annually by the officers and mem¬
bers of the Academy and in addition, this year, by the newly-appointed
Committee on the Promoting of Membership and the Activities of the Acad¬
emy.

3. Efforts have been made, by the Secretary, to inscribe and present
certificates of membership to new members who have joined the Academy
during this interval and to Charter members. In addition, a certain num¬
ber of certificates have been prepared for other members who have ex¬
pressed a desire for them. Cards to be filled out for this purpose have
been readily available at the registration desk at the annual meetings.
Since, during a variable period preceding 1935, certificates were not pre¬
pared for members and since data on many membership application blanks
is incomplete or unreliable, this item will be classified under the head of
“unfinished business’’ to be continued by future secretaries. It is desired
to thank those University students who, gratis, gave their services in this
connection. The names of these students appear in the various annual
minutes.

4. The Secretary feels the need of instituting some policy which will
facilitate assembling the annual program, and has made certain concrete
suggestions along this line. Such simplification will be of value to all
Academy officers, especially to the Editor of the Journal.

5. An increase in Academy membership in the A.A.A.S. is urged by
the Secretary, since the amount of the grant-in-aid for research depends
upon such combined membership.

6. The Secretary would like to go on record as favoring the publica¬
tion of full-length articles in the Journal, and of making the Journal as
much of a “national” publication as is that of any other Academy publica¬
tion in the country. Until such recognition is given our Journal by the
scientists and scientific organizations in or out of the state, it will not
receive the status it deserves.

7. And, finally, the Secretary wishes to emphasize the need of interest
in and loyalty to the Academy by Alabama scientists, which should at least
be comparable to that of more wide-spread organizations. If the Academy
is worthy of existing, it is worthy of such support.

SEPTIMA C. SMITH,

Secretary.

12

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MARCH 28, 1940

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand April 14, 1939 _ _ _ 268.06

Membership fees, journals, dividends and A.A.A.S. Award 372.82 372.82

Total _ _ _ _ - _ _ 640.88

DISBURSMENTS

H. C. Heath, Huntingdon Meeting Expenses

(Check No. 97) _ _ _ ...... _ 13.97

Program Vol. II, Part I, Birmingham Printing Co.

(Check No. 98) _ 53.79

Envelopes, Strickland Paper Co. (Check No. 99) _ 2.23

Membership Blanks, Birmingham Printing Co.

(Check No. 100) _ 5.98

J. Allen Tower, A.A.A.S. Award (Check No. 101) _ 25.00

Jr. Academy Awards, Commercial Printing Co.

(Check No. 102) _ 16.32

300 copies of Journal, Part II, Birmingham Printing Co.

(Check No. 103) _ 192.30

Editor E. V. Jones, Expense Check No. 104 _ _ _ 22.47

President Yancey, Expense Check No. 105 _ 3.59

Secretary Smith, Expense Check No. 106 _ 11.73 347.38

Balance March 28, 1940 _ 293.50

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Auditing Committee :

PETER A. BRANNON
J. ALLEN TOWER
J. SULLIVAN GIBSON

REPORT OF THE COUNCILOR OF THE A.A.A.S.

The session of the Academy Conference at the Columbus meeting of
the A.A.A.S. was called to order by Chairman Bert Cunningham at 3:00
P.M. December 27, 1939 in the Wallick Suite of the Deshler-Wallick Hotel.

Dr. H. E. Enders of the Indiana Academy of Science presented the
report of the committee appointed to confer with the American Institute
of New York City on Problems of the Junior Academy. As a result of
the work of this committee, it was agreed that the American Institute
would limit its promotion of “Associated Science Clubs” as follows :

1. In states which have a State Academy of Science and a Junior
Academy of Science any inquiring science club seeking admission to the
“Associated Science Clubs” is to be referred to the Junior Academy of
Science of the State in which the club is located for assignment of its mem¬
bership.

2. In states which have no State Academy and no organized group of
High School Science clubs, any organization of its science clubs (promoted
by the American Institute) shall bear the name “Associated Science Clubs”
rather than the name “Junior Academy of Science.”

3. In any state which has an organized State Academy but no Junior
Academy of Science, if or when ten or more high school science clubs are
organized, the General Secretary of the A.A.A.S. shall recommend to the
existing State Academy an initial establishment of a Junior Academy of
Science.

A continuing committee was set up by the Academy Conference to pro¬
mote the interests of high school science clubs.

Dr. E. C. Faust of the New Orleans Academy of Science reported
on “The Usefulness of the Academy Research Grants of the A.A.A.S. — in
Retrospect and in Prospect" — This report showed that 175 grants have
been made since the plan was begun. The distribution of these is :

Physical Sciences _ 42

Biological Sciences _ _ _ 2. _ 112

Social and applied Sciences _ 8

Unstated _ 13

Total _ _ _ _ _ 175

From the problems aided by these 175 grants, there have been pub¬
lished 52 papers.

Dr. Faust urged that the grants be made to projects which are of a
definite research character, rather than to those in which the formation
of collections of specimens of minerals, plants, etc., is the chief aim. Also
it is urged that a definite effort to obtain publication of reports of these
researches be made.

Dr. Faust also presented an analysis of the methods used in selecting
the Junior A.A.A.S. memberships. A variety of methdos are used, but the
A.A.A.S. refrains from requiring any uniform method of selection. The
method used by our own Academy, i.e., choice by the Counselors of the
Junior Academy, agrees with that used bv one third of the Academies.

Dr. P. D. Strausbaugh of the West Virginia Academy of Science dis¬
cussed the question “Can the Academy serve as a Unifying Agent for the
Various Scientific Organizations of the State?” He recommended that the
various scientific organizations of the state be unified in so far as possi¬
ble in order that duplication of effort and expense be eliminated. He
suggested that joint meetings be arranged to bring about a realization of
community of interests of the Academy and the other organizations. In
many cases, joint meetings will be profitable even though combination of
the organization may not seem desirable.

The concluding paper on the program was a discussion of “The Organ¬
ization of An Academy" by Dr. J. C. Gilman of the Iowa Academy.

The Academy Conference then adjourned for dinner.

Respectfully submitted.

J. H. COULLIETTE.

A Motion — I move that each recipient of a Grant-in-Aid of Research
from the Alabama Academy be requested to submit a written report of the
results of his research — such report to be printed in the Journal of the
Academy, if it has not been printed elsewhere Motion adopted.

REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE JOURNAL

The plan adopted last year of having the section programs assembled
by the section chairmen and sent in to the Editor seems to have an in¬
herent weakness in it. Each year a new set of officers have this task the

14

details of which are not familiar to them and this entails a lot of unneces¬
sary work. Some means of obviating this difficulty should be devised.

The South Carolina Academy of Science has been added to our ex¬
change list and some foreign exchanges are under consideration. Our ex¬
change files are being kept up to date.

The volume and cost of our publications are steadily increasing. Some
commercial advertising has been secured this year on some of our cover
space to help meet the increasing expense.

It is hoped that at least the earliest years of our official correspond¬
ence can be bound soon. The annual invitation is hereby given to all offi¬
cers to turn in their official correspondence to me at an early date.

E. V. JONES,

Editor of the Journal.

REPORT OF THE ACTING-PERMANENT COUN¬
SELOR OF THE ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE

A meeting of the counselors and officers of the Alabama Junior Acad¬
emy of Science was held in the Tutwiler Hotel October 21, 1939. In addi¬
tion to the counselors and officers this meeting was attended by Dr. G. D.
Palmer, President of the Senior Academy, Dr. B. F. Clark, chairman of
the committee on arrangements, Prof. P. D. Bales, member of the com¬
mittee for promoting the work of the Junior Academy in the Birmingham
area.

At this meeting plans were made for the annual meeting. The com¬
mittee approved the design of the pin for the Junior Academy which was
presented by Mr. Henry Shine, President of the Junior Academy, and also
approved the individual membership cards for Junior Academy members.
The new officers and counselors of the Junior Academy were given copies
of their duties and charged with the responsibilities of the next meeting
of the Junior Academy.

The President of the Senior Academy in cooperation with the Acting
Permanent Counselor appointed the following persons as members of the
Committee for the Promoting of Membership and Activities of the Junior
Academy: Dr. R. D. Brown, Chairman, Dr. J. F. Duggar, Prof. P. H.
Yancey, Prof. W. L. Pressley, Rev. Lambert Gattman, Prof. P. D. Bales,
Mr. W. T. Wilkes, Prof. P. B. Brooks, Miss Emma Donoho, Dr. C. M.
Farmer, Prof. Jesse L. Price, Prof. O. W. Edwards, Miss Florence Timms,
Prof. T. A. Wood.

Charters were presented to the clubs elected to membership in the
Junior Academy last year and Certificates of Award were prepared and
mailed out to the winning chapters.

Last year a fourth division was added to the list in which exhibits
may be presented ; namely, science in industry.

At the annual meeting of the A.E.A. the Junior Academy sponsored
the afternoon meeting of the science section in order to acquaint the science
teachers in the state with the work of the Junior Academy. The exhibits
that qualified for the Senior Academy Certificates of Award in 1939 were
exhibited at this meeting and the following program was presented :

History of the Junior Academy
by Dr. Roger Allen, Auburn

Presentation and Value of Exhibits

by Prof. P. H. Yancey, Spring Hill

15

Ideals and Aims of the Alabama Junior Academy of Science
by Henry Shine, St. Bernard

Eight new clubs have applied for membership in the Junior Academy
this year, making a total of thirty-five active chapters.

The constitution has been revised and the by-laws written so as to
meet the needs of the Junior Academy as it now exists. Copies of these
have been sent out to the various members concerned to be studied and
voted upon at this annual meeting. This concludes the work for which
the office of Acting Permanent Counselor was created.

JAMES L. KASSNER
Acting-Permanent Counselor
Alabama Junior Academy of Science

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON GRANTS-IN-AID

The Committee on Grants-In-Aid unanimously voted to award the
$25.00 available to Dr. J. Allen Tower to aid in his work on the “'Prepara¬
tion of an Atlas and a Geography of Alabama.”

The committee feels that his work is of particular interest and value
and that it should be continued.

While the grant is small, it is the opinion of the committee there should
be a larger number of applicants for this aid.

C. M. FARMER, Chairman
S. R. DAMON

I. M. HOSTETTER
A. J. WESTLAND
E. D. EMIGH

REPORT OF NOMINATING COMMITTEE

1. Counselors Committee to Junior Academy :

Dr. James L. Kassner _ 1 year _ _ University of Ala.

Rev. Lambert Gattman.. 2 years _ _ St. Bernard College

P. P. B. Brooks _ 3 years _ _ _ Sidney Lanier High School

*

2. Chairman of the Section on The Teaching of Science:

Vice-President — Miss Claustie McTyeire _ Hueytown Lligh School

3. Councilor of A.A.A.S. — J. H. Coulliette .... B’ham-Southern College

Secretary — Miss Winnie McGlamery _ Geological Survey, University

President-Elect — Paul D. Bales _ _ _ _ Howard College

PROF. P. H. YANCEY

J. F. DUGGAR

J. L. BRAKEFIELD, Chairman

RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

Whereas the Alabama Academy of Science has been very cordially en¬
tertained by the President, the Faculty, and the Students of Birmingham-
Southern College at its 17th Annual Convention.

Therefore, be it resolved that the Alabama Academy of Science offer
a vote of thanks to the President, the Faculty and Students of Birming¬
ham-Southern College, and spread the same on the minutes of the Academy.

16

SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, THE HOPE OF THE SOUTH1

Presidential Address, George D. Palmer

I wish, first, to discuss the importance of scientific research to the nation
as a whole; second, to contrast the scientific research done in the North
with that done in the South ; and third, to suggest ways of building up our
scientific research organizations in the South.

We all know about the “Report on Economic Conditions of the South”
prepared by the National Emergency Council for President Roosevelt, and
his statement that “The South presents right now the Nation’s number one
economic problem.” This report emphasizes our poor ranking in education,
housing facilities, etc., but barely mentions our low ranking in the field of
scientific research. This is all the more remarkable since we now know that
the present status of the United States as the leading nation is due pri¬
marily to the unbeatable combination of business and scientific research,
backed by our great resources.

Big business to-day is exploiting the fruits of our scientific research
laboratories — our last remaining frontiers, our so-called inner frontiers —
as during the past century it exploited our exterior— or geographical — fron¬
tiers. There is one big difference now — we shall never run out of inner
frontiers. Success in one field of scientific research immediately presents
many new and worth-while fields.

It is this scientific research, chiefly in the fields of applied chemistry
and physics, backed by excellent industrial organizations, which has enabled
us gradually to forge ahead of all other countries. Our nation has at last
become intensely interested in scientific research, chiefly because there is
“money in it,” and also security against war. Dr. C. M. A. Stine, of the
du Pont Company, vice-president in charge of research, has said that scien¬
tific research is a “definite contribution toward the maintenance of peace.”
It is the most useful tool of the democracies. If, as Walter Lipmann writes,
“The democracies have become softened by a false sense of security,” all the
more do we need scientific research organizations to keep ahead of the dic¬
tatorships.

Our nation has now become the center of scientific research primarily
through the large amount of work done during the past ten years by our
industrial, educational, and governmental scientific research organizations.
Approximately $500,000,000 is invested each year in scientific research in
the United States. Half of this, or $250,000,000, is invested by industrial
concerns practically all in the North and Far West; the other half is in¬
vested by governmental and educational institutions,' again practically all in
the North and Far West.

Three examples will indicate the extent to which industry invests in
scientific research. Note that I use the word “invests” and not “spends.”
The research budget of the du Pont Company for the year 1939 was
$7,000,000; that of the Dow Chemical Company, $1,400,000. The Cali¬
fornia Fruit Growers Exchange reports that their research for the past
twenty-five years has “so far paid more than $8,000,000 in direct profits to
growers and has lead to two by-product plants.” Twenty years ago there
were about 100 companies investing money in scientific research. To-day,
there are over 2000 companies, practically all in the North and Far West,
investing large sums of money in scientific research. Now double the
amount of work done by these 2000 companies, and you will have the total
of all research done, including that done by about 200 universities, colleges,

’Science — (1940) .

17

and various research institutes, again, sad to relate, located primarily in
the North and Far West — the richest sections of our country — thus making
these rich sections richer. There is much scientific research done in the
North and Far West, but, by contrast practically none in the South.

There is never any doubt about the profits of organized scientific
research, and these profits are progressively increasing in these modern
times. In fact, the depression years have been the most outstanding years
for industrial scientific research. This industrial scientific research is lead¬
ing us into prosperity and will continue to lead us through prosperous times.
We are in a “new era,” a more realistic world, whether we like it or not,
based more and more upon scientific research. This condition exists pri¬
marily because we now have in the United States more cooperation between
the men of business and the men of science. James Truslow Adams, the
historian, states in “Democracy at Work,” that as a nation, “We depend
more and more on brains and less on brawn. We create our new horizons
in the laboratory.”

Because of the commercial importance of scientific research, many new
concerns are establishing, and many older concerns are expanding their re¬
search laboratories. For example, the American Cyanamid and Chemical
Corporation has just completed its magnificent new scientific research
laboratory in Stamford, Connecticut, costing several millions of dollars.
The American Telephone and Telegraph Company recently announced that
it will build a new $3,000,000 research laboratory at Murray Flill to be
completed in 1941. Many more laboratories have been completed and others
announced for completion in the near future.

The importance of scientific research is well illustrated by recent
developments in the airplane industry. According to a recent announce¬
ment most of the research has been completed for building bombers capable
of flying across the ocean and back on one fueling. More research will
be done, and we will make this transatlantic round-trip bomber, and so it
goes. This probably means that transatlantic round-trip bombers will event¬
ually end the United States isolation policy.

To realize the importance of scientific research, one only has to think
of some of the things that we did not have ten years ago, such as trans¬
oceanic passenger air service, streamline trains, new nylon synthetic silk
for hosiery, glass building blocks, glass textiles and insulation materials,
new synthetic rubbers, television, new and very strong plywoods, synthetic
vitamins and hormones, sulfanilamide and sulfapyridine drugs, etc. This
in itself shows that business has invested heavily in its research laboratories
during the past ten years of depression. Certainly, a great future awaits
us in the United States. This is impressed upon one when he remembers
that the bulk of scientific industrial research in the United States only began
with World War number one.

In order to emphasize further the importance of scientific research, I
shall mention only one chemical industry, but a most important new one —
the synthetic plastics industry. I invite you to a plastics exhibit I have on
display in Ramsay Hall. From this display you may gather some idea of
the part these new plastics are now playing in our industrial development,
and the part that they will play in our future development.

We are re-making the world through our “inner frontiers” — our or¬
ganized research laboratories. The whole of our future mechanical civiliza¬
tion depends upon them. At the present moment, a large number of new
products of the research laboratories are almost ready to be put on the mar¬
ket. Some are now being tried on a small scale in certain sections of the

18

country. All these and many more will be commonplace in a few years.
Thus we may easily visualize the tremendous effect of scientific research
upon our nation as a whole.

Now, I should like to emphasize the effect of scientific research on a
given geographical section of the country. It is now well known that our
“inner frontiers’’ are in the scientific research laboratories. We can no
longer go West! We are now developing a new civilization based upon
the products of the scientific research laboratories. As a result of this tre¬
mendous amount of research activity in the United States (about $500,000,000
expended annually) the following rule stands out in bold relief: The pros¬
perity of a region is roughly proportional to the number of patents taken
out in that region. Consequently, you can readily understand that it is highly
important that the South take steps so that Southerners intensely interested
in the South will take out patents and develop fields which will utilize the
resources of the South rather than those of some other section. This will
create new industries and additional jobs in the South.

As I see it, the South’s number one problem is the utilization of its
resources through scientific research. The question immediately arises. What
steps should be taken to enable the South to utilize its own resources ? The
general answer is — simply build up scientific research organizations similar
to those in the North. Everything in science, as in other fields, is becoming
highly organized. A lone scientist or inventor is able to do little. At the
present time, we, in the South, need organization and help, but we should
help ourselves. We should develop our oivn scientific research organizations
for work on Southern resources. This may be done in many ways.

In the past, it has taken a man with determination, fighting ability,
salesmanship, and imagination to build up single-handed an industrial
research laboratory in the South. We have had few such men. The only
ones, so far as I know', are Theodore Swann, who lives in this city, the late
Charles H. Herty, who pioneered our new newsprint paper mill and labora¬
tory at Savannah, and William H. Mason, of Laurel, Mississippi, who
started the Masonite Corporation. If it had not been for Theodore Swann,
the Monsanto Chemical Company would not now be in Anniston, nor the
Swann Chemical Company in Birmingham, nor several other plants in other
places. Swann has been the pioneer and one of the greatest exponents of
Southern industrial research. The South needs more Theodore Sivanns!
In this connection, mention should certainly be made of the large part that
patents played in the success of Erskinc Ramsay who likewise lives in this
city. Despite our lack of large industrial scientific research organizations
some outstanding industrial scientific research has been done in the South.

I should like to mention especially the making of cast-iron pipe by centrifu¬
gal force as developed in the Birmingham District.

The other day in his column in the “Age-Herald,” John Temple Graves

II described the following statement: “A revival of the pioneer spirit, a
venturesome and creative outlook on the problems of our day,” as the
“eternal song” of Vanderbilt’s Chancellor O. C. Carmichael. Tins is his
“remedy for the sickness that has come over democracies.” We need a
revival of the pioneer spirit in scientific research in the South today.

Of course we are gradually developing some small research laboratories
in the South, but this increase has taken place primarily during the past
ten years, and is not at all in proportion to the amount of industry in the
South. In fact, the scientific research laboratories pioneered by Swann and
Mason are still the largest industrial research organizations existing in the
South. Some of our paper mills are true Southern concerns and as such

ID

are helping to build up Southern scientific research. Apparently where the
new research idea is born is where the research organization is built up,
which in turn produces other new products and establishes more new indus¬
tries with their resultant new research laboratories — the usual snowball
effect. Ideas count tremendously in industry and most of them are now
born in the scientific research laboratories up North.

Heretofore, research activity has been in the interest of the North with
the profits from new industries, monopolies of patents, etc., likewise going
there. Although Northern scientific research has already greatly affected
the South, it will affect the South to a much greater extent in the very near
future, and much more adversely unless we have our own scientific research
organizations working in the interest of the South. The concentration of
research in the North amounts to a scientific research differential, which is
much more important than our freight differential, important as that is,
because the research differential is more fundamental. We have our indus¬
tries in the South, but our research is done for us up North. We often hear
of the absentee ownership of industries of the South, but we never hear
about the absentee research done for these same industries. Research is
done in the North for the benefit of the North, and only indirectly for the
South. Some of the larger industries have large scientific research labora¬
tories in the North while most of their plants are in the South. For example,
the duPont Company has about half of its plants in the South, while prac¬
tically all of its research is done in the North. Likewise, the Hercules
Powder Company has most of its plants in the South while practically all
of its research is done in the North.

A further step in the development of our Southern resources is being
made at the present time, but it is the Federal Government who is doing it,
and not we ourselves. I refer to the new $1,000,000 regional research
laboratory recently established at New Orleans to obtain new products and
uses of cotton, peanuts, and sweet potatoes. This will help, just as a govern¬
ment sweet potato research laboratory at Laurel, Mississippi, has already
helped. More scientific research supported by the Federal Government is
badly need in the South. Although we recently obtained one of the four
Federal regional laboratories — which in itself is geographically fair— in gen¬
eral, I can say that here again we have a governmental research differential.
The rule of rewarding the institutions that have already established large
research organizations is applied even by the Federal Government. That is,
Northern institutions get more than their share of Federal money for
research. Since the Federal Government invested $60,000,000 last year in
research, this is a considerable advantage. It is only fair to say, however,
that such a project as TVA with its many research activities tends to elimi¬
nate this governmental research differential, for those living in that region.

This generally accepted custom of rewarding those institutions that have
already established large research organizations destroys enthusiasm for
research in the South. The Rockefeller Foundation, and other educational,
as well as industrial, grants-in-aid-for-research, with very few exceptions
go to the Northern schools and research institutions. This, in turn, has
its effect upon industrial scientific research, and thus is another and very
considerable factor in making the South poorer.

It is this very factor — centralization of research in the North — that is
hurting the South so much. While there has been some, decentralization of
plants, there has been much more centralization of research and management.
Research and management, which usually go together , determine where the
excess money of a region ultimately goes. This centralization of research
and management in the North has drawn most of our competent Southern

20

scientists away from the South. Many Southern scientists in charge of
very important research work in the North would like to work in the South
but are offered little inducement. Many scientists in Southern colleges and
universities desire to work on Southern resources but have few facilities.

If you list the most important raw materials, such as coal, iron, petro¬
leum, cellulose, salt, sulfur, phosphates, etc., and include power, you will
find that the South has a near monopoly, or, as a minimum, has its share,
in proportion to the rest of the United States. Since scientific research is
necessary in the development of these vast resources, the South has done
little toward the utilization of these raw materials. What has been done
has been brought about almost entirely by Northern capital.

According to Georgia’s Geologist Garland Peyton : “The Southeast
is the only sector of the United States whose agricultural diversities, climate,
and mineral resources are sufficient to make it wholly self-supporting from
the raw material standpoint.’’ The Southeast is destined to become the
greatest chemical manufacturing region in the nation because of these
natural resources. The flow of chemical industries, paper mills, etc., to
the South during the past ten years is excellent evidence that we are on our
way. Dr. E. Emmet Reid, chemical consultant to many industries and
Southern colleges and universities, informs me that for the past three years
there has been more actual construction of chemical plants, or total ex¬
penditure for chemical plants, in the Southeast than in all the rest of the
United States combined. This is certainly startling news. However, re¬
search and management have seldom followed the flow of chemical plants
into the South. The time required for the South to take the number one
position in the chemical manufacturing field may be definitely speeded up
by organizing our own research laboratories — not waiting for the other
fellow. Then too, by planning our own research, we can gradually build up
our own industrialization instead of taking the backivash from others. If we
do not organize our own companies, and plan our own research, we still
shall have absentee ownership and absentee research, and the South will
continue to send most of its excess money up North.

I believe that, as Stewart J. Lloyd, Dean of the School of Chemistry,
Metallurgy, and Ceramics at the University, has said, “A group of business
men in the Birmingham district should get together and build up an indus¬
trial scientific research organization — not with the idea of subsidizing re¬
search, but to make money.” This would help the Birmingham District and
the South. The Mellon Institute at Pittsburgh has evolved many new in¬
dustries for that and other regions. This type of organization is every¬
where in the North and Far West. We need more Southern business men
interested in science.

There is another type of scientific organization that the South needs.
The Feb. 1 issue of “Forbes” (business magazine) contained the announce¬
ment of the next logical step in the North's systematic method of increasing
the amount of scientific research which it already controls.

The North, not content with the great advantage it now has, expects
to make that advantage much greater. The larger companies already have
their research organizations. Now the North is starting to make scientific
research organizations available to all their smaller industries.

A few excerpts from the Feb. 1 issue of “Forbes” follow :

“Hitherto only big manufacturers could afford laboratories and experts.
The small concern had neither the funds nor the technical skill to develop
new products or new uses for old products.

21

New England, however, has now hit upon a plan through which the
little factory can share the benefits of industrial research at a price it can
afford to pay.

Under the leadership of Dr. Karl T. Compton, president of the Massa¬
chusetts Institute of Technology, a group of leading industrial executives
and scientists have organized the section’s public, institutional and private
research agencies into a unit, which gives technical assistance to any busi¬
ness — large or small — with a research problem on its hands. For the first
time in America, science and business have teamed up in a large scale
cooperative movement to pool the research facilities of the entire area.

The line-up consists of over 307 research agencies, including those in
13 universities and colleges, which are equipped to handle 1,200 diverse types
of research ranging from aerodynamics down to yeast chemistry. In addi¬
tion, there are research departments in many factories and numerous inde¬
pendent scientists, technicians, engineers, and clinicians.

This great alliance functions through the New England Council’s New
Products Committee, of which Dr. Compton is chairman. Its members are
hard-headed scientists and scientifically-minded industrial executives — the
biggest names in their particular fields — who have had practical experience
in applying the discoveries of the laboratory to the salesman’s sample case.”

“New England originated cooperative science because of economic diffi¬
culties.” This is the answer to those who may say that the South cannot
afford to do much research.

“Plank No. 2 in the Neiv England Council’s platform for 1940 is : Pro¬
motion of intensive research . . . for the benefit of all our industries, especial¬
ly those without research departments of their own — and they are many,
since 75% of the industrial establishments of New England have only 50 or
less employees.

This report reveals how that program — already a dividend payer which
can be applied in any other region — is being carried out.”

“This broad program is financed in several ways. One industry, whose
leaders are on Dr. Compton’s committee, invests $250,000 annually in re¬
search. Other small concerns may spend only several hundred on a simple
job. A portion of the Council’s membership dues is used to run the research
department.”

“Small concerns, however, often get research assistance without cost.
The Council brings a case to the attention of a state university. If the
problem — such as finding new uses, new processes, or new materials — is
within the range of the school laboratory or staff, the work is done without
charge on the theory that a tax-supported institution should serve its state
industries. Sometimes the cost of materials is paid by the concern bene-
fitted.

Another arrangement with non-state universities is for the manufac¬
turer to pay the college a fixed rate for equipment, materials, etc., and to
receive the work free. Sometimes universities send graduate students into
plants to conduct research. The concern pays each student a small salary,
while the work is supervised by the school faculty.

Another service is expert advice on materials. A concern thinks it
has discovered a practical formula for, say, a new plastic. This information
goes to the Council, which, checking through its list of big manufacturer
laboratories, may discover that the formula is old or has previously de¬
veloped serious flaws. This negative report saves the concern from invest¬
ing effort and money in what will prove a useless product.”

The article also lists many research problems already completed by
these cooperating agencies.

22

“Thus we find a section seizing upon research as an industrial life-
saver and branching out with the idea, until now nearly all of the various
research agencies are organized into a unit.

Each continues to do its own job, but each is tied in with the central
council so that contacts are made swiftly ; ideas are swapped ; problems
are shared : new discoveries are routed to where they will do the most good ;
expert guidance is available ; equipment, experts, and laboratories are at
everyone’s finger-tips.”

“Yankee ingenuity gave New England a prosperous past. Modern
streamlined Yankee ingenuity seems to assure New England a prosperous
future.” New England even celebrates a “Research Day” each year. This
year marks the third annual celebration of this event.

I do not wish you to think that I blame the Northern interests for
what they are doing. I am sure that we would do exactly the same thing
under the same conditions. They are simply using good business methods.
If the South does not do something about this — form a similar organization —
this new organization in the North is going to make things much worse,
economically, for the South.

We need not fear that we shall over-expand in scientific research.
Chaplin Tyler of the du Pont Co. believes that at the present time it would
be profitable for industry in the United States to do five times the amount
of research it is now doing. Thus, should the South expand its research,
it would be building up industry in the nation as a whole. Southern in¬
dustry, and, in turn, Southern agriculture would be benefitted enormously.
Dr. C. M. A. Stine states that the “chemical industry spends 2% to 4% (as
high as 7% in some cases) of its gross sales revenue on research; agricul¬
ture, in contrast, spends only about 1/7 of \% of the value of its products
on research. As much as $240,000,000 might be expended annually in the
United States on agricultural research and the expenditure would not be at
all fantastic nor out of line with need.”

Money for scientific research is the greatest need of Southern Colleges
and universities at the present time. The legislatures of the Southern states
should appropriate additional money to the universities and other state col¬
leges for scientific research. Practically all of the Northern states do this
on a very large scale. This is undoubtedly the most important means of
building up scientific research within the Southern states. In addition to
state aid, many gifts for scientific research from business men and endowed
foundations have helped Northern educational institutions. Few such gifts
have been made to Southern educational institutions. Of course, federal
aid for scientific research in Southern educational institutions would help
solve the problem. IV e cannot build up Southern industrial scientific re¬
search laboratories zvithout the cooperation of Southern universities and
colleges.

A large number of individual companies and many trade associations
make research grants to educational institutions. Need I say that very few
of these are given to Southern colleges and universities? In fact, many
Southern-owned companies, for various reasons, make research grants to
Northern educational institutions to carry on their own scientific research.
Some of this work should certainly now be done at Southern institutions.
In the future, if we are to build up our own Southern educational scien¬
tific research, practically all of this should be done by Southern institutions.
We need to increase our industrial scientific research organizations, along
zvith our university and college research organizations, so that our Southern-
trained young men zvill remain in the South and build up the South. These
will be the men who will have new ideas and create many nezv Southern in-

23

dustries. if we train Southern men in scientific research, a certain propor¬
tion of them will remain in the South. Hence, the universities and colleges
should take the lead in building up scientific research in the South. We
should strive to have at least one institution in each of the Southern states
granting the Ph.D. and M.D. degrees. At present, Alabama, Arkansas, and
Mississippi do not have a college or university granting the Ph.D. degree,
while the M.D. degree cannot be obtained in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi,
or South Carolina.

We should also build up natural science education in the secondary
schools. At the present time there is a strong trend away from natural
science in these schools.

If we do not think our organizations are worthy enough to do first
class work, certainly no one else is going to think so! We should estab¬
lish our own nationally great colleges and universities, our own grants-in-
aid-for-research, our own national journals for the publication of research,
etc.

A direct way to encourage scientific research in the South would be
for the Southern states to forego taxes on industrial, as well as on college
and university research laboratories.

Now I should like to mention just a few ways in which I believe the
Alabama Academy of Science can help in this program. The more interest
in science on the part of the people of the state, the better off science will
be in the state. We are certainly furthering this interest through our Junior
and Senior Academies of Science. For the first time we have several im¬
portant all-year-round committees to carry on the work of the Academy.
We are progressing in our finances, our membership, and in our journal
activities. We should further expand our journal so as to be able to pub¬
lish valuable research pertaining to the state of Alabama that would not
otherwise be published and thus kept for posterity. Many colleges, uni¬
versities, and other institutions, unfortunately not in the South, are begin¬
ning to publish their own scientific manuscripts. Only this year Iowa State
College established a science journal for “publications in subject matter
fields for which satisfactory publication channels are not elsewhere avail¬
able.-’ This is a necessary trend in view of the large amount of scientific
research now being done. We should work for the establishment of similar
publications in the South. We should also increase our grants-in-aid-for-
rcscarch. These are all valuable and sure ways of building up science in the
state. We need state aid to adequately finance the Academy. I believe our
next step should be the formation of a Southeastern Scientific Society
(S.S.S.), perhaps later to become the Southeastern Division of the A.A.A.S.,
similar to the Southwestern Division, and meeting with our various state
academies. This should stimulate further interest in science in the South¬
east.

Finally, I should like to say that I sincerely hope that by the end of
the South’s “ten year program of economic and cultural enrichment" spon¬
sored by the Southern Governors’ Conference and to be climaxed by a great
world’s fair of the South in 1950, we shall be able to report much progress
in scientific research. Therein lies the hope of the South for the utilization
of its own natural resources.

24

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED
March 29 and 30, 1940
SECTION I

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

THE DEVELOPMENT OF OVIDUCAL GLANDS IN OVARI
ECTOMIZED IMMATURE TOADS

— C. M. Pomerat, Laboratories of the Instituto de Fisiologia de la
Facultad de Ciencias Medicas de Buenos Aires (Argentina)
and the Department of Biology, University of Alabama.

The activity of the oviduct in the toad, Bufo arenarum Hensel, is ap¬
parently independent of the ovary and under the direct control of the anterior
lobe of the pituitary gland. This view was established by de Allende (38)
working in Orias’ laboratory by means of the simple expedient of ligating
the caudal end of the oviduct in ovariectomized animals. In such prepara¬
tions oviduct secretion accumulated to a degree equal to that observed for
animals in which the ovary was left undisturbed.

The oviduct of the immature toad has no evidence of glands in the
mucosa — Figure 1 (see also the classification given in the legend for
Chart I). Biopsies were made of the pre-uterine portion of the oviduct of
148 animals of which 4S lived long enough to permit completion of the
analysis. Untreated, as well as the animals injected with toad pituitary ex¬
tracts, F.S.H., L.H., F.S.H. & L.H., were autopsied and the oviduct of
the opposite side were sectioned at a point corresponding to that of the bi¬
opsy, from 10 to 51 days after the experiments were begun. The results
obtained are presented in Chart I.

Normal (untreated) animals with or without ovaries were found to de¬
velop glands spontaneously (numbers, 189, 191, 190, 108, 162). Probably
the oviducts of these were particularly sensitive. The ducts of very young
animals (Type I) were not found to contain glands even after 51 days. There
was no evidence of spontaneous glandular secretion in adults (Types III and
IV) with one exception (number 162). The positive effects in this series
are believed to have been due to the animals’ own pituitary.

Pituitary injections gave only moderate responses which were most marked
in Type II oviducts (i. e., animal 91, Figs. 1 and 2). Possibly pituitaries
which were used had a low gonadtropic hormone content (probably a sea¬
sonal effect).

Houssay and his associates have shown that this toad is refractory to
mammalian pituitary preparations. In the present study no significant ef¬
fects were produced by mammalian F.S.H. and L.H. fractions.

There seems to be evidence, therefore, in the mild responses obtained in
an admittedly small group of experimental animals, that the oviduct of im¬
mature toads of this species will develop a glandular pattern in the absence
of the ovary at least when their own pituitaries are intact.

25

BIBLIOGRAPHY

— de Allende, I. L. C., 1938 Aparato Sexual Femenino del Bufo Arena-
rum, Buenos Aires, pp. 1-166.

Figure 1

Animal 91. Biopsy showing ab-
scence of glands in the mucosa of
the oviduct.

Figure 2

Same animal. Oviduct of the op¬
posite side showing development of
glandular pattern.

Explanation of Chart I

Results obtained on 48 animals used to study the glandular development
of the oviduct of the toad, Bufo arenarum Hensel.

Four types of oviducts were found for toads weighing from SO to 85

grams.

These were classified as follows :

I

Infantile

Tubes so small that the lumena were not wider
than the thickness of the wall.

II

Immature

Ducts with adult features but without evidence of
glands.

III

Young adults

Containing young glands but these not completely
encircling the tube in any section.

IV

Mature adults

Fully developed glandular pattern but not func¬
tionally active.

26

Method of entry
Symbols

Formula

OV Ovariectomized
C Non-ovariectomized controls
O No change
D Dilation of the duct
E Increase in the height of the epithelium
G Appearance or moderate increase in glandular
tissue

GG Marked increase in the amount of glandular
tissue

Animal number

No. of pits, or rat units
Days of treatment

response

Thus :

103 TrO means that animal number 103
to whom no treatment was
given showed no response 14
days after biopsy.

27

I

II

III

IV

ov

c

OV

c

OV

C

OV

c

NORMAL,

0

3 14 0

0

111 14 O

0

100 14 O

0

116 51 O

0

189 19 G

0

191 31GG

0

190 30 G

0

108 14 G

0

119. 14 O

0

177 31 O

0

112 14 O

0

162 31 G

0

211 29 O

0

120 51 O

0

206 29 O

0

208 29 O

0

W

Eh

u

w

H-J

£
t— 1

H
►— 1

CL,

8

163 16 D

12

169 19 D

12

98 14 D

16

^9 11DG

12

91 14GG

12

113 14 E

16

186 30 D

12

93 14 G

12

114 14 E

12

172 19 O

w

►4

+

a

CO

Jn

10

253 21 O

11

199 29 D

11

198 29 D

6

252 12 G

FSH

10

225 21 O

10

229 21 O

10

224 21 O

10

226 21 O

10

227 21 O

6

231 12 O

6

230 12 O

10

245 21 O

6

258 12 G

K

hT

10

241 21GG

2

192 10 O

6

235 12G±;

10

237 21 D

10

239 21 E

10

243 21G±

10

236 21 O

6

259 12G±;

6

260 12G±:

28

SOME CAVE SPIDERS OF ALABAMA

— Allan F. Archer, Department of Conservation.

Dr. Walter B. Jones and the author have collected much data and many
specimens of spiders from Alabama caves. Cave habitats may be divided
into three successions: (1) Cave entrances, including overhangs of contigu¬
ous ledges; (2) zone of partial darkness; (3) zone of total darkness. The
following families of spiders are represented in these ecological situations :
Uloboridae, Pholcidae, Hypochilidae, Pisauridae, Ctenidae, Agelenidae, Clu-
bionidae, Nesticidae, Theridiidae, Linyphiidae, Argiopidae, and Mimetidae.
The species belonging to eight families are discussed below.

Uloborus americanus (Uloboridae) occurs in cave entrances in Jackson.
Lawrence, Madison, Marshall and Morgan Counties. Pholcus phalangioides
(Pholcidae) occurs from entrances into the zone of total darkness in caves
all over the state. Hypochilus thorelli (Hypochilidae) occurs under roofs
and overhangs at cave entrances on Bishop Mountain, Marshall County.
Theridion tepidariorum and Tidarren fordum (Theridiidae) occur in cave en¬
trances all over Alabama. Tbe symbiotic spiders, Argyrodes cancellatus and
A. trigonum (Theriddidae), live in the webs of other spiders in cave en¬
trances.

A new species of Nesticus (Nesticidae) is blind, and occurs in Honey¬
comb Cave, Marshall County. Nesticus pallidus lives in Shelta Cavern,
Madison County. Glaucelmus augustinus (Nesticidae) was found in Lime
Point Cave, Marshall County. The Linyphiidae are represented in caves by
Microneta latidens, Madison and Marshall Counties. Lephthyphantes sabu-
losus, Kelly Natural Well, Madison County, and Phanetta subterranea, Madi¬
son, Marshall and Morgan Counties.

Theridiosoma radiosa (Argiopidae) lives in cave entrances in Jackson,
Madison and Morgan Counties. Meta menardi (Argiopidae) is common in
partial or total darkness in Mac Hardin and Bishop Caves, Marshall County.
Asilia vagepicta (Argiopidae) lives in total darkness in Cave Ms2, Town
Creek, Marshall County. Aranea cavatica (Argiopidae) occurs in cave
entrances on Monte Sano, Madison County. Wixia ectypa (Argiopidae) is
adventitious in cave entrances on Monte Sano. Mimetus notius Chamb. &
line (Mimetidae) wanders into cave entrances, where it is predatory on
spiders.

PREVENTION OF HOG CHOLERA BY A SINGLE INTRAPERI-
TONEAL INJECTION OF TISSUE VACCINE

- — L. E. Starr, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Hog cholera constitutes one of the most serious of all diseases affecting
swine. It is caused by a virus which is found in the blood, skin and body
organs of affected animals.

The only method of prevention in the past has been by the subcutaneous
injection of hyperimmune serum and a fullv virulent virus. The use of a
living virus tends to spread and perpetuate the disease, making it highly de¬
sirable that something other than a fully virulent virus be developed. Boyn¬
tons’ Tissue Vaccine fulfills these requirements, but it is necessary to make
two injections at two-week intervals in order to confer a true immunity.
This increases the expense and inconvenience to the owner. In order to de¬
termine whether a single injection of the vaccine would develop an immunity
the following projects were set up.

29

A lot of 22 pigs of varying ages were given simultaneous, intraperi-
toneal and subcutaneous injections of the virus. At the end of one month
half the pigs were injected with virulent virus, the remainder of the pigs
are being held to determine how long the immunity produced will be retained.

Another lot of 20 pigs were given intraperitoneal injections of the vac¬
cine. After one month they were divided into two lots of ten each. One lot
was fed a pig which had died of cholera. This approximates commercial
garbage feeding practices. The other lot was allowed to run with two sus¬
ceptible pigs which had been injected with virus.

The project is still in progress but the results obtained indicate that si¬
multaneous subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injections and intraneritoneal
injection alone will confer immunity on healthy pigs but will not fully protect
those animals whose resistance has been lowered by severe intestinal parasit¬
ism or by necrotic enteritis, both of which conditions are very common. It
should be emphasized, however, that the exposior given was much greater
than that ordinarily encountered in nature.

THE GERMINATION OF CROTALARIA SPECTABILIS AS AF¬
FECTED BY AGE OF SEED

- J. F. Duggar, A. P. I. Experiment Station, Auburn.

In an earlier paper the writer had reported success in using hot water
in overcoming the usual extremely low germination of seed of crotalaria.
His tests showed that the best and safest results came from scalding the
otherwise untreated seed for 20 minutes at a temperature of 150° F.

He had also reported, in an earlier paper, that improvement in germi¬
nation (from less than 10 per cent up to above 60 per cent) followed sowing
the untreated seed in extremely dry soil, with an application of water after
an interval of 12 to 30 days.

In other experiments untreated crotalaria seeds were continuously ex¬
posed on the surface of the dry soil in summer without covering. When
subsequently brought to the laboratory and germinated in an incubator, their
germination was very greatly improved. For example, in one test fresh seed
not thus exposed, later afforded germination only to the extent of 5 per
cent; when exposed for seven days, 75 per cent; and when subjected for four
weeks on the dry soil surface to alternations of high afternoon temperatures
and much lower night temperatures, these seed afforded 95 per cent of ger¬
mination.

Using year-old seed exposed for various periods on the surface of dry
soil in summer, similar increases in germination resulted. However, the
writer recommends as a safer farm practice either the mechanical scarifi¬
cation of crotalaria seed or scalding them for 20 minutes at a temperature
of 150° Fahrenheit.

On repeated testing of untreated crotalaria seed of varied ages, it was
found that the very low percentage of germination invariably found in fresh
seed usually persisted through two years or longer. With somewhat older
seed, the percentage of germination increased materially. However, a
larger proportion of the sprouts appeared weak in the case of very old
seeds.

30

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON DRAGONFLY COLLECTING IN

ALABAMA

— Septima C. Smith, University of Alabama, and Robert S. Hodges,
Alabama Department of Conservation.

Studies on Alabama Odonata, continued during the past five years by
the authors, have resulted in the identification of 134 species for the state of
which 110 are found in Tuscaloosa County, where accessibility has allowed
the most systematic collecting. A numerical comparison with forms from
other regions is favorable as, for example, the 95 known species from Cuba
and Puerto Rico and 42 from the whole of Great Britain.

Certain factors have been noted in connection with the field work of
these studies, the overcoming of which has, doubtless, influenced their suc¬
cess and which, it is thought, might be worthy of record. Briefly, they are
as follows :

1. Habitat relations. The nymphs of dragonflies have great diversity
of habitat, ranging all the way from ponds and sandy-bottom creeks to the
swift waters of rocky shoals, depending on the species, thus making collec¬
tion of both adults and nymphs difficult. For nymphs, so entrenched,
a strongly built wire dredge with a long handle was found indispensable.

2. Repetition of effort. In difficult situations, constant and repeated
efforts have been essential to securing nymphs of new or rare species, or to
complete representation of both male and female of any one species.

3. Effect of water-levels. Favorable low-water-level periods have,
during certain seasons, greatly facilitated collecting efforts which would
have been useless during flood periods.

4. Life-cycle studies. The rearing of adults in laboratory aquaria has
proven the relationship with the nymphs of some disputed forms and has, in
addition, secured for study certain species of rapid dispersal, such as those
of the genera Gomphus and Neurocordulia.

5. Collecting techniques for adults. Although the net-method was com¬
monly utilized, the employment of a .22-caliber rifle loaded with dust shot
for high-flying forms, and of a sling-shot equipped with cand or steel grit
as ammunition for swift-flying adults, greatly facilitated their capture. The
last-named technique was “invented” by a group of active student aids.

While Tuscaloosa County, because of its environmental variations, ap¬
pears to be, in our experience, especially favorable for Odonata studies, it is
possible that other counties in the state would, if submitted to equally ex¬
haustive investigation, present somewTiat comparable results.

SOME EFFECTS OF LOW X-RAY DOSAGE ON MITOSIS IN THE
NEUROBLASTS OF THE GRASSHOPPER EMBRYO

— J. Gordon Carlson, University of Alabama.

Treatment of embryos of the grasshopper (Chortophaga viridifasciata)
with 31 r of x-rays at a rate of 200 r per minute affects the average number
of neuroblasts in middle prophase, late prophase, metaphase, anaphase, and
early telophase per embryo without, however, causing complete cessation of
mitosis as higher dosages do. Counts of cells per embryo were made at
15-minute intervals during the first 225 minutes after x-raying. The number
of middle prophases increases during the first 180 minutes after irradiation
and then decreases rapidly. The number of late prophases undergoes a slight
initial increase and then remains at a relatively constant level. Metaphases

and anaphases show no appreciable change in numbers during the first 30 and
60 minutes, respectively, but then decrease gradually in numbers till they
reach zero at the end of 90 and 105 minutes, respectively. Early telophases
increase in numbers for about 45 minutes and then fall off very gradually
to zero at 150 minutes. The reappearance at the end of 180 minutes of
metaphases, anaphases, and early telophases is coincident with the abrupt de¬
crease in the number of middle prophases at that time. These facts may be
explained by assuming that x-radiation blocks the mitotic progress of cells
in middle and late prophase stages and that recovery sets in — after a dosage
of 31 r — after 180 minutes, allowing the cells that have accumulated in middle
prophase to pass into successively later stages.

2.5 MM. HUMAN EMBRYO IN SITU WITHIN ITS CHORIONIC

SAC

— W. F. Abercrombie, W. E. Prescott, Jr., and P. D. Bales, Howard
College.

. This embryo was obtained from the chorionic sac aborted by Mrs.

- , a white woman, 22 years old, with one living child, born seven

months before the abortion. Her menstrual period, of the 28-day type,
started the first month after delivery. Coitus was too frequent to try to
determine when pregnancy occurred.

The chorionic sac was perfect and untorn. An opening was made at a
translucent point. The body stalk was cut with iridectomy scissors, the
embryo removed and fixed in Bouin’s. The chorionic sac was cut into pieces
and fixed in Bouin’s. Both were photographed.

The chroionic sac measured externally (including villi) 45 mm. long x 25
mm. wide x 15 mm. deep. The cavity of the chorionic sac measured 20 mm.
x 10 mm. x 5 mm.

The greatest length of the embryo is 2.5 mm. It is believed that the
embryo is covered by an amnion which obscures the external features of the
embryo. The body-stalk arises from the ventral body wall of the embryo,
passes dorsally to the right and was attached to the inner surface of the
chorionic sac. Ventral to the body of the embryo may be seen the yolk-stalk
along with the body stalk. The heart is conspicuous as a prominent swelling
between the cephalic part of the yolk-sac and head end of the embryo.

The menstrual age of the ovum is 73 days. Assuming ovulation occurs
in the middle of the intermenstrual period the possible age of the ovum
would be 59 days.

Size is variable in embryos and was not used to calculate the age. Later,
the embryo will be sectioned, and the number of somites counted. These
will be correlated with the size in an attempt to determine the age of the
specimen.

AN INTERESTING HYPERICUM FROM THE PIEDMONT RE¬
GION OF ALABAMA

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

The genus Hypericum (St. John’s-wort) is represented in the United
States by about 40 species, mostly small shrubs, about half of them in the
southeastern coastal plain. One of the commonest species, which has gen¬
erally gone by the name of H. fasciculatum, is a shrub averaging two or

32

three feet tall (occasionally ten feet or more), with a single erect stem with
spongy bark at the base, and widely branched above the middle. It grows
mostly in and around shallow, sandy ponds in the coastal plain, from North
Carolina to Florida and Mississippi.

In June, 1921, Dr. S. J. Lloyd sent the writer in a letter a small sprig
of a plant apparently indistinguishable from that species, but from dry hills
of mica schist in Chilton County, which would be a very unusual habitat for
H. fasciculatum, as well as being over 100 miles from any known station for
it. Efforts to locate the plant in 1927, with Dr. Lloyd’s assistance, failed.
But in August, 1938, it was found on a wooded hillside of mica schist in
Tallapoosa County by Dr. H. K. Svenson and the writer, but only in a very
small area, a fraction of an acre. The plants there were found to differ
strikingly from the cypress pond form in being less than a foot tall, with
several decumbent branches instead of a single erect stem, though leaves,
flowers and fruit showed no marked differences.

What appears to be the same thing has been found in the Piedmont re¬
gion of Georgia and the Carolinas, but as no intermediate stations or inter¬
mediate habitats are known between it and the coastal plain form, the two
must have been separated for thousands of years, long enough to develop
some genetic differences.

STUDIES OF THE EFFECT OF INSULIN ON, AND GLUCOSE
TOLERANCE OF PARTIALLY AND COMPLETELY HYPO-
PHYSECTOMIZED ALBINO RATS

— Herman D. Jones, A. P. I., Auburn.

In these investigations the early work on insulin sensitivity of com¬
pletely hypophysectomized rats was confirmed but the results show that
the hypophysectomized rat is only four times more sensitive to insulin than
the normal rat, and in addition they clearly demonstrate that a hypergly¬
cemic condition in partially hypophysectomized rats followed insulin in¬
jections.

In some of the partially hypophysectomized rats a fall in blood glucose
was found 30 minutes after administration of insulin, while in others an
increase was found at the end of this time interval. However, in all cases
an increase in the blood glucose level was found at some time during the
3 to 4 hour experimental period. In the majority of the animals the
height was reached at the 1)4 and 2 hour periods.

Blood glucose curves obtained after insulin administration were used
as indices of completeness or incompleteness of hypophysectomy in subse¬
quent experiments. The analytical findings were confirmed at autopsy.

A comparative study of results of the glucose tolerance experiments
with partially hypophysectomized rats showed that the glucose tolerance
curves lie between that of a normal and that of a completely hypophysec¬
tomized rat. This variation in glucose tolerance seemed to be of a quanti¬
tative nature.

Three partially hypophysectomized rats were used in the investigation
of the influence of the adrenotropic factor on insulin sensitivity. The re¬
sults clearly show that the adrenotropic factor increased the sensitivity of
these animals to insulin.

Two partially hypophysectomized rats were used in the experiment on
the influence of the thyrotropic factor upon insulin response. Results indi¬
cate that apparently the thyrotropic factor did have an influence on insulin

33

sensitivity of the partially hypophysectomized rat as measured by the blood
glucose.

Three partially hypophysectomized rats were used in the studies on
the influence of the posterior lobe extract on insulin sensitivity. Results
obtained show that insulin sensitivity of two animals seemed to be increased,
as the blood glucose levels were appreciably decreased. However, in the
third animal a very dissimilar type of curve was obtained. Although the
curves differ somewhat, it can be stated that the response of partially
hypophysectomized rats to insulin after posterior lobe extract changes mate¬
rially the type of glucose curves when compared to those obtained after
insulin only.

The response of castrate female rats to insulin was also investigated.
Results show that castration apparently produces different changes in insulin
sensitivity. In some the normal type of glucose curves following insulin
was obtained, in other cases a hyperglycemia resulted.

COMPARATIVE STUDIES ON THE OVA OF SOME NEMATODES
PARASITIC IN CHICKENS

— H. H. Earl, Jr., and Reed O. Christenson, A. P. I., Auburn.

Major emphasis was placed on the study of eggs of Ascaridea lineata,
Heterakis gallinae, Capillaria columbae, and Cheilospirura hamulosa. These
species are all of considerable importance to the poultry raiser of Alabama.

Eggs of Ascaridea lineata (Fig. 1) possess three distinct coats in the
egg envelope, namely: (1) an inner vitelline membrane lipoidal in nature,
(2) a relatively thick chitinous shell or true chorion, and (3) a thin, outer
proteinaceous coat. The general contour is rectangular, but atypical eggs
may be elongate or spheroidal. A “lenticular space” is usually present at
one pole and appears to be located between the chitinous shell and the vitel¬
line membrane. It varies considerably in appearance being globular at times
and lens-shaped at others. Ackert (1931) attributes this formation to a
solid conical process of the vitelline membrane. Other workers (Vide Baylis,
1929, et. al.) consider it a thickening of the chitinous shell. The average
size is 82.0 microns by 52.3 microns.

Heterakis gallinae (Fig. 2) eggs are similar to Ascaridea lineata with
respect to the layers of the envelope. The shape is more ellipsoidal, and
occasionally atypical eggs are found either flattened on one side like those
of the Oxyuroidea, or sharply pointed at one end. This species likewise
possesses a “lenticular space” of varying morphology, but its occurrence is
more frequent. The average measurements are 72.7 microns by 41.8 microns.

The eggs of Capillaria columbae (Fig. 3) are characteristic trichuroid
eggs, having the three typical membranes and an operculum at each pole.
The chitinous shell and mucoid (proteinaceous) coats are discontinuous at
the poles leaving apertures into which the opercula are fitted. A thickening
of the external investments in this region often gives an annular appearance.
These eggs, like those of Ascaridea lineata and Heterakis gallinae, are un-
segmemed upon discharge. The average measurements are 50.1 microns by
27.3 microns.

Cheilospirura hamulosa (Fig. 4) eggs similarly possess all three mem¬
branes. The chitinous shell or chorion is relatively thicker than in the fore¬
going species, thinning somewhat in the polar regions. The eggs are em-

34

bryonated at the time of discharge and are elongate oval in shape. They
measure 41.0 microns by 25.8 microns.

Eggs of some economically important nematodes of the chicken ( Gallus
gallus) . Fig. 1, Ascaridea lineata; Fig. 2, Heterakis gallinae ; Fig. 3, Ca-
pillaria colmnbae; Fig. 4. Chcilospirura hamulosa. Original.

Abbreviations : pm, proteinaceous layer ; cs, chitinous shell or chorion ;
vm, vitelline membrane; Is, “lenticular space” or polar globule.

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Upper left : Ascarida lineata Upper right : Heterakis gallinae

Lower left: Capillaria colmnbae Lower right: Chcilospirura hamulosa

35

DIFFERENTIAL COUNTS OF PANCREATIC ISLET CELLS IN
DOGS DEVELOPING OBESITY FOLLOWING SURGERY OF
THE HYPOPHYSIS OR HYPOTHALAMUS

— Thomas E. Hunt, University of Alabama.

Differential counts were made of the islet cells of 20 female dogs which
had been hypophysectomized or in which lesions had been placed in some
part of the hypophysis or hypothalamus from 6 to 18 months previously.
Operations were performed by A. D. Keller of the Department of Physiol¬
ogy. In 12 of the dogs a marked obesity developed and in these it was found
that the average incidence of alpha, beta and delta cells was changed from
a normal of 20%, 75%, 5%, respectively to 31%, 65%, 4%. Although the
total amount of islet tissue was not determined, it appeared to be normal or
at least not decreased. Therefore, it is believed that there was an actual
increase of the alpha cells rather than a decrease of the other types. In ani¬
mals that were not obese, or only slightly so, the incidence was normal or
showed an increase of 3% or 4% of alpha cells. From 3,000 to 10,000 cells
(average 5,000) were counted in different regions of each pancreas, the tail
and the body being utilized more generally. Tissue was fixed in Zenker-
formol and stained with a modified Mallory-azan technique.

THE EFFECT OF FIRE ON MATURE YELLOW PINE TREES'

— K. H. Garren, State Teachers College, Jackonsville.

Due to the resinous nature of pine wood and thicker bark on pines, it
has been assumed that wounds produced by fire are not the important en¬
trances for decay producing cull in pines that they are in hardwoods. No
actual figures have existed to prove this assumption.

In the present study some 800 felled pines were observed. It was found
that about 20% of the pines in five areas showed fire wounds. In the same
area from 35-75% of the hardwoods were fire wounded. It was found
that most of the wounds were under 9 inches. Wounds 10 inches and above
accounted for less than 25% of the total wounds.

When wound width, regardless of wound age, was plotted against cull
it was found that wounds under 6 inches wide account for less than 20
board feet of cull per wound. Wounds 6-9 inches wide account for about
20 board feet cull per wound, and wounds 12 inches or over account for more
than 30 board feet cull per wound.

When wound age as well as wound width were considered it was found
that wounds 1-3 inches wide produced less than five board feet cull, no mat¬
ter how old. Wounds 4-6 inches wide will produce over 10 board feet cull
after 30 years. Wounds 7-9 inches wide will produce over 15 board feet
cull after 10 years and over 30 board feet cull after 50 years. Wounds 10
inches or more wide will destroy 5% of the wood of the tree after 10
years, and 10% of the wood of the tree after 30 years.

When these figures were reduced to a 10-year basis it was found that
in 10 years 8-inch wounds will result in cull equal to 12% of the increment
and the curve increases to the point where 18-inch wounds result in cull
equal to almost 40% of the increment. Thus growth increment tables will
show far too much increment for fire wounded pines.

It is evident, therefore, that large fire wounds do produce considerable
cull in pines, although not to the alarming extent that fire wounds produce
cull in hardwoods.

36

PNEUMONIA FATALITIES BY OCCUPATION AMONG INDUS- *
TRIAL WORKERS AND THEIR DEPENDENTS

— C. H. Kibbey, M. D., Director of Sanitation, T. C. I., Fairfield.

Our population, averaging slightly more than 77,000 persons over the
period of fifteen years covered by this study, is divided into dependents,
surface workers, coal miners and ore miners.

Pneumonia Incidence — Dependents, which include 75 per cent of the
population, gave 68.7 per cent of our pneumonia cases. Surface employees,
17.9 per cent of the population, 20.7 per cent of cases. Coal miners, 4.5 per
cent of the population, 5.8 per cent of cases. Ore miners, 2.2 per cent of the
population, 4.6 per cent of cases.

Fatality Rates — There is apparently no relationship between the fre¬
quency with w'hich a given group has shown itself susceptible to pneumonia
and the regularity with which death has occurred among those in the same
group who have the disease.

Surface employees of all occupations, both colored and white, have a
fatality rate of 29.8 per 100 cases. Coal miners, 28.2. Ore miners, 24.2.

Comparing negroes and whites, we find that surface whites have a fa¬
tality rate of 33.7 against 27.5 for colored. White and colored coal miners
have 28.3 and 28.2, respectively. For white ore miners the rate has been
10.5 ; for colored, 27.3.

With almost perfectly similar working conditions, it is difficult to un¬
derstand the disparity between white and colored rates in the same occupa¬
tional group or varying fatality rates of whites in different occupational
groups, while negroes exhibit a fatality rate varying so little in the different
groups.

Why should white surface workers, for example, have 33.7 death for
each 100 who have pneumonia and negroes 27.5, while white coal miners
have a fatality of 28.3 and colored coal miners an almost identical rate of
28.2? Or why should colored ore miners die with pneumonia at the rate of
27.3 per 100 cases, while whites have a rate of only 10.5?

FERROUS SULFATE AS A PREVENTATIVE OF POISONING BY
POISON IVY

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

Claims are sometimes made by writers on the subject that a 5% solution
of ferrous sulfate is a preventative of poisoning by poison ivy. It is sug¬
gested that the hands and other exposed parts of the body be washed in the
solution before coming in contact with the ivy or immediately after ex¬
posure to it.

Because poison ivy is so widespread, quite frequently students on bio¬
logical field trips and others walking or working in fields or woods become
poisoned, hence, the desirability of some reliable means of prevention. In
order to test the efficacy of ferrous sulfate as a preventative, twenty-three
biology students in the Troy State Teachers College volunteered to wash
in a 5% solution and rub the cut end of a live poison ivy stem on their arms.

Of the twenty-three students, eight admitted they did not believe they
were sensitive to it as they had never in their knowledge been poisoned; four
did not know. The remaining eleven knew definitely that they were sus¬
ceptible and are the most worth while for the purpose of this experiment.
In the case of any of the others only negative results would be valid.

3*J

7

The results may be tabulated as follows :

Number exposed _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 23

Number believed to be immune _ 8

Number who did not know _ _ _ 4

Number known to be susceptible _ _ _ _ _ _ 11

Number developing dermatitis :

Skin wet with solution when exposed _ 4

Skin dry when exposed _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ 2

Skin washed in solution after exposure. _ _ _ _ _ 1

Total cases of dermatitis _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 7

Of the eleven persons known to be susceptible and treated with the

sulfate solution, seven developed dermatitis ; four did not.

The results of this experiment seem to show :

1. That 5% ferrous sulfate is certainly not a reliable preventative of poi-
soining by poison ivy.

2. Inasmuch as all the cases were comparatively mild it is probable that the
attacks were not as severe as they would have been with no preventative
measures.

3. It is possible that the appearance of dermatitis was delayed by virtue of
the application of the sulfate.

ANIMAL HEADS EXAMINED FOR RABIES AND HUMAN
TREATMENTS DISTRIBUTED BY LABORATORIES OF THE
ALABAMA STATE HEALH DEPARTMENT. 1934-1939.

— Cooper Brougher, State Department of Health. Montgomery.

Rabies is primarily a disease of animals, it is infectious in nature for
practically all of the mammalia ; but it is most prevalent among the carnivora,
dogs, cats and wolves. Infection in man occurs when saliva of rabid ani¬
mals gains entrance to wounds from bites or scratches.

Rabies is more or less prevalent in all civilized countries of the world
except in England, where careful supervision of dogs, enforcement of muz¬
zling laws, and rigid enforcement of legislation regarding the importation
of dogs, have caused a practical eradication of the disease.

In 1937 the State Legislature passed an operable law which made the
vaccination of dogs against rabies compulsory in Alabama ; this law pro¬
vided for the appointment of rabies inspectors and the establishment of
pounds for unvaccinated dogs.

RABIES DATA

Total

Total Treatments

Year

Examinations

Distributed

1934

2,353

5,514

1935

2,062

5.038

1936

1.758

4,036

1937

1,812

3,794

1938

1,442

2,775

1939

678

926

38

RATE OF CONTRACTION OF THE HEART BEFORE THE BE¬
GINNING OF CIRCULATION IN RAT EMBRYOS

— Charles M. Goss, University of Alabama.

Regular rhythmic contraction of primitive cardiac muscle continues un¬
interruptedly for approximately 12 hours before there is circulation of the
blood. During this interval, which occupies the last half of the tenth day of
gestation, the fourth to seventh somites are developed.

At the beginning of contraction, the heart consists of two laterally
placed ventricular primordia. The left side contracts before the right. It
has a regular rhythm and a rate of 34-43 per minute. The rate increases
gradually to between 50 and 60 beats per minute before the lateral hearts
are united by the median saccular ventricle (3 to 4 somites). During the
further development of the ventricle the rate increases to 80 (4 to 5 comites).
The rate at the time when the atrium can first be identified as a pace-maker
is approximately 80.

The rate increases with further development in cultures to 100 or over
without circulation, but the higher rates may be associated with abnormali¬
ties. Two cases which began circulation in culture and observation of other
embryos immediately after removal from the uterus, indicate that the rate
is approximately 90 at the beginning of circulation (7-8 somites).

The embryos, 1 mm. in length, wTere mounted in hanging drops over
hollow slides. The medium consisted of blood plasma and a saline extract
of rat embryonic tissue. Observations were made at 38° C.

RESPONSES OF SINGLE CELLS TO SMALL ELECTRO-MAG¬
NETIC VARIATIONS

— Zoe Black, Alabama College, Montevallo.

Changes in sensitivity have been observed in marine amoebae after
growth in a rigidly controlled environment.

A glass Petri dish containing the amoebae was placed in a grounded iron
shield. The dish rested on the stage of a microscope which was fitted with
non-magnetic parts. The amoeba was kept under constant conditions of
food supply, temperature, composition of salt water medium, method of
transfer and time of transfer. The only change necessary in order to ex¬
amine the culture was to swing aside the light tight doors at both ends of
the optical system and turn on the light source outside the shield. The light
source was located at a fixed distance. It was a calibrated bulb and was
used in combination with a series of Wratten filters.

Under these conditions the amoebae grew rapidly and normally. They
carried on locomotion by flattening themselves against the glass and flowing
along without pseudopod formation. After the light was turned on there
was a change in the amoebae. In some individuals the change was imme¬
diate. In all cases it appeared before ten seconds. This change was mani¬
fested as a slight increase in the number of visible granules or as a slight
wrinkling of the surface of the cell. After either or both of these slight
changes further reactions varied widely from temporary pseudopod forma¬
tion to encystment. In control cultures grown in the dark but outside the
shield, there was no such sensitivity, no visible increase in granules or
wrinkling of the surface membrane.

The conclusion drawn is that this marine amoeba was rendered more
sensitive to light by being grown in the electro-magnetic shield.

39

STREPTOCOCCI IN PASTEURIZED MILK*

— Mildred A. Engelbrecht, University of Alabama

It is well known that raw market milks contain streptococci of the
hemolytic and non-hemolytic varieties. Much less is known about the
fate of these streptococci in commercially pasteurized milk. This problem
was attacked from two different angles, first by determining the thermal
death point of streptococci whose source and identity were known and sec¬
ondly by isolating streptococci from commercially pasteurized milk when
it was ready for the consumer.

Forty-three strains of streptococci which had been isolated from pas¬
teurized milk were subjected under careful regulations to 61.1 °C. for 30
minutes. Twenty-nine of these species survived, namely. Str. mastitidis,
Str. infrcquens, and Str. asalignus. This work indicated that certain strains
of these species of streptococci have the power to resist the highest tem¬
perature of pasteurization.

In a second set of experiments the thermal death point of eight dif¬
ferent species of our typed cultures kept in stock and which had been re¬
covered from freshly drawn milk were determined. The results showed
that all of these species which included both human and bovine types and
hemolytic and non-hemolytic species were killed at a temperature consid¬
erably below the first series of strains studied.

In the isolation of streptococci from pasteurized milk, samples were
obtained directly from the delivery wagons or grocery stores in the cities
of Chicago, Illinois ; and Milwaukee and Madison, Wisconsin.

In the first series of work, 200 samples of milk were examined and
almost 50 per cent showed hemolytic streptococci, all of the bovine type and
similar in all respects to species isolated from raw milk freshly drawn.

The second series of experiments, done a few years later, showed that
from 60 samples of milk 23 per cent yielded hemolytic streptococci. One
of these was Str. anginosns, a human type.

In the third series of experiments, performed the next year of 100
samples examined only 11 per cent of the 85 strains isolated were hemo¬
lytic streptococci and these were all Str. asalignus. The others were of
the non-hemolytic type and seven of these were Str. boznnus. The other 68
strains were in the group of Str. salivarius.

A decided decrease was noted each year due perhaps to improved
methods of pasteurization and also to better raw milk supplies.

*This work was done in the Agricultural Bacteriological Laboratories at the
University of Wisconsin, under the general supervision of Dr. W. D. Frost.

LOW BACK INJURIES AND THEIR RELATION TO INDUSTRY

— P. H. Woodall, D. O., Birmingham,

Back injuries make up seven to nine percent of all industrial injuries.
They occur mainly in connection with work which requires stooping, twist¬
ing and heavy lifting: and are located chiefly in the lower part of the back
in the lumbar and sacro-iliac areas.

In spite of the seeming slight injury in many of these cases, insur¬
ance men testify that they are the most vexatious and difficult with which
they have to deal, their outcome most uncertain, and their cost all out of
proportion to their numbers.

40

To understand why this area is so often injured, and so hard to cure,
one has only to review the anatomy of the region : the lumbar vertebrae,
especially the fifth, the lumbar-sacral junction, the sacrum and the sacro¬
iliac joints.

Developmental anomalies or abnormalities occur in a large percent of
cases. These predispose to injury and to maintenance of injury. X-ray will
determine anomalies if present. Palpation should be the major means of
diagnosis. The doctor can train his sense of touch so as to detect the
slightest anatomic variation.

The great majority of low back injuries respond to manipulation, the
correction of faulty body mechanics. This treatment has the great eco¬
nomic advantage of keeping the patient ambulant; at his job both to his
own and his employer’s advantage. A few patients require rest ; some re¬
quire supportive treatment, strapping or braces ; some need exercise ; a few
respond to no conservative form of treatment and surgical intervention is
necessary.

To protect insurance companies and employers it might be wise to
have routine x-ray and palpatory examinations of the spine of all em¬
ployees or applicants for employment, thus determining if injury is due
to the work if one should occur.

SECTION II

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS

THE REARRANGEMENT OF CAMPHENE HYDROBROMIDE

— L. M. Hobbs, University of Alabama

At present, camphor is made mainly from pinene by one of two pro¬
cesses; one, through the formation and oxidation of isoborneol, and the
other, through the formation and oxidation of borneol.

Poor yields of camphor result by use of either procedure because the
intermediates are more or less unstable and the transformations are accom¬
panied by side reactions. For improving the camphor synthesis catalysts
of greater specificity must be found for each step.

The conversion of esters of camphene hydrate into the correspond¬
ing esters of isoborneol represents an important step in the first process
mentioned. A study of this reaction has been made ; specifically, the cata¬
lytic effects of hydrogen bromide and organic peroxides on the rate of
rearrangement of camphene hydrobromide into isobornyl bromide have
been evaluated.

It was found that these agents produce a striking increase in the
rate of rearrangement of camphene hydrobromide. From study of the cata¬
lytic effect of hydrogen bromide at small concentrations it was concluded
that the rearrangement will not take place in the absence of that substance.

As a summary of the information concerning the rearrangement of
camphene hydrobromide, a free-radical chain mechanism is proposed in
which the bromine atom is the active intermediate or chain-carrier. This
is represented bv the following :

HBr + -0-0- = H-O-O- + Br-

Camphene hydrobromide + Br- = Isobornyl bromide + Br-

Thus more effective catalysts have been found for a reaction which
constitutes one step of the camphor synthesis. On evaluation of the data

41

obtained, it has been concluded that the Walden inversion which takes
place in the rearrangement of camphene hydrobromide proceeds through a
free radical chain mechanism.

A REVIEW OF CHEMILUMINESCENCE

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College.

A general review of the field of chemiluminescence was presented.
Since the initial observation by Davy about 1798 of the luminescence at¬
tending the formation and precipitation of cadmium sulfate numerous other
of these so-called cold-light reactions have been observed. Practically all
such reactions are oxidations, in even the most efficient of which the energy
converted into light amounts to less than 1 per cent of the total energy
liberated by the reaction.

Grignard compounds offer the disadvantages of being troublesome
to prepare and preserve and are also objectionable for demonstration pur¬
poses because of the ether fumes. Both aliphatic and aromatic Grignard
compounds are luminescent. The bromides are the strongest, the chlorides,
slightly weaker and the iodides, although easily prepared, are very weak
in light-giving power.

The chemiluminescent oxidation of phosphorus has been studied in great
detail by many workers, which particular reference to the minimum con¬
centration of oxygen at which light could be produced.

Oxidation of pyrogallol in alkaline solution is accompanied by a dull
red glow.

By far the most spectacular demonstration of chemiluminescence devel¬
oped to date is the oxidation of 3-aminophthalhydrazide by means of hydro¬
gen peroxide and potassium ferricyanide. The effect in this case lasts for
several minutes.

Copies of an extensive bibliography in the field of chemiluminescence
were distributed.

DEMONSTRATION OF CHEMILUMINESCENCE

— B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College.

Lophine, prepared by the action of heat on hydrobenzamide, was oxo-
dized in dilute alcohol solution with a mixture of sodium hypochlorite and
hydrogen peroxide A yellow luminescence of brief duration was obtained.

Luminol, or 3-aminophthalhydrazide, in dilute alkaline solution was
then oxidized by means of a mixture of hydrogen peroxide and potassium
ferricyanide. The luminescence in this case was much more intense and
of longer duration than that of lophine.

Details for producing the above demonstrations were given and va¬
rious details of technic were discussed.

STATISTICAL CURVES AND ZIGZAGS.

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In statistical work it is often desirable to put tables in graphic form,
with one curve for each column or line of figures, whose intervals, equal
or otherwise, may represent number, time, distance, percentage, tempera¬
ture, or many other things. In such cases it has been a common practice

42

of statisticians to plot the known points and connect them by straight lines,
or even to use heavy bars or square-topped steps instead of zigzag lines.

But that is too literal and unscientific, and obscures one of the main
objects of statistics, which is to discover laws governing variations. Some
statistical curves, especially those in which horizontal distances represent
an indefinite period of time, such as those for business activity and price
fluctuations, may not follow any known law; but several other kinds, when
carefully plotted, make smooth curves to which equations can be fitted
pretty closely. (Examples of several different kinds were exhibited.)

Sometimes the known points are unavoidably widely spaced, as in the
case of population figures from decennial censuses. But in may cases the
investigator arbitrarily selects the intervals himself in assembling his data,
and can make them as small as the number of available records will justify,
thus approaching nearer and nearer to a true curve.

In engineering practice it is customary to connect known points, whether
widely or closely spaced, by the smoothest curves possible. That method
applied to statistics not only makes clearer the principles involved, but
also facilitates putting several curves of one class on the same graph for
comparison, which is rather awkward with zigzags, bars or steps.

DIPHENYLAMINE SULFONIC ACID AS AN INDICATOR IN
TITRATING IRON WITH POTASSSIUM DICHROMATE

— Maurice Powell, Birmingham-Southern College.

Potassium dichromate is an excellent oxidizing agent ; its oxidizing po¬
tential, however, is less than that of permanganate. This lower oxidation
potential is advantageous in titrating ferrous iron because the chloride-ion
is not oxidized in a hydrochloric acid solution. The biggest disadvantage
in the use of dichromate has been the lack of a good indicator. Formerly
an external indicator was used ; later the potentiometric method was used.

One of the most recent, and best indicators that has been found is
diphenylamine sulfonic acid. Sorver and Koltoff, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 53,
2906, who first studied the properties of the indicator, suggested .3 ml of
0.005 molar solution of the indicator in a total volume of 275 ml. Twenty
ml. of concentrated phosphoric acid should be added. At the end-point
the solution changes from green to reddish purple ; this change being very
sharp.

In an effort to determine the correction for 0.1N dichromate ferrous
ammonium sulphate was titrated with 0.1N dichromate. Six drops of the
indicator were added to the ferrous solution before the titration was begun.
The solution was then made approximately 2N in sulphuric acid with 15 ml.
of phosphoric acid.

The volume correction was then determined by titrating a given volu-
ume of a ferrous solution with dichromate potentiometrically using a Pt.-
calomel system without any indicator present. Another titration was
made of the same volume of the same solution using the end-point ob¬
tained with the indicator.

This method showed that a larger volume was used in titrating the
iron with the indicator than was used when a potentiometric titration was
made. A series of eight determinations gave a correction of 0.08 ml. of
0.1 N dichromate.

43

FATTY ACIDS FROM SOUTHERN PINES

— Kenneth W. Coons, University of Alabama.

Describes the recovery and utilization of Fatty and Resinic acids
(Tallol) from the by-products of the sulphate pulp process. Recovery of
these soaps from all the existing mills would result in the annual produc¬
tion of 62,500,000 pounds of fatty acids (90 per cent Oleic) and 50,000,000
pounds of resinic acids. Processing this production would yield market¬
able materials with a value of $4,500,000. This production of approxi¬
mately 50,000 tons of acids from a new source represents only about 5 per
cent of the annual demand for fatty acids and would not glut the market.

Printing ink can be manufactured from these oils, which leads to
the possibility of printing as well as of making newsprint entirely from
southern pine. Among the many products which can be made from Tallol
are paper size, cutting oils and extreme pressure lubricants, rosin oil, soap,
inks, and textile treating oils.

organic Flocculating agents in the precipitation

OF INSOLUBLE FLUORIDES

— Harold E. Wilcox, Howard College.

The effect of varying many factors in the precipitation of calcium
fluoride was studied, and it was found that constant stirring and the slow,
dropwise addition of a slight excess of hot, calcium chloride solution to the
fluoride produced the best precipitates. The precipitation was carried out
in neutral or slightly acid solutions, and the immediate addition of a small
amount (5 mg. per 150 ml. of solution) of dry, powdered agar-agar to the
hot solution gave a rapid and complete flocculation. If gelatin is used as
the flocculating agent, it is necessary to age the precipitate for at least
five hours before adding a small amount (1 or 2 mg. per 150 ml. of solu¬
tion) of the “ash-free” material. Many other flocculating agents were
tried, but none of them was effective in neutral or acid solution. After
the flocculating agent has been added and the precipitate cooled to room
temperature, it can be filtered, washed with a saturated solution of calcium
fluoride, dried at 105-110°, and ignited in a platinum crucible. It can then
be moistened with hydrofluoric acid, reignited, and weighed as calcium
fluoride or converted to the sulfate by treatment with hydrofluoric and
sulfuric acids.

For insoluble fluorides such as fluorspar, the fluorine is converted by
alkali carbonate fusion in the presence of silicic acid to a soluble alkali
fluoride, the excess silica removed by precipitation as silicic acid, and the
soluble fluoride precipitated as calcium fluoride and flocculated with agar-
agar as indicated above. A series of determinations made using pure so¬
dium fluoride and Bureau of Standards “Standard Sample No. 79” of
fluorspar showed that the method could be used for both soluble and in¬
soluble fluorides, although it was more reliable when used to determine
soluble fluorides.

44

THE ACTION OF OXYGEN ON ALKALINE SOLUTION OF
MERCAPTANS

— John Xan, Louis Roberts, Howard College.

A method for the study of the action of oxygen on alkaline solu¬
tions of mercaptans was developed. Sodium butyl mercaptide was
studied. It is oxidized to the disulfide in accordance with the follow¬
ing equation:

4C4H9SNa + 02 + 2H20 = 2C4H9S — S — C4H9 + 4NaOH

The disulfide was isolated from the reaction mixture, purified and its
boiling point compared with that of a synthetic butyl disulfide. Two
factors enter into the reaction; the rate of solution of oxygen and the
rate of the reaction of dissolved oxygen with the mercaptan. The equa¬
tion for the former on which the latter depends is:

-^=KA(Pg— Pt) (1)

where x = mols of 02 used; t = time; A = area of mercaptan solu¬
tion exposed to oxygen; Pg = partial pressure of oxygen in the gas
phase; P; = partial pressure of oxygen at the interface; and K= a con¬
stant with the dimensions moles of oxygen dissolved/hour/square cen¬
timeter of solution surface/mm. of pressure differential.

On integration equation (1) becomes

X = KAt(Pg — P.) + C (2)

Under the experimental condition Pj is very close to zero and C be¬

comes zero when X = O and t — O then equation (2) becomes

X= KAtPg (3)

But Pg remains constant and equation (3) changes to

X = K1 At (4)

and K1 = X(At)-i (5)

Where K1 has the dimensions of moles of oxygen dissolved/hour/square
centimeter of solution surface. The following table gives the value
of K1 calculated from data obtained by six different experiments:

1. K1 = 4.3 X 10-°

2. K1 = 3.5 X 10-6

3. K1 = 4.2 X 10-6

4. K1 = 4.2 X 10-6

5. K1 = 4.2 X 10-6

6. K1 = 3.5 X 10-c

Average of K1 = 3.9 X 10-6

The close check of these different values for K1 supports the idea that
the reaction is heterogeneous and follows equation (1).

45

CONDENSATION OF MESITYE OXIDE WITH ALDEHYDES;

PRELIMINARY REPORT

— William Easter and B. F. Clark, Birmingham-Southern College

Ghosh has previously reported the condensation of mesityl oxide with
five aldehydes, namely: ortho and para hydroxy benzaldehyde, piperonal,
cinnamic aldehyde and vanillin. His methods were poorly defined and still
more poorly described and he used three different condensing agents, zinc
chloride, alcoholic potassium hydroxide and dry hydrochloric acid gas with¬
out indication of any reasons being given for the changes from one to
another.

We used the three condensing agents as used by Ghosh and after con¬
siderable work we found the best methods for each with the aldehydes that
he had used — then we proceeded to test these methods on the other ade-
hydes that we had available, as follows :

1. One gram of mesityl oxide is mixed with 2.5 grams of the alde¬
hyde, 10 cc. of ethanol and 1.5 gram of freshly fused zinc chloride and
refluxed on a water bath for two hours.

2. The same proportions of aldehyde and ketone as before were placed
in lOcc. of ethanol and saturated with dry HC1 gas, keeping the flask im¬
mersed in an ice bath. After 30 minutes the flask was tightly stoppered
and allowed to stand for 48 hours.

3. The same proportions of aldehyde and ketone were used and lOcc.
of 10 per cent alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution were added. Heat
was applied if no reaction took place on mixing.

The products of either of the three above methods are then poured
into a large excess of water, filtered, washed with water, dried and then
recrystallized. Alcohol was usually found to be the best solvent.

New condensation products with the following aldehydes were ob¬
tained : anisaldehyde, benzaldehyde, m — hydroxy benzaldehyde, o — chloro
benzaldehyde, m — nitro benzaldehyde, p — chloro benzaldehyde, o — nitro ben¬
zaldehyde and furfural.

Analyses have not been made and structures have yet to be determined
and will be reported at a later date.

NYLON— THE FIRST SYNTHETIC FIBER

— A. R. Macormac, A. P. I., Auburn

Nylon is the first entirely synthetic fiber which can be made from
coal, air, and water. At present the starting point is phenol. This ma¬
terial is reduced to cyclohexanol and then oxidized to adipic acid. This adi¬
pic acid is one of the components used in Nvlon. The other component
is obtained by a further treatment of adipic acid. It is first changed to the
nitrile which is then reduced to an amine, hexamethylene diamine, which
is the second component of Nylon.

Hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid are heated together and thus
dehydrated to give a salt or polyamide. This salt is polymerized by fusion
to give a solid which is melted and in the molten form run through spin-
nerettes to give a filmament yarn similar to the common rayon. However,
before this fiber is put on the market it must be cold drawn. In this proc¬
ess it may be stretched as much as 600 to 700 per cent. This cold draw¬
ing orientates the micelles and serves to increase enormously the elasti¬
city and tensile strength of Nylon.

46

Nylon fibers exceed in tensile strength and elasticity fibers of equal
size of cotton, linen, wool, silk, or rayon. It is this combination of strength
and elasticity that gives Nylon its chief value as a textile fiber. Most of
the present proposed uses of Nylon depend on these two properties. Sewing
thread of Nylon has been on the market for over a year. A limited quan¬
tity has also been used for fishing lines and leaders and for surgical su¬
tures. In this connection the low water absorbency of Nylon is also of
importance. This property has also made it especially useful for tooth¬
brush bristles which do not become soggy wet and of decreased stiffness.
At present, however, the most important practical use of Nylon is in hos¬
iery. It is expected that women’s Nylon hose to sell at a price about that
of silk hose of a corresponding grade will be on the market in the spring
of 1940.

As the plants producing Nylon increase their capacity, many other uses
will probably develop.

NEEDED EMPHASES IN SCIENCE TEACHING

— E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College

Teachers of the physical sciences are usually keenly aware of two
glaring weaknesses in their students, namely, their inability to think in
terms of science and their inability to solve problems. These weaknesses
result largely from wrong emphases in science teaching.

Science may be defined as (1) systematized knowledge (2) as a method
of attacking problems and (3) as an attitude of mind. Too much of our
science teaching in the high school and in the college has been teaching
systematized knowledge as it is found in the text books. Far too little em¬
phasis has been placed on science as an attitude of mind in which the scien¬
tific method has become a fixed habit of mind. The really significant thing
in science education is not how much factual information a student has but
rather what it means to him, what he thinks about it, and what he can and
will do with it.

Students of the physical sciences are seriously handicapped by weak¬
nesses in mathematics, especially in arithmetic. Here again it is largely
a matter of a wrong emphasis. We are doing too much teaching of this
powerful tool-science as systematized knowledge, and too little teaching
of it as a technique of thinking and of problem solving.

Another mistaken emphasis in the thinking of college teachers causes
many of them to regard the “professional training” of high school science
teachers as a waste of time. But if teaching subject matter is only an
incidental part of the task of the science teacher and the more important
task is the training and guiding of the student in the use and comprehension
of the scientific method and in the development of a scientific attitude of
mind, then the training of the teacher is something for broader and more
fundamental than a mere knowledge of subject matter. What we need is
not less professional training but better professional training.

47

A METHOD OF NUMERICAL INTEGRATION OF ORDINARY

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER

— Albert J. Pilkington, U. S'. Flood Control, Mobile.

The purpose of this paper is to present a method of integrating nu¬
merically equations of the first order, when their solution by analytical
methods is impossible or excessively laborious. The equation to be
solved is of the type:

A method of integrating rapidly this type of equation is of great value
in engineering computations.

Many numerical methods have been developed for solving such
equations and have been discussed in detail by Scarborough and by
Milne. Of these, the most rapid are those utilizing open quadrature
formulas, many of which were developed by Milne. The integration
proceeds one step at a time, each step involving an equal interval of
the independent variable. However, in order to start the process of
integration, it is necessary that a certain number of initial values of
the dependent variable, y, be computed by other methods of quadrature.

The essential feature of most methods of quadrature is that they
assume the quantity to be integrated; i.e., F(x,y) can be represented
to a sufficient degree of accuracy by means of Lagrange’s interpolation
formula. The resulting expression can then readily be integrated by
ordinary rules for integrating algebraic expressions.

Many valuable quadrature formulas can be obtained by passing a
parabola of second degree through three successive values of F(x,y),
using Lagrange’s formula and integrating the resulting expression. Thus,
if the three successive values of F(x,y) in question are Fn_3, Fn_2, and
Fr_:, the resulting expression is:

xj (T-h) (T-2h)

= Y, + Fb-3 f ? 2h“

1

xj (T-2h) (T-O)

DT

— F

+ F

c XJ

n-2j Xl

n-1 ^ Xj

h”

(T-O) (T-h)

2h2

DT

DT

(Goursat’s Cours D’ Analyse Mathematique, Tome I; page 267) where the
limits of integration Xj and xj have not as yet been specified. By using
three different sets of limits, three different valuable quadrature formulas
are obtained, which are :

I.

Y„ =

Y

n-4

+ i*L

3

2 F,

n-3

Fn-o

+ 2 F,

n-1

For i = n-4 and j = n

48

[Fn-3 + 4Fn-2 + Fn-1 ]

For i = n-3 and j = n-1

[ f„-3 + of„_2 + 3 Fd_1 ]

For i = n-3 and j = n

Equations I and III are open quadrature formulas, while II is a
closed quadrature formula. Formulas I and II are easily recognized
to be Milne’s and Simpson’s formulas, respectively.

It is believed that formula III, as an open quadrature formula, has
several advantages over Milne’s formula (formula I), which is now in
general use. In using formula III it is necessary to integrate, by some
other method of quadrature, only two initial intervals whereas Milne’s
formula requires the computation of three initial intervals. As the
coefficient of Fn_9 is zero and the remaining coefficients are positive,
there are fewer multiplications and no subtractions to be performed by
the computer.

THE AREA BETWEEN A CIRCLE AND ITS INVOLUTE

— W. A. Moore, Birmingham-Southern College.

In view of the importance of the area here defined it seems strange
that the problem has been practically ignored in the literature where
it should have a prominent place. The easy solution here given is
believed to be new and not previously published.

The explicit area under consideration is that bcnmded by an arc
of a circle of radius R, an arc of its involute and a tangent to the
circle from a point on the involute. It is obvious from a figure that
this area is equivalent to the area swept over by the radius vector of
the involute. The latter area is given by the standard elementary
formula

f01

A = / \ p2 de.

(l)

u o

where ( p , 9) are the polar coordinates of a point on the involute. Let
<£ be the angle subtended by the corresponding arc of the circle. The
right triangle in the figure will have the two sides R and R-<f>, the hy¬
potenuse p and the angle B = <t> — 9 = arc cos R/p — arc tan <f>.

We now have 9 = <l> — arc tan 4>, and d9 = (1- — 1/1 +4>2) d'b =
$2

From the parametric equations of the involute:

x = R (cos 4> + $ sin <l>) and,
y = R (sin <i> — $ cos <f>) by squaring

49

and adding we get x2 + y2 = p2 = R2 (1 + <t>2). The latter result
can also be obtained directly from the figure.

Formula (1) now becomes

A =

$1

'A f R2(l+4>2)

0

<1.2

l+i2

dd>

rb/R

Vi I R2 4>2 d$

' 0

where b is the length of the arc of the circle. Integration gives,

A =

[~VR2®8 ]

b/R

0

1)3

6R

which is the area desired.

THE APPROXIMATE DETERMINATION OF THE QUAD¬
RATIC FACTORS IN POLYNOMIALS OF HIGHER DE¬
GREE.

— George W. Hess, Howard College.

If a polynomial of higher degree is divided by a divisor of the
form x2 + ax + b until a remainder mx + n is obtained, it is evi¬
dent that if a small increment is given to the value of a or b, there will
result corresponding changes in the values of m and n. It is further
evident that, if sufficiently small increments are used, the changes in
the value of m or of n will be nearly proportional to the increments
of a or b which produced them.

If f (x) = (x2 + ax x + bx) qx (x) + mx x + nx,

f (x) = (x2 + a2 x + bx) q2 (x) + m2 x + n2,

and f (x) — (x2 + ax x + b3) q3 (x) 4- m3 x + n3,

and, if a and p denote the increments in the values of a and b respec¬

tively such that x2 T ax T cc) x + bx + p shall be a factor of f (x),
then the equations

m0 — m, , nio
_ r _ L cc + _ 4

a2 ax b3

a2 ax b3

will serve for an approximate determination of cc and p.

Experience will show how large it is safe to take the increments
a2 — a 1 and b3 — bx. If the approximate values of cc and p are large
in comparison with these increments, it is usually best to take for the
corrections to ax and bx for the next trial divisor, not cc and p respec-

50

tively as determined from the equations, but smaller quantities pro¬
portional to them.

The polynomial x8 + 11 x7 — 31 x6 + 2000 x5 — 3 x4 — 800 x3
+ 2 x2 + 1000 x — 11 was taken as an example.

A study of the three terms with highest coefficients suggested the
trial divisor x2 + 1.35 x + .7, which gave the remainder 52.1 x + 29.4
approximately.

x2 + 1.36 + .7 gave 116 x + 78.9
x2 + 1.35 x + .71 gave — 31.2 x — 13.2.

These results led to the equations,

6390 cc _ 8330 p = —52.1
4950 oc _ 4260 p = —29.4

from which cc = — .00164 and p = +.005. The divisor x2 + 1.34836 x
+ .705 gives the remainder 3.7104 x + 2.1134.

A continuation of the process gave as approximate factors of f (x),

(x2 + 1.34852 x + .70557),

(x2 — 1.3456 x + .707),

(x2 + 18.49684x — .203586)
and (3x2 — 23.49928x + 108.01005)

AN APPLICATION OF THE THEOREMS OF MENELAUS AND
CEVA TO THE COMPLETE QUADRILATERAL

— W. E. Glenn, Birmingham-Southern College

The Theorem of Menelaus states that a transversal determines six seg¬
ments on the sides of a triangle such that the product of three non-consecu-
tive segments is equal to the product of the other three. The addition of
the transversal to the three sides of the triangle forms a complete quadri¬
lateral and it is evident that any three of the lines may be taken as the
triangle and the fourth line as the transversal. Since this is true the
Theorem of Menelaus may be stated in more general terms as follows :
When four non-concurrent lines intersect a complete quadrilateral is formed.
Each side of the quadrilateral divides the other sides in six segments such
that the product of three non-consecutive segments is equal to the product
of the three others.

The Theorem of Ceva may be made more general by considering the
three vertices of the triangle and the given point as a complete quadrangle.
Ceva’s Theorem states that lines drawn from the vertices of a triangle to
a given point divide the opposite sides into six segments such that the
product of three non-consecutive segments is equal to the product of the
other three. It may be generalized to read: The lines joining one vertex
of a complete quadrangle to the other three vertices divide the sides deter¬
mined by these verices in six segments such that the product of three non-
consecutive segments is equal to the product of the other three.

51

In a quadrangle one of the diagonals is concurrent with each pair of
sides. If this diagonal is considered as a cevian and the other two diago¬
nals as transversal and opposite side of the triangle respectively, it may be
shown by an application of the theorems of Menelaus and Ceva that any
two vertices of the diagonal triangle are the harmonic conjugates of the
two vertices of the quadrangle that are concurrent with them.

THE GENERALIZATION OF MIQUEL’S THEOREM

— Henry Gerhardt, Mobile

In this paper a theorem is given which includes Miquel’s theorem as
a special case. This generalized form is valid in both euclidean and hyper¬
bolic geometry, in contradistinction to the special theorem, which is true only
in euclidean geometry.

Miquel’s theorem states that, if A, B, and C are three points on a
plane connected by straight lines, and we draw a circle which passes through
A and intersects the two connecting lines, AB and AC, in any two points,
D and E, and draw another circle through B and D which intersects the
third connecting line BC in F and the first circle in O, then the four points
CEOF will lie on a circle. A proof of this by related ranges is given in
H. F. Baker’s Principles of Geometry , Vol. II, p. 70.

The question of whether this theorem is also true in hyperbolic geo¬
metry arises. To answer this we will use a conformal representation of
the hyperbolic plane on the euclidean plane. Straight lines and circles
in the former will be represented by half-circles and circles in the latter.
Let us choose a straight line as the line of infinity and connect the three
points, A, B, and C with arcs of circles whose centers lie on this chosen
line; we will then have represented the hyperbolic straight lines. If we
draw a circle through A which intersects the arcs AB and AC in D and
E and another circle through B and D which intersects the arc BC in F
and the first circle in O, we will have a representation of the hyperbolic
circles. Let the reflection of C in the chosen line be denoted by C’ ; then
the circle through ABD cannot pass through C’. But ABC’D are the inter¬
sections of four circles whose other four intersections are CEFO. Since
ABC’D do not line on a circle, CEFO cannot lie on a circle, and Miquel’s
theorem is not valid in hyperbolic geometry.

The generalized form of the theorem states : If A, B, and C are three
points on a plane connected by arcs of circles which intersect in one point
S, and we draw a circle which passes through A and intersects the two
connecting arcs in D and E, and another circle through B and D which
intersects the third connecting arc in F and the first circle in O, then the
four points CEOF will lie on a circle.

It is obvious that this theorem will be valid in euclidean geometry. Since
ABDS are four intersection points of four circles and lie on a circle, the
other four points of intersection, CEOF, must lie on a circle.

But this generalized theorem will also be valid in hyperbolic geometry
because hyperbolic circles are represented by euclidean circles.

In the limiting case, when the intersection point S moves to infinity,
this will lead in euclidean geometry to the special Miquel theorem, as the
connecting arcs will become straight lines. In hyperbolic geometry in this

52

limiting case we will get horocycles and equidistant curves instead of straight
lines.

This is the reason why only the generalized Miquel theorem can be
valid in both geometries.

MAXIMA AND MINIMA FOR SCALAR AND VECTOR FUNC¬
TIONS.

— I. M. Hostetter, Howard College.

The geometrical equivalent of the scalar function <i> (x1; x2, ..., xn) is
f(r), where r is the position vector whose components are x^ x2, ..., xn
in a space Vn. The function f(r) will be said to be a minimum (maxi¬
mum) with respect to a subspace Vm of Vn whose points are denoted
by v~ if

f(r-) = constant, f(r) — f (r~) > O, [ f(r) — f (i — ) < O ]
for all values of r differing from r- and in the neighborhood of r-.

Let r0 be a particular point under consideration. f(r) may be
developed in a manner analogous to Taylor’s expansion. (The reader
is referred to the writer’s paper, An extension of Gibbs’ Vector Analysis
to n-space. Journal of Math, and Physics, Vol. 15, p. 191 (1936) (for ex¬
planation of notation.)

f (r) — f(r0) = (r-r0).Vf(r0) + ^ (r-r0)2: V Vf (r0) + ^!(r-r0)3:

V3f (r0) - + 1/n! (r-r0)n:Vmf[r0 + 0(r-ro)], O^G^l.

Vf vanishes at all critical values. The sign of f(r) — f(r0), for
r0 a critical value, therefore depends upon the sign of the second term
of the right member. V V f is symmetric.

If ( V V f)n is positive definite f(r) is a minimum, if negative defi¬
nite a maximum, if indefinite a minimax for r0. If (V Vf)n= O and
(VVf)n l =|= O then the elements of VVf lie in a hyperplane. If
(VVf)(n i)S, the scalar of (VVf)n_1, is positive definite f(r) is a mini¬
mum, if negative definite a maximum, if indefinite a minimax with
respect to a curve whose direction at rQ is normal to the hyperplane.
If (V Vf)n^1 = O and (VVf)n_2 =4= O, then the elements of VVf lie in
a flat n-2 space. If (VVf) s is positive definite f(r) is a minimum,
if negative definite a maximum, if indefinite a minimax with respect
to a two dimensional manifold determined at r0 by VVf.

In general if (VVf) = O, (VVf) ,4=0 and (VVf) is positive
indefinite a minimax with respect to an n-p + 1 dimensional manifold
an element of which is determined at rQ by VVf.

The vector equivalent of a set of n scalar functions <i>i (xx, x2, ..., xn)
(i = 1, 2, ..., n) is a single vector function F(r). Its critical values
may be investigated by considering the properties of the dyadic V V|F|

53

where |F[ is the scalar magnitude of F. The investigation leads to an
interesting geometrical interpretation of the jacobian.

SECTION III

GEOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND ARCHEOLOGY

PROCESSES OF ADJUSTMENT IN CHANNELS' FLOWING
THROUGH ERODIBLE MATERIAL

— Leon Lassen, U. S. Flood Control, Mobile

Because of the serious lack of early data on the condition of stream
channels it is rarely possible to measure directly the extent of filling or
erosion which may have taken place in those channels. Nevertheless, since
a knowledge concerning the changes taking place within stream channels
is of great importance to the engineer entrusted with improving and main¬
taining those streams, it is desirable to develop a method, however approxi¬
mate, whereby the degree of filling or erosion can be evaluated.

The fundamental hypothesis which is here made is that there exists
a close correlation between the elevation of the bottom of a channel and
the low water stages which occur during dry periods. Stations with pe¬
riods of adequate length were selected. For each station the minimum
stage for each year was piotted on coordinate paper against the year as
abscissa. A broken line, here called the trend line, was drawn through the
lowermost of these points, thus enveloping all of the other points. The trend
line thus drawn was taken as an index of the elevation of the bottom of
the channel.

Ten stations were analyzed in the way described. Of these, four showed
a persistent upward trend; five, a downward trend followed by an upward
one ; and one station showed a persistent downward trend. The persistent
downward trend at one station was explained by the existence of a reser¬
voir above the station, which removed part of the sediment load from the
water. From a study of the remaining nine stations, it was inferred that
the streams on which they were located had all been filling in recent years.

SOIL AND CIVILIZATION IN FRANCE AND THE ALABAMA
BLACK BELT

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

France, particularly its northern half, has very fertile soil, much of
it derived from chalk, similar geologically to that in our black belt. Most
of the area of both regions is under cultivation, and the people are com¬
paratively prosperous.

As far back as records go, France has had the lowest birth rate in Eu¬
rope, and the black belt the lowest in Alabama, at least as far as the white
population is concerned. Various theories have been advanced to account
for the low birth rate in France. One possible factor, that seems to have
received little attention, is that rich soil and good water seldom go together,
and for that reason wine has been the favorite beverage in France for cen¬
turies, and at present the per capita consumption of alcohol there is about
double that of any other European country. Most of our black belt coun-

54

ties have legal liquor, perhaps for a similar reason ; though both in north¬
ern France and in the black belt, good water can now be had from arte¬
sian wells, if one wants to go to the trouble. And indulgence in alcohol
for several generations is believed by some to lower the birth rate.

Be that as it may, a low birth rate necessarily means small families
and a large proportion of adults, a condition conducive to prosperity. France
in the 19th century and earlier had many luxuries that were relatively un¬
known elsewhere, and when English-speaking people adopted those lux¬
uries they took the French names with them; and French became the in¬
ternational language of diplomacy and polite society. In Alabama there
are no language differences of any consequence, but the black belt has long
dominated the state politically. (Illustrated by a map, graphs, and word
lists.)

PROBLEMS IN THE GEOLOGY OF THE COASTAL PLAIN OF
ALABAMA1

— Watson H. Monroe, U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

The report of Dr. Eugene A. Smith1’ is still the standard work on the
Coastal Plain of Alabama, but partly as a result of new methods of ex¬
ploration, increasing ease of transportation, and new concepts of geologi¬
cal science many problems have arisen since its publication.

Probably the most pressing problem is the explanation of the surfical
deposits. Information is needed about the types of deposits represented, the
areal distribution, the sources of the materials, and the mode of deposition.

The Tertiary formations are defined almost entirely by their fossil
content, and a critical study of the deposits should be made to determine
true mappable lithologic units with well-defined boundaries.

Besides a much needed general physiographic study of the Coastal Plain
of Alabama the following details need explanation : The tendency of most
Alabama rivers to cut the right bank more than the left as exemplified
by the positions of river bluffs and by the great terrace deposits that are
predominantly on the left sides of the rivers ; the remarkable westward
flow of the Alabama River from Montgomery to Selma and the migra¬
tion of the river channel to the north (right) through this region; the
southwesterly direction of most streams in southeastern Alabama; and the
coastal terraces to determine whether they are marine or fluvial.

Faulting is common in Western Alabama and has been seen in East¬
ern Alabama, but much additional study is needed to determine whether
there are extensive fault zones. The faults near Wetumpka have displaced
Selma chalk against the crystalline rocks of the Piedmont, but little is
known about these faults except their great magnitude.

Of the many problems mentioned the most important probably are the
redefinition of the formations of the Tertiary, a structural study of the
the western part of the State, a detailed study of the surficial deposits, and
a general physiographic study of the whole province.

Published by permission of the Director, U. S. Geological Survey
-Smith, R. A., Johnson, L- C., and Rangdon, Jr., D. W., Report on the
geology of the Coastal Plain of Alabama, 1894.

55

INDIAN CRANIA FROM THE MUSEUM BURIALS AT MOUND-
VILLE

— Charles E. Snow, Alabama Museum-W.P.A. Archaeological

Laboratory, Birmingham

The Indian crania from the unique Museum burial pits at Moundville
are described. Fifteen restorable adult crania sexed as seven males ; eight
females make up the series presented. Total male and female series were
formed on the basis that presumably the sample measured is a part of the
same population and from one cultural horizon. Sub-groupings were then
made of the two distinctive physical types present and the metrical and
morphological differences between these types are shown.

The predominant type both male and female, is characterized by a fairly
large, high roundheaded skull often deformed either at the back of the head,
on the forehead, or by a combination of both.

A few members of the population are longheaded, a type which is
strengthened in numbers by other undeformed longheaded crania of infants,
juveniles and a few fragmentary skulls.

It is thought that the occurrence of two different physical types at
Moundville may perhaps be explained by the relationship of similar physi¬
cal types in the Pickwick Basin area. There it was conclusively demon¬
strated that the earlier pre-pottery population were all longheaded and
definitely preceded the later roundheaded peoples. The then existing data,
however, did not clearly indicate admixture of the two types.

The presence of these two types at Moundville can perhaps be inter¬
preted either as the segregated recessives resulting from admixture be¬
tween the long and roundheaded peoples or else simply that the few long¬
headed crania may be those of visitors from other tribes who journeyed
to this great cultural center and upon death were buried along with the
natives. Somehow, the former suggestion seems the more likely as it is
very natural that peoples in contact with each other would mix.

The prevalent pathology among the burials seem to be hypertrophic
arthritis of the lumbar vertebrae. The presence of dental caries even among
infants is noted.

The brachycranic or roundheaded group at Moundville seem to show
affinities with other brachycranic series from the Pickwick Basin, Tennes¬
see Stone Grave Series and the Southeastern roundheaded types in general.

STRATEGIC MINERALS IN ALABAMA

— Edgar Bowles, Geological Survey of Alabama

Since the World War industrial economists and military strategists
have concentrated on the problem of filling our needs in time of war. They
have assembled a list of the so-called strategic minerals — that is, minerals
which we do not produce in sufficient quantities to meet our normal con¬
sumption — and have attempted to outline possible reserve supplies that
might be exploited if our normal supples are cut off. This list of minerals,
in order of importance, follows :

Manganese

Tin

Nickel

Chromium

56

Aluminum

Mercury

Mica

Platinum

In describing Alabama’s possible contribution to a solution of the prob¬
lem of mineral emergencies, we can discard immediately antimony, plati¬
num, nickel, mercury, and chromium. The first four of these are totally
unknown from Alabama, and chromium, the last named, has been found
only in very small quantities on a non-commercial scale in Tallapoosa
County in the vicinity of Dadeville Alabama can furnish small amounts
of managanese, bauxite, mica and possibly tin.

RELIEF MODEL CONSTRUCTION

— Olin T. Brown, University of Alabama

Methods of Relief Model construction vary with the purpose for which
the model is to be used but in most cases a topographic map of the area
is necessary in advance of construction. After careful determination of
the scale to be used, the operator with the aid of a pantograph, may start
at the lowest elevation and project each successive contour on a sheet of
cardboard. The thickness of the cardboard will determine the vertical
scale. Each projected contour, after being cut from the cardboard, is
accumulated in order and fastened upon a wooden base. This, when com¬
pleted, will result in a positive model possessing a series of ridges. After
thinly covering these ridges with modeling-clay a plaster of paris negative
may be cast. From this negative many positive models may be made.
Upon the finished positive may be superimposed the drainage, culture or
other data desired by using different colors of paint or other symbols.

NOTES ON A MIDWAY NAUTILOID CEPHALOPOD FROM
ALABAMA

— Winnie McGlamery, Alabama Geological Survey

In 1854, Tuomey described a large nautiloid cephalopod from Alabama
along with a list of other fossils, under the title : “Description of some
new Fossils from the Cretaceous Rocks of the Southern States.” This
form described as Nautilus orbiculata, Tuomey states, “is the largest of
the genus found in our rocks, being ten inches in diameter.” His intro¬
duction indicates that he intended to describe more fully and to illustrate,
later on, the entire list of fossils. This was never accomplished, and the
type of this species seems to have been lost.

In a paper published by Miller and Thompson on the Nautiloid Cepha-
lopods of the Midway Group of the Gulf Coast, in Journal of Paleontology,
1933, the authors reach the conclusion that this form was probably from
the vicinity of Allenton, Wilcox County, Ala., and consequently a Midway
form. They have referred it to the genus Hercoglossa. An incomplete
specimen, the only one available, was figured and described in their paper.
It was collected by Mr. F. E. Vestal, in 1931, from Pine Barren Creek, 5
miles north of Allenton.

In 1936, the Alabama Geological Survey made a collection of nautiloid
specimens from the Midway along the highway from Camden to Snow
Hill, Wilcox County, Ala., about 1 mi. w. of Pine Barren Creek, in which
one very fine specimen of Hcrcoglossa orbiculata was found. Excavation
for a new road bed had been made some time before, and our specimens
were collected from matrial dumped in the fields by the roadside.

Dr. A. K. Miller, of the University of Iowa, verified my identification
of this specimen. Its dimensions are : 8^4 inches from adoral end of ventor
across the umbilicus to the opposite side, and about 6V4 inches wide.

SIGNIFICANT GEOLOGIC FACTORS CONCERNING OIL AND
GAS IN THE SOUTHEAST

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College

A map of the southeastern states was presented and on this was shown
the regional geologic structures as they have been recognized by various
geologists.

The Piedmont Plateau area is composed of igneous and metamorphic
rocks and therefore is considered to be an impossible area for oil.

The Ridge and Valley Province is an area of highly folded and faulted
Paleozoic rocks and is therefore unlikely to have retained large quantities
of oil and gas if such was ever present.

The Cumberland Plaeau Province, which is the southern extension of
the Appalachian Plateau, possesses some oil possibilities in Alabama, the
only southern state likely. The southern part of this province is the War¬
rior Coal Field in Alabama. Here at depths of 5 or 6 thousand feet there
is a chance of buried unconformities in the Mississippian or older strata.
Considerable activity by several companies has been shown in this area.

In the western part of the Coastal Plain in Sumter, Clarke, Mobile,
Baldwin, Choctaw, Washington, Marengo, Wilcox, and Monroe counties a
very thick succession of Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits lie upon an un¬
known foundation. In Sumter, Hale, Greene and some adjacent coun¬
ties it is believed that these sediments overlap titled Paleozoics. If this
is true the chances for buried unconformities is rather good. Only drilling
can prove this point.

In the Coastal Plain in Montgomery, Autauga, Lowndes, Bullock and
adjoining counties the chances are very poor because the younger sedi¬
ments overlap Pre-Cambrian igneous and Metamorphic rocks.

INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE PREHISTORY OF AN INSULAR
SHELL MOUND, LAUDERDALE COUNTY, NORTHWESTERN
ALABAMA

— Wayne W. Kraxberger, Alabama Museum-W.P.A. Archeo¬
logical Project, Sheffield

This insular shell mound, Lu°25. was established by the Alabama
Archaeological Survey in 1933, and is located on Seven Mile Island in
the Tennessee River in Lauderdale County.

The mound is a single unit site, covers an area of roughly 118,750
square feet, averages six feet in thickness, and represents a fairly long
period of habitation and utilization by primitive man.

58

The mound is underlain by a base of river deposited silt and sand
which is usually sterile with exception of intrusions from the upper zone.
In the western portion of the mound three zones are recognized, a shell
zone directly above the silt which in turn is sealed by an argillaceous clay
deposit upon which rests the uppermost level of shell and midden material.

Cultural material and human remains are abundant throughout the
entire structure. Artifacts consist of flaked or chipped stone, pecked or
polished stone and slate; bone objects of both utilitarian and ornamental
types; shell objects usually of a decorative nature and pottery of which
the major portion consists of utility ware.

Human remains number well over 700 individuals of which 144 have
come from the portion of the mound discussed herein. The greater number
of burials come from the upper shell and midden level. The partially
flexed body position was the type of interment usually favored. Major
orientation was east or southeast. The greater percentage of grave of¬
ferings consisted of stone artifacts, with bone, shell and pottery following
in order.

A total of 77 features including fire places, work shops, clam bakes,
caches and shell pits and basins were recorded. The type feature noted
most was the fire place which was followed by fired floor areas, work
shops and clam bakes. Evidences of domiciliary structures of the round-
log, non-trench type dwelling were unearthed.

A total of 20 dog burials have been recovered as well as many thou¬
sands of animal bones.

Copper associations in grave offerings are rare at Lu°25, but one
burial has been recovered from the new Unit 5 with offerings of copper
beads.

CERAMIC SEQUENCES IN NORTH ALABAMA

— Marion L. Dunlevy, Alabama Museum-W.P.A. Laboratory,

Birmingham

The ceramic industry is only one of many, but it has proved to be a
useful key in determining the areal distribution and the relative chronologi¬
cal position of culture in the Tennessee Valley region of North Alabama.
In the analysis of the paste qualities, surface treatment and vessel form
of pottery the type of temperin'? material and certain decorative designs
have proved to be culturally significant.

Fiber tempered ware is the earliest encountered and was succeeded by
limestone tempered and limestone followed by shell tempered pottery. Sand
tempered wares occur in early horizons, contemporaneity with limestone
tempered pottery proved by the cross-over of stamped and other designs ;
and also in later times as indicated by the association of sand tempered
with shell tempered vessels with burials. A small quantity of clay-grit
tempered pottery, which appears to be approximately contemporaneous with
the limestone tempered ware also occurs.

Within the shell tempered wares a division into early and late may be
made on the basis of cord marking, brushing and certain incised designs
which appear to be diagnostic of historic occupation in the North Alabama
region.

59

THE STABILITY OF TIDAL INLETS

— Francis F. Escoffier, U. S. Flood Control, Mobile.

By starting with two equations which have been previously de¬
rived by Colonel Earl I. Brown in a paper entitled “Inlets on Sandy
Coasts” in the Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers,
Vol. LIV, Part Two, February 1928, it is possible to derive a third
equation, which will allow us to compute the velocity that will develop
in a channel connecting a bay with a tidal sea. The equation finally
obtained is

where

r

and where

Vm = Mean velocity of peak tidal current in feet per second,
c = Chezy’s coefficient in (feet) 1/2 per second,
a = Cross-sectional area of channel in square feet.

p = Wetted perimeter of channel cross-section in feet.

L — Length of channel in feet.

H = Mean tidal variation of the sea in feet.

M = Water surface area of bay in square feet.

Assuming that a and p are the only variables on the righthand side
of the equation and that these are in turn functions of a single inde¬
pendent variable x, it is possible to construct a curve on Cartesian
coordinates showing the relationship between Vm and x, and thus show
how Vm varies with the size of the channel. A critical Vcr is as¬
sumed to exist such that if Vm exceeds it in value the channel will
have a tendency to scour, while if Vm is less than that velocity, the
channel will have a tendency to fill. This value of Vcr can be shown
on the coordinates diagram as a straight line parallel to the x axis.
If the Vm curve intersects that line in two points, the point correspond¬
ing to the largest dimensions represents a stable channel, the other root
corresponding to an unstable channel. If the curve intersects the line
either in one point or not at all, no stable channel is possible. Thus,
through the use of the foregoing equation and diagrams, it is possible
to investigate the stability of tidal inlets whether they are actually
existing or whether they are proposed artificial channels.

60

ARCHEOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE OF FIFTY YEARS AGO AND
NOW

— Peter A. Brannon, Dept. Archives and History, Montgomery

Comparing Indian relic hunting and the socalled superficial digging of
the 1880s to 1915 with present day, highly developed, mass production, deep¬
ly scientific, cultural stratification techniques of 1940, the speaker recalled
his experiences from boyhood down to date. He gave references to his con¬
tacts with Charles B. Moore, George W. B. McKnight, and others who
did much work in Alabama prior to 1917, and using the notes of Dr. Ed¬
ward Palmer, an investigator for the National Museum, who worked in
Alabama during the period from August, 1883, through the Spring of 1884,
developed the character work done by those early students. An effort was
made to prove that while those early investigations were superficial, when
compared with the present day, highly scientific procedure, much was
learned, and to this period, the time prior to 1900, we owe something
more than is generally credited.

SECTION IV

INDUSTRY, ECONOMICS AND GEOGRAPHY

SOME ASPECTS OF FOG

— J. J. George, Eastern Air Lines, Atlanta

Most texts separate fog into two principal causes, radiation, and ad-
vection. A careful examination reveals that at best, these two terms have
a broad overlap, and at worst, are indistinguishable. A clearer division
could be made by according to whether or not the air in which the fog
formed had a recent extensive history over water.

It has been shown that the usual cause of fog in continental air is
a daytime cloud cover which restricts the heating of the surface layers,
and further that such fog may be accurately forecast by means of the em¬
pirical formula :

T = 6.13 Loge 0.18 (S + D) +3.2

where T is the time of fog formation in hours after ' sunset, S is the
number of hours of sunshine during the day from a sunshine recorder,
and D is the dew point depression in F° at sunset.

Because surface measurements of temperature and humidity in air with
an extended maritime trajectory do not reflect the true conditions of an
appreciable layer of the air, the forecasting of fogs in such air is a more
complex problem with a large number of variables. Each locality requires
a different treatment, as does each season, and even different paths by
which air from the same source reaches the station.

Most fog in air with a maritime history forms after the air has under¬
gone a loop over warmer water in an anti-cyclonic sense. The evaporation
of water is rapid under this condition, then as the air moves back north¬
ward over the land surface it is cooled from below by the increasingly
colder waters and later by the cold land surface itself.

For equivalent dew point depressions at the surface, fog forms four to
eight hours earlier in maritime air than in continental air because in the
maritime air the gradient of moisture vapor is directed downward as
condensation begins at the surface and a means of replenishing the depleted

61

supply of vapor is established, while in continental air the ordinary dis¬
tribution is a maximum at the surface decreasing rapidly aloft, so that
the moisture vapor gradient is directed upward. This must be counter¬
balanced by an increased amount of radiational cooling.

TEMPERATURE CONTRASTS' WITHIN THE METROPOLITAN

AREA OF BIRMINGHAM

— E. C. Horton, U. S'. Weather Bureau, Birmingham

Wide differences in temperatures at sites quite near together have
often been noted, especially where one observing point is in a rather large
city, and another in the country or the environs of the city. The establish¬
ment of a number of airport stations on the margins of large urban
centers has made such contrasts more noticeable than heretofore.

Studies previously made by investigators in different parts of the
world tended to show that the primary causes of such disparities were
smoke accumulations, crowding, paving, surface drainage, artificial heat¬
ing, absorption and storage of heat by different kinds of structures, and
interference with free wind movement.

Such causes function at all times and everywhere to a greater or less
degree, but they are of no great influence on cloudy or windy nights. With
a cloud covering, radiation is checked, and with a brisk wind movement a
transference and mixing of the air prevents sharp differences in the tem¬
perature, in spite of the aforenamed influences to the contrary.

These miluences though operating in the Birmingham area appear to
be less potent than another, to-wit : Air drainage, or the natural tendency
of air cooled by radiation to flow down slopes and fill valleys, lifting up
the warmer air. Such drainage may cause sharp differences in the tem¬
perature, as shown by experiments at the City Observatory, where dif¬
ferences of 3 to 9 degrees were observed for a difference of 50 feet eleva¬
tion on clear still nights. This explains the sharp differences between the
temperatures at the Airport and city offices of the Weather Bureau in
Birmingham considering the lower level of the Airport of about 90 feet.

FORESTRY AND THE NATIONAL FORESTS OF ALABAMA
— Frank W. Rasor, U. S. Forest Service, Montgomery

As an introduction, it should be explained that forestry is the produc¬
tion and maintenance of the many and varied products of the forest. ' It
has been defined as a science, but it is a combination of many sciences such
as botany, biology, physics and mathematics. It has been defined also as
an art (the application of these sciences). The sciences are fundamentals
upon which the art is based. Forestry includes the study of these sciences
and their application, which is the art. Hence, forestry may be simply de¬
fined as the science and art of managing forests so that they yield con¬
tinuously their maximum of wood products, values and influences.

The values of a forest have two main divisions, namely, forest prod¬
ucts and forest influences. The principal product of the forest is wood,
and many valuable commodities are obtained from wood. The product hav¬
ing the most value is lumber. Forest influences are physical and social.
Physical influences are those affecting temperature, humidity, rainfall,
stream flow and erosion. The growth and development of wildlife is di-

rectly dependent on the influence of the forest. Social influences are those
affecting employment and healthful living. Forests and forest products
manufacture provide employment for many workers. Forest recreation
makes living conditions more healthful and more enjoyable.

Forestry is being practiced in the National Forests of Alabama. There
are three of these forests, namely, the Black Warrior, the Conecuh and the
Talladega. These contain a gross acreage of 1% million acres and pur¬
chasing by the Federal Government progresses currently as funds become
available and owners elect to sell. Forestry falls into three phases : First,
the establishment of a stand ; second, the protection of the stand ; and third,
the harvest through selective harvesting of the forest products grown.

Forests are treated as a renewable crop when forestry is practiced.

FOREST WORK IN ALABAMA

— Brooks Toler, State Division of Forestry, Montgomery

State interest in forest work began in 1924 by legislative action. In
1939 the work was consolidated under the Department of Conservation; the
Division of Forestry is charged with the duties of the development of forest
protection, assistance to individual landowners in forest management, the
production of forest tree seedlings, the investigation and management of
State school lands, and general educational work.

The Division now has approximately 8,000,000 acres of forest land in
the State under protection with the cooperation of individual land-owners
and counties in 27 counties. The County Board of Commissioners in Jef¬
ferson County is one of these. For protection work the Division has 75
forest fire towers, 1,200 miles of telephone line, 2,000 miles of forest truck
trails, and 3,000 miles of firebreaks. At the present time 14 towers are un¬
der construction in the State.

For forest protection work, the State pays 25 per cent, the Federal
Government 25 per cent, and the remainder is paid by counties or individual
landowners. The Federal allotment for the current year is $57,552.

The nursery work of growing forest tree seedlings will produce
6,000,000 trees at the State Forest Nursery at Autaugaville for distribu¬
tion to landowners this fall.

Through its management work the Division assists individual land-
owners in inaugurating proper forest management practices on woodlands.
The general education work consists of furnishing materials for use by
individuals and schools ; a motion picture truck is now travelling through¬
out the State. State land investigation work is now attempting to correct
titles to school lands and to put them under proper forest management prac¬
tices.

OIL AND GAS DEVELOPMENTS IN ALABAMA

— R. S. Poor, Birmingham-Southern College

The first report of oil in Alabama was published in the Niles National
Register, August 14, 1841, and describes the finding of oil in a dredging
operation at McGrew Shoals on the Tombigee River. The so-called Wat¬
son Wells, drilled in Lawrence County in 1865, was probably the first real
prospecting for oil in the State. The Goyer Well, in Lawrence County, near
Moulton, was completed in 1891 and was claimed to have produced 25

barrels per day. The discovery of the great Spindletop field in Texas, in
1901, stimulated prospecting throughout the Southeast and several wells
were drilled in the Southwestern part of the State. A lull and then a
renewal of interest following higher prices in 1916, and since that time
a more or less continuous activity until the present time, 1940, when a new
surge of activity is underway.

The present excitement was motivated by two events in other parts
of the country : ( 1 ) the rather sudden spurt of renewed production in
Southern Illinois, and (2) the Yazoo County, Mississippi, discovery.

The number of companies prospecting in Alabama is difficult to ascer¬
tain and is constantly changing, but 6 major and 5 minor organizations were
represented in the State on January 1, 1940. The number probably has
increased since that date. Most of the activity has been in Fayette and
Walker counties. In Mississippi and Alabama combined 63 crews were
operating on January 1st, and of the 30 million acres of land in Missis¬
sippi more than 6 million are under lease. Figures for Alabama leased
acreage are not available. The trend is definitely eastward from Missis¬
sippi and with improved geophysical methods and deep drilling techniques
no one can accurately predict the future.

The geologic conditions within the state have been described elsewhere
in this issue.

Alabama stands to profit from the finding of oil within its boundaries
and the real adventures will be made mostly by small independent com¬
panies and individuals. Only twenty-eight per cent of the wells drilled
in the United States were drilled by the so-called ‘larger companies” in
1939. They also only drilled 35 per cent of the footage drilled in this
country, but these large companies produced 59.3 per cent (719,713,078 bar¬
rels') in 1978 Therefore, all lands within the state in the hands of the
larger companies will probably be handled in a very orderly manner.

NATURAL RESOURCES AND PROSPERITY

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

It is a very widespread belief that a region with fertile soil or an
abundance of water-power, minerals or timber is bound to be prosperous,
unless its inhabitants are too ignorant or indolent to take advantage of the
natural “wealth.” In recent years various southern states, or all of them
together, have been held up to ridicule as sorry examples of neglect to
profit from nature’s bounties. But that is not peculiar to the South.

Wealth is not intrinsic, but is created by labor, plus intelligence. Soil
that is not cultivated, minerals in the ground, timber on the stump, and fish
in the sea, are worth almost nothing, perhaps a few cents a ton ; but they
become valuable after wmrk has been done on them. And the value of
the work depends mainly on the educational equipment and experience of
the workers. The greater part of the work done in mines, forests and fish¬
eries and on farms requires little or no education, and is therefore inevi¬
tably poorly remunerated.

The abundance of natural resources in the South, and in several other
parts of the world, and the large number of unskilled laborers employed
in extracting them, has probably been an important factor in keeping such
communities relatively poor. Converting the raw materials into finished
products, such as machinery, furniture and cloth, generally requires more
skill, and is therefore paid better ; but the finishing plants often use raw

G4

materials from widely separated sources, and it may be advantageous to
have them nearer to the large cities than to the mines and forests.

Of course we have to have natural resources somewhere, to provide
our food, clothing, shelter, etc., but generally speaking, the people whose
connection with them is most remote, such as merchants, insurance offi¬
cials, movie actors, and writers of “best sellers,” have much higher incomes
than those who live close to the soil, so to speak.

ECONOMIC TRENDS IN MADISON COUNTY, ALABAMA, OVER
THE PAST TWO DECADES

—Lillian E. Worley, Alabama College, Montevallo.

This study treats briefly those changes most conspicuous in the devel¬
opment of agriculture and industry in Madison County from 1920 to 1938.

The amount of land in farms has shown a steady increase while the
value of farm lands has shown a marked decrease, approximately 40 per
cent in the decade 1920-1930 and 9 per cent between 1930 and 1935. This
decrease seems to be true for other highly productive agricultural counties
in Alabama.

There was a 16.5 per cent increase in the number of farms in the
county between 1920 and 1930, but a slight decrease between 1930 and 1935.
During the same interval there was a considerable increase in the number
of white operators, but a decrease in the number of colored operators. The
number of farm owners showed a 28.4 per cent decrease during the
decade 1920 to 1930 but an 18.6 per cent increase between 1930 and 1935.
Tenancy showed a 38 per cent increase between 1920 and 1930, but approxi¬
mately a 7 per cent decrease between 1930 and 1935. The latter is prob¬
ably due to the efforts of the Farm Security Administration to make home
ownership possible for a larger number of farmers.

A study of land utilization reveals a 40 per cent decrease in cotton
acreage between 1929 and 1934 but a 74 per cent increase in the amount
of idle crop land. During the period 1929 to 1938 there was a marked
increase in all of the cereals and small grains. In addition to this there
was a marked increase in vegetable, orchard, tobacco and peanut acreage.

The large increase in grain production has led to a larger livestock in¬
dustry, especially beef cattle and swine.

About three years ago the Agricultural Adjustment Administration
turned its major emphasis from Crop Control Practices to Soil Building
Practices. Since that time the county has put on a large terracing program,
has added many tons of basic slag, limestone and superphosphate to the
soil, and has planted large acreages in winter legumes and lespedeza.

A study of the county’s manufactural industries shows a decrease in
the number of establishments between 1930 and 1935, a decrease in employ¬
ment and a decrease in wages paid.

This study shows, first, that a one-crop system of agriculture has prob¬
ably been destroyed and that a more healthy, diversified system has come
to take its place ; secondly, that soil building and terracing practices have
been accepted as a part of the general farm program ; thirdly, that although
there has been a decrease in the value of manufactures, this perhaps is not
so significant within itself as in its effects upon unemployment and the
smaller amount of money available for circulation.

65

NEGRO DISTRIBUTION IN ALABAMA

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College

Negroes in the United States have traditionally been a phenomenon of
the South, and every Southern State has been considered overflowing
with them. In 1930, however, their distribution concided largely with the
well developed agricultural areas of the humid parts of the South. A map
showing percentage distribution by precincts in Alabama in 1930 illustrates
this. In the State as a whole 26 per cent of the precincts are over half
negro, 21 per cent are between a quarter and a half negro, 39 per cent are
less than a quarter, and 14 per cent have none at all.

The location of these classes follows a rather regular distribution.
The highest percentage is located in the Black Belt, named originally for
its soil and not its population; the greatest proportion is in Precinct 17 of
Wilcox County with 3 whites and 759 negroes. From the Black Belt there
are three extensions of this zone predominantly negro : one to the south¬
west along the Alabama River, one to the southeast into Henry County,
and another to the northeast in scattered parts of the Piedmont. From this
area the percentage decreases rapidly both to the south and to the north.
In the "piney woods” of the Wire Grass and Mobile regions there are four
precincts without any negroes. To the north the proportion of negroes
drops even more sharply to the “White Belt” in the higher lands south of
the Tennessee River where there are none at all. This rate of decrease is
somewhat irregular. In some of the poor soil areas of the western margin
of the Piedmont there are none ; in the Birmingham district and the Coosa
Valley they are much more numerous than in adjacent areas. In the ex¬
treme north along the Tennessee River negroes are again a large propor¬
tion of the population.

This very peculiar zonation of negro distribution in Alabama seems
to be primarily the result of the agricultural history of the State. Where
the cotton plantation with its slave labor flourished — the Black Belt, the
limestone and alluvial valleys — there the negro is still predominant. Where
the plantation system did not flourish, the negro from the beginning was
few in numbers, and in these areas the proportion colored has decreased.
This proportional decrease has been the result partly of a lower fertility
ratio among nonfarm negroes than among nonfarm whites in rural areas,
partly the result of white immigration, and partly the result of negro emi¬
gration in search of economic opportunity and as a result of the social
pressure of the dominant white majority. The one exception to this is in
the Birmingham district where there has been an increase by immigration
seeking jobs in the coal and iron mines and the mills.

SOME ESSENTIAL FACTORS IN THE ENVIRONMENT OF BOB-
WHITE QUAIL

— James W. Webb, State Department of Conservation, Auburn

During recent years we have witnessed a decrease in the population of
our most popular game bird, the bobwhite quail. This is due in part to
an increase in hunting, but changes in our farming operations have doubt¬
less contributed their share to the decrease.

In an effort to determine the enviromental factors preferred by bob-
white quail, observations were recently made on the location of 91 coveys
of birds found in selected areas. A number of the environmental factors

66

found to occur most frequently in these observations have been listed.

Fifty-seven of the 91 coveys of birds were found in fields, 22 in wood¬
land, 7 in areas consisting partly of woods and partly of fields, and 5 in
swamp areas. The greatest distance of any covey of birds from cover
was ISO yards, there being only one such case. All other coveys located
were less than 100 yards from cover, the average distance being 33 yards.
Of the 22 coveys found in woodland the greatest distance of any covey from
a field was 100 yards, except for two coveys that were in open woodland
and were not near a field. The average distance of all coveys from field
or open ground was 30 yards. These observations indicate that birds do not
like to range very far away from cover or very far into it. Thus the area
at the center of a large open field or dense woodland is likely to be barren
for quail use.

Food preferences of the coveys of quail observed were, in order, Les-
pedeza sp., occurring 68 times; Meibomia sp., 31 times; Ambrosia sp., 18
times; Chamaecrista, 11 times. Seldom was a covey of quail found very far
away from one or more of these favorite food plants, even if ideal cover
prevailed.

Since no birds were found ranging very far into woodlands or open
fields, it appears that the food they use must be located near the borders
of these areas.

Field borders are poor for agricultural purposes and may be planted
in soil-building legumes that will furnish food for quail. In order to
maintain the maximum production of quail, large fields should be broken
up to provide strips or clumps of cover at least every 200 yards.

THE NYMPHAL SKIN OF GOMPHAESCHNA SELYS (ODO-
NATA)

— Ernest C. Martin, State Department of Conservation, Auburn

The nymphs of all North American genera of Aeschnine dragonflies,
with the exception of Gomphaeschna are known. The nymphal skin of a
dragonfly found in a Louisiana swamp is believed to belong to this genus.

The exuvia is Aeschnine as regards antenna, shape of labium, presence
of median mental cleft and ovipositor, three-segmented mid-tarsi, and gen¬
eral body shape. The only Gomphid character is the presence of two-seg¬
mented fore tarsi. Tarsal segmentation is most interesting as this is the
first time a dragonfly has been found with 2-3-3 jointed tarsi.

The following points are presented to support the writer’s supposition
that this exuvia is that of Gomphaeschna :

1. Combination of Aeschnine and Gomphine characters.

2. Early time of emergence (March) indicates primitiveness as point¬
ed out by Kennedy (1928). Gomphaeschna is a primitive group.

3. Time of emergence corresponds with the period of flight (January,
March, June) of G. antilope in Elorida as reported by Davis and Fluno
(1938). Beyer (1930) places the emergence of G. antipole in Florida as
occurring “probably in March.”

4. It is distinctly Aeschnine, yet it does not resemble the nymphs of any
known genus of Aeschninae. Gomphaeschna is the only genus of this sub¬
family with undescribed nymphs.

The exuvia was found in a black gum swamp situated in acid pine-
lands. The swamp is densely shaded, the acid water (pH 5. 1-5.3) is black
and the dark mud bottom is covered with a tangle of roots. The water
depth varies during the year from several inches to 12 feet.

67

“ALABAMA’S WILDLIFE RESTORATION PROGRAM UNDER
THE PITTMAN-ROBERTSON ACT OF 1937”

— F. S. Barkalow, Jr., State Department of Conservation, Auburn

Under the provisions of the Pittman-Robertson Act of September 2,
1937, a research project entitled “Inventory of Wildlife Resources of Ala¬
bama” has been initiated. This project, embracing all game species in the
State, is being conducted for a period of twelve months with the expecta¬
tion that it will be renewed from year to year. Work is directed toward
determining the distribution of game, and approximate game populations.
Species given primary consideration are the bobwhite quail, wild turkey,
deer, squirrel, and rabbit.

Quail are being censused by actual covey counts on representative farms
throughout the State. Deer and turkey populations are being estimated by
drive counts, while rabbits are censused by means of pellet frequency or
flushing counts. Squirrel populations are estimated by means of nest and
time interval counts.

Limiting factors, restoration possibilities, and the most pressing re¬
search needs are being evaluated and projects to solve such problems are
being submitted. Information is secured in several different ways, includ¬
ing direct field observations made by members of the research staff, and
indirect information such as that obtained by means of questionnaires and
interviews with interested parties. A study of the literature on censusing
is being made to obtain a background for the work of the project.

Full-time assistants have been assigned to the quail, turkey, and deer,
as well as to the squirrel and rabbit phases of the project.

LAND MOLLUSCA AND FOREST COVER IN ALABAMA

— Allan F. Archer, State Department of Conservation

Among other Invertebrata the Mollusca (snails and slugs) may be
classed as important soil-makers. Their function is the ingestion of fungi,
bacteria, and decaying vegetation. The excreta thus derived are returned
to the soil as valuable nitrogenous material. The soft parts and the shell
are added to the soil when the snail dies.

Inasmuch as CaC03 and other mineral salts are important in the phy¬
siology of land mollusks, forest communities can be divided into two di¬
visions according to how well they supply these requirements. 1. Ever¬
green Division. Evergreen hardwood, evergreen hardwood -coniferous, and
coniferous communities, varying from poorly drained to dry, and having a
soil pH of less than 6.0. 2. Deciduous Division. Predominantly decidu¬

ous communities, hygric, mesic. and xeric, and having a pH of 6.0 or higher.
It is in the second division that mollusks are most abundant as to species
and individuals.

Fires and cultivation are potent factors on uplands, and influence the
character of the mollusk communities. Here we find the dominance of
small and medium-sized snails. In the Cumberland Area of Alabama the
characteristic species are: Gastrodonta interna, Zonitoides, arboreus, Z.
suppressus, Z. demissus, Mesodon inflectus. In the Piedmont and Coastal
Plain we find Zonitoides intertextus, Retinella spp., Triodopsis fallax van-
nostrandi, and Polygyra auriformis.

68

The maximum representation of families and species occurs on the
slopes. The large species of Mesodon, Triodopsis, and Mesomphix predomi¬
nate, with a strong element of Stenotrema. Wherever fires have affected
the slopes we now have a dominance of Stenotrema and the small Meso-
dons, while large snails tend to pass out of the picture. Even in the case
of the pyric succession conditions are severe.

69

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1940-1941

President, Artie Belle Pirtle, Sidney Lanier H. S _ Montgomery, Ala.

Vice-President, Ralph Holliman, Shades-Cahaba H. S. _ Birmingham, Ala.

Secretary, Inez Hooge, Visitation Academy _ Mobile, Ala.

Treasurer, James J. Bender, St. Bernard H. S _ St. Bernard, Ala.

Counselors :

J. L. Kassner, appointed for one year _ _ _ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Father Lambert Gattman, appointed for two years _ St. Bernard, Ala.

P. P. B. Brooks, appointed for three years _ Montgomery, Ala.

High Schools and Official Delegates at the Eighth Annual
Meeting, Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham,
Alabama, March 29 and 30, 1940

Aliceville High School — Jinnie Maude Shaw _ Aliceville, Ala.

tBillingsley High School — Vida Smoot _ Billingsley, Ala.

fBlessed Sacrament Academy — Bill Stephens _ Birmingham, Ala.

Coffee County High School — Douglas Helms _ Enterprise, Ala.

Convent of Mercy — Doodie Betis— _ _ _ _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

DeKalb County High School — Bruce Smith _ Fort Payne, Ala.

JDeshler High School — Billy Blackburn _ Tuscumbia, Ala

Ensley High School — Auguste Richarzhagen _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

■{•Greensboro High School — Lee Otts _ _ Greensboro, Ala.

Hueytown High School — Mildred Carnes _ Bessemer, Ala.

Lee County High School _ Auburn, Ala.

Minor High School — Don Bass _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

Mortimer Jordan High School _ _ Morris, Ala.

Murphy High School _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

Phillips High School — Walter McClure _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

Sacred Heart Academy — Mildred Imbusch _ Cullman, Ala.

Saint Bernard High School — Francis Adams _ St. Bernard, Ala.

JSaint Paul’s High School — Billy Travis _ Birmingham, Ala.

Shades-Cahaba High School — John Poole _ Birmingham, Ala.

Sidney Lanier High School — Charles Fischesser _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

JTalladega County High School — Willie B. Knox _ Lincoln, Ala.

fTallassee High School — Harold Meeks _ Tallassee, Ala.

JT. R. Miller High School — Cecil Jones _ _ _ Brewton, Ala.

Troy High School — Henry Smith . . Troy, Ala.

Tuscaloosa Senior High School— Willis Bulgood _ _ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Visitation Academy — Inez Hooge _ Mobile, Ala.

Woodlawn High School— Don Palmer _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

A total of one hundred and ninety-four delegates attended the meeting.
Senior Academy Certificates of Award
For the best paper — Edwin Waldrop, From Iron Ore to Steel — -

Hueytown High School _ _ _ _ _ Bessemer, Ala.

For the best exhibit in biology — Technique in Skeleton Mounting—

Billingsley High School _ _ _ Billingsley, Ala.

fChapters added in 1939-40.

70

For the best exhibit in chemistry — By-Products of Coal —

Ensley High School _ _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

For the best exhibit in physics — Two-way Portable One and One-Half

Meter Radio — Sidney Lanier High School _ Montgomery, Ala.

For the best exhibit in science and industry — Lumbering in Alabama —

Hueyton High School _ _ _ _ _ Bessemer, Ala.

TREASURY REPORT OF THE ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MAY 15, 1940

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand from 1939-40 _ _ _ $ 44.55

Chapter dues _ _ _ _ _ 72.00

Membership cards at one cent each _ 5.70

Registration Fee at Annual Meeting _ 48.50

Total Receipts _ $170.75

DISBURSEMENTS

Birmingham Engraving Co. (pins, membs. cards,

stationery) _ _ _ _ $ 33.28

University Supply Store, paper and stencils _ 5.60

Ward Drug Store, Registration book _ 2.75

To Pres, and Coun. to Pres., Printing and postage.——— 20.09

B. F. Clark, local expenses of annual meeting— _ _ _ 2.50

Engrossing Certificates and Charters, H. L. Jones _ 20.00

Postage _ _ _ _ , _ 15.81

Samples of Membership cards _ .48

For mimeographing constitution and by-laws _ _ _ 5.60

Programs printed (300 — 4 page) _ _ _ 5.15

Total Disbursements _ _ _ $111.26

Balance, The City National Bank, Tuscaloosa _ 59.49

$170.75 $170.75

Audited and found correct. May 16, 1940
JAMES L. KASSNER.

71

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Allen, Edgar (A) - - Yale University, New Haven, Conn.

Gardner, Wright A. (A) - - __Auburn, Alabama

f*Graham, John Y (A) - - - University, Alabama

Reinke, E. E. (A) _ Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

Active Members

t Abercrombie, W. J. (A) . . . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Adcock, Miss Julia C. (C) _ _ _ Archaeological Lab., W.P.A.,

Birmingham, Ala.

Ala. Dept, of Archives and History _ Montgomery, Ala.

Albin, J. R . _ _ _ 401 Courthouse, Birmingham, Ala.

t Allen, Roger W. (B) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

t*Allison, Fred (G) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Almon, Lois _ _ _ _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Anderson, A. B. _ _ — . . . . . . Shannon, Ala.

Andrews, T. G. (C) _ _ University, Ala.

Arant, Frank S. (A) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

t Archer, Allan F. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Attaway, C. F _ _ _ _ _ 323 Evergreen St., Brewton, Ala.

fAyrs, O. L. (B).. _ _ _ _ 1001 28th PL, South, Birmingham, Ala.

Bales, P. D. (G) _ _ _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Barkalow, F. S. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Barkalow, F. S., Jr _ _ _ Ala. Dept of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

Barnes, G. F. (B)_ _ _ ..Judson College, Marion, Ala.

*Basore, C. A. (D) _ ....Auburn, Ala.

Beatty, A. C. (A) _ _ _ _ ’ _ _ University, Ala.

Beaudry, D. P. (D) . .2636 Ridgeway Ave., Ensley, Birmingham, Ala.

Biggs, Jeannette (A) _ _ _ Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, Tenn.

f Bishop, E. L. (F) _ _ _ _ 404 Pound Bldg., Chattanooga, Tenn.

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A) _ _ 305 Nabors St., Montevallo, Ala.

Blair, A. J. (C) _ 1600 Brown Marx Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Blair, C. S. (C) _ Comer Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Blair, Ruth T _ _ _ _ 418 6th St., S.W., Birmingham, Ala.

f Bliss, A. R., Jr. (A) _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Bowles, Edgar (C) _ _ _ 510 Capstone Court, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

fBrakefield, J. L. (A). _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Brame, J. Y. (C) _ _ _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

*Brannon, P. A. (C) _ _ _ Dept, of Archives and History,

Montgomery, Ala.

fBreckenridge, C. G. (A) . . . . . LTniversity, Ala.

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) _ 212 Ponce de Leon Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Brown, O. T. (C) . Dept, of Geology and Geography, University, Ala.

Brown, R. D. (B). _ _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Bruhn, J. M. (A) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fBunton, P. B., care Spencer Long Company, 602 Transportation Bldg.,

17th & H Streets _ Washington, D. C.

Bush, J. D. (F) _ _ _ Box 1965, University, Ala.

Campbell, Miss Justina (A) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

72

Cannon, Laura Mae (A) _

fCarlson, J. G. (A) .. _

f Carmichael, E. B. (B) . .

Cason, Mrs. Louise R. (F) _

Christenson, R. O. (A) _

Christianson, O. O. (F) .1 _

tClark, B. F. (B) _

Clements, R. M. (F) _

Coghill, W. H. (C) _

Coons, K. W. (B) _

Copson, R. L. (B) _

Corley, Miss Nora (A) _

fColton, W. E. (A) _ _ _

Cornell, B. M._ . . . _ . .

Cotter, H. F. (B) _

Coulliette, J. H. (G) _

Crane, Ina Barbee (F) _

Crawley, C. B. (G) _

fCudworth, J. R. (C) _

Culmer, Orpha Ann (F) _

fCunningham, F. F. (D) _

Dahms, Harold (C) _

Dale, Hugh (B) _ _ _

Damon, S. R. (F) _ _ _

Dejarnette, David (C) _

Dejarnette, J. T., Jr. (C) _

DeWilton, E. L. (A) _

Dorroh, J. L. . . _ _ _

Duggar, J. F„ Sr. (A) -

Dunlevy, M. L. (C).. _ _

fEmigh, F. D. (D) . .

Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A)

English, A. A. (A) _

Escoffier, Francis (C) _

f*Farmer, C. M. (A) _ _ _

Fertig, G. J. (D) -

Fidler, H. K. (A) _

Fies, M. H. (D) _ _

t Foley, J. O. (F)_ . .

Ford, Thomas A. (D) _

Foster, J. R. (B) . . . .

Gandrud, B. W. (C) _ _ _

Garren, K. H. (A) _ _ ....

Gary, C. M _ _ _ _

Gattmann, F. L. (A) _ _

Geisler, Miss Edith (A).. .

Gerhardt, Henry (F) _

Gaston, E _ _

Gibson, J. S. (D) _

Glarner, T. F. (D) ..... _

Glenn, W. E. (E) . . .

Good, J. G. (A) _

tGoss, C. M. (F) . . .

Groesbeck, F. W. (F) _

tGraves, Stuart (F) _

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ 2009 7th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ 2501 7th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ _ University, Ala.

_ 110 Plant One, Sheffield, Ala.

...State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ 518 Wright's Mill Pond. Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ Tutwiler Hall, University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

_ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

_ 2717 Ensley Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

_ 1 _ Y. M. C. A., Birmingham, Ala.

..State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ University, Ala.

_ 1502 N. 15th Ct., Birmingham, Ala.

_ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

_ Rt. 1, Box 29C, Birmingham, Ala.

. . ..Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Box 708, Mobile, Ala.

. . 350 Stocking St., Mobile, Ala.

_ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

_ Comer Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_.Dept. of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

. . . . . Box 307, Wilson Dam, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.
...State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

_ St. Bernard College, St. Bernard, Ala.

_ Adger, Ala.

_ 1215 Elmira St., Mobile, Ala.

_ Box 1031, University, Ala.

.....State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.
State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

_ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ _ _ 124 Highlands, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Employees Hospital, T.C.I., Fairfield, Ala.
_ University, Ala.

73

Griffin, Harrell (C) _ _ *. _ _ _ University, Ala.

Grover, M. A _ _ _ _ _ _ Box 590, Birmingham, Ala.

Hagerty, C. G _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Hall, S. C., Jr. _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fHargis, E. H. (F) _ _ 28th St. & 12th Ave., N., Birmingham, Ala.

Hargreaves, G. W. (B) . . . . . . .Auburn, Ala.

fHarper, R. M. (C). - - - - - University, Ala.

Harris, Agnes Ellen. - - - - - - - - - ..University, Ala.

Harris, Frances B. (E)— _ _ 866 5th Place, W., Birmingham, Ala.

Hazlehurst, G. H. (A) _ _ 519 Dexter Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Hazzard, W. W _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Box 68, Columbiana, Ala.

Hearn, Jane Kessler _ 933 8th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

f Heath, H. C. (A) _ _ —.21 Agnew St., Montgomery, Ala.

Hertzog, E. S. (B) _ _ _ 505 18th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

fHess, Margaret (A). _ _ _ ..Judson College, Marion, Ala.

fHinman, E. H. (A). - - Health and Safety Dept.,

T. V. A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Hixon, C. R _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Hobbs, L. M. (B) - - - - - - - - — . .....University, Ala.

Hodges, R. S. (A) - - - - - - University, Ala.

Horton, E. C. (C)~~ _ _ 1221 N. 13th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Hostetter, I. M. (E) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Howell, W. M. (F) . . . . . . . Auburn, Ala.

Howse, B. C. (F) — - - 1 - - 333 38th St., Fairfield, Ala.

fHunt, T. E. (F) _ _ _ _ _ _ ..University, Ala.

Hunt, T. W - - - - - - - Lockhart, Ala.

fHyde, J. W. (A) _ _ _ 2813 Quarry Rd„ N.W., Apt. 12

Washington D. C.

Indindole, James (A).j. . . . . . Greenville, Ala.

Jackson, J. R. (A).. - - - - - - Auburn, Ala.

Johanson, Theodore _ _ _ _ _ _ .University, Ala.

Tones, C. T. (D) _ _ _ U. S. Forest Service, Knoxville, Tenn.

tjones, E. V. (B)__ _ . _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

t Tones, H. D. (B) . . . . . . . . _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

t*Jones, W. B. (C) _ Department of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

f* Jones, W. C. (F) - - T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Joyner, A. L. (F) - - - - - - - ..University, Ala.

Kassner, J. L. (B) ..: - - - 1000 13th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Kennedy, A. M. (B) _ _ University, Ala.

Hampe, David E. _ . _ 11 Wellington Road, Montgomery, Ala.

f Kennedy, J. J. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Kiker, C. C. (A) _ _ _ _ Wilson Dam, Ala.

King, Pauline _ Enterprise, Ala.

Knight, Gladys E. _ University, Ala.

Kraxberger, W. W. (C) _ 515 St. Louis Ave., Sheffield, Ala.

Land, J. E. (B) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Lassen, Leon (C) _ _ _ 105 Macy St., Mobile, Ala.

Lathrop, F. P. _ _ ..Scottsboro, Ala.

Lawler, Matt _ Toulminville, Ala.

Littlejohn, Jeanette (B) _ ... Huntingdon College, Montgomery, Ala.

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

*Loding, H. P. (A) _ _ _ _ _ ... The Gem Floral Garden,

166 Houston St., Mobile, Ala.

Lord, James (C) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Russellville, Ala.

McBurney, Ralph (F) _ _ _ University, Ala.

74

McElwee, E. W. (A) _

McGehee, Mary Frances
McGlamery, Winnie (C)

McTyeire, Claustie E _

McVay, Thomas (B) _

Macormac, A. R. (D) _

MacKenzie, J. T. (B) _

Malone, J. M. (E) _

Marsh, Alfred . .

Martin, E. C. (D) _

Martin, H. M. (B) _

Mobley, W. M. (D) _

Monroe, William H. (C)

Montgomery, J. P. (B)

Moore, G. C _ _

fMoore, W. A. (E) _ _

Morrison, Edmund (A)....

Mundhenk, R. L. (F). .

Murphy, Sam Ross _ _

Newsom, W. R. (C) _

Newton, R. H. (B) . .

Nork, J. J. (A) _

Norris, Mrs. Earl _

North, W. E. (A) _

Oliver, R. B. _

fOtt, W. P. (E) . . .

fOverton, A. G. (D) _

fPalmer, G. D. (B) _

Pardue, L. G., Jr. (D) _

fParson, R. L. (D) _ _

Partlow, W. D. (A) _

Paterson, J. El. (A)—.. .

Pearson, A. M. (A) _

Peoples, S. A. (F) _

Pike, Mabel R . .

Pilkington, A. J _

Pole, G. R. (B) _ _

Pomerat, C. M. (A) _

Pool, R. M. (F) . . . -

Poor, R. S. (C) _

Pressley, W. S.- _ _

fPrickett, C. O. (A) _ _

Pye, Miss Orrea F. (A)..

Quinn, I. T. . . . . .

Ramsdell, D. A . .

Rasor, F. W. (D) _ _

Reeves, W. P. _ _

Reynolds, J. P. (A) _

Richards, E. F. (C)— _

Riggan, F. B. (D) _ _

* Robinson, Mary E. (A)...

t*Robinson, J. M. (A) _

Rodgers, Eric (B) _

. . . . . 481 Pinedale Rd., Auburn, Ala.

_ _ Montevallo, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ ......1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

_ 4300 Glenwood Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

. . . . 1102 7th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ _ _ _ Box 22, Jacksonville, Ala.

_ _ _ _ Box 1734, University, Ala.

_ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ Ala. By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

_ _ Ala. Museum of Natural History,

University, Ala.

_ _ ...University, Ala.

_ Box 1031, Auburn, Ala.

_ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ _ _ _ Billingsley, Ala.

_ _ _ 150 Burton St., Auburn, Ala.

_ Box 24, Jasper, Ala.

_ Division Meteorologist, Panair do Brasil,

Rio de Janeiro, Brasil, South America

. — _ Sheffield, Ala.

_ _ 809 E. Clinton St., Huntsville, Ala.

_ University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.

_ _ 12 W. Clarke St., Prichard, Ala.

_ 304 Thomas St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

. . . Ala. By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

_ _ _ — . University, Ala.

_ Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

_ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

_ Supt. Bryce Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ _ 808 Forest Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ _ T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

_ 106 Bush Ave., Mobile, Ala.

_ House 87. Village 1, Sheffield, Ala.

_ . — Box 2047, University, Ala.

_ _ 652 Ridgeway Rd., Fairfield, Ala.

_ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ _ _ Lee County High, Auburn, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

_ - _ University, Ala.

Dept, of Game & Fisheries, Montgomery, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

- - - - - Box 40, Montgomery, Ala.

. . . - _ University, Ala.

_ _ _ Birmingham-S'outhern College, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

Stockham Pipe Fittings Co., Birmingham, Ala.

_ 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ _ - _ Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

75

Ruffin. W. A. (A) _

Ruggles, D. N _

Rushing, E. D _

fRutledge, A. W. (A) _ . _

fSalmon, W. D. (A) _ _ _

Sauer, M. E -

Sharman, J. R _ _

Sharp, C. G— . - - - -

Schultz, O. W - -

Sizemore, T. B. (D) _ _

Sizemore, W. R _ _ _

Sledd, Arthur (B) _

Smith, E. V. (A).— _ _

Smith, H. E _ _ _

fSmith, Septima C. (A) _

*Smyth, P. H. (G) _

Snow, C. E. (C) _

fSommer, Anna ( B ) _

fSpieth, Alda May (A) _ _.

Starling, J. H. (A) _

Starr, L. E. (A) . . .

Swan, Ella O _ _ _

Tarbutton, Grady (B) _

Tellier, A. J. (E) .. _ _

Thompson, D. H. (B) . . .

Thompson, Minouise _ _

Toffel, G. M. (B) _

Toler, Brooks (D) _

fTower, J. A. (D) _

Van Aller, T. S. (F) _

Walsh, Mary Vincent (B) _

Ward, Thomas (A) _

Ward. W. W. (C) _ _

Watson, J. H _ _ _ _

Webb, J. W. (A) . . . . .

Webb, Lina (D) _ 1 _ _

Weil. C. K. (F) _

fWeishaupt, C. G. (A) _

fWestland, A. J. (G) _ _

White. A. H. (D) _ . _ _

White, J. M. (C)._ _ _

White, Rev. Urban (B) _

t* Whiting, W. A. (A) _

Wilcox, H. E. (B). . .

Wilks, W. T. _ _ _ _

Williams, J. W _

Williams, S. J _ _ _

Williamson, Grace _

Williamson, Josephine. _ _

Wilson, Coyt (A). . .

Wingard, Mrs. R. E. (B) _

Wood, C. R. (E) _ _ _

Wood, T. A. (A) _

Woodall, P. H _

- Auburn, Ala.

_ _ Marion, Ala.

_ ; _ University, Ala.

_ _ _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

- - Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ Lockhart, Ala.

_ 1313J-2 N. 29th St., Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ _ _ _ Box 328, Ozark, Ala.

- Judson College, Marion, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

. . . . ....Box 695, University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ 806 Winona Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

_ 4125 Terrace R, Central Park,

Birmingham, Ala.

- 348 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

..State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

_ _ .Troy High School, Troy, Ala.

_ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ _ Greensboro, Ala.

. . . Box 1485, Wilson Dam, Ala.

_ 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile, Ala.

... 917 Valley Rd. Place, Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ 300 42nd St., Fairfield, Ala.

_ Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

_ Division of Forestry, Montgomery, Ala.

- Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ 902 Charleston St., Mobile, Ala.

_ Visitation Academy, Mobile, Ala.

_ Elba High School, Elba, Ala.

. _ Centre, Ala.

_ _ ...Box 133, Dadeville, Ala.

. . . . . Box 469, Auburn, Ala.

_ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

_ 119 Adams Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

_ St. Louis Univ., St. Louis, Mo.

. . . 706 9th Ct., W., Birmingham, Ala.

_717 St. Charles Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

_ St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

_ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

_ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ Box 41, Tallassee, Ala.

_ Snead Jr. College, Boaz, Ala.

_ _ Livingston, Ala.

.... _ 4213 Parkway, Fairfield, Ala.

_ 4212 Parkway, Fairfield, Ala.

_ 267 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

-State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

_ Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

_ 1101 27th PI., S., Birmingham, Ala.

76

Woolf, F. P. (F) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Wooley, Mary . . ... . . . „ . . Murphy High School, Mobile, Ala.

Worley, Lillian (D) . . . . . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

fXan, John (B) . . . . . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

t Yancey, P. H. (A)... _ _ Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Associate Members

Broungart, D. C. .
Brougher, Cooper
Bryant, Frances Jane

Camp, G. L . -

Capesius, Rev. John

Castro, Hasus . .

Dunbar, Dixie (Mrs.)
Eskridge, Marshall .....

Griffin, J. D _

Hackworth, L. E -

Kinnear, R. W _

Kirk, E. E _

Lemmon, George J.—

Lloyd, F. V . .

Long, A. R._ _ _

Mayfield, Sara _ _

Miles, Martha Fay....

Misuk, Leo W _

Munro, W. M. . .

Pennington, Elsie _

Powell, Maurice _

Smith, R. J. . . .

Strakes, Robert _

Sulkin, N. M . .

Swayne, V. R -

Thompson, W. D.._ . .

Ward, Jane _

West, Wm. Roy _

Wheeler, J. H.__ _

White, J. M., Jr _

Williams, W. J..— .

_ Catholic University, Washington, D. C.

. . . 519 Dexter Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

_ ....Veterans Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ Holt High School, Holt, Ala.

_ _ _ _ St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

_ _ 1214 Palifax St., Tampa, Fla.

School of Medicine, Emory Univ., Atlanta, Ga.

_ University, Ala., or Demopolis, Ala.

_ 132 Ross St., Auburn, Ala.

_ _ .Box 1844, University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ .University, Ala.

_ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Weather Bureau Office, Meridian, Miss.

_ Idllwyld, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

. . . . 210 Woodley Rd., Montgomery, Ala.

_ _ ..Box 1033, University, Ala.

- - - - 2233 22nd St., Ensley, Ala.

_ _ 1401 Brown St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

- - ....731 12th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

- 507 14th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ 443 N. Cedar St., Florence, Ala.

_ 1000 Riverside Drive, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

_ Sweetwater, Ala.

- University, Ala.

_ 311 W. Magnolia St., Auburn, Ala.

_ 717 St. Charles Ave., Montgomery, Ave.

- - University, Ala

Alabama's Largest and Best Equipped

Printers

Birmingham Printing Company

Birmingham, Alabama

YORK, n. Y.

JUL 8" Wtt

«•— »I«J*

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JULY, 1941

VOLUME 13

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
SPRING HILL COLLEGE
MOBILE, ALABAMA
MARCH 20-22, 1941

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

-•4*

5*: ■}■? 'V.;- •.* '

^W0:-

• < •

3 ... .'.{*• • *. ,'v

•-

' ;..W-

:k V V , flfr

■V, ' ■ • ■ • ; •••

. . • • •

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

JULY, 1941

VOLUME 13

Proceedings and Abstracts

of

THE EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
SPRING HILL COLLEGE
MOBILE, ALABAMA
MARCH 20-22, 1941

Office of the Editor
Birmingham-Southern College
Birmingham, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy - 3

General Program of the Mobile Meeting _ 4

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting - 5

Minutes of the Eighteenth Annual Meeting _ 6

Report of Officers and Committees

The Treasurer’s Report _ 10

The Editor of The Journal _ 12

The Counselor of the Junior Academy _ 12

The Councilor of the A.A.A.S _ 10

The Academy Statistician _ 13

The Committee of Membership and Activities _ 16

The Committee on Charter Members _ 16

The Organization of the S.A.A.S _ 18

The Annual Presidential Address _ 19

Abstracts of Papers at the 1941 Meeting

Section I Biology and Medical Science _ 28

Section II Chemistry _ 38

Section III Geology and Anthropology _ 43

Section IV Geography and Conservation _ 50

Section V Physics and Mathematics _ 63

Section VI Industry and Economics _ 67

Section VII The Teaching of Science _ . _ 72

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science

Junior Academy for 1941-1942 _ 76

High Schools and Delegates at the Mobile Meeting _ 76

Winners of Senior Academy Certificates and Awards.. 77

Junior Academy Financial Statement. _ 77

Members of the Alabama Academy of Science

Honorary Members _ 78

Sustaining Members _ 78

Active Members _ 78

Associate Members _ 84

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1941-42

President, Paul D. Bales _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

President-Elect, W. M. Mobley _ Alabama By-Products Co., Tarrant, Ala.

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

Alvin V. Beatty, Biology and Medical Science _ University, Ala.

Harold E. Wilcox, Chemistry _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

E. F. Richards, Geology and Anthropology _ University, Ala.

Brooks Toler, Geography, Conservation and Allied Subjects _

_ Division of Forestry, Montgomery, Ala.

W. A. Moore, Physics and Mathematics _ _

- Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

John Goef, Industry and Economics _ _ _

_ _ _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Clustie Evelyn McTyeirE, The Teaching of Science . . . .

_ Hueytown High School, Bessemer, Ala.

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery, Geological Survey _ _ University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S. , Septima C. Smith _ University, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, E. V. Jones _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMY

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: E. D. Emigh,
Chairman; Fred Allison, G. F. Barnes, C. S'. Blair, J. L. Brake-
field, Peter A. Brannon, E. B. Carmichael, P. J. Conner, R. L.
Copson, F. F. Cunningham, S'. R. Damon, Thomas Ford, Lam¬
bert Gattmann, J. S. Gibson, J. F. Glazner, H. C. Heath, Walter
B. Jones, Mary Frances McGhee, Clustie Evelyn McTyeire, A. G.
Overton, R. L Parson, Haygood Paterson, A. J. Pilkngton,
R. S. Poor, Frank Rasor, E. V. Smith, Grady Tarbutton, Brooks
Toler, A. J. Westland, T. A. Wood, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Research: Dr. S. J. Lloyd, Chairman; Prof. J. F. Duggar,
Mr. S. S. Heide, Mr. J. T. Mackenzie.

Committee on Publication: Alvin V. Beatty, Chairman; John Goff,
Clustie Evelyn McTyeire, W. A. Moore, E. F. Richards, Brooks
Toler, Harold E. Wilcox, E. V. Jones, Ex-officio.

GENERAL PROGRAM

All addresses and Section Meetings ore open to the public.

THURSDAY, MARCH 20, 1941

8 :30 P.M. Executive Committee Meeting, Admiral Semmes Hotel

FRIDAY, MARCH 21

8:15 A.M.

9 :00 A.M.
10:30 A.M.
12:15 P.M.
1:20 P.M.

1:30 P.M.

4:30 P.M.
7:30 P.M.

Registration at Headquarters. Secure tickets for the Satur¬
day buffet luncheon on the College Campus. Tickets for the
annual banquet, for the group photo and register for Satur¬
day trips.

Executive Committee Meeting, Headquarters hotel.

First Business Session, Headquarters hotel.

Special Luncheon for members and friends at hotel.
Photograph of the Academy group front entrance of Library
Building, College Campus.

Section Meetings at Spring Hill College except Section VII,
which meets at Murphy High School, Saturday at 9 :00
A M. Papers, discussions, demonstrations. Election of Sec¬
tion chairmen 1941-1942.

Final Business Session, College Inn on the Campus.

Annual Banquet (informal) Hotel Admiral Semmes.

Father Anthony J. Westland, S. J., Toastmaster. Tickets
$1.28.

Presidential Address, “Science Education” — Dr. C. M.
Farmer, President of the Academy.

SATURDAY, MARCH 22

9 :00 A.M. Section Meetings College Campus. All Sections meet in
rooms used on Friday except Section III which has a field
trip and VI and VII. The latter meets at Murphy High
School.

9:30 A M. Geology Field Trip arranged by Miss Winnie McGlamery
and Mr. D. L. Dejarnette to the marine outcrop of Pleistocene
on Mon Louis Island. The trip starts from Headquarters
hotel promptly at 9 :30.

12:15 P.M. Buffet Luncheon by the College Inn on the Campus, guests
of Spring Hill College.

1 :30 P.M. — Trips. Azalea Trail, Bellingrath Gardens, Industrial Centers
of Mobile.

The Alabama Academy of Science was greatly honored by the gen¬
erous response of delegates of other scientific groups and noted scientists
throughout the South to the invitation to participate in the Symposium on
“Scientific Research in the South” and in the formulation of plans for the
organization of a Southern Scientific Society. Many of these scientists
were cordially welcomed at the sessions of our Academy and several pa¬
pers were presented by them.

5

PRELIMINARY EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
MEETING, MARCH 20, 1941

The meeting was called to order at 10:45 P.M. by C. M. Farmer,
President of the Academy, at Hotel Admiral Semmes, to bring up cer¬
tain matters for consideration. No final decisions were made.

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, MARCH 21, 1941

The meeting was called to order at 8 :30 A.M. by C. M. Farmer,
President of the Academy, at Hotel Admiral Semmes.

1. Minutes: Moved and seconded that the Minutes of the previous
meeting of the Executive Committee held at Birmingham-Southern College
be accepted without reading as published in the Journal, June, 1940.

2. Report of the Secretary: Winnie McGlamery, Secretary, reported
list of new members.

3. Recommendations for new members: E. V. Jones moved, sec¬
onded by E. B. Carmichael, that applications for membership in the
Academy shall be signed by three active members in good standing ; the
Secretary’s signature may be the third. Motion carried.

4. Report of the Treasurer: John Xan, Treasurer, presented his
report with the following comments : The condition of the treasury is
excellent. There are five* sustaining Memberships of $10.00 each already
paid for: Birmingham-Southern College, Howard College, Huntingdon
College, McKesson-Robbins, University of Alabama. The Grant from
the A. A. A. S. for 1941, $50.00, has been received. E. B. Carmichael
moved, seconded by H. D. Jones, that this report be accepted. Motion
carried.

5. Report of the Councilor of the A. A. A. S.: J. H. Coulliette,
Councilor of the A. A. A. S., presented his report. Moved by W. A.
Moore, seconded by Miss Clustie McTyeire, that the report be accepted.
Motion carried.

6. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones, Editor of the
Journal, read his report. E. B. Carmichael moved, seconded by Roger
W. Allen, that the report be accepted. Motion carried.

7. Reports of the Standing Committees:

a. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and Activities of the
Junior Academy: In the absence of R. D. Brown, Miss Clustie McTyeire
reported extemporaneously that two chapters had been added. Other
chapters were reported by other members.

*Between March 21 and July 10 the following’ sustaining members have been
added to our roll (see page 78) largely through the efforts of Milton H. Fies, special
committee chairman on Sustaining Memberships. New sustaining members:

Alabama By-Products Corporation _ ... _ _ _

Alabama Polytechnic Institute _

Alabama Power Company _

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce _

Birmingham' Trust and Savings Bank _

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation _

Portland Cement Association _

Southern Natural Gas Company _

State Teachers College _

Stockham Pipe Fittings Company _ _ _

Woodward Iron Company _

..Birmingham', Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

Birmingham, Ala.
-Montgomery, Ala.
.Birmingham, Ala.
..Birmingham, Ala.
.Birmingham, Ala.
..Birmingham, Ala.

_ Troy, Ala.

.Birmingham, Ala.
_ Woodward, Ala.

6

b. Publications Committee: No report at this time.

8. Committee on Constitution and By-Laws: It was moved by Roger
W. Allen, seconded by John Xan, that the Chair appoint a committee to
bring the Constitution and By-laws up to date on matters passed by the
Academy. Motion carried. Referred to incoming President.

9. Regarding State Subsidy for Academy: J. L. Brakefield recom¬
mended that the question of State subsidy for the Academy be dropped and
that instead we encourage securing of Sustaining Memberships. Recom¬
mendation accepted.

10. Regarding a Committee on National Defense: It was moved by
E. V. Jones, seconded by J. Allen Tower, that a Committee on National
Defense and long range planning be appointed. Motion carried. Re¬
ferred to incoming President.

11. Adjournment: At the end of business and upon motion of E.
V. Jones, the meeting adjourned.

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS
MEETING, MARCH 21, 1941

The meeting was called to order by C. M. Farmer, President of the
Academy, at 10:30 A.M., at the Admiral Semmes Hotel.

The Academy was welcomed to Spring Hill College by Dr. William
D. O’Leary, President of Spring Hill College.

It was moved by J. L. Brakefield, seconded by Roger W. Allen,
that the house proceed to business and waive any contrary provisions of
the by-laws relating to a quorum. Motion carried.

1. Minutes: Moved by J. L. Brakefield, seconded by E. B. Car¬
michael, that the minutes of the previous Preliminary Business Meeting,
held at Birmingham-Southern College, March 29, 1940, be accepted with¬
out reading as published in the Journal, June, 1940. Motion carried.

2. Report of the Treasurer: John Xan, Treasurer, presented his
report for the year ending March 20, 1941. He moved that his report be
accepted, seconded by E. D. Emigh. Motion carried. Report referred to
Auditing Committee.

3. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones, Editor of the
Journal, read his report. It was moved by Roger W. Allen, seconded by
J. Allen Tower, that the report be accepted. Motion carried. Report
appended.

4. Report of the Chairman of the Counselors of the Junior Academy:
James L. Kassner, Counselor, presented his report. C. A. Basore moved,
seconded by Herman D. Jones, that the report be accepted. Motion car¬
ried. Report appended.

5. Long Range Planning Committee: It was moved by E. B. Car¬
michael, seconded by J. Allen Tower, that the President of the Academy
appoint a long range planning Committee of seven, one from each Section
of the Academy, to serve from one to seven years, according to the num¬
ber of the Section, the representative from Section I automatically retiring
at the end of the first year. The chairman of the committee each year
shall be the member who is to retire at the end of that year. Replacement
on the committee shall be handled by the respective Sections. Motion car¬
ried. Referred to the incoming President.

6. Report of the Councilor of the A. A. A. S.: J. H. Coulliette,
Councilor of the A. A. A. S., presented his report. Moved by E. D.
Emigh, seconded by E. V. Jones, that the report be accepted. Motion
carried. Report appended.

7

7. Report of the Statistician: Roland M. Harper, Statistician, read
his report. It was moved by J. L. Brakefield, seconded by J. H. Coul-
liette, that the report be accepted as read. Motion carried. Report ap¬
pended.

8. Reports of the Standing Committees :

a. Committee on the Academy Azrnrd: This committee is composed
of the president-elect, Paul D. Bales, and the seven vice-presidents of
the Academy, chairmen of their respective sections, namely H. D. Jones,
Lindsey M. Hobbs, David L. Dejarnette, J. Allen Tower, W. A. Moore,
Clustie E. McTyeire, C. A. Basore. In the absence of Paul D. Bales,
the report was made by J. L. Brakefield that the following were recom¬
mended to receive the A. A. A. S. Grant-in-Aid for 1941 : Herman D.
Jones, for apparatus “To Study the Distribution of Arsenic in the body
following the use of water through which smoke from cigarettes has
been passed; W. F. Abercrombie, for transportation and equipment in
his study of “The Effects of Various Chemicals on the Cockroach,’’ each
to received $25.00. Motion was made by J. L. Brakefield and seconded,
that the recommendations of the committee be accepted. Motion carried.

b. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and Activities of the
Senior Academy: E. D. Emigh, chairman, reported that the committee
had been enlarged to include representatives from each educational insti¬
tution, State and National Government agency and important industry in
the State. It has a combined objective, increasing membership and encour¬
aging young scientists who have become members to present papers before
the Academy in the Sections in which their fields of interest lie. The
response was good. There was a substantial increase in membership.
Motion by E. V. Jones, seconded by J. H. Coulliette, that the report be
accepted. Motion carried.

9. Recommendations for nezv members: John Xan moved, seconded
by Roger W. Allen, that application blanks be signed by three active mem¬
bers of the Academy in good standing, of which the Secretary may be
one. Motion carried.

10. Appointment of Committees: The following committees were
appointed by the President and requested to report at the 4 :30 o’clock
Business Meeting:

a. Auditing Committee: (a) for the Senior Academy: J. H. Coul¬
liette, Herman D. Jones, G. F. Barnes, (b) for the Junior Academy:
Roger W. Allen, W. A. Moore, W. F. Abercrombie.

b. Committee on Place of Meeting for 1942: C. A. Basore, J. Allen
Tower, Miss Clustie E. McTyeire.

c. Nominating Committee : J. L. Brakefield, E. B. Carmichael, E. D.
Emisji Officers to be elected : President-elect. Councilor of the A. A.
A. S', for one year, Counselors to Junior Academy, Treasurer.

11. Adjournment: Upon the completion of business, the President
declared the meeting adjourned until 4:30 P.M.

8

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS MEETING,

MARCH 21, 1941

The final business meeting was called to order at 4 :30 P.M. in College
Inn, Spring Hill College, by C. M. Farmer, President. The minutes of
the previous final business meeting, held at Birmingham-Southern Col¬
lege, Birmingham, March 29, 1940, were approved without reading as
published in the Journal, June, 1940.

Reports of Committees :

1. Charter Membership Committee: In the absence of Peter A.,
Brannon, chairman, C. M. Farmer read his report. In view of the fact
that there was more work to be done, there was a motion by E. V. Jones,
seconded by J. H. Coulliette, that the committee be continued. Motion
carried. Report appended.

2. A. A. A. S. Drive Committee: E. B. Carmichael, chairman, gave
a preliminary report, stating that the committee was still functioning. It
was moved by E. V. Jones, seconded by J. H. Coulliette, that the work
be continued another year.

3. The Committee on Associate Membership: W. F. Abercrombie,
chairman, proposed the following: ‘Under associate members where it
reads, ‘Any adult interested in the promotion of Science in Alabama and
who does not qualify for the grade of Member shall be eligible for Asso¬
ciate Membership’, it is suggested that it be changed to read. ‘Any adult,
particularly college students, interested in the promotion of Science in
Alabama and who does not qualify for the grade of Member shall
be eligible for associate membership.’ ” Respectfully submitted, J. Allen
Tower, Emmett B. Carmichael, W. F. Abercrombie. W. F. Abercrombie
moved, seconded by J. H. Coulliette, that the report be accepted. Motion
carried.

4. Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy : J. H. Coulliette,
chairman, reported that the Auditing Committee had examined and ap¬
proved the Treasurer’s report. The following recommendation was of¬
fered, that “the Treasurer obtain and keep a journal and a file for bills
and receipts.” J. H. Coulliette moved, and it was seconded, that the re¬
port be accepted. Motion carried. Audited report appended.

5. Publications Committee : E. B. Carmichael, chairman, made the
following report in the form of suggestions : “(1) the committee should
be composed of the vice-presidents of the Alabama Academy of Science,
and their duties should be to edit the abstracts in their respective sections
before they are sent to the Editor of the Journal. The vice-presidents
may request advice and help from others, in their respective fields of
study. (2) the possibility of offering space in the Journal of the Ala¬
bama Academy of Science for publishing in full the best papers by mem¬
bers presented in each section.” E. V. Jones moved and it was seconded,
that the report be adopted. Motion carried.

6. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: W. A. Moore,
chairman, announced that this report was not yet ready and would be
given by mail.

7. Committee on Place of 1942 Meeting: The committee composed
of C. A. Basore, J. Allen Tower and Miss Clustie E McTyeire. recom¬
mended that the invitation of Howard College be accepted. J. Allen
Tower moved, and it was seconded, that the report be accepted. Motion
carried.

8. Presentation of Papers by Non-Members: J. L. Brakefield moved,
and it was seconded, that non-members present papers in the respective
sections upon invitation. Motion carried.

9. Presentation of Shingles: Shingles for new members were pre¬
sented during the meeting of the Academy. J. L. Brakefield moved, sec¬
onded by J. Allen Tower, that a letter of appreciation for inscribing the
shingles be sent to Mr. Thomas H. Dejarnette, and that it be spread upon
the minutes. Motion carried.

10. Change in Name of Section: C. E. Snow, as chairman of a
committee from Section 3, proposed the change of name of the Section
from Geology, Anthropology and Archaeology to Geology and Anthro¬
pology. Moved by J. L. Brakefield, seconded by E. B. Carmichael, that
the change be made. Motion carried.

11. Committee of Appreciation: W. F. Abercrombie moved, and it
was seconded, that the Secretary send a letter of thanks to the President of
Spring Hill College in appreciation of the generous hospitality of the
College as host to the Academy. Unanimously carried.

12. Committee for the Nomination of Officers: J. L. Brakefield,
chairman, E. B. Carmichael and E. D. Emigh, members, read the follow¬
ing report :

President (Elect of last year), Paul D. Bales, Howard College.

President-elect : W. M. Mobley, Alabama By-Products Company, Tar¬
rant, Ala.

Councilor to A. A. A. S. : Septinia C. Smith, University of Alabama.

Counselors to the Junior Academy : P. P. B. Brooks, Montgomery,
chairman, one year; Miss Clustie McTyeire, Bessemer, two years;
W. F. Abercrombie, Birmingham, three years.

Treasurer, John Xan, Howard College.

J. L. Brakefield, seconded by E. B. Carmichael, moved the adoption
of this report. Motion carried.

13. Nominations of Section Chairmen:

Section I. Biology and Medical Science —

Alvin V. Beatty, University of Alabama.

Section II. Chemistry —

Harold E. Wilcox, Howard College.

Section III. Geology and Anthropology —

E. F. Richards, University of Alabama.

Section IV. Geography, Conservation and Allied Subjects —
Brooks Toler, Montgomery, Ala.

Section V. Physics and Mathematics —

W. A. Moore, Birmingham-Southern College
Section VI. Industry and Economics —

John Goff, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Section VII. The Teaching of Science —

Clustie E. McTyeire, Hueytown High School.

14. Adjournment : Upon completion of business and following the
expression of appreciation by the President for the cooperation of officers
and members of the Academy, the meeting adjourned.

Ninety-five members and visitors registered.

WINNIE McGLAMERY,

Secretary.

10

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MARCH 20, 1941

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand March 28, 1940 _ _ _ 293.50

Membership fees 1940 and 1941, Reprints, Journals _ 459.50

Sustaining Memberships of Huntingdon, Howard,

Birmingham-Southern, McKesson-Robbins _ 40.00

A. A. A. S. Award 1940 and 1941 _ _ _ _ 100.00 599.50

893.00

DISBURSEMENTS'

Expenses Chairman Section I (Ch. No. 107) _ 5.04

President’s Expenses (Check No. 108 ) _ . _ 6.00

Strickland Paper Co, Envelopes (Ch. No. 109) _ _ _ 2.30

Check returned, no funds _ 1.10

Alabama Academy of Science Award (Ch. No. Ill) _ 50.00

Treasurer’s expenses, postage, ledger sheets (Chs.

112 and 115) _ _ 8.42

Birmingham Printing Co., Letterheads, Envelopes, Jour-

Editor’s expenses (Ch No. 114) _ _ 24.98

Secretary’s expenses (Ch. No. 116) _ 4.00 531.14

Balance March 20, 1941 _ _ _ _ _ _ 361.86

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Examined and approved.

Auditing Committee: J. H. COULLIETTE

G. F. BARNES

H. D. JONES

The Auditing Committee recommends that the Treasurer obtain and
keep a journal and a file for bills and receipts.

REPORT OF THE COUNCILOR TO THE AMERICAN
ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT

OF SCIENCE

The Academy Conference held its fourteenth annual session in the
Bellevue-Stratford Hotel in Philadelphia on the afternoon of December
27, 1940.

Dr. J. C. Gilman (Iowa Academy), the chairman, opened the con¬
ference. It was moved and voted that the Junior Academy Committee
be continued for another year, and that the President be empowered to
fill any vacancies in this committee. It was also moved and voted that
this committee submit a progress report at the next meeting of the Con¬
ference in Dallas. In a discussion of the Junior Academy of Science
movement the following suggestions were offered :

1. That those who are awarded junior memberships in the A. A. A. S.
be rewarded with a subscription to one of the two official A. A.
A. S', periodicals.

11

2. That the periodical be sent to the library of the science club to
which the junior belongs who was awarded the junior member¬
ship.

3. That representatives of the Senior Academy go to the high school
to which the junior belongs and make a presentation speech in
making the junior membership awards; that a worthwhile cere¬
mony be conducted to impress upon the members of the science club
the honor that is being bestowed upon the recipients.

In the Indiana Academy the recipients of the junior member¬
ship awards are selected by sending out a request to each science
club to nominate their best boy and best girl, who meet with the
council at the annual meeting. The council interviews them, checks
over the data, and selects the two best candidates.

The subject of establishing a collegiate division in the academies was
discussed at length. It was suggested that this topic be made one of the
main subjects for discussion at the Dallas meeting.

It was also suggested that a report be made at the next meeting on
research grants and that an outline be agreed upon, if possible, as to what
should constitute a proper type of problem on which the recipients of these
grants might work.

The formal program consisted of two papers, one by Dr. W. F. Rudd
of the Virginia Academy on “Long Range Planning for State Academies
of Science’’, and the other by Dr. P. D. Strausbaugh of the West Virginia
Academy on “Methods of Bringing the Academy into closer relationships
with other Organizations.”

In his paper Dr. Rudd described the plan that has been followed by
the Virginia Academy in working out a long range plan for the work
of the Academy. The method used was :

1. To call for expressions from all members of the Academy in
which they were asked to outline three or more contributions
that the Academy may and should make in the next five years.

2. The replies received were tabulated and abstracted.

3. A carefully chosen committee of nineteen members was selected
to evaluate the suggestions and to work out plans for putting into
action the projects considered worthy.

It is believed that the adoption of such a plan will bring about co¬
operative attack upon particular problems of specific importance to the
state, and result in very definite benefit to the state.

Dr. Strausbaugh concluded from his investigation into the problem
of bringing the Academy of Science into closer relationship with other
organizations that each state has its own peculiar problem. This problem
might well be made the topic for consideration by a committee which would
work toward a satisfactory solution in our own state.

Respectfully submitted.

J. H. COULLIETTE, Councilor.

12

REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE JOURNAL

The assembling of the program for printing continues to be a very
serious problem. Anyone who has not assembled a section program has
little idea of the struggle involved therein. I wish to urge a suggestion
made last year, namely, that we have the same person assemble each sec¬
tion program for a period of three years, staggering the periods, so that
most of those getting up programs will have had at least one year’s expe¬
rience at the job.

The major problem related to the duties of the Editor is that of
finance. Volume 12 of the Journal was over 40 per cent larger than
Volume 11 and that increased the cost considerably. The mathematical
symbols, equations, etc., also added about $30.00 to the printing costs.
Another extra expense item this year is a new supply of badges at a
cost of $45.00 per thousand.

Some progress has been made toward solving this problem by launch¬
ing the plan of securing sustaining memberships. The plan has been re¬
ceived very cordially and the following memberships at ten dollars each
have been received : Birmingham-Southern College, Howard College,
Huntingdon College, McKesson & Robbins and the University of Alabama.
Others are giving the plan sympathetic consideration. All our members are
urged to lend their support to this plan.

We have maintained our exchanges and the Mississippi Academy and
the Science Bureau of Thailand have been added to our list.

I am glad to report that we have now bound the official correspond¬
ence files for the first ten years of the Academy. The files for other
more recent years are about ready for binding.

E. V. JONES', Editor.

REPORT OF THE CHAIRMAN OF COUNSELORS OF
THE ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

A meeting of the counselors and officers of the Alabama Junior
Academy of Science was held at the Sidney Lanier High School, Mont¬
gomery, Alabama, October 26, 1940. In addition to the counselors and
officers this meeting was attended by Dr. C. M. Farmer, President of
the Senior Academy; Father A. J. Westland, Chairman of the Committee
on Arrangements; Father P. H. Yancey, Local Counselor; Prof. P. D.
Bales, President-elect of the Senior Academy; Carmella Wood, Visitation
Academy; Elouise Langan, Bishop Toolen High School; Mary Boudous-
quie, Convent of Mercy.

At this meeting plans were made for the annual meeting. It was
recommended that the order of the Saturday morning meeting be changed
so as to give the judges more time to make their decision. This can be
accomplished by having the presentation of papers come before the report
of officers and counselors of the Junior Academy. It was also recom¬
mended that registration of the Junior Academy delegates be on cards
instead of in a book.

The counselors were instructed to collect all of the correspondence
and records of the Junior Academy and turn them Over to the chairmen
of the counselors to be bound. Some of the early correspondence has been
located in the files of Dr. John R. Sampey who is now on leave of ab¬
sence from Furman University and is serving in the United States Army.
Dr. Sampey has written that he will send this correspondence as soon as
he is able to do so.

13

For a number of years the Local Counselor has had difficulty in
providing a sufficient number of rooms without charge for the delegates,
sponsors, and chaperons of the Junior Academy. The chapters have been
requested to consider, at the annual meeting, a revision of the “Hospi¬
tality” provision of the By-Laws.

Charters were presented to the science clubs elected to membership
in the Junior Academy last year and certificates of award were prepared
and mailed to the winning chapters. Four new clubs have applied for mem¬
bership in the Junior Academy this year — making a total of thirty-seven
active chapters.

A five-year supply of badges, registration cards, and exhibit cards
were printed for the Junior Academy by the printing department of the
Sidney Lanier High School, Montgomery. The Junior Academy is in¬
debted for this service to Prof. P. P. B. Brooks, Counselor to the Presi¬
dent, and Prof. J. R. Armstrong, head of the printing department of the
Lanier High School.

JAMES L. KASSNER,

Chairman of Counselors of the
Alabama Junior Academy of Science.

REPORT OF THE STATISTICIAN
ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, 1941

Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University, Ala.

When the office of statistician was created last year, no duties were
specified, but it was suggested informally that an analysis of the programs
of past meetings would be appropriate ; and accordingly that has been
done.

The Academy has met every spring, beginning in 1924, and at the
17 meetings previous to the present one about 720 papers (including a
few demonstrations, etc.) have been presented, by about 410 different per¬
sons. (This does not include the Junior Academy, a more recent devel¬
opment, which is not covered by the present report.) At any one meet¬
ing the number of papers and authors is about equal, for the number
of papers in which two or more persons cooperated is about balanced by
the number of authors who appear on the program more than once.

In 17 years the average author has contributed about 1.76 papers;
but this number may ultimately approach 2, on account of some of the
authors continuing to appear on successive programs. Of course the
number of papers presented is not an exact measure of any person’s ac¬
tivity, for they may differ greatly in length and importance; but an evalu¬
ation is out of the question, and only numbers will be considered here.
In the case of joint papers each author is usually assumed to have had
an equal share, and credited with one-half or one-third or whatever it is.

Making this adjustment for joint papers, in 17 years seven persons have
given ten or more papers (or an equivalent in joint papers) each, 26
have given from five to nine, 20 from three to five, 39 have given two
each, 195 have given single papers, 30 have given joint papers amounting
to one or one and a fraction, and 78 score less than one each.

Some of those who have appeared on our programs only once or twice
had a long and distinguished career behind them, but died or left the state
soon after the Academy was established. At the other extreme are young
persons or newcomers who have participated only in recent years, and may
have most of their career ahead of them.

14

Between these extremes are a few persons who were in Alabama
only a short time, and a large number of students who in their last year
in college did a good piece of research, either alone or in cooperation
with a professor, and reported on it, and then graduated and dropped out
of scientific work or moved to another state. Another considerable class
of “one-timers” comprises persons who are not recognized scientists, but
have something worth while to impart, and when the Academy meets in
their city they are stimulated to present a paper, by invitation of local
members. These are largely physicians, and technical employees of indus¬
trial corporations.

Of the total number of authors represented about 37, or nine per
cent, are women, and their contributions averaged 1.52 each. At least five
of them were married before they addressed the Academy, and about the
same number have married since, and apparently left us. (These num¬
bers, however, might possibly be increased a little by more complete in¬
formation.)

In making the following tabulations there were some uncertainties
as to the exact number of papers and authors, and some errors could have
been made in counting; but it is believed that the errors will not exceed
one per cent. The first table gives the number of titles and authors at
each meeting.

Authors

Place

Year

Titles

Total

• Women

Montgomery __ . . _ . _

1924

16

15

0

Mobile _ _ _

1925

15

14

1

Birmingham _

1926

22

26

2

Birmingham _

1927

19

21

0

Birmingham _

1928

23

28

2

Birmingham _

1929

27

30

4

Auburn _ _ _ _

1930

31

34

3

Tuscaloosa . . .....

1931

47

43

4

Birmingham .. . _

1932

51

59

6

Birmingham _ ....

1933

75

72

4

Mobile _ _

1934

68

64

4

Florence _ ......

1935

56

58

4

Auburn _ _ _

1936

65

66

6

Tuscaloosa _ .. _

..1937

53

56

5

T roy _ _ _

1938

45

46

2

Montgomery _ _

1939

48

45

0

Birmingham _ _

1940

59

59

6

Totals _ _

17

720

410

37

When it comes to classifying the papers by subjects, there are many
uncertainties, and probably no two persons would reach the same con¬
clusions. For some of the early meetings we have only the titles to go by,
and those do not always adequately indicate the scope of the paper. And
even if every paper had been published in full in our Journal, the dif¬
ferent fields of science overlap and intergrade in a confusing manner,
making classification difficult. And some categories that are distinct
enough are so sparingly represented on our programs that they have been
combined here to avoid taking up too much space with numbers too small
to mean much.

The first entry in the table, Miscellaneous, includes papers of broad
scope, like presidential addresses, and some belonging to very small fields,
or difficult to classify. The second, “Technology,” includes papers on

15

operations of mines, furnaces, factories, etc. that are not scientific in a
strict sense, but interesting to some scientists nevertheless.

The sciences are arranged in a somewhat logical order, and the entries
for number of papers are divided into four periods, 1924-1928, 1929-1932,
1933-1936, and 1937-1940, to show secular trends.

CLASSIFICATION OF PAPERS

Subject 1924-28

Miscellaneous _ _ 2

T echnology _ _ 2

Mathematics _ 3

Astronomy _ _ 1

Physics and mechanics _ 2

Inorganic chemistry _ 20

Org. and physiol, chem _ 5

Soil chemistry, fertilizers _ 1

Geophysics, seismology _ 0

Areal geology, stratigraphy 1

Econ. geology, mineralogy- 1

Paleontology _ 1

Meteorology, climatology . 4

Botany (various) _ 9

Forestry _ 1

Bacteriology _ 2

Invertebrate zoology _ 3

Vertebrates, faunal studies.. 2

Animal anatomy and

cytology _ 1

Animal physiology, path¬
ology _ 4

Human anatomy and

cytology _ 1

Human physiology and

pathology _ 17

Archaeology _ 0

Psychology and education _ S

Demography and eugenics.. 0

Geography _ 0

Agronomy, agricultural

economy _ 7

Economics _ 0

Totals _ 95

1929-32

1933-36

1937-40

Total

10

26

23

51

24

24

13

63

7

7

14

31

2

0

0

3

6

5

2

15

16

10

10

56

16

26

12

59

1

2

2

6

1

1

3

5

1

3

6

11

2

20

8

31

1

5

3

10

1

1

8

14

4

5

8

25

0

2

2

5

3

0

1

6

19

16

12

50

1

0

7

10

7

20

8

36

7

24

12

47

2

5

1

9

12

42

13

84

0

6

11

17

4

2

6

17

3

6

7

16

0

2

5

7

6

4

6

23

0

0

2

2

156

264

205

720

This table shows that Alabama scientists have covered a wide range,
but seem to be most interested in chemistry, zoology and physiology, and
have rather neglected astronomy, physics, geography, and the social
sciences. But of course the proportions change from year to year with
the membership, and other circumstances, and may be quite different a few
years hence. Comparisons with other state academies, and national scien¬
tific societies, would be interesting.

In such a short period it is not easy to note definite trends, but inor¬
ganic chemistry seems to have declined in popularity, and geography,
archaeology and demography gained. However, the near future may show
different trends for some of these.

16

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND
ACTIVITIES— ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

On the suggestion of Dr. Walter B. Jones, the chairmanship of
the Committee on Membership and Activities of the Academy was vacated
by him shortly after the beginning of the incumbency of Dr. C. M. Farmer
as president. Your present chairman was requested to take over the work
of the Committee. This he did and to the best of his limited ability the
work has been supervised by him.

In order that there might be a representative of the Academy inter¬
ested in promoting an increase in membership in each educational institu¬
tion, State or National Government agency, and other organizations, the
membership of the Committee was substantially increased and the Chair¬
man of each of the Sections was made ex-officio a member of the Com¬
mittee.

The purpose in having each Chairman of a Section cooperate closely
was to avoid interfering with his efforts to build his program according
to his own ideas. At the same time it was requested that insofar as was
possible, the idea of group interest be served and young scientists en¬
couraged to submit papers and bring their problems to the technical sec¬
tions of the Academy for discussion. It was further suggested that, with¬
out discouraging the presentation of considered and established findings of
high scientific merit, reports of progress in research be also considered
proper and desirable.

For the increase in membership during the year, your Chairman of
Committee must disclaim any great amount of credit. The responses have
been most gratifying and the work of individuals and Chairmen of Sec¬
tions highly commendable. Fifty shingles for new members have been
presented by the Secretary of the Academy and are to be presented to
them today.

Some preliminary work has been done in the matter of securing sus¬
taining memberships from educational institutions and industrial concerns,
such memberships having been obtained by the University of Alabama,
Birmingham-Southern College, Howard College, Huntingdon College, and
McKesson & Robbins. Responses from industry have been a bit disap¬
pointing but will doubtless come through satisfactorily as a result of the
meetings of Southern Scientists conducted by Dr. G. D. Palmer in the past
two days. Plans are in the making to contact the president of each col¬
lege in the State and other interests.

Members of the Committee on Membership and Activities were encour¬
aged to solicit memberships in A. A. A. S'.

E. D. EMIGH, Chairman.

REPORT OF SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON
CHARTER MEMBERSHIPS

On account of my inability to make this statement in person, I take
this opportunity to report in writing that I have called on Dr. W. A.
Gardner, and have secured his signature to six Charter Member certifi¬
cates as follows : Stewart J. Lloyd, C. M. Farmer, P. H. Smyth, Miss
Mary E. Robinson, C. A. Basore, and Peter A. Brannon.

I am in correspondence with John R. Sampey who is now detailed
to Headquarters of Station Complement of Camp Davis at Wilmington,
North Carolina, on active military duty. I shall forward these to him and
when they are received from him properly signed, will forward them as

17

directed, or will send them to the University to the Secretary. It so hap¬
pens that two of us are here at Montgomery, myself and Doctor Smyth,
and I have the address of Doctor Lloyd, and Doctor Basore, and Doctor
Farmer, so I can forward them, but if I am to forward the certificate to
Miss Robinson, her address should be furnished me.

I regret that I am not able to be present to make a report. I have a
promise from Doctor Gardner that he will attempt to attend the meeting in
Mobile at which time I am hoping that he will give his recollections of the
organization of the Academv.

PETER A. BRANNON.

18

THE ORGANIZATION OF THE SOUTHERN
ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE1

For several years it has been increasingly apparent that, although the
state academies of science are very effective organizations, each state
academy is a unit within itself. Members of one state academy seldom
come in contact with members of another state academy through their re¬
spective organizations. Consequently scientists even in adjoining states do
not know each other, much less their common Southern problems.

In an effort to coordinate the work of the various scientific organi¬
zations of the South, it was agreed at the meeting of the Alabama Academy
of Science, March 29-30, 1940, that the Alabama Academy of Science spon¬
sor a meeting of the Southern scientists at its next annual meeting in
Mobile for the purpose of organizing a Southern Scientific Society, which
later, perhaps, might become the Southeastern division of the American
Association for the Advance of Science.

Over 3000 invitations to this Southern Scientists’ meeting were sent
to scientists and business men over the South. Delegates from practically
all the scientific organizations of the South and representatives in scien¬
tific and industrial fields of eleven Southern states met in Mobile in con¬
nection with the Alabama Academy of Science meeting held at Spring
Hill College.

Dr. George D. Palmer of the University of Alabama served as presi¬
dent during the period of organization. L. C. Bird, of Richmond, Va.,
was elected first vice-president, and Fr. Anthony J. Westland, S.J., of
Spring Hill College, was named first secretary. As incoming officers,
Dr. W. F. Rudd, of the Medical College of Virginia was elected president,
Dr. G. H. Boyd, of the University of Georgia President-Elect, Milton H.
Fies, Birmingham industrialist, Vice-President, and G. D. Palmer, Uni¬
versity of Alabama, was named secretary-treasurer to serve three years.

A copy of the complete report of the organization of the S. A. A. S.
may be secured from the Secretary.

GEORGE D. PALMER,

Secretary-T reasurer,

LTniversity, Alabama.

iScience, April 18, 1941, Vol. 93 No. 2416, pages 378-379.

J9

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Presidential Address, C. M. Farmer

Man, like all other organisms, is in interaction with his environment.
His activities have always been largely directed toward living, securing the
means of carrying on the life processes. Primitive man’s chief problem
was to get food and keep from being food for other animals.

But man’s mental endowment has enabled him better to adjust himself
than other organisms, although in some respects he is not as well adapted
as they are. Somewhere in the animal series man became endowed with
the consciousness of his own actions, the ability to think and formulate
concepts. As he secured his food he learned much about the plants and
animals upon which he subsisted. He learned to domesticate them, and
by breeding and care, to develop them into kinds better suited to his needs.
He observed the phenomena of nature and postulated explanations for
them. In some instances his hypotheses were sound but more often they
were mythical and fanciful, and there is found much of the same kind of
thing even today.

Gradually, however, there was built up a body of real knowledge of
his environment, and science had its beginning. Many of the fanciful ex¬
planations of nature were handed down by tradition and became a part of
the folk lore of the race, thus becoming difficult to eradicate in the pres¬
ence of more facts and reflective thinking, hence the widespread supersti¬
tions even in this boasted age of science.

As through the mist of ancient history science slowly emerges, it seems
that the Chaldeans and Egyptians were perhaps the greatest contributors.
From them the Greeks learned much. While the Greeks, who some say
were the greatest people ever to live on this planet, did not develop a great
science, they contributed a great deal by their scientific spirit and attitude
their love of and search for truth. Charles Singer in “Science and Civili¬
zation,” says : “It was not the practice of science which the Greeks in¬
vented, but the scientific idea, the conception that the world was know-
able.” Science owes much to some of their great thinkers, particularly to
Aristotle, “the father of natural science.”

The Romans, who inherited much of Grecian culture, strange to say,
did not make much progress in science. It would seem that a people so
militaristic and materialistic would have been interested in the advancement
of science. True, some of their great men made some contribution, but
on the whole Rome did not make the progress we should expect from so
great a people.

In the Dark Age, while “intellectual and scientific darkness was not
complete” and the previous advances were not lost, there was not much
contribution to progress. It seems to have been in the life of the race
what the psychologists call in the individual’s learning process, a plateau —
a marking time, so to speak.

The thirteenth century saw a new spirit and desire for knowledge
reviving in the minds of men. Among the outstanding men of the cen¬
tury were Roger Bacon in the natural sciences and Leonardo of Pisa in the
mathematical sciences. Then the Renaissance from the fourteenth to the
sixteenth centuries brought wonderful strides. Advance in medicine, nat¬
ural science, mechanical inventions, and the development of printing from
movable type, mark the progress of the period.

The sixteenth century ushered in the modern period, “the Age of
Science,” as we are pleased to call it. Such men of genius as Vesalius,
Kepler, Copernicus, Galileo, and Newton, wrought mightily in the sixteenth

20

and seventeenth centuries and laid foundations for the wonderful develop¬
ment of science in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries. The
seventeenth century saw the invention or improvement of many scientific
instruments which have made possible modern progress.

The reason for this historical summary is merely to stress the fact
that the advancement of science has not been due to popular interest in or
knowledge of science, but to the work of a comparatively few men of
genius. There was apparently little or no effort on the part of the an¬
cients to teach to their youth what science they had. All through the cen¬
turies there has been a remarkable neglect of scientific instruction. Some
outcroppings here and there, to be sure, there have been but no universal
effort to disseminate scientific knowledge as there has been in the clas¬
sics. Primitive people were taught “what to do” and “how to do,” but not
the why of it. The priests were instructed in the why of things, but
such teaching was reserved for the priestly class and the public generally
received no such instruction.

In the earlier centuries of the modern era, study of nature was fos¬
tered more by academies of science than by the schools and universities.
The first of these academies was established at Naples in 1560. In Ger¬
many, while the university of Halle offered courses in science from the
first, the academies and the real-schools gave it most attention. In 1794
France founded the normal school of Paris where some of the most fa¬
mous scientists lectured. Paul Monroe says that : “Modern scientific teach¬
ing in the universities, together with the experimental use of laboratories
by students, may be said to have begun about 1825 by Liebig at Giessen.
In 1860 the faculty of science was created in the University of London
and the degrees of doctor and bachelor of science were first given. It was
not until 1869 that courses in science were established in any number in
Oxford and Cambridge.”

In America, while science was given some attention in the universities
and colleges, it was comparatively insignificant. For example, Harvard,
in 1642, offered a course in astronomy and the seniors studied “the nature
of plants” for one hour on Saturdays in the summer. In 1690, Harvard
introduced physics, and Yale did the same thing early in the eighteenth
century.

Of significance, as showing the effect of the absence of denominational
control over education, Kings College (now Columbia University), in 1754.
and the University of Pennsylvania, in 1755, set a precedent in the amount
of scientific instruction offered. Neither of these institutions was under
denominational control. In 1779, William and Mary College, the second
oldest in the United States, following the example of Kings College and
the University of Pennsylvania, set up a curriculum in which the natural
sciences had a rather conspicuous place. The University of Virginia,
founded in 1819, allowed students to elect their courses, yet in my own
student days there, when it was proposed to offer the B.S. degree, there
went up a protest by the alumni, charging that the University would prosti¬
tute its prestige by substituting a smattering of science for the old hard-
earned classical degree. Harvard did not allow complete freedom of elec¬
tion until the administration of President Elliot in 1869. Cornell, estab¬
lished in 1867, from the start gave freedom of election and emphasized
courses in science and technology. Other institutions about this time be¬
gan offering electives. Monroe says, “with the elective system came the
general ascendency of scientific subjects.” However, owing to the in¬
fluence of the old classics, it does not seem that science became very im¬
portant in the popular mind, as indicated by the opposition to the B.S’.

21

degree in the University of Virginia, as stated a moment ago. So much
for science in the higher institutions.

In the secondary schools Germany seems to have taken the lead
pretty early, probably due to what is known as the “sense-realist move¬
ment.” Early in the nineteenth century the public schools were giving
considerable attention to science and by 1882 the Realgymnasium, the
Oberreal schule and the real-schule had dropped Latin and substituted a
scientific curriculum. In addition there was established technical high
schools, wherein science, of course, had a prominent place.

The academies in England introduced science into the secondary cur¬
riculum, but these declined in the eighteenth century and “little was ’done
to continue any interest in the study of the sciences.” During the first
half of the nineteenth century a controversy between the sciences and
the classics in the secondary schools began and continued for a long time.
Here and there science received some attention in secondary education in
England, but in spite of the efforts of Herbert Spencer and Thomas
Huxley, it did not become generally popular.

As in England, the academies introduced science into secondary edu¬
cation in America. They were organized as “peoples schools”, as the
public high schools later were called. Even in these schools courses in
science were few and instruction limited mostly to textbooks. Although
established to supply the demand for popular secondary education, they in
time came to be dominated by the' colleges, and, instead of courses suited
to the needs of the many, they catered to the few who were preparing to
enter college. Soon the academies were supplanted by the public high
schools. In them science was given a place, but superficial instruction,
poor equipment and a desire to prepare students for college, to which they,
like the academies, succumbed, prevented them from doing a good job of
giving the public a scientific education.

In the field of elementary education Germany takes the lead in em¬
phasis upon science. Through the influence of Pestalozi in 1810 science
in the elementary grades was made general and has continued so. “For
almost a century, science has been recognized as one of the subjects of the
elementary schools throughout almost the whole of the German-speaking
countries,” says Monroe.

England, as in the case of secondary and higher learning, has been
a laggard in popularizing science in the elementary schools. Until 1900 the
3 R’s were the only required subjects. More recently instruction in ele¬
mentary science has been made compulsory.

The United States, following the example of England, taught vir¬
tually nothing but the three R’s until after the middle of the nineteenth
century. Then a little geography and physiology were introduced. The
New England states took the lead in teaching science in the elementary
schools, but the movement grew slowly even there. In the early part of
the present century, the nature study movement grew out of object teach¬
ing and this a few years ago gave place to elementary science. The South,
backward in all forms of education, has been particularly neglectful of
elementary and secondary science instruction. It would seem that a rural
people such as ours, living close to nature, would be particularly interested
in nature study or elementary science, but such is not the case. The
South in general and Alabama in particular have been extremely slow
to take advantage of the opportunity and duty to interest and instruct
pupils in their natural environment.

In 1930 the Alabama State Department of Education prepared and
published an elaborate elementary course of study in which elementary

22

science had a prominent place. I had the honor to have a considerable
part in the preparation of that course. It was carefully worked out, with
examples of what some teachers had actually done explained in detail, and
yet little results came from it. The chief cause, I think, was the ignor¬
ance of nature on the part of the teachers themselves. It is astounding
how little teachers know about natural things and phenomena. Superin¬
tendents complain that they have difficulty in finding teachers of science.
Nearly all teachers, they say, wish to teach history or English in high
school. Conditions are improving but painfully slow.

The reasons for this lack of scientific training, as I see it, are: First,
the influence of theology. Education from the earliest times until very
recently has been under the dominance of the church. Even in our day
it has a considerable, though liberalized influence. Science has been looked
upon as being contradictory to the teachings of theology. The findings
of science often have conflicted with current interpretations of theological
concepts. Few people have taken the position that a prominent churchman
several years ago expressed to me when he said, “The church needs a
scrap heap where it may discard the outworn dogmas as science has for
its outworn theories.” Or that expressed by Dr. Herman Harrell Horne
of New York University when he said, “For science to deny the truths
of religion is to make itself arrogant; for religion to antagonize the find¬
ings of science makes itself ridiculous.”

Second, the influence of the classics and tradition. The influence of
the so-called cultural subjects has been stronger than that of the practical.
Herbert Spencer in “Education” states this view so clearly, I quote :
“There are men who would resent as an insult any imputation of ignorance
respecting the fabled labors of a fabled demi-god, show not the slightest
shame in confessing that they do not know where the Eustachian tubes
are, what are the actions of the spinal cord, what is the normal rate of
pulsation, or how the lungs are inflated. While anxious that their sons
should be well up in the superstitions of 2,000 years ago, they care not
that they should be taught anything about the structure and function of
their own bodies — nay, would even disapprove such instruction. So over¬
whelming is the influence of established routine ! So terribly in our edu¬
cation does the ornamental override the useful !”

Third, poorly organized courses. The classics have had centuries of
popularity and courses have been well constructed and texts well prepared
to present them in the best possible manner. Natural science with less
time in which to build up has stumbled along with poorly organized
courses, unattractive textbooks, and inefficient teachers. This I believe
to be a potent factor in preventing it from being popular in schools. As
was pointed out previously, elementary teachers seldom know any science
to teach. High school teachers of science, who themselves have frequently
missed the point of their college courses, have made the error of trying to
reproduce them in their classes, often with poor equipment and difficult
texts. The result all too frequently has been to inculcate a dislike for the
subject in the minds of the youngsters. Only those with something of a
genius for it or who wished to follow some pursuit where a background
of real science was required to have been much interested. This group con¬
stitutes a very small minority of the high school students. Improvement
has come about in the last few years, but there is room for much more.

Fourth, the. indifference of scientists to popular interests. Research
men are often little concerned about what the general public knows. The
research scientist often takes.it for granted that people do not understand
him and are not interested in what he is doing. The satisfaction which

23

comes to him is in finding some new principle or fact and the acclaim he
gets from his fellow scientists who understand and appreciate such work.
Frequently even the teachers of science in universities and colleges are more
concerned with research than in “selling” their courses to their students. His
mind concentrated upon a problem of research, the professor may even forget
the class until the hour is partly gone, whereupon, if the students have
been good enough to remain, he may rush before them with no organized
lecture and his mind still upon his research problem. Results from such
teaching, if teaching it may be called, can scarcely be of a very high order.
Nor has the research scientist been concerned about publishing the results
of his work in a way that the non-technical man may be benefitted. Real,
authoritative science books in the past have been comparatively few, high
priced, and written in language that the layman could not understand. So,
there grew up a mass of literature for the public purporting to be scien¬
tific, but frequently inaccurate, unauthentic, misleading — '“yellow journal¬
ism,” Dr. Bird of the University of Virginia used to call such writings.
Fortunately the last several years have seen quite a change in this matter.
Popular books are now written either by scientists themselves, such as
Hegner’s “Parade of the Animal Kingdom,” Jenning’s “Biological Basis of
Human Nature,” ClendenningT “Human Body,” and “Romance of Medi¬
cine,” and many other fascinating books ; or by popular writers whose
writings are under the direction of real scientists as, for example, Schein-
feld’s “You and Heredity.” There has been an effort in the last decade
to popularize science by publishing in science sections of reputable maga¬
zines as well as science journals, such as the “Scientific Monthly,”
“Science News-Letter,” etc., reports of scientific discoveries and experi¬
ments, in language that can be understood by the non-scientific reader.
These, I believe, have accomplished something toward educating the public
along scientific lines. Picture shows and science films for schools have
appeared in limited number and there is great promise in these agencies.
Much remains to be done in these endeavors, however.

Up to this point we have been discussing the lack of public educa¬
tion in science. The results of this failure upon society I wish now to
bring to your attention.

We boast of our progress in an age of science. When discussing
modern civilization we enumerate the inventions, great industries, progress
of medicine and surgery, and so on, yet in this twentieth century people
are far from being scientific in their thinking or in their attitudes. When
fraudulent food distributors, patent medicine fakers, and fortune tellers,
can wring from a gullible public millions of dollars annually we can
scarcely claim to be scientific. When palmistry and astrology use the
radio, an instrument of the highest scientific achievement, to disseminate to
millions of people their fakes and claim them in the name of science, when
people in all walks of life from errand boys to U. S', senators believe in
superstitions and carry charms for good luck, we can hardly say scientific
knowledge has become universal. Rather the word has become one with
which to charm the public who cannot distinguish the spurious from the
genuine. Fortune tellers claim with gusto that they are scientific, fraudu¬
lent advertisers proclaim science as the foundation of their products, fakers
of every description refer to science as the basis of their claims, knowing
full well that the public whom they are addressing know no science but
will be charmed by the magic of the word. Dr. Oliver Wendall Holmes
is quoted as saying, “We put medicines of which we know little into our
bodies of which we know less to cure diseases of which we know nothing.”
This will certainly apply to those people of the present day who are led to

24

self medication by the influence of patent medicine advertisements or the
rantings of a long haired street vendor.

Again, this ignorance of science on the part of the public has been, in
part at least, responsible for many and grievous errors, such as the disturbance
of natures balance by wanton slaughter of the birds, the virtual extinction
of the bison, the denudation of our forests, the improper handling of soil,
the destruction wrought by fire. To ignorance may be attributed the
prevalence of bacterial and nutritional diseases which science has found
how to prevent. The presence of hookworm or malaria in a community
is evidence of the ignorance of its people. People do not have the scientific
attitude, but are motivated by prejudice, emotions, or expediency, rather than
by reason based on facts and principles. It is said that the great scientists
Faraday once exclaimed : “Society, speaking generally, is not only ignorant
as respects education of the judgment, but is also ignorant of its ig¬
norance.” Dr. Elliot the “grand old man” of Harvard, is quoted as saying
that “the world has always been and probably always will be ruled mainly bv
feeling.” Perhaps he is right, but to the extent that the actions of people
are determined by intelligence rather than by emotions or prejudice will a
high and complex civilization be possible. I, of course, do not wish to see
emotional education neglected, for there is decidedly a place for the emo¬
tions, and one devoid of feeling would be a poor or evil member of society.
On the other hand, life dominated by emotions or prejudice is by no means
as efficient as when judgment and reason prevail. I believe that universal
scientific education would go a long way toward establishing the scientific
attitude and eliminating prejudice, superstitions, and ignorance, and es¬
tablishing in their place intelligent ideas of and responses to environment,
both natural and social.

Nor do I believe education in science to be antagonistic to aesthetic
appreciation. On the contrary it enhances the sense of value of art, music,
poetry. Let me quote Herbert Spencer: “We find,” he says, “that aes¬
thetics in general are necessarily based upon scientific principles ; and can
be pursued with complete success only through an acquaintance with
these principles. We find that for the criticism and due appreciation of
the works of art, a knowledge of the constitution of things, or in other
words, a knowledge of science is requisite. And we not only find that
science is the handmaid to all forms of art and poetry, but that rightly
regarded science is itself poetic.”

Another great intellect, Thomas Huxley, expressed it in these words :
“I cannot give you any example of a thorough aesthetic pleasure more in¬
tensely real than a pleasure of this kind — the pleasure which arises in one’s
mind when a whole mass of different structures run into one harmony as
the expression of a central law.” And again — “the great majority of the
forms of art — derive much of their quality from simultaneous and even
unconscious excitement of the intellect.”

There are those who fear that the achievements of science will make
possible or even probable the destruction of civilization. The race,
they say, has come into possession of natural forces which it is not
competent to control, that the material advances have so far progressed
beyond that of the control of human nature as to make a dangerous situa¬
tion. Even scientists in some instances have entertained such thoughts.
A few years ago, it was reported, a proposal was made in a meeting of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science that it go on record
as favoring a moratorium on research until society had time to catch up.
Of course in the very nature of things, such proposals get nowhere, for
the mind of man will not stop in its search for knowledge, and the only

thing, as I see it, which will retard or stop his efforts will be such bad
economic and political conditions as to render progress impossible. In a
recent issue of the “Christian Century” there was an article by Baker
Brownell, professor of philosophy in Northwestern University, entitled
“Will Science Commit Suicide?” In conclusion he says; “Science will sur¬
vive with despotism ; will commit suicide leaving despotism ; or will give
victory to liberal culture. The future may as easily write one answer
as another.” Personally I do not feel that mankind is in grave danger
from the advance of science and technology. True, what is good for the
race may be potentially bad, but man has always used instruments of in¬
vention for destructive as well as constructive purposes. Primitive man’s
stone hatchet was used alike to slay his food or split open the head of an
opposing tribesman. So, through the ages those scientific creations of such
great benefit to the race have been, on occasion, turned to destructive
uses. Yet, if rightly taught, science, I believe will be an important factor
in establishing a sane attitude on the part of people and bring about the
time when the mechanisms of destruction will be converted into the imple¬
ments of peace and construction.

If we set out to evaluate knowledge in terms of its worth to man¬
kind, we may well apply the criteria proposed by Spencer who said: “1.
Those activities that minister directly to self-preservation; 2. Those activi¬
ties, which by securing the necessities of life, indirectly minister to self-
preservation; 3. Those activities which have for their end the rearing
and discipline of offspring; 4. Those activities which are involved in the
maintenance of proper social and political relations ; 5. Those miscel¬
laneous activities which make up the leisure part of life, devoted to the
gratification of the tastes and feelings.”

It seems to me that we can scarcely avoid arriving at the same con¬
clusion to which he arrived : “Thus, to the question with which we set
out, what knowledge is of most worth? The reply is — science. This is the
verdict in all the counts. For direct self-preservation or the maintenance
of life and health, the all-important knowledge is — science. For the in¬
direct self preservation which we call gaining a livelihood, the knowledge
of greatest value is — science. For the due discharge of parental functions,
the proper guidance is to be found only in — science. For that interpre¬
tation of national life, past and present, without which the citizen cannot
rightly regulate his conduct, the indispensable key is — science. Alike for
the most perfect production and highest enjoyment of art in all its forms,
the needful preparation is still — science. And for the purposes of discip¬
line, intellectual, moral, religious, the most efficient study is, once more —
science.” If we agree that scientific knowledge is so important, how is it
to be disseminated among men? The remaining part of this address I wish
to devote to a consideration of what I conceive to be an effective plan for
educating the public.

First, in the elementary schools the native interest in things of nature
possessed by every normal child should be utilized. If children are directed
in an intelligent study of their environment, as they satisfy their curiosity
about things in the acquisition of facts about them, their appetites for more
facts will be increased and they will not only get great pleasure out of their
effort, but will gradually accummulate a wealth of information. As Dr.
Gerald Craig of Columbia University has said, “It is now possible for a
child to know more than the scientist of a century ago.” It is astonishing
how much children will learn when given the opportunity. I have been
surprised almost beyond expression when asked to go before a class of
children in the training school of the Troy State Teachers College and

26

answer questions which could not be answered by their teachers. These
often involve principles of science difficult to make clear even to col¬
lege students. The clearness of the statement of the questions and the in¬
telligent response to the answer given is little short of amazing. If these
children continue this throughout the grades and high school, it is pleasant
to contemplate what sort of college students they will be. This type of
education has been neglected but there is a trend toward improvement,
and I believe we may confidently look forward to the time when it will be
universal.

In the high schools, science instruction has been too theoretical and
has made little appeal to the average student. As a result he has gone out
into life with little or no practical knowledge and devoid of the scientific
attitude. This, too, is improving here and there, but for the defect to be
cured, will require a different type of teaching from that usually employed.
My plan is that there shall be taught the fundamentals of science which
apply to the problems of daily life. This, I conceive, will get the interest
of the student without which no real learning takes place.

In the colleges, too, there should be a liberalizing of the science courses.
The bulk of college students are not greatly interested in the technical and
theoretical type of courses usually offered. The high specialization of
modern science has led to the erroneous assumption that the undergraduate
student should have courses of a specialized and technical nature. Dr.
Grace White, professor of biology in Wilson College, Chambersburg, Penn¬
sylvania, says : “It is almost as useless to know too much about too little
as too little about too much.” We have made the error, in my opinion,
of trying to teach too much about too little. In correcting this error I
would not wish to fall into the opposite one of teaching too little about too
much. There should be sound scholarship, but if we are to accomplish the
desired results with those students who do not expect to be technical
scientists, we shall have to strip the courses of much of their technical
and theoretical aspects. Many college textbooks discuss in great detail
theories about which scientists themselves are not agreed and which need
much more research to establish. With such texts it can hardly be ex¬
pected that students will be other than confused and develop a distaste for
the subject. What we need in high school and undergraduate college work
is that, from the great body of available scientific knowledge, fundamental
and established principles, applicable to the solution of the problems of the
daily life of the student, shall be selected and taught. This I do not con¬
ceive to be contradictory to real scholarship, but rather, conducive ro
sound, practical education.

Then, too, science courses must be better organized. As previously
pointed out, other courses have had a much longer history and are much
better organized and better taught. Phillip B. Sharpe in the “American
Biology Teacher” for October, 1940, accuses science teachers of being
“Rip Van Winkles while other subjects are more scientifically taught than
science itself”. Science instructors must awake to the need for a better
selection of material, more suited to the needs and interests of their stu¬
dents and which will be of more practical value in the solution of the
problems of daily life.

In addition to this program of instruction in the schools, there should
be more attention to the adult public. More books and periodicals should
be published in language that the layman can understand and in which
he will take an interest. J. B. S. Haldane says, “The public has lost touch
with the progress of science.” The truth is, it has never had much in¬
terest to lose. As Gregory in his “Discovety of the Spirit and Service

27

of Science,” says, "the popular mind has a misconception of science and
scientists.” This, of course, is due to ignorance and can be overcome only
by public enlightenment. In a day when the printing press is turning out
so much material and people are such gormandizers of printed matter, there
seems to be a good opportunity for scientists to carry much further the
work already well begun of writing popular books which will help to edu¬
cate the public mind.

In conclusion may I briefly summarize what I believe would result in
universal scientific education, rightly directed :

First, the value to the individual who would learn more about his
own being and how to care for himself, the satisfaction which would come
to him by a greater knowledge of the things about him, more of the
scientific attitude which would make for saner judgment and sounder
reasoning and better interpretation of his experiences. Rightly taught it
will make for better behavior and more efficient activity in all aspects of
life.

Second, value to society. It would help in the solution of social and
economic problems. Great emphasis is being placed upon the so-called so¬
cial sciences, which, as Julian Huxley has pointed out in a recent magazine
article, are not sciences in the true sense, and must go through a period of
development similar to that which the natural sciences experienced before
there will be a real social science. Because of its subjective character in
contrast to the objective character of natural sciences, it will be more diffi¬
cult to develop. General scientific education would, I believe, greatly in¬
crease the efficiency of labor, which is so much needed in industry, and
indeed in all vocations. Not only would it make the laborer more efficient,
but would give him a saner attitude and cause him to take a pride in doing
his work well and make him a better and more competent individual in a
democratic society.

Last, but not least, it would result in a greater number of research
scientists. When the public mind has been raised to higher levels of knowl¬
edge and appreciation of science, out of that popular spirit will come an
ever increasing number of people who will devote themselves to research,
both theoretical and practical.

This, then, is my plea for a general science education, beginning in the
lowest grades and continuing through the elementary school, high school,
college and university and on through life, that all persons, to the extent
of their ability may know the truth, and the truth will make them free.

28

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED
March 21 and 22, 1941

SECTION I

BIOLOGY AND MEDICAL SCIENCE

BRUCELLOSIS: a brief history; incidence in Alabama; 1939-1940;

L. S. Suter, Laboratory of Alabama State Department of Health,

Montgomery, Ala.

Brucellosis has existed for centuries in certain parts of the world, but,
for lack of knowledge, until recently has remained undefined. It has in
many isolated cases been mistaken for other diseases ; it has been called
‘‘Malta fever,” “Texas fever,” and “Undulant fever.” Brucellosis was for
the first time clearly defined and described as a clinical entity by Marston
(1861) in the Maltese Islands. He called it “Mediterranean remittant,” or
“gastric remittant” fever. In 1887 Sir David Bruce isolated the causative
organism of “Malta fever” from the spleens of persons who had died of
the disease and he named the organism “Micrococcus melitensis.” Bang in
Denmark (1897) isolated on organism from the uterine discharge of cows
that had aborted. He proved this organism to be the causative agent of in¬
fectious abortion of cattle and named the organism “Bacillus abortus.” In
1914 an organism similar to Bang’s “Bacillus abortus” was isolated from
the hog by Traum. Evans in 1918 found that these organisms of Bruce
and Bang were similar.

A few years later a new genus, “Brucella,” in honor of Sir David
Bruce, was created to include all of these organisms. (Myer & Shaw, 1920).
We now recognize three species with primary hosts as follows: Brucella
melitensis from the goat; Br. abortus from the cow; and Br. suis from
the hog.

In Alabama during the last two years the number of cases reported to
the State Department of Health were as follows : 1939, 59 ; 1940. 70.
Cases reported by counties were as follows: for 1939, Mobile 11, Mont¬
gomery 10, Jefferson 7, Lee and Escambia 4 each, Dale, Covington. Cof¬
fee and Houston 3 each, Bullock 2, and 9 other counties with 1 each; for
1940, Houston 17, Montgomery 15, Jefferson 6, Covington 5, Chambers
and Escambia 4, Butler, DeKalb and Pike 2 each, and 1 each from 13 other
counties.

In 1939 the Laboratories of the Alabama State Department of Health
examined 8,170 bloods. Of these 108 exhibited Br. agglutinins in titre of
more than 1 :80 and 47 in titre of less than 1 :80. Of 130 bloods cultured 10
were postive for Brucella organisms, all of which were identified as Br.
suis. In 1940, 8,323 agglutination tests were performed; of these 113
exhibited agglutinins in titre higher than 1 :80 and 55 in titre of less than
1 :80. Of the 176 Cultures performed 23 were positive for Brucella or¬
ganisms ; 16 were identified as Br. suis and 7 as Br. abortus.

29

THE EFFECTS' OF VARIOUS CHEMICALS ON THE COCK¬
ROACH

— W. F. Abercrombie, Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Magnesium sulphate, according to various investigators, has been
found to be toxic to the Mexican bean beetle, wheat wireworm, and grass¬
hoppers. Frings and Frings (1937) indicated that magnesium sulphate
may be an insecticide of value for the control of mandibulate insects. With
this statement in mind experiments were performed upon the cockroach
(Blatta orientalis Linne). Control animals received the following normal

diet:

Ground Whole Wheat Flour___ _ 50%

Dried Skim Milk _ 45%

Dried Baker’s Yeast _ 5%

Water was present in the cages at all times. Experimental animals re¬
ceived a normal standard diet with various percentages (10-100%) of the
different chemicals added. Death rates were recorded daily for periods
varying from fourteen to twenty days.

Magnesium sulphate, according to these experiments has practically no
effect on the cockroach since no deaths occured at all except in the 100%
series where 50% of the animals died. Smith (1937), as a result of field
tests with Epsom Salts bait for grasshoppers, found that Epsom Salts did
not give satisfactory results.

Lead arsenate, a very effective poison, killed all of the animals ex¬
cept 10% in the 10% series.

Potassium cyanide killed most of the animals and usually within the
first fifteen minutes. Experiments with and without water indicate that
the generation of HCN is responsible for the sudden deaths.

Strychnine sulphate does not kill below the 80% concentration.

Bichloride of mercury killed all the cockroaches within 3 days except
those in the 10% mixture.

Lead acetate is not an effective poison since the animals died only in the
100% mixture.

Barium carbonate is a slow acting poison, failing to kill all of the
animals during the experimental period.

Cupric sulphate above 20% was effective as a poison since most of the
animals died within the first five days.

It may be concluded, according to the experimental procedure used,
that the chemicals may be arranged in the folowing order with regard to
their effectiveness as poisons :

Potassium cyanide > bichloride of mercury > lead arsenate>
cupric sulphate > barium carbonate > strychnine sulphate >
magnesium sulphate > lead acetate.

SOME EFFECTS OF COLD ON PLANTS IN ALABAMA IN 1940
— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University, Ala.

The cold winter and spring of 1940 in Alabama affected vegetation in
several different ways. The zero weather at Tuscaloosa in late January
killed several species of cultivated shrubs and trees to the ground, and a
few others completely, but had little effect on native plants, except for
delaying the blooming of the alder and elms about a month, and the oaks
about tw’o wreeks.

30

A killing frost the night of April 12-13 wilted the half-grown leaves
on many trees, and practically wiped out the crop of hickory nuts, pecans,
annual-fruiting acorns, muscadines and persimmons in the northern half
of the state, but did less damage southward.

On account of the late start most of the tree leaves got, most of the
deciduous ones had not completed their annual cycle by the middle of No¬
vember, and were still green, when a killing frost wilted the leaves on
several species of trees, wild and cultivated, before they had formed the
abscission layer at the base of the petiole, and left them drooping until
they were dislodged by rain a week or two later.

CYTOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES ON THE
GENUS CROOMIA

— Alvin V. Beatty, University, Ala.

The genus Croomia, along with two other genera, Stemona and Stich-
oneuron, including 8 species in all, belongs to the Roxburghiaceae, a family
having as its center of distribution Japan, India and Australia. This is a
fairly homogenous family being some what ancient as indicated by the dis¬
tribution of the genus Croomia. Of the two species in this genus, Croomia
japonica is common in Japan while Croomia pauciflora is found in Georgia,
Alabama, and Florida. The genus has a strong superficial resemblance to
some herbaceous Berberidaceae, but the affinity to the genus Medeola in
the Liliaceae is strongly suggested by the number, 24 diploid, size and
shape of the chromosomes.

INFECTIOUS EQUINE ENCEPHALOMYELITIS IN DOMESTIC
ANIMALS, BIRDS AND MAN

— L. E. Starr, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Equine encephalomyelitis is an infectious disease of equines and is
caused by a neurotrophic virus. Horses, mules and man are susceptible to
natural infection and monkeys, rabbits, guinea pigs, rats and mice by arti¬
ficial exposure. It has been found that some rodents and birds such as the
ring-necked pheasants, turkeys and probably some migratory birds act as
carriers or reservoirs of infection although not themselves susceptible.

The disease is transmitted by biting insects although infection by con¬
tact may occur.

The disease is prevalent throughout the Untied States, two distinct
varieties of virus being known. The eastern variety occurs east of the
Allegheny Mountains and the Western variety west of the mountains. The
two viruses are closely related but one will not immunize against the
other.

Several proven cases of infection in children have been reported from
the New England States west to Minnesota. All cases have been fatal.
One fatality followed probable laboratory infection.

The disease is of great economic importance, thousands of horses
dying in some years. It is believed that we now have a reliable method
of prophylaxis with the development of a check embryo tissue vaccine.
Treatment is not satisfactory.

TEMPERATURE ANALYSIS OF ENDOCRINE FUNCTION

— C. M. Pomerat, University, Ala.

A Warburg respirometer designed to measure simultaneously the 02
consumption and the CO.> production of the newt, Triturus viridescens
Raf., at temperatures ranging from 6° to 28° C was described. All data
reported was collected from animals in which no movement was observed.
Normal, well fed spring collected animals gave a single u value for both
02 and C02 of 17,200±.

The effect of temperature on the respiration of castrate, hypophysec-
tomized, immature (red eft), thyroidectomized and pancreatectomized ani¬
mals showed no shift in the temperature characteristic. The fact that the
respiratory rate-temperature relationship (or relative respiratory rate)
remained unaffected following the removal of the major endocrine glands
is interpreted as indicating a constancy of pacemaker link not directly
dependant upon these coordinator devices.

SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF SOME ECONOMICALLY IM¬
PORTANT PARASITES OF THE CHICKEN

(G ALIMS GALLUS).

— Reed O. Christenson and Robt. L. Butler, Jr., Alabama Polytechnic
Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Autopsies made over a 12-month period on 499 chickens from East
Alabama flocks yielded a total of 35,259 parasitic intestinal worms, giving
an average of 71 worms per bird. The maximum load from a single
chicken was 1,202 worms; some had as many as five different species oc¬
curring concurrently. The seasonal distribution of the parasites occurring
most frequently, including Heterakis gallinac, Ascaridia galli and various
cestodes, is shown in the composite curve in Graph 1. The total worm
burden is relatively low until early October. Shortly thereafter infections
accumulate rapidly, reaching the peak in November. The individual species
of parasites encountered follow closely this incidence distribution, the
younger birds having, in general, a lesser parasite load than the year-
old chickens prior to November. Climatological data suggest a reason for
this distribution. Official weather reports of the Auburn station show two
relatively dry periods of the year ; the first during April and May, and
the second from September to December (Graph 2). The months of June,
July, August and September are the hottest months of the year, and rep¬
resent a period of relatively heavy rainfall. Under the sod-covered yard
conditions in which the flocks under observation had to live, it is believed
that the sod and accompanying vegetation effectively blanketed the parasite
eggs and vectors from excessive heat, and that the heavy rainfall cooled
the soil surfaces so that ideal temperatures for the propagation of para¬
sites resulted. Were it not for the heavy rainfall the soil temperatures
would reach lethal proportions during this period. Ineffective organisms ac¬
cumulate in the soil during these wet, hot months and toward the end of the
period they are so concentrated that the parasite load in the bird reaches
its maximum regardless of the fact that the following months may be
relatively dry. The occurrence of many developmental stages of parasitic
worms in the digestive tracts of birds during the latter part of the wet
season and extending into October definitely relates infection to this period.

Parasitologists in this area agree that the incidence of gastro-intestinal
parasites of other animals feeding under pasture conditions follow the dis-

32

tributional curve given below for important chicken parasites. Since hook¬
worm larvae are so dependent on moisture (Chandler, 1929) it is probable
that the primary infections in man are correlated with the wet period.
Such parasites as Trichuris trichiura and Ascaris lumbricoides of man, be¬
cause of the inherent nature of the organisms, are governed in their dis¬
tribution and incidence by much the same factors which govern Heterakis
gallinae and Ascaridia gctlli. It is probable that they follow the same, or
a similar, incidence curve.

Number of

PoREM/TEiS

Orrph / Oeruonbl Occurrence of

In te j t/nrl He l min thj

Graph 1. — Seasonal occurrence of 35,259 intestinal parasites of the chicken
recovered from 499 autopsies over a 12-month period.

33

Temp F°

Graph 2. — Thermohydrograph based upon the weather data of the Auburn
Weather Station for the autopsy period. Data supplied by
Professor J. M. Robinson.

GLUCOSE TOLERANCE IN

PARTIALLY HYPOPHYSECTOMIZED ALBINO RATS1

— Herman D. Jones, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

It has been shown that insulin injected into a partially hypophysec-
tomized albino rat produced a hyperglycemia instead of a hypoglycemia as
commonly occurs in one completely hypophysectomized. The work thus
far presented on the relationship of the pituitary to carbohydrate metabolism
has been done primarily on animals with complete ablation of the pituitary,
and due to the hyperglycemia response to insulin of partially hypophysec¬
tomized animals it seemed of interest to investigate glucose tolerance in
animals with partial hypophysectomy. It was thought that this might
give additional information on the part the pituitary plays in this phase
of metabolism.

Hypophysectomies and blood glucose determinations were done as
previously outlined. The completeness of the hypophysectomy was then
determined by injecting insulin and ascertaining whether or not hyper or
hypoglycemia resulted. The degree of completeness determined, glucose

34

tolerance test were made on both groups of animals. The twenty strong,
active rats used in the experiment were allowed at least two weeks to
recover. Complete removal of the hypophysis was found in 8 rats with
partial removal in 12. Glucose tolerance tests were also made on 5 normal
rats. A 0.3 cc blood sample was taken immediately before subcutaneous
injection of approximately 0.25 gm of glucose per 150 gm body weight.
Samples were taken at 30 minute intervals for the first two hours and at
hourly intervals for the third and fourth hours. Immediately after the glucose
tolerance test the animals were sacrificed and autoposied. Careful his¬
tological and gross examination of the pituitary was made in order to
check with the insulin tests and for confirmation of the results. All the
tissue, varying from fragments to approximately J4 the gland were section¬
ed and some stained with H and E, and others according to the Cleveland
Technique. In some animals only the anterior lobe was found, in others
fragments of both lobes.

The results indicate that apparently there is a different response to
glucose in the partially hypophysectomized rats as compared to the normal
and those with complete ablation of the gland. Normal glucose tolerance
curves were obtained from the normals, whereas in the partially hypophy¬
sectomized, there is a large increase in blood glucose during the first 30 to
60 minutes. The glucose content then begins to decrease and with a few
exceptions continued to decrease for the remainder of the experiment.
The magnitude of fall is less than in those completely hypophysectomized.
In the animals with complete ablation of the gland the tolerance curve
rises for the first 30 minutes to 1 hour, then it also begins to fall. The
rate of decrease of blood glucose in these animals is greater than in those
with partial removal of the gland.

In a careful histological study of the pituitary fragments it was found
that in some animals, fragments of both posterior and anterior lobes were
present, while in others only fragments of anterior lobes were found.

The results obtained seem to suggest that fragments of the pituitary
still exert influence on the carbohydrate metabolism to a limited extent.
That the controling pituitary has been disturbed is shown by the fact that
the blood glucose curve lies between that of a normal and a completely
hypophysectomized rat.

MITOTIC ACTIVITY OF THE HYPOPHYSIS AND ADRENAL
GLAND DURING DIFFERENT PHASES OF THE SEX CYCLE
OF THE FEMALE RAT

— Thomas E. Hunt, University, Ala.

Mitotic activity in the pars glandularis of the hypophysis is most
marked at metestrus and relatively rare at estrus and diestrus. The activity
also varies according to the age of the animal being greatest at the begin¬
ning of sexual activity (50-70 days of age), and then becoming progressive¬
ly less in older animals. Immature animals have from 5 to 6 mitoses per
sq. mm. of section. In metestrus of the first cycle there are from 30 to 70
per sq. mm. In groups of rats, approximately 150, 250, 350 and 500 days
old the average number respectively per group is 6.3, 3.1, 1.6 and 0.6
mitoses per sq. mm. Animals in diestrus and estrus have an average of
0.2 mitoses per sq. mm. About 90% of the mitoses occur in the chromo¬
phobes and 10% in the acidophils.

In the adrenal gland mitotic activity is greatest 24 to 36 hours later
in the cycle, i.e. in diestrus. At this time mitoses occur in the outer zone

35

of the fasciculata approximately ten times as frequently as they do in
other stages of the cycle. In the glomerulosa mitotic activity is essentially
the same at all stages.

All animals were killed between 11 and 12 A. M., the glands fixed in
Allen’s B-15 fluid and serially sectioned at 3 micra. Sections were stained
in either iron hematoxylin or Masson’s stain.

CROSS TOLERANCE BETWEEN PENTOBARBITAL SODIUM
(NEMBUTAL) AND DELVINAL SODIUM [5-ETHYL 5-(l-
METHYL 1-BUTENYL) BARBITURIC ACID] IN GUINEA
PIGS

— Emmett B. Carmichael, University, Ala.

The existence of cross tolerance has been established between the two
barbituric acid derivatives: 1, pentobarbital sodium, and 2, delvinal sodium.

Normal young guinea pigs were used and all injections were made
intraperitoneally. A single large does of one of the above drugs was
used and after a few days it was followed by a series of semi-weekly
doses of the other drug for a period of three weeks.

Two series of experiments were made, using pentobarbital sodium as
the initial drug; 1, sixteen guinea pigs received 20 mgm./kgm., and 2,
thirteen guinea pigs received 50 mgm./kgm. The animals in each of these
series received semi-weekly doses of 40 mgm./kgm. of delvinal sodium for
three weeks. The average length of hypnosis following the delvinal sodium
was reduced from that produced by the same size dose of this drug on
normal guinea pigs of about the same weight. The average length of
hypnosis for normal guinea pigs was 192 minutes and following the 50
mgm. dose of pentobarbital, the average length of hypnosis was reduced to
169 minutes.

A group of 16 guinea pigs that survived a single dose of 70 to 85
mgm. of delvinal sodium/kgm. were given semi-weekly doses of 20 mgm.
of pentobarbital sodium/kgm. for three weeks. A definite tolerance was
also produced in this series. This was shown by the fact that the length
of hypnosis following the first dose of the pentobarbital sodium was
markedly less than it was for normal controls with the same size dose/kgm.
The average length of hypnosis in the control experiments with a dose of
20 mgm. of pentobarbital sodium/kgm. was 93 minutes while the duration
of the hypnosis, following a large dose of delvinal sodium, was 49 min¬
utes.

THE MICROBIOLOGY OF A PAPER MILL

— Mildred A. Engelbrecht, University, Ala.

The various parts of a pulp and paper system afford an excellent
environment for microbiological activity. In this preliminary investiga¬
tion a few points of prime importance in the manufacture of paper were
selected.

The bacterial count of the incoming water was about 12,000 per cc.
This water was chlorinated before it was used in the plants. However, the
count in the beaters was approximately 10,000 bacteria per cc, indicating
infection from within the plant.

The organisms isolated from the incoming water were : M. ccmdicans,
M. frcudenreichii , Ach. liquefaciens, B. subtilis, B. teres, B. mutabilis, B.

36

viscosum, B. mycoides, and B. cereus. In the material from the beaters
M. candicans, B. cereus and B. mycoides were also isolated but none of the
other organisms found in the incoming water. In addition to these or¬
ganisms M. nitrificans, M. cmrantiacus, Staph, albus, Aer. aerogenes, B.
graveolens, B. silvaticus, B. agri, B. subtilis, B. mesentericus, and B.
aterrimus were isolated.

Since the bacterial flora of the beater was so different from that of
the river water and since the pulp was practically sterile those organisms
which were found probably entered the beaters from the wash water rein¬
fected through the pipe lines and the chests.

All of these organisms have their natural habitat in water and soil
and are of the non pathogenic type. Most of them have been cited in
literature as being present in slime and also fabricated wood containers.

There seems to be evidence, therefore, that it would be much better to
not only chlorinate the incoming water but also to rechlorinate within the
system.

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE NUTRITION OF THE PEANUT
PLANT

— Anna L. Sommer, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Peanut plants were grown as the last of a series of crops on 16 Ala¬
bama soils in an experiment to determine whether these soils were de¬
ficient in magnesium and the so-called minor elements. The plants were
grown in pots in the greenhouse and purified salts, sodium nitrate, acid
potassium phosphate and calcium sulfate, were used for the basic fertilizer.
In addition to the basic fertilizer, magnesium, a mixture of the “minor”
elements (boron, zinc, manganese, etc.) and a combination of magnesium
and the “minor” elements were added to some of the pots. Peanuts were
found to have a low requirement for the “minor” elements. On soils where
turnips and crimson clover died in the early stages of growth when these
elements were not added, peanut plants appeared normal and there was lit¬
tle decrease in dry weight or nut yield when compared with cultures re¬
ceiving them. The peanut plant appeared to be particularly sensitive to
boron toxicity, that is, a toxic condition developed with smaller amounts
of boron than for other plants investigated. Symptoms of magnesium
deficiency of the leaves appeared in only a few of the least fertile soils but
there was a marked increase in nut yield in a number of soils when mag¬
nesium was added to the fertilizer. Peanut plants absorbed more calcium
than did any of the other plants investigated. With other plants, cotton,
com, crotalaria, turnips and crimson clover, an excess of calcium sulfate
was evidenced by its accumulation on the top of the soils as they ap¬
proached dryness. This was not the case when peanuts were grown and
analyses at the end of the experiment showed that the calcium had been
almost completely removed from the soils. Analyses showed that the
magnesium and calcium contents of the peanut plant were markedly greater
than those for any of the other plants investigated.

37

THE BIRD-LIME SPIDERS OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED
STATES'

— Allan F. Archer, Department of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

The bird-lime spiders of the Southeast comprise diminutive species
less than $4 of inch long. This group comprising the genus Cyclosa
(family Argiopidae) is characterized by a transverse groove on the cara¬
pace (females). The small, vertical orb web has a shroud woven into
the stabilimentum, and in it are placed the egg-sacs, plant debris, and the
corpses of victims. The coloration of the spider nearly matches the
shroud, and the spider is thus camouflaged, for, having no nest of its own,
it rests on the lower termination.

Cyclosa nanna Ivie and Barrows. The smallest species; known only
from Collier County in southwest Florida. Mature males in February.

Cyclosa conica Pallas. Most common in the North, it has been found
as far south as the Black Mountains and Piedmont of North Carolina.
In open woods and in hedges along roads or near houses. Males in Au-
gust.

Cyclosa caroli Hentz. Ranges from Maryland to the Everglades of
Florida; in Alabama south of the fall line and Blue Ridge. Occurring
in tropical hammocks, swamp woods, lowland woods, pines, ravines ; under
tables and benches in parks ; along sidewalks ; on walls of houses and
under eaves. Among its prey are mosquitoes and Argentine ants. Males
in December (Florida).

Cyclosa bifurca McCook. The largest species. Known only from
peninsular Florida, at least as far north as the limit of arboreal palms.
In palms and palmettoes in hammocks and slash pine; also around and
inside of buildings.

Cyclosa turbinata Walckenaer. Probably general in the South except
for peninsular Florida. In swamp and upland woods, oak barrens, in
fields, urban gardens and around houses. Among its prey are mosquitoes
and ants. Males in midsummer.

Cyclosa Walckenaeri Cambridge. Probably introduced into southern
Florida from South America.

THE EFFECT OF TRAUMA IN PITUITARIES ON THE INSULIN-
GLUCOSE MECHANISM OF COMPLETELY AND PARTIAL¬
LY HYPOPHYSECTOMIZED ALBINO RATS

— June Krause, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

This study was undertaken in an effort to clarify the probability of the
role of trauma to the pituitary in producing hyperglycemia following in¬
sulin injection in partially and completely hypophysectomized rats.

Twenty one female albino rats were hypophysectomized, the degree
of hypophysectomy determined, vaginal smears made daily to check these
results, and eight animals, two completes, six partials, selected for use. In
each, four whole traumatized pituitaries were transplanted subcutaneously,
a normal blood sugar determined, and calculated amounts of insulin in¬
jected. The blood sugars were then determined at definite intervals fol¬
lowing insulin injection.

The following conclusions were drawn :

(1) That traumatized pituitaries transplanted into partially hypophy¬
sectomized rats did not change the general trend of the curve as found
when insulin only was injected.

38

(2) That traumatized pituitaries transplanted into completely hy-
pophysectomized rats produce the same hyperglycemic effect as is observed
in- partially hypophysectomized rats.

SECTION II

CHEMISTRY

THE ANTIFOAMING ACTION OF SOME ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
WITH INORGANIC SALT SOLUTIONS

— Harold E. Wilcox, Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

The effectiveness of antifoaming agents can be quickly and easily de¬
termined in an apparatus known as the “dynamic foam meter’’. This in¬
strument is so called because it measures foam while the foam is being
formed, and it consists of a long, glass tube closed near one end with a
sintered glass disk of Pyrex or Jena glass. Air passing through the
porous septum at a given temperature and pressure produces with inorganic
salt solutions in the foam meter definite and reproducible foams.

The effect of various organic antifoaming agents was measured by
adding a given amount of the antifoam to the foaming salt solution and
timing the antifoam period; that is, the period during which the solu¬
tion did not foam. Temperature, alkalinity, and concentration of antifoam
were varied and the antifoam period noted.

Many different types of compounds were tried, but, in general, the
most effective antifoams for salt solutions were high molecular weight
organic materials almost insoluble in water and thus having a high capil¬
lary activity which would enable them to concentrate in the air-liquid in¬
terfaces present in foam systems. Nearly all of the effective antifoams
were liquids and possessed a polar and non-polar part of the molecule, so
that a definite orientation of those molecules occurred at the air-liquid
interface.

Six types of antifoaming action were cited, and an explanation of the
mechanism of such action was proposed for several individual antifoaming
agents.

THE USE OF SELENIUM AS A CATALYST IN BLOOD CHEM¬
ISTRY AND A NEW METHOD OF DETERMINING SUL¬
PHATES IN BLOOD SERUM AND WATER

— J. F. Duggar, Jr., Hope Hull, Ala.

In this paper an account of non protein nitrogen determination in the
blood was described by using a digestion mixture of sulphuric acid and
selenic acid composed of 75 percent by volume sulphuric acid, .6 per¬
cent selenium and remainder water. One cubic centimeter of this was
used to digest .715 cubic centimeters of Folin Wu protein free filtrate.
After five minutes digestion the digested mixture was cooled and diluted
to five (5) cubic centimeters and two cubic centimeters of Nesslers solution
was added and comparison of color made with a suitable standard.

A colorimetric method for blood sulphates was described in which the
ordinary benzidine sulphate precipitate was dissolved, diazotized and cou¬
pled with dimethyl alpha napthylamine. A brilliant amethyst color is de-

39

veloped and estimation made by comparing this color with that produced
by a suitable standard. The details of diazotizing and coupling are prac¬
tically the same as in the usual estimation of sulphanilamide in the blood.

CHEMISTRY OF CELLULOSE

— H. F. Cotter, University, Ala.

Brief reference is made to the sustained five year increase in U. S.
paper production to 15 million tons per year at an annual rate of a million
tons a year — equivalent to a dozen new large mills each year. Temporary
suppression of a million tons per year of pulp imports from the Baltic,
countries, and the at least temporary abandonment of part of the Baltic
export market produce a large demand for cellulose pulp.

U. S'. Cotton textile consumption amounts to a million tons per year,
of which a small but steadily increasing fraction is rayon. Gun-cotton is
useful military explosive.

In addition to these large scale industrial outlets, cellulose as a chem¬
ical has many useful properties. It is a cheap, readily available, tri-hy¬
droxy alcohol of controllable polymerization, resistant to all but oxidizing
agents and H-ions. Many additional properties : solubilities, softening
point, compatibility, can be developed by partial conversion of this alcohol
to various esters and ethers. Much has been learned though X-ray dif¬
fraction studies of the methods of opening up the structural units of cel¬
lulose to reach the normally protected but very useful alcoholic groups.
Such colloidal derivatives have many uses and more possibilities in lac¬
quers, plastics, transparent wrappings, thickening agents, textile and paper
sizings.

THE PREPARATION OF SOME ESTERS OF SUCCINIC ACID

— James M. Holbert and J. Y. Cooper, Birmingham-Southern College,
Ala.

This investigation, one of a series of similar problems initiated by Dr.
Emmet Reid, has for its purpose the preparation of those esters of succinic
acid which have not been heretofore recorded. Besides determining the
simple physical constants such as melting point and boiling point, it is pro¬
posed to determine bther physical constants such as density, refractive
index, and surface tension whenever possible.

All esters reported were prepared by esterifying the acid directly with
the alcohol. In the case of the lower alcohols, the reaction was catalyzed
by acid. With the higher alcohols no catalyst was necessary.

The esters prepared thus far are :

ester

n-octyl _

n-decyl _

n-dodecyl
n-tetradecyl
n-cetyl _

m o.
4.3°C.
23.1°C.
39.'2° C.
50.1 °C.
57.5°C.

40

CAST IRON AND OUR WAY OF LIFE

— W. O. McMahon, Sloss-Shef field Steel & Iron Co., Birmingham,
Ala.

The story of cast iron, a story of conquest and adventure, of work
and peace, closely parallels the story of civilization.

Iron implements, found in the Great Pyramid, are believed to date
back as far as 3733 B.C. The Chinese established an iron industry before
the dawn of the Christian Era. The development and use of coke and
the blast and cupola furnaces, in the 18th and 19th centuries, represent the
basis of the present importance of cast iron.

Today almost every human accomplishment involves the use of some
cast iron product. Its wide application results from its availability and from
the variety of physical and chemical properties it may possess due to the
presence of impurities. Of the thirty or more elements often found in
cast iron, carbon, silicon, phosphorus, manganese, and sulfur have been
considered the most important in influencing its properties. Concerning
the influence of the other elements found in iron or those which may be
added to it, much is to be learned.

Metallurgists and chemists have yet to realize the full possibilities in
the use of cast iron. It is safe to say, however, that as new properties and
new uses are discovered, cast iron will play a role of ever increasing im¬
portance in our lives.

PROBLEMS OF THE COLLEGE AND THE INDUSTRY IN EDU¬
CATING AND TRAINING A METALLURGIST

— Robert B. Oliver, University, Ala.

The purpose of this paper is to call to the attention of the schools
and the industry the gap between the graduation of a student from a tech¬
nical school and the time that he is finally of some value to the industry.
The attempts of the school to shorten this period and a request for sug¬
gestions and cooperation are sincerely presented.

The Department of Metallurgy of the University of Alabama attempts
to give only the basic fundamentals correlated with industrial applications
of each fundamental fact presented. The laboratories are used intensively
for visual instruction and to illustrate the theory presented in the lecture
work. In addition the laboratory exercises are designed to arouse and
sustain the student’s interest in the science of metallurgy. We avoid any
tendency to develop specialists but try rather to give the student a well
rounded training in the metallurgical sciences.

The members of the faculty place some emphasis on their duty to
train and develop the student’s personality and character as well as his
mind. We attempt to develop the character along its natural lines rather
than to change the character. The student is taught to have an enthusiasm
and interest in his chosen profession, to be a good and willing worker, to
be a good follower as well as a leader, to be compatible and cooperative,
and above all to be dependable.

One suggestion the department would like to offer to industry — . We
have the opportunity to observe and study each man for over two years
and the results of these observations could be of value to you in selecting a
man to fit into your organization.

41

THE PHOTOLYSIS OF METHYL FORMATE

— J. Royal, University, Ala.

The photolysis of methyl formate has been investigated by means of
the mirror method developed by Paneth and others. Free radicals were
formed. No hydrogen atoms were detected. The half-life period of the
free radicals produced by the ester has been computed to be 6 - 8 x 1(L3
seconds. This value agreed with the value obtained for the fragments
produced in the pyrolysis of lead tetramethyl.

The photolysis of methyl formate in a static system has been studied.
The products formed in the decomposition were found to be CO, H.?, CH4,
C2Hfi, CHaOH, and a minute amount of HCHO. The total reaction can
be represented as a combination of four net reactions. These are :

HCOOCHa— »CH*OH + CO (1)

HCOOCHs-»2CO + 2H2 (2)

HC00CH3-»C09 + CH4 (3)

2HCOOCHs— >C2Hr> + H2 + 2C02 (4)

The products at 50% decomposition of the ester are such that the total
reaction may be considered as made up of approximately 61% of (1),
16% of (2), 15% of (3), and 8% of (4). The effect of nitric oxide has
been studied. Mechanisms for some of the net reaction have been sug¬
gested.

NEW SYNTHETIC MOLDED PLASTICS

— Harold A. Levy, New Orleans, La.

In creating substitutes for the products of nature the organic chemist
has provided us with a variety of products whose utility, effectiveness,
beauty and cost have extended far beyond what is offered by the materials
of nature. This is especially true of the many new synthetic plastic ma¬
terials.

While synthetic plastics are now about a hundred years old, the major
progress which has extended over the past thirty years has been very
rapid. This history of the various types and their relative importance are
traced. The chemistry involved in their manufacture is presented. The
discussion includes the physical and chemical properties and characteristics
of the many types.

Their versatility, applications, limitations and relative costs are also
included. The resume includes a presentation of the trends of development
in this field.

The changes in formulation and processing are effective in better
adapting types to certain uses. The choice of types and the economics of
their selection becomes an important aspect in the growth of various forms
as well as the industry as a whole.

The closing thought includes the phases of engineering properties and
economics of these materials which may make them dominate the forms
and extent of applications of most of our industrial and domestic ma¬
terials of contruction — possibly rivalling the metals.

4:2

RESEARCH IN THE SMALL COLLEGE

— L. B. Roberts, Arkansas Agricultural and Mechanical College,
Monticello, Ark.

The South- must no longer neglect the vast possibilities for research
in small colleges, to compensate for its too few large universities and in¬
dustrial research laboratories. Besides, the colleges for their own sakes
should encourage research.

A moderate amount of research helps to keep the teacher alive and
awake, keeping him out of ruts, compelling some attention to current scien¬
tific literature, and encouraging contact with other workers. Without it
some teachers become dissatisfied. In training the student research offers
development of initiative, training in the scientific method and in clear
thinking, and an introduction to scientific literature.

The amount of research required to gain these benefits is small — just
enough to keep up the interest of teacher and student ; not enough to con¬
stitute a burden nor to interfere with other work. The kind of research
undertaken should be the simpler problems and those not requiring special
equipment, and might include routine collection of data and study of local
problems.

For research to produce the greatest benefit to the college, to indus¬
try, and to science, there must be co-operation among the workers in one
laboratory, among the departments of one institution, among institutions,
and between school and industry. Such co-operative effort can best be
attained through a co-ordinating agency such as a committee appointed by
the Southern Association for the Advancement of Science and working
with similar committees appointed by the State Academies.

MICROSTRUCTURE OF STEEL AND ITS EFFECT ON
PROPERTIES

— H. A. Caldwell, Asst. Chief Metallurgist, T. C. I. and R. R. Co.,
Birmingham, Ala.

This paper considers the features of the structure of steel that cannot
be seen with the naked eye, and the effect of these microscopic constituents
on the properties of the steel.

Steel is an alloy of iron and carbon. The crystalline nature of pure
iron is considered, and the combination of the iron with carbon to form
Fe.^C. The various other components of steel are formed by different
combinations and conditions of the two fundamental constituents, pure iron,
or ferrite, and cementite. The nature and physical properties of these con¬
stituents are outlined.

By reference to the iron-carbon diagram, the conditions under which
the various constituents of steel exist are shown.

The effect of hot work on steel and the reason of the importance of
finishing temperatures are shown. The effect on structure of working
below the critical range is shown and the cause of hardening from cold
working discussed.

The purposes of heat-treatment are summarized and a brief outline
given of the processes and resultant structures of normalizing, annealing,
hardening, tempering and spheroidizing.

43

THE SULFONATION OF OLEFINS'

— James H. Holbert, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

When sulfur trioxide reacts with a chilled solution of dioxane in ethyl¬
ene dichloride, a precipitate forms which has been shown to be dioxane
sulfotrioxide or dioxane disulfotrioxide.

Either of these addition compounds serve as a reagent for the sulfona-
tion of various types of compounds. Primary and secondary alcohols are
readily converted by this reagent into alkyl hydrogen sulfates.1

Dioxane sulfotrioxide or dioxane disulfotrioxide reacts readily with
olefins to give an intermediate compound which is thought to be of the
carbyl sulfate type. This intermediate hydrolyzes readily to a hydroxy-
sulfonate. The alkali hydroxysulfonates of the higher olefins, .C12-C1S,
have marked detergent properties.

Dioxane sulfotrioxide also reacts with olefins by substitution pro¬
ducing unsaturated sulfonic acids. Styrene, for example, gives a large
yield of 2-phenylethylene-l -sulfonic acid and a small amount of the sultone
of 2-hydroxy-2-phenylethane-l-sulfonic acid.

A mechanism of the above reactions has been proposed.

SECTION III

GEOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

THE POTENTIALITY OF ‘BLACK GOLD’ IN ALABAMA

— John Boyd, University, Ala.

Interest in petroleum in Alabama dates back to the August days of
1841 when evidences of oil were found in the McGraw Shoals on the
Tombigbee River during dredging operations. Since that early discovery in
Alabama interest and developments have risen and fallen. Since the dis¬
covery of the Tinsley Field in Mississippi about two years ago, interest
has again become evident in Alabama as there is good reason to believe
that structures in Alabama somewhat parallel those in Mississippi. Many
of the companies operating there have extended their operations into
southern and western Alabama. In the past summer more investigations
were carried on in this state than ever before, as good gas horizons and
indications of oil in general were noticed in the counties of the northern
part of the state, chiefly Walker, Limestone, Franklin and Madison coun¬
ties. Various wells have been drilled and tested in Alabama in the last 15
months, and more are now being drilled and tested, in spite of the number
that have been abandoned.

Interest has been shifting towards the Coastal Plain Region near the
Gulf of Mexico in Mississippi, Alabama and Florida. The last reports
said there were about nine geophysical crews working in Alabama in late
February and early March. Most of the crews were working in the Mo¬
bile County region and in the border counties of northwest Alabama. In
Madison County in the past year efforts were planned to try to pump a
particular well drilled in that county ; that is very good news, to say the
least. Lawrence and Limestone counties should produce some very favor¬
able reports when more work has been carried on in these two counties.

lSuter, Kiefer, and Evans, J.A.C.S., 60, 538 (1938).

44

Some of the deepest wells drilled in the state are located in Mobile County
where drills have gone down below 6000' into the Selma Chalk.

Among geologists the tectonic structures in South Alabama, along the
Tombigbee River, have caused much speculation; as anticlinal structures in
the Eutaw, Tuscaloosa, and the Pottsville formations may have the secret
that spells a great industry in this state. The dissipating structures of the
Appalachians in South West Alabama may have a bearing on oil forma¬
tions as many of the large fields of Texas are located in a region where
a mountain range was once evident and lies buried beneath the marine
sediments of more recent age.

Commercial oil deposits in Alabama would mean new industry, wealth,
and a great progressive surge in many allied fields of human activity.
Ever since evidences of oil have been observed in this state it has been tbe
hope that they could someday be found in commercial quantities. Ala-
bamas dream is now the shadow of a latticed pattern upon the ground in
a setting Sun— A PAGEANT OF ACTIVE OIL WELLS!

THE COPENA COMPLEX IN NORTHERN ALABAMA

— Plarold V. Anderson, Alabama Museum- W.P.A. Archeological Lab¬
oratory, Birmingham, Ala.

A burial complex encountered originally in Lauderdale County and
later in Wheeler and Guntersville Basins, Alabama, identified by a con¬
siderable and characteristic use of copper and galena is now recognized as
the Copena Focus, the name being appropriately coined from these predom¬
inate manifestations COP (per - gal) FALL

Twenty nine of the original thirty six traits attributed to this copper-
galena complex were diagnostic of Hopewell as found in Ohio. Those
recognized as definitely diagnostic of the Copena Focus were :

(1) Mounds with inclusive burial pits.

(2) Burial pits below mound base.

(3) Artifacts accompanying subsoil burial.

(4) Pipes, elbow form.

(5) Spades, Schist, many large I"x6"x26".

(6) Long copper bead found with stained teeth; (way suggest single
nose beaaf).

Recent excavations have disclosed a trait common to Copena and the
Adena complex in Kentucky.

(1) Bodies sealed between thick layers of foreign clay.

The fifty traits now attributed to the Copena Focus are predominately
burial traits. The problem of the complex, as a whole, has been obscured
by the inability to definitely establish village sites occupied by the Copena
people.

Twenty-two mounds, one cave, and five villages showing manifestation
of the Copena Focus have been excavated in the Tennessee River Valley
of Northern Alabama by the Tennessee Valley Authority and Alabama
Museum-W.P.A Archeological Project

45

DAUPHIN ISLAND

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

Dauphin Island, the largest island on the Alabama coast, is covered
with diversified and relatively undisturbed vegetation. The principal
habitats or vegetation types are flat pine woods, dunes (two or three
types), dune hollows, beaches, and shell mounds. In some places the
dunes are advancing into the pine woods.

The population decreased from 327 in 1910 to 226 in 1940. The peo¬
ple are all white, and nearly all live in one village and are engaged in
fishing and allied industries, apparently none in farming or forest work.
The birth rate appears to be above the average, and the decrease of popu¬
lation must be due to emigration.

Illustrated by a map and lantern slides.

MICROSEISMS RECORDED AT THE SEISMOLOGICAL OB¬
SERVATORY OF SPRING HILL COLLEGE

— A. J. Westland and C. J. Elliot, Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

Earthquakes have always been an object of popular interest because
of their destructiveness. However, popular knowledge of the nature and
operation of the instruments by which earthquakes are recorded, is slight.
These instruments, called seismographs, consist essentially of a delicately
supported pendulum which, because of its inertia, remains stationary while
the earth beneath it and the apparatus about it quiver. This quivering
motion is magnified by levers, and recorded on specially prepared paper.
Thus the earthquake leaves its trace behind it, and from such traces science
has learned much about the nature and origin of earthquake vibrations.

Besides vibrations caused by earthquakes, explosions, and traffic, seis¬
mographs also detect other regular vibrations of the earth which are called
microseisms. These have attracted the attention of seismologists since
1869, and continued investigations have led to a partial determination of
their causes.

The causes so far assigned for microseisms are air-pressure oscilla¬
tions, the pounding of the surf on the shore, and the presence of low
pressure areas over the ocean. But only this last has received any experi¬
mental confirmation. Investigations carried out at the Seismological Ob¬
servatory of Spring Hill College over a period of two years, have con¬
firmed the theory that microseisms are associated with the existence of
low pressure areas over the ocean, and that the amplitude of the vibra¬
tions recorded on both components varies with the movement of the baro¬
metric low. With the aid of data from the Weather Bureau at Mobile,
New Orleans, and Jacksonville, and the original ship reports loaned by the
Weather Bureau at Washington, D. C., an exhaustive study of the storms
of Jan. 22-24, Aug. 5-6, and Aug. 10-11, 1940, and the corresponding
seismograms from this Observatory yielded very positive results.

More recent findings, however, have led to the investigation of cold
fronts as a possible cause of microseisms. Insufficient progress has been
made to date to permit the confirmation of such a hypothesis.

46

A NEW MOSASAUR SKELETON FROM THE CRETACEOUS IN
ALABAMA

— Herndon Dowling, Jr., University, Ala.

The recent discovery by a group of students at the University of Ala¬
bama of a comparatively complete skeleton of the pre-historic mosasaur
arouses interest in this reptile extinct for many millions of years. It was
found in an outcrop of Selma Chalk about five miles southeast of Eutaw,
in Greene County, near the site from which J. J. Renger found similar
remains in 1933.1

The specimen is about ten feet long; it shows the structure of the
lower jaws very clearly; and it has over forty caudal vertebrae — only a
few having been lost. It is probably the remains of a young reptile as
shown by the fact that there are only twelve teeth on each jaw instead of the
usual sixteen to eighteen.

The bones were taken out one by one and placed in numbered bags.
A diagram was drawn with the bones sketched in and numbered as they
were removed from the limestone. This not only made it easier to put the
single bones back together but also showed how the bones lay in relation
to one another.

The usual description of a mosasaur is “an extinct aquatic reptile of
the Cretaceous Period.” This definition may be improved by saying that
it resembles an overgrown lizard with paddles instead of feet. The largest
species were over 35 feet long although some of the smaller ones were less
than eight feet.

The name Mosasaurus was coined by Conybeare,- a well known paleon¬
tologist of England. It conies from the Latin Mosa, for Meuse (the first
specimen coming from near the Meuse River in Holland), and S aunts, a
lizard.

Since 1870 literally thousands of specimens have been found from all
over the world, most of them represented by only a few vertebrae or pieces
of jawbone. They have been found in England, Belgium, Russia, and
France in Europe; in twelve states in the United States; also in New
Zealand and South America.

Their geological history is relatively brief notwithstanding wide dis¬
tribution over the earth in great numbers and diversity. The earliest are
known from near the beginning of the Upper Cretaceous of New Zealand,
whence it is believed that they migrated to other parts of the world, ap¬
pearing in North America some time later. They reached the peak in
size, number, and variety very soon and then disappeared forever before
the close of Cretaceous time.

There are now known about eight genera, all belonging to one fam¬
ily, the Mosasauridae, including over twenty-five species. The species all
have restricted ranges, probably indicating that they had non-migratory
habits. The mosasaurs were completely fitted for aquatic life. They
were long and slender with short paddles and long jaws filled with sharp
teeth. The skull is narrow, flattened and more or less elongate, large in
proportion to the rest of the body, being nearly one-sixth the entire length.
The teeth are strong and sharp, conical in shape, recurved, and inserted on
large bony bases. They were easily dislodged and were constantly being

1 “Excavation of Cretaceous Reptiles in Alabama” by J. J. Renger. Scientific
Monthly, Vol. 41, pp. 560-565. December, 1935.

2lVater Reptiles of the Past and Present by Samuel Wendell Williston, Professor
of Paleontology, University of Chicago. University of Chicago Press, 1914.

47

lost and replaced. In this way the mosasaurs always had sharply pointed
teeth — an absolute necessity to an animal of predaceous habits.

They swam by means of their long broad tails, using the tail in the
same manner as do the alligators of today. The paddles were probably
used in making quick side movements to capture the fish that formed the
main diet. Having no means of tearing or rending their prey, they had to
swallow the fish whole. For this purpose the lower jaws were loosely
attached to the skull and also had a remarkable joint in the middle, per¬
mitting movement between the front and back parts both laterally and
vertically. Beside these adaptations the front ends of the sides of the jaws
were loosely connected with ligaments, as in snakes, thus allowing inde¬
pendent movement.

The mosasaurs were much more predaceous and pugnacious in their
habits than any other truly aquatic reptiles (or mammals) of the past or
present. They were truly the ‘‘pirates of the Mesozoic seas” and were
probably the only water reptiles that would be dangerous to man were
they living today. Some of the larger species were able to swallow fish
six or seven feet long.

This skeleton is now on exhibition at the Alabama Museum of Natural
History at the University of Alabama.

Exposure of Selma Chalk six miles southeast of Eutaw where Mosasaur was
found. (May 1, 1941)

48

« T' iumwrnw wsw . v

Skeleton of mosasaur from the Upper Cretaceous. Total length approximately
ten feet. (May 1, 1941)

FINAL FIELD NOTES ON INVESTIGATION OF SHELL MOUND
Lu° 25, LAUDERDALE COUNTY, ALABAMA

— W. P. Kraxberger, Alabama Museum— W.P. A. Archeological
Laboratory, Birmingham, Ala.

Exploration of this site established by the Alabama Geological Survey
in 1933 was concluded in January of 1941 and marked the end of the
most extensive archeological investigations ever made in the Tennessee
River Valley of Northern Alabama. Lu°25 is located in the Tennessee
River on Seven Mile Island, one and one-quarter miles downstream from
the Sheffield docks, Lauderdale County, Alabama. Two major cultural
periods have been tentatively assigned to this insular shell mound, based
on stratigraphic sequence. The terminology used is that applied by Ford,
Wiley and Waring to aboriginal Southeastern Cultures and adopted by
M. T. Newman and C. E. Snow.

In the early horizon of Lu°25 an undeformed dolichocephalic people
who subsisted on a hunting and fishing economy utilized the mound in
process of its growth as living and burial grounds. Remains of house
structures are absent. Pottery was unknown as were vessels of steatite
and sandstone. The lithic industry was extensive but its scope was lim¬
ited. Bone, horn, and shell were utilized extensively. Metal was unknown
and trade goods in the form of marine shells and a few varieties of stone
were present. Social organization was probably rather loose. Burial of
the dead was usually in individual circular unprepared pits, the body being
flexed and placed on either side or in a sitting position facing north-
northeast or south-southeast. Grave furniture was scanty and confined
to stone and shell. The period tentative assigned is the archaic or Old
Eastern Culture, definitely pre-historic in time and sometimes referred to
as Shell Mound.

There is a hiatus between Old Eastern and the third or New South¬
ern Cultural Period. The later occupational level grew and developed
under the impetus imparted by new comers, the deformed brachycephals

49

who were apparently an early semi-sedentary group who augmented their
diet with the basic agricultural products.

Implanted into this new era was the art of ceramic manufacture, a
diversification of artistic trends in stone, shell, slate and metal. Remains
of structural patterns denote the urgency for permanent dwellings. Social
organization had probably advanced considerably. Disposal of the dead
was elaborated upon and communal burials were not uncommon. Al¬
though the flexed body position persisted from Pre-Mississippian times,
extended body positions appeared from the first time. In both divisions
of the mound numerous bones of the deer were found, augmented by bones
of the dog, bear, turtle, various rodents, turkey and fish. The phase as¬
signed to this later occupancy of Lu°25 may be suggested as being Pre¬
historic Mississippian in time with perhaps traces of later injections of
Historic Mississippian.

Lu°25 may well become a type site due to its productivity in cultural
and human remains and in its reliable stratigraphic sequence which per¬
mits the establishment of a statistical constructional scale based on strati¬
graphic differentiation in the range and variability of physical types and
their correlation with cultural determiners.

MOUNDVILLE — A PREHISTORIC CULTURAL CENTER

— Steve B. Wimberly, Alabama Museum — W.P.A. Archeological
Laboratory, Birmingham, Ala.

A group of more than thirty Indian mounds lies along the Warrior
River, near Moundville, Alabama, covering some 160 acres.

Most of the mounds are of a type known as “domiciliary” and served
as platforms on which important houses were built.

With the aid of the Civilian Conservation Corps and the National
Park Service, the Alabama Museum of Natural History has conducted
several excavations in the vicinity of the mounds.

These excavations have enabled archeologists to reconstruct the aborigi¬
nal life of Moundville and to fit Moundville into the archeological pic¬
ture.

The villagers lived in square houses scattered throughout the area
around the mounds. They buried their dead anywhere in the village and
placed burial offerings beside them. These included pottery vessels, beads
and other ornaments.

Moundville is not a stratified site, but a site of continuous occupancy
by a people possessing a highly developed culture which was perpetuated
through centuries by several generations. The culture era contemporaneous
with Moundville is recognized at stratified sites as the latest pre-historic
culture and at certain sites is shown to merge into historic times.

The art of pottery making reached its zenith during this culture era
and at no other place in Alabama was the art as fully developed as at
Moundville. Hundreds of pottery vessels have been recovered. Some of
them are modeled into animalistic forms while the surfaces of others are
engraved with designs and drawings of eagles, plumed serpents and human
hands, eyes, and arm bones.

Moundville was an important center of culture and must have had
much influence on the culture of near and distant groups of people.

50

THE INDIAN DWARF COUPLE FROM MOUNDVILLE

— Charles E- Snow, Alabama Museum — W.P.A. Archeological
Laboratory, Birmingham, Ala.

During the preliminary examination of the Indian skeletal material
from Moundville (a prehistoric site, Middle Mississippi phase), two re¬
markable dwarf skeletons were encountered. One, a female, was excavated
in 1934 by the Alabama Museum of Natural History the other, a male, in
1939 by the Civilian Conservation Corps, under the supervision of the
National Park Service. Both were found in the same vicinity unaccom¬
panied by artifacts, and buried a few feet deep in partially flexed posi¬
tions with the faces downward. It appears that there is only one other
Indian dwarf known to American Archeology, in the National Museum
collection from Florida.

The skeleton of the male dwarf is fairly complete. Measurements of
the burial in situ indicate an approximate stature of 52-54 inches. The
skull, characterized by its bulging vault and excessively large size, is flat¬
tened at the back by a pronounced degree of intentional occipital deforma¬
tion. The facial profile presents a marked concavity in the nasal region,
which is often characteristic of this type of dwarf. Many teeth of both
jaws have been affected by dental caries and abscesses.

The skull of the female dwarf is so fragmentary that it cannot be re¬
stored, but the post-cranial skeleton, with the exception of eight missing
vertebrae, is in good condition. The skeleton, measured in situ, was 48
inches in length.

The morphology of the long bones of both skeletons is peculiar but
characteristic of the achondroplastic dwarf. The short, massive shafts
of the limb bones with their very rugged and pronounced areas of muscular
origins and insertions, and the normal-sized torso are impressive particu¬
larly when compared bone by bone with average-sized normal Mound-
villian skeletons. It is thought that glandular disturbances, probably of con¬
genital origin, may be responsible for this peculiar pathological affliction
which inhibits the growth of the extremities. The vertebrae of both dwarfs
show periosteal lipping of the bodies suggestive of arthritis.

Photographs of the skeletons, of the male skull, and comparisons with
normal Indian bones are presented with lantern slides. A detailed report
on these two Indian dwarf skeletons is being prepared and will be pub¬
lished as one of the Museum Papers of the Alabama Geological Survey.

SECTION IV

GEOGRAPHY, CONSERVATION AND ALLIED

SUBJECTS

REGIONS OF ALABAMA

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

For an adequate understanding of any considerable area such as
Alabama, a prerequisite is some sort of regional subdivision. Generaliza¬
tions about large areas are disconcertingly inaccurate for specific locali¬
ties. In this paper, the 1941 preliminary revision of the Types of Fram¬
ing Regions of Alabama is used as the basis for presentation.

No attempt has been made to change these boundaries, but some
modifications seem advisable and are suggested here. These thirteen

51

regions are analyzed according to the 1930 population and land use data
shown on eight accompanying maps. On each map the unit of calculation
has been the election precinct, the smallest area for which census statistics
are available. There are 1349 of these precincts in Alabama. The eight
precinct maps are Population Density, Percent of Total Population Negro,
Population Change, Average Size of Farms, Average Crop Acres Per
Farm, Average Pastured Acres Per Farm, Average Value Per Acre of
Farm Land and Buildings, and Percent of Total Area in Farms. All data
are for 1930 except the map of population change, which is for the pe¬
riod 1910-1930.

The thirteen regions are the Tennessee Valley, the Jackson Hill
Country, Sand Mountain, the Coosa Valley, the Birmingham District, the
Talladega Mountains, the Piedmont, the Tuscaloosa, the Black Belt, th.e
Wiregrass, the Escambia, the Western Piney Woods, and the Gulf Coast.

This analysis of the regions of Alabama is purely tentative, although
this division, or modifications of it, does seem to have considerable validity.
Further analysis on the basis of occupational and crop statistics, plus field
delimitation of boundaries, will be necessary before final definition. Sug¬
gested modifications are invited.

IS THERE A BLUE RIDGE PROVINCE I'N ALABAMA?

— Allan F. Archer, State Department of Conservation, Montgomery.

In 1928 Fenneman limited the southwestern terminus of the Blue
Ridge Physiographic Province to the Cobutta Mountains north of the
Etowah River in northwest Georgia. Johnston followed suit in his two
papers on the physical divisions of Alabama. They both considered the
Talladega Mountains as a mountainous division of the Piedmont. That
these mountains are not a part of the Piedmont but actually part of
the Blue Ridge seems to be affirmed by the following facts: 1. The axis
of the Talladega Mountains, if projected into north Georgia across the
Etowah River, is continuous with the Blue Ridge. 2. The Etowah River
does not exclude the Alabama segment from the Blue Ridge any more
than does the Potomac exclude the segment north of it from the Blue
Ridge classification. 3. The mature topography is identical with the
Blue Ridge, and is not like the submature Piedmont. 4. The geology
does not differ essentially from that of the Blue Ridge. 5. Although
the true lower montane forest is absent from the Alabama Blue Ridge
due to present climatic conditions, we have Blue Ridge plants ranging
from Betula lent a and Azalea arbor escens to Galax aphylla, none typical
of the Piedmont flora. 6. There are a number of species of snails oc¬
curring either in the Piedmont or Blue Bridge but not both. 7. Three
species autochthonous to the Piedmont do not occur in the Blue Ridge.
8. Six species of Blue Ridge origin are not found in the Piedmont, four
of them endemic. 9. The species closest to Stcnotrcma brevipila of the
Talladega Mountains is S. cohuttense in north Georgia, both of common
ancestry, and separated geographically by the Etowah Valley.

52

THE ALABAMA CONSERVATION PLAN

— A. W. Jones, State Director, AAA, Auburn, Ala.

The 1941 Alabama conservation program is planned to help each
farmer get on his farm, over a period of five years, these conservation
measures :

1. One-fourth of the cropland each year in erosion-resisting and soil-
conserving crops.

2. Good terraces with proper outlets on all cropland needing them.

3. One acre of improved pasture for each 15 acres of cropland.

4. One acre of perennial soil conserving crops for each 15 acres of
cropland.

4. We have soil that yields little — soil that is hungry because it has
been growing crops which take away plant food and help erosion. People
are hungry on hungry soils. Families are thinly clad and uncomfortable
because the income from farms is so low. There is not enough corn,
hay and pasture, not enough chickens and hogs and dairy cows, and not
enough money to buy them.

5. The four-point program will provide land protection and hay with
erosion-resisting and soil-conserving crops; protection to land and plant
food with terraces ; more pastures which are the basis of economical live¬
stock production, and hay and grazing and soil protection with perennial
crops.

6. The AAA offers around $4,500,000 in payments to farmers for
carrying out soil conservation and soil building practices. With this money,
it is felt that the most needed soil conservation work can be accomplished
in five years with the least out-of-pocket cost to farmers.

7. Not only are farmers given individual help in planning five-year
conservation work on their farms, but the AAA advances phosphate, lime,
kudzu plants, winter legume seed, and terracing in lieu of cash payments.
That farmers need this and other help is evident if we consider a few of
the requirements and the progress.

8. At the rate farmers terraced in 1938 it would take 40 years to
terrace Alabama farm land; at the rate farmers terraced in 1939, it would
require 40 years. Under the 1941 plan we hope to accomplish the job in five
years’ time.

9. We need 50 million kudzu plants annually for the next four years
under the conservation plan ; this year the AAA furnished farmers 16 mil¬
lion plants with some additional ones being obtained by farmers from
neighbors. We need 2]/2 million acres in conserving crops annually com¬
pared to the one million we now have. A fourth of the cropland in winter
legumes would require 50 million pounds of seed. At present farmers are
planting less than 20 million pounds. Soil chemists say Alabama soils need
annual lime applications of y2 million tons of lime for several years.
In 1940, 60,000 tons, or a little over 10 per cent of our needs — was supplied
through the AAA. These, along with the great need for phosphate, give
an idea of the magnitude of the needs of Alabama farm land.

10. Results of the program will be more food and feed crops and
then more livestock for home consumption, thus, reaching a balanced diver¬
sified program.

11. We need soil conservation and we need human conservation. Our
land will take better care of us if we take better care of it. That’s the
purpose of the Alabama conservation plan.

53

SOIL CONSERVATION DISTRICTS IN ALABAMA

— O. C. Medlock, State Coordinator, Soil Conservation
Service, Auburn, Ala.

The Alabama Extension Service and Experiment Station long have
emphasized soil-conserving practices. Federal assistance in erosion control
began in Alabama with the establishment of the Dadeville Soil Conserva¬
tion Demonstration Project in 1934. Three other similar projects were
later established in the State.

Demonstration projects tested conservation measures, demonstrated
their value to farmers, and provided a training field for soil conservation
workers. These projects emphasized the use of a complete, well-rounded
conservation program.

A demand for assistance in conservation planning from farmers
throughout the Nation resulted in the development of the soil conserva¬
tion districts idea. The Department of Agriculture, with agricultural lead¬
ers throughout the Nation, developed a Standard Soil Conservation Dis¬
tricts Act which was presented to the States as a model for State laws.
The Alabama Soil Conservation Districts Law was enacted March 18,
1939.

The law provided for the State Soil Conservation Committee which
encourages the formation of districts, appoints supervisors, coordinates
the programs of districts and aids in obtaining assistance from Federal,
State, and local sources.

Twenty-five landowners may petition for the formation of a district
and obtain a hearing. If the interest is sufficient, a referendum is held.
If two-thirds of the landowners voting favor the formation of a district, it
may be organized. Five landowners residing within the district are ap¬
pointed to administer the affairs of the district. These supervisors prepare
a program and work plan, and request assistance from Federal, State, and
local agencies.

There are nine soil conservation districts in Alabama, including 52
counties with a total of 24,346,880 acres. Three other proposed districts
including the remaining 15 counties, will hold a referendum on March 29,
and, if organized, the entire state will be covered by districts.

The Soil Conservation Service, in assisting districts, provides a district
conservationist to administer the work of the Service in the district. A
technician is supplied to work each county as a work unit. In nine coun¬
ties CCC camps serve as work units. Technicians assist farmers in pre¬
paring district farm plans for erosion control and in applying conserva¬
tion measures.

The Soil Conservation Service, the Extension Service, Farm Security
Administration, vocational agricultural teachers, and State Division of
Forestry, are all cooperating with the districts.

Districts operating in Alabama since October 1939 prepared plans for
2,578 farms with a total of 500,528 acres. These plans provide for con¬
verting 36,400 acres of idle land to profitable use; increasing perennial
hay by 43,000 acres; increasing improved permanent pastures by 31,000
acres; and constructing new terraces on 102,800 acres.

54

THE ECOLOGICAL ROLE OF FIRE IN SOUTHERN PINE
FORESTS

— Kenneth H. Garren, State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

A wide divergence of opinion exists regarding the effect of fire on
Southern pine lands. A study of the reliable scientific evidence now at
hand shows that fires may be assigned several definite roles in the ecology
of Southern pine lands. The facts indicate that frequent fires in the long-
leaf pine area have the following results: 1. Destruction of seeds and
seedlings, curtailing of normal restocking, and sometimes invasion of long-
leaf areas by poor trees such as sand pine or sprouting scrub-oaks. 2.
Marked retardation in growth seedlings, saplings, and perhaps larger
trees. 3. A compacting of the soil, and promotion of erosion where water
run off is possible. 4. Reduced economic value for many of the larger
trees.

Controlled winter burning of longleaf forests at less frequent inter¬
vals, however, may have the following beneficial results: 1. An in¬
creased restocking, because of the bare soil necessary for proper seed
germination. 2. Prevention of death or stunting of seedlings Through de¬
struction of the brown-spot organism. 3. Maintenance of longleaf pine as
the dominant tree in the forests through killing competing hardwoods or
other pines. 4. An increased crazing potentiality for wooded areas.

Similar conclusions as to the role of fire in loblolly-shortleaf pine areas
are not now scientifically justifiable. It is indicated, however, that fre¬
quent fires also prevent normal restocking of these pine forests, as well
as result in increased decay in mature trees. On the other hand, however,
if pine forests continue to be of greater value to the South than oak and
hickory forests, it is possible that infrequent controlled fires may be help¬
ful in maintaining loblolly-shortleaf areas at the expense of the other¬
wise dominant oaks and hickories.

FLOOD FORECASTING

— Eugene D. Emigh, Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

For many years the duty and responsibility of predicting river stages
for the information of navigation, power and other interests has devolved
on the officials of the Weather Bureau, under statutes so specifically pro¬
viding. Under this assignment the prediction of floods is the most impor¬
tant, and interesting, and sometimes exciting, requirement.

Along larger streams river stage predictions are based on river gage
relations between stages at one point and those to be expected at points
downstream. Forecasting for smaller streams, and at times for streams
of considerable size, such as the Coosa River, in Alabama, which flow¬
through long, narrow watersheds, the stage forecasts must be based on
the relation between the effective rainfall and the stages likely to result
at river gage stations. Formerly long years of record were considered
necessary, but now rating curves furnished by Geological Survey and U. S.
Army Engineers have simplified the problems and little preliminary data
are required.

For this type of forecasting a network of well distributed rain re¬
porting stations is needed. To provide for emergencies resulting mainly
from irregular distribution of heavy rains a large number of stations arc

55

required. In the past few years many such stations have been added and
in Alabama provision along this line is now reasonably satisfactory.

Maps and charts presented with the paper elaborated the principles
and facts outlined in this abstract.

NATIONAL FOREST WORK IN ALABAMA

— Frank W. Rasor, U. S. Forest Service, Montgomery, Ala.

National Forest work in Alabama has a scientific and research aspect
as well as a physical one although the latter is the one generally recognized
by most of the public.

Adequate forest fire control is a first step in proper forest manage¬
ment and to determine the reasons behind the human equation in fire oc¬
currence Dr. John P. Shea, psychologist, made a seven months study of the
thoughts and actions of 50 selected families on the Talladega National
Forest in 1939. After analysis of his findings 12 suggestions were made
for a new approach for prevention of man-caused fires.

Fire preparedness and fire suppression activities are gauged by use of
daily data on humidity, rainfall, wind velocity, soil moisture content, etc.,
applied and coordinated by prefabricated charts worked out by research
to cover various combinations of such factors. Rates of spread of forest
fires in different types of ground cover are also determined through re¬
search and govern the dispatching of manpower and equipment.

Unsuccessful forest plantings have occurred and 5800 longleaf and
slash pine seedlings are now being studied to determine the cause. Direct
seeding experiments are also established.

Cutting practices are tied into a scientific background of growing
stock, annual growth and annual mortality determined by actual field re¬
connaissance. 210 permanent mortality plots have been established.

Much research has been done with insect and disease loss but a large
field for research still exists. The Little Leaf disease of Shortleaf Pine
is a major unsolved problem in Alabama.

More provision should be made for adequate financing of the Forest
Experiment Stations if the many existing and anticipated problems in con¬
nection with our forest land are to be solved.

PUBLIC ASSISTANCE TO PRIVATE FOREST OWNERS

— C. F. Evans, U. S'. Forest Service, Atlanta, Ga.

Because timber growing is a long-time process attended with all the
risks of long-time investments, and because in the past this Nation has had
an oversupply of timber which created a wasteful philosophy, forest land-
owners as well as the general public in the past have had a laissez faire
attitude toward forest resources. If this is continued under the recent in¬
creased demand for forest products, heavy inroads will be made into our
immature stands of timber.

During the first decade of this century the Federal Government made
a start towards overcoming this attitude of indifference. Progress since
then has been attained in spurts, the first of which was the enactment of
the Weeks Law in 1911, which provided some financial assistance in co¬
operation with the states. This recognized federal responsibility on pri¬
vate lands and led to the establishment of state forestry departments. Eol-

56

lowing this came the establishment of forest experiment stations and the
passage of the Clarke-McNary Law. The latter broadened the cooperative
efforts of the Weeks Law to include fire protection on all state and pri¬
vate lands, and the production and distribution of tree seedlings, as well
as the employment of extension foresters. The Civilian Conservation Corps
has done much in recent years to facilitate fire protection through con¬
struction of towers, telephone lines, and roads. While much progress has
been made by farsighted landowners with public cooperation, it is obvious
that private forest land generally is inadequately protected from fire and
is being exploited instead of managed.

The country is' still in the formative stages of caring for its forests
and greater attention and support are needed. Perhaps something more
than assistance is needed. Sentiment for legal restrictions to prevent for¬
est destruction is growing. Legislation of this nature is already being con¬
sidered by Congress and several state legislatures.

The establishment of sound forest practices on private lands is not an
easy task and it will require the wholehearted support of a more enlight¬
ened public.

A PRIVATE LAND OWNER’S APPROACH TO FOREST MAN¬
AGEMENT

— M. C. Leach, Forester, The Alger-Sullivan Lumber
Company, Century, Fla.

Most lumber companies were started by manufacturers who bought
trees as a resource to run a manufacturing plant and accepted the land
because it allowed them to cut when and where they pleased. With
plenty of stumpage available, they were more concerned with the manufac¬
ture of the product that the public demanded than with the productivity of
their land. But when the life of the manufacturing plant became endan¬
gered by the depletion of the resource they became concerned and began
to take stock of their cutover land and timber to see what could be done to
make it furnish new life for the manufacturing plant. Having become
conscious that they are land owners, they are in the market for a workable
plan of operation that will make the land as productive as possible, so they
are working out as intensive a program as their experience and finances
will permit.

Lost butt cuts due to catfaces, seeing young stands wiped out and
areas, kept bare by fire has convinced them that fire protection is a profit¬
able investment.

Thinning sapling and sawlog stands for an increase in quantity and
quality is an accepted policy ; in fact, it is the backbone of our private
forestry program. Too, better stands of desirable species are being secured
by eliminating the least desirable, although profits from this investment
may not be realized for years.

Better utilization is being secured by cutting lower stumps, closer tops,
snags and red-hearted trees which were formerly left. Some of this is
marginal operation, but every foot cut means growing stock left for future
cuts. Logging methods are being improved and efforts made to prevent
damage to trees left, regardless of size.

They are asking the cause and prevention of disease and insect mor¬
tality and if the doctors cannot give a satisfactory answer they will work
out one for themselves by the trial and error method.

57

FOREST RESEARCH IN ALABAMA

— L. M. Ware, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

A brief history of forest research work in Alabama, a statement of the
scope of the program and mention of a few contributions to action pro¬
grams in the state of forest research conducted by the Alabama Experi¬
ment Station.

ABSTRACT OF FOREST TAXATION RESEARCH IN ALABAMA

— Ronald B. Craig, Southern Forest Experiment Station, U. S.

Forest Service, New Orleans, La.

The Southern Forest Experiment Station of the U. S. Forest Service
at New Orleans, in addition to the Forest Survey and a study of natural
reproduction of pine in farm woodlands, is now making, in Alabama and
other states, a study of the general level of assessment and of ad valorem
property taxes per acre of forest land and timber.

This study began in 1939 in Mississippi. So far as is possible, these
value and tax data will be related to forest types and condition classes, but
the methodology must be adapted to the assessment systems of each state.
Sample counties are selected to give representation to the major forest
types and forest ownership conditions throughout each state.

Because of Alabama’s blanket assessment system, it was not possible to
derive data for each forest type and condition class. Instead, the average
assessed value and average ad valorem property tax per acre were de¬
termined in each sample county for a majority of the forest land and
timber other than farm woodlands assessed with crop and pasture lands as
a farm unit. Data were obtained for the 4-year period, 1937-40, in nine
counties distributed throughout the State.

In 1940, the assessed values per acre ranged from a county average
of $1.32 to an average of $3.90, with a group average of $2.87. Taxes per
acre ranged from a county average of 2.8 cents to 8.2 cents, with a group
average of 6.1 cents. Since 1937, in most counties the trend in both
assessed value and tax per acre has been slightly downward. The maxi¬
mum tax rate has been fixed by the State Constitution at 21 mills per
dollar throughout this period. For 1940, the comparable average tax in
seven Mississippi counties as a whole was 18.5 cents per acre, indicating a
much more favorable forest tax situation in Alabama. It is planned to
keep these data current by annual resurveys, and to extend the study to
other states.

FORESTRY IN THE MINING DISTRICT

— W. F. Shillito, Alabama By-Products Corp., Birmingham, Ala.

The first record we have of coal mining in Alabama for commercial
purposes was in 1830 in Tuscaloosa County. The growth of the coal in¬
dustry has been rapid, the production of coal reaching its peak in Alabama
in 1926, when there were mined twenty-one and a half million tons, which
will probably be equalled if not exceeded this year, owing to the increased
demand under the Defense Program. There need be no cause for alarm,
however, of a coal shortage in our State, as although we mined one and a
half billion tons during the past century, there still remains, according to

58

estimates made in 1923, some thirty-three billion tons of coal in Alabama.
To mine this coal, however, we need a tremendous supply of timber, and
unless something is done by way of improved methods of cutting and keep¬
ing fires out of our woods it will be a relatively short time before the
mining industry finds itself in the same condition as occurred in England
nearly four hundred years ago.

When coal is removed from a seam, the roof must be supported by
timbers in order to prevent rock-falls, which requires an enormous amount
of timber. Most of these timbers once replaced are rarely removed —
hence a tremendous amount of lumber is left in the mines after the coal
has been worked out. In the mines of my company we used more than
eight and a quarter million BM feet last year, an average of one thousand
BM feet for every two hundred and twelve tons of coal mined. If we
use these same figures as a basis and mine as much coal as was done in
1926, the coal industry of Alabama will require this year more than one
hundred million BM feet of lumber.

The mining industry as a whole is vitally interested in the matter of
fire protection and the conservation of forest lands, and has cooperated
with the State Division of Forestry in the erection of a large number of
fire towers in the several counties in which mining is done. During the
past few years we have somewhat improved our cutting methods, eliminat¬
ing considerable waste, and have also withdrawn, so far as possible, any
cutting whatever on large tracts of land in order to give such lands an
opportunity to reforest themselves. It will be necessary for us, however,
to more closely supervise and emphasize selected cutting if we are to over¬
come the lag between the increment and the annual drain of our timber
resources.

THE FORESTRY PROGRAM OF THE ALABAMA POWER
COMPANY

— -Gomer D. Evans, Alabama Power Co., Birmingham, Ala.

The present forestry program of the Alabama Power Company, inau¬
gurated in 1930, consists of two main divisions, namclv : Line Clearing
and Forest Management. Line Clearing embraces maintenance of tree
clearance on 9,206 pole-line miles of distribution lines located in 60 out
of the 67 counties in the State. Forest Management entails establishment
and maintenance under a program of reforestation and the selective cut¬
ting of timber on approximately 100,000 acres of forest land.

While the primary purpose in maintaining adequate tree clearance is
to ensure safe and continuous service to our customers, the pruning work
is carried out in such a manner as to be of mutual benefit to the owner as
well as the Power Company. In 1935, the organization of special tree
trimming crews was begun and during the course of the past 5 years, we
have operated from 3 to 6 trimming crews in maintaining clearance on our
distribution lines. At present, we are operating three large trimming crews,
which last year trimmed and removed a total of 42,743 trees. Today, ap¬
proximately 20 per cent of the line clearing cost is expended in corrective
pruning.

The forest lands of the company for the most part were acquired in.
conjunction with the develonment of our six large hydro-electric plants
located on the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers. The reservoir lands were
acquired for the purpose of protecting riparian interests and to control land
usage in the immediate vicinity of the reservoirs. The company also owns

59

several tracts of mineral land in Walker, Cherokee and DeKalb Counties.
Practically all of these lands are of forest character ; however, some
acreage is suitable for agriculture and is devoted to that purpose. The
major objective of our Forest Management program is to restore the forest
lands to the full productive capacity of the soil. This objective is grad¬
ually being accomplished through fire protection efforts, an intensive re¬
forestation program, and by the removal of defective and crowded trees
by selective cutting. Intensive forest and farm surveys have been in
progress for a number of years, and definite management plans have been
formulated. The 5,000,000 seedlings produced at the company nurseries in
the past 6 years at an approximate nursery cost of $1.TK) per thousand have
been planted on 5,253 acres. This has been done in cooperation with the
appropriate State and Federal agencies.

GERMAN AND AMERICAN FAMILIES IN CULLMAN COUNTY
— Roland M. Elarper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University, Ala.

Cullman was settled by Germans in the 70’s, soon after the railroad
was built through there, and in a few years it was made the county-seat
of a new county. The growth of population of the county, like that or
many other sandy regions, has been pretty rapid, and immigrants from
other counties and states soon outnumbered the Germans, and the propor¬
tion of German stock has declined pretty steadily.

The German element in the county and city has been estimated Dy
means of census reports, tombstones, marriage records, and the Cullman
telephone directory. The Germans have always been largely concentrated
in and near Cullman, and other towns along the railroad, but are now in
the minority even there.

The beats containing the most foreigners generally have the most
properous farmers, but that does not necessarily indicate that the Germans
are more efficient farmers than the Americans, for land near a railroad
is nearly always more valuable than that elsewhere, and farming on such
land is likely to be more intensive.

THE LAND-USE PLANNING PROCESS

— J. C. Lowery, Alabama Extension Service, Auburn, Ala.

The basis for land-use planning as now being conducted in Alabama is
the Mt. Weather Agreement between the U. S. Department of Agriculture
and the Land-Grant Colleges. In formulating the agreement it was recog¬
nized that any sound agricultural program must be based on the wise use
of land and that, if the agricultural programs are to be made really effec¬
tive in servicing agriculture, the farmers themselves must be afforded an
opportunity to participate actively in the formulation and execution of such-
programs. The planning organization is to be composed of State, county,
and community planning committees, wTith the community committee recog¬
nized as the basic unit of the planning process.

The State Land-Use Planning Committee is composed of representa¬
tives of State and Federal agencies engaged in administering agricultural
programs, and a number of farm men and women representing each type
of farm area in the State. The county committee is composed of represen¬
tatives of each Federal and State agency responsible for administering

60

agricultural programs in the county, and farm men and women represent¬
ing each principal community in the county. The community committees
are made up of farm men and women cnly. The Department of Agricul¬
ture and the Land-Grant Colleges accept the land-use planning organiza¬
tion as the channel through which all the farm people in the counties can
be readily reached and through which the farm people may participate in
building agricultural programs more adequately to serve their heeds.

The first job of the community or county committees is to study and
identify the physical and economic differences between the land use areas
of the county. They obtain such help as is needed from the Department
of Agriculture personnel, Extension Service workers, and farm-program
leaders. The committees then determine the extent and character of these
land use problems. As a basis for, and as an aid in, analyzing the fac¬
tors involved in these problems, they develop maps, and they have discus¬
sions concerning the information and the conclusions reached about the
county’s problems in relation to the basic pattern of land use in the county.
The completed maps and reports will show, among other things, the present
land use areas, the settlement pattern, the problems within each- area, as
well as express conclusions as to the changes needed and how they should
be brought about.

Land Lise Committees have been set up in practically all Alabama
counties, and rather complete land use reports have been made in 16
counties. The work of these committees is democracy in operation to solve
agricultural problems.

CONSERVATION PLANNING IN ALABAMA SOIL CONSERVA¬
TION DISTRICTS

— Sam Morgan, Soil Conservation Service, Montgomery, Ala.

There are 32,913,588 acres of land in Alabama, of which approximately
19,500,000 acres are in farms. Of the acreage in farm land, 8,700,000 acres
are classed as cropland. According to an erosion survey made by the Soil
Conservation Service in 1934, 8,240,954 acres had lost practically all of the
original topsoil. Almost three million acres were severely affected by
erosion, while 931,429 acres were essentially destroyed for farming pur¬
poses. In addition to the direct damage to the land caused by erosion,
numerous social and economic ills resulted.

Most erosion in Alabama has been caused by the misuse man made of
the land. Alabama farmers have followed a clean-cultivated, row-crop
system of agriculture that keeps the land bare of all close-growing vege¬
tation — and bare land washes away.

Nature has shown for ages that vegetation will control erosion. There
is considerable evidence of this. For example, soil losses from land cov¬
ered by a well-established woodland or a good sod of grass are negligible.
If vegetation will control erosion, the problem of conserving and building
the soil becomes one of using as much of the land as possible to produce
close-growing, soil-building vegetation.

Farmer-organized soil conservation districts in Alabama recommend
complete conservation plans for the individual farm in order to provide
better land use and effective erosion-control. The conservation plans pro¬
vide for terraces on all land that needs terracing and the maximum amount
of close-growing annual and perennial vegetation for all of the land on
the farm, including woodland Since it is not generally practicable to
plant all land on the farm to close-growing vegetation, such vegetation

61

should be arranged so as to afford the maximum protection from erosion.
In other words, perennial vegetation, such as kudzu and Lespedeza sericea,
should be established on the most erodible portion of the cropland. The
close-growing annual vegetation, such as small grain and annual lespedezas,
will protect more land if planted in strips on the contour.

Soil Conservation Service technicians assigned to Alabama soil con¬
servation districts are now working in 52 counties, helping farmers develop
complete conservation plans for their farms. During the past 18 months,
these technicians have assisted farmers in developing plans for 3,713 farms,
comprising 680,409 acres.

FARM SECURITY ADMINISTRATION REHABILITATION WORK

IN ALABAMA

— M. H. Pearson, U. S. Farm Security Administration, Auburn, Ala.

FSA in Alabama has found innumerable problems, both economic and
social, among the 33,000 families it is assisting through supervision and
credit. These families represent one out of every eight farm families in
the state. These problems have grown out of poor land use practices
deeply imbedded in the farming patterns of the South. The families who
are receiving FSA assistance have been, and still are, struggling to make
a living on land that is too poor to support them due to past land use. The
pressure of population is very acute. The average farm has about one-
third as many acres of crop land per family as the average for the rest
of the country. FSA families average about 6.2 members, thus greatly
reducing the crop acreage per capita. The experience of the FSA, with
reference to low incomes, parallels that of the Bureau of Agricultural
Economics in its study in Lee County. At least two-thirds of the families
have net cash incomes of less than $300.00. The changing pattern of agri¬
culture in Alabama in which families are being displaced aggravates the
problems of FSA in finding farms for displaced families.

The education level of these families is very low and the background
of farming requiring managerial ability is very limited.

The tenure situation which causes about one-half of the tenants and
sharecroppers who constitute two out of every three farmers in Alabama,
to move annually makes it difficult for the families to participate in the
various community activities and services offered by state, county and
federal agencies. The system of credit under which families had worked,
before applying to FSA for assistance, has prevented their accumulating
farm tools and livestock, a surplus of food and feed and also household
goods. The demand for cash crops by landlords has almost eliminated a
live-at-home program among tenants and sharecroppers.

FSA has found disease and sickness among these low-income farmers
to whom modern sanitation services are almost unknown. Unfavorable
environment, lack of education and lack of stable farm homes have greatly
contributed to the so-called inferiority of these low income people.

In attacking these problems FSA has worked on the premise that the
family success depends on how effectively we can educate them in sound
farm and home management practices. Hence the use of farm and home
management plans as a basis for the rehabilitation loans to these families.
The farm and home management plan is based on recommendations of the
Extension Service, Experiment Stations and Soil Conservation Service.
All farmers agree to comply with AAA and the benefit payments are re-

62

invested in the land in compliance with the agreement with AAA. All
farm and home plans provide a maximum for subsistence livestock and for
subsistence food and feed for the family and an adequate food preservation
budget including fruits, vegetables, and meats.

Leases are being secured for as long terms as possible. In 1940, 30;
per cent of our leases were for a period of 5 years, 15 per cent had 2 to 4-
year leases, 36 per cent had one-year written leases and 4 per cent had
no written lease. 15 per cent were so-called landowners, 10 per cent of
whom had mortgages on their farms. The work that these families
are doing in soil conservation, in planting soil building crops, in improving
housing conditions and sanitating the environment has greatly increased the
ease with which written leases can be secured.

By pooling their funds families are having more adequate medical
and dental care for the family and veterinary service for the livestock.

In order to qualify for a loan a family must have more than one cash
enterprise and a garden large enough to supply the family with fresh vege¬
tables all the year and to provide a surplus for canning for winter months.
To overcome the credit; problem, loans for capital goods and farm and
home operations are made for a five-year period with a low rate of inter¬
est. In case of crop disaster notes may be renewed.

FSA believes that this great mass of low-income farm families are
moving toward rehabilitation. A large part of their success is due to the
FSA method of combining a loan program with one of direct supervision.
Changing habits of farming is a difficult job and the success of our Farm
and Home Supervisor depends on their ability to understand the people and
their problems. Supervision must be given when and as often as it is
needed.

AIR MASS AND FRONTAL ANALYSIS OF THE DAILY
WEATHER MAP

— Arthur R. Long, U. S'. Weather Bureau, Meridian, Miss.

Air Masses

Air masses were defined as extensive bodies of air within which the
conditions of temperature and moisture in a horizontal plane were essen¬
tially uniform. Northern Canada was shown to be a source region for
polar air and the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea as a source region
for tropical maritime air. Superior air was shown to be due to subsidence
and lateral spreading. Some of the modifying influences on air masses were
shown to be thermodynamic and mechanical.

Fronts

A front was defined as the line of discontinuity between two different
air masses. The various types of fronts — cold, warm, occluded, stationary,
and upper — were defined and described. Also, frontogenesis and frontoly-
sis were defined.

Locating Fronts

It was shown that fronts were located: by logical historical se¬
quence ; by discontinuities in wind, temperature, and moisture ; by cloud
and precipitation areas ; by 3-hourly pressure changes ; and by the use
of upper-air data.

63

Upper-Air Data

The wind directions and velocities for various levels are obtained
from the pilot balloon flights, and frontal movements may often be ap¬
proximated by using these data at suitable levels. The use of radiosonde
and airplane observations in drawing cross sections of the upper-air and
their use in making analyses were shown. A brief description was made
of the isentropic chart and its value in making analysis of the current
synoptic chart.

Conclusion

The value of air mass and frontal analysis in forecasting was shown.
While the use of this method is no panacea for all forecasting ills, it is a
step in the right direction and its use is resulting in better and more accu¬
rate weather forecasts.

SECTION V

PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS

A METHOD OF DETERMINING THE COEFFICIENTS' IN A

TRANSFORMED EQUATION

— George W. Hess, Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

If f(x) — xn-f- Ptx"-1 + p2xn’2+ . . . . + p„ = 0 is a given equation

of the nth degree, and, if <£(z) = + q, z^1 + q2 zkn_2 + . . . +qtmO

denotes the transformed equation such that the roots of <£ (z) — 0 are
given homogeneous functions of the kth degree of the roots of f(x) = 0,
each coefficient qt is expressible as a rational integral function of the p’s,
each term in such expression being of weight k.t, where the weight of a
term Apdpp ... is defined to be r.i + s.j . . . .

To determine a given qt, it is expressed as a polynomial containing as

terms all possible products of the p’s of weight t.k, each term containing
an undertermined coefficient, which is later determined by the use of suit¬
able equations with knowm roots.

A PROBLEM IN DIFFUSION

— J. H. Coulliette, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

A number of metastable mercury atoms are formed in a small spherical
volume and permitted to diffuse to the surrounding spherical wall. The
rate of arrival of the metastable atoms at the wall was computed from the
well known diffusion equation. The rate of arrival was measured experi¬
mentally in a four electrode vacuum tube, and compared with the computed
value of the rate of arrival. The reasonably close agreement indicates
that metastable atoms do not give up their excitation energy upon colli¬
sion with normal mercury atoms, but diffuse through the gas until colli¬
sion with the wall of the container causes them to return to the normal
state.

64

A NECESSARY AND SUFFICIENT CONDITION FOR “ESCAPE”
VELOCITY

— W. A. Moore, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

J. Prescott in his Mechanics of Particles makes this statement : “A
body projected away from the earth’s surface with a velocity of seven
miles per second will never return to the earth.” Sir James Jeans in his
Theoretical Mechanics says: “If u2 = 2 gr the velocity will vanish at
infinity; the body will escape from the earth but will be left with zero
velocity.”

The problem referred to in the above quotations would be an inter¬
esting and challenging one for students of elementary calculus and should
be an illuminating one for students of Mechanics yet calculus books omit
it and Mechanics books slur it. It seems to deserve a straightforward
rigorous treatment which this paper proposes to give.

First, as a direct consequence of Newton’s Law of Gravitation, the
following equation is derived :

V2 = U2 _ 2 gr + 2 gr”

x

where x is the variable distance of a body from the center of the earth,
v is the velocity at x, u is the initial velocity at x = r, and ( — g) is the
value of gravity at x = r.

It follows directly from the equation that v — 0 only if u2 = 2 gr — <
2 gr2

“ <2 gr. In other words u2<;2 gr is a necessary condition for re¬

turn. It is also a sufficient condition for return, for if u2 <; 2 gr then u2=
2 gr — e where e is an arbitrary positive constant, and the equation becomes :

, 2 gr2 2 gr2

V2 = 2 gr - e - 2 gr + x~= — - - e

2 gr2

Thus v = 0 when x = ■ ~

e

Now since u2<2 gr is sufficient for return, then u2 = 2 gr is nec-

2 gr2

essary for escape. Finally, if u2 = 2 gr the equation gives V2 — - — — ■

which is greater than zero for all values of x. Hence u2 = 2 gr is suf¬
ficient for escape.

THE PHOTOELECTRIC PROPERTIES' OF THIN FILMS OF
BISMUTH OF MEASURED THfCKNESS

— L. j. Eisele, S.J., Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

Recent work by Weber1 on the photoelectric properties of Bismuth
films evaporated in vacuo shows threshold shifts towards the longer
wave lengths accompanying increasing film thickness. The same author
found that Fowler’s theory held for low temperature measurements, at
least as low as -7 5°C. The same author has also determined the vapor
pressure of Bismuth2 which makes it possible to study these threshold
shifts as a function of actual film thickness.

1. Weber, A. H. Phys. Rev. 53: 895 (1938).

2. Weber, A. H. Phys. Rev. May 15 (1940).

65

In this work threshold shifts were analyzed for films varying in thick¬
ness from 5.5 to 456 atomic layers and the temperature range was further
extended to -183°C. The DuBridge method of analysis was employed.
Excellent agreement of experiment with theory was found for all except
one film.

Four films (5.5 to 44.5 atomic layers) showed a relatively small
threshold shift towards the red (a total of 40A°) whereas films of greater
thickness (111.2 to 456 atomic layers) showed large shifts towards longer
wave lengths (approximately 500A°). These phenomena may be due to
a change in the structure of the film beyond about 50 atomic layers.

A study of photoelectric current versus film thickness showed that a
saturation current was reached at about 200 atomic layers. However,
threshold analysis showed a strong shift even beyond this thickness.

It is also pointed out that a more careful analysis of the properties of
thin films should involve conductivity measurements as well as photoelec¬
tric properties.

SQUARING THE CIRCLE IN NON-EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY

— Henry Gerhardt, Mobile, Ala.

It is known that by denying Euclid’s fifth axiom we will have a con¬
sistent system of Geometry in which the sum of the angles in a triangle
is less than two right angles. In this Geometry a remarkble connection
exists between a circle and a certain angle. This enables us to square
the circle.

In this paper a conformal representation is used which gives an easy
approach to this problem by means of elementary methods. It shows the
way to the actual construction.

A PROBLEM IN HEAT CONDUCTION

— Robert Gaskell, University, Ala.

In this problem we have an isotropic right cylindrical bar, whose ends
are placed in contact with well-stirred liquids, and which is provided with
lateral insulation so as to make the problem one-dimensional. We are
given an initial temperature distribution function for the bar, f(x), with
other physical constants involved, and are required to find the temperature
distribution, U(x,t), at any subsequent time.

There are essentially four steps in the solution of the problem. The La¬
place transformation is applied to the conditions of the problem, yielding an
ordinary differential equation and two end conditions. This system differs
notably from those usually solved by a separation of variables process in
the occurrence of a parameter in the end conditions as well as in the dif¬
ferential equation.

The application of the inverse Laplace transformation to the solution
of this system, u(x,s), is the second step. If f(x) is piecewise continu¬
ous, and if f'(x) is bounded and integrable, this inversion can be carried
out by use of Churchill’s theorems on the inversion integral.

The third part of the solution is that of showing that the inverse
transform, L_1-|u(x,s) }• , is a solution of the boundary value problem.
Some of the conditions are verified by a Tauberian process from observed

66

properties of u(x,s). A series expansion for L'1 •{ u(x,s) }■ can also be
found; anti this series can be shown to satisfy the remaining condition
proving that U(x,t) = L'1 -j u(x,s) [ .

In the final step, conditions on f(x) and its derivatives are found
which will yield a unique solution. It can be shown that if f (x) and its
first two derivatives are piecewise continuous and if f"' (x) is bounded and
integrable, then U(x,t) = L'1 { u(x,s) J- is the only solution of a certain
definable character.

TECHNIQUES IN GRINDING AND POLISHING TELESCOPE
MIRRORS

— John R. Patty, Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Two telescope mirrors were ground and polished in the summer and
autumn of 1934 by the author and Mr. Carl Hibdon working in conjunc¬
tion with each other at Arkansas State College. Techniques were fol¬
lowed as indicated in the third edition of “Amateur Telescope Making”
but procedures were soon altered to overcome certain difficulties which
seemed to be characteristic of the prescribed methods.

A more-finely ground surface was obtained by adding optician’s rouge
and water repeatedly to the sludge in the final grinding with number 600
carborundum and extending the grinding for an additional hour.

Damage to the finely-ground surface in removal of the mirror from
the grinding tool was avoided by attaching a screw eye and cord to the
handle on the back of the mirror, and fastening this cord to a spring
balance three feet above and almost directly over one edge of the grind¬
ing tool with the cord length adjusted to make the tension approximately
equal to the weight of the mirror. Immediately preceding removal,' an
excess of water was applied, and the mirror was slipped quickly and smooth¬
ly from the grinding tool and was caught with the hands.

A modified and flexible polishing tool was made by rubbing beeswax
and naptha across a two-inch diametral strip on the grinding tool to in¬
crease the adhesion to the HCF (honey comb foundation) lap place there¬
on. The portions to either side of this strip were separated from the
grinding tool by means of a dull knife, and sheets of paper were inserted to
increase the polishing to any desired amount near the edges and decrease
it near the center.

A nicely-figured mirror was obtained within four hours elapsed time or
about two hours of actual polishing.

RADIO FREQUENCY MODULATION

— Elmer Rhodes, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

A brief survey of the basic principles of frequency modulation, meth¬
ods of generating and receiving frequency modulated waves, the advan¬
tage of noise free reception offered by frequency modulated systems, and
the theory of noise silencing by frequency modulation was presented.

A simple reactance modulator was described. Also a system of phase
modulation was discussed along with a brief explanation of the theory of
phase modulation.

67

A method of receiving frequency modulated waves was discussed along
with the method by which the desired modulation may be rectified from
the carrier free from extraneous noises.

The whole discussion was non-mathematical, and designed for those
with no experience with frequency modulation but only a general familiarity
with terms used in radio discussions.

A REPORT ON THE PROGRESS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF
THE SOUTHEASTERN SECTION OF THE AMERICAN
PHYSICAL SOCIETY

— Fred Allison, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

The history of the Southeastern Section of the American Physical
Society is sketched from its inception on March 23, 1935, to date. A study
of statistics on attendance, membership and number of papers presented
shows a healthy growth during the period. The present membership of
300 indicates the important place physicists occupy in the group of Southern
Scientists.

AN ANOMALOUS TEMPERATURE EFFECT IN X-RAY DIF¬
FRACTION OF WATER

— C. B. Crawley and Eric Rodgers.

Recent work on supercooling of water has shown that its freezing
temperature can be changed by pre-heating. This has been explained by
the theory of motes in the water. So much work has been done indicating
a complex molecular structure of water that it is felt worth while to de¬
termine if the molecular structure depends on preheating. This is being
investigated in experiments now in progress at the University of Alabama.

SECTION VI

INDUSTRY AND ECONOMICS

THE ECONOMICS OF THE FILM CONCEPT IN CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING

— N. W. Muller, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

The economics of absorption are considered in terms of liquid-gas rate,
efficiency, optimum contact area and mass transfer coefficient. The
method of Maker and Thornberg is generalized to fit all of the diffusional
and transfer operations in chemical engineering. The relationship be¬
tween optimum area is

N

“ Kga(Yx yi) *

area

1 — K

68

The optimum efficiency of operation in terms of fixed and operating
costs, gas and liquid rates, and mass transfer coefficient is expressed by

TT _ 1 + K — V(1 + K)2 - 4K(1 - R)

^ 2K

Relationships between efficiency, gas-liquid rate, fixed and operating
costs, and optimum area are shown in a graphical correlation.

THE NEED AND OPPORTUNITY FOR FURTHER INDUSTRIAL
DEVELOPMENT IN ALABAMA

— John Ward, Secretary Alabama Chamber of Commerce, Mont¬
gomery, Ala.

Alabama with all its natural and human resources has remained until
recently largely an agricultural state with an economy dominated by cot¬
ton. Alabama is rich in possibilities but comparatively poor in reality.

Reasons suggested for this strange situation are (1) The destruction
following the War Between the States, (2) Problems growing out of a
large negro population, (3) The tariff, (4) Discriminatory freight rates,
(5) A kind of colonial economy forced on the South by other sections,
and (6) The nature of some of our resources.

On the other hand, to no outside influence can be attributed (1) The
fact that we have waited on others to develop our resources, (2) Lack
of cooperative effort, (3) Holding to an agricultural economy of cotton
until it impoverished us, (4) Waste of our lands, (5) Waste of many of
our natural resources, and (6) Continued migration of our young people
to other sections.

In recent years we have made much industrial progress. Also a
sound farm program is now being followed. However, our total and
per capita income will remain low unless part of the seventy per cent of
our people dependent on agriculture can be transferred to industrial pay
rolls. Hence the development of the right kind of manufacturing opera¬
tions in the state is important.

In considering opportunities for further industrial development, the
numerous raw materials of Alabama, electric power production in the
state, transportation facilities, labor supply, taxes, health conditions, and
the favorable trend in the State Administration are discussed.

Examples of industrial development in Alabama are cited.

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES TO
CRIMINAL LAW ENFORCEMENT

— C. J. Rehling, Alabama State Department of Toxicology.

In the early days of science, newly discovered laws and principles
were only slowly utilized by medicine and the other professions, due, in
part, to resistance encountered from religious and political minds as well
as from numerous leaders in the several embryonic sciences of the day.

Such pioneers as Lavoisier, Priestly, Harvey, Lister, Pasteur and
many others fostered a practical utilization of the newer knowledge of
the day to prolonging human life and welfare. But the nineteenth cen-

69

tury witnessed a phenomenal growth in the practical application of chem¬
istry and other fields of scientific learning. However, it was not until
World War I that we saw scientific knowledge put to work en masse
for the first time and this occasion saw the rise of our national sun in
the fields of research and industry.

Then, too, during the ’20’s came organized or professional crime and
law enforcement was practically “blitzed”. The officer, by and large,
was impotent in his control over such lawlessness while the courts were
honeycombed by newly found “loop holes”. Yet it was only after some
years that any organized effort was made by law enforcement agencies
to launch out, as the commercial world had done, in search of aid in the
realm of science. Some local efforts along these lines in Europe had
accomplished much but our interest had lagged.

Then followed the newer program which considers the higher type of
intelligent officer, coupled with a coordinated scientific service, as the
most effective and efficient service. Such newer program is by no means
universally accepted and continued education is necessary to further such
facilities now available to assist our law enforcement agencies.

Consistent with such efforts, the State Department of Toxicology
was established in 1935. Its purpose and efforts are to provide, as fully
as possible, a free, scientific, criminal investigative service to the State
of Alabama. Cases are submitted to this department at an ever increas¬
ing rate and at present some forty-five cases per month are received and
given our diligent attention.

All branches of scientific criminal investigation are exercised by a
staff of qualified and experienced experts. As shown by the illustrations
herewith projected, the department is equipped to handle various phases
of chemistry, microscopy, legal medicine, photography, pathology, bacte¬
riology, etc. and apply these to the case at hand to ferret out all possible
facts that may be valuable as evidence. Our purpose is to conduct an
unbiased investigation with the ultimate cbjective in mind that the findings
will probably be presented as evidence in courts of law.

THE NAVIGATION DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM OF THE TEN¬
NESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

— John H. Goff, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Northern Alabama lies in the heart of the Tennessee Valley Region.
The activities of the Tennessee Valley Authority are of direct interest to
the state. A cardinal phase of the Authority’s activities is the develop¬
ment of a modern canalized waterway which will permit year-round navi¬
gation the entire length of the Tennessee. By 1944 or early 1945 this
program should be realized and there should be available for use a 648-
mile standard 9-foot navigation channel from Paducah, Kentucky to Knox¬
ville, Tennessee.

This will give northern Alabama access to America’s great inland
waterway system — a net-work having 5700 miles of standard 9-i‘oot chan¬
nel and 3000 miles of 6-foot channel. The value of the Tennessee River
navigation improvement will be greatly enhanced by being a part of this
national system. Such diverse points as Pittsburgh, Cincinnati, Chicago,
St. Louis, New Orleans, and Houston will be accessible for all-water
movements, without transshipment of cargo, to river ports in Alabama.

70

Completion of the TVA navigation program will make the Tennessee
the best river in the United States from the standpoint of economical
operation of vessels, because :

1. The most efficient floating equipment can be used.

2. There will be few time-consuming lockages owing to the small
number of high dams.

3. The wide and deep channel will permit easy and safe handling of
craft.

The Tri-cities area (Florence, Tuscumbia and Sheffield), Decatur
and Guntersville will probably be the river-side points of Alabama which
will gain most from transportation on the river since they are commer¬
cially important themselves and because they can serve as transit ports
for traffic moving by rail or truck from or to hinterland points such as
Birmingham, Atlanta, Gadsden, and Anniston.

PROGRESS AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE PAPER INDUSTRY
IN THE SOUTH

— I. Y. East, Southern Kraft Corp., Moss Point, Miss.

The invention and manufacture of paper dates back to 105 A.D.
wnen a Chinese, Ts’ai Lun, made a successful sheet of paper using cotton,
rags and hemp. From China this invention spread to Arabia and thence
to Sicily, Spain, France, and finally to Germany where the industry has
steadily improved.

In the early development of paper, cotton and linen were the principal
raw materials except in China and Japan where the use of the inside
lining of mulberry bark, bamboo, etc. is still continued. Paper remained
a luxury until the discovery of the use of wood fibres, and the invention
of the modern paper machine.

The pulping processes are as follows : soda, sulfite, kraft or sulfate,
and mechanical or groundwood.

With the introduction of the kraft or sulfate process, which is adapt¬
able to the southern pine, the South is rapidly becoming the center of the
paper industry due to its abundance of wood, transportation facilities, and
favorable climate. Recently the sulfite process has been adapted to south¬
ern pine to produce pulp for the rayon industry.

The pulp industry, especially the kraft process, offers great oppor¬
tunities for scientists.

RELATION OF PATENTS TO RESEARCH IN INDUSTRY

— Henry L. Jennings, Patent Lawyer, Birmingham, Ala.

Of the 41,730 patents granted in 1940 for inventions, 4,410, or more
than 10%, related to the Chemical Industry, a field of active industrial
research. Of the 4,410 patents, 1,911, or more than 40%, related to car¬
bon compounds, a particular branch of Chemistry which is the subject of
intensive research. Also, of the 4,410 patents, 484 were assigned to the
DuPont Company, a company which maintains extensive research labora¬
tories.

Of the 41,730 patents of all kinds issued last year, 850, or more than
two per cent, were assigned to the General Electric Company, 245 to the
Eastman Company, and 91 to the Celanese Corporation — all companies
which engage extensively in research.

71

Our patent system, being designed to promote progress in the useful
arts, encourages research. By the grant of rewards in the form of ex¬
clusive rights to patented inventions, it provides a means for financing
further research.

Industry in the South has heretofore lagged behind the North and
East in taking advantage of the patent system, yet there have been many
valuable patents issued to inventors in the South. For example, phos¬
phoric acid and phosphates; diphenyl and diphenyl derivatives; centrifugal
cast iron pipe; insulating wall board; improved blast furnace; and im¬
proved cotton gin.

Patented inventions increase, rather than decrease, employment, but
adjustments sometimes have to be made in the case of labor saving inven¬
tions. If invention should cease, civilization would perish due to in¬
ability to overcome destructive change.

SWEET POTATO STARCH AS A SIZING AGENT IN THE
TEXTILE INDUSTRY

— Omar C. Moore, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Recently much interest has been given, particularly in the South, to
the development of a commercially usuable starch from sweet potatoes.
An intensive investigation was carried on in the laboratories of the Engi¬
neering Experiment Station at the Alabama Polytechnic Institute with
the National Bureau of Standards and the U. S. Department of Agri¬
culture cooperating.

In this work sweet potato starch was studied to determine its possi¬
bilities as a warp sizing agent in the textile industry. Several methods
of testing and testing apparatus were developed, calibrated and used in
the laboratory investigation.

As a result of this work it was found that sweet potato starch had
the qualities of a good warp sizing agent and in some respects was su¬
perior to other starches. These conclusions were verified bv actual mill-
scale tests. Today, sweet potato starch is being used exclusively in some
cotton mills as a warp sizing agent and is rapidly gaining a place of
industrial importance in the South.

EVALUATING STARCHES*

— W. T. Schreiber and W. L. Stafford, Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
Auburn, Ala.

Methods are described for evaluating starches for use on fabrics ;
these include methods for judging the starch mixtures from a processing
or plant operating viewpoint and methods for evaluating the quality of
starched fabrics. The former may be used for measuring the stickiness
of starch mixtures during ironing, and the penetration of such mixtures ;
the latter may be used to measure the transparency of starch films, and
to determine the smoothness, stiffness and resistance to crushing of
starched fabrics.

These methods may also be used to advantage in evaluating other
sizing or finishing agents.

Industrial and Engineering Chemistry has publication rights to this paper.

72

SECTION VII

THE TEACHING OF SCIENCE

IMPENDING CHANGES IN THE SCIENCE CURRICULUM

— Hanor A. Webb, Department of Chemistry and Science Education,
George Peabody College for Teachers, Nashville, Tenn.

If science were offered in a school for the sake of culture only, its
curriculum might not need revision for a century. If science were offered
for information only, its curriculum might not need to be brought up to
date oftener than once a generation. But if science be offered with at
least one of its objectives the training of workers and consumers in a
scientific age, then certain changes impend continuously in the science
curriculum.

The United States Government, one of the largest employers of
scientifically trained persons, for the third year in succession has urged
young college graduates to take the Civil Service examinations for scien¬
tific positions paying $2,000 a year. Even a boy still in college is offered
summer work in scientific occupations at the rate of $1,440 per year.
Duriiig 1939 and 1940, 83,136 young folks took these examinations, and
10,699 passed. The examinations for 1941 were held in March.

The colleges in which most of these young persons study science are
not offering courses that fit well into the demand for scientific service
that the Government, and private organizations, are making. The high
schools which give background to scientific study are not interesting the
younger students in the fields they should study later to go into the
scientific work that will be offered to them.

Data as to the fields covered by the examinations for appointment
to junior scientific positions follow:

United States Civil Service Appointments
Junior Professional Assistant, $2,000 a Year
1939: examined, 38,976; passed, 9,431
1940: examined, 44,160; passed, 11,268
1941 List: Junior Professional Assistants
Administrative Technician Home Economist

Agronomist
Animal Nutrition
Biologist-Wildlife
Business Analyst
Chemist
Economist
Engineer
Forester
Geologist

Anpointments from 1939-1940 Examinations:
Many Appointments :

Agronomist Geologist

Engineer Legal Assistant

Forester Physicist

T imited Number of Appointments :

Chemist Economist

V ery Few Appointments :

Biologist Home Economist

Horticulturist
Legal Assistant
Meteorologist
Physicist

Range Conservationist
Soil Scientist
Writer and Editor
Zoologist-Parasitology

Range Examiner
Soil Scientist
Administrative
Technician

Meteorologist

Horticulturist

73

Agricultural Economics
Agronomy
Animal Husbandry
Biology-Wildlife
Economics
Engineering
Forestry
Geology

Student Aid, $1,440 a Year (Accepted for summer work under certain
conditions.)

Home Economics
Horticulture
Metallurgy
Plant Pathology
Political Science
Range Management
Soils
Statistics

A second examination of certain data included above is helpful in
the interpretation. The Government has made many appointments of
young people to work with older scientists in agronomy, forestry, geology,
physics, soils, and range examination. Few colleges give this training in
full; few high schools begin studies in a majority of these fields. In
contrast, the Government made few appointments of young people to work
in chemistry, biology, home economics, weather; these are the subjects
taught in most colleges, and begin in high schools.

Curriculum changes impend whenever schools do not keep up with
the needs for training. For example, just when thousands of the high
schools are dropping their courses in physics because of small enrollment,
it becomes required that every young man must have physics who hopes
to become a flyer. College work in biology is characteristically the type
for which few are needed by the Government, while there is much demand
for biological training of other types.

Wise science teachers and their supervisors study the trends toward
more attention to the outdoor sciences of a practical nature, which will
be needed in the activities of conservation, soil surveys, forestry, water
control, and mineral resources. More workers are needed in these fields
than in the indoor, laboratory occupations. The new, practical courses
that will train young people for their future service to the Nation should
rapidly be installed in our high schools and colleges.

THE CLASS EXPERIMENT AS A TEACHING METHOD

— E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

The purpose of this paper is to emphasize the importance of a simple
teaching method which has great possibilities but which, it seems, few
teachers consciously use.

I he general relation of the class experiment
Lecture to other methods of science teaching is shown

Lecture Demonstration by the list at the left. It represents the ex-
Class Experiment perimental or problem approach to the study

Group Experiment of science.

Individual Experiment , , . , , ,

The lecture demonstration and the class ex¬
periment are much alike and yet profoundly different. They are fre¬
quently confused in the literature of teaching methods. As pointed out
by Preston in his “High School Science Teacher and His Work”, they
involve exactly the same setting, namely, a teacher and a class grouped
about a table or lecture desk. In the lecture demonstration the teacher
“shows everything, explaining and interpreting each point” as it is pre¬
sented. While in the class experiment the teacher develops a problem
or laboratory goal from a brief discussion, presents certain experimental

evidence, and endeavors to get each student to observe, record and inter¬
pret the evidence and arrive at his own conclusions which he puts on
record. By proper seating arrangement the work may be made almost
wholly individual. But the teacher may at any time introduce general
class discussion or deal with difficulties or questions of any member of
the group.

The writer believes this method is admirably suited to the teaching
of general science and possibly to much of the other high school science
especially where the equipment is limited and where double laboratory
periods are not available. Other supplementary work might be given for
experience in manipulation. For many years it has proven a very valu¬
able method for a few selected experiments with college freshmen.

To summarize briefly, — The class experiment

a. Is a time saver and a costs reducer in individual experimental
study.

b. Commands the attention of the indifferent student and frequently
arouses his interest.

c. Has the teacher and each member of the class actively partici¬
pating throughout the class period.

d. Reveals student weaknesses both to the teacher and to the student
himself.

e. Affords the teacher a fine opportunity to guide the student in the
use of the scientific method and in the formation of a scientific
attitude of mind.

THE PLACE OF THE MUSEUM IN TEACHING

— Jane K. Hearn, Shades Cahaba High School, Birmingham, Ala.

A children’s museum is able to play a vital part in the community
by offering a unique service which cannot wholly be obtained in the
home or school ; that of a more complete integration of the child with
his school, home and social environment.

A children’s museum makes the following specific contributions to
the child, the school, the community:

1. It is a source of motivation, arousing and stimulating interest
through planned activity.

2. It considers the individual needs of the child seeking to develop
a balanced personality by providing an outlet through leisure time activi¬
ties of a high intellectual quality and often as a result removing a disci¬
pline problem from the classroom.

3. It broadens the scope of the school work by providing supple¬
mentary material in the form of visual aids which the school would
not otherwise have.

4. The service that a museum renders to a school and community
may be unlimited. It is not wholly dependent upon the financial status
of the community but rather upon the enthusiasm and ingenuity of the
museum staff.

The program of the Brooklyn Children’s Museum (the first museum
of its kind in the world) is cited as evidence of the influence of a
museum on the school and community life.

It is suggested that the teachers of Alabama use their influence to
make civic leaders and citizens museum minded, and help them plan and
work toward the organization of children’s museums in their respective
communities.

75

COMPARISON OF TWO COLLEGE TESTING PROGRAMS IN
GENERAL CHEMISTRY

— Roger Allen, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Two testing programs which have been recently used in college Gen¬
eral Chemistry are discussed and the results compared. Nine hundred
students were tested. A comprehensive multiple choice examination
(scored by machine) was given at the end of the semester. It consisted
of 100 questions. Five possible answers were shown after each question,
only one of which was correct. The average grade was 54.

Periodic quizzes calling for descriptive answers were used in the
class during the semester up to the final examination. The average grade
on these quizzes was 72.

Due to the probability that one fifth of the answers on the compre¬
hensive final examination could be guessed correctly, a higher grade was
anticipated than on the descriptive quizzes. A lower grade by 18 points
was a surprise.

76

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1941-42

President, Helen June Harding, Hueytown High School - Bessemer, Ala.

Vice-President, Douglas Helms, Coffee Co. High School, — Enterprise, Ala.

Secretary, Robert Weeks, Jones Valley High School- . ...Powderly, Ala.

Treasurer, Robert Doyle, Murphy High School _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

Counselors : -

P. P. B. Brooks, Sidney Lanier High School _ Montgomery, Ala.

Miss Clustie E. McTyeire, 1804 Arlington Ave _ Bessemer, Ala.

W. F. Abercrombie, Howard College _ Birmingham, Ala.

CHAPTERS OF THE

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

and Official Delegates at the Ninth Annual Meeting, Murphy
High School, Mobile, Ala., Mar. 21 and 22, 1941.

xAliceville High School _ _ — - - - — Aliceville, Ala.

Baldwin County High School — Ford Cook _ Bay Minette, Ala.

Billingsly High School — Annie Lee Donahoo _ Billingsly, Ala.

Blessed Sacrament Academy — Catherine Vance _ Birmingham, Ala.

Bishop Toolen High School — Eloise Longan _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

xButler County High School _ Greenville, Ala.

Coffee County High School — Douglas Helms _ Enterprise, Ala.

Convent of Mercy Academy — Dorothy Ching _ Mobile, Ala.

xCullman County High School _ _ _ _ _ Cullman, Ala.

DeKalb County High School — Bob Thomas _ Fort Payne, Ala.

Deshler High School — George Jones _ Tuscumbia, Ala.

Ensley High School — Jack Bolt _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

Greensboro High School — Norman Boggess . . . Greensboro, Ala.

Hueytown High School — Edwin Waldrop _ Bessemer, Ala.

yjones Valley High School — Robert Weeks _ _ _ Powderly, Ala.

xT. R. Miller High School _ _ Brewton, Ala.

J. W. Minor High School — Mervel Parker _ Ensley, Ala.

yMontgomery County High School — Ruth Chesnutt _ Ramer, Ala.

Murphy High School — Clayton Foscue _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

yOpp High School — Mildred Williford _ _ _ _ _ Opp, Ala.

Phillips High School — Harry Gilmer _ Birmingham, Ala.

xRamsey High School _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..Birmingham, Ala.

Sacred Heart Academy — Mamie Deere . _ _ _ Cullman, Ala.

xSeale High School _ _ _ Seale, Ala.

Shades-Cahaba High School — Jimmie Holmquist _ Birmingham, Ala.

Sidney Lanier High School — Duncan Head _ Montgomery, Ala.

St. Bernard High School — Bill Cutcliff _ St. Bernard, Ala.

St. Paul’s High School — Josephine Jamison _ Birmingham, Ala.

xTalladega County High School _ _ Lincoln, Ala.

Tallassee High School — James Black _ _ _ Tallassee, Ala.

xTroy High School _ Troy, Ala.

Tuscaloosa Senior High School — Preston Cunningham.... Tuscaloosa, Ala.

xTuscaloosa County High School _ _ Northport, Ala.

77

Visitation Academy — Ann Weinacker _ _ _ Mobile, Ala-

xWest End High School _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

yWest Jefferson High School _ Quinton, Ala.

xWoodlawn High School _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

xNot represented at the annual meeting.
yChapters added in 1940-41.

Note: A total of 209 registered for the meeting.

Senior Academy Certificates of Award

For the best paper — Organic Culture

Phillips High School _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala..

For the best exhibit in biology — Culture of Organs

Phillips High School _ Birmingham, Ala..

For the best exhibit in chemistry — Sulfuric Acid Plant

Ensley High School _ _ _ _ ...Birmingham, Ala..

For the best exhibit in physics — Radio Communication

Murphy High School _ ...Mobile, Ala.

For the best exhibit in science and industry — Mineral Resources of

Alabama — Tuscaloosa Senior High School _ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

The following projects received Honorable Mention:

Exhibit in biology — Method of Rendering Tissues Transparent and
Staining of the Skeleton

St. Bernard High School _ St. Bernard, Ala-

Exhibit in physics — Electron Microscope

Visitation Academy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mobile, Ala.

Paper in biology — The Magic-Like Effects of Nicotinic Acid on

Pallagrins — St. Paul’s High School _ Birmingham, Ala_

TREASURY REPORT OF THE ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MARCH 21, 1941.

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand from 1939-40 _ $ 59.49

Old chapter dues _ 50.00

New chapter dues _ _ 8.00

Membership cards _ 4.15

121.64

EXPENDITURES

Birmingham Engraving Co . . . . $ 13.77

Postage of Treasurer _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3.27

Postage of President _ 11.70

Stencils of President _ .90

Paper of President _ _ 1.40

Filing cards of President _ 3.00

Express _ .68

34.72

Balance on hand March 21, 1941 - - - - $ 86.92.

LAMBERT GATTMANN
JAMES L. KASSNER
ARTIE BELLE PIRTLE
JAMES BENDER
P. P. B. BROOKS'

Audited March 21, 1941
ROGER ALLEN
W. F. ABERCROMBIE
W. A. MOORE

78

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Allen, Edgar (A) _ _ Yale University, New Haven, Conn.

Gardner, Wright A. (A) _ _ _ Auburn, Alabama

§*Graham, John Y. (A) _ University, Alabama

Reinke, E. E. (xA.) . . . _Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation _

Alabama Polytechnic Institute _

Alabama Power Company _

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce _

Allen Rushton, B’ham Ice & Cold Storage Co

Birmingham-Southern College _

Birmingham Trust and Savings Bank . . .

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation _

Howard College - - -

Huntingdon College _ _ _

McKesson and Robbins, Inc _

Portland Cement Association _ _ _

Southern Natural Gas Company _

State Teachers College _

Stockham Pipe Fittings Company _

University of Alabama. _ _ _ _ _

Woodward Iron Company _ _ _

Active Members

fAbercrombie, W. F. (A) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Adcock, Miss Julia C. (C) _ Archaeological Lab., W.P.A.,

Birmingham, Ala.

Ala. Dept, of Archives and History _ _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

Albin, J. R - 401 Courthouse, Birmingham, Ala.

Allen, Roger W. (B) - Auburn, Ala.

§*Allison, Fred (G) - Auburn, Ala.

Almon, Lois - - - _ - Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Anderson, A. B. - - - . — _ - Shannon, Ala.

Anderson, Harold V - Route 1, Box 29-C, Birmingham, Ala.

Andrews, T. G. (C) - University, Ala.

Arant, Frank S. (A) - Auburn, Ala.

fArcher, Allan F. (A).. _ _ . _ University, Ala.

Arnold, Paul J - Jacksonville State Teachers College,

Jacksonville, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Montgomery, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Montgomery, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ _ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

_ Troy, Ala.

_ Birmingham, Ala.

- Tuscaloosa, Ala.

- Woodward, Ala.

^Charter members of the Academy.
tMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.

The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, CB) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology. (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine, (G) Physics, (H) Industry and Economics, (I) Teaching of
Science.

79

Attaway, C. F - 323 Evergreen St., Brewton, Ala.

Ayrs, O. L. (B) _ 1001 28th Place, S., Birmingham, Ala.

§Bales, P. D. (G) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Barkalow, F. S. (A) - Auburn, Ala.

Barkalow, F. S., Jr _ Ala. Dept of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

§Barnes, G. F. (B) _ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

*Basore, C. A. (D) _ Auburn, Ala.

Beatty, A. C. (A) _ University, Ala.

Beaudry, D. P. (D).__ . . 2636 Ridgeway Ave., Ensley, Birmingham, Ala.

Biggs, Jeannette (A) _ _ _ Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, Tenn.

fBishop, E. L. (F) _ 404 Pound Bldg., Chattanooga, Tenn.

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A) _ 305 Nabors St., Montevallo, Ala.

Blair, A. J. (C) _ _ _ 1600 Brown Marx Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Blair, C. S. (C) _ Comer Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Blair, Ruth T. _ 418 6th St., S.W., Birmingham, Ala.

§Bliss, A. R., Jr. (A) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Bowles, Edgar (C) _ 510 Capstone Court, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Brame, J. Y. (C) _ _ _ Montgomery, Ala.

*Brannon, P. A. (C) _ _ _ Dept, of Archives and History,

Montgomery, Ala.

fBreckenridge, C. G. (A) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) _ 212 Ponce de Leon Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Brown, O. T. (C) _ Dept, of Geology and Geography, University, Ala.

Brown, R. D. (B) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Bruhn, J. M. (A) _ „ _ University, Ala.

fBunton, P. B. _ _ _ care Spencer Lens Company, Atlanta, Ga.

Bush, J. D. (F) _ Box 1965, University, Ala.

Campbell, Miss Justina (A) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Cannon, Laura Mae (A) _ _21 77 Highland Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Carlson, J. G. (A) _ _ _ _ _ —University, Ala.

§Carmichael, E. B. (B) - - University, Ala.

Cason, Mrs. Louise R. (F) _ _ _ _ _ 2009 7th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Christenson, R. O. (A) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Christianson, O. O. (F) _ —University, Ala.

fClark, B. F. (B) _ 300 Richmond Ave., Buffalo, N. Y.

Clements, R. M. (F) _ 2501 7th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

§Coghill, W. H. (C) _ _ _ U. S'. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Cole, Frank T _ _ Weather Bureau Office, Mobile, Ala.

Coons, K. W. (B) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Copson, R. L. (B) _ _ 110 Plant One, Sheffield, Ala.

Corley, Miss Nora (A) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

§Cotton, W. E. (A) _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Cornell, B. M _ _ _ _ _ 518 Wright's Mill Pond, Auburn, Ala.

Cotter, H. F. (B) _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) _ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Crane, Ina Barbee (F) _ Tutwiler Hall, University, Ala.

Crawley, C. B. (G) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Cudworth, J. R. (C) _ _ _ - _ University, Ala.

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Cunningham F. F. (D) _ State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Dahms, Harold (C) _ _ _ _ 2717 Ensley Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Dale, Hugh (B) _ Y. M. C. A., Birmingham, Ala.

Damon, S. R. (F) _ _ _ _State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Dejarnette, David (C)„ . . — - University, Ala.

80

Dejarnette, J. T., Jr. (C) _ —

De Wilton, E. L. (A) _

Dorroh, J. L _

Dowdey, Perry Frank _

Duggar, J. F., Sr. (A) -

Dunlevy, M. L. (C) _ _ _ Rt. 1, Box 29C, Birmingham, Ala.

East, Isaac Young _ Southern Kraft Corp., Moss Point, Miss.

Eisele, John Lewis _ Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

.1502 N. 15th Ct., Birmingham, Ala.

_ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

_ Labuco, Ala.

.Auburn, Ala.

Emigh, E. D. (D).
Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A).

English, A. A. (A) _

Escoffier, Francis (C) _ _ _ _

Fair, Baxter B _

■f^Farmer, C. M. (A) _

..Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ _ _Box 708, Mobile, Ala.

350 Stocking St., Mobile, Ala.

72 Virginia Ave., Montgomery, Ala.
-State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Fertig, G. J. (D) _ . _ _ _ Comer Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Fidler, H. K. (A) _ University, Ala.

Fies, M. H. (D) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Foley, J. O. (F) _ i _ University, Ala.

Ford, Thomas A. (D) _ Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

Foster, J. R. (B) _ _ _ Box 307, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Gandrud, B. W. (C) _ University, Ala.

Garren, K. H. (A) _ _ _ —State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Gary, C. M _ _ _ State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Gattmann, F. L. (A) _ —St. Bernard College, St. Bernard, Ala.

Geisler, Miss Edith (A) _ . _ _ _ _ _ Adger, Ala.

Gerhardt, Henry (E) _ 1215 Elmira St., Mobile, Ala.

Gaston, E _ Box 1031, University, Ala.

Gibson, J. S. (D) _ _ _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Gillis, Ewen _ 7900 7th Ave., S., Birmingham, Ala.

JUlazner, J. F. (D) _ _ _ State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Glenn, W. E. (E) _ _ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Goff, John Hedges _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Good, J. G. (A) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Goss, C. M. (F) _ 124 Highlands, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Grace, John Lamar, Jr - 615 Wilson Road, Powderly, Ala.

§Graves, Stuart (F) - University, Ala.

Greenwood, Frances A _ — _ _ _ University, Ala.

Griffin, Harrell (C) _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

fGrover, M. A _ Box 590, Birmingham, Ala.

Groesbeck, F. W. (F) _ Employees Hospital, T.C.I., Fairfield, Ala.

Hagerty, C. G _ University, Ala.

Hall, S. C., Jr _ _ _ University, Ala.

Hampe, David E _ _ Wellington Road, Montgomery, Ala.

JHargis, E. H. (F)___ . . 28th St. & 12th Ave., N., Birmingham, Ala.

Hargreaves. G. W. (B) _ Auburn, Ala.

■§Harper, R. M. (C) - University, Ala.

Harris, Agnes Ellen _ University, Ala.

Harris. Frances B. (E) _ 866 5th Place, W., Birmingham, Ala.

Hart, Kermit T - Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

_ 519 Dexter Ave.. Montgomery, Ala.

_ Box 68, Columbiana, Ala.

- - - Box 68, Columbiana, Ala.

Hearn, Jane Kessler _ 933 8th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

§Heath, H. C. (A) - 21 Agnew St., Montgomery, Ala.

Hertzog, E. S. (B) - 505 18th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Hazlehurst. G. H. (A) _

Hazard, Wm. W., Jr _

Hazzard, W. W..

81

Hess, A. D. - - Dept. Health and Safety, T.V.A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Hess, Margaret (A) _ _ _ _ _ Judson College, Marion. Ala.

§Hinman, E. H. (A) _ .' _ Health and Safety Dept.,

T. V. A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

fHixon, C. R _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Hobbs, L. M. (B) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Hodges, R. S. (A) _ University, Ala.

Horton, E. C. (C) _ 1221 N. 13th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Hostetter, I. M. (E) _ _ _ Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Howell, W. M. (F) _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Howse, B. C. (F). — _ _ _ _ 333 38th St., Fairfield, Ala.

Hunt, T. E. (F) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Hunt, T. W. _ _ _ _ _ Lockhart, Ala.

fHyde, J. W. (A) _ _ 3321 Shelburne Rd., Baltimore, Md.

Indindole, James (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Greenville, Ala.

Jackson, J. R. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Jennings, Henry L _ Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Johanson, Theodore _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Jones, A. W _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Jones, C. T. (D) _ _ _ _ U. S. Forest Service, Knoxville, Tenn.

§ Jones, E. V. (B)_ _ _ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

§Jones, H. D. (B) _ Auburn, Ala.

§*Tones, W. B. (C) _ Department of Conservation. Montgomery, Ala.

§*Jones, W. C. (F) _ T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Joyner, A. L. (F) _ University, Ala.

Kassner, J. L. (B) - 1000 13th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Kennedy, A. M. (B) _ University, Ala.

•{•Kennedy, J. J. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Kiker, C. C. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Wilson Dam, Ala.

King, Pauline _ _ _ _ _ Enterprise, Ala.

Knight, Gladys E. _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Krause, June _ Valley Vocational High School, Fairlax, Ala.

Kraxberger, W. W. (C) _ SIS St. Louis Ave., Sheffield, Ala.

Land, J. E. (B) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

fLang, George _ _ _ Box 2021, University, Ala.

Lassen, Leon (C) _ _ 105 Macy St., Mobile, Ala.

Lathrop, F. P _ _ _ Scottsboro, Ala.

Lawler, Matt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Toulminville, Ala.

fLeach, Chas. N _ State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Littlejohn, Jeanette (B) _ Huntingdon College, Montgomery, Ala.

*Lloyd, S. J. (B)

*Loding, H. P. (A) _

Lord, James (C) _

McBurney, Ralph (F)..._

McCaffrey, Joseph E _

McF.lwee, E. W. (A) _

McFarland, Robert W _

McGehee, Mary Frances _

McGlamery, Winnie (C) _

McTyeire, Clustie Evelyn _

McVay, Thomas (B) _

fMacormac, A. R. (D) _

.University, Ala.

. . . The Gem Floral Garden,

166 Houston St., Mobile, Ala.

_ Russellville, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Southern Kraft Corp., Mobile, Ala.

_ 481 Pinedale Rd., Auburn, Ala.

_ P. O. Box 685, Fairhope, Ala.

_ _ Montevallo, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

4300 Glenwood Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

MacKenzie, J. T. (B)

Malone, J. M. (E) _ 1102 7th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

82

Marsh, Alfred _

Marsh, John F _

Martin, E. C. (D).
Martin, H. M. (B).

Medlock, Olin C _

Mitchell, Flora M._

_ Box 22, Jacksonville, Ala.

. 10 Thorn Place, Montgomery, Ala.

_ Box 1734, University, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ 368 Payne St., Auburn, Ala.

_ Central Heights, Florence, Ala.

Mobley, W. M. (D) _ _ Ala. By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

Monroe, William H. (C) _

.Ala. Museum of Natural History,
University, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

.Box 1031, Auburn, Ala.
Moore, Mildred _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Montgomery, J. P.
Moore, G. C._

(B)

Moore, Omar C
Moore, W. A. (E)

_ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Morgan, Sam R., Jr _ _ _ _ P. O. Box 1431, Montgomery, Ala.

Morrison, Edmund (A) _ _ _ Billingsley, Ala.

Mullahy, John H _ _ Soring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Mundhenk, R. L. (F).

Murphy, Sam Ross _

Nettles, Lou Ellen _

Newsom, W. R. (C)_

-150 Burton St., Auburn, Ala.

_ Box 24, Jasper, Ala.

_ _ Arlington, Ala.

.Division Meteorologist, Panair do Brasil,
Rio de Janeiro, Brasil, South America

Newton, R. H. (B) _ _ —...Sheffield, Ala.

Nixon, H. W _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Nork, J. J. (A) - 809 E. Clinton St., Huntsville, Ala.

Norris, Mrs. Earl _ University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.

North, W. E. (A) _ 12 W. Clarke St., Prichard, Ala.

Oliver, R. B. . — _ _ _ _ 304 Thomas St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

§Ott, W. P. (E) _ . _ University, Ala.

tOverton, A. G. (D) - - Ala. By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

§ Palmer, G. D. (B) _ University, Ala.

Pardue, L. G., Jr. (D) _ Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Parks, Helen C _ Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

f Parson, R. L. (D) _ State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Partlow, W. D. (A) _ _ _ _ Supt. Bryce Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Paterson, J. H. (A) - 808 Forest Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Pearson, A. M. (A) _ Auburn, Ala.

fPeoples, S. A. (F) _ University, Ala.

Pike, Mabel R - T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Pilkington, A. J _ 106 Bush Ave., Mobile, Ala.

fPole, G. R. (B) _ House 87, Village 1, Sheffield, Ala.

Pomerat, C. M. (A) _ Box 2047, University, Ala.

Pool, R. M. (F) - 652 Ridgeway Rd., Fairfield, Ala.

Poor, R. S. (C) _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Pressley, W. S . - - - - - Lee County High, Auburn, Ala.

§Prickett, C. O. (A) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

Pye, Miss Orrea F. (A) _ _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

Quinn. T. T. . . . Dept, of Game & Fisheries, Montgomery, Ala.

Ramsdell, D. A _ University, Ala.

Rasor, F. W. (D) - Box 40, Montgomery, Ala.

Reeves. W. P. - _ - ... _ University, Ala.

Reynolds, J. P. (A) _ _ _ _ _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Richards, E. F. (C) _ _ _ University, Ala.

Riggan, F. B. (D) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Birmingham, Ala.

*Robinson, Mary E. (A) _

_ 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

83

§*Robinson, J. M. (A)„_

Rodgerfc, Eric (B) -

Ruffin, W. A. (A) —

Ruggles, D. N -

Rushing, E. D -

Rushton, E. R _

Rutledge, A. W. (A)__
§Salmon, W. D. (A) —

Sauer, M. E -

Sharman, J. R _

§Sharp, C. G _

Schultz, O. W - -

Sizemore, T. B. (D) _

Sizemore, W. R _

Sledd, Arthur (B) -

Smith, E. V. (A) _

Smith, H. E _

_ _ —Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ Auburn, Ala.

_ Marion, Ala.

... _ _ University, Ala.

_ P. O. Box 556, Florence, Ala.

..State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

_ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

_ University, Ala.

_ _ University, Ala.

_ Ala. College, Montevallo, Ala.

_ _ Lockhart, Ala.

__ 1313J4 N. 29th St., Birmingham, Ala.

_ Box 328, Ozark, Ala.

_ Judson College, Marion, Ala.

_ _ Auburn, Ala.

..Box 695, University, Ala.

§Smith, S'eptima C. (A) _ _ _ _ _ University, Ala.

*Smyth, P. H. (G) _ _ 806 Winona Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Snow, C. E. (C) _ 4125 Terrace R, Central Park

Birmingham, Ala.

§Sommer, Anna (B)_ _ _ _ —.348 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

fSpieth, Alda May (A) _ State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Starling, J. H. (A) _ _ _ _ Troy High School, Troy, Ala.

§Starr, L. E. (A) _ _ _ _ _ Auburn, Ala.

fStevens, Russell B _ Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Stratton, Harold M - 205 Saffold St., Montgomery, Ala.

Sullivan, Edmund B _ Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Suter, L. S _ Alabama State Dept, of Public Health., Montgomery, Ala.

Swan, Ella O _ _ _ Greensboro, Ala.

Tarbutton, Grady (B) _ Box 1485, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Tellier, A. J. (E) _ 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile, Ala.

Thompson, D. H. (B) _ 917 Valley Road Place., Birmingham, Ala.

Thompson, Minouise _ _ _ 300 42nd St., Fairfield. Ala.

Tilson, W. L _ Weather Bureau Airport Station, Mobile, Ala.

Toffel, G. M. (B) _ Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

Toler, Brooks (D) _ _ _ Division of Forestry, Montgomery, Ala.

Tourtelot, Harry A _ _ Salitpa, Ala.

§Tower, J. A. (D) - - Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Van Aller, T. S'. (F) _ _ _ 902 Charleston St., Mobile, Ala.

Walsh, Mary Vincent (B) _ Visitation Academy, Mobile, Ala.

Ward, John M _ _ —Alabama State Chamber of Commerce,

Montgomery, Ala.

Ward, Thomas (A) - Elba High School, Elba, Ala.

Ward, W. W. (C) _ _ _ _ _ Centre, Ala.

Watson, J. H - - - Box 133, Dadeville, Ala.

Webb, J. W. (A) - - - Box 469, Auburn, Ala.

Webb, Lina (D) - State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Weil, C. K. (F) - 119 Adams Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

fWeishaupt, C. G. (A) — . —State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

tWestland, A. J. (G) - St. Louis Univ., St. Louis, Mo.

White, A. H. (D) - 706 9th Ct., W., Birmingham, Ala.

White, J. M. (C) - 717 St. Charles Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

White, Rev. Urban (B) - - St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

§*Whiting, W. A. (A) . . . . . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

84

fWilcox, H. E. (B) -

Wilks, W. T _

Williams, J. W _

Williams, S. J - - -

Williamson, Grace -

Williamson, Josephine -

Wilson, Coyt (A) -

Wilson, Mrs. Pauline Park—

Wimberly, Steve B -

Wingard, Mrs. R. E. (B) — _

Wood, C. R. (E) _

Wood, T. A. (A) _

Woodall, P. H _

Woolf, F. P. (F) _

Woolley, Mary _

Worley, Lillian (D) _

§Xan, John (B) _

§Yancey, P. H. (A) -

_ Howard College, Birmingham,

_ Box 41, Tallassee,

_ Snead Jr. College, Boaz,

_ _ _ _ _ Livingston,

_ 4213 Parkway, Fairfield,

_ 4212 Parkway, Fairfield,

_ 267 S. Gay St., Auburn,

_ 1621 2nd St., Tuscaloosa,

_ Rt. 1, Box 29-C, Birmingham,

_ Auburn,

-State Teachers College, Jacksonville,

_ _ _ Marion Institute, Marion,

_ 1101 27th PI., S., Birmingham,

_ Auburn,

_ Murphy High School, Mobile,

_ Alabama College, Montevallo,

_ Howard College, Birmingham,

_ Spring Hill College, Spring Hill,

Associate Members

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Ala.

Boyd, John M _ Box 271, University, Ala.

Broungart, D. C _ Catholic University, Washington, D. C.

B rougher, Cooper _ _ _ 519 Dexter Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Bryant, Frances Jane _ Veterans Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Butler, Robert L., Jr _ Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Camp, G. L _ Holt High School, Holt, Ala.

Capesius, Rev. John _ St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

Castro, Hasus _ 1214 Palifax St., Tampa, Fla.

Denaro, Salvatore _ 1016 8th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dowling, Herndon, Jr _ 1426 Brown St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dunbar, Dixie (Mrs.) _ School of Medicine, Emory Univ., Atlanta, Ga.

Eskridge, Marshall _ _ _ University, Ala., or Demopolis, Ala.

Griffin, J. D - 132 Ross St., Auburn, Ala.

Hackworth, L. E _ _ _ Box 1844, University, Ala.

Haeberle, Fred Roland _ 1016 8th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Kinnear, R. W _ University, Ala.

Kirk, E. E _ University, Ala.

Klingbeil, Jerome _ University, Ala.

Lemmon. George J— _ _ Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Lloyd, F. V.__ _ j. _ University, Ala.

Long. A. R _ Weather Bureau Office, Meridian, Miss.

Mayfield, Sara _ Idllwyld, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Miles, Martha Fay _ _ _ University, Ala.

Misuk, Leo W _ _ _ University, Ala.

Munro, W. M - 210 Woodley Rd., Montgomery, Ala.

Pennington, Elsie _ _ _ Box 1033, University, Ala.

Powell, Maurice - 2233 22nd St., Fnsley, Ala.

Smith, R. J..... - - 1401 Brown St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Strakes, Robert - - - - - - 731 12th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Sulkin, N. M - - - - 507 14th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Swayne, V. R - 443 N. Cedar St., Florence, Ala.

Thompson, W. D - 1000 Riverside Drive, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Ward, Jane - Sweetwater, Ala.

West. Wm. Roy - University, Ala.

Wheeler, J. H - - - 311 W. Magnolia St., Auburn, Ala.

White, J. M., Jr - 717 St. Charles Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Williams, W. J - - - University, Ala.

!■■■ ... -5 1941

THE JOURNAL

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

SEPTEMBER, 1942

VOLUME 14

Proceedings, Papers and Abstracts
of

THE NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
HOWARD COLLEGE
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
MARCH 20-21, 1942

Office of the Editor

University of Alabama
University, Alabama

•'< ri > •> 1/ ,

ttyjf'l tn' a

V110W ii!';;i/jjiiY/ ir;;v i

$i

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

SEPTEMBER, 1942

VOLUME 14

Proceedings, Papers and Abstracts
of

THE NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
HOWARD COLLEGE
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
MARCH 20-21, 1942

Office of the Editor
University of Alabama
University, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy . 3

General Program of the Howard College Meeting . 4

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting . 5

Minutes of the Preliminary Business Meeting . 6

Minutes of the Final Business Meeting . 8

Reports of Officers and Committees:

The Treasurer’s Report . 9

The Councilors of the A. A. A. S . 10

The Editor of the Journal . 12

The Committee on the Academy Award . 13

The Committee on Membership and Activities . 13

The Committee on History of First Meeting . 14

The Resolutions Committee . 15

Papers Presented at the Nineteenth Annual Meeting at

Howard College . 16

Index of Authors for Howard College Meeting . 69

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science:

Junior Academy Officers for 1942-43 . 70

High Schools with Delegates at the Tenth Annual Meeting . 70

Senior Academy Certificates of Award . 71

Junior Academy Financial Statement . : . 72

Members of the Alabama Academy of Science:

Honorary . 73

Sustaining . 73

Active . 73

Associate . i . 78

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1942-43

President, W. M. Mobley . Tarrant, Ala.

President-Elect, E. V. Jones . Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham, Ala.

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

R. O. Christenson, Biology and Medical Science . ...Auburn, Ala.

Carl Bordenca, Chemistry . Auburn, Ala.

Peter A. Brannon, Geology and Anthropology... . Montgomery, Ala.

Lillian Worley, Geography and Conservation . Montevallo, Ala.

J. H. Coulliette, Physics and Mathematics . Birmingham, Ala.

Roy Goslin, Industry and Economics . Auburn, Ala.

Swan Ella Owens, The Teaching of Science . Opp, Ala.

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery . University, Ala.

Treasurer, John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Councilor of A.A.A.S., Septima C. Smith . University, Ala.

Editor of the Journal, Emmett B. Carmichael . University, Ala.

Councilors for Junior Academy :

Clustie E. McTyeire (1 yr.) . . . Bessemer, Ala.

H. E. Wilcox (2 yrs.) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Swan Ella Owens (3 yrs.) . . . Opp, Ala.

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMY

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: E. D. Emigh, Chair¬
man; Fred Allison, G. F. Barnes, J. L. Brakefield, C. S. Blair,
Peter A. Brannon, Emmett B. Carmichael, P. J. Conner, R. L.
Copson, F. F. Cunningham, S. R. Damon, C. M. Farmer, Milton H.
Fies, Thomas Ford, J. S. Gibson, F. J. Glazner, H. C. Heath, E. V.
Jones, Walter B. Jones, Clustie Evelyn McTyeire, Haygood Pat¬
erson, A. J. Pilkington, R. S. Poor, Frank Rasor, E. V. Smith,
Grady Tarbutton, Brooks Toler, A. J. Westland, T. A. Wood, Lil¬
lian Worley, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Research: Fred Allison, Chairman; S. J. Lloyd, J. F. Dug-
gar, S. S. Heide, J. T. Mackenzie.

Committee on Publication: J. H. Coulliette, Chairman; R. O. Christen¬
son, Carl Bordenca, Peter A. Brannon, Lillian Worley, Roy Gos¬
lin, Swan Ella Owens, Emmett B. Carmichael, ex-officio.

Long Range Planning Committee : R. S. Poor, Chairman ; C. M. Farmer,.
G. D. Palmer, Walter B. Jones, E. D. Emigh, W. A. Moore, John
Goff, Clustie E. McTyeire.

GENERAL PROGRAM

All addresses and Section Meetings are open to the public.

9:00 A.M.

10:00 A.M.
11 :00 A.M.

12:30 P.M.

2:00 P.M.

3:00 P.M.
4:30 P.M.

7:00 P.M.

9:00 A.M.

9:30 A.M.

FRIDAY, MARCH 20, 1942

Registration, Lobby Main Building. Secure tickets for lunch¬
eon and banquet and register for geology trip.

Meeting of Executive Committee, Room 21, Main Building.

Business Meeting of the Academy, Auditorium Main Build¬
ing. President-Elect W. M. Mobley, presiding.

Address of Welcome — Major Harwell G. Davis, President of
Howard College.

Response to Welcome Address, Dr. G. D. Palmer, University
of Alabama.

Luncheon, Renfro Hall.

Compliments of McKesson-Doster-Northington.
President-Elect W. M. Mobley, presiding.

Photograph of group.

Section Meetings for Papers :

Main Building, Room 21 — Biology and Medical Science.

Main Building, Room 14 — Chemistry.

Main Building, Room 305 — Geology and Anthropology.

Main Building, Room 303 — Geography, Conservation and
Allied Subjects.

Main Building, Room 202 — Physics and Mathematics.

Main Building, Room 203 — Industry and Economics.

Registration Junior Academy, Woodlawn High School.

Final Business Session of the Academy, Auditorium.
President-Elect W. M. Mobley, presiding.

Annual Banquet (informal), Tutwiler Hotel.

Chairman, W. M. Mobley.

Toastmaster, Dean P. P. Burns, Howard College.

Address, Col. Theodore Swann, President Swan Chemical
Company, Chief of Ordnance, Birmingham District.
Subject: Chemistry in Industry.

SATURDAY, MARCH 21, 1942

Section Meetings. See Friday’s program for rooms. Section
III, a Geological Trip. Sections V and VI, no meetings on
Saturday. The Teaching of Science, Woodlawn High School,
Room 111.

Geological Field Trip. Leaving Howard College, the trip will
go through the Walker Gap section of Red Mountain. Time
approximately two hours. R. S. Poor in charge.

5

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, MARCH 20, 1942

In the absence of President Paul D. Bales, W. M. Mobley, President-
Elect, called the meeting to order at 10 A.M. in Room 202, Main Building.

1. Minutes: E. B. Carmichael moved, seconded by Septima C. Smith,
that the Minutes of the previous meeting of the Executive Committee held
at Spring Hill College be accepted as published in the Journal, July, 1941.
Motion carried.

2. Shingles for 1941-42: Walter B. Jones moved, seconded by E. V.
Jones, that membership Shingles for this year be sent to President Paul
D. Bales for his signature. Motion carried.

3. Report of the Treasurer : John Xan, Treasurer, reported the fi¬
nances of the Academy to be in good condition. The income of the Acad¬
emy for last year was about $800.00, while this year it is over $1000.00.
This is due largely to Sustaining Memberships, there being sixteen of
these paid, and three unpaid. In addition, the members are paying dues
better than formerly.

4. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: Walter B. Jones moved,
and it was seconded, that Septima C. Smith make a brief oral report, sav¬
ing her complete report to be read at the Business Meeting.

5. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones in making his
report as Editor of the Journal, after a service of twelve years, asks that
he be not considered for renomination.

E. V. Jones led a discussion on the advisability of the various Section
Chairmen being nominated by the Nominating Committee rather than by
election in the section itself. Alter much discussion it was moved by Wal¬
ter B. Jones, seconded by E. V. Jones, that the matter be referred to the
Long Range Planning Committee to be appointed by the President.

E. D. Emigh introduced the idea of creating a separate section for
Social Science. John Xan moved, seconded by E. V. Jones, that this matter
also be referred to the Long Range Planning Committee.

Walter B. Jones moved and it was seconded that there be referred to
the Long Range Planning Committee the matter of those members of the
Academy in Military Service, recommending that’ they be granted a sus¬
pension of dues until their return, and reinstatement in good standing upon
payment of current dues.

6. Place of 1943 Meeting: There were two invitations received for
the place of meeting for 1943, Auburn Polytechnic Institute and the Uni¬
versity of Alabama. These were referred to the Committee on Place of
Meeting for report at the Final Business Meeting.

7. Membership Drive: E. D. Emigh recommended that Miss Lillian
Worley be placed on the Membership Committee, and announced the for¬
mation of a new Committee, replacing some of the former members.

8. Activities of the Junior Academy: Miss Clustie McTyeire in dis¬
cussing the affairs of the Junior Academy mentioned the advisability of
limiting officers of the Junior Academy to Chapters that had been active
for at least a year. After some discussion it was decided that she present
this matter at the Preliminary Business Meeting for action.

9. Adjournment,: Upon completion of business the meeting adjourned.

6

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS
- MEETING, MARCH 20, 1942

The meeting was called to order by W. M. Mobley, President-Elect,
at 11 A.M., in the Auditorium of the Main Building.

Major Harwell G. Davis, President of Howard College, gave the ad¬
dress of welcome to the Academy. George D. Palmer, of the University of
Alabama, made the response.

1. Minutes: Moved by R. S. Poor, seconded by J. L. Brakefield, that
the minutes of the previous Preliminary Business Meeting held at Spring
Hill College, March 21, 1941, be accepted as published in the Journal,
July, 1941. Motion carried.

2. Report of the Treasurer: John Xan, Treasurer, presented his re¬
port for the year ending March 19, 1942. He reported the treasury in good
shape, with a balance of $471.56. Report was referred to the Auditing
Committee.

3. Report of the Editor of the Journal: E. V. Jones, Editor of the
Journal, read his report. Dr. Jones requested that he be not considered by
the Nominating Committee for re-election. He expressed appreciation of
the cooperation of the Academy through the years. John Xan, moved, sec¬
onded by A. J. Westland, that the report be accepted as read. Motion
carried. Report appended.

4. Report of the Chairman of the Counselors of the Junior Academy:
Miss Clustie McTyeire, acting as chairman, proposed the following change
in the Constitution of the Junior Academy: Article IV, Section 1, to read:
“No chapter will be permitted to nominate any one for office unless that
chapter has held membership in the Junior Academy for at least one
year.” Miss McTyeire moved, seconded by E. B. Carmichael, the adoption
of this change. Motion carried.

5. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: Septima C. Smith, Coun¬
cilor of the A.A.A.S., read her report. G. F. Barnes moved, seconded by
W. A. Moore, that the report be accepted. Motion carried. Report appended.

6. Report of the Southern Association for the Advancement of Sci¬
ence: George D. Palmer made mention of this Association in his reply to
Major Davis’ welcoming address, and called attention to the meeting to be
held in Atlanta, April 2-3, 1942.

7. Reports of the Standing Committees :

a. Committee on the Academy Award: This committee is composed
of the President-Elect, W. M. Mobley, and the seven vice-presidents of
the Academy, chairmen of their respective sections, namely, Alvin V.
Beatty, Harold E. Wilcox, E. F. Richards, Brooks Toler, W. A. Moore,
John Goff, and Miss Clustie E. McTyeire. Report was read by Alvin V.
Beatty. Application blanks for the Grant in Aid from the A.A.A.S. were
sent to the various institutions, and only three were returned. The amount
of the Grant for 1942-43 is only $35.00, and the committee decided to make
one award for the entire amount. John Xan was chosen to receive it, his
subject being: “The Study of the Reaction of Mercaptans with Oxygen
in NaOH (Sodium Hydroxide).” Moved by E. V. Jones, seconded by
Septima C. Smith, that the recommendation of the committee be accepted.
Motion carried. Report appended.

7

b. Committee on the Promoting of Membership and Activities of the
Senior Academy: E. D. Emigh read his report, and requested that the
Secretary list the members of the Academy in the Journal with the institu¬
tions with which they are affiliated. Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by John
Xan, that this meeting authorize an affiliation of the Alabama Academy of
Science with the Southern Association for the Advancement of Science,
without cost. Motion carried. Report appended.

8. Appointment of Committees to Report at the Final Business Meet¬
ing:

(1) Auditing Committee :

a) Senior Academy: E. B. Carmichael, Chairman; J. H. Coul-
liette, John Xan.

b) Junior Academy: C. M. Farmer, Chairman; J. L. Kassner,
Septima C. Smith.

(2) Resolutions Committee : R. S. Poor, Chairman; Walter B. Jones,

R. M. Harper.

(3) Committee on Place of 1943 Meeting: C. A. Basore, Chairman;

Father A. J. Westland, J. A. Tower.

(4) Committee on Nominations: Fred Allison, Chairman; George D.

Palmer, E. D. Emigh.

9. Adjournment : Following announcements by the Committee on
Local Arrangements, the meeting adjourned until 4:30 P.M.

8

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS MEETING,

MARCH 20, 1942

The final business meeting was called to order in the Auditorium of
the Main Building at 4:30 P.M. by President-Elect W. M. Mobley. The
minutes of the final business meeting held at Spring Hill College, Mobile,
March 21, 1941, were approved as published in the Journal, July, 1941.

Reports of Committees:

1. Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy: In the absence of
E. B. Carmichael, chairman, J. H. Coulliette reported that the books and
records of the Treasurer had been examined and that they were found to
be in order. W. B. Jones moved, seconded by A. J. Westland, that the
report be accepted. Motion carried. Audited report appended.

2. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: C. M. Farmer, chair¬
man, announced that this report was not yet ready, that it would be sent
in by mail.

3. Resolutions Committee : R. S. Poor and Walter B. Jones presented
the report of the committee. R. S. Poor moved, seconded by John Xan, its
adoption. Motion carried. Report appended.

4. Committee on Place of 1943 Meeting: C. A. Basore, chairman, re¬
ported that of the two invitations received, the University of Alabama and
Auburn, it was decided to accept Auburn’s invitation as it has been some
time since the meeting was last held at Auburn. Moved by Walter B. Jones,
seconded by E. V. Jones, that this report be accepted. Motion carried.

5. Committee for the Nomination of Officers: Fred Allison, chair¬
man, George D. Palmer, E. D. Emigh, members, submitted the following
report :

President (President-Elect of last year) : W. M. Mobley, Alabama
By-Products Corporation, Tarrant, Ala.

President-Elect: E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, Birming¬
ham.

Councilor of the A.A.A.S. : Septima C. Smith, University, re-elected.

Editor of the Journal: E. B. Carmichael, University.

Counselors of the Junior Academy: H. E. Wilcox, Howard College,
Birmingham, two years; Miss Swan Ella Owens, Opp High School,
Opp, three years.

R. S. Poor moved, seconded by C. A. Basore, the adoption of this re¬
port. Motion carried.

6. Nominations of Section Chairmen :

Section I. Biology and Medical Science —

R. O. Christenson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Section II. Chemistry —

Dr. Carl Bordenca, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Section III. Geology and Anthropology —

Peter A. Brannon, Dept, of Archives and History, Montgom¬
ery.

Section V. Physics and Mathematics —

J. H. Coulliette, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

Section VI. Industry and Economics —

Roy Goslin, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Section VII. The Teaching of Science —

Miss Swan Ella Owens, Opp High School, Opp.

9

7. Charter Membership Committee : Peter A. Brannon was unable to
be present, and his report was read by W. M. Mobley. After much discus¬
sion of the matter brought up in his report, E. V. Jones moved, seconded
by John Xan, that we recognize as Charter Members of the Academy those
whose names are published in Volume V of the Journal on page eight and
any others who may be found later to have been at the Montgomery organi¬
zation meeting or to have paid their membership dues before June 4, 1924,
the day agreed on to close the charter membership roll. Motion carried.
Report appended.

8. New Business :

(a) J. H. Coulliette brought up the subject of eliminating Mathe¬
matics in the High Schools as recommended by the State Board of Edu¬
cation, and R. S. Poor moved, seconded by C. A. Basore, that the President
appoint a committee to act if necessary after investigation. Motion carried.

(b) Relative to Changing the Name of Section VIII: John Xan
moved, seconded by Brooks Toler, that the Executive Committee be au¬
thorized to handle this matter. Motion carried.

9. Adjournment : Upon completion of business of the Academy, and
after Mr. Mobley expressed his appreciation to the members and officers
of the Academy for their cooperation, the meeting adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAMERY,

Secretary.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MARCH 19, 1942

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand March 20, 1941 . $ 361.85

Membership fees 1941 and 1942, Reprints, Journals and

Sustaining Membership, Donations . 696.03

Total Receipts . $1,057.89

DISBURSEMENTS

Expenses, President Farmer . . $ 15.35

Expenses, Secretary . 3.75

Checks returned no funds . 3.10

E. V. Jones, Editor . 29.39

Expenses, Treasurer . 12.20

Expenses, A. V. Beatty, Biology Secretary . 3.15

Fred Allison, A.A.A.S. Award . 25.00

J. Allen Tower, A.A.A.S . . . . . . 25.00

Emmett B. Carmichael (Stamps) . 6.27

J. E. Duval Printing Company . 17.70

Weatherford Printing Company . 1.58

Midwest Badge . 45.14

Birmingham Printing Co . 396.23

Zac Smith Book & Supplies . - . 3.47

Total Disbursements . $586.33 $ 586.33

Balance, March 19, 1942 . .$ 471.56

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Auditing Committee :

J. H. COULLIETTE
JOHN XAN

10

REPORT OF THE COUNCILOR TO THE AMERICAN
ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE

The Academy Conference held its fifteenth annual session in the Baker
Hotel in Dallas, Texas, on the afternoon of December 29, 1941.

In the absence of President P. D. Strausbaugh of the West Virginia
Academy of Science, Vice-Chairman S. W. Bilsing of the Texas Academy
of Science presided at the Conference.

Representatives from twenty-one affiliated academies were present. The
formal program consisted of two papers, one by Dr. E. C. Faust, (New
Orleans Academy) on “A Resume of A.A.A.S. Research Grants,” and the
other by Dr. J. C. Godbey, (Texas Academy) on “The Organization of a
Collegiate Division of the Texas Academy of Science.”

The paper presented by Dr. E. C. Faust was a continuation report of
a paper presented at the Columbus, Ohio, Academy Conference in 1939.
In this report the following facts were brought out : First, that very little
money for research is added by the respective Academies to the grants
allotted them by the A.A.A.S. Second, there is very little evidence that
research projects reach the publication stage except as abstracts in Acad¬
emy Transactions. Third, with few notable exceptions, Secretaries have
great difficulty in obtaining progress reports from Grants Committees or
directly from grantees. In some instances there is definite evidence of poor
record keeping in Secretaries’ offices ; in some instances, poor cooperation
between Grants Committees and Secretaries ; in many instances, utter dis¬
regard of grantees for requested information.

The following recommendations were presented :

1. A.A.A.S. Executive Committee and Academies (as local represen¬
tatives of A.A.A.S.) should give serious consideration to allotment of re¬
wards with reference to responsibility of grantees to provide annual (or
semi-annual) progress reports to Research Grant Committee or Secretary
of Academy.

2. Closer cooperation is needed between Research Grant Committee
and Secretary of Academy. The Committee and Secretary should have
readily available up-to-date duplicate files of status of each grant from
1935.

3. In the future Mr. Woodley’s office of the A.A.A.S. should be the
clearing office for all such reports to the Academy Conference.

It was suggested that next year a report be given in the Academy
Conference concerning the best method for handling grants. Accordingly
it was moved and voted that the Chairman appoint a committee to make
a study and report back to the Academy Conference next year an effective
means of deciding to whom grant allotments are to be made, and how to
handle these allotments. An amendment was voted to the above motion
that the committee try to evaluate in addition any other things pertaining
to the grant situation that were not mentioned in the above motion. Sub¬
sequently Dr. G. W. Prescott (Michigan Academy) was appointed as
chairman of this committee and was authorized to get information from
and enlist the services of any one he may choose to help canvass the situa¬
tion and submit recommendations concerning the handling of research
grants.

11

Dr. J. C. Godbey, in his discussion of “The Organization of the Colle¬
giate Division of the Texas Academy of Science,” reported that this divi¬
sion was organized in 1936, but showed its largest growth during the past
year. Any science club or society in any College or University of Texas,
having a membership of ten or more student members, at least five of
whom are members of the Texas Academy of Science, is eligible to mem¬
bership in the Collegiate Division and is called a Chapter.

Each organization is allowed one official delegate to the annual meeting
for each ten members. The annual meeting meets concurrently with the
Texas Academy of Science, at which time sectional meetings for the
reading of papers and reports and a business session are held. The Texas
Academy issues a Charter to each Chapter on its becoming an approved
member of the Division. Each student member of a chapter who is also
a member of the Texas Academy of Science pays an annual student mem¬
bership fee of one dollar to the Texas Academy.

At the complimentary dinner which followed the last report, the nomi¬
nating committee consisting of Doctors Lyell Thomas (Illinois Academy) ;
Septima Smith (Alabama Academy) ; and E. C. L. Miller (Virginia Acad¬
emy) submitted the name of G. W. Prescott (Michigan Academy) as their
nominee for vice-chairman. There being no other nominations Dr. Prescott
was duly elected vice-chairman for 1942.

After considerable discussion and by common consent a committee was
authorized to assist in selecting a committee to study the Junior Academy
situation. Such a committee was appointed.

Upon motion the members voted that the secretary convey the greet¬
ings of the Academy Conference to Dr. J. T. McGill, of Vanderbilt Uni¬
versity, Nashville, Tennessee, in recognition of the many years of service
rendered by him in Academy affairs.

The members of the Academy Conference expressed their appreciation
for the complimentary dinner given by the Executive Committee of the
A.A.A.S. by a rising vote of thanks.

SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Councilor.

32

REPORT OF THE EDITOR

After enjoying the honor of being Editor of the Journal of the Ala¬
bama Academy of Science for twelve years and Custodian of records and
of the Exchange Library for ten years, I come now at the end of a regular
three-year term to announce my retirement from these offices.

The Editor was not present at the Auburn meeting of 1930 when he
was elected to the newly created office of Editor of the Journal. He was
entirely without experience that would qualify him for such a position and
received no instructions as to his duties or methods of procedure.

In the first annual report of the Editor it was suggested that a com¬
mittee be appointed to guide publication policies. Although that request
was repeated almost every year, a committee on publications did not begin
to function until this past year. The Editor feels definitely that this lack
of guidance and assistance has hindered the progress of publication by the
Academy.

In spite of the serious handicap of inexperience, the Editor admits a
certain feeling of pride that with the fine cooperation from the membership
and the other officers of the Academy, we have been able to publish such
a complete record of the activities of the Academy as we find in files of
the Journal.

In 1926 Dr. John Sampey, then of Howard College and Secretary of
the Academy, published a volume of abstracts for the years ’24 through ’26.
This was designated Volume I of the Jorunal when Volume II was pub¬
lished in 1930.

We list very briefly the more important items in our published record.

I. A complete record of minutes of all our meetings and a copy of
original constitution.

II. A complete list of all papers presented before the Academy to¬
gether with their authors.

III. Abstracts of all but a very few papers presented before the
Academy since 1932. Many of the recent Presidential Ad¬
dresses have been printed in full.

As custodian of records and of the Exchange Library since 1932, the
Editor has had many varied activities. This Library was begun by Dr.
J. L. Brakefield while secretary of the Academy from 1927 to 1932. Forty
exchange volumes of Journals, Transactions, Proceedings, etc., were turned
over to me by him in 1933. During the next year through the generosity of
Dr. E. B. Carmichael of the University of Alabama, the Exchange Library
received a bound volume of the records of the Alabama Industrial and
Scientific Society founded in 1891.

The Library now contains nearly 65O exchanges and at least a few
copies of each number of our own Journal. We have also bound files of the
official correspondence of the Academy for the first ten years — up through
1940 are about ready to be bound.

Frequent inquiries indicate that our Journal is gaining wider recogni¬
tion each year. The plans and work of the Committee on Publications
together with more adequate financial support should enable us to make
the Journal what it ought to be — a worthy channel for the publication of
Alabama research on local problems.

E. V. JONES, Editor.

13

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE ACADEMY

AWARD

This committee is composed of the president-elect, W. M. Mobley, and
the seven vice-presidents of the Academy, chairmen of their respective sec¬
tions, namely, Alvin V. Beatty, Harold E. Wilcox, E. F. Richards, Brooks
Toler, W. A. Moore, John Goff, and Miss Clustie E. McTyeire.

The two grants made last year were to Dr. Herman D. Jones, Auburn,
and Dr. W. F. Abercrombie of Howard College. Both left the State before
the awards were turned over to them and new applications were asked for
in November, 1941. Two new awards of $25.00 each were made from these
by the committee of vice-presidents.

(1) Dr. Fred Allison, of Auburn, for “Application of X-Ray diffrac¬
tion techniques in the investigation of the chemical and crystalline matter
of the constituents of human gall bladder precipitates.”

(2) Dr. J. Allen Tower, of Birmingham-Southern, “To pay drafts¬
man to prepare tracing of the 1940 Census Precinct Map of Alabama and
copies made from same for use in preparing a Geography of Alabama.”

For the 1942-43 awards, application blanks were sent out to the various
institutions and only three were returned. The grant from the A.A.A.S.
for this year was only $35.00 and it was decided to make only one award
of the entire amount. From these applications the committee chose for this
award :

Dr. John Xan, “The Study of the Reaction of Mercaptans with

Oxygen in NaOH (Sodium Hydroxide).”

This annual award is open to all qualified members of the Academy in
either industrial or academic research and it is strongly urged by this com¬
mittee that more interest be shown by a larger number of applications
being sent in from every division of the Academy.

W.-M. MOBLEY, President-Elect.

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP

AND ACTIVITIES

The Chairman of this Committee got a rather tardy start in initiating
efforts along several lines for the benefit of the Academy.

At the request of the Treasurer, Dr. John Xan, efforts were made
through the members of the Committee at the various educational institu¬
tions and State agencies, and by direct communication, to secure payment
of back dues from members who are delinquent in their payments, and to
clear the membership list of names of persons who by reason of having
moved from the State, or other causes, are not now available for mem¬
bership. So far as is known at this time, responses have been rather
disappointing, but it is believed that further effort will bear fruit in re¬
establishing the interest of many of these members and inducing them to
become more active in their efforts for the Academy.

Letters were written to the presidents of all of the important institu¬
tions of higher education in the State for the purpose of stimulating the
interest of those whose institutions are already members and of securing
the membership of the others. As a result of this effort, sustaining mem-

14

berships were subscribed by Judson College, Jacksonville State Teachers
College, and Alabama College. This leaves only the State Teachers Colleges
at Florence and Livingston to be brought into the line-up.

A suggestion was transmitted to the members of the Committee over
the State, and to the chairmen of the several Sections for this year, that
it might be well to endeavor to stimulate interest in the social sciences,
such as sociology, physical culture, public health, domestic economy, and
other subjects, and possibly establish a section for these sciences in the
Academy. Considerable interest in this matter has been aroused on account
of the intense human interest involved and the need for investigation and
action along these lines in connection with the war-time emergency which
now exists. At this morning’s meeting of the Executive Committee, the
matter was referred to the Committee on Long Range Planning. The Ex¬
ecutive Committee also referred to the Committee on Membership and
Activities several matters for investigation and recommendation for the
coming year, as shown by the minutes of the Executive Committee.

A suggestion was made to the Executive Committee that the listing of
names in the Journal should give the name of the institution with which
the member is connected rather than, or in addition to, his home address.

The chairman desires to express his appreciation of the unanimous
cooperation he has had during the past year from all members of this Com¬
mittee and others interested in the welfare of the Academy. Without such
collaboration, no results can be attained.

Respectfully submitted,

E. D. EMIGH, Chairman.

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON HISTORY OF
FIRST MEETING

TO THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ASSEMBLED:

I have- the honor to report that through correspondence I have estab¬
lished that Dr. S. A. Ives actually served as Secretary and Treasurer of
the Academy for the first two years of its existence. Doctor Ives, now con¬
nected with Furman University, has agreed to sign the certificates of the
original Charter members. I have forwarded them to him for that purpose,
and when they are returned to me I will send them direct to the parties
concerned. I will have some half a dozen or more in hand for that pur¬
pose.

I am not able to establish that Miss Mary Woolley was present at the
Montgomery meeting. I understand that the Charter members were to in¬
clude those present at Montgomery and those who were enrolled prior to
a certain date. The Academy must determine whether those who were
present on April 4, 1924, are to be considered only as Charter members.
If this meeting will act on that question, then I will have the further en¬
rolled names recorded.

You will please note Volume 3, of the proceedings, page 11, wherein
it is stated as of May 19, 1924, that “thirty-six original members have paid
their dues.” Please know that by no means have we established and fur¬
nished these thirty-six with properly signed “shingles.” That is those
signed by Doctor Gardner and Doctor Ives.

Respectfully submitted,

PETER A. BRANNON.

15

REPORT OF THE RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE

WHEREAS, The 19th Annual Meeting of the Alabama Academy of
Science has had a successful meeting at Howard College, Birmingham,
Alabama, be it hereby resolved :

First; that the Academy membership extend its thanks and
sincere appreciation to Howard College, its President, Major Har¬
well G. Davis, and its science division faculty for the hospitality
extended our Society.

Second; that we extend our sincere thanks to Mr. Thomas H.
Dejarnette, of Tuscaloosa, for inscribing the shingles for new
members.

Third; that we extend our thanks and sincere appreciation to
McKesson-Doster-Northington, Laboratory Supply Department,

Mr. Frank W. Powell, Manager, for the complimentary luncheon
presented Friday noon.

Fourth;

WHEREAS, our fellow scientist and a Charter member of our Acad¬
emy, Dr. Henry Peter Loding, of Mobile, was called to his Maker on
February 26, 1942, and

WHEREAS, Dr. Loding possessed the most tender feelings for all
of Nature’s children — the trees, shrubs, flowers, insects, birds, animals, and
WHEREAS, he was particularly outstanding in his knowledge of
Coleoptera and Herpetology, and

WHEREAS, he possessed those sterling qualities of absolute scien¬
tific honesty, unimpeachable character and integrity, and

WHEREAS, he was always ready to help his fellow scientists, pro¬
fessional or amateur, old or young, imparting to many of us some measure
of his insatiable thirst for knowledge, and

WHEREAS, his passing is a heavy blow to our group, to our state and
to the field' of science generally,

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that this expression of
regret be spread upon the minutes of this meeting, and that a copy be sent
to the bereaved family.

RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE:

R. M. HARPER
WALTER B. JONES
R. S. POOR, Chairman.

16

PAPERS PRESENTED

at the

NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
March 20 and 21, 1941

SOME “MODERN” CULTURAL ATTRIBUTES OF THE MOUND-
VILLE INDIAN

— -Julia C. Adcock, Birmingham.

The first Alabamians were practicing South American good will hun¬
dreds of years ago. Artifacts unearthed at Mound State Monument,
Moundville, Alabama, show that the earliest inhabitants of Alabama — the
Indians — had much in common, culturally, with their South American
neighbors. They worshiped the same gods, used the same decorative motifs,
and built similar architectural structures.

Study of the physical remains of the Mounville Indian reaffirms, also,
the “modern” truism of “peace not always to the peaceful.” The Mound¬
ville Indian gave little thought to war-making. The size of the mounds he
constructed and the profusion of pottery he manufactured belie sufficient
time for any armament program. And there were no implements of war
among his possessions. But to tranquil, prehistoric Moundville there came
the scars of violence. The skull of a woman unearthed at Mound State
Monument bears indication of scalping.

In connection with American-Russo-Chinese sympathies it is interest¬
ing to note that the first Americans came from the territory that is now
China and Russian Siberia. An interesting sidelight on this subject is the
comparison of a design on a Moundville pottery vessel with the design of
the modern Chinese flag.

MODERN METHODS OF INCREASING OIL PRODUCTION; AND
THE REJUVENATION OF OIL FIELDS

— John Ainbert, University of Alabama.

Today, as never before, the conservation of our petroleum supply has
become vital to the life of our nation. Wasteful methods of production
have depleted the reservoirs of oil in the United States. The dissipation of
natural gas is one of the causes for the following methods of production:

(1) gas lift

(2) swabing

(3) plunger pumping

(5) special deep well pumping

(6) nitroglycerine shooting

(7) acid treatment

Secondary methods of production include:

( 1 ) vacuum pumping

(2) air and gas repressuring

(3) water flooding

The ultimate method of oil recovery is that of oil sand mining: it is
quite probable that this method will play an important role in the future.

17

AN APPROACH TO CONSERVATION

— Willis M. Baker, Dept, of Forestry Relations, TVA, Norris, Tenn.

It is not untimely now to direct attention to the problem of protecting
and perpetuating our natural wealth, when aggressor nations are waging
a war primarily for the purpose of acquiring by force those essential re¬
sources which we have and they lack. In fact, it becomes especially timely
for us to give this matter renewed consideration, lest our all-out war
efforts cause us to neglect or deplete our basic resources to an extent
dangerous to national security.

Moreover, it is also highly desirable to give careful thought to the
methods which may be followed in resource conservation, because the
stress of our emergency may be expected to give rise to all kinds of pro¬
posals from those concerned with getting jobs done. Some of these pro¬
posed methods may call for short-cuts in sound procedure, or for drastic
and possibly unwise action which, if adopted, may do more harm than good
to a constructive conservation program.

Public education leading to better coordination of efforts is proposed
as the key to the solution of the conservation problem. When people thor¬
oughly understand the need for conservation, what it means and what it
entails, those same human motives of self-interest and security which led
them in times of plenty to exploit natural resources should cause them to
adopt more conservative practices. It should lead them to use every appro¬
priate agency of government to rebuild and safeguard the natural wealth
of the country — the permanent security of the Nation. It will do so when
understanding reaches deeply enough to overcome inertia and to establish
responsibility.

A TERMINAL COURSE IN COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

— G. F. Barnes, Judson College.

The percentage of students who enter our colleges that take at least
one course in mathematics is lower now than it was a few years ago.
Those students entering our colleges have less mathematical training than
in previous years. Because of certain criticisms mathematics has been re¬
removed from the list of those subjects required for graduation in many
of our high schools and colleges. Our former critics took the prescribed
courses in our high schools and colleges. While the traditional courses in
freshman mathematics probably meet the requirements for those students
who expect to pursue courses which are mathematical in nature, they evi¬
dently do not meet the needs of those students who expect to pursue other
courses. The author outlines a course which he thinks would more nearly
meet the needs of those students who come to our colleges poorly prepared
in mathematics, and who expect to pursue courses that do not primarily
call for an extended knowledge of mathematics.

4

18

TEACHING FOREST CONSERVATION IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS

— Wm. R. Barbour, Atlanta, Ga.

Forest conservation must not be confused with preservation or reser¬
vation. Conservation means wise use of a resource, and is subordinate to
the conservation of human resources.

The teaching of conservation must not be confused with nature study
or technical forestry. It is the “why” rather than the “how” that should
be taught; it is an economic rather than a biologic subject. Forest con¬
servation should be fitted into the existing school curriculum rather than
taught as a separate subject. This is the experience of Tennessee, which
pioneered the teaching of conservation in the South. It mya start in the
very lowest grades. Audio-visual methods are useful aids to teaching con¬
servation. Available from the U. S. Forest Service are 16 mm. sound
motion pictures on conservation subjects, and sets of lantern slides. Many
government publications are also valuable.

It is recommended that a Conservation Education Service be set up in
Alabama to provide source materials and advice to teachers. While tools
for teaching are important, the teacher is more important, and must her¬
self be “sold” on conservation. It is recommended that courses on forest
conservation be included in the curricula of State Teachers Colleges.
Teachers have a very real responsibility to help assure the future of con¬
servation.

SIGNIFICANCE OF RESEARCH IN THE CREATION OF NEW
INDUSTRIES

— C. A. Basore, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Industrial processes in the early days usually were developed by em-
perical processes. Little effort was made to discover the scientific principles
involved nor to apply them in the manufacture of iron and steel, copper,
glass, ceramics and numerous other products.

I

Extensive application of the principles of scientific research in recent
years has greatly accelerated the growth of American chemical and metal¬
lurgical industries.

The principles of scientific research have been generally accepted by
the American chemical industries. The total expenditure for all basic pro¬
duction research in the United States in 1941 was reported by Hamor as
$275,000,000. The National Resources Planning Board reports that Ameri¬
can companies spend 6 per cent of this net income on industrial research.
2,350 companies employing 70,033 persons engaged in research have in¬
creased their research personnel 41 per cent in the past two years. About
200,000 new products have come from the chemical researches in the United
States since 1914.

The profound effect of scientific research in times of war is particu¬
larly significant. The immediate objectives are to develop rapidly new
processes and products, to find substitutes for goods that are unavailable
and to improve existing raw materials and finished products. Progress
is said to be great with respect to supplies and equipment dependent upon
metals, resins, textile fibers, rubber, chemicals, food and petroleum.

Many of the war time researches probably will have important appli¬
cations in times of peace. Some of the peace time industries that are likely
to be benefited by war time research are the airplane industry, construc¬
tion of superhighways, modern construction methods for residences, the

19

plastic industry, the synthetic rubber industry, the metal industry, par¬
ticularly aluminum, magnesium and berrylium, and glass products. Re¬
search in pure science probably will lead to the creation of industries not
now in existence.

THE CORRELATION BETWEEN THE HEIGHT AND WEIGHT

OF ONE THOUSAND GIRLS AT THE UNIVERSITY OF

ALABAMA

— Alvin V. Beatty, University of Alabama.

A survey of the height and weight of 1000 girls at the University of
Alabama was made in 1940. Freshman and sophomore girls were chosen.
Some of the data were taken from records in the Physical Education De¬
partment, though it was not possible to obtain the exact ages of all of
the subjects, the known range was five years with the majority falling
between 17-19.

The average height was found to be 161.29 cm with a standard devia¬
tion of 5.79 and a probable error of 3.81, while the average weight was
116.86 pounds with a standard deviation of 16.13 and a probable error of
10.86. A positive linear correlation coefficient of 0.4453 was found.

These results compare favorably with similar studies, such as the one
made at the University of Michigan in 1941 on 1702 girls with an age
range between 15-30 and with the majority falling between 17-19. The
average height was given as 162.79 with a standard deviation of 5.54 and
the average weight as 124 pounds with a standard deviation of 17.70.
The sizable difference in the average weights is significant.

The positive linear correlation coefficient of 0.44)54 is high. In 1941
the United States Department of Agriculture published the results of a
survey for Garment and Pattern construction (Miscellaneous publication
No. 454). Their correlation between the height and weight in the unlim¬
ited age group was 0.2264 while the correlation in a constant age group
was only 0.2989.

The explanation of the high degree of correlation in this study is prob¬
ably two-fold: first, because of the carefully selected group of subjects
with a small age range; secondly, because of a conscientious effort on the
part of the subjects to maintain a high degree of correlation between their
height and weight.

DO ALABAMA SCHOOLS HAVE A PLACE FOR CONSUMER
SCIENCE?

— J. C. Blair, Lincoln.

The old slogan, “Let the buyer beware” has been on equal basis at
least with the saying, “Let the seller beware.” This has been brought to
the front by the passage of the new Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act. However, the real power behind this transition has been the con¬
stantly increasing education and resulting pressure for control of bad
practices by the consumer.

Some of the general practices which have caused righteous indigna¬
tion are (1) misleading advertising, (2) improper labeling, (3) deceitful
shapes and air spaces in package goods, (4) adulterants, (5) harmful
preservatives and (6) general ignorance of buyers in evaluating.

In more recent years there has been a clear voice calling upon our
public schools to come to the aid of this worthy cause by teaching con-

20

sumer science to our future citizens. Can we find anything more practical
to teach? The general practices mentioned above have been tested in some
high schools and found true. The results of these experiments raise this
question: In the smaller high schools of our state, should a separate course
in college in preparatory physics and chemistry be maintained? It has been
discontinued for some time. This has met with much interest. One of the
extremes which should not be reached is to try to point out the best buy
for all products on the market. Pupils may experiment and draw their
own conclusions, as teachers we should set as our goal to teach our pupils
to make wiser choices and an attitude of scientific method of evaluation.

SOME OBSERVATIONS CONCERNING THE REGULATION OF

BODY TEMPERATURE

— J. Reese Blair and Allen D. Keller, University of Alabama.

Procedures for the quantitative calibration of heat regulating ability
of normal dogs have been described (J. R. Blair and A. D. Keller, Amer.
J. Physiol., 1941, 133, 229). These procedures were utilized in detecting the
presence or absence of defects in regulating ability of dogs having their
brainstems cut crosswise, with varying degrees of completeness, at the
cephalic midbrain and middle pons levels.

Hemisection of the brainstem at these levels produces no detectable
defect in either heat maintenance or heat loss mechanisms.

A dog’s heat maintenance ability can be entirely eliminated by a
transverse cut which involves the medial portions of the right and left
halves of the brainstem (medial quarter segments) at the cephalic level
of the midbrain. A lesser medial cut spares this mechanism in part or
entirely according to the width of the section. A transection except for a
millimeter or two of tissue immediately adjacent to the midline leaves
the animal with considerable heat maintenance powers. These observations
verify Isenschmid and Schnitzer’s conclusions (rabbit) that the heat main¬
tenance fibers in coursing from the hypothalamus to the midbrain have
a diffuse medial distribution.

At the pons level the heat loss fibers are eliminated by transverse
sections involving only the lateral portions of the brainstem. A transec¬
tion of the brainsteam except for the sparing of one extreme lateral seg¬
ment does not impair heat loss powers nor eliminate heat maintenance
powers. A deficit in heat maintenance powers has, however, been encoun¬
tered in such preparations. These results verify on a better quantitative
basis previous observations by one of us (A.D.K.)

THE CHLORINOLYSIS OF HYDROCARBONS AND THEIR PAR¬
TIALLY CHLORINATED DERIVATIVES

— C. Bordenca, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

Corresponding to the terms hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis, ammonolysis
and alcoholysis, which refer to the rupture of a molecule by water, hydro¬
gen, ammonia and alcohol respectively, the term chlorinolysis has been
adopted to describe the rupture of a molecule by chlorine.

Chloro-derivatives of ethane, propane, butane and un-butane when
subjected to chlorinolysis gave carbon tetrachloride and hexachloroethane
as products. Chlorinolysis of polychloro-hexane, polychloro-heptanes and
tetradecane gave, in addition, hexachlorobutadiene and hexachlorobenzene.

21

In general the chloro-derivatives were made by the chlorination of the
hydrocarbon in the presence of light. The chloro-hydrocarbons were used
as starting materials rather than the hydrocarbons to reduce the possi¬
bility of explosion.

In the chlorinolysis reaction, the chloro-hydrocarbon was treated with
chlorine at elevated temperature and pressure. The apparatus was fabri¬
cated from ferrous metals with the exception of the reactor and exit tube
which were made of nickel. A dual proportioning pump was used to
introduce liquid chlorine and chloro-hydrocarbon into the nickel reactor
which was surrounded by a molten salt bath. The product, after leaving
the reactor passed through a water-cooled condenser into a receiver. The
apparatus was built to withstand pressure up to 2000 lbs./sq. in.

A detailed study was made of the effect of change of temperature, rate
of introduction of reactants and pressure upon the relative proportion of
products obtained.

DECREASE IN INSULIN TOLERANCE FOLLOWING HYPOPHY-
SECTOMY LARGELY DUE TO REMOVAL OF STALK TISSUE

— J. M. Bruhn, A. D. Keller, W. E. Lawrence and C. F. Barton,
University of Alabama.

Procedures. Dogs were prepared by cutting through the hypophysis
with scissors at various distances from its attachment with the hypothala¬
mus. The glandular tissue distal to the section was removed ; that proximal
to the section was left with its normal hypothalamic attachments. The ani¬
mals were calibrated by determining (1) the largest subcutaneous dose of
insulin tolerated with spontaneous recovery and (2) the smallest dose
precipitating a major convulsion necessitating sugar administration for
relief of the hypoglycemic crisis. Calibration studies were begun not
earlier than two months after hypophysectomy. Operative procedures were
verified histologically after the experiments were terminated.

Removals and results. A near ordinary hypophysectomy (more than
90% of the distal pars anterior and posterior lobe removed) mildly re¬
duces insulin tolerance (3-5 itmes), produces partial or complete sexual
regression, partial coat change, stoppage of growth, mild adrenal atrophy
and a tendency to increase fat stores on a diet normally not inducive to
fat storage.

An ordinary hypophysectomy (elimination of the entire pars anterior,
the posterior lobe, and some of the distal tuberalis) results in a compara¬
tively small (10 times) reduction of insulin tolerance, complete sexual
regression, stoppage of growth, maximal coat change, moderate adrenal
atrophy, and a definite tendency to increase fat stores.

However, following a near-total hypophysectomy (an ordinary hypo¬
physectomy plus removal of varying amounts of the stalk) a greatly
diminished insulin tolerance (20-80 times depending roughly on the level
of stalk section) occurs. Adrenal atrophy is definitely greater and fat
deposition more pronounced than following ordinary hypophysectomy.

22

«-

THE MITOTIC TIME SCHEDULE IN NEUROBLASTS OF THE
GRASSHOPPER, CHORTOPHAGA VIRIDIFASCIATA

— J. Gordon Carlson, University of Alabama.

A total of thirteen different stages in the mitotic cycle of living, un¬
stained Chortophaga neuroblasts can be distinguished in hanging-drop
tissue culture preparations. The terms by which these are designated, the
characteristic events that initiate these stages, and their mean durations
in minutes are given below. Each time period is the average for ten to
nineteen different cells at 26° C.

Prophase: very early — appearance of fine chromatin threads among
the scattered granules of the preceding interphase, 32 minutes; early — dis¬
appearance of nuclear granules, 136 minutes; middle — chromatin threads
thick enough to be traced from one part of nucleus to another by careful
focussing, 36 minutes ; late — chromatin threads short and well spaced
enough that about seven can be counted near the nuclear membrane in
one-fourth of its circumference in mid-optical section, 22 minutes ; very
late — breakdown of nuclear membrane, 11 minutes.

Metaphase : location of the chromosomes throughout their lengths in
the equatorial plane, 8 minutes.

Anaphase: early — initial separation of chromosome halves, 4 minutes;
middle — distal ends of daughter chromosomes begin to leave equatorial
plane, 5 minutes ; late — cleavage furrow reaches spindle, 5 minutes.

Telophase: early — cleavage is completed and chromosomes lose their
sharp outlines, 13 minutes; middle — appearance of nucleoli, 22 minutes;
late — change in shape of nucleoli from spherical to irregular, 28 minutes.

Interphase : chromatin granules lose their linear arrangement, 169 min¬
utes.

TOXICITY OF PENTOTHAL SODIUM [SODIUM ETHYL (1-
METHYL-BUTYL) THIOBARBITURATE] FOR GUINEA PIGS

— Emmett B. Carmichael, University of Alabama.

(Read by title)

The toxicity of pentothal sodium has been tested for both young and
adult guinea pigs. The drug was dissolved in distilled water and the fresh
solution was injected intraperitoneally. Normal animals were used: (1),
154 young guinea pigs and (2), 56 adult guinea pigs. Of the latter group,
45 animals had delivered one or more litters. The doses varied by incre¬
ments of 2.5 mgm. from 35 mgm. to 60 mgm./kilo. The average lethal
dose (minimal lethal dose) for young guinea pigs was about 50 mgm. to
52.5 mgm./kilo. The number of old animals used is small but the pre¬
liminary results indicate that old guinea pigs have slightly more resistance
to this drug than the young guinea pigs. The average lethal dose for.
adult guinea pigs seems to be about 55 mgm./kilo. and the minimum lethal
dose was 40 mgm./kilo. ,

23

DEVELOPMENT OF CROSS TOLERANCE TO BOTH PENTO¬
BARBITAL SODIUM AND DELVINAL SODIUM BY A SINGLE
LARGE INJECTION OF PENTOTHAL SODIUM IN GUINEA
PIGS

—Emmett B. Carmichael, University of Alabama

Normal guinea pigs were injected intraperitoneally with pentothal
sodium to determine the average lethal dose of the drug. The dose varied
from 35 mgm. to 60 mgm./kilo.

The animals that survived the above experiments were given a single
dose of either 20 mgm. of pentobarbital sodium/kilo, or 40 mgm. of del-
vinal sodium/kilo. There were 74 animals that received the pentobarbital
sodium and 58 animals that received the delvinal sodium. The second
injection of the barbiturate was given either 2, 3, 4, 7, 14, 23 or 30 days
after the initial injection of pentothal sodium. If the doses of pentobarbital
sodium and delvinal sodium were given within four days after the dose of
pentothal sodium, the length of sleep was either markedly shortened when
compared with the results on control animals that received similar doses
of pentobarbital sodium and delvinal sodium, or sleep was not produced.
The length of hypnosis was reduced also.

There was some cross tolerance 23 to 30 days after the administration
of the pentothal sodium as evidenced by the duration of sleep and hypnosis.

DEVELOPMENT OF TOLERANCE IN GUINEA PIGS BY RE¬
PEATED ADMINISTRATION OF LARGE DOSES OF PARAL7

DEHYDE

— Emmett B. Carmichael, Frank A. Kay and Grady W. Phillips,
University of Alabama. (Read by title)

Paraldehyde was introduced as a therapeutic agent in 1882 by Cervello
and the next year Morselli reported the hypnotic and sedative action of
the drug. Toleration to the drug has been more or less a controversial
subject since 1889.

Nineteen normal young male guinea pigs, that weighed from 418 grams
to 592 grams, were used. One volume of the drug was diluted to ten vol¬
umes with water and 10 cc. of this dilute solution/kilo, were injected intra¬
peritoneally three times per week (Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday).
This size dose is about twice the therapeutic dose of paraldehyde employed
by psychiatrists. The series of injections were continued for four weeks.
The average weight of the animals dropped from 499 grams to 469 grams
during the experiment.

The periods of time for three stages of the hypnotic state were re¬
corded: (1) the time from the injection until the onset of sleep increased
from 92 seconds to 100 seconds, (2) the duration of sleep dropped from
95 minutes to 31 minutes and (3) the end of hypnosis dropped from 231
minutes to 167 minutes.

24

IMPACT OF WAR ON AMERICAN FOREST RESOURCES

— Henry Clepper, Society of American Foresters, Washington, D. C.

The war effort is making heavy demands on our forest resources. At
least 33 billion board feet of lumber and timber products will be consumed
during 1942; nearly 10 per cent will be used for war purposes. From our
461 million acres of commercial woodlands, the lumber industry could
double production if necessary. But such an increase, if continued, would
seriously deplete timber reserves. About 20 per cent only of our forest land
is under intelligent management. Nationally, only about 70 per cent of our
forest land is given organized fire protection. The solution proposed is
universal fire protection and sustained-yield management of commercial
timberlands and of farm woodlands.

SOME POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF THE WAR ECONOMY ON ALA¬
BAMA

— H. H. Chapman, University of Alabama

It is not the purpose of this paper to venture far into the field of
prophecy but rather to make some comments which it is hoped will have
some small place in encouraging a thoughtful attitude toward the serious
problems which confront the state and its people.

The first problem which is raised has to do with the attitude that
should be taken toward the whole problem of placing the state on the
basis of a war economy. An attitude that seems all too common in the
country generally is to get the full share of the war industry expansion, or
a little more. Too frequently a cloak of patriotism hides simply an attempt
to get federal money to increase payrolls in a particular community or to
finance what is little better than a wildcat venture by persons who can
contribute neither capital nor experienced managerial ability. Alabama,
with her resources in coal, iron and steel, with the power developments of
the T.V.A. and the Alabama Power Company, with a climate and topog¬
raphy favorable to the development of military training projects, and with
a great port at Mobile which is connected by rail and water with the in¬
dustrial district of the state, can develop a program of participation in the
nation’s war effort which is based on sound economic grounds. Conse¬
quently the leaders of thought in the state have little excuse for being
led into backing questionable proposals by a panicky feeling that the state
is not going to be able to get its share.

A second problem that may be raised has to do with the attitude which
should be taken toward post-war readjustment. The attention which this
subject is attracting seems almost unprecedented in the history of the wars
of this nation and it is to be hoped that even a part of the effort which is
being expended will bear fruit. Some of the discussions almost seem to
infer that many people believe that it should be possible to work out an
elaborate plan for taking care of all the problems which peace will bring
that can then be placed in the proper drawer to be brought forth at the
proper time and put into effect. Perhaps no one is really quite so naive but
it is not beside the point to suggest that the war is bound to take many
turns that we cannot anticipate, and that our economy surely will be
changed in ways that we do not foresee. This does not at all mean that we
should cease to think of the future but rather that our analysis should be
continuous and that our program should be a developing one. We should be
continuously in the process of studying developments and raising questions
as to how peacetime adjustments can be made. We cannot now chart the

25

course for post war adjustments but we can prepare the way for an intelli¬
gent attack on the problem when the time comes.

The remainder of the paper will be devoted to a discussion of some
of the conditions that are developing or that the writer believes will soon
make their appearance.

The demand for skilled workmen is having a number of very impor¬
tant effects. In the first place steps are being taken to create a greater
supply of skilled workers and in the second place, efforts are being made
to use the existing supply to the best possible advantage.

Among the efforts to increase the supply the following may be men¬
tioned :

1. Bringing to the fore skills existing in the labor force that are not
now being used. This may have to do with the discovery of latent
or hidden skills among common laborers but is more concerned with
advancing those who have been acting as assistants on skilled jobs
or have had some experience at least in semiskilled occupations to
a skilled rating more rapidly than normally would be done. This
process is spoken of as upgrading.

2. Attracting skilled workers from other communities or other areas.
This process, of course, does not increase the total labor supply of
the country, but it does have that effect on the areas where the most
insistent demands exist.

3. Setting up regular training programs to provide a supply of new
workers. Programs of defense training are now being carried on
by the regular Vocational Educational agencies in the vocational
subjects, by the U. S. Office of Education through selected colleges
and universities in engineering, science, and management subjects,
and by the National Youth Administration. Also many industries
are engaged in intensive programs of training their own employees.
In addition to the programs specifically designed for the emergency,
undoubtedly the increased emphasis upon vocational and technical
pursuits will have a tendency to encourage increased enrollments in
the corresponding departments or divisions of the regular educa¬
tional agencies : the public schools, the technical schools, and the
colleges and universities. -

Training for the skilled occupations and for the professions is at best
a relatively slow process and can only bring about a very decided change
in the supply if the effort is sustained for a relatively long time. A tem¬
porary program, no matter how many millions of dollars may be spent
on it, will leave the characteristics of the labor supply in the state with
respect to ratios between skilled and common laborers practically un¬
changed. Consequently the extent to which defense training has a very
great direct effect upon the labor supply of the state depends upon the
length of time the effort continues. The indirect effect, however, whether
the special programs last for a long or short time will be to emphasize the
need for technical skills and in that way to accelerate the tendencies which
have been operating to provide the state with an increasingly larger force
of trained workers and technical men.

The most significant feature of the attempt to use more effectively the
existing supply of skilled workers centers around a process which is being
called job dilution. This device consists of breaking down jobs which were
formerly considered as requiring skilled workers of well-rounded abilities
into a number of highly specialized tasks, for which semiskilled operatives
can be trained in a few weeks. While this device is not new, there seems
to be a tendency to extend it into many skilled occupations in which it was

26

not formerly considered applicable. The skilled workers are used as super¬
visors or instructors or in key positions. If continued, highly significant
changes may result. It places increased emphasis on machinery, particularly
the specialized and automatic types. It can best be applied in large operat¬
ing units and so acts as another influence favoring mass production. The
result must be an added impulse toward industrial concentration and the
development of industrial areas.

With respect to the geographic distribution of the labor supply, the
defense effort can be expected to encourage a drift away from the farm
and from the small town which does not have a defense industry. The
effect in Alabama may well be a renewed drift away from central Ala¬
bama toward Mobile to the south and to the industrial towns and cities
of the northern section of the state. Likewise the dominantly agricultural
states like Mississippi are likely to lose population to industrial areas in
neighboring states.

The question may be raised as to whether the opportunities which
exist in the North and on the Pacific Coast may not drain away the
supply of skilled laborers of the South. The argument may be advanced
that the developments in the South have been more than matched by much
greater developments in other parts of the nation and consequently that
there will be greater opportunities elsewhere. The South very likely will
be definitely affected by this situation if it continues for any great length
of time, but an opinion as to the probable effects should be formed only
after a careful consideration of the various factors involved.

It should be remembered that there is a shortage of skilled labor in
the South. This is not a new condition although present demands are
making it more acute. As a result wage differentials as among regions in
the skilled occupations either have not been great or are nonexistent. In
fact there are some instances of occupations where wages in the Birming¬
ham district are above the average in the nation. The active demand for
skilled workers should provide opportunities for employment near home
and at relatively high rates of pay and consequently the incentive to skilled
labor to migrate should not be as strong as might be expected. The assur¬
ance of work in almost any locality may well be an inducement for un¬
attached men to wander about the country, but the writer is doubtful that
any great movement of skilled workers away from the South will take
place.

On the other hand a very different situation exists in connection with
unskilled labor. While construction work on defense projects and the
increased operations are demanding a larger number of common laborers,
there seems to be no prospect in the South of a shortage in the unskilled
ranks. To the writer it seems more reasonable to expect that a shortage
in the supply of this class of labor will appear in the great industrial areas
of the North and East and perhaps certain sections of the Pacific Coast
long before such a condition exists in the South. With supplies of immi¬
grant labor cut off, a heavy migration of common labor from the South
can be expected. The presence of large numbers of persons who are de¬
riving a very meager existence from an agricultural system which cannot
offer much prospect for improvement even at greatly increased prices
makes such a movement at the earliest opportunity very likely. Further¬
more the restrictions placed by social conventions on negroes and to a
lesser degree on poor whites act as further incentives to migration. Ne¬
groes now employed in the North have to a very large extent maintained
some connection with their families and former home communities and
can form a channel by which opportunities for employment can become

27

known. Transportation is relatively easy to obtain and in all, conditions
are more favorable for migration than in the days of World War I.

Still another influence which will have its effect is the working of the
selective service machinery. If the various sections of the country furnish
selectees for the armed forces in proportion to population, the general
effect will be to bring about a shortage of common labor at an earlier time
in the North and East than in the South.

The South has never been able to match the North and East in oppor¬
tunities for employment in the highly remunerative positions and so has
continuously lost talent to those sections, and undoubtedly will continue
to do so. An intensified and sustained defense effort will probably induce
a very sizable migration of common labor from the South, and the North
may well see new negro communities grow up and old ones show decided
increases. On the other hand, there is little prospect that skilled workers
will move away in great numbers although there may be a tendency for
young and untrained persons to be recruited away from the South to
enter industrial employment as trainees.

The permanence or lack of permanence of the enterprises created by
the war effort has a very vital connection with the lasting effects of the
war economy upon the state.

The continuance of the camps on anything like the present scale, of
course, is directly dependent upon the length of time that a large scale
military program will be continued. This, of course, is dependent either
upon the length of hostilities or upon the possibility that we may be em¬
barking upon a permanent program of military training due to the possi¬
bility of the present hostilities resulting in a stalemate. Directly, of course,
army camps do not result in an industrial development in the ordinary
sense of the term because the camps operate more or less as closed units
and consist largely of enlisted men who come from different parts of the
country and will leave at the end of the period of service. However, the
presence of such camps does have very important indirect effects on the
communities in which they are located because of the demand for services
and for commodities which may be purchased by the camp personnel. Also
there is, of course, the demand for many commodities which are bought
locally or in the general vicinity of the camp for operation and mainte¬
nance.

In the case of the industrial projects the prospects are quite varied.
There is a very good possibility that the expansion in aluminum produc¬
tion may become prominent unless aluminum is superceded by other ma¬
terial which is produced elsewhere. The program undoubtedly will increase
productive capacity far beyond the amount which was formerly used under
peacetime conditions, but it is entirely possible that the increased produc¬
tion may result in a volume of material and an efficiency of operation
which will bring about low costs per unit and a widely expanded use.
Also the new units should be more- modern and efficient than the older
ones and should have a good chance of survival if a period of competi¬
tion develops.

Another expansion which has been attracting a great deal of attention
centers around the ship building and ship repairing projects which are
located in Mobile, Pascagoula, Jacksonville and Tampa. The experience
after the last war is not encouraging. However, the results of this struggle
may be quite different. It is well to remember that in the last war many
of the important sea-going countries were not seriously affected. This was
true of the Scandinavian countries, Holland and also of the ports of

28

France and Great Britain. The end of the present war may leave practically
all of the old shipbuilding countries in a crippled condition. The prolonged
effort may result in a thoroughly organized industry in the Gulf ports and
in methods of fabricating and building ships which will put our yards in
a relatively strong competitive position. Finally there is the possibility that
the whole war effort may result in a draw with the result that the United
States will feel compelled as a matter of public policy to maintain a mer¬
chant marine regardless of cost.

The ordnance plants which are being established in large numbers and
with tremendous productive capacity present a quite different kind of prob¬
lem. Such plants are designed primarily to produce war materials and a
large proportion of these materials are of a character that give little prom¬
ise of direct use in peacetime. Some of the plants may be capable of con¬
version to other uses, but for many such conversion is unlikely or can be
accomplished only at a huge loss arising either from unused capacity due
to insufficient demand or from inefficient use of plant and equipment due
to conversion to uses for which the establishment was not designed.

In the case of many basic industries the pressure of the demand for
the materials which they produce is making itself felt and efforts are being
made to increase productive capacity. If the effort continues, there will
very likely result a decided expansion in such plants as blast furnaces
and steel mills. The slackening of demand which probably will accom¬
pany the return to a peacetime economy may then reveal an over-expansion
with the problems of adjustment which are created by such conditions.

Along with the long term consequences of production for war comes
the question of the effect on the industries producing for normal civilian
needs. Already many industries such as stove manufactures in Alabama
and Tennessee are having to curtail operations because of inability to
secure raw materials under the present system of priorities. As these poli¬
cies are continued and expanded, it seems that either of two lines of de¬
velopment will result, either the existing plants will devote a large part of
their resources to the production of war materials with an attending de¬
cline in normal production or a large portion of their labor force will
transfer to defense industries and perhaps many of the establishments
themselves will be forced to close. While temporary difficulties may arise,
the very active demand for experienced workers makes it unlikely that
any considerable amount of unemployment will result, but the important
result of either of the above courses of action is that a decided decline in
plants specifically adapted to production for normal civilian supply will
take place.

The other side of the picture is that the restriction on production for
ordinary needs will result in an accumulation of shortages of many com¬
modities which we have long been accustomed to have available for use
in abundant quantities. The price and credit problems which this condition
tends to create will not be developed in this paper, but the relationship to
the employment problems of the war period can be pointed out. If the
accumulated shortages can be converted into effective demand when pro¬
duction for war is stopped and labor and capital is released for other uses,
a condition will be created which will facilitate the shift from a war to
a peace basis.

At the cessation of hostilities we may find a very large portion of our
labor force assembled around huge specialized war materials plants at a
distance from the establishments that can be made to produce the products
normally needed. The specialized skills which have been developed may
not be of a nature particularly needed for peacetime production. At the

29

same time old plants may have been permitted through neglect and inade¬
quate maintenance to have gotten into such shape that they cannot imme¬
diately be put back into operation. Or they may have been converted to war
use. Thus when the time comes to resume peacetime operations we may
find ourselves in the same kind of position that has been troubling us in
recent months, with this exception, that where we now want war materials
and are equipped to produce for peace, we may then want products for
normal consumption but be equipped for war. If this situation should de¬
velop we would have very real and perhaps very large shortage of com¬
modities normally needed and very limited plant capacity available imme¬
diately to produce these commodities. At the same time large numbers of
workers will be released and huge plants will be standing idle because
they are not adaptable to the commodities which are in demand. This is a
very different situation from that which existed in 1929 and 1930. The
need will not be for great public works programs so much as for condi¬
tions which will permit the potential demand for ordinary goods and
services to be made effective as quickly as possible.

30

SOIL TEMPERATURES AND SOIL MOISTURE AS FACTORS IN

THE SEASONAL INCIDENCE OF CERTAIN ANIMAL PARA¬
SITES IN ALABAMA1

— Reed O. Christenson and Hubert H. Creel, Alabama Polytechnic
Institute.

Surface soil temperatures in Alabama reach magnitudes above the
thermal death points of the eggs and larvae of parasitic worms during the
summer months. In the hottest of the five soil types studied, i. e. Decatur
Clay, there were 21 days when the temperatures passed 126° F ; 19 days
above 131° F, and two days above 136° F. On bare soils the latter tem¬
peratures would coagulate the proteins of parasite eggs instantly; in the
other temperature ranges the eggs and larvae would die within the periods
the temperatures were sustained. The highest surface soil temperature re¬
corded was on Decatur Clay which registered 140° F on June 28, 1941,
when the atmospheric temperature recorded but 93° F.2 The relative soil
moisture was low on this day, computed to be only 2.1% on this plot.
On normally clear days the highest surface soil temperatures are recorded
between 12 M. and 1 P.M., for example on June 28 the Decatur Clay read¬
ings were 140° F (12 M.), 140° F (1 P.M.), 132° F (2 P.M.), 127° F
(3 P.M.), 115° F (4 P.M.), and 110° F (5 P.M.)

Sumter Clay was the second hottest of the Alabama soil types studied,
18 days being recorded in the range from 126-130° F, 9 from 131-135° F
and one from 136-140° F. The third hottest type of soil from the stand¬
point of total degrees F above zero for the year was Norfolk Sand. This
soil type, however, absorbs heat rapidly and transmits it to the lower soil
levels faster than the other types so that the surface levels do not reach
high magnitudes as often as does Cecil Clay. In Cecil Clay 10 days were
recorded between 126-130° F, and 6 between 131-135° F, whereas Norfolk
Sand had 7, and one day in the respective temperature ranges. In no
instance did temperatures on Hartsells Sandy Loam pass 125° F, which
was equally true of Norfolk Sand covered with sod (Table 1). Sod, and
possibly other vegetative growths, forms a blanket over the surface reduc¬
ing the maximum soil temperatures during the hottest weather, and raising
the minimum surface soil temperatures during the coldest (Graph 1). The
highest average maximum daily temperatures occurred during the month
of May (rainfall .84 inch) whereas the following summer months which
had higher atmospheric temperatures had lower average maximum surface
soil temperatures, but much more rainfall which had a cooling effect upon
the surface soil layers (Graph 2). A trace of rain, with accompanying

TABLE 1

TEMPERATURE OF THE SURFACE LAYERS OF FIVE
ALABAMA SOIL TYPES FOR THE YEAR 1941

Temp.

Sumter

Norfolk

Hartsells

Decatur

Cecil

Norfolk

Range °F.

Clay

Sand

Sandy Loam

Clay

Clay

Sand-Sod

100 or below

199

210

254

204

207

285

101-105

25

32

70

27

41

40

106-110

30

42

27

22

36

12

111-115

25

32

8

20

23

6

116-120

26

21

4

29

20

7

121-125

30

19

1

21

21

5

126-130

18

7

....

21

10

....

131-135

9

1

....

19

6

....

136 or above

1

....

....

2

....

....

1. Published with the approval of the Director.

2. Official weather data kindly supplied by Professor J. M. Robinson.

TEMPERATURES OF NORFOLK SANJJ

S3HONI N I TlVJNIvy

o

40

U

a.

<

Jfl

I

H

o

in

-if-

o3S

a a

<n

3 a
3 O
O (A

J-J J

OO O
mm in

5 55 2

D => O O

5 25 2

x

<

5

55 5

5

i

f-

z

o

5

5

SEE

z z z

oo o

5 5 5

u

O

<

ir

U U LI

cc tr ci

u u u u
> > > >

m

x

eg Z
“ O
2

O

o

cO

I"

«S

o*

40

•y-

fO

rg

o

o>

00

*

CD

<0

if)

<0

eg

32

meterologi«_al factors, may result in a 60 degre drop in surface soil tem¬
peratures in a twenty-four hour period. During dry periods the relative
soil moisture often falls below the 2.8% which if sustained for a period
of 10 to 14 days, depending upon the soil type, will be lethal to some para¬
site eggs (Christenson, 1935).

During the year 1941 a total of 165 chickens was autopsied over the
12-month period yielding 15,969 intestinal helminth parasites, the big ma¬
jority being Ascaridia galli and Heterakis gallinae. Graph 3 shows the oc¬
currence of these over the year. The low point for February is not sig¬
nificant since but two chickens were autopsied that month. During the rest
of the year the curve has a somewhat bimodal nature, similar to that fig¬
ured by Christenson and Butler (1941), the latter curve being based Upon
the autopsy of 499 chickens over the 12-month period which yielded 35,259
worms. During the winter months of last year low temperatures sustained,
there being few days when soil temperatures reached levels sufficient for
the development of parasite eggs. The average maximum daily tempera¬
tures on Sumter Clay, for example, were 64.4° F for January (41.03° F
average minimum), 62.88° F for February (39.82° F), 72.36° F for March
(46.97° F), and 46.61° F (42.97° F) for December. The parasite eggs dis¬
charged during this period developed slowly, if at all, and were a latent
source of infection when the temperatures reached favorable magnitudes.
In April the average maximum surface soil temperatures rose sharply to
96.77° F (62.66° F) giving average daily temperatures near the optimum
for eggs of such parasites as Ascaridia galli and Heterakis gallinae. Sim¬
ilarly the month of April had a fair amount of rain, and only in the Nor¬
folk Sand did the relative soil moisture fall below the critical point of
2.8%, and the longest period such dessication occurred was for 5 days.

The above analysis of soil temperature and moisture conditions indi¬
cate that in April, especially the latter half, the parasite eggs could de¬
velop in a normal time to infectivity. Infection at this time would be ex¬
pressed in a rise in the adult worm population in about two months, which,
on a theoretical basis, would account for the rise in the incidence curve
shown in June in both 1940 and 1941 (Graphs 3 and 4).

It has already been stated that the month of May was both hot and
dry. Undoubtedly in nature many of the eggs of parasitic worms such as
Ascaridia galli and Heterakis gallinae, and those of similar parasites of
other animals, die during this period, and during the early part of June
which is normally dry and relatively hot. The months of July and August
normally have slightly higher atmospheric temperatures than June and
they have considerably greater rainfall which exercises a cooling effect on
the soil (Graph 2). Actually in 1941 the months of June, July and August
were relatively wet although dryer than the 62-year average. These months,
and to a lesser extent September, had surface soil temperatures above
the thermal death points of parasite eggs. In October there was a drop in
temperature to near the vital optimum, and enough soil moisture to incu¬
bate the eggs of parasitic worms. It would be expected that the incidence
curve would rise to its peak by the end of the time normally required for
the worms to develop, i. e., about eight to nine weeks. This was found to
be the case in both 1940 and 1941.

It thus appears that there are two periods of the year when parasite
infections reach their maxima in the case of such parasites as Ascaridia
galli and Heterakis gallinae, first during the early spring growing season
expressed by the incidence peak in Junej and secondly during the latter
part of the summer rainy season, the latter period apparently being of
greatest importance. Periodically during the year ecological factors either
retard the development of parasite eggs, or are actually lethal to them.

GRAPH- 1 SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF INTESTINAL

HELMINTHS OF THE CHICKEN GRAPH” 4* SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF INTESTINAL

HELMINTHS Or THE CHICKEN

|

I

t-

V I
I

Pa oj N <\j

Pis

“o

2

o

(Ti

CO

05

in

ro

oa

34

DESIGNING A SPECTROGRAPHIC LABORATORY

— J. H. Coulliette, Birmingham.

The equipment and arrangement of a spectrographic laboratory for
the quantitative analysis of iron and steel is considered. The best equip¬
ment available for (1) preparation of the sample, (2) making the spectro¬
gram, and (3) measuring the spectrogram is described. The most conve¬
nient arrangement of the laboratory for efficient operation is discussed.

SOME ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF THE COAL INDUSTRY IN
ALABAMA

— James L. Davidson, Counsel, Alabama Mining Institute

Coal furnishes fuel for, or provides the necessary heat for all the
melting processes in use in Alabama.

All of the pig iron, steel, iron and steel products, as well as, the fabri¬
cation thereof, together with forging and castings (including one-half of
the pressure pipe produced in the United States), made in Alabama, are
melted, manufactured and produced by the use of coke or gas derived
from coal, which is burned to produce the necessary heat in such processes.

Steam power made from burning coal, propels practically all of the
railroad locomotive engines used in hauling the bulk of the freight origi¬
nating in Alabama or hauled into the State from other sections.

Then, too, a ton of water must fall a mile to produce the energy equal
to that contained in a pound of coal, for the reason that a kilowatt hour
of electricity can be and is produced from the combution of less than one
pound of coal in large steam power generating plants.

All heat used for processing by the Textile industry in the South is
produced from coal and a large portion of the power required to operate
the looms and machinery in the cotton mills situated in the Southeastern
states is produced from coal.

Alabama stands fourth among the states of the nation in the produc¬
tion of by-products. But only the primary by-products are produced here,
and then sent away and processed at plants elsewhere.

These primary products from the coking process consist of coke, com¬
bustible gas, light oils, coal tar, sulphate of ammonia, benzol, toluol,
naphthalene, pyridine bases.

Space will not permit delineation of the numerous by-products de¬
rived from the splitting up processes; therefore, only a few of them, espe¬
cially those essential to winning the war, will be mentioned, viz : tri-nitro
toluol (high explosive), creosotes, phenol, sulfa drugs, plastics, et al.

PETROLEUM DEPOSITS IN THE DUTCH EAST INDIES

— John R. Donnell, University of Alabama

The five largest islands of the Dutch East Indies group, consisting of
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Ceram, and Tarakan are the most important source
of oil for the South Pacific countries. They have seven refineries which
produced 60,830,000 barrels of oil or 6 % of the world’s supply. The shal¬
low wells are drilled in sediments of Later Tertiary Age. The oil occurs
in a deep Geosyncline, and the fields are in a structual continuation of
those on the Irrawaddy River in Burma.

35

Japan, blocked by the United States embargo of high test gasoline
and the British monopoly in the Far East, invaded the Dutch East Indies
to assure herself of a much needed source of petroleum. As the Japanese
advanced the Dutch destroyed wells, refineries, and pipelines to the ex¬
tent of millions of barrels of petroleum and $100,000,000 worth of ma¬
chinery.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE FOUNDRY INDUSTRY

— C. K. Donoho, Birmingham.

New developments in iron and steel foundries which are of a chemical
nature include:

1. Ladle innoculation of molten gray cast iron to produce desirable
graphite structures.

2. Desulfurization and dephosphorization of iron and steel with basic
slags.

3. Relation of abnormal properties in iron castings to contamination
of the melt with antimony and tin.

4. Reduction of silicon in liquid cast iron by exothermic oxidation with
mill scale.

EFFECTS OF SEED TREATMENT ON GERMINATION OF LES-
PEDEZA SERICEA

— J. F. Duggar, Alabama Polytechnic Institute Experiment Station

Experiments were conducted to learn the causes and possible correc¬
tives of low germination of unhulled seed of sericea, ( Lespedeza scricea ),
a new perennial forage leugme ; also to hasten the germination of scarified
sericea seed.

Sulfuric acid was a fairly effective substitute for mechanical scarifica¬
tion, but required repeated washing of seed or the use of lime as a dryer.
Shelling without scarification was only partially effective. Scalding in boil¬
ing water failed to make great improvement in the germination of unhulled
seed, and scalding in a strong extract of sericea hulls depressed germina¬
tion ; tannin is suspected as the depressing factor.

The germination of unhulled sericea seed, while improved, was not
raised to a completely adequate extent by any one of the treatments here
discussed (other than by mechanical scarification). Apparently several of
them need to be tested when employed concurrently and in various com¬
binations on the same lot of unhulled seed.

The germination of scarified sericea was in general hastened by slight
refrigeration, or by soaking briefly in weak solutions of either calcium
chloride or calcium hypochlorite, or by incubating seeds in contact with
calcic limestone. The latter proved superior to dolomite; C. P. calcium car¬
bonate was likewise more effective on germination than was magnesium
carbonate. Other chemicals and fertilizing materials were also tested, with
mostly negative results.

36

A NEW RAPID COLORIMETRIC METHOD FOR DETERMINING
POTASH IN CEMENT

— J. F. Duggar, Jr., Hope Hull.

Recently considerable attention has been focused on the amount of soda
and potash in cement, to be used in making concrete roads. It is suspected
that a content of these two substances in excess of one-half per cent may
be deleterious to the pavement after a period of from ten to fifteen years.
The present method of determining these substances is the one given in
the A.S.T.M. which is the J. Lawrence Smith method combined with the
Lindo Gladding method for potash. In Bulletin of the A.S.T.M., January,
1942, No. 114, a more rapid tentative method is described with studies on
it. The author has noted for some time past that potassium chloroplatinate
when dissolved in hot water will yield a brown violet color when acidi¬
fied and treated with potassium iodide. Studies showed that this color is
suitable to colorimetric work, the intensity being proportional to the
amount of chloloroplatinate present. The results obtained in an average
of three analyses by this method gave a figure of .154 potash against a
figure of .126 by the official method. The method follows :

Weight 0.2 grams of cement into a 3 oz. platinum dish and add a little
water, hydrochloric acid and 2 cc. of hydrofluoric acid and 0.5 cc. of dilute
sulphuric acid. Carefully dry and ignite to red heat. This expells the
silica. Take up in a little dilute hydrochloric acid and add gram of
ammonium carbonate and a few drops of ammonia. Boil for one-half
minute and filter on a very small filter paper. The filtrate is now acidified
with 1 cc. of dilute sulphuric acid and boiled dry and ignited. It is next
taken up in a little water and 0.5 cc. of hydrochloric acid and 1 cc. of 10%
platinum chloride is added. Dry on steam bath in usual manner and take
up in 95% alcohol, filter on a very small filter and wash five times in
95% alcohol. The potassium chloroplatinate is dissolved in a small amount
of hot water and acidified with 10% of its volume of concentrated hydro¬
chloric acid. Add 10 cc. of 15% potassium iodide. Compare the color devel¬
oped with a standard made from a weighed amount of potassium chloro¬
platinate acidified and potassium iodide added as for the cement. A suitable
standard is 1 milligram of potassium chloroplatinate to 10 cc. of hot water.
Some difficulty may be encountered in dissolving such small amounts, due
to the surface tension of the compound, but a little care will obviate this.

TYPES OF RAINFALL IN ALABAMA

— Eugene D. Emigh, U. S. Weather Bureau, Montgomery.

Introductory material in this paper is from an analytical study to
determine the most scientific an advantageous division of the State of
Alabama into climatic zones. The Southern Division, smallest of the three,
lies, roughly, south of latitude 31° 30'; the Northern Division, which is
the largest, lies north of latitude 33°. The Middle Division is less subject
to the influences which preponderate in the other divisions, and for this
reason is the section of least precipitation.

Throughout the State, and the entire Southeastern states, July precipi¬
tation is of great interest and importance, adequate moisture to sustain
vegetation already growing well and to revive crops suffering from drought
being practically certain to occur.

In northern districts, September is the driest month, normally ; in the
Middle Division, October is the driest, and in the Coastal Division, Novem¬
ber has the least rain.

37

Comparisons — Tnskegec-Robertsdale

The distance between Tuskegee, which, with its average of 46.05
inches of rain, is the driest point in the State, and Robertsdale, where the
average is 68.07, is only 177 miles. At Robertsdale, July totals have varied
from 2.76 inches (in 1915) to 34.86 inches (in 1916). That the two amounts
occur in consecutive years, emphasizes the great variability in the coastal
area. At Tuskegee, July totals have ranged from 1.30 inches (1914) to
12.58 inches (1916). In September, when the effect of tropical storms is
most in evidence, Robertsdale’s totals have run from .79 inch (1934) to
23.33 (1917). Tuskegee had no rain in September, 1927, and 7.06 inches,
it greatest September amount, in 1917.

Storm Types

Storms producing heavy rainfall in Alabama are of two outstanding
types, according to their cause. Those which occur during the spring
months are characterized by marked convectional instability in energetic
low pressure conditions, with an overrunning stratum of cold air aloft.

These disturbances are attended by heavy rainfall over wide expanses,
and often by torrential downpours over smaller areas of considerable ex¬
tent. Small tornadoes and occasional narrow line squalls of cold air which
knifes its way to the surface from aloft are also characteristic.

The tropical storms of late summer and fall months are responsible
for the other type, late summer downpours being, for the most part,
either directly or indirectly chargeable to these disturbances.

Rainfall Reporting Stations

The number of rainfall reporting stations in Alabama has increased
from 63 in 1933 to nearly 200 at the present time, many of which have
recording gages.

SPECIAL AIDS IN THE TEACHING OF BACTERIOLOGY

— Mildred A. Engelbrecht, University of Alabama

Of the communicable diseases of children, those of the upper respira¬
tory tract are exceedingly infectious and much more serious than most
people realize. Since many of these diseases are spread by infected drop¬
lets produced by coughing, sneezing and talking, children should be taught
the need for sanitary habits in relation to the care of the mouth and nose
secretions. This can be done much more effectively if bacteria are demon¬
strated to be living entities.

A few simple and inexpensive methods were described for demon¬
strating bacteria as living plants capable of movement, growth and repro¬
duction. These were shown by hanging drop and various Petri dish prep¬
arations. Several prepared Difco Products media were explained and also
the use of coasters instead of the more expensive Petri dishes.

The spread of diseases by droplet infection can be represented by
coughing, sneezing or talking into a nutrient agar dish and allowing time
for each organism to multiply until visible colonies or families can be seen
in the Petri dish culture or “germ garden.” Methods for showing the
destructive effect of sunlight, boiling temperatures, and disinfectants were
presented. Clay models were used to show the comparative sizes, shapes,
and arrangements of the various organisms capable of producing the differ¬
ent diseases.

With the knowledge gleaned from the above demonstrations the chil¬
dren are now ready for a discussion on the relationship of bacteria to

38

diseases. They have a much better receptive mind for understanding the
ways and means by which these respiratory diseases are spread in epi¬
demic proportions and also how they can be prevented. It is far safer,
cheaper and much better to keep the germs from entering the body than
to treat the body after they have entered. Especially at a time of National
Defense it is essential that we do all within our power to teach the chil¬
dren to safeguard their health and the health of those around them.

THE TERNARY SYSTEM: WATER— PHENOL— AROMATICS

— W. C. Frishe, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

The critical solution temperature of pure phenol and pure water is
very sensitive to the addition of a third substance. On the addition of a
third substance soluble only in phenol, the critical solution temperature will
be 1° C. higher when as little as 0.1% of the third substance is present.

Van’t Hoff found that the raising of the critical temperature of a
liquid is directly proportional to the amount of solute it contains, and so,
from this, one is led by analogy to believe that the elevation of the critical
solution temperature due to a third substance is a linear function of the
number of moles of the third substance present. If this is true, we have
a new method for determining molecular weight.

Using aromatic compounds soluble only in phenol and having very
low or no dipole moments an experimental check on this analogy was made.
The conclusions drawn from the data taken are :

(1) The raising of the critical solution temperature is a linear func¬
tion of the number of moles of third substance present but it is also de¬
pendent upon some characteristic of the third substance.

(2) Since chemically similar compounds show similar critical solution
temperature elevations it is suggested that the most likely characteristic
affecting the elevation is the solubility of the third substance in phenol.

A COURSE IN PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRY

— Henry Gerhardt, Mobile

The war situation has in many instances caused a curtailment of edu¬
cational programs, and the need for an intensified and even deeper teach¬
ing of the physical sciences is imperative. Geometry certainly plays a very
important part in the curriculum, and to select the essential material for
streamlined teaching is no easy task for the instructor.

The following idea is presented in this paper : In a short summer
course of about ten hours designed for teachers, lectures on principles of
geometry would be given, explaining the axioms of Euclidean geometry
and showing how other systems of geometries arise as other axioms are
chosen. This will open a new vista and will present the theorems of Euclid¬
ean geometry in a novel light, thus facilitating a selection of the more
fundamental and important chapters.

Starting with the history of the parallel axiom, the theorems which
are valid independently from this axiom (the so called absolute theorems)
can be demonstrated. With this knowledge as a background the teacher
will be able to choose the fundamental material which is worth proving.

The whole course would presuppose only a knowledge of elementary
geometry and algebra.

39

COMPARABLE METHODS OF THE MANUFACTURE OF
a-AMINOACETIC ACID (GLYCINE)

— Ewen Gillis and Eugene Brown, Howard College

The manufacture of glycine is not difficult, but obtaining a product of
high purity is very difficult.

The first method of preparing glycine involves the precipitation of
Hippuric Acid (benzoylglycine) from Bovine urine. The hippuric acid is
hydrolyzed with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The glycine is obtained
along with some benzoic acid. The yield is approximately 27% of the
theoretical amount.

The second method for the preparation of this acid involves the
reaction of formaldehyde, sodium cyanide, and ammonium chloride to
form methylaminoacetonitrile (5-hydroformamine cyanide). By the alco¬
holysis of this nitrile with ethyl alcohol and sulfuric acid, methylene
diethyl ether and aminoaceto nitrile hydrogen sulfate are formed. The acid
salt of the nitrile is then added to a boiling suspension of barium hydrox¬
ide, and the barium salt of alpha- aminoacetic acid is formed. From this
salt barium sulfate is quantitatively precipitated and filtered off. The fil¬
trate is then concentrated to a small volume and upon chilling the crude
glycine separates out. This concentration process is done until the final
volume is about 5 cc. The yield is approximately 77% of the theoretical
amount.

The third method is the reaction of monochloroacetic acid and am¬
monium hydroxide. The acid is dissolved in a small amount of water and
this is added to the base. This solution is set aside for 48 hours, the
excess ammonia is boiled off and recovered. The solution is then concen¬
trated to 250 cc. and 1500 cc. of technical methyl alcohol is added. The
glycine precipitates upon the addition of this alcohol, and with one crystal¬
lization from hot water a U.S.P. product is obtained. Although this method
does not give but 65% of the theoretical yield, it is the easiest, cheapest
and most desirable method of obtaining a product of the desired purity
for drug and chemical use.

THE SLIDE RULE AS A TEACHING AID

— W. E. Glenn, Birmingham-Southern College

When used in classroom work in most of the subjects taught in the
field of the natural sciences, the slide rule offers the following advantages :

1. Add interest.

2. Speeds up class problem work. \

3. Excellent check on other methods of calculation.

4. Teaches the student to reject unreasonable results.

40

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEWT, Triturus

viridescens, UNDER NARCOSIS

— Leon E. Gordon, University of Alabama

The oxygen consumption of the Newt, Triturus viridescens, under
narcosis was measured in a modified Warburg apparatus at temperatures
ranging from 6.5° C to 21.0° C. The anesthetic used was Nembutal (So¬
dium Pento barbital) at a dose of 0.120 grams in 0.2 cc. of distilled water
for animals weighing approximately 2.7 grams. The data was found to
satisfy the Arrhenius equation and yielded temperature characteristics
(g) of 22,080 for temperatures from 6.5° C to 16.5° C and of 10,100 for
temperatures from 17.0° C to 21.0° C. The value for unanesthetised ani¬
mals has already been established by Pomerat in 1937. Shifts in tempera¬
ture characteristics following experimental manipulations are relatively
rare in the literature. They are looked upon as a change in a fundamental
constant. From a more theoretical basis they are believed to represent a
change in the “pace-setter” of a catenary chain. Thus, Nembutal may bring
about narcosis by shifting some enzymatic reaction whose expression can
be detected by the measurement of the oxygen consumption.

APPLICATION OF X-RAY RADIOGRAPHY TO INDUSTRY

— Roy Goslin, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

X-ray radiography furnishes to industry a ready means of studying
the internal structure of manufactured products, without any destruction
of the product. Inspection of individual items may be carried out with
rapidity and ease. The cost of the equipment will vary from a thousand
to many thousands of dollars, depending upon the voltage and the size
of specimen to be studied. If individual inspection is too costly, control
tests on foundry processes may be developed to give a standardized foun¬
dry procedure capable of producing a quality casting with certainty. The
application of this technique to industry is economically feasible when
safety of country and life may depend upon metallic structures. The equip¬
ment required for radiography may be purchased from such companies as
The General Electric X-ray Company, and The Victor X-ray Company.

THE GLYCOGEN CONTENT OF THE EMBYRO OF RAN A PIPI-
ENS DURING DEVELOPMENT

— John R. Gregg, University of Alabama

Needham, in the second volume of his Chemical Embryology, gives a
short review of determinations by various investigators of the total glyco¬
gen content of the frog’s egg. Faure-Fremiet and Dragoiu examined both
unfertilized and fertile eggs and found a large loss in glycogen by the
time of hatching of the egg. Konopacka and Konopacki, using a staining
method, showed qualitatively a fall in the amount of glycogen after fertili¬
zation, followed by a rise at gastrulation and a second decrease following
gastrulation and neurulation. Since the publication of Chemical Embryol¬
ogy, Brachet and Needham have reinvestigated the problem, and have re¬
affirmed the fall in the post-gastrulation glycogen content. Other research¬
ers have reported investigations of the amount of glycogen in the unfer¬
tilized egg and in various parts of the egg at different developmental
stages. No detailed information on the amount of glycogen in the develop-

41

ing egg was available in the litertaure, so it was decided to make a stage-
by-stage investigation of the embryos of Rana pipiens to make much data
available.

Eggs obtained by the pituitary stimulation method of Rugh were arti-
'ficially fertilized and allowed to develop in pond or tap water at room
temperature. To standardize the procedure, the tables of Shumway for the
development of Rana pipiens were consulted, and eggs fixed for glycogen
determinations at the stages given therein. Glycogen estimations were made
by the method of Good, Kramer, and Somogyi and the colorimetric glu¬
cose method of Gibson. Results were expressed as gammas of glycogen
glucose per egg.

The average glycogen content of the unfertilized egg was 100 gamma.
This value fell off very rapidly in the fertile egg to about 75 gamma at
mid-cleavage (Shumway, Stage 8-9). By late gastrula the value rose again
to about 93 gamma (Shumway, Stage 12). Following neurulation, this
value decreased steadily. At hatching, (Shumway, Stage 20) the glycogen
content of the egg was 50 gamma.

These results support Konopacka and Konopacki in demonstrating a
rapid fall in the glycogen content of the egg during early cleavage, suc¬
ceeded by a reaccumulation of glycogen stores in the gastrula. This phe¬
nomenon has been missed and even denied by other authors. Further inves¬
tigation into its reality and its mechanism should prove fruitful.

A GRAPHIC SUMMARY OF ALABAMA HISTORY

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

The main features of Alabama history that can be represented by
statistics, such as density of population, race, sex, age, families, and home
ownership, are shown on three graphs, with different scales, to indicate
past trends and suggest what may be expected in the near future. The
earliest population statistics for Alabama (except for a few counties or¬
ganized before that) are those of 1820, but some kinds began Considerably
later, and some of those for 1940 are not available yet.

The growth of total population has been pretty steady since the early
days, and cities have grown faster than the rest, here as elsewhere, but
wars and depressions have had noticeable effects, especially on the growth
of cities and on the ratio of males to females. The proportion of negroes
has been decreasing since about 1880, with increasing industrialization, etc.

In the pioneer days men were decidedly in the majority, as usual, but
the male excess has been trending downward for the last few decades.
This is due largely to increasing urbanization, with the numerous opportu¬
nities for employment for women in cities, but the proportion of male
births seems to be trending downward, too. All this makes for decreasing
self-reliance, which is rather disconcerting.

The birth rate, indicated by the proportion of children, and size of
families, has been decreasing pretty steadily in Alabama, as elsewhere.
This makes for a larger proportion of adults and therefore greater per
capita wealth, which is what most people seem to want, but it also intensi¬
fies the spoiled child problem, which is not so good. As usual, the cities
have gone farther in this respect than the rural districts.

Planners whose main goal seems to be increasing population and more
and larger cities seem to lose sight of this, and the demoralization that
seems to be inherent in city life. Many of the trends shown on the graphs
cannot be changed by any known means, while some, if they could be
changed, would inevitably make undesirable changes in others.

42

THE BUR OAK IN ALABAMA

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

The bur oak, Quercus macrocarpa, is a characteristic tree of prairie
groves in the Mississippi Valley, hut there was no record of it in Alabama
until a single specimen was found at the edge of a field in Montgomery
County in 1927. Being at least 200 miles from any other known stations
for the species, there was a suspicion that it might have been planted
there. But in the last few years, Mr. T. L. Head, of Montgomery, has
found several other trees of it in woods in the same neighborhood, which
makes it practically certain that it is indigenous. In general appearance it
much resembles the post oak, and there may be many other specimens in
the black belt, if not in other parts of Alabama, that have been overlooked
for that reason.

Illustrated by photographs of leaves, acorns, and whole tree.

CONDENSATION OF FORMALDEHYDE WITH 2, 4-DICHLORO-

PHENOL

— J. M. Holbert, Birmingham-Southern College.

When 2, 4-dichlorophenol is reacted with a large excess of formalde¬
hyde in an acid medium, 6, 8-dichloro-l, 3-benzodioxane is obtained in
good yields. The structure of this compound is proved, as it is readily
oxidized to 6, 8-dichloro-l, 3-benzodioxane-4-one. This product when boiled
with base is converted to 3, 5-dichlorosalicylic acid, a compound of known
structure.1

If in the above condensation the amount of formaldehyde is decreased,
some 3, 5-dichloro-2-hydroxybenzyl alcohol may be isolated. This compound
when reacted with benzaldehyde gives 6, 8-dichloro-2-phenyl-l, 3-benzo¬
dioxane.

METHOD FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE VALERIC AND
CAPROIC ACIDS IN THE BARK EXTRACT OF VIBURNUM
PRUNIFOLIUM

— J. M. Holbert, Jean Holbert, and Tom Andress, Birmingham-
Southern College.

A method for the identification of the valeric or caproic acid in Vibur¬
num has been suggested. It consists of the preparation of all the isomers
of valeric and caproic acid and the subsequent conversion of these to their
corresponding anilides. The unknown acid is then converted to its anilide
and identified by the method of mixed melting point.

Methods for the preparation of a-methylvaleric, 3-methylpentanoic,
methylisopropylacetic, and diinethylethylacetic acid are reported.

Melting points are given for the anilides of n-valeric, iso-valeric,
methylethylacetic, pivalic, n-caproic, iso-caproic, diethylacetic, a-methyl¬
valeric and sec-butyl acetic acids.

1. Buehler, Brown, Holbert, Fulmer, and Parker, J. Org. Chem., 6, 902-7 (1941)

43

CHEMISTRY OF FLUORESCENT LIGHTS

— Bert Holmes, Howard College

The modern development of fluorescent lamps has required the pro¬
duction and purification of special chemicals to be used in their manu¬
facture.

Fluorescent lamps are relatively long glass tubes containing electrodes
at the ends, a low pressure inert gas, a few droplets of mercury and a
coating of material which will absorb the resonance line of a low pressure
mercury discharge in the ultra-violet at 2,537 Angstrom units, and radiate
this energy into the visible spectrum.

The presence of the rare gas, argon, is a very recent addition to fluo¬
rescent tubes. When argon is used with mercury, starting of the lamp is
greatly facilitated, by reducing the breakdown voltage required for ioniza¬
tion ; usually about 4 mm. pressure of argon is used in these tubes.

The gas has also another important function. If no gas is present,
excited mercury atoms or ions which are positively charged may strike the
cathode with sufficient velocity to knock off particles of the cathode. This
is known as sputtering and results in blackening the ends of the lamps
and destruction of the cathode.

Many hundreds of chemical compounds fluoresce but only a few
are suitable for use in lamps. First, the material must absorb the 2,5 37° a
ultra-violet line and re-radiate this energy in a portion of the visible spec¬
trum.

Fluorescent compounds for lamps must be very stable. The chemist
ordinarily thinks of mercury as inactive, but mercury in the excited condi¬
tion in a discharge tube is exceedingly active, chemically. Experiments
with various materials on the inner walls of a tube containing a mercury
discharge show that substances like sodium chloride, boric acid and even
water are decomposed by the excited mercury atoms.

Some compounds have this remarkable property of fluorescence as an
inherent characteristic of its crystalline structure, as in the case of pure
magnesium tungstate. Other compounds require an impurity to be added
before a high degree of fluorescence can be obtained. Artificial zinc silicate
requires about one per cent of manganese oxide for best results.

Not all impurities will serve as activators, however. As little as one-
thousandth of one per cent of an impurity of iron will make a noticeable
decrease in fluorescence of zinc silicate.

FIXED FRONTAL PLANE TECHNIC FOR POSTURAL MEASURE¬
MENTS

— Katherine Huff, Ruth Chandler, Mary Nichols, Alvin V. Beatty,
and C. M. Pomerat, University of Alabama.

The measurements of the curvature of the spine have interested stu¬
dents of physical education as an accessible and fundamental tool in the
evaluation of posture and in the development of corrective exercises. A
special conformative instrument was designed by means of which the curva¬
ture of the back from the seventh cervical to the second lumbar vertebra
could be measured while the subject was held firmly in a fixed frontal
plane by means of pegs applied to the ear, shoulder, greater trochanter of
the femur and the external maleolus.

By means of this instrument it was possible to make the following
measurements in addition to that of stature.

44

Trunk length: The distance from the second cervical to the 2nd lum¬
bar vertebra.

Trunk-stature index: This was obtained by dividing the trunk length
by the value for the total stature. The range of variation of the relation
between the length of the torso to the rest of the body can thus be obtained.

Thoracic index: The distance from the 7th cervical to the 2nd lumbar
vertebra was divided by the distance from the frontal line to the greatest
point of curvature of the thorax. The index provides a measure of the
degree of straightness or curvature of the thorax.

A positive correlation of 0.6 was found between the thoracic index and
the trunk index.

Two hundred University-women were measured and the results ob¬
tained were as follows :

Range

Average

Median

Mode

Stature in CM

152-181

163

162.5

166

Trunk Length in CM

25-47

32.77

36

32

T runk-Stature index

.125-275

.198

.200

.210

Thoracic index

1. 1-7.2

3.060

4.12

3.000

A STUDY OF A RESPIRATORY FACTOR IN CERTAIN AQUATIC
COLEOPTERA

— Agnes Hunt, University of Alabama

The purpose of this study was to determine the function of the bubble
of air that the common whirligig beetle, Dineutes carolinus Lee. carries
with it when it dives below the surface of the water.

The air store which is held under the elytra and on the tip of the
abdomen of Dineutes carolinus Lee. forms a very effective adaptation to
aquatic life, enabling the beetle to utilize some dissolved oxygen and also
providing an air store that will supply the insect with enough oxygen to
last several hours under water. These facts were proven as follows: (1)
when the animal was submerged in aerated water it could live no longer
than three and one-half hours. (2) Beetles with no air bubbles lived only
ten minutes. (3) Beetles submerged in non-aerated water lived forty-five
minutes less than those in aerated water.

The variation in shape and size of the air store is a controlling factor
in the aquatic adaptation. The greater the amount of surface exposed the
greater the possibility for absorbing dissolved oxygen. The oxygen absorp¬
tion is not nearly so rapid as the oxygen consumption. The size of the bub¬
ble is a limiting factor in that it controls the amount of oxygen in the air
store, and also the buoyancy of the insect.

The rate of metabolism increases as the temperature increases. Those
beetles submerged at cold temperature with equal oxygen supplies lived
much longer than those submerged at warm temperatures. No attempt was
made to measure the amount of oxygen used or the rate of metabolism of
the insect, except upon a comparative basis.

It was concluded that while the animal may have become somewhat
emancipated from its aerial environment, it is still more dependent upon
the air than upon the gas derived from the water.

45

THE RUMANIAN OIL FIELDS

— Lee E. Johnson, University of Alabama

The region discussed in this report comprises the old Rumanian prov¬
inces of Wallachia and Moldonia.

The region is divided into three zones. On the north and west, the
Carpathian system is composed of crystalline metamorphic rocks with
igneous intrusions, and of twisted and distorted remnants of Jurassie and
Cretanous sediments. On the south and east lies the Rumanian Plains,
formed by the horizontal beds of the Quaternary. Between these two zones,
the broad band of foothills marks the area of folded Tertiary strata.

The salt masses are scattered from the edge of the Quaternary across
the mountains into Transylvania.

The stratigraphic location of these masses is uncertain.

The masses are roughly ellipsoid with their greater horizontal axis
parallel to the direction of the fold even curving with it.

Chemically the salt is almost pure sodium chloride, 99.9%, but many
impurities in the forms of clays, sands, and carbonaceous material have
been folded in mechanically.

Formation of the salt by precipitation from ascending solutions is
precluded by this supposition.

All the oil is produced from well marked uplifts.

The source of the oil, like that of the salt, is a matter of contention.

The chief similarity of the Rumanian oil fields and those of our Gulf
Coast is the accumulation of oil on structures having salt cores.

The growth of the petroleum industry in Rumania has been steady
from the times when it was used for medicinal purposes to the present.

Production increased from 51,000 tons in 1939 to 91,000 tons in 1940.
Two wells were completed and at the close of the year 43 wells were pro¬
ducing.

SURFACE TENSION STUDIES

— E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College

For some years the author has been comparing various methods of
measuring surface tension by students in regular laboratory work in physi¬
cal chemistry. A brief comparison of the following four methods was
made from this point of view.

a. Mamixum bubble pressure.

b. Modified capillary rise. (By Bashforth and Adams).

c. Drop weight.

d. Du Nouy tensiometer.

In some respects the first two methods were most satisfactory.

A preliminary report was made also on some careful determinations by
the author of the surface tensions and parachors of some esters supplied
by E. Emmet Reid. The maximum bubble pressure method was used for
surface tensions and the pycnometer method for densities.

46

THE USE OF THE GRATING SPECTROGRAPH IN THE ANA¬
LYTICAL LABORATORY

— E. V. Jones and Wvnelle D. Thompson, Birmingham-Southern
College.

The procedure for using a grating spectrograph for qualitative anal¬
ysis as now employed at Birmingham-Southern College was outlined. By
first preparing standard spectrograms of known elements and comparing
the spectrogram of the sample under analysis with these standards, the
elements can be readily identified by their persistent lines. As practical
illustrations, projections were made of spectrograms of a brass sample,
using the high-voltage spark for excitation, and of a paint pigment, using
the D.C. arc to excite the sample.

For quantitative analysis, the procedure now used involves the princi¬
ple of “homologous pairs of lines” and the use of a logarithmic sector to
measure the intensity of the spectral lines. It was necessary to prepare
standards of samples in which the percentages of the element were known.
It was pointed out that the preparation of these standard samples was the
chief problem.

PREPARATION OF STABLE AMMONIUM MOLYBDATE SOLU¬
TIONS

— James L. Kassner and Howard P. Crammer, University of Alabama.

A series of molybdate solutions, containing ammonium nitrate, citric
acid, and nitric acid in addition to the ammonium molybdate has been
prepared and found to remain stable.

A typical solution may be prepared as follows : Add 25 grams of am¬
monium nitrate, 32 grams of citric acid, and 34 grams of analytical reagent
ammonium molybdate (NH^jeMmOsj AH^O to 700 ml. of water, and stir.
When completely dissolved pour into a solution which contains 132 ml. of
concentrated nitric acid and 175 ml. of water, and mix thoroughly. This
solution may be used immediately, as it does not have to settle or be filtered.
Such a solution was prepared in this laboratory over two years ago and
is still clear. Eighty milliliters of this solution take the place of the citric
acid and ammonium molybdate solution in the procedure for P2O in phos¬
phate rock.

The range over which the composition of the citro-molybdate solution
may be varied without vitiating the results when determining the per¬
centage of P2O in phosphate rock has been investigated.

AN IMPROVED METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF P2O

IN PHOSPHATE WORK

— James L. Kassner and Howard P. Crammer, University of Alabama.

A sample of phosphate rock is treated with nitric and perchloric acids,
evaporated to fumes of perchloric acid and the silica removed. The sample
is diluted to 250 ml. Fifty ml. of special citric acid solution are added to a
25 ml. portion of the sample, then heated to boiling, and the phosphate
precipitated with ammonium molybdate. The precipitate is filtered, washed
with KNO3, and then titrated with standard NaOH solution to the purple
color of a special mixed indicator prepared from phenol red and bromo-
thymol blue. The results obtained by this procedure agree with those ob¬
tained by the double precipitation as magnesium ammonium phosphate.

47

TOXICITY OF PARALDEHYDE FOR BOTH YOUNG AND OLD
GUINEA PIGS

— Frank A. Kay, Emmett B. Carmichael and Grady W. Phillips,
University of Alabama.

Normal guinea pigs, that weighed from 280 grams to 1130 grams, were
used in this series of experiments. The animals were divided in two arbi¬
trary weight groups: (1) 290 grams to 549 grams and (2) 550 grams to
963 grams. There were 77 animals in the first group and 133 animals in the
second group. One volume of the drug was diluted to ten volumes with
water and administered intraperitoneally. The dose of this solution varied
by increments of 0.25 cc. from 12 cc. to 14 cc./kilo.

The median lethal dose (MLD/50) of the above solution was 12.00 cc.
to 13.00 cc./kilo. for the animals of the first weight group and 12.00 cc.
to 13.0 cc./kilo. for those in the second weight group. From the above ex¬
periments it seems that the median lethal dose (MLD/50) is about the
same for young and old guinea pigs.

PANCREATECTOMY INCOMPATIBLE TO LIFE IN THE PRES¬
ENCE OF NEAR-TOTAL HYPOPHYSECTOMY IN THE DOG

— A. D. Keller, M. M. Bruhn, C. F. Barton and W. E. Lawrence,
University of Alabama.

For this study the same animals described in the abstract by Bruhn,
Keller, Lawrence and Barton were utilized. The pancreas was removed
from 3 to 8 months after the hypophysectomy procedures were executed.

There is no alleviation of diabetes mellitus following pancreatectomy
until more than 90% of the distal portions of the pars anterior and pos¬
terior lobe are removed.

Following an ordinary hypophysectomy pancreatectomy results in a
maximal Houssay effect (the major part of hypophysial stalk tissue re¬
mains). These animals exhibit no glycosuria under any conditions nor a
fasting hyperglycemia. The glucose tolerance curve is raised and prolonged.
The life of the animal is greatly prolonged beyond that for otherwise nor¬
mal pancreatectomized dogs but loss of weight is progressive and death
occurs when emaciation becomes extreme.

In near-total hypophysectomized dogs (only proximal remnants of
stalk tissue remain) pancreatectomy results in death from 4 to 8 hours.
These animals recover from the ether and appear normal for from 2 to 4
hours when progressively sluggishness, muscular weakness, prostration and
finally death supervene. The period of prostration is associated with polyp-
neic respiration and periodic straining movements. Death is preceded by a
characteristic period of gasping. This sequence of events is not altered by
(1) maintenance of blood sugar at or above the normal level or (2) ad¬
ministration of adrenal cortical extract (Upjohn’s), desoxycorticosterone
(Ciba) or anterior lobe extract (Parke-Davis “total extract”). The success¬
ful fortification with anterior lobe extract being attested to by the return of
insulin tolerance and basal metabolism to near normal.

48

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF STARCH GELATINIZATION POINT
DEPRESSANTS

— Evan Lewis, Howard College

The gelatinization temperature of most corn starches is so high that
the heat would destroy most enzymes used in the enzymatic conversion of
the starch. Therefore a number of compounds were tried to determine their
action as gelatinization point depressants. Determinations of gelatinization
point temperatures were made with both organic and inorganic compounds
to get lyotropic series and to make comparisons with similar series in the
literature.

The results show that depressant action is probably an adsorption phe¬
nomenon and that compounds with high molecular weight have a greater
depressing action than those with lower molecular weight when used in
equivalent concentrations. The lyotropic series obtained agreed with series
given by Oden, and Getman and Daniels for other colloidal systems and
with surface adsorption tencencies as revealed through surface tension
measurements.

The organic compounds used were: allylthiourea, thiourea, urea, and
sucrose. Their effectiveness as depressants decreased in the order shown.
Among the inorganic compounds tried only ammonium thiocyanate and
ammonium cyanate showed any depressant action. Sodium chloride, po¬
tassium chloride, potassium iodide, potassium bromide, potassium sulfate,
calcium chloride, trisodium phosphate, aluminum chloride, and ammonium
iodide all tended to elevate the normal gelatinization temperatures slightly.

Comparable results were obtained using pure corn starch or a par¬
tially oxidized starch which was obtained from the Clinton Starch Com¬
pany, Clinton, Iowa.

CERTAIN LOCATIONAL INFLUENCES OF AGRICULTURE AND
THEIR RELATION TO INDUSTRY*

— W. K. McPherson, Agricultural Economist, Alabama Agricultural
Experiment Station, Auburn.

The study of the theory of the location of enterprises is one of the
more neglected phases of economics. Lack of well developed locational
theories has given rise to competition among communities to attract indus¬
tries on the illusion that the establishment of an industry in itself is an
economic good for any community ingenious enough to obtain it. Nothing
is further from the truth. Only enterprises which utilize resources economi¬
cally in a given location are of real and lasting benefit either to the people
in the community where the enterprise is located or to the society as a
whole.

One of the most scholarly studies on locational theory has been pre¬
pared by Alfred Weber.* 1 He bases his theory essentially on (a) the loca¬
tion of the raw materials; (b) the location of the market; (c) the avail¬
ability of the fuel or power; (d) the labor supply; (e) availability of
capital; (f) climate; (g) transportation costs. Locklin,2 an authority on

* This paper reports a portion of the research on the project entitled “The Marketing
and Processing of Livestock and Livestock Products,” being conducted by the Ala¬
bama Experiment Station and jointly supported by the Station and the Tennessee
Valley Authority.

1. Frederick, C. J., Alfred Weber’s Theory of the Location of Industries. (Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1929).

2. Locklin. D. Philip, “Economics of Transportation” (Chicago, Business Publications,
Inc., 1938).

49

transportation, makes the general statement that the first four of these
factors are most important and points out the first three, the location of
the raw materials, the location of the market and the availability of fuel
or power, are influenced by transportation charges.

In a large portion of his book Weber3 assumes transportation costs to
bear a direct relationship to weight and distance and upon this assumption
arrives at the questionable conclusion that weight-losing industries will be
found located at the source of the raw materials. Hall,'4 being more realis¬
tic about the inconsistencies in the freight rate structures existing in this
country, concludes that whether or not an industry locates close to the
market or close to the raw material depends upon (1) the relationship of
the freight rate on the raw materials to the freight rate on the finished
product; and (2) the loss in weight that results from the manufacturing
process. The following statement of Locklin’s is somewhat more clear; i. e.,
“Whether the industry will be drawn toward the raw materials or toward
the market for the finished products will depend upon the relative cost of
transporting the raw materials and the finished product.”5

The truth of this statement can be well shown by a study of the loca¬
tion of livestock enterprises in the southeastern states. Livestock enter¬
prises are manufacturing enterprises converting feedstuffs into the finished
products (finished with respect to the producer only) of livestock or live¬
stock products. Based upon Locklin’s and Hall’s conclusions, livestock en¬
terprises should be located at the course of the feedstuffs if the cost of
transporting feedstuffs is greater than the cost of transporting the finished
livestock or livestock products. It actually costs about $2.08 to ship enough
corn from northern Illinois to Moultrie, Georgia, to produce one hundred
pounds of live hogs and it costs but 66 cents to ship 100 pounds of live
hogs over the same route. If the Moultrie producer had to purchase corn
from northern Illinois, he would have a cost of something like $1.42 per
hundred weight more than his competitor, assuming both producers sold
their hogs in Moultrie, Georgia. If there was no difference in the price of
hogs in the two areas, the southerner’s disadvantage would be $2.08 per
hundred weight and if the southern hogs had to be shipped to northern
Illinois his disadvantage would be $2.74 per hundred weight.

Do farmers take all of these things into consideration when planning
their livestock production programs? They definitely do. Concentrates6 are
the principal feedstuffs used for producing swine. When the production of
concentrate feedstuffs and the swine population are compared on a square
mile basis in 10 southeastern states by counties, a good correlation is evi¬
dent. A similar comparison of the entire livestock population with the pro¬
duction of all feedstuffs,7 including concentrates, harvested forage and
pasture forage, reveals an even better correlation. A very strong correla¬
tion also exists between the location of harvested and pasture forage pro¬
duction and cattle populations. These correlations are sufficiently good to
support the theoretical assumption that farmers generally produce livestock
at or near the source of the raw materials.

Locational theory pretty well explains the location of livestock enter¬
prises. Of course, there are some cases which, upon superficial analysis,

3. Ibid.

4. Hall, Frederick S., “The Localization of Industries,” 12th Census of the United
States, Manufacturing, 1902.

5. Ibid.

6. Concentrates used in this sense mean feed grains such as corn, oats, etc.

7. To make these comparisons the livestock populations were converted to animal units
and all feedstuffs produced were converted to feed units. See Bulletin 257, Alabama
Agricultural Experiment Station, entitled “A General Appraisal of the Livestock
Industry in the Southeastern States,” published in June, 1942.

50

appear to be exceptions to the rule. Heavy milk production near large cen¬
ters of population is one of these. In the major milk sheds, producers find
it profitable to purchase feedstuffs that are not produced locally. The high
price these producers receive for this perishable product makes this sort
of economic activity feasible. But here the basic locational factors still hold
true. Under these conditions the cost of transporting the highly perishable
product of milk is higher than the cost of transporting feedstuffs.

Digressing for a moment from pure locational factors it seems desir¬
able to mention another use for the quantitative evaluation of raw ma¬
terials available for the production of livestock and livestock product. Since
enterprises based upon conversion of feedstuffs to livestock products are
located where the feedstuffs are produced, the size of the livestock industry
in any given area depends largely upon the amount of feedstuffs available.
When the feedstuffs available per animal unit in the various counties are
examined, it is found that in large areas in the southeastern states not
enough feedstuffs are produced to adequately feed the livestock now on
farms and in only very small areas are any surplus feedstuffs available for
livestock production. In every major livestock producing area more than
100 feed units per animal unit are produced, while in large areas in the
southeastern states less than 75 feed units per animal unit are produced.
For this reason alone it is not logical to expect a large increase in the live¬
stock industry in the southeastern states until more feedstuffs are available.
Of course, some increase can be expected as a result of farmers using
better breeding and feeding practices, but the increase will probably be
more in quality than quantity.

Coming back again to the subject of this discussion, it now seems
logical to inquire into the effect of these factors upon the locational pat¬
tern of southern industries based upon agricultural raw materials, and
especially livestock and livestock products since they are being used as an
example. Livestock and livestock products are the finished products of the
livestock industry but are the raw materials for the packing and many allied
industries. Going back to our previous discussion of the principal factors
in plant location theory, the source of the raw materials and the location
of the consuming markets are two of the four most important. Basically
the availability of labor will not be a major factor since southeastern states
are relatively heavily populated and the fuel and power factor loses its im¬
portance when the supply is considered in comparison with the supply in
other states. In fact, until recently the abundant supplies of low cost labor
and power or fuel have been locational factors favoring southern locations.
For analytical purposes these two factors wlil be considered constant in all
areas.

The fact that the southeastern states are quite heavily populated indi¬
cates that a market for the products of the packing and allied industries
exists here. However, quantitative studies of consumption show that some
groups within the southern population eat less than one-half as much meat
as people in other sections of the country. So, on a per capita basis the
market for meat is considerably less than might be expected offhand. Fur¬
thermore, the consumer’s preference for various cuts of meat in the south¬
ern states does not always follow the proportions in which these cuts are
obtainable from the animals. That is to say there is a market for more
pounds of fat backs and sow bellies in the South than for the pork chops
and hams that accompany them.

All this merely shows that the location of the market for packing
house products is not a simple thing.

The supply of livestock to be used as raw materials for the packing
industry is, indeed, much easier to determine. In fact, the data used for

51

making the comparisons described earlier in this paper, perhaps broken
down in more detail, such as beef cattle, calves, milk cows, swine, etc., are
about as good as we need, especially when supplemented by data on the
amount of local slaughter and feeder and breeder sales. The large packing
companies use similar data extensively.

When we attempt to compare the location of the raw materials to the
location of the market, the chief difficulty arises, as previously pointed out,
in actually being able to locate the market. In order to understand the loca¬
tional problems involved more clearly, let us consider three possible situa¬
tions a prospective entrepreneur may face when deciding where to locate
a livestock processing enterprise.

(1) There is a market for a certain amount of meat in any locality
where livestock is produced. An entrepreneur may be able to process
enough to supply this local (local here assumed to mean from 25 to 50
miles) demand and purchase the livestock locally. Under these conditions
the price the entrepreneur receives for his produce and the price he pays
for his raw materials is determined by competitive forces outside the
communtiy, providing no other enterprise of this type is located in the area.
Since purchasers of livestock outside the community have transportation
charges to pay, and since purchasers of meat within the community also
must pay transportation charges, the prospective processor in this com¬
munity has a margin to work on equal to the cost of processing in plants
outside of the community plus the cost of transporting the livestock out and
the finished product back into the community. In some communities suffi¬
cient business is available for a processor to operate very profitably on this
margin. The existence of conditions of this type has permitted the develop¬
ment of small processing plants in many southern communities. This is
especially typical of -communities in which a town of from ten to twenty-
five thousand people is located in a relatively high livestock producing
area.

(2) There are also large markets for meats in areas in which there is
little or no production of livestock. A prospective enterpreneur anticipat¬
ing the establishment of a processing industry to supply this market would
be confronted with the problem of where to locate his plant, at the source
of raw materials or at the market. His decision will largely depend upon
the relative cost of shipping processed meats and the cost of shipping live
animals, assuming the cost of labor and fuel or power the same in the two
locations.

The present locational pattern of the packing industry has been influ¬
enced greatly during the past twenty years by the relationship between the
rates on livestock and livestock products. Before the early twenties the
freight rate on one hundred pounds of livestock from the middle west was
somewhat lower than the rate on livestock products obtainable from one
hundred pounds of livestock. The result of such a rate structure was that
processing plants were located near the consumption centers. In the early
twenties the rate on the products of one hundred pounds of livestock was
made lower than the rate on one hundred pounds of livestock on shipments
from the Midwest. This shift was one of the major factors contributing to
the decentralization of the packing industries. Since that time, numerous
plants have been established in the heavy livestock producing areas.

At present, however, only a very few locations in the South enjoy a
rate on the products of 100 pounds of livestock that is substantially lower
than the rate on 100 pounds of live animals. As long as this condition
exists, entrepreneurs will not be likely to establish plants in the South to
supply meat for the northern markets. They will establish southern plants

52

only to supply the southern consumption since only these plants can enjoy
the advantage of the cost of transportation of meat into the area.

Whether or not there is a surplus of livestock in the South over that
needed to feed the people is questionable. If there is no surplus, then the
freight rate structure does not operate as a serious handicap to southern
producers and consumers. However, the two cases just cited are extreme
cases and do not reflect all of the conditions existing in this industry.

(3) The last case we must consider is not as well defined because it
represents a combination of (1) and (2). A prospective entrepreneur may
desire to process certain amounts of livestock, selling as much as possible
locally and the remainder in more distant markets. Here the answer is not
clear. Such locational decisions have to be made upon the evaluation of
the size of the local market, the size of the surplus market, and the exist¬
ing freight rate structure. The location of the raw materials and the local
market indicates a southern plant location and location' of the secondary or
surplus market under the existing rate structure indicates a northern or
eastern location. The proportion of business done in both markets will
ultimately determine the most economical location.

Time prohibits exhausting the subject further. This rather general
treatment of the problem has brought out but two or three rather funda¬
mental facts concerning the locational factors.

(1) The locational factors developed by scholars of the subject have
been accepted. The relative importance of these factors can be questioned.
The importance of each factor varies with the nature of the industry. In
the processing industries the location of the raw materials and the location
of the market for the finished products can easily be of major importance
and the relationship of the transportation cost of raw materials to the
transportation cost of the finished product the determining locational
factor.

(2) Livestock enterprises using large quantities of feedstuffs as raw
materials are generally located near the source of the raw materials.

(3) The location pattern of industries processing livestock is not so
well defined in the southeastern states. This is probably due to the lack of
well defined surpluses of livestock and the widely scattered nature of the
market for livestock products. Southern locations seem favorable for pro¬
cessing products consumed in the South but the present freight rate struc¬
ture favors northern and eastern locations for industries processing south¬
ern livestock to be consumed in those markets.

GAS AND OIL IN MISSISSIPPI

— John A. Means, University of Alabama

Practically the entire geologic column from Ordovician to Recent is
represented in Mississippi. Some wells have penetrated into Knox dolomite
which is Cambro-Ordovician in age. The sediments are approximately 60%
marnie and 40% non-marine.

A large regional unconformity is known to be present at the top of the
Paleozoic. The regional structure of Mississippi is that of a west-and-
southwest dipping homocline at approximately 30 feet to the mile.

The Jackson area was studied in 1915, no wells were brought in be¬
cause they were drilled too far down the flanks. It was February, 1930,
when the first well was brought in. It was drilled too deep and yielded
much salt water with the gas.

In the Amory area the gas is produced from a hard sandstone which is
thought to be a part of the Hartselle member, and is Mississippian in age.

53

Depth below the surface is about 2,370 feet. The discovery well was
drilled in 1926.

The Cretaceous on the Jackson structure is represented by the Selma
chalk, which is the youngest, and below it are the Eutaw and Tuscaloosa
formations.

It is thought that the reservoir is the unconformity zone between the
Midway chalk and the Cretaceous chalk and the solution cavities in the
top of the chalk.

The Eocene is represented by the Midway, Wilcox, Claiborne, and
Jackson Groups. The Midway is composed of the Porters Creek clay and
the Clayton formation.

The Wilcox is composed of fine-grained micaceous sand, shale and
lignite.

The Claiborne Group is composed of the Yegua, Minden, Sparta and
the Can River members. Some are marine and some non-marine.

The Jackson consists of tough calcareous clay underlain by a blue-gray
glauconitic fossiliferous fine-grained sand.

CORRELATION OF SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL SCIENCE AND
HIGH SCHOOL HOME ECONOMICS

— Swan Ella Owens, Opp.

This paper describes courses in senior high school science which are
correlated with and parallels high school vocational home economics. The
courses also propose to teach other phases of science which are related to
the whole life of the girl. Since it is a course designed especially for girls,
boys are not admitted to the classes. Physics, chemistry, and biology
courses are open to girls as well as boys. Since the science courses do not
propose to take the place of chemistry, biology or physics girls may elect
them instead if they care to or may take both. It is strongly recommended
for home economics majors. The first course is offered the senior one year,
the second the senior II year. Two laboratory periods a week are a part of
the course. Since no text book could be found which could be used in its
entirety and since one text book would limit the course too much there is
no text book for either course. This is the third year these courses have
been offered at Opp High School. As far as we have been able to ascer¬
tain from the perusal of abstracts, books, magazines, pamphlets, etc., no
course of its nature is being offered in any other high school.

TOXICITY OF PARALDEHYDE FOR BOTH YOUNG AND OLD
RATS

— Grady W. Phillips, Emmett B. Carmichael, and Frank A. Kay,
University of Alabama.

Normal young and adult rats were used in this series of experiments
which extended over seven months, September to March, inclusive. The
animals were arbitrarily divided into three age groups: (1), 1.3 months to
3 months; (2), 3 months to 6 months and (3), 6 months to about two
years. The range of weights for the above three groups were as follows :
(1), 71 to 234 grams, (2), 128 to 381 grams, and (3), 165 to 525 grams.
There were 84 animals used in the first group, 140 animals in the second
group, and 221 animals in the last group.

54

The paraldehyde was diluted with nine volumes of water and injected
intraperitoneally. The doses varied by increments of 0.25 cc. from 12 cc.
to 15 cc./kilo. The preliminary results indicate that the average lethal dose
(minimal lethal dose) or a dose that kills 50% of the animals is about
13 to 14 cc. of the 1:10 solution of paraldehyde/kilo, for the first group;
13.25 to 14 cc./kilo. for the second group, and 12.75 to 13.5 cc./kilo. for
the third group. The young animals were able to tolerate larger doses of
the paraldehyde solution than the older animals since it took 15 cc./kilo. to
cause death in 100% of the animals in the first group while 14.5 cc./kilo.
resulted in 100% fatalities in the second group and 14.75 cc./kilo. resulted
in 100% fatalities in the rats that were from 6 months to 2 years old.

QUARTAN MALARIA USED AS A THERAPEUTIC AGENT-
BLOOD SMEARS TAKEN AT VARIOUS HOURS IN THE
SCHIZOGONIC CYCLE, AND COLORED WITH THE GIEMSA
MAY-GREENWALD STAIN

— David B. Partlow and Walter J. Brower, University of Alabama.
(Demonstration).

PARABOLIZING A TELESCOPE MIRROR

— John R. Patty, Howard College.

The errors of a spherical mirror when used to converge rays which
are parallel to the principal axis before reflection, and the application of
the knife-edge test to determine the correction necessary to parabolize the
mirror are considered.

If r is the radius of curvature, and 6 is the angle between the principal
axis and r where r is drawn from the center of curvature to the edge of
the mirror, then the longitudinal aberration or the aberration along the
axis is :

- - r 0

FF =~2~ — r sin# (tan-^— + cot 20)

This expression may be reduced to :

_ r sin ~zr

FF' = _ — -

COS 0

The lateral aberration is :

, . , 9
_ 2rsin

AB = - — . tan 20

cos d

For small value of 0, the following approximation may be made :

AB = t05

55

The knife-edge test applied at the center of curvature shows a uniform
convergence of rays to a point in the case of a sphercial mirror. If the
center of the mirror is polished more than the outer portions until the
mirror is parabolized, the rays from the outer portion are brought to a
focus at a distance 4FF' further from the vertex of the mirror than those
rays from points near the vertex.

Consequently, testing with the knife-edge test at the center of curva¬
ture magnifies the necessary correction for a parabolized mirror four times
as much as the error due to longitudinal aberration when the surface is
spherical and the rays are parallel to the principal axis before reflection.

MITOTIC PERIODICITY IN LEAVES

— Elsie Estelle Pennington, University of Alabama

The plants used in this investigation were Hedera Helix L. (Ara-
liaceae), Abelia grandiflora Rehd. (Caprifloiaceae), lpomoea purpurea
Lam. (Convulvulaceae), Clematic virginiana L. (Ranunculaceae), Ligu-
strum japonicum Thunb. (Oleaceae), Duchesnia indica Focke (Rosaceae)
and Commelina communis L. (Commelinaeceae). Hourly collections of leaf
samples from very young leaves were made over a twenty- four hour period.
Leaf tissue samples 1 millimeter in diameter from the basal region were
fixed in Carnoy’s Solution (3 parts chloroform, 2 parts absolute alcohol
and 1 part glacial acetic acid) (Warmke, 1935), (Baldwin, 1939) and aceto-
carmine smears completed.

Mitotic counts were made by averaging 5 random samples 1/21.14
square millimeter in size and calculating the number of divisions in the
total area. Graphs were plotted of the number of divisions against the
hour.

Mitotic Periodicity was exhibited in all of the seven plants investi¬
gated. With the exception of H. Helix all exhibited two maxma and two
minima of primary importance during the twenty-four hour period ; the
minima around 5 P.M. and 7 A.M. ; the maxima occur around 3 A.M.
and 3 P.M. H. Helix exhibits primary maxima at midnight and noon.

All plots investigated exhibited curves of the same general tendency.
I. purpurea, C. virginiana, D. indica, and L. japonicum showing the most
similarity and H. Helix the greatest divergence. The range and number of
mitosis for each plant varied from highest to lowest as follows : L. japoni¬
cum 7781, D. indica 7201, H. Helix 5857, C. communis 5608, I. purpurea
5151, C. virginiana 3726 and A. grandiflora 2561.

A QUANTITATIVE STUDY OF THE ANTAGONISTIC ACTION
OF CALCIUM TO THE NARCOTIC EFFECTS OF MAGNESI¬
UM INJECTED INTRAVENOUSLY IN RABBITS

— S. A. Peoples and J. C. Gale, University of Alabama.

Since the discovery by Melzer and Auer that Calcium salts antag¬
onized the narcotic effects of magnesium ion, several attempts have been
made to elucidate the mechanism involved. The basic problem of whether
there is a quantitative relation between the blood concentrations of Ca + +
and Mg + + at the moment of antagonism has received particular attention
but so far, the results have been inconclusive.

56

We have attempted a new approach to this problem by injecting intra¬
venously both the calcium and magnesium simultaneously in such doses
that the immediate blood concentrations could be calculated from the ani¬
mal’s blood volume and the normal blood serum levels of calcium and mag¬
nesium. Ten rabbits were used in the experiment and the following factors
were used: Blood plasma = 3% body wt., Blood calcium = 8.0 mg/100 cc
diffusible and 14 mg/100 cc. Total, Blood magnesium 2.5 mg/kg.

It was found that the minimum certain anesthetic dose of magnesium
sulfate alone was 0.75 milli-mols/kg corresponding to a plasma concentra¬
tion of 25.8 milli-mols/liter. The ratio of this to the diffusible calsium was
12.9 and to the total calcium 7.8.

When the dose of magnesium was raised to 1.0 milli-mol/kg, causing
a plasma level of 34.1 milli-mols/liter, the addition of .03 milli-mol/kg of
calcium antagonized the increased dose of magnesium. The ratio of mag¬
nesium to diffusible calcium was now 11.4 and to the total calcium 7.9.

Although an insufficient range of dosage has not been covered to jus¬
tify any definite conclusions, it does appear that there is a definite ratio
between the calcium and magnesium ion when antagonism takes place and
that it is more closely correlated with the total calcium than the diffusible
calcium.

ADRENAL GRAFTS TO THE CEREBRAL CORTEX

- — C. M. Pomerat, C. G. Rreckenridge and L. E. Gordon, University
of Alabama.

Brain cortex possibly may prove suitable as a host medium for duct¬
less glands. Some evidence exists for the persistence of heterologous tumor
grafts and the differentiation of cartilage and embryonic eyes in cerebral
tissue. Moreover, brain extracts have been shown to have a high growth
promoting capacity when used for “in vitro” culture of fibroblasts.

In order to test this hypothesis experiments of this general character
were tried : Under nembutal anaesthesia the right adrenal gland was re¬
moved from animals which were then allowed to recover for about one
week. The area of the left frontal lobe of the cerebrum was approached
by trephining and an adrenal graft was introduced under the dura after a
fragment of the cortex approximately equal in volume had been removed.
Five to ten days later the host’s left adrenal was extirpated. Since most
mammals die within seven to ten days following bilateral adrenalectomy,
this served as a measure of success or failure of the graft to function.
Sections were prepared of the host’s own adrenals as well as the area of
the transplantation.

In six cats heteroplastic grafts were tried using adult rat glands while
six other hosts were used to test adrenals from new born rats. A series
of twelve monkeys were used for adult homioplastic transplants. Under all
these conditions the results proved negative. Histological examination re¬
vealed progressive lymphocytic infiltration in the area of the transplants.

In another series an adult rat of about 100 grams weight was left
dependent upon a graft from a new born rat for twenty-one days, then
killed. Microscopic study showed evidence of successful establishment and
differentiation of cortical tissue.

57

ATTACHMENT OF MARINE SEDENTARY ORGANISMS TO
BLACK AND WHITE GLASS PLATES IN THE HORIZONTAL
POSITION

— C. M. Pomerat and James H. Gregg, University of Alabama.

One black and one white plate of Carrara Structural glass were sus¬
pended in the horizontal position at the north dock of the Bureau of Fish¬
eries station at Pensacola, Florida. Each plate was exactly one square
meter and one cm. thick. Results of a typical experiment in which plates
were exposed for 21 days from October 5, 1941 to October 26, 1941 are
reported here. Silting was relatively heavier on the top surface of both
plates. The number of organisms on the under surface of both plates was
distinctly less in a zone of about eight inches around the margin as com¬
pared with the central portion. This was particularly evident on the black
plate. It is believed, therefore, that shadow effects influenced by the area
of exposed surface must be considered in evaluating experiments dealing
with the phototropic responses of sedentary organisms.

The three dominant species found were Balanus eburneus, Acantho-
dcsia tennis, and Electra hastingsae. Instead of making individual counts
the organisms were scraped off the plates by means of a wood chisel and
were then dehydrated by heating for 24 hours at 100 degrees F. The scrap¬
ings were then weighed. The results obtained were :

DRY MATERIAL (grams)

Top Bottom

Black . 0.2 107.3

White . 6.6 66.1

Since the size of populations on white and black plates is inverse with
respect to top versus bottom, these results suggest that these organisms
responded to the differential environmental light intensity. That is to say,
organisms moving below the plates would come into a zone of greater
change in light intensity when in the area of the black rather than the
white plates. For organisms moving above the plates the light relationship
would be reversed. Thus one might conclude that the larvae of sedentary
organisms may be attracted to areas or objects whose light reflection differs
perceptibly from that of the general background. This is the same type
of reasoning which is often suggested to explain the survival value of the
light ventral and dark dorsal colors of many aquatic animals, notably fish
and amphibia.

A STUDY OF THE BIOLOGY OF PALAEMONETES EXIL1PES
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO BIOMETRIC AND ECO¬
LOGICAL FACTORS

— W. Paschal Reeves, Jr., University of Alabama

Palacmonetcs exilipes Stimpson, the fresh water prawn, is common in
Alabama, especially in Tuscaloosa County. It is found in streams and
ponds, some of which are very shallow and reach high temperatures during
the summer. The average oxygen content of a typical habitat as deter¬
mined by the Winkler lodimetric method was 3.57 cc. per liter. Specimens
were cultured for more than two months in running-water aquaria.

In random sampling the females outnumbered the males in a ratio of
4:1, and are slightly larger. The measurements were: (in mm.)

58

Length of

Body-

Length of
Rostrum

Second Cheliped

Length of

Average . 29.0 30.1

Minimum 26.4 27.4

Maximum 30.8 32.0

Male Female

Male Female

7.8 8.0

6.9 6.0

9.0 9.2

Male Female

10.5 11.7

9.7 9.5

12.5 13.2

The eggs — attached to the swimmerets — have a deep green coloration
early in the summer which disappears as hatching approaches. Hatching
occurred in the field during the first half of July, but in the laboratory did
not begin until two weeks after field hatching ceased. Eggs which had been
in 0.02 M sodium ferricyanide for five hours hatched twenty-six hours
after removal to distilled water. Eggs treated with 0.02 M phlorizine for
three hours hatched seven hours after being placed in distilled water. With¬
in the egg the embryo is in the shape of a compressed U. In hatching the
cephalothorax is thrust outside the egg with the abdomen remaining inside
for several minutes. The larva then becomes detached ; and, after a brief
swimming period, floats near the bottom in a perpendicular position with
head downward. The length of the newly-hatched larvae averaged 4.5 mm.
The telson consists of a solid piece; eyes are not stalked; and no swim¬
merets or antennae are present, but exopods are well developed.

P. exilipes was subjected to the action of certain drugs which aid in
determining the process by which energy may be liberated. The lethal ef¬
fects were :

In 0.5 M sodium flouride all died within eight and one-half hours,
but in 0.02 M solution the survival time was greatly increased.

Iodoacetic acid was the most rapid lethal agent ; all animals dying
within an hour and a half in 0.02 M solution.

In 0.02 M sodium ferricyanide prawns lived seventy-two hours.

A 0.02 M solution of sodium benzoate yielded very irregular results.
Survival times varied from 16 to 106 hours.

From the evidence thus obtained it seems that Palaemonetes exilipes
derives its energy by first phosphorylating glucose before converting it.

THE EFFECTS OF DIFFERENT FIXATIVES ON INTRA-CELLU-
LAR STRUCTURES IN THE NEUROBLASTIC CELLS OF THE
GRASSHOPPER, CHORTOPHAGA VIRIDIFASCIATA

— Elliott R. Reiner, University of Alabama. (Demonstration).

Embryos of Chortophaga viridifasciata, 14 days old, at 26 centigrade
degrees were placed in six different fixing fluids : Bouin’s, Carnoy’s and
Lebrun’s, Carothers’, Flemming’s weak and strong, P.F.A.-15, and Zenk¬
er’s. The embryos were sectioned at 10 micra and stained with Heiden-
hain’s iron alum-hematoxylin. All of the fixatives were found suitable for
the general structures taking basic stains with the exception of the Bouin’s
fluid which gave a somewhat disfigured appearance to the stained struc¬
tures. The Zenker’s fluid appeared notable in two respects : first, that it
rendered the nucleolus stainable in both the resting and dividing cell and
second, that it gave relatively outstanding results in efforts to demonstrate
the spindle. It was interesting to note in considering the cells with visible
spindle fibers and the several cells with visible astral rays that no struc¬
ture was found that could be called a true centrosome.

59

EXTRACTION OF ESTROGENIC HORMONES

— Billy Roberts, Howard College.

The method of extraction used was practically the same as the con¬
tinuous extraction process which Doisy originated in 1930. This process
used butyl alcohol as the solvent for extraction of the hormones estrone
and estriol from the urine of pregnant women. The yield of hormones was
found to be about 0.5 milligram of estrone and 2 to 5 milligrams of estriol
per gallon of extracted urine. Acidification of urine before extraction
greatly improves the yield. All urine used in this investigation was ob¬
tained from The Hillman Hospital in Birmingham.

The purification of the butyl alcohol extract is rather complicated but
the essential steps depend upon the solubility of the hormones in butyl
alcohol, benzene, ethyl ether, and dilute sodium hydroxide. A very impor¬
tant step is the separation of the extract into two portions, one of which
is soluble in alkali and the other insoluble in alkali. The alkali soluble
portion contains practically no quantity of hormone which can be extracted
with ethyl ether.

The strength of hormones obtained by this process may be determined
in terms of rat units by standardization against rats. One unit is defined
as the amount which will cause a complete estrus cycle in a mature spayed
rat.

CERTAIN PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF THE SO-CALLED ROTATING
OR SPINNER PROJECTILE POINTS

— A. J. Robinson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute

In the classification for, projectile points, there should be a recog¬
nized class for the rotary points. This class in turn can be subdivided into
(a) beveled arrow and spear points, and (b) the spiraled blade or spinner
point.

According to Wilson (Report of U.S.N.M. Vol. 1, 1897) these projec¬
tiles are found in well defined areas of the southern and central states.
Both the beveled and spiral types are fairly common among the surface
objects which may be picked up at Indian sites in the counties of east cen¬
tral Alabama and at contiguous areas of western Georgia.

They are made in the Southeast from both crystalline and non-crystal¬
line materials.

All of the points are of the Stemmed Group which signifies a tight
connection to the shaft.

All of the projectiles in the collections observed by the writer are
beautifully and carefully made, a fact which would indicate a very special
use, one which would require delicate balance and accuracy.

Nearly all of these points are beveled in the same direction and pro¬
duce counter-clockwise rotation.

The construction of the points will positively give rotation even with¬
out the feather on the shaft.

One must conclude from a study of these points that the Indian made
them with the knowledge that they induced rotation, and that this spinning
was an aid to accurate marksmanship. That these arrows were used for a
special purpose. Possible for use in contest shooting, as the Indians were
great gamblers. The spiraled or spinner points usually have serrated edges
which would produce large ragged wounds ; therefore would be valuable
as war points. In any case the Indian must be credited with a great deal
of ingenuity in that he thought of rotation for his projectiles independently
of the white man.

60

COLLOIDAL SELENIUM

— Billy A. Smith, Howard College

A resume of the various methods of preparing selenium colloids and
of their properties is presented. The methods considered are chemical,
electrical and mechanical.

The three main types of selenium sols are hydrosols, organosols, and
solid sols or gels. Methods of preparing these types are given in detail and
some of their more important properties are enumerated.

A review of the important work done by Pochettino and others on
solid selenium sols and the protective action of certain substances toward
selenium sols are also discussed.

The catalytic behavior of selenium and some of its compounds is
discussed, particularly Selenium dioxide, which is especially useful for
oxidizing ketones and aldehydes according to the following scheme :

R-CHa-C-CHa + Se02 - R-C-O-C-CHa + H2O + Se

O O

The reaction of selenium on carbonyl selenide and on bisulfites is of
interest, and has been included in the paper.

The question as to whether the color in ruby selenium glass is due to
colloidal selenium or to crystalloidal selenium compounds is considered,
and evidence for and against is presented.

THE ATROPINE CONTENT OF THE NATIVE ALABAMA

HERBS, JIMSON WEED ( DATURA STRAMONIUM) AND

DEADLY NIGHTSHADE ( ATROPA BELLADONNA)

— Howard E. Smith and A. Wade Alford, University of Alabama.

The inability at the present time to secure foreign produced atropine
due to war conditions stimulated this investigation. The dried leaves of the
respective herbs were ground, weighed and an alcoholic, slacked lime
solution made for the purpose of extraction. Two methods of bioassay
were employed. These are the effect of atropine in causing complete vagal
blockage and the mydriatic effect upon the rabbit’s pupil. In the former
series female dogs weighing from 6 to 7 Kgs. were used. The vagal thres¬
hold stimulation was obtained, the effect on blood pressure being observed.
The source of stimulation was a special thyrotrom stimulator. Standard
atropine sulphate was then introduced into the femoral vein and complete
vagal blockage obtained after 0.000035 gm. of atropine per Kg. had been
given. A similar series was then run, using the unknown alcoholic stra¬
monium solution and it was determined that 100 gms. of dried stramonium
leaves would yield 1.33 gms. of atropine. The belladonna solution was also
tested. It was determined that the stramonium solution contained approxi¬
mately 23 times as much atropine as the belladonna solution. The second
method of assay was used only for the stramonium. In this series 0.05 cc.
of 1/50,000 dilution of atropine sulphate was used as a standard and
placed in the right eye of New Zealand white rabbits. In the left eye
0.05 cc. of diluted unknown alcoholic stramonium solution was used. The
amount of dilatation was noted at I5 minute intervals. It was found by
this method that 100 gms. of dried stramonium leaves would yield between
1.2 gms. and 1.5 gms. of atropine and thus served to confirm the vagal
blockage calculations.

61

THE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES AFFORDED BY KODA-
CHROMES IN TEACHING

— Septima C. Smith, University of Alabama.

1. The advantages and use of the 2x2 Kodachrome lantern slide are
discussed, including their use in photomicrography, copying and general
views.

2. Suitable equipment and cost is demonstrated and questions of fidel¬
ity of color rendition and permanence are discussed.

3. A demonstration of projected Kodachrome 2x2 lantern slides is
given of a variety of subjects, including maps, geography, geology, and
flower photography, including both closeups and general views of gardens.

4. Views showing seasonal changes of foliage are shown.

5. Photomicrographs taken with both low and high powers are shown
and some of the difficulties of this type of work are discussed.

INCIDENCE OF ENDAMOEBA HISTOLYTICA AND OTHER IN¬
TESTINAL PROTOZA IN A SELECTED GROUP IN ALA¬
BAMA

— Septima C. Smith, Jerome Roy Klingbeil and Frances Bell, Uni¬
versity of Alabama.

An opportunity was lately given us to investigate a small unit of a
recently-arrived group of British Flying Cadets for the incidence of in¬
testinal parasitism. This is a preliminary report upon our findings.

Forty-nine individuals have been examined to date. For 9 of these, a
second stool specimen has been obtained ;and for 2 of them, a third sample.
This makes a total of 60 indviidual examinations. Each of the 60 samples
was treated in the following manner : a fresh smear made with physiologi¬
cal saline (0.85% NaCL), a second one with d’Antoni’s iodine, and two
permanent preparations made of eac hand stained with Heidenhain’s Iron
Haematoxylin. This makes a total of 4 procedures on each of the 60 sam¬
ples, or a total of 240 preparations. A minimum of 10 minutes was spent
on each examination, or a total of 2400 minutes or 40 hours on examina¬
tions alone. The material was examined as soon as brought to the labora¬
tory and within 12 to 48 hours after being passed.

Positives, on all examinations, were found as follows :

1. Endamoeba histolytica — 1 case (No. 19) . 2.04%

2. Endamoeba coli — 5 cases (Nos. 11, 29, 37, 57 and 63) . 10.2%

3. Giardia lamblia — 2 cases (Nos. 14 and 43) . 4.08%

In comparison with the incidence known for the American civil popu¬
lation, this incidence is low. The problem will be re-examined with the
addition of the Zinc Sulphate Centrifugal Floatation technique, a concen¬
tration method, and upon a larger number of samples. This may raise the
percentage of infection to some extent.

The technique employed for the permanent preparations was a modifi¬
cation of that employed in the U. S. Navy Medical School at Washington,
D.C. This utilizes Johnson’s short method with the substitution of cello-
solve ( Ethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether ) for the dehydration-clearing
agent instead of the usual alcoholxylol series. We found that the addition
of lithium-carbonate (Li-'CO-i) to the wash water and the employment of
two changes of cellosolve improved the results.

62

OUTSTANDING OIL FIELDS OF SOVIET RUSSIA

— William E. Stanton, University of Alabama

A few short statements are given on the present day importance of the
Russian oil fields. This is followed up by a few remarks on the past history
of the oil regions.

History taken care of, a general geologic picture of the area of the
most important fields is given. The important fields are now taken up one
by one. The Maikop field is briefly described. Its early history and a few
sentences on its oil horizons are made. The Grozny field is taken up now
with its past history and geographical position touched upon. And the dis¬
cussion is closed with statements on its structure and oil horizons.

The main part of the paper is reached now with a discussion of the
important Baku fields. Again a short history is encountered. This is fol¬
lowed by a physical description of the Apsheron Peninsula. The geologic
features of the peninsula follow this.

Now a description of some of the centers that go to make up the
Baku Region. The Balkhani and Kirmaku fields are taken up with discus¬
sion mainly limited to the three divisions of paysands that crop out in
this area.

The Bibi-Eibat field is geographically mentioned and then the geologic
features pertaining to the production of oil make up the major part of the
remaining discussion on this area.

Now the matter of the interference by water bearing beds is met and
mentioned briefly. A few sentences now follow which state some of the
ideas on possible exhaustion of the areas. Some of the chief difficulties that
are met in the drilling of oil are stated and the reasons for such a vast
amount of oil being situated here are quoted.

INCIDENCE OF PNEUMOCOCCUS TYPES IN ALABAMA IN TWO

THOUSAND SPECIMENS

— L. S. Suter, State Board of Health, Montgomery.

Although Pasteur, Sternberg and others had investigated lance shaped
cocci in the saliva it was not until 1886 that Frankel and Weichselbaum
proved that lobar pneumonia was an infectious disease and that it was
caused by the “Pneumococcus.” In 1910 Neufeld, Handel & Cole dis¬
covered by cross agglutination and animal protection tests that pneumo¬
cocci were not alike in all respects. In 1928 Cooper and her colleagues be¬
gan a four-year study of the pneumococcus types. They found that the
heterogeneous group IV of Dochez and Gillespie, (1913), was composed of
29 different types. Since Cooper’s work two more types have been identi¬
fied, making at present a total of 34.

Late in 1937 the Bureau of Laboratories of the Alabama State Board
of Health introduced the service of examining sputa for Pneumococcus
types. In typing the pneumococci the Neufeld Quellung reaction is em¬
ployed. The smallest number of sputa was examined the first year, (1938) ;
the largest number was examined the following year, (1939). The number
then dropped off in 1940 and still more again in 1941, although a few more
were examined the last year than during the first year. The total for the
four-year period equaled 2062, with 959 positive, 1019 negative and 84
unsatisfactory for examination.

Statistics covering a study by Heffron of 14,000 cases of pneumonia
show that Types I, II, III, V, VII, and VIII occur with the greatest
frequency. These types are also the most virulent — the most virulent of

63

all being I, II and III. His study covered different geographical areas,
Europe, Africa, the Far East and Australia, and most of North America;
it considers only Types I, II and II and a Group IV which includes all
other types. This study shows that Type I is by far the most prevalent
followed by Types II and III. By comparing the results obtained in Ala¬
bama it is noted that the percentage distribution of types compares more
closely with that in Africa than with any other region.

In Alabama the type distribution over the four-year period is as fol¬
lows: By far the most prevalent Type is I (23.9%), followed in order by
Types III, VII, V, VIII, IV, II, XIX and VI. Each of the other 25 types
occurred in only 2%, or less of the cases; all of these other 25 types taken
together comprised only 27.4% of the entire number.

A sputum may contain more than one type of pneumococcus. Mixtures
of two types were found in sixteen sputa ; mixtures of three types were
found in four sputa. Mixtures occurred most frequently with Types VI,
VIII and III. In one instance a mixture of Types I and II were found in
the same sputum.

THE PERTURBATIONS IN THE b22, v=0 BAND OF CYANOGEN1

— A. T. Wager, Birmingham-Southern College

The violet and red systems of cyanogen have been developed strongly
in a flame obtained by mixing CHC13 with active nitrogen. Photographs of
the 0-0 and 0-1 bands of the violet system and of the 9-4 band of the
red system were made under high resolving power on the 30 ft. grating
at the University of Chicago.

Measurements of the plates revealed the positions of the expected2
perturbing levels relative to the undisplaced ones as follows : A v = — 0.340
cm-1, +0.927 cm-1, +1.202 cm-1, and +1.298 cm-1 for K = 4, 7, 11, and 15
respectively. The R- and P-lines to K — 7 are sharp and single: from
K = 7 through K = 14 they are wider and appear to be unresolved doub¬
lets, thus confirming that the perturbing level K = 7 is a IT state. The
lines from K — 15 to K = 21 are clearly desolved doublets, with A v 0.20
cm-1, proving that the perturbation with K= 15 is likewise a n level.

The same perturbations and enhancements are present in the O-l band
of the violet system, thus confirming that it is the upper state which is
perturbed. The corresponding2 weakening of the *11, v = 9 system is appar¬
ent in the photographs taken; the analysis of this system is now under way.

1. A. T. Wager, Phys. Rev. 61, 107 (1942).

2. H. Beutler and M. Fred, Phys. Rev. 61, 107 (1942).

LATERALITY DOMINANCE IN THE FOUR GOSPELS

— Groesbeck Walsh and Robert M. Pool, Fairfield

This is a critical review of the four gospels with laterality dominance
constantly in mind. It shows that the apostles, who were the authors of the
four gospels had definite knowledge of laterality dominance and that they
correlated this knowledge with the daily life of their period in conjunction
with the principals of Christianity and the teachings of Christ.

This review also shows that there is, indirectly, a connection between
laterality dominance and certain medical problems. This paper should be
of interest to members of the general public who have read the Bible and
it should also be of interest to the clergy and the medical profession.

64

FINGER PAINTING AS A CREATIVE EXPERIENCE

— Dorothy C. Washburn, Art Dept., University of Alabama

There is a definite need in this period of nervous strain for the creative
experiences that may be provided for through the various art media. Dur¬
ing this war the U. S. government has realized the importance of relaxa¬
tion and recreation and has created a department of Morale in which Art
in National Defense is to play an important part. Our long-term war plan
must include a program for leisure and relaxation not only for the soldier
but for the civilian as well. Teachers can render a great service for the
post-war world by providing activities in the present day schoolroom that
will relieve tensions and raise morale. We in the field of art feel that art
has much to offer. It can supplement or even take the place of some of the
modern amusements; it offers a means of creating useful objects; it pro¬
vides emotional outlets; it gives the satisfaction and joy of achievement.

Finger painting is a medium that not only provides a creative experi¬
ence but is frequently used as a crafts material, and also for diagnostic
purposes. A pre-school child’s first experience with finger-painting often
portrays certain character traits. She may very daintily put the tip of her
finger — and not more than the tip — in the finger paint, or he may put both
hands into it and by the time he has made several fish by placing his little
arm on the paper and quickly raising it and adding an eye, he has the paint
to his elbows.

Finger painting probably offers more opportunity for rhythmic move¬
ment than any other medium. Because of this use of body muscles, finger
painting is frequently done by professional artists for relaxation. So from
the pre-school age to the adult — they all have fun. Give the adults an op¬
portunity for “free play’’ and they, too, will be in paint up to their elbows.
They may finish by having a painting which they frame or by making an
all-over pattern to use for the cover of a scrap-book, covering for a knit¬
ting box made from an ice-cream container or the covering for any number
of other useful objects. But no matter what the “finished product” may be,
at the close of finger painting, there is always the exclamation, “Isn’t it
fun! Isn’t it wonderful!”

A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE STUDY OF MICROSEISMS
— A. J. Westland and W. Rhein, Spring Hill College

Previous papers have presented findings in the study of the nature and
origin of microseisms carried on for a period of over two years at the
Spring Hill College Observatory. These findings have confirmed the theory
that at least one type of micro earth tremors is associated with low pres¬
sure areas over the ocean.

The possibility that shorter-period microseisms, with definitely spaced
maxima and minima, may be caused by the passage of cold fronts, is now
being investigated with the aid of new and improved equipment. The re¬
sults to date are positive only to the point of encouraging continued and
more extended efforts along the same line.

65

REPORT OF STUDY OF 100 COLLEGE WOMEN AND THE EF¬
FECTIVENESS OF THEIR EDUCATION

—Pauline Park Wilson, University of Alabama

An intensive study of 100 college women graduates was made for the
purpose of finding out the needs and problems of women after college and
to determine the effectiveness of their education in helping them meet and
solve their needs and problems.

The study was made in Detroit, Michigan, at the Merrill-Palmer
School under a grant from the General Education Board in 1932. The staff
doing the study was composed of three sociologists, three psychologists, a
gynecologist, a nutritionist and a psychiatric social worker.

The women studied were selected on the following criteria: 75% mar¬
ried, 25% single; 75% graduates of co-education schools, 25% from
women’s colleges; graduation date after 1920; colleges scattered through¬
out the country ; willingness of the women to cooperate ; all holding bac¬
calaureate degrees. After selection the group was found to have a median
score on the Detroit Advanced Intelligence Test of 23 points higher than
the 75th percentile for college women. The median income was $2880.00
for the married women.

The data were collected by free association interviewing. An autobiog¬
raphy was completed for each woman studied. This covered life from
birth to the present. The material was analyzed on both a cross sectional
and longitudinal basis.

The findings for this group of women reveal: 1. that the important
and predictable events in the lives of women are for the most part never
prepared for by the individuals and institutions responsible for educating
them. 2. That individual differences revealed themselves at an early age
and tended to persist throughout life. 3. That no one aspect of an indi¬
vidual’s life could be considered irrespective of her total development.
4. That the most frequent problems faced by the women themselves were
those of personality. 5. That the major husband-wife problem was the
struggle for domination. 6. That money per se was not the problem.

Many other findings resulted from the study. These hold implications
for the education of women in parent education, elementary and secondary
as well as college education.

A report of this study is published under the name of “Women after
College.”

ARCHAEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN CLARKE COUNTY,
ALABAMA

— Steve B. Wimberly, Alabama Museum of Natural History,
Birmingham.

Early in the history of American archaeology much interest was cen¬
tered on the Indian mounds of Ohio. In those early days these mounds
were not known as Indian mounds but were said to have been built by the
“Mound Builders,” a people who supposedly preceded the American Indian
on this continent.

In later years archaeologists determined that these were Indian
mounds; mounds representing the works and remains of a group of Indians
who lived in the “Middle Period” of North American civilizations. These
people in no sense represented the archaic or basic civilization as formerly
believed, but existed during that period of cultural evolution when elaborate
funereal ceremonies came into vogue.

66

The highly developed culture represented by some of these mounds
has been given the name “Hopewell,” after the Ohio type site of that
name. The Hopewellian culture is usually identified by evidence of elab¬
orate burial customs and ceremonial objects such as copper axes and ban¬
ner stones, along with personal ornaments of shell and copper. Burials
made in carefully constructed log tombs are characteristic.

Until 1930 or thereabouts the Hopewellian culture was thought to be
confined to western Ohio and an adjacent strip of Indiana. Later, addi¬
tional finds in Missouri and Illinois, though limited, led archaeologists to
believe that the Hopewellian culture developed in the Mississippi Delta
region, advanced up the Mississippi Valley, then spread eastward into Indi¬
ana and Ohio.

Recent excavations in Clarke County, Alabama, have divulged a sig¬
nificant amount of Hopewellian pottery, and the one burial mound exca¬
vated in that area exhibited certain Hopewellian ceremonial traits.

The significance of these finds lie not in the museum value of the
material but in the revamping of the history of an important American
Indian culture. It is now established that the Hopewellian culture not only
spread through the Mississippi Valley but filtered through the Gulf Coastal
Region as far east as the coastal area of Alabama.

Again we are reminded that Alabama has everything.

CHEMISTRY OF VITAMIN “C”

— Stewart M. Winton, Howard College

This paper deals briefly with (a) the sources, (b) the pathological
uses, (c) the history leading up to the isolation of Vitamin C, and more
in detail with the chemistry of the vitamin as determined subsequent to
its isolation. Vitamin C is specific for the prevention and cure of the
deficiency disease known as scurvy. It is a very widely distributed vitamin,
but also a very unstable vitamin which si easily oxidized. Little was known
of the chemical properties of Vitamin C before 1932, the year of its isola¬
tion. Before its isolation Vitamin C could only be assayed biologically by:
(1) the preventative, (2) the curative, and (3) the microscopic structure
of the tooth methods. Knowledge of its chemical properties led to the de¬
velopment of methods of synthesis and also titration methods of assay
which are more rapid. Chemical assay methods in conjunction with results
by biological assay are very useful and helpful. The chief methods of
chemical assay are the ones using (1) the dye 2, 6-dichlorophenolindophe-
nol as indicator and standard, and (2) the iodine methods and modifica¬
tions. A modification of the iodine method developed by Robert Ballentine
(Ind. and Eng. Chem. Anal. Ed. Feb. 1941) was used in the Vitamin C
determination of canned citrus fruit juices and the juice of fresh fruit as
obtained on the open market. Briefly the method is as follows :

To five cc. of fruit juice, two cc. of 2NH2SO1 and one cc. of ten per
cent potassium iodide solution is added. The mixture is titrated with 0.01N
KIO to the typical iodine end-point using starch indicator. It was found
that canned juices ran only slightly lower in Vitamin C content than fresh
fruit juices and that only a relatively small amount of juice per day would
cheaply supply the minimum daily requirement. Even when pure ascorbic
acid is used as*the source of the vitamin, the minimum daily requirement
can be supplied for less than six cents.

67

LAND UTILIZATION IN SHELBY COUNTY, ALABAMA

— Lillian E. Worley; Alabama College, Montevallo

Since the appearance of the first settlers in this county around 1815,
cotton has been an important crop. The first sharp decrease in the produc¬
tion of this commodity appeared during the Civil War period and was no
doubt accounted for by the shortage of labor brought about by the War.
And again, the World War decade saw a sharp decrease both in acreage
and production. Since 1930 both acreage and production are again on the
downward trend. This is accounted for by the AAA and SCA Programs.
This year is to witness a further decrease of row crops and increased
acreage of small grains — hay and pasture.

Corn, too, has been an important crop in the county, but its production
shows very sharp fluctuations, the first marked decrease coming in the
Civil War period, the second in the decade 1900-10, after which there was
a sharp increase. This increase, however, was not so marked as the de¬
crease since 1920 has been.

In the early days wheat was an important crop, but by 1940 it was
almost non-existent. This year, however, every family being aided by FSA
has been asked to plant from one to three acres of wheat. Barley, buck-
wheat* tobacco and broom corn were once found on most farms, although
they were never planted in large acreages. In 1940 more land was devoted
to oats, wild and cultivated grasses and legumes.

Sugar cane for molasses has been an important crop since 1860. The
most marked decrease in production came in the decade 1920-30, followed
by a sharp increase the following decade. This may indicate that in rela¬
tively prosperous periods less molasses is consumed.

Both irish and sweet potatoes were planted by the early inhabitants,
and both have very erratic acreage and production curves. Sweet potatoes
have been definitely on the downward trend since 1920, but irish potatoes
are going stronger than ever.

Although peanuts have been planted for several decades this year the
crop is to receive special emphasis, both as a money crop and as food for
livestock.

Any study of agricultural land utilization is concerned either directly
or indirectly with livestock production. The most significant item in this
respect has been the decrease in numbers of workstock in the past twenty-
five years which is accounted for in part by the use of more efficient ma¬
chinery and power implements. In the past three or four years, however,
much interest has been created in the production of workstock for local
needs, and toward that end breeding stock has been placed in the county.

Since 1930 there has been an increase in dairy cattle due to the loca¬
tion near Birmingham where the products may be marketed. There are
few beef cattle in the county because of the small acreage available for
pasture land, and because feed stuff is limited. This year, however, ought
to show increases in cattle and swine production since both the County
Extension and Farm Security programs are stressing more livestock, bet¬
ter facilities for their care, and more livestock food crops.

The most conspicuous increase in livestock numbers has been in poul¬
try. Since 1930 corn has been cheap, and farmers have found it more prof¬
itable to market it through poultry.

68

ABSORBTION OF OXYGEN IN ALKALINE SOLUTIONS OF
MERCAPTANS

— John Xan and Arthur Dowell, Howard College

The rate of solution of gaseous oxygen in alkaline solutions of mer- •
captans was found to follow the equation Ki = x/At, where K> is a con¬
stant with the dimensions of moles of oxygen /hour / square centimeter
of surface area/ millimeter of pressure differential.

The reaction was found to be complicated and to be a series of re¬
actions rather than a single reaction. The limiting reaction in the first
portion of the reaction was found to be of the second order but was con¬
verted to the first order by the conditions of the experiment.

In weak solutions of alkali the only oxidation product was found to be
the dissulfide, but as the concentration of the alkali was increased, the
reaction went further, even to the formation of some sulfonic acids.

SOME PROPERTIES OF FOAMS

— Howard Young, Birmingham-Southern College

The physico-chemical theory presented by C. W. Foulk, of the Ohio
State University, is discussed and the relationship between this theory and
Gibbs’ equation for surface tension is shown.

Numerous comparisons are made between the properties of foams and
emulsions ; for example, the action of added electrolytes and of protective
colloids.

The work done by Foulk on the effect of solid matter in boiler-water
foaming was discussed.

Examples were given of desirable and undesirable foams. Among the
former are foams in flotation processes, in beer, and in fire fighting ap¬
paratus. Methods of preventing, or subduing undesirable foams were given
where possible.

69

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Page

Adcock, J. C . 16

Alford, W . 60

Ambert, J. P . 16

Andress, T . 42

Barbour, W. R . 18

Baker, W. M . 17

Barnes, G. F . 17

Barton, C. F . 21, 47

Basore, C. A . 18

Beatty, A. V . 19, 43

Bell, F . 61

Blair, J. C . 19

Blair, J. R . 20

Bordenca, C . 20

Breckenridge, C. G . 56

Brower, W. J. . 54

Brown, E . 39

Bruhn, J. M . 21, 47

Carlson, J. G . 22

Carmichael, E. B . 22, 23, 47, 53

Chandler, R . 43

Chapman, H. H . 24

Christenson, R. 0 . 30

Clepper, H. A . 24

Coulliette, J. H . 34

Crammer, H. P . 46

Creel, H . 30

Davidson, J. L . 34

Donnell, J. R . 34

Donoho, C . 35

Dowell, A . 68

Duggar, J. F . 35

Duggar, J. F., Jr . 36

Emigh, E. D . 36

Englebrecht, M. A . 37

Frishe, W. C . 38

Gale, J. C . 55

Gerhardt, H . 38

Gillis, E . 39

Glenn, W. E . 39

Gordon, L . 40, 56

Goslin, R . 40

Gregg, J. H . 57

Gregg, J . 40

Harper, R. M . 41, 42

Holbert, J. M . 42

Page

Holbert, Jean . 42

Holmes, B. J . 43

Huff, K . 43

Hunt, J. A . 44

Johnson, L. E . 45

Jones, E. V . 45, 46

Kassner, J. L . 46

Kay, F. A . 23, 47, 53

Keller, A. D . 20, 21, 47

Klingbeil, J. R . 61

Lawrence, W. E . 21, 47

Lewis, E . 48

McPherson, W. R . 48

Means, J. A . 52

Nichols, M . 43

Owens, S. E . 53

Partlow, D. B . 54

Patty, J. R . 54

Pennington, E. E . 55

Peoples, S. A . 55

Phillips, G. W . 23, 47, 53

Pomerat, C. M . 43, 56, 57

Pool, R. M . 63

Reiner, E. R . 58

Roberts, B . 59

Robinson, O. J . 59

Reeves, W. P., Jr . 57

Rhein, W . 64

Smith, S. C . 61

Smith, H. E . 60

Stanton, W. E . 62

Suter, L. S. . 62

Thompson, W. D . 46

Wager, A. T . 63

Walsh, G. F . 63

Washburn, D. C . 64

Westland, A. J . 64

Wilson, P. P . 65

Wimberly, S. B . 65

Winston, S . 66

Worley, L. . 67

Xan, J . 68

Young, N . 68

70

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1942-43

President, Mack Allison, Phillips High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Vice-President, Jane Richmond, Bishop Toolen High School. ...Mobile, Ala.

Secretary, Estelle Cooley, Convent of Mercy Academy . Mobile, Ala.

Treasurer, Hazel Karter, Sacred Heart Academy . Cullman, Ala.

Counselors :

Miss Clustie McTyeire, Chairman (1 yr.),

1804 Arlington Ave . Bessemer, Ala.

Dr. H. E. Wilcox (2 yrs.), Howard College . Birmingham, Ala.

Miss Swan Ella Owens (3 yrs.) . Opp, Ala.

CHAPTERS OF THE

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
and Official Delegates at the Tenth Annual Meeting,
Woodlawn High School, Birmingham, Alabama,
March 20 and 21, 1942

Billingsley High School — not represented . Billingsley, Ala.

Bishop Toolen High School— Margaret Watler . Mobile, Ala.

Blessed Sacrament Academy — Ellis Walker . Birmingham, Ala.

Coffee High School — not represented . Enterprise, Ala.

Convent of Mercy Academy — Martha Boudousquie . Mobile, Ala.

DeKalb County High School — not represented . Fort Payne, Ala.

Ensley High School — Doris Norton . Ensley, Ala.

Greensboro High School — not represented . Greensboro, Ala.

Hueytown High School — Anna Belle Camper . Bessemer, Ala.

Jones Valley High School — Milton Slater . Birmingham, Ala.

Minor High School — not represented . Ensley, Ala.

Montgomery County High School — not represented . Ramer, Ala.

Murphy High School — Randall Laffree . Mobile, Ala.

Opp High School — Norris Dunn . Opp, Ala.

Phillips High School — Mack Allison . Birmingham, Ala.

Sacred Heart Academy — Jean Robinson . Cullman, Ala.

Saint Bernard High School — James Bendell . St. Bernard, Ala.

Saint Paul’s High School — not represented . Birmingham, Ala.

Shades-Cahaba High School — Ralph Holliman . Homewood, Ala.

Sidney Lanier High School — Frank Tripp . Montgomery, Ala.

Tallassee High School — Harold Meeks . Tallassee, Ala.

West Jefferson High School — Betty Jean Dale . Quinton, Ala.

Woodlawn High School — Gladys Palmer . Birmingham, Ala.

Visitation Academy — not represented . Mobile, Ala.

A total of 171 delegates registered for the meeting.

71

SENIOR ACADEMY CERTIFICATES OF AWARD

Best Paper — Alabama’s Wealth in Mineral Resources

Hueytown High School . Bessemer, Ala.

Best Exhibit in Physics — Fluorescent Lighting

Woodlawn High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Best Exhibit in Chemistry — Fractional Distillation of Oil

Ensley High School . Ensley, Ala.

Best Exhibit in Biology — General Biology

Convent of Mercy Academy . Mobile, Ala.

Best Exhibit in Science in Industry — Bleaching of Cloth

Hueytown High School . Bessemer, Ala.

72

FINANCIAL REPORT FOR THE ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MARCH 21, 1942

RECEIPTS (Received by Dr. Kassner since las treport)

Balance, March 21, 1941 . $ 86.92

Registration Fees at Mobile . 44.45

Tuscaloosa County High School — Dues paid

March 25, 1941 . 2.00 $133.37

EXPENDITURES (By Dr. Kassner since last report)

Local expenses — Mobile meeting . $ 3.00

Expense, Local Counselor, Mobile . 2.89

Engraving Certificates . 10.00

Extra janitor service, Mobile . 1.50

Binding Five Volumes, Proceedings . 8.00

Postage and Miscellaneous Expense

May, 1940, to August, 1941 . 4.92 $ 30.31

BALANCE

(Transferred Aug. 25, 1941 to P. P. B. Brooks,

Chairman, Committee of Counselors, 1941-42) . $103.06

REPORT OF P. P. BROOKS, CHAIRMAN, FROM
AUGUST 25, 1941 TO MARCH 21, 1942

RECEIPTS

Balance transferred by Dr. Kassner . $103.06

Chapter Dues . 44.00

Membership Cards . 1.75

Registration for Birmingham meeting . 42.75 $191.56

EXPENDITURES

Birmingham Engraving Company . . . $ 18.45

Expense of President, Postage, etc . 5.83

Postage of Treasurer . 1.28

Expense, Chairman of Counselors, postage.

telegraph, etc . 6.56

Expense, Local Counselor — postage, etc . 1.50

Guest Tickets to Banquet . 17.25

Expense, Meeting at Wopdlawn High School . 12.77 $ 63.64

BALANCE, March 21, 1942 . $127.92

EDITH GEISLER, Counselor to Pres.
C. M. FARMER ) For

JAMES L. KASSNER j A.A.S.

Signed :

P. P. B. BROOKS, Chm., Counselors
HELEN JUNE HARDIN, President
ROBERT DOYLE, Treasurer
ROBERT WEEKS, Secretary

73

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Allen, Edgar (A) . Yale University, New Haven, Conn.

Gardner, Wright A. (A) . Auburn, Ala.

§*Graham, John Y. (A) . Alta Apts., 33, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Reinke, E. E. (A) . Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation . Birmingham, Ala.

Alabama College . Montevallo, Ala.

Alabama Polytechnic Institute . Auburn, Ala.

Alabama Power Company, Thomas Bragg, Vice Pres . Birmingham, Ala.

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce . Montgomery, Ala.

American Cast Iron Pipe Company . Birmingham, Ala.

Birmingham Slag Company, 2019 Sixth Ave. N . Birmingham, Ala.

Birmingham-Southern College . Birmingham, Ala.

Birmingham Trust & Savings, John S. Coleman, Pres . Birmingham, Ala.

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation, 2201 First Ave . Birmingham, Ala.

Howard College . Birmingham, Ala.

Huntingdon College . Montgomery, Ala.

Jacksonville State Teachers College . Jacksonville, Ala.

Judson College . Marion, Ala.

McKesson & Robbins, Inc . Birmingham, Ala.

Portland Cement Association, Watts Building . Birmingham, Ala.

Ruston, Allen, Birmingham Ice & Cold Storage . . . Birmingham, Ala.

Southern Natural Gas Co., Watts Building . Birmingham, Ala.

Stockham Pipe & Fittings Co . Birmingham, Ala.

Troy State Teachers College . Troy, Ala.

University of Alabama . University, Ala.

Woodward Iron Company . Birmingham, Ala.

Active Members

t Abercrombie, W. F. (A) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Adcock, Miss Julia C. (C) . Route -1, Box 29 E, Birmingham, Ala.

Alabama Department of Archives and History . Montgomery, Ala.

Albin, J. R . 401 Courthouse, Birmingham, Ala.

Allen, Roger W. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

§*Allison, Fred (G) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Almon, Lois . Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Anderson, A. B . . . Shannon, Ala.

Anderson, Harold V. (C) . Route 1, Box 29-C, Birmingham, Ala.

Andrews, T. G. (C) . . . University, Ala.

Arant, Frank S. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

♦Charter members of the Academy.
fMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.
The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, (B) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology, (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine, (G) Physics, (H) Industry and Economics, (I) Teaching of
Science.

74

fArcher, Allan F. (A). .Co. C, Reception C’ter, Ft. McPherson, Atlanta, Ga.
Arnold, Paul J. (A). Jacksonville State Tchrs. College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Attaway, C. F . . . 323 Evergreen St., Brewton, Ala.

Ayrs, O. L. (B) . 1001-28th Place S, Birmingham, Ala.

§Bales, P. D. (G) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

fBarnes, G. F. (B) . Judson College, Marion, Ala.

*Basore, C. A. (D) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Beatty, A. C. (A) . University, Ala.

Beaudry, D. P. (D) . 2636 Ridgeway Ave., Ensley, Birmingham, Ala.

Bell, Frances . 1216-8th Avenue, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A). ...Alabama College, 305 Nabors St., Montevallo, Ala.

Blair, C. S. (C) . Black Diamond Coal Mining Co., Comer Bldg.,

Birmingham, Ala.

Blair, Ruth T . 418-6th St., S.W., Birmingham, Ala.

Bordenca, C. (B) . Ala. Poly Institute, 204 South Gay, Auburn, Ala.

Bowles, Edgar . 2000 Massachusetts Ave., Washington, D.C.

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Brame, J. L. (C) . Montgomery, Ala.

*Brannon, P. A. (C) . Dept, of Archives and History, Montgomery, Ala.

Brooks, P. P. B. (G).. Sidney Lanier High School, 212 Ponce de Leon Ave.

Montgomery, Ala.

Brown, R. D. (B) . State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Bruhn, John M. (A) . University, Ala.

fBunton, P. B . care Spencer Lens Company, Box 4208, Atlanta, Ga.

Bush, J. D. (F) . Box 1965, University, Ala.

Carlson, J. G. (A) . University, Ala.

§Carmichael, E. B. (B) . University, Ala.

Chauvin, Viola (A) . U. S. Marine Hospital, Mobile, Ala.

Christenson, R. O. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

§Coghill, W. H. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Cole, Frank T. (G) . Weather Bureau Office, Mobile, Ala.

Coons, K. W. (B) . University, Ala.

Copson, R. L. (B) . T.V.A., 110 Plant One, Sheffield, Ala.

Corley, Miss Nora (A) . State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

§Cotton, W. E. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Cornell, B. M . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 518 Wright’s Mill Pond,

Auburn, Ala.

Cotter, H. F. (B) . University, Ala.

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) . American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham, Ala.

Crane, Ina Barbee (F) . Tutwiler Hall, University, Ala.

Crawley, C. B. (G) . University, Ala.

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) . State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Cunningham, F. F. (D) . State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Dahms, Harold F. (C) . T.V.A., Knoxville, Tenn.

Damon, S. R. (F) . State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Dejarnette, David (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University, Ala.

DeWilton, E. L. (A) . 1502 N. 15th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Dorroh, J. L . Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Dowdey, Perry Frank . West Jefferson High School, Labuco, Ala.

Dugger, J. F., Sr. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Dugger, J. F., Jr. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

East, Isaac Young . Southern Kraft Corp., Moss Point, Miss.

Eisele, John Lewis (G) . Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Emigh, E. D. (D) . Weather Bureau, Montgomery, Ala.

Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A) . . . University, Ala.

Evans, G. Harlowe (B) . Huntingdon College, 209 Woodley Road,

Montgomery, Ala.

75

Fair, Baxter B. (F) . U. S. Veterans Hospital, 72 Virginia Ave.,

Montgomery, Ala.

f*Farmer, C. M. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

Faxon, F. W . 83-91 Francis St., Buck Bay, Boston, Mass.

Ferguson, Hal (F) . T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Fies, M. H. (D) . Transportation Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Foley, J. O. (F) . University, Ala.

Ford, Thomas A. (D) . Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

Gandrud, B. W. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, University, Ala.

Garren, K. H. (A) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Gary, C. M . State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Gattman, F. L. (A) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard, Ala.

Geisler, Miss Edith (A) . Adger, Ala.

Gerhardt, Henry (E) . 1215 Elmira St., Mobile, Ala.

Gibson, J. S. (D) . State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Gillis, Ewen (B) . Howard College, 7900 7th Ave., S., Birmingham, Ala.

fGlazner, J. F. (D) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Glenn, W. E. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

Goff, John Hedges . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Goss, C. M. (F) . 124 Highlands, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Grace, John Lamar, Jr . Jones Valley High School, 615 Wilson Road,

Powderly, Ala.

§Graves, Stuart (F) . University, Ala.

Greenwood, Frances A . University, Ala.

fGrover, M. A . T. C. I. Co., Box 590, Birmingham, Ala.

Hackworth, L. E . Harvard Medical School, Cambridge, Mass.

Hampe, David E. (D) . Ala. Dept, of Conservation, Wellington Road,

Montgomery, Ala.

fHargis, E. H. (F) . 28th St. and 12th Ave., N., Birmingham, Ala.

§Harper, R. M. (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University, Ala.

Harris, Francis B. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College ,

866-5th Place, W., Birmingham, Ala.

Hart, Kermit T . Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Hazlehurst, G. H. (A) . Alabama Dept, of Public Health,

519 Dexter Ave., Montgomery, Ala.

Hazzard, W. W . Box 68, Columbiana, Ala.

Hearn, Jane Kessler . 933-8th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

§Heath, H. C. (A)... .Huntingdon College, 21 Agnew St., Montgomery, Ala.
Hertzog, E. S. (B)....U. S. Bureau of Mines, 505-18th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Hess, A. D. (F) . Dept, of Health and Safety, T.V.A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Hess, Margaret (A) . Judson College, Marion, Ala.

§Hinman, E. H. (A)... .Health and Safety Dept., T.V.A., Wilson Dam, Ala.

Hobbs, Lindsey M . University, Ala.

Hodges, R. S. (A) . University, Ala.

Horton, E. C. (C) . Weather Bureau, 1221 N. 13th St., Birmingham, Ala.

Hostetter, I. M. (E) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Howell, W. M. (F) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Howse, B. C. (F) . T. C. I. Hospital, 333-38th St., Fairfield, Ala.

Hunt, T. E. (F) . University, Ala.

Hunt, T. W . Lockhart, Ala.

JHyde, J. W. (A) . National Resources Planning Board

3321 Shelburne Road, Baltimore, Md.

Jennings, Henry L . Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham, Ala.

Jones, A. W . Agriculture Adjustment Administrator, Auburn, Ala.

§Jones, E. V. (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

§Jones, H. D. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

§*Jones, W. B. (C) . Department of Conservation, Montgomery, Ala.

76

§* Jones, W. C. (F) . T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Kassner, J. L. (B).. University of Alabama, 1000-13th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Kendrick, L. D . Phipps & Bird, 5808-6th Ave., S., Birmingham, Ala.

fKennedy, A. M. (B) . University, Ala.

Krause, June . Valley Vocational High School, Fairfax, Ala.

Kraxberger, W. W. (C) . 4535 E. 16th Avenue, Denver, Colo.

Land, J. E. (B).... . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

fLang, George . Box 2021, University, Ala.

Lassen, Leon (C) . 105 Macy St., Mobile, Ala.

Lathrop, F. P . Scottsboro, Ala.

Lawler, Matt . . . Toulminville, Ala.

fLeach, Chas. N. (F) . State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Littlejohn, Jeanette (B) . Huntingdon College, Montgomery, Ala.

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) . University, Ala.

Lord, James (C) . Rockwood Alabama Stone Co., Russellville, Ala.

McCaffrey, Joseph E. . Southern Kraft Corp., Mobile, Ala.

McElwee, E. W. (A).. ..Ala, Poly. Institute, 481 Pinedale Rd., Auburn, Ala.

McFarland, Robert W . Alabama Museum of Herpetology, P. O. Box 685,

Fairhope, Ala.

McGehee, Mary Frances . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

McGlamery, Winnie (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University, Ala.

McTyeire, Clustie Evelyn....Hueytown High School, 1804 Arlington Ave.,

Bessemer, Ala.

McVay, Thomas (B) . University, Ala.

fMacormac, A. R. (D) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

MacDonald, Margaret B . Citronelle, Ala.

MacKenzie, J. T. (B) . 4300 Glenwood Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

Malone, J. M. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College

1102-7th Ave., W., Birmingham, Ala.

Marsh, John F . U. S. Dept, of Agr., 10 Thorn Place, Montgomery, Ala.

Martin, E. C. (D) . Dept, of Conservation, Selma, Ala.

Martin, H. M. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Medlock, Olin C . Soil Conservation Service, 368 Payne St., Auburn, Ala.

Mitchell, Flora M . Central High School, Central Heights, Florence, Ala.

Mobley, W. M. (H) . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

Montgomery, J. P. (B) . University, Ala.

Moore, G. C . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Box 1031, Auburn, Ala.

Moore, Mildred (A). . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Moore, Omar C. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Moore, W. A. (E)'. . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

Monroe, Watson H . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

Morgan, Sam R., Jr. (D) . Soil Conservation Service, P. O. Box 1431,

Montgomery, Ala.

Morrison, Edmund (A) . Billingsley High School, Billingsley, Ala.

Mullahy, John H. (A) . Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Mundhenk, R. L. (F) . Ala. Poly. Institute, 150 Burton St., Auburn, Ala.

Murphy, Sam Ross (D) . Dept, of Conservation, Box 24, Jasper, Ala.

Nettles, Lou Ellen . McKenzie High School, Arlington, Ala.

Nixon, H. W . Auburn, Ala.

Olive, Alfred H. (B) . ....Howard College, Springville, Ala.

Oliver, R. B . University of Alabama, 304 Thomas St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

§Ott, W. P. (E) . University, Ala.

fOverton, A. G. (D) . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant, Ala.

Owens, Miss Swan Ella . Opp High School, Opp, Ala.

§Palmer, G. D. (B) . . . University, Ala.

Parks, Helen C . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

Patty, Dr. J. R . 7815 Fifth Avenue, So., Birmingham, Ala.

77

Pearson, A. M. (A) . Biological Survey, Auburn, Ala.

Pennington, Elsie . McAdory High School, McCalla, Ala.

§Peoples, S. A. (F) . University, Ala.

Pepinsky, Raymond (G) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Phillips, Grady W. (F) . University of Alabama, 6628 1st Ave., S.,

Birmingham, Ala.

Pike, Mabel R . T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield, Ala.

Pilkington, A. J . 105 Bush Ave., Mobile, Ala.

fPole, G. R. (B) . T.V.A., House 87, Village 1, Sheffield, Ala.

Pomerat, C. M. (A) . Box 2047, University, Ala.

Pool, R. M. (F) . 652 Ridgeway Road, Fairfield, Ala.

Poor, R. S. (C) . . . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Pressley, W. S . Lee County High, Auburn, Ala.

§Prickett, C. O. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Rasor, F. W. (D) . U. S. Forest Service, Box 40, Montgomery, Ala.

Reed, Clyde T . Marion Military Institute, Marion, Ala.

Reeves, W. P., Jr. (A) . . . . . Sheffield, Ala.

Reynolds, J. P. (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Richards, Leon W. (B) . Howard College, 8802-2d Court N.,

Birmingham, Ala.

*Robinson, Mary E. (A) . 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham, Ala.

§*Robinson, J. M. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Rushing, E. D . University, Ala.

Rushton, E. R. (B) . T. V. A., P. O. Box 556, Florence, Ala.

Rutledge, A. W. (A) . State Teachers College, Florence, Ala.

Sharman, J. R . University, Ala.

§Sharp, C. G . ..Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

Schultz, O. W . Address unknown

Silvia, E. R. De . U. S. Forest Service, Box 40, Montgomery, Ala.

Sizemore, W. R. (D) . Ala. Division of Forestry, Box 328, Ozark, Ala.

Sledd, Arthur (B) . Judson College, Marion, Ala.

Smith, H. E . Box 695, University, Ala.

Smith, Ralph Jackson . 1401 Brown St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

§Smith, Septima C. (A) . University, Ala.

*Smyth, P. H. (G) . U. S. Weather Bureau, 806 Winona Ave.,

Montgomery, Ala.

Snow, C. E. (C) . University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

§Sommer, Anna (B) . Ala. Poly Institute, 348 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

Spies, Tom D. (M.D.) . Hillman Hospital, Birmingham, Ala.

fSpieth, Alda May (A) . State Teachers College, Livingston, Ala.

Starling, J. H. (A) . Troy High School, Troy, Ala.

§Starr, L. E. (A) . Alabama Polytechnci Institute, Auburn, Ala.

fStevens, Russell B. (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Sullivan, Edmund B. (B) . Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Suter, L. S. (A) . Ala. State Dept, of Public Health, Montgomery, Ala.

Tarbutton, Grady (B).. . T. V. A., Box 1485, Wilson Dam, Ala.

Tarzwell, Clarence M. (A) . . . T. V. A., No. 3 LaFayette Apts.,

Dccstur ^ | ^

Tellier, A. J. (E) . 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile, Ala.

Thompson, D. H. (B) . 917 Valley Road Place, Birmingham, Ala.

Thompson, Minouise . 300-42d St., Fairfield, Ala.

Thompson, W. D . Medical School, George Washington University,

Washington, D. C.

Tilson, W. L. (D) . Weather Bureau Airport Station, Mobile, Ala.

Todhunter, E. Neige . Box 1051, University, Ala.

Toffel, G. M. (B) . Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

Toler, Brooks (D) . Division of Forestry, Montgomery, Ala.

78

Tourtelot, Harry A. (C) . Troy, Ala.

§Tower, J. A. (D) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Van Aller, T. S. (F) . 902 Charleston St., Mobile, Ala.

Wager, Alan T. (G) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

Walsh, Mary Vincent (B) . Visitation Academy, Mobile, Ala.

Walsh, Groesbeck F. (F) . Employees Hospital, T. C. I., Fairfield, Ala.

Ward, John M . Ala. State Chamber of Commerce, Montgomery, Ala.

Ward, Thomas (A) . Elb High School, Elba, Ala.

Watson, J. H . Division of Forestry, Box 133, Dadeville, Ala.

Webb, J. W. (A) . Box 469, Auburn, Ala.

fWeishaupt, C. G. (A) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

fWestland, A. J. (C) . Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

White, Rev. Urban (B) . St. Bernard College, Cullman, Ala.

§*Whiting, W. A. (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Ala.

fWilcox, H. E. (B) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

Wilks, W. T . Tallassee High School, Box 41, Tallassee, Ala.

Williamson, Grace . 4213 Parkway, Fairfield, Ala.

Williamson, Josephine . 4213 Parkway, Fairfield, Ala.

Wilson, Mrs. Pauline Park . University of Alabama, 34 Guilds Woods,

I 1 1 C P* 1 /VA C O /\ 1 O

Wimberly, Steve B. (C) . T. C. I. Co., Box 29 E, Route 1,

Birmingham, Ala.

Wingard, Mrs. R. E. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Wood, C. R. (E) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville, Ala.

Wood, T. A. (A) . Marion Institute, Marion, Ala.

Woodall, P. H . 1 101 -27th Place, S., Birmingham, Ala.

Woolf, F. P. (F) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Woolley, Mary . Murphy High School, Mobile, Ala.

Worley, Lillian (D) . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

§Xan, John (B) . Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

§Yancey, P. H. (A) . Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

Young, Monroe . . . Greensboro, Ala.

Associate Members

Boyd, John M . Box 271, University, Ala.

Brower, Walter Jordan . 2772 Hanover Circle, Birmingham, Ala.

Butler, Robert L., Jr . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

Cason, Mrs. Louise R. (F) . University of Alabama, 419 Caplewood,

Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Capouya, Miss Mathilde . Box 452, University, Ala.

Creel, Hubert H . 318 S. Gay St., Auburn, Ala.

Denaro, Salvatore . 1016-8th Ave., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dowling, Herndon, Jr . 1426 Brown St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Haeberle, Fred Roland . 388 Clinton Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Kinnear, R. W . Address unknown

Klingbeil, Jerome . University, Ala.

Koch, Leonard . University of Alabama, 1224% 8th St.,

Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Long, A. R . Weather Bureau Office, Meridian, Miss.

Mayfield, Sara . ..Idllwyld, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Munro, W. M . 210 Woodley Rd., Montgomery, Ala.

Powell, Maurice . , . 2233-22d St., Ensley, Ala.

Sherrill, Richard B . Cahaba Rd., Birmingham, Ala.

Strakos, Robert P . 731 12th St., Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Wheeler, J. H . Ala. Poly. Institute, 311 W. Magnolia St., Auburn, Ala.

79

e m b e r 8
Deceased

Andrew Richard Bliss, Jr., August 12, 1941
Henry Peter Loding, February 26, 1942

.

SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS
FRATERNAL PUBLICATIONS
COMMERCIAL PRINTING
BOOKS

WEATHERFORD

PRINTING COMPANY

Phone 5738

BROAD STREET

TUSCALOOSA, ALA.

i.aiL' NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
77th Street & Central Park West
NEW YORK, N. Y.

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

OCTOBER 1943

■proo VOLUME 15 . v 0?

V*# ^ 1'":i " / , - . U ’ - A

nr? rJrH''

V 1

1

*

. , , .. 4 - V* (A try v>

7 / in ^

r & ; ( ,

Proceedings of the Executive Committee and Papers and Abstracts

Prepared for the 1943 Meeting

Office of the Editor
University of Alabama
University, Alabama

I .

yy*S» • ■ ***•

•v {e' ^v?- :;-

i;-‘ .i.au-.}-

mi

m . *£ S ■ M$M

* * -r? ? ■• ■; . •• • :* r '* ***V - .;.-v >g& *<#£7 , -V vy..y^; ?t?&*£.'*ehv&£m 3§S^vtta

:

.7 ■• ••• 7--. n-:^mU>'z v- ■*

17

V/ 7 •. -: :

Vk7<

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

OCTOBER 1943

VOLUME 15

Proceedings of the Executive Committee and Papers and Abstracts

Prepared for the 1943 Meeting

Office of the Editor
University of Alabama
University, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy . 3

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting . 7

The Treasurer’s Report— . 10

The Nominating Committee’s Report . 11

Original Papers Prepared for the Twentieth Annual Meeting

of the Alabama Academy of Science . 13

Abstracts of Papers Prepared for the Twentieth Annual Meeting

of the Alabama Academy of Science . 28

Index of Authors . 35

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science:

Junior Academy Officers . 36

High School Chapters . 36

Junior Academy Financial Statement . 37

Members of the Alabama Academy of Science :

Honorary . 38

Sustaining . . ! . 38

Active . 38

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1943-44

President, E. V. Jones . . . Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

President-Elect, James T. MacKenzie . American Cast Iron Pipe Co.,

Birmingham

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

J. M. Robinson, Biology and Medical Science . Auburn

W. C. Frishe, Chemistry . Auburn

Peter A. Brannon, Geology and Anthropology . Montgomery

Lillian Worley, Geography and Conservation . Montevallo

G. F. Barnes, Physics and Mathematics . Marion

Roy Goslin, Industry and Economics . Auburn

James L. Kassner, The Teaching of Science . University

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery . University

Treasurer, John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham

Councilor of A.A.A.S., Septima C. Smith . University

Editor of the Journal, Emmett B. Carmichael . University

Councilors for Junior Academy:

H. E. Wilcox (1 yr.) . Howard College, Birmingham

Kathryn M. Boehmer (2 yrs.) . Ensley High School, Birmingham

A. V. Beatty (3 yrs.) . . . University

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMY

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: E. D. Emigh, Chair¬
man; Fred Allison, G. F. Barnes, J. L. Brakefield, C. S. Blair,
Peter A. Brannon, Emmett B. Carmichael, P. J. Conner, R. L.
Copson, F. F. Cunningham, S. R. Damon, C. M. Farmer, Milton H.
Fies, Thomas Ford, J. S. Gibson, F. J. Glazner, H. C. Heath, E. V.
Jones, Walter B. Jones, Clustie Evelyn McTyeire, Haygood Pat¬
erson, A. J. Pilkington, R. S. Poor, Frank Rasor, E. V. Smith,
Grady Tarbutton, Brooks Toler, A. J. Westland, T. A. Wood, Lil¬
lian Worley, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Research: Fred Allison, Chairman; S. J. Lloyd, J. F. Dug-
gar, S. S. Heide, J. T. MacKenzie.

Committee on Publication: J. H. Coulliette, Chairman; R. O. Christen¬
son, Carl Bordenca, Peter A. Brannon, Lillian Worley, Roy Gos¬
lin, Swan Ella Owens, Emmett B. Carmichael, ex-officio.

Long Range Planning Committee : R. S. Poor, Chairman; C. M. Farmer,
G. D. Palmer, Walter B. Jones, E. D. Emigh, W. A. Moore, John
Goff, Clustie McTyeire.

4

TO THE MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Tarrant, Ala., November 24, 1942.

Dear Member :

Due to speed-up programs, loss in personnel and increasing transpor¬
tation difficulties, there has been some discussion among the members about
the advisability of holding the Spring meeting of the Alabama Academy
of Science. This letter is addressed to the Executive Committee and espe¬
cially to the Section Chairmen, who are largely responsible for a success¬
ful program, for your consideration and advice.

Unfortunately, Auburn is not centrally located for the majority of
active members and public transportation systems are rather uncertain
where connections or train changes must be made. Normal attendance
can hardly be expected for these various reasons but most other scientific
societies are planning to continue their scheduled meetings.

Several have suggested that the entire program be devoted to our
contribution to the war effort. This would further limit the scope of
available papers and present a real problem to the Section Chairmen.

Further action will be guided by an expression from the majority of
the members of this Executive Committee and any suggestions will be
welcomed. Please let me hear from you at your earliest convenience. To
save time a blank form is enclosed.

With all best wishes for the continued success of the Academy, I am

Sincerely yours,

W. M. MOBLEY, President

Birmingham, Ala., January 7, 1943.

Dear Officer,:

By recent vote of the Executive Committe, it was decided to hold the
annual meeting of the Alabama Academy of Science at Auburn on April
9th and 10th. We all realize the difficulties we are facing in continuing
the work of the Academy during these trying times and can succeed only
by the hard work of each officer.

The Section Chairmen should start at once to get up a program for
their respective groups. Do not be discouraged if the response is slow or
if the number of papers offered is less than in previous years. Appoint a
secretary for your section if you have not already done so and get them
to help with the program.

I personally appeal to the other officers of the Academy to give all the
assistance possible in planning a successful program, your suggestions will
be welcomed.

The nominations for Councilor to the Junior Academy and also Chair¬
man of the Teaching of Science Section are on the attached sheet. Please
indicate your choice and send them in at once as those elected must be
notified.

With best wishes to you and my sincere thanks for the splendid job
I know you are going to do, I am

Yours very truly,

W. M. MOBLEY, President
Alabama Academy of Science

5

TO THE MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Tarrant, Ala., March 18, 1943.

Dear Member :

The Executive Committee of the Alabama Academy of Science is
faced with an immediate decision as to the advisability of holding the
annual meeting at Auburn on April 9-10th. The majority of you voted in
December to carry on our program in spite of the difficulties expected and
the Section Chairmen have been busy since that time, trying to get up
papers for their sections. A check made this week shows the results of
their untiring efforts.

Biology and Medical Science . 6 papers

Chemistry (unreported)

Geology and Anthropology . 2 papers

Geography and Conservation . 0 papers

Physics and Mathematics . 0 papers

Industry and Economics . . 2 papers

Teaching of Science . 8 papers

Social Science (Mr. Emigh) . 5 papers

A program from the above proposed papers would be short and
rather unbalanced, discouraging attendance to those interested in sections
not represented. A one-day general session with outside speakers would
not serve the primary purpose of the Academy, interchange of ideas, and
might further reduce interest and attendance.

It is the responsibility of the Executive Committee to decide at once
whether the meeting should be postponed until more normal times. A post
card is enclosed for your immediate and imperative reply. Please indicate
your decision and mail this card today without fail. You will be advised
of the results as soon as the poll is completed.

Thanking you for your continued co-operation, I am

Sincerely yours,

W. M. MOBLEY, President.

TO THE MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Tarrant, Ala., March 23, 1943.

Miss Winnie McGlamery
University, Ala.

Dear Miss McGlamery:

The Executive Committee voted to postpone the Auburn meeting of
the Alabama Academy of Science. I am notifying all the officers at once
by card, asking them to publicize this information. Will write you in detail
as soon as I catch my breath. I am disappointed that we could not go
through with our plans but am glad that it is definitely settled for the
time being.

W. M. MOBLEY, President.

6

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Birmingham, Ala.

April 6, 1943

Executive Committee Members,

Alabama Academy of Science.

Dear Member:

Unusual conditions have arisen in the affairs of the Academy since
you voted to postpone the Auburn meeting. As correspondence between
so large a group is not entirely satisfactory, a meeting of the Executive
Committee is necessary.

The Southern Association of Science and Industry has planned their
meeting in Birmingham at the Tutwiler Hotel on Friday, April 23rd and
those of you who are members will probably attend. To conserve time, I
am calling a meeting of the Executive Committee of the Alabama Academy
of Science for 4:00 P.M. at the Tutwiler Hotel in Birmingham on Friday,
April 23rd.

Some of the matters of importance for your consideration which
must be decided are :

1. Publication of Journal and papers.

2. Status of present officers.

3. Continuation of dues.

4. Future plans for the Senior and Junior Academy.

I trust each of you will make a special effort to attend this meeting
and will appreciate a reply on the enclosed card.

With kindest regards and best wishes, I am

Sincerely yours,

W. M. MOBLEY, President.

7

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, APRIL 23, 1943

A meeting of the Executive Committee of the Alabama Academy of
Science was called by the President, Mr. W. M. Mobley, for April 25 at
4 P.M. in Birmingham at the Tutwiler Hotel, in order to make some
decisions concerning the Academy, at which the following were present :
Mr. W. M. Mobley, President; Dr. E. V. Jones, President-Elect; Dr. R.

S. Poor, Dr. C. M. Farmer, Mr. E. D. Emigh, Dr. J. L. Kassner, Dr. J. H.
Coulliette, Mr. Thomas A. Ford for Miss Lillian Worley, Dr. John Xan,
Dr. E. B. Carmichael, Miss Clustie E. McTyeire, Miss Agnes Hunt, Dr.
H. E. Wilcox, Winnie McGlamery.

1. Minutes: Dr. E. V. Jones moved, seconded by Dr. H. E. Wilcox,
that we plan definitely at this time for a spring meeting of the Alabama
Academy of Science one year hence in Birmingham. Motion carried.

2. Dr. C. M. Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. E. V. Jones, that the
present officers remain until after the meeting is held next spring. Motion
lost.

3. Moved by Dr. John Xan, seconded by Dr. E. B. Carmichael, that
new officers be elected to fill the vacancies for 1943 and that the President
appoint a Nominating Committee to submit such nominations to a ballot
by mail to all members of the Academy. Motion carried.

4. Publication of Journal and papers : Dr. Coulliette moved, sec¬
onded by Dr. E. B. Carmichael, that abstracts of all papers be submitted,
and that the committee on publication print as many as possible of the
complete papers. Motion carried.

5. Continuation of Dues: Mr. E. D. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr.
John Xan, that the Executive Committee desires that it be made known
that funds are needed for the work of the Academy and that the members
be urged to pay dues as usual. Motion carried.

6. The Junior Academy: Dr. J. L. Kassner moved, seconded by Miss
Agnes Hunt, that the Junior Science Clubs be requested to turn in nomi¬
nees for the various offices of the Junior Academy, using the usual printed
form, and such supplementary information as is desired in addition to the
form ; and try to get together the Executive Committee of the Junior
Academy and let them make nominations for the Junior Academy for
next year, suggesting two or three people for each office. Motion carried.

7. The president appointed the following committees :

Nominating Committee:

Dr. C. M. Farmer, Chairman
Dr. H. E. Wilcox
Dr. J. L. Kassner

Auditing Committee, Senior Academy:

Dr. J. R. Patty, Chairman
Dr. R. S. Poor
Dr. J. H. Coulliette

Auditing Committee, Junior Academy:

Miss Clustie McTyeire, Chairman
Miss Agnes Hunt
Dr. H. E. Wilcox

8. Report of the Long Range Planning Committee: Dr. R. S. Poor,
Chairman, presented the report of the Committee with the following action
by the Executive Committee :

8

(1) Shall Section Chairmen be nominated by a section nominating
committee rather than by being elected by the Section itself?

Mr. E. D. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. J. L. Kassner, the approval
of this. Motion carried.

(2) Shall a separate section for the Social Sciences be created?

This question was brought up and referred back to the Long Range
Planning Committee for further study.

(3) Shall the dues of members in military service be suspended for
the duration of that service?

Dr. Poor moved, seconded by Dr. C. M. Farmer, the approval of this
question. Motion carried.

(4) Dr. C. M. Farmer suggests that two propositions be considered
by the Long Range Planning Committee. First, that the Academy make
some provision by which some of the findings which are of practical im¬
portance be published for the benefit of the public at large. Such publi¬
cations as the Alabama School Journal, trade journals, daily press, might
be furnished copy of some of the things reported in the papers of the
members.

Second, the Academy might well pass resolutions on scientific matters
of public concern, urging action upon them. For example, I am chairman
of a Committee to take action regarding the limitation of mathematics
courses in high schools. I think we shall bring to the Academy a resolu¬
tion requesting teachers to give more attention to math and science in our
schools. In order that it may do good it will carry with it the authority
to publish it broadcast.

Referred to the Long Range Planning Committee.

(5) Dr. George D. Palmer, Secretary of SASI, asks that the Chair¬
man of the Alabama Academy of Science Long Range Planning Com¬
mittee appoint a sub-committee to cooperate with a sub-committee sim¬
ilarly appointed by SASI to cooperate with the SASI “Sub-committee to
Survey and Report upon the Scientific Research now being done in the
South.”

Mr. E. D. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. E. B. Carmichael, that this
subject be referred to the incoming President. Motion carried.

The retiring chairman of the current Long Range Planning Commit¬
tee of the Alabama Academy of Science appoints the following men to
serve on this sub-committee :

Mr. E. D. Emigh — Montgomery
Dr. C. M. Farmer — Troy

The committee chairman wishes to publicly thank the members of his
committee for their cooperation.

This committee recommends the adoption of items 1, 2 and 3 listed
above ; and refers item 4 to the incoming committee for serious con¬
sideration.

Respectfully submitted,

C. M. FARMER
C. D. PALMER
E. D. EMIGH
W. A. MOORE
JOHN GOFF
CLUSTIE McTYEIRE
R. S. POOR, Chairman

9

9. Report on the Award from the A.A.A.S. : Dr. E. V. Jones reported
that this would be submitted later.

10. Report of the Committee on the Teaching of Science and Mathe¬
matics in high schools: Dr. C. M. Farmer, Chairman, presented the reso¬
lutions of the Committee as follows :

Investigation of practices in the schools, an examination of the State
Course of Study for Secondary Schools, and reflection upon the fact of
inadequate preparation in these subjects induce us to offer the following
resolution :

Whereas it is well known and generally conceded that very few stu¬
dents in elementary and high schools are adequately prepared in mathe¬
matics and science, even in normal times, and

Whereas the present crisis has greatly accentuated the need for ade¬
quate training in these subjects,

Be it resolved by the Executive Committee of the Alabama Academy
of Science, in business session assembled in Birmingham, Alabama, April
23, 1943,

(1) That we greatly deplore such a state of affairs as conducive to
inefficiency in both military and civil life.

(2) That we urgently request superintendents, supervisors and prin¬
cipals to insist upon more thorough preparation in mathematics and
science.

(3) That we earnestly request teachers, especially in the upper ele¬
mentary and high school grades, to interest their students in these sub¬
jects and that they make their instruction as thorough and efficient as
possible to the end that their students may be better prepared for life in
a scientific and mechanical age.

(4) That parents be requested to enlist the interest of their children
in these subjects by calling attention to them and pointing out the impor¬
tance of them and by cooperating with the teachers in an effort to bring
about more thorough preparation along these lines.

(5) That these resolutions be published in the Alabama School Jour¬
nal and otherwise given as much publicity as possible.

Respectfully submitted,

C. M. FARMER, Chairman
P. P. B. BROOKS
J. H. COULLIETTE

Dr. R. S. Poor moved the adoption of this report as presented by
Dr. Farmer, with some revisions, seconded by Dr. John Xan.

There being no further business, the meeting adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary.

i

10

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MAY 14, 1943

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand March 19, 1942 . $ 471.56

Received Membership fees and Sustaining Membership 1942-43 . 597.75

Total Receipts . $1,069.31

DISBURSEMENTS

Expenses of Meeting . . . $ 7.39

Expenses of Vice Presidents :

Miss McTyeire . $5.30

H. E. Wilcox . 2.67 7.97

Expenses of President . 5.46

Expenses of Secretary . 3.75

Expenses of Editor . 16.15

Expenses of Treasurer . 11.66

Printing, Journal, Envelopes, Stationery, et . 304.86

Exchange charge for checks . 2.10

Returned check . 2.00

A.A.A.S. Award . 35.00

Total Disbursements . $ 396.34

Balance May 14, 1943 . $ 672.97

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Auditing Committee :

JOHN R. PATTY
J. H. COULLIETTE
R. S. POOR

11

REPORT OF THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE

May 31, 1943.

At a recent meeting of the Executive Committee it was voted to hold
a meeting of the Alabama Academy of Science at Birmingham in the
Spring of 1944 and that new officers would be elected by vote of the mem¬
bers. The list of officers to be replaced as proposed by the Nominating
Comrfiittee is attached with space at the bottom for other nominations by
individual members. Please fill out this ballot, detach, and return.

Nominating Committee :

DR. C. M. FARMER, Chairman
DR. H. E. WILCOX
DR. J. L. KASSNER

The following members were elected to the respective offices that
were vacant according to our Constitution and By-Laws :

1943-44 Term

President-Elect — Dr. J. T. MacKenzie

Secretary — Miss Winnie McGlamery

Councilor of the A.A.A.S. — Dr. Septima C. Smith

Councilors to Junior Academy: Kathryn M. Boehmer (2 yrs.)

Dr. Alvin V. Beatty (3 yrs.)

Section Chairmen:

I. J. M. Robinson

II. W. C. Frishe

III. Peter A. Brannon

IV. Lillian Worley

V. G. F. Barnes

VI. Roy Goslin

VII. J. L. Kassner

12

A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear Members :

The past year has seen many changes in our personal lives, as well as
in the affairs of the Alabama Academy of Science. As the annual meeting
was not held this year, I feel it is my duty to make a report to the mem¬
bership.

Early in the Fall of 1942 some members expressed themselves on the
advisability of trying to hold the Auburn meeting. The A.A.A.S. meeting,
scheduled for December, was called off on account of transportation and
hotel difficulties. A letter was sent to the members of the Executive Com¬
mittee in November, requesting their consideration and vote on the matter.
The majority were in favor of holding the regular meeting as scheduled
and work was started on planning the program.

As the time of the meeting drew near, we ran into unusual difficulties.
Three of the Section Chairmen left the State and there was little time to
call for nominations and elections by the Executive Committee. The de¬
parting chairmen were asked to suggest members who would continue the
work already started and appointments were immediately made. All the
chairmen worked hard to obtain papers, but results were slow due to the
general press of work and uncertainty of planning ahead. A check was
made on March 18th, and a total of only seventeen promised papers were
reported. The Executive Committee was immediately advised and their
final decision requested. As a result, the Auburn meeting was called off
and the members notified. Later reports from some of the chairmen in¬
creased the total number of prospective papers to twenty-nine, which was
still small to support a two-day meeting.

The Alabama Academy of Science was requested to act as host for
the limited war program of the Southern Association of Science and
Industry on April 23rd, 1943, in Birmingham. Your officers cooperated in
every way possible to make this program a success.

A special meeting of the Executive Committee of the Alabama Acad¬
emy of Science was called on this same date in order to make future
plans. The proceedings will be found elsewhere in the Journal, and I
urge each one of you to read them carefully. As noted, a Nominating
Committee was appointed and ballots mailed to all members for their
final decision. A meeting is planned for the Spring of 1944 in Birmingham
which, we trust, will be most successful.

A record of the contributions of the individuals of the Alabama
Academy to the war effort would be most interesting, and I urge that
such a movement be started. The necessity of postponing our meeting in¬
dicated that everyone was devoting their efforts and time to winning the
war and was not caused by lack of interest.

In closing, I wish to thank each member of the Alabama Academy of
Science for the honor and privilege of serving you as President in 1942-
43 and express my deepest appreciation to my associate officers who gave
so liberally their time and helpful advice. As we see the day of victory
approach, I commend to you your new officers so ably fitted to carry on
the great work of the Alabama Academy of Science.

W. M. MOBLEY, President.

13

ORIGINAL PAPERS PREPARED

for the

TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING
of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1943

THE SPECTROGRAPHIC LABORATORY FROM THE ECONOMIC
POINT OF VIEW

— J. Horace Coulliette, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

The spectrograph is a useful instrument for determining the composi¬
tion of certain types of materials. Of the 92 elements, 70 may be readily
determined quantitatively. These 70 elements include all the metallic ele¬
ments and some of the non-metals. Hence, all laboratories performing a
considerable number of routine quantitative determinations of the metal¬
lic elements, or an appreciable number of qualitative determinations will
do well to consider the use of the spectrograph.

The spectrograph should be considered as complementary to the
chemical methods rather than in competition with them. The use of the
spectrograph for quantitative determinations is dependent upon samples of
known composition for calibration purposes. These standard samples must
be analyzed chemically to determine their composition. As indicated above
certain elements cannot be determined by the spectrograph. In the iron
and steel laboratory, for example, the carbon, sulfur and phosphorus must
be determined by methods other than spectrographic. Also it is desirable
to have checking analyses performed by chemical methods periodically
to be sure that the spectrographic procedure is properly standardized.

For analyses which fall within its scope, the spectrograph has certain
very definite advantages over wet methods. These advantages over wet
methods are :

1. SPEED : the time required for determining a single element in a
sample of steel will range from six to ten minutes ; additional elements
in the same sample may be determined at the rate of one determination
per minute. This rate is the same for any element for which the routine
has been worked out. The wet methods require very different times for
determining different elements. For example, the determination of silicon
in steel may require about twenty-five minutes, while the determination of
titanium in steel will require about four hours.

The time requirement may be fairly well illustrated by a typical
week’s work in the Acipco laboratories shown in Table 1. These labora¬
tories operate approximately sixteen hours per day. The chemical labora¬
tory is operated at approximately 80% of capacity. The spectrographic
laboratory is operating at approximately 60% of capacity.

14

TABLE 1

Chemistry Laboratory Report, Feb. 8, 1943 - Feb. 13, 1943

Total No.

No.

No.

No.

Average

Analyses

Checked

Right

Wrong

Per Day

Si ..

. 418

16

13

3

70

s ..

. 380

15

14

1

63

Mn

. 251

11

10

1

42

P ..

. 266

0

0

0

d4

C ..

. 760

182

158

24

127

Cr ..

. 28

2

2

0

5

Mo

. 21

6

6

0

4

Ni

. 15

2

2

0

2

Total . .2,139

234

205

29

356

Man Hours 515.

Determinations per man

hour — 4.2

Spectrographic Laboratory Report

Total No.

No.

No.

No.

Average

Analyses

Checked

Right

W rong

Per Day

Si ..

. 378

12

10

2

64

Mn

. 380

14

10

4

64

Cr ..

. 196

6

6

0

32

Mo

. 184

4

4

0

30

Ni ..

. 66

0

0

0

12

Cu

. 356

6

6

0

60

A1 ..

. 26

0

0

0

4

Sb ..

. 7

0

0

0

1

Sn

. 9

0

0

0

2

Ti ..

. 7

0

0

0

1

V

. 7

0

0

0

1

Total . 1,616

42

36

6

271

Man hours 165. Determinations per man hour — 9.8

The speed with which spectrographic determinations are made is of
particular importance in furnace control work. For example, we can give
the steel furnace operator an analysis of alloy steel in nine minutes after
he takes the sample. Where raw materials of unknown or variable com¬
position are being used, this means the difference between obtaining a melt
that meets specifications or one that does not meet specifications. Ob¬
viously, the saving of a few heats of steel will save the cost of the spec¬
trographic laboratory in a very short time.

The spectrographic method makes it possible to examine a sample
for undesirable elements in a very few minutes. For example Navy De¬
partment specifications on certain types of steel state that no elements
other than those specified shall be present to a total of more than 0.50%
nor shall any one of these elements be present in a concentration greater
than 0.25%. A rapid scanning of the spectrographic film will determine
the presence or absence of these elements, and the amount present can be
determined at the rate of one element per minute mentioned above. A

15

similar survey of a sample by wet methods would require several hours
or even days.

The spectrographic film provides a permanent record of the sample,
so that any question of error or oversight in the analysis can be readily
answered without repeating the procedure with the original sample.

2. Precision is greater for the spectrographic method in determining
small concentrations. The percentage error for the spectrographic method
is approximately 2% of the amount present throughout the range of
analysis. This precision is markedly greater than chemical methods when
concentrations run in the order of .01%, and is satisfactorily comparable
in the higher concentrations. Recently we have determined nickel and
chromium in stainless steels containing up to 35% Cr. with an error of
less than 2% of the amount present.

The probability of accidental errors is considerably less in spectro¬
graphic analysis because the sample is usually in solid form and is not
subject to loss by spilling, etc. The procedure for determining all ele¬
ments is essentially the same. There is a minimum personal error since
calculations are made by chart and curve methods, and it is not necessary
to learn a large number of different techniques for different determina¬
tions.

3. The initial installation cost is not much greater than for the chemi¬
cal laboratory. For the Acipco installation the costs were:

Chemical laboratory (1937) . $11,675.00

Spectrographic laboratory (1942) . $13,300.00

Note that the purchase of chemical laboratory supplies in 1942 would
have made the costs somewhat greater than in 1937.

In order for the chemical laboratory to perform by wet methods the
work which is now done by the spectrographic laboratory it would be
necessary to increase the chemical laboratory equipment and personnel.
A rough estimate of this increase is $5,000.00 for equipment, and five
chemists. However, this increase would not enable the chemical laboratory
to give the analyses to the furnace operators as rapidly as desired.

4. The cost of supplies for the spectrographic laboratory is very much
less than for the chemical laboratory. The average cost of chemical lab¬
oratory supplies for the Acipco laboratory prior to the installation of the
spectrograph was $600.00 per month. The average monthly cost of supplies
for the spectrographic laboratory since its installation is less than $50.00.
Since the installation of the spectrograph, over a period of seven months
the average cost of all laboratory supplies has been reduced $228.00 per
month as compared with seven months just prior. This saving in labora¬
tory supplies alone would amortize the cost of the spectrographic equip¬
ment in 5 V2 years. This saving has been made despite the considerable
increase in the amount of analytical work that has been done as a result
of the war production program.

A minor advantage which appeals to the analyst is the greater physical
comfort in the spectrographic laboratory since there are no chemical fumes
and it is desirable to condition the air of the laboratory.

The educational qualifications for the personnel are about the same as
for the chemical laboratory. The work of the spectrographic analysis can
be done most efficiently by two operators. At least one operator should
have special training in the theory of spectra as well as a good foundation

16

in the fundamentals of Physics and Chemistry. The routine of analysis
can be performed satisfactorily by a mature person with only high school
training.

In view of these facts, we feel that there is an important and definite
place for the spectrograph in the analytical laboratory.

AN EXPERIMENT IN BIOLOGY TRAINING

— C. M. Farmer, Troy State Teachers College, Troy.

In the fall of 1942 the teaching staff and freshman class of the Troy
State Teachers College decided that in the bio-social core curriculum the
problem for the year’s study would be personal and social development.
Upon an analysis of the problem to determine its most important com¬
ponent factors, it was early decided that heredity plays a big part. During
the orientation discussion one student remarked that everything they con¬
sidered headed into heredity. Therefore, it was decided that an intensive
study of the subject should be made for eight or ten weeks. Thus, the
subject was chosen by the students themselves, arriving at the conclusion
they needed a knowledge of it.

The biology instructor on the staff, who was called upon to lead the
study, divided the topic into three major problems: 1. How do we in¬
herit? 2. What do we inherit? 3. What implications has heredity for per¬
sonal and social development?

These major problems were then broken down into detailed related
problems. Each day there was a group of these problems placed on the
board as an assignment for study. References to the text, library books
and periodicals were given, and the class was divided into groups for
special study and reports.

The reports which were usually made the next day, were followed by
questions by both the members of the staff and the members of the
class, discussions and lectures. On the blackboard and placards the stu¬
dents presented drawings of a series of stages of soma cell division,
spermatogenesis, and oogenesis, illustrations of the Mendelian laws, etc.,
and discussed them.

Vocabulary and thought tests were given at intervals. Written reports
on aspects of the subject were handed in to the instructor. Finally a stiff
examination, composed of original problems involving a pretty complete
knowledge of heredity was given. This examination revealed not only an
excellent grasp of the subject but ability to apply the information ac¬
quired.

In similar fashion the subject of nutrition was chosen by the class
as their second problem. It was handled in essentially the same way.
Metabolism, respiration, circulation, and the digestive system were studied
in some detail. Laboratory experiments in food testing and digesting were
carried out, and the dissection of the foetal pig, with reference to the
organs of respiration, circulation, and digestion were made.

Studies were made on the following subjects: (1) the number of
calories needed daily by individuals of different ages and different activi¬
ties, (2) balanced diet, (3) the role of vitamines, (4) malnutrition and
nutritional diseases.

The third problem to be attacked was sex and reproduction, with
particular reference to its influence upon individual and family life.

17

Finally, the problem of consumer goods were studied, with special
emphasis upon the needs of the present. Relative food values, proper
buying, substitutions, etc., were considered.

The results have been the most satisfactory we have ever obtained
in many years of teaching freshman biology. This, we conclude, was
brought about largely as a result of free discussion on the part of the
students in which they arrived at a sense of their needs and made their
own choice of what they should study. Thus interest was aroused and
maintained throughout the work.

If some such plan were followed with high school students and college
freshmen there would, we believe, be better results obtained in biology
courses.

THE PLACE OF BIOLOGY IN THE WAR EFFORT

— C. M. Farmer, Troy State Teachers College, Troy.

In Science for March 5, 1943, it is reported that Dr. Edwin Grant
Conklin, president of the American Philosophical Society and of Science
Service, stated in an address that biology has not been so heavily drawn
upon in the service of war as have physics and chemistry. Biology is the
science of peace, he said.

This conclusion seems to me to be the result of superficial thinking.
A little reflection on the subject reveals how great the part biology plays
in the war effort. The fact is that, while biology is not used in such
tangible and even spectacular ways as the calculation of the trajectory of
a shell, the force of an explosive, or the height to which an airplane may
ascend, it nevertheless makes many definite and important contributions.

Frequently we are told that modern warfare involves the whole
nation — its civilian population as well as its soldiers, its resources, indus¬
tries, everything. Assuming this to be true, how can biology serve in
such a time?

In the first place, what contributions can it make to the effort of
the soldiers? When we give serious thought to this question we shall,
I think, be convinced that the application of biological principles makes
many and vastly important contributions.

First, perhaps no other science is as effective in building a scientific
attitude. The soldier who has this developed in him is more efficient. He
will be more cautious in accepting insidious propaganda. He will not be so
likely to be influenced by superstition. It has been said that a fatalist —
one who believes that if he is marked or destined to be killed there is
nothing he can do about it — makes a poor soldier because he will not take
precautions for his protection that otherwise he would.

Second, a knowledge of biology, which is a knowledge of life, gives
the soldier a better understanding and appreciation of his enemy. He
knows better what to expect an enemy to do under the circumstances
and how to act toward him. Knowing the laws of biology he will under¬
stand better how to protect himself and dispatch his enemy, particularly
in a hand-to-hand encounter.

Third, a knowledge of the life processes makes for more intelligent
appreciation of the function of clothing, and, if necessary as is some¬
times the case, enables him to make substitutions of whatever may be at
hand for bodily protection and comfort. He will know better how to care
for himself or his fellows in case of wounds. His knowledge of bacteria

18

and bacterial invasion of the body may be applied in taking the greatest
possible precautions against infections, both by avoiding as far as possi¬
ble opportunities for such invasions and the proper use of antiseptics in
case of danger of infections.

Fourth, his knowledge of wild plant and animal life is likely to come
in handy in avoiding or combatting poisonous plants, snakes, and insects,
and in making use of some that may be useful. In the American Biology
Teacher for January, 1943, E. Lawrence Palmer, of Cornell University,
in an address on the subject, “The War Hits Succotash Biology,” points
out some very pratical applications soldiers can make under certain con¬
ditions of a knowledge of wild plants in 'substituting them for both food
and body covering.

In the second place, what can biology contribute to the civilian war
effort? First, much that we have said about its aid to the soldiers applies
also to civilians. A knowledge of biology should enable workers in muni¬
tion plants and other war industries, as well as in all civilian life, better
to care for themselves and others.

Second, in these days of scarcity of physicians and nurses it can con¬
tribute much. While it cannot take the place of medical science it is the
best substitute we have, both in the prevention of disease and in the care
of the sick.

Third, when food is scarce and rationed, biology has a place in keep¬
ing people healthy and strong by correct diet. It enables individuals to
discriminate against food fads and exaggerated or false advertisements
and to employ a properly balanced ration with its correct amounts of
proteins, carbohydrates, fats, and vitamines. Where any particular food is
scarce or unavailable substitutions may be made intelligently.

Fourth, to one who knows the laws of life, the necessity for relaxa¬
tion, recreation and sleep in a regular regimen is obvious. So, in these
days of stress and strain biology contributes to saner attitudes and living
habits.

Fifth, in emergencies which the war has already brought on and
may bring, such as, bombings, chemical or bacterial warfare, and the
outbreak of epidemics, certainly biology can play an important role.

These considerations lead to the conclusion that the science of biol¬
ogy, both directly and indirectly, has a very important place in the war
effort both for soldiers and civilians, even of equal significance, if less
tangible, than that of the physical sciences.

19

CHEMISTRY AND A LIBERAL EDUCATION

— Stewart J. Lloyd, University of Alabama, University.

My topic has to do with the contribution made by one of the common
subjects of study to our general scheme of a liberal education. Naturally
a discussion of this kind makes necessary some sort of statement of our
idea of just what constitutes a liberal education. I would not care to
attempt a formal definition of that much discussed phrase, though we are
all entitled, no doubt, to define it as we see fit, but I shall apply instead
a direct and practical criterion, namely what sort of an education would
I like my own son to receive, if I happened to have a son. The answer
to that question, if honestly given, will usually reveal a man’s real con¬
cept, good or bad, of a liberal education, and it is interesting to note how
different the real answer sometimes is from what the previous expressions
of the man in question might have led us to expect. A prominent self-made
manufacturer in the Middle West acquired some years ago a national
reputation for his advocacy of vocational training, and his expressed con¬
tempt for higher education, but when his own son grew up, he sent him,
not to a vocational school, but to Harvard.

I should like my own son to have included in his education the
following :

(1) Some kind of specific training, which will enable him to earn a
comfortable living for himself and those dependent upon him.

(2) A knowledge of man, his history, aspirations, emotions, his ac¬
complishments in learning to live with his fellows, his aesthetic
qualities, what we used to call the humanities.

(3) A knowledge of the nature and working of the material universe,
so far as that is possible under our limitations, a knowledge of
the apparent sequence of events in that universe (what we some¬
times call cause and effect), an acquaintance with the great but
changing generalizations by which we are able to link together
conveniently what seem often to be widely separated phenomena,
and also a knowledge of the way in which our growing control
and utilization of natural forces has affected human life.

You will notice that I have not defined a liberal education as one
which tends to make a man tolerant, considerate, of even temperament,
etc. Definitions of this kind are easy to formulate but of little value.
We would all like to see people so educated as to possess these and other
desirable qualities, but the difficult question is how to accomplish this. It
all reminds me of the campaign statements of the candidate for public
office who announces importantly that he stands for truth and justice, but
gives no intimation of how he is going to secure them in specific cases.
Certainly the mere acquisition of information does not ensure a liberal
education. Aristotle many years ago defined a good education as one
which led to correct action, not to mere accurate knowledge.

Briefly, then, a liberal education should include :

Training to make a living.

The study of men in the broadest sense.

The study of the material world.

What is the place of chemistry in all this? What contribution can it
make to these three desiderata?

Let me say at the outset that I make no distinction whatever between
chemistry and physics for our purposes. What is said of chemistry will
apply indeed to most of the natural sciences, and to engineering. The

20

boundary lines between them are not very sharply drawn now, and are
growing dimmer year by year.

First, the natural sciences, including chemistry, undoubtedly con¬
tribute greatly to a liberal education in helping us to make a living, which
means, usually, rendering services or making something for our neighbors
in return for what they do for us. I am sure you would not be interested
in any catalogue of the various types of jobs, good or bad, for which a
study of the basic natural sciences will fit you, in part, at least, nor in a
statement of the value of these sciences in medicine and engineering and
meteorology and a host of other things. No one questions their usefulness,
or utility, nor their inevitability in this respect. In our desideratum, No.
2, a knowledge of the humanistic studies, of language, philosophy, soci¬
ology, etc., we do not find them appearing at all, at least not directly.
What we are perhaps more interested in than anything else is the real
value of these subjects, from the point of view of what we occasionally
call “pure science,” their value to the educated man quite apart from
their importance in showing how to build radios and airplanes and auto¬
mobiles and plastics and so on.

Let me say at the outset that I am no ardent champion of the study
of the physical sciences as a means of inculcating clear logical reasoning
and thinking, certainly not as they are usually presented in contemporary
manuals and texts. The elementary study of chemistry for example is
largely a matter of memory, just as much as that of a foreign language,
and certainly it makes no greater demand on the intellect than does
language study. This would not matter so much, but the average book,
especially the elementary ones, in physics or chemistry, is usually written
with an air of authority, of finality, which is altogether unjustified, and
which produces a very bad and mistaken attitude of mind in the reader.
There is constant confusion in most of these books between the invariants
of science, the permanent eternal building bricks, experimental data, on
the one hand, and on the other the ephemeral generalizations or theories
used to correlate these data for easier recollection. The condescending
attitude taken toward earlier work by the authors of most science manuals
would be amusing too, if it were not so dangerous. For example, the
reader of one of these texts would gain the impression that the old
phlogiston theory of the eighteenth century was untrue, and false, if
these words really mean anything in natural science, and the product of
second rate minds, and that our present way of describing the phenomena
of combustion constitutes the ultimate truth, the last word. As a matter
of fact, the phlogiston theory was true in its day, if anything ever was
true; it correlated very well the experimental data of its time, pointed the
way to further valuable research, and was altogether a very handy, useful
generalization. Later and more exact experimental data could not be
handled by it, and we had to give it up for something broader. Again, as
an example of inverted reasoning, calculated to give the reader an entirely
false view of natural science, let me quote an extraordinary statement
from a widely used book on chemistry. This illustration may not mean
much to the non-technical reader, of course, but it represents a not un¬
common point of view. The metal iron, as some of you may remember,
when dropped into a solution of a copper salt, like blue vitriol (copper
sulfate), drives the copper out of solution and takes its place. This is a
plain experimental fact, part of the order of nature apparently, which
calls for no particular explanation, though we may show its analogy to
other similar phenomena. Here is the way our author speaks of it. He
says, “The reason iron precipitates copper from solutions of salts of the
latter, is that iron stands higher in the electrochemical series,” instead of

21

saying that iron is placed above copper in the electrochemical series be¬
cause it precipitates the latter from its solutions. The experimental fact
which may be repeated indefinitely with the same results is deduced by
the author from a pure mental conception, the electrochemical series,
which has no objective existence. No mediaeval school man interested in
determining how many angels could dance on the point of a needle could
have made a more senseless statement.

Chemical texts and laboratory manuals are shot through with this
sort of thing, and with unanswerable and foolish questions, the answers
to which the student is supposed to deduce from his experiments. In one
physics text occurs the question, “Why is the sky blue?” I should not like
to have to answer that. Perhaps the best answer is, “the Almighty willed
it so.” What the questioner really meant, of course, was “What is the
immediate cause of the blueness of the sky, or what has to be present in
the atmosphere to give it a blue color, when you look through it?” This
same sort of thing is often seen in the use of the much abused word
“explain.” I recall quite a few years ago wandering into a class room
where a history examination had just been held, and on picking up there
one of the mimeographed sheets containing the questions, I found the
following gem: “Explain Mary Queen of Scots.” I suppose the instructor
intended his victims to tell something about Queen Mary’s life, her times,
her contemporaries, and her tragic fate, but he surely did not ask for
that. We have plenty of such cases nearer home, however. Last spring I
deleted from an examination paper given by one of my assistants the
question, “Explain the manufacture of sulfuric acid.” Of course, no one
could do that, but we can describe the manufacture of this acid with
some precision, and that was what the questioner really wanted. I have
had students ask me how we could tell what compounds an element
would form until we knew its “valence.” What happens, of course, is
that we find by experiment what compounds the element actually does
form, and then deduce from this the so-called valence, a pure concept,
of the element. The essence of natural science is experimental data, and
observations, and to disregard them as so many books do, and fasten
attention on the way, altogether transitory, in which these data are tem¬
porarily correlated is to mistake the scaffolding for the building which
it helps to construct.

I am afraid I have been allowing my own hobby to run away with me
here, in pointing out how imperfectly chemistry and physics are usually
presented, thereby producing a clouded and illogical picture of the ma¬
terial world. We really have no definite knowledge at. all of atoms or
electrons or protons or orbits or valences or electrolytic dissociation or
any of these scaffoldings which last only until the building has grown
past them. We do know, however, that sodium and chlorine combine ex¬
plosively, that iron ore and coke give us pig iron, that we can get lime
from limestone by heat. These things do not change, they are the heart
of chemistry, the invariants, while our series of conceptions, of laws and
generalizations, changes from generation to generation.

This point of view, of course, is not new. Stallo, who used to be
American minister to Rome, Kirchoff, Karl Pearson, Ernest Mach, Ost-
wald, Einstein, and others, have all emphasized it from time to time,
but without much effect upon the writers of text books and manuals.

Summing it all up, the common presentation of the natural sciences
leaves much to be desired, and, so handled, they cannot, I think, claim any
intrinsic advantages in tending toward a liberal education over other
subjects, or disciplines, which seems to be the accepted word now.

22

All this has been rather critical of natural science or rather of its
exponents. What are some of the items on the other side of the balance
sheet?

Most people, though not all, have an innate curiosity about the be¬
havior of the world around them, and are not content until that curiosity
is satisfied, however imperfectly. This feeling is not universal, by any
means. George Gissing, the English novelist, for example, had a horror
of all things mechanical, of everything pertaining to natural science.
Ludwig Lewisohn in his querulous book, “Up Stream,” confesses to the
same feeling. In so far as the study of chemistry and physics satisfies this
feeling of curiosity, it is, I suppose, valuable. Personally, I have never
been able to regard as uneducated, people who are uninterested in what
goes on behind the veil. A knowledge of acoustics is not at all necessary
for a genuine appreciation of music, nor is a knowledge of optics, physi¬
cal or geometrical, much of an aid in the world of painting.

To a man who really enjoys the natural sciences there is of course
no need of justifying them. I know of no greater pleasure than the con¬
firmation by experiment in the laboratory of some line of thought, or the
deduction from experiments of some conclusion which in turn leads to
valuable new results. These things, though, are for the research man,
and can hardly be shared by the casual student of the sciences.

Of course, any discussion of a liberal education and of the contribu¬
tions to it of different subjects is doomed from the start by the inescapable
fact that no one of us knows the purpose, if any, of human life, and we
are therefore without any criterion by which we may judge except pro¬
visionally the value of different things. With this let me close by saying
(1) That the Natural Sciences do contribute to a liberal education by
supplying training and information useful in earning a living. (2) When
realistically presented, they do give us a consistent and succinct account of
the material world, thereby satisfying what seems to be an innate need at
least of some of us.

HOME CANNING IN ALABAMA AND ITS RELATION TO THE
WAR EFFORT

— Margaret Oliver, Alabama Extension Service, Lee County.

The science of preserving foods in the home by canning has enjoyed
rapid extension in the past three decades. Each succeeding national emer¬
gency has been accompanied by greater attempts to extend the science
either by its application to new foods, or by increasing the amounts of
foods formerly preserved in this manner. During the first World War
and during the depression, efforts were made to induce homemakers to
raise as much food as possible, and to preserve it by canning and other
procedures. The present emergency has again turned attention to home
canning and other improved methods of food preservation as an impor¬
tant means of maintaining high national nutrition standards, and of
meeting the many problems brought on by food rationing.

Home Canning in Alabama Since 1930
This chart (Fig. 1) shows how Alabama homemakers have responded
to this challenge. In 1930, less than a million quarts were reported canned.
Glancing briefly over the consistent climb during the decade, we see in
1940 a total of 10,000,000 quarts canned. It was during this year that the
intensive national nutrition campaign was begun, and agricultural agen-

23

cies throughout the country concentrated their efforts on a program for
maximum food production and conservation. It is significant to note the
amazing increase in home canning reported in Alabama from December 1,
1941, to December 1, 1942. During America’s first year in the war, Ala¬
bama homemakers canned a total of 14,099,911 quarts of fruits, vegetables
and meats. This progress was achieved as follows :

HOME CANNING IN ALABAMA

C Figure 1 )

1. Through regular demonstrations : Food conservation demonstra¬
tions are a regular part of the home demonstration program in Alabama.
Under the supervision of Miss Curtis, home demonstration leaders are
trained in the proper methods of conserving food, including selection,
grading, preparation, processing and storing. These leaders return to their
communities and repeat the demonstrations before their clubs — and also
give individual assistance in the community when needed. They are thor¬
oughly trained in the proper use of the pressure cooker, and impressed
with the importance of the careful selection and grading of foods for

24

TABLE 1

Alabama Food Conservation Budget — (One Year)
By Laziada Curtis, Specialist in Food Preservation

Products

Quantity
Needed for
One Person

Quantity
Needed
for Family

Quantity
Conserved
This Year

Canned

Tomatoes .

66 Pts.

Vegetables — canned or frozen..
Kraut .

66 Pts.

Butter Beans .

Beets . . . . .

Peas .

Snap Beans . . .

Carrots .

Corn .

Spinach .

Kale . . .

Soup Mixture . . .

Asparagus .

Peppers . . . . .

Okra .

Squash .

Fruits — canned or frozen.

Apples .

Berries .

Figs .

Grapes .

Peaches .

Pears .

Plums .

Fruit Juices .

Meats .

Preserves . . .

Jellies .

Pickles .

Syrup or Honey .

Nuts .

Dried

Fresh Vegetables . . .

Bean or Peas .

Fruit .

Stored

Lean Meat, Poultry . .

Bacon . . .

Salt Pork .

Lard . .

Sweet Potatoes . .

Irish Potatoes... .

Stored Fresh

Turnips .

Cabbage .

Tomatoes .

Peppers .

70 Pts.

20 Pts.

8 Pts.

5 Glasses
8 Pts.

32 Pts.

5 Lbs.

4 Lbs.

10 Lbs.

5 Lbs.

35 Lbs.

13 Lbs.
6V2 Lbs.
9% Lbs.
50 Lbs.

50 Lbs.

10 Lbs.

15 Lbs.

10 Lbs.

1 Doz.

25

• canning. This means that in most communities there are capable leaders
trained to assist their neighbors in planning and conserving their foods.
4-H club girls, too, receive the same training through regular demonstra¬
tions at club meetings, camps, and small group meetings. In the broad
community-neighborhood leadership program, adult leaders, also assist
these 4-H members. Other agencies, too, carry on intensive training in
food conservation. The Farm Security Administration and the vocational
teachers stress it with the groups they assist, and county nutrition coun¬
cils throughout the state emphasize food conservation and storage as a
major project activity.

2. Canning on a Budget Basis: In her annual report for 1942, Miss
Curtis says that much of the increase in canning is “due to the increasing
number of women canning on a budget basis.” The Alabama food conser¬
vation budget is shown in Table 1.

Miss Curtis says, “Each year since the canning budget card has been
used, there has been an increase in the number canning on a budget basis.
The growth is shown in Table 2.

TABLE 2

Alabama Families Canning on a Budget Basis

1936 .

. 300

1937 . . .

. . . 3,000

1938 .

. 8,000

1939 .

. 8,644

1940 .

. 12,626

1941 .

. 18,407

1942 .

. 33,694

An additional 20,000 people were given instructions on the use of the
budget in 1942. As an example of canning on a budget basis consider
Henry County’s food preservation report :

‘F. S. A., vocational, extension, health, and public welfare workers
have all cooperated on the food preservation program in Henry County.
Working through the Nutrition Council each has helped to promote and
distribute to every family in the county material that would encourage
them to save more food. Home Demonstration Club women were most
cooperative with the school lunch program when they canned so willingly
for this project in the county.

“Mrs. Rupert Bond, Concord Club, with only three in her family,
says : ‘I realize that we farmers must do our part in the “Food for
Victory” program. My part is at home, I guess, so I am cooperating in all
food and food preservation programs. I have conserved my food supply
on a budget basis and have a canned supply of 435 quarts, mostly vegeta¬
bles, fruits and meats. I also have 50 pounds of dried vegetables and 25
pounds of brined vegetables. We cured 500 pounds of meat according to
recommendations. I feel that whatever comes, we’ll have food to live on
at my house, and maybe some to spare.’ ”

3. Pantry stores demonstration : A third method of increasing and
improving home canned products was through pantry stores demonstra¬
tions. The state goal of pantry demonstrators in 1942 was to establish two
pantry demonstrations in each county — these demonstrations to be used as

26

a means of teaching farm families a wise live-at-home program. In addi¬
tion, they serve to stress the importance of quality canning, and the need
for efficient, convenient and sanitary storage space for canned products.
A pantry demonstration is carried on by a farm woman who volunteers
to can for her family by approved methods on a budget basis, and to hold
“open house” sometime during the year for her community and possibly
other visitors to show them the quantity and quality of home conserved
food needed by her family — this food stored in a convenient, sanitary and
appropriate place. In 1942, there were 216 such pantry demonstrations in
Alabama, and 8,677 visitors to these demonstrations. These budgets in¬
cluded a total of 125,547% quarts of food, valued at $4,689.08. Think
what it must have meant to these 8,500 visitors to see a well planned
pantry, consisting of all the conserved foods necessary for a good diet for
the family.

As an example of what the pantry demonstrators are accomplishing,
Miss Crawley, Washington County, says, “Mrs. F. E. Bumpers of Cortel-
you Community, a pantry stores demonstrator, has carried her project (for
three years with excellent results. She has canned 812 quarts of fruits,
vegetables, meants, preserves, jams, and jellies valued at $267.50. Mrs.
Bumpers remodeled her kitchen last year and added sufficient cabinet space
to store her canned products. During the year she has held open house,
having approximately 125 visitors, and assisted 7 people with canning. The
Bumpers family consist of Mr. and Mrs. Bumpers, a son and daughter in
high school and two daughters in grammar school.”

4. Safe methods of canning: Food preservation leaders teach their
neighbors to can at home, using the pressure cooker for non-acid vege¬
tables and meats, and the water bath method for fruits and tomatoes.
“Two hours from garden to can” is an excellent slogan, and the only one
to follow in order to obtain a palatable, attractive product, safely canned.
This means canning several jars every day while vegetables and fruits
are young and tender, rather than saving up for “canning days” during
which the homemaker might save up quantities of food for canning, have
to rush through, and run the risk of spoilage, and certainly of having
some old, tough products in her jars. Canning does nothing to improve the
quality of fruits and vegetables — hence, canning a few jars at the time,
while dinner is cooking, will help retain the color and tenderness of beans,
peas, etc., assuring quality products to occupy space in jars and on pantry
shelves.

No discussion on food conservation in relation to the war effort would
be complete without definite emphasis on home drying of fruits and vege¬
tables — a process which promises to be the solution to approaching prob¬
lems caused by shortage of pressure cookers, tin cans, jars, and lids. Im¬
proved methods of home drying now insure sanitary, attractive and palata¬
ble fruits and vegetables, rich in food value. Intensive work on drying was
done in 67 counties in Alabama last year, and although a state wide report
could not be secured, home demonstration and 4-H members alone reported
drying 2,632,211 pounds of fruits and vegetables, valued at $254,215.00.
Alabama Extension Service bulletins on dehydrating methods are :

How to Dehydrate Foods' at Home, Circular 244 and

Food Conservation and Storage, Circular 228.

The following outline on “Wartime Food Reserve” is an example of
the adjustments which are being made in Alabama’s wartime food con¬
servation program :

27

Wartime Food Reserve

When we consider the wartime job that farm people face in 1943 and
1944, there can be little doubt that food will be one of the problems. It is
extremely important that we make our plans now to grow and conserve
a variety of food.

From the food rationing program we know there will be a scarcity
of certain foods and an abundance of others. Those that are abundant may
not make a balanced diet. It is to maintain a balanced diet that we should
be planning.

Every family should be making plans for a wartime food reserve at
home. They should have on hand a variety of food that can be stored
without spoiling. *This would enable families to take care of themselves in
case of emergencies or a critical shortage of food.

In Russia each family keeps a reserve of food — and Switzerland
thinks so highly of such a plan that the government loans money to needy
families so that every family may have a two-months’ supply of food.
This keeps foods where they will be needed and away from storage cen¬
ters that might be bombed.

Some suggestions for farm families to follow in gathering a reserve
food supply that contains essential food elements are :

1. Dry beans or peas for protein, vitamin B-l and iron. These can
be produced in quantities by every farmer. They keep indefinitely if stored
properly.

2. Wheat for Calories, Iron and Vitamins. Whole kernels of wheat
make an excellent emergency ration. This can be stored. Whole wheat
toasted in the oven for one hour at 300° F., then ground in the food
chopper or coffee mill and cooked in salted water, makes a delicious
cereal. Flour and grains should be stored in tight containers.

3. Sauerkraut. Farm families should plan to make a supply of sauer¬
kraut, as it can be stored in large containers. This along with canned
tomatoes will supply vitamin C.

4. Animal Protein and Fats. Figure on the amount that will be
needed. Emphasize canning, curing, and corning. Conserve heart, liver and
other organs of the animals — vary with chicken and turkey. Let no meat
go to waste. Peanut butter furnishes a well-liked fat as well as proteins
and vitamins.

5. Where there is a surplus of milk, make American cheese. Five
gallons of sweet milk made into cheese each week will go a long way in
supplying protein food.

6. Stored Eggs. It would be well to store a few dozen infertile eggs
in water glass. Eggs stored in water glass are usable for all purposes, but
not equal to fresh eggs for poaching.

7. Food from the Garden. Vegetables harvested in late summer and
fall should be stored in quantities — in cellars, trenches, hills, or in brine.

8. Dried fruits and vegetables. Recent reports indicate that almost all
commercial dried food products will go to the army. Farm families should
increase the amount suggested by the Alabama Food Conservation Budget.

9. Care and Storage... One should not plan a food reserve until she
has made arrangements for a good storage place for canned and stored
products.

The above mentioned food conserved and stored properly would go a
long way in preventing a critical food shortage.

28

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PREPARED

for the

TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1943

COMMENTS ON URN-BURIAL CULTURE

— J. Y. Brame, Montgomery.

The practice of disposing of the dead by depositing the remains, cre¬
mated or uncremated, in receptacles was employed in widely varying form
in particular areas from coast to coast, but nowhere has it been found
to be the exclusive form of burial. But it was principally in the Southern
States that the custom of interring the noncremated skeletal remains in
covered earthenware vessels was practiced on an extensive scale. This
method of disposing of the dead reached its peak in Central Alabama.
Plural urn-burials, meaning two or more human remains in a single ves¬
sel, is a custom peculiar to Alabama and has not been discovered elsewhere.
These large shell-tempered vessels were not fabricated especially for mor¬
tuary purposes but were employed for domestic use until a death occurred
to demand its conversion to an ossuary. Quite often the outside of the urn
is still soot covered, and in some instances the interior bears a film of
grease, attesting its former use as a culinary vessel. In a few instances
glass beads and similar trader material have been found associated with
the human remains to prove that the urn-burial custom persisted until the
early stages of the historical period.

THE DETERMINATION OF THE MEDIAN LETHAL DOSE,
(LDso), OF PENTOTHAL SODIUM [SODIUM ETHYL (1-ME¬
THYL-BUTYL) THIOBARBITURATE] FOR BOTH YOUNG
AND OLD RATS

- — Emmett B. Carmichael, University of Alabama.

The toxicity of pentothal sodium has been tested for both young and
old rats. The drug was dissolved in water and the fresh solution was
injected intraperitoneally. Normal well fed animals were used: 1, 259
young rats (1 to 9 months old), and 2, 43 old rats (9 to 15 months old).
The doses varied by increments of 5 mgm. from 100 to 140 mgm./kgm.
for the young animals, and from 90 to 130 mgm./kgm. for the old animals.

The median lethal dose (LDso) for young rats was about 125 mgm./
kgm. and for old rats was about 120 mgm./kgm.

29

THE CATALYTIC OXIDATION OF ANILINE IN THE VAPOR
PHASE

— W. C. Frishe, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

In 1886 Bernthsen1 passed aniline vapor through a hot tube and ob¬
tained phenazine as one of the products. He was attempting to prepare
safranine but the exact manner in which the experiment was carried out
was not given. This is the first instance where phenazine was made by a
method not strictly chemical. Several chemical (or wet) methods for
preparing phenazine have been proposed. At the present time our knowl¬
edge of the mechanism of the oxidation of aniline is far from complete.

In the vapor phase reduction of nitrobenzene with hydrogen, Dr. O.
W. Brown2 and co-workers found that lead, thallium and bismuth and
their intermetallic compounds were good catalysts. Since a good reduction
catalyst frequently makes a good oxidation catalyst when converted into
the oxide it was decided to try thallium oxide as the catalyst for the
vapor phase oxidation of aniline.

Aniline is reported to be a very stable compound at high temperatures.
Hofmann3 found that when heated under the pressure of its own vapor
aniline was practically unchanged at 500° C. The ignition temperature of
aniline is variously reported in the chemical literature: Moore4, 770° C. ;
Tausz and Schultz5, 770° C. ; Egerton & Gates6, 750° C. ; Masson and
Hamilton7, 620° C. ; and Berl, Heise and Winnacker8, 568° C. Apparently,
then, one might consider a systematic catalytic vapor phase oxidation of
aniline using air at temperatures somewhat below 500° C.

In this work, air was mixed with aniline vapor and the mixture was
passed over a thallium oxide catalyst at certain temperatures between
250° C. and 500° C. The alkaline products were absorbed in 1 N sulfuric
acid. The neutral products (i.e., not amines) are condensed in a glass
tube. The sulfuric acid is then neutralized and subjected to steam distilla¬
tion to recover the amine products. At the optimum conditions, phenazine
(which is a weak tertiary amine) is practically the only compound re¬
moved by the steam distillation. At optimum conditions the aniline is com¬
pletely reacted and hence does not appear in the scrubbing solution. Phena¬
zine is produced in yields equal to 15% of the theoretical amount. Azo¬
benzene is produced in yields equal to 30% of the theoretical amount.

1 Bernthsen, Berichte ig 3257 (1886)

2 Brown, et al, Indiana University (unpublished)

3 Hofmann, Jahresber. fur Chem 335 (1862)

4 Moore, J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 36 109 (1917)

5 Tausz and Schultz, Mitt. Chem. Tech. Inst. Technol. Hochschule Karlsruhe 2 1, (1924)

6 Egerton and Gates, J. Soc. Petr. Techn. 13 256 (1927)

7 Masson and Hamilton, Ind. & Eng. Chem. 21 544 (1929)

8 Berl, Heise and Winnacker, Chaleur et Ind. iO 181 (1929)

30

THE ATTACHMENT OF SKELETAL MUSCLE FIBERS

— Charles M. Goss, University of Alabama.

The controversy concerning the manner in which muscles are attached
to tendons has resolved itself into two views which receive about equal
acceptance. One is that the muscle fibrillae are continuous with the tendon
fibrillae. The other is that a sheath, the sarcolemma, covers the end of the
fibers, completely separating the two tissues.

Microscopic sections of muscle from all parts of the body of rhesus
monkeys were stained by the Bielschowshy silver technique which blackens
the finest connective tissue fibrillae. The latter are called the reticular con¬
nective tissue or argyrophil fibers.

The endings of the muscle fibers in this material were all distinct, that
is, there was no continuity between muscular and tendinous substance.
Between the end of the fiber and the tendon a layer of delicate argyophil
fibrillae was present in most instances and frequently it sent dove-tailed
projections into the end of the fiber. A wide variation was found in the
morphology of the muscle endings and the associated argyrophil net and
the peculiarities of individual cases have been used to explain the contro¬
versial views.

PRAIRIE VEGETATION OF ALABAMA

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

At the time of the discovery of America probably about 1,000 square
miles of what is now Alabama was covered with prairie vegetation, con¬
sisting of grasses and other herbs. Most of it was on the Selma Chalk,
in what is known as the black belt but there were many small scattered
prairies farther north and a few farther south, all on more or less cal¬
careous soils.

On account of the fertile soil most of our prairie was long ago plowed
up and cultivated ; but there are still enough scattered remnants to give a
pretty good idea of what the original vegetation was. And the native
vegetation comes back to some extent on prairie land after it is cultivated
and abandoned.

A large proportion of our prairie plants are common to the better
known prairies of the upper Mississippi valley, and some are not found
elsewhere in Alabama than in the prairies. But others are equally at home
in sandy open pine woods, as if sunlight was more important to them
than soil.

The mid-west prairies were originally subject to frequent fires, but
there is little or no evidence of that in the Alabama prairies. In fact the
commonest tree in and around our prairies is the cedar, which is very
sensitive to fire.

MITOTIC ACTIVITY IN THE ANTERIOR HYPOPHYSIS OF
RATS DURING PREGNANCY AND LACTATION

— Thomas E. Hunt, University of Alabama.

Mitotic activity in the hypophysis of the rat is increased during the
first three days of pregnancy. This period is about twice as long as that
during which mitoses occur in the post-ovulatory phase of the estrous
cycle. On the other days of pregnancy the mitotic activity is at a low
level comparable to that found at diestrus. Animals killed on the first and

31

second days after a litter is born again show an increased mitotic activ¬
ity, During lactation this falls to a low, diestrous, level arid is not in¬
creased until the post-ovulatory phase of the first cycle after weaning.
There is some evidence that the post-parturient and post-lactational mitotic
activity is greater than that found in the post-ovulatory phase of virgin
rats of comparable age. Furthermore, since the period of mitotic activity
at the beginning of pregnancy is prolonged, there is probably a greater
increase in the total number of dividing cells than occurs during an
estrous cycle. The fact that increased mitotic activity is found only after
ovulation lends support to the idea that an ovarian hormone is a factor
which induces cell division.

STUDIES CONCERNING THE ELEMENT, COLUMBIUM

— J. E. Land, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The discovery, development, certain properties and uses of the ele¬
ment, Cb, are briefly discussed.

Studies have been conducted on the various methods reported in
the chemical literature for the separation of Cb and Ta for the purpose
of determining whether one of the methods might be used to provide a
supply of purified Cb compounds for further studies. The advantages,
limitations and conclusions regarding these methods are outlined.

The attempt to form in non-aqueous solvents complex compounds of
Cb which would have properties different enough from those of Ta to
allow more complete separation has been undertaken and the progress
reported.

/

GOVERNMENT SPECIFICATIONS

— A. R. Macormac, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

Government specifications are at present of two types:

1. Standard

2. Tentative

The Standard Specifications are :

(a) Federal: issued by the Federal Bureau of Specifications. They
cover non-military material purchased by many different branches of the
government.

(b) U. S. Army: issued by the War Department. They include ma¬
terial purchased by more than one branch of the army.

(c) Army-Navy Aeronautical: issued by a Joint Board. They cover
material used by the Army and Navy Air Forces exclusively.

All Standard Specifications have been correlated with the industry and
with all interested branches of the government.

Tentative Specifications are issued by. a large number of branches of
the service and by different purchasing depots. They are intended pri¬
marily to cover material purchased by a single department or depot and
are not in general correlated with other purchasing agencies. They are
drawn up after consultation with suppliers and with manufacturers.

All government specifications have a system of letters and numbers
which indicate their sources and the nature of the material. The form of
each specification is standardized.

Further information may be obtained in the latest issue of “Army
Specification Guide,” “Federal Specification Index,” and “Army Purchase
Information Bulletin.”

32

THE COMPLETE INHIBITION OF THE HYPOGLYCEMIC AC¬
TION OF INSULIN DURING ETHER ANESTHESIA

— S. A. Peoples, University of Alabama.

Dogs were anesthetized with ether, using a closed system in order to
maintain a constant level of anesthesia for 2 hours. In series A 4 units
per kilo of insulin were given subcutaneously one minute before the
anesthesia was begun. In series B no insulin was given. Blood samples
were taken every 30 minutes during and for 3 hours after the anesthesia
and analyzed for glucose, CO2 combining power and lactic acid.

The blood sugar curves during anesthesia were essentially the same
in both A and B, rising quickly to 175-225 mgm. per cent and leveling off
there. During recovery in B there was a gradual return to normal values
over a period of 2-3 hours, but in A there was a rapid fall to convulsive
levels in \-lV2 hours. The fall in CO= combining power and the propor¬
tional rise in lactic acid during anesthesia were the same in both A and
B, but during recovery their return to normal was delayed.

Ether apparently has the property of completely inhibiting the hypo¬
glycemic action of insulin. That this is an inhibition and not destruction
or increased elimination is shown by the fact that dogs regularly developed
convulsions I-IV2 hours after anesthesia or 3-3i^ hours after the insulin
was given.

BLOOD STUDIES BEFORE AND AFTER DELIVERY IN FIFTY-
SEVEN NORMAL WHITE WOMEN

—Grady W. Phillips and Louise R. Cason, University of Alabama.

A series of observations of the blood picture in normal pregnancies of
patients in the Druid City Hospital was made over a period of four
months, November to February inclusive. The following rules were adopt¬
ed for selecting the normal cases :

1. There shall be no abnormal physical findings such as heart mur¬
murs, pedal edema, or abnormal blood pressure, (diastolic 100-130;
systolic 65-80).

2. The onset of labor must be spontaneous and shall not excede
fifty hours.

3. The gestation period must not last under two hundred and forty
days and not over three hundred and twenty days after the begin¬
ning of the last menstrual period.

4. There shall be no history of previous complications of pregnancy
nor complication during the present gestation period.

5. The leukocyte count shall not exceed 35,000, and the erythrocyte
count must be at least three million per cu. mm. with at least 10.3
grams or 60% hemoglobin, (100% equals 17 grams).

Following the above rules, fifty-seven patients were chosen ranging
from 17 years of age to 42 years of age. Nineteen of the fifty-seven pa¬
tients were primigravidas, twenty-one had delivered one child, six had de¬
livered two, six had delivered three, and five had delivered four or more
normal infants.

Two blood smears were made at the bedside on new, cleaned, glass
slides from a finger puncture of each patient. At the same time blood
was obtained for blood cell counts and hemoglobin estimation by the

33

Sahli technique. The time of obtaining the blood samples was recorded
in each instance.

The blood counts were made as usual and the smears were allowed
to dry in air and were then stained for four minutes with Wright’s stain.
A minimum of three hundred cells were counted and the cell percentages
calculated and recorded according to the Schilling Hemogram. The pro¬
portion of immature cells to the total number of neutrophilic leukocytes
represents the percentage of the so-called “shift to the left.” This was
calculated and recorded for each hemogram.

There were 28 patients whose blood was obtained before delivery and
29 patients whose blood was obtained after delivery. Those patients whose
blood was obtained before delivery were arbitrarily divided into two
groups: (1) blood taken 0.25 to 9 hours before delivery (averaging 3.4
hours), and (2) blood taken 10.75 to 237 hours before delivery (averaging
44.2 hours). There were twenty patients in the first group and eight pa¬
tients in the second group.

The first group had an average erythrocyte count of 4,000,000 with
78% hemoglobin. The leukocyte count showed an average of 13,742 (rang¬
ing from 8,750 to 19,750) with an average shift to the left of 24.9%
(ranging from 7.8% to 35.5%).

The second group had an average erythrocyte count of 3,881,000 with
74% hemoglobin. The white cell count averaged 10,275 (ranging from
7,500 to 14,250) with an average shift to the left of 12.6% (ranging from
8.4% to 17.7%).

The averages for all twenty-eight patients were 3,964,000 R.B.C. per
cu. mm., 77.1% hemoglobin, 12,858 W.B.C. and a shift to the left of
21.4%. The average time of taking the smear before delivery was 15.2
hours.

Those patients whose blood was obtained after delivery were likewise
arbitrarily divided into two groups: (1) blood taken 1 to 8.8 hours after
delivery (averaging 4.3 hours), and '2) blood taken 9.1 to 39.1 hours
after delivery (averaging 16.6 hours). There were 22 patients in the first
group and seven patients in the last group. The first group averaged
3,852,000 R.B.C. with 75% hemoglobin. This group had an average of
17,800 W.B.C. (ranging from 8,750 to 34,400) with an average shift to the
left of 29.8% (ranging from 12.2 to 50.9%). The second group averaged
4,056,000 R.B.C. with 80% hemoglobin. There was an average of 13,807
W.B.C. (ranging from 6,800 to 21,300) with an average shift to the left
of 19.1% (ranging from 10.1 to 32.3%).

The averages of the 29 patients whose blood was obtained after de¬
livery were R.B.C. 3,916,000 with 76% hemoglobin, 16,840 W.B.C. and a
shift to the left of 27.2%. The average time of obtaining the smear after
delivery was 7.2 hours.

The above studies seem to indicate that the “shift to the left” increases
remarkably about ten hours before delivery and continues upward to the
maximum point near the time of delivery and then gradually subsides.

34

THE INFLUENCE OF LIVER DAMAGE, BY CHLOROFORM, ON

PENTOTHAL SODIUM IN GUINEA PIGS

— Grady W. Phillips, Mark C. Wheelock (by invitation), and
Emmett B. Carmichael with technical assistance of Irene Satter¬
field Bush, University of Alabama.

A 26.66% solution of chloroform in olive oil, in varying doses from
0.3 cc./kgm. to 0.90 cc./kgm., was injected intraperitoneally into 37 normal
well fed adult guinea pigs at intervals of 3 to 4 days until 2 to 4 doses
had been injected. Food was provided at all times to prevent inanition.
Pentothal in doses of either 45 mgm./kgm. or 50 mgm./kgm. was injected
intraperitoneally 2 to 4 days after the last injection of chloroform. The
animals were kept warm and those that died were autopsied at once and
those that survived the barbiturate were allowed to eat and then were
terminated. Histologic studies gave evidence of liver damage for all ani¬
mals that received chloroform. Five of the 23 animals died after receiving
the pentothal. The duration of hypnosis in control animals was about
500 minutes (ranging from 225 to 731 minutes) for the above doses,
whereas the chloroform injected animals had an average hypnoiss of about
725 minutes (ranging from 571 to 1282 minutes). This shows an increase
in the duration of hypnosis of about 45% above the normal duration of
hypnosis for these doses of pentothal.

A DEMONSTRATION OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKELE¬
TON IN THE MOUSE-LIKE RODENTS PEROMYSCUS MA-
NICULATUS RUFINUS and BAIOMYS TAYLORI SUBATOR

— E. Carl Sensenig, University of Alabama.

The sectioned embryos are stained in a modified Mallory’s triple
stain in which alum cochineal is substituted for fuchsin. The in toto trans¬
parencies are stained with alizarin, cleared in 1 % aqueous potassium
hydroxide, and stored in glycerine.

The demonstrations consist of :

A. Sectioned material

1. Formation of the sclerotomes ( vertebral primordia).

2. Mesodermal skeletal rudiments.

3. Onset of chondrification.

4. Advanced stage of chondrification.

5. Decomposition of cartilage prior to ossification.

6. Onset of ossification.

B. In toto transparencies

7. These consist of a closely graded series which follow the ad¬
vance of ossification from the original ossification centers to
the completely ossified skeletal parts of the adult animal.

35

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Page

Brame, J. Y . 28

Carmichael, Emmett B. . 28, 34

Cason, Louise R . 32

Coulliette, J. Horace . 13

Farmer, C. M . 16, 17

Frishe, W. C..... . 29

Goss, Charles M . 30

Harper, Roland M . 30

Hunt, Thomas E . 30

Land, J. E . 31

Lloyd, Stewart J . 19

Macormic, A. R . 31

Oliver, Margaret . 22

Peoples, Stuart A . 32

Phillips, Grady W . 32, 34

Sensenig, E. Carl . 34

Wheelock, Mark C . 34

\

36

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1943-44

President, Claudia Dunn . : . Ensley High School

Vice-President, Spiro Greenwood. . . . St. Bernard High School

Secretary, Willie Mantner . Ramsey High School

Treasurer, Rosemary Watters . Hueytown High School

Councilors :

Dr. H. E. Wilcox, Chm., (1 yr.) Howard College . Birmingham, Ala.

Miss Kathryn M. Boehmer (2 yrs.) . Birmingham, Ala.

Dr. A. V. E. Beatty (3 yrs.), University of Alabama. ...University, Ala.

CHAPTERS OF THE

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Billingsley High School . Billingsley, Ala.

Bishop Toolen High School . Mobile, Ala.

Blessed Sacrament Academy . Birmingham, Ala.

Coffee High School . Enterprise, Ala.

Convent of Mercy Academy . Mobile, Ala.

DeKalb County High School . . . Fort Payne, Ala.

Ensley High School . Ensley, Ala.

Greensboro High School . Greensboro, Ala.

Hueytown High School . Bessemer, Ala.

Jones Valley High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Minor High School . , . Ensley, Ala.

Montgomery County High School . Ramer, Ala.

Murphy High School . Mobile, Ala.

Opp High School . Opp, Ala.

Phillips High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Ramsey High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Sacred Heart Academy . Cullman, Ala.

Saint Bernard High, School . St. Bernard, Ala.

Saint Paul’s High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Shades-Cahaba High School . Homewood, Ala.

Sidney Lanier High School . Montgomery, Ala.

Tallassee High School . Tallassee, Ala.

West Jefferson High School . Quinton, Ala.

Woodlawn High School . Birmingham, Ala.

Visitation Academy . Mobile, Ala.

37

FINANCIAL REPORT FOR THE ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR

1942 - 1943

INCOME

Balance turned over to Clustie McTyeire by P. P. Brooks . $119.92

Chapter dues . 14.00

Membership cards . 1.46

$135.38

EXPENDITURES

Birmingham Engraving Company . $ 11.23

Jones Publishing Company . 3.50

Expense of President . 2.00

Expense of Treasurer . 1.00

Expense of Councilors . 6.52

$ 24.25

Balance in First National Bank of Bessemer . $111.13

Auditing Committee :

Miss Clustie McTyeire, Chairman
Miss Agnes Hunt
Dr. H. E. Wilcox

38

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Gardner, Wright A. (A) . Auburn

§*Graham, John Y. (A) . Tuscaloosa

Reinke, E. E. (A) . Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation . Birmingham

Alabama College . Montevallo

Alabama Dept, of Archives and History . Montgomery

Alabama Polytechnic Institute . Auburn

Alabama Power Company . Birmingham

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce . Montgomery

American Cast Iron Pipe Company . Birmingham

Birmingham Slag Company, 2019 Sixth Ave. N . Birmingham

Birmingham-Southern College . Birmingham

Birmingham Trust & Savings . Birmingham

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation, 2201 First Ave . Birmingham

Howard College . Birmingham

Huntingdon College . Montgomery

Jacksonville State Teachers College . Jacksonville

Judson College . Marion

McKesson & Robbins, Inc . Birmingham

Portland Cement Association, Watts Building . Birmingham

Birmingham Ice & Cold Storage . Birmingham

Southern Natural Gas Co., Watts Building . Birmingham

Stockham Pipe & Fittings Co . Birmingham

Troy State Teachers College. . Troy

University of Alabama . University

Woodward Iron Company . Birmingham

Active Members

fAbercrombie, Lt. W. D. (A) . 8216 2nd Ave. S., Birmingham

Allen, Roger W. (B) . Chemistry Department, Auburn

§*Allison, Fred (G) . Physics Department, Auburn

Almon Lois . Judson College, Marion

Anderson, Harold J. (C) . Box 29-C, Rt. 1, Birmingham

Andrews, T. G. (C) . Geology Department, University

Arant, Frank S. (A) . : . Zoology Department, Auburn

fArcher, Allan F. (A) . U. S. Army, Fourth Service Command Lab.,

Ft. McPherson, Ga.

*Charter members of the Academy.
fMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.

The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, (B) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology, (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine, (G) Physics, (H) Industry and Economics, (I) Teaching of
Science.

39

Arnold, Paul J. (A) . Jacksonville

Ayrs, O. L. (B) . 1001 28th Place, South, Birmingham

§Bales, Paul D. (G) . Mass. Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass.

fBarnes, G. F. (B) . Judson College, Marion

*Basore, C. A. (D) . . . Chemistry Department, Auburn

Beatty, Alvin C. (A) . Botany Department, University

Bell, Frances . U.S.N. (W), Navy Hospital Lab., Brooklyn, N.Y.

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Blair, C. S. (C) . Black Diamond Coal Mining Co., Comer Bldg.,

Birmingham

Boehmer, Kathryn . : . Birmingham

Bowles, Edgar . Tuscaloosa

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) . 853-77 th Way So., Birmingham

Brame, J. L. (C) . Montgomery

*Brannon, Peter A. (C) . Dept, of Archives & History, Montgomery

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) . Montgomery

Brower, Walter Jordan . University

Brown, Robert D. (B) . . . State Teachers College, Livingston

Bruhn, John M. (A) . School of Medicine, University

fBunton, Paul B . Box 4208, Atlanta, Ga.

Bush, J. D. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Butler, Robert L . Auburn

Capouya, Miss Mildred . 1207 Madison Ave., Montgomery

Carlson, J. Gordon (A) . Zoology Department, University

§Carmichael, E. B. (B) . School of Medicine, University

Cason, Mrs. Clarence E . School of Medicine, University

Chauvin, Viola, RN (A) . U. S. Marine Hospital, Mobile

Christenson, Reed O. (A) . Zoology Department, API, Auburn

§Coghill, Will H. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Cole, Frank T. (G) . Weather Bureau Office, Mobile

Coons, Kenneth W. (B) . University

Corley, Miss Nora (A) . State Teachers College, Livingston

Cornell, B. M . Southern Aviation Training School, Inc., Decatur

§Cotton, William E. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Cotter, H. F. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) . American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham

Crawley, Clyde B. (G) . University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

Creel, Hubert H . . 318 South Gay Street, Auburn

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) . State Teachers College, Florence

Cunningham, Floyd F. (D) . State Teachers College, Florence

Damon, S. R. (F) . State Board of Health, Montgomery

Dejarnette, David (C) . University

Denaro, Salvatore A . University

DeWilton, Edward L. (A) . . . 1616-13th Ave., North, Birmingham

Dowdey, Perry Frank . West Jefferson High School, Rt. 1, Quinton

Dowling Herndon, Jr . 1426 Brown Street, Tuscaloosa

Dugger, J. F., Sr. (A) . Biology Department, Auburn

Dugger, J. F., Jr. (A) . Hope Hull

East, Isaac Young . Moss Point, Miss.

Eisele, Louis (G) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

fEmigh, Eugene D. (D) . Weather Bureau, Montgomery

Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A) . School of Chemistry, University

Evans, G. Harlowe (B) . 209 Woodley Road, Montgomery

Fair, Baxter B. IF) . 72 Virginia Avenue, Montgomery

f*Farmer, C. M. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Faxon, F. W . 83-91 Frances Street, Buck Bay, Boston, Mass.

40

Ferguson, Hal (F) . T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Fies, Milton H. (D) . 3236 Salisbury Road, Birmingham

Foley, James O. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Frishe, W. C . Dept, of Chemistry, Alabama Polytechnic. Inst. Auburn

Gandrud, B. W. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Garren, Kenneth H. (A) . . . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Gary, C. M . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Gattman, Lambert C. (A) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Geisler, Miss Edith (A) . Adger

Gerhardt, Henry (E) . 1215 Elmira Street, Mobile

Gibson, J. Sullivan (D) . State Teachers College, Livingston

Gillis, Ewen (B) . School of Pharmacy, U. of Louisville, Louisville, Ky.

fGlazner, J. F. (D) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Glenn, W. E. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Goff, John Hedges . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Goss, C. M. (F) . School of Medicine, University

§Graves, 'Stuart (F) . School of Medicine, University

Greenwood, Frances A . Tuscaloosa

fGrover, M. A . . . Box 590, Birmingham

Gurren, Kenneth H . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Hackworth, L. E . Harvard Medical School, Cambridge, Mass.

Haeberle, Fred R . 1016-8th Avenue, Tuscaloosa

fHargis, E. H. (F) . 28th Street and 12th Avenue, North, Birmingham

§Harper, Roland M. (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University

Hart, Kermit T . Administration, Spring Hill College, Mobile

§Heath, H. C. (A) . 21 Agnew Street, Montgomery

Herring, Mrs. Glora Mitchell . Central Heights, Florence

Hertzog, Ellis S. (B) . .. . 505 18th Street, Tuscaloosa

Hess, A. D. (F) . .*. . Dept. Health and Safety, Wilson Dam

Hess, George W . . . Howard College, Birmingham

§Hinman, E. Harold (A) . Health and Safety Dept., Wilson Dam

Hobbs, Mrs. Lindsey M . Chemistry Department, University

Horton, Edgar C. (C) . 1221 N. 13th Street, Birmingham

Howse, B. C . 333-38th Street, Fairfield

Hunt, Agnes . 148 The Highlands, Tuscaloosa

Hunt, T. E. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Jennings, Henry L . Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham

Jones, A. W . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

§Jones, E. V. (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

§Jones, Herman D. (B) . Oglethorpe University, Georgia

§Jones, W. B. (C) . . . U. S. Army, Australia

§Jones W. C. (F) . T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Kassner. J. L. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Kendrick, L. D . Phipps & Bird Co., Richmond, Va.

fKennedy, A. M. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Kennedy, J. J . University

Klingbeil, Jerome . 720-14th Avenue S. E., Minneapolis, Minn.

Koch, Leonard . 1224i/i 8th Street, Tuscaloosa

Kraxberger, W. W. (C) . 4535 E. 16th Ave., Denver, Colo.

Land, James E. (B) . Chemistry Department, API, Auburn

fLang, George . Box 2021, University

fLeach, Charles N. (F) . State Board of Health, Montgomery

Littlejohn, Jeanette (B) . Huntingdon College, Montgomery

*Llovd, ’S. J. (B) . ....School of Chemistry, University

Loding, S. P . . . 166 Houston St., Mobile

Long, A. R . Weather Bureau Office, Atlanta, Ga.

41

Lord, James (C) .

McCaffrey, Joseph E .

McFarland, Robert W .

McGlamery, Winnie (C)
McTyeire, Clusti^ Evelyn.

McVay, Thomas (B) .

fMacormac, A. R. (D) .

MacDonald, Margaret B..

MacKenzie, J. T. (B) .

Malone, J. M. (E) .

Marie, Sister Virgil .

Martin, H. M. (B) .

Mayfield, Sara .

Medlock, Olin C .

Mobley, W. M. (H) .

Monroe, Watson H .

Moore, Mildred (A) .

Moore, Omar C. (B) .

Moore W. A. (F) . .

Morgan, Sam R. J. (D)...

Mullahy, John H. (A) .

Munro, W. M . .

Nettles, Lou Ellen .

Nixon, H. W .

Olive, Alfred H. (B) .

Oliver, Robert B .

§Ott, W. P. (E) . .

fOverton, A. Guy (D) .

Page, Rufus H., Jr .

§Palmer, George D., Jr .

Parks, Miss Helen C .

Patty, John R .

Pennington, Elsie .

§Peoples, Stuart A. (F) .

Pepinsky, Raymond (G)..
Phillips. Grady W. (F)....

fPole, G. R. (B) .

Pomerat, C. M. (A) . .

Pool, R. M. (F) .

Poor, R. S. (C) .

Pressley, W. S .

§Pritchett, C. O. (A) .

Rasor, Frank W. (D) .

Reed, Clyde T .

Reeves, W. P., Jr. (A)....

Reynolds, J. Paul (A) .

Richards, Leon W. (B)...
*Robinson, Mary E. (A)...

§*Robinson, J. M. (A) .

Rushton, E. R. (B) .

Ruston, Allen .

Rutledge, A. W. (A) .

Sensenig, E. Carl .

Sharman, J. R .

§ Sharp. C. G . . .

Sherrill, Richard Byrd .

. Russellville

. Southern Kraft Corporation, Mobile

. Box 685, Fairhope

. Paleontologist, University

. . . 1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer

. ..School of Chemistry, University

. .....U. S. Army

. Citronelle

. 4300 Glenwood Avenue, Birmingham

. ....1102 - 7th Ave. W., Birmingham

. 1413 Old Shell Road, Mobile

. Chemistry Department, Auburn

. Idlewyld, Tuscaloosa

. . . 368 Payne Street, Auburn

. Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

. U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

. Auburn

. Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

. Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

. Soil Conservation Service, Montgomery

. Spring Hill College, Mobile

. 210 Woodley Road, Montgomery

. Arlington

. Auburn

. Springville

. Mooreland Apts., Houghton, Mich.

. Dept, of Mathematics, University

. . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

. Auburn

. School of Chemistry, University

. Montevallo

. . . 7815 5th Ave. South, Birmingham

. 1204 Watauga St., Kingsport, Tenn.

. School of Medicine, University

. Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

. 1118 Colquitt Ave., N. E., Atlanta, Ga.

. House 87, Village 1. Sheffield

. Zoology Department, University

. 652 Ridgeway Road, Fairfield

. Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

. 271 S. Gay St., Auburn

. Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

. Box 40, Montgomery

. . . Marion Institute, Marion

. Union Springs

. Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

. 8802 Second Court North, Birmingham

. 536 Princeton Avenue, Birmingham

. Biology Department, Auburn

. P. O. Box 556, Florence

Birmingham Ice & Cold Storage, Birmingham

. State Teachers College, Florence

. Oglethorpe University, Ga.

. . . University

. Alabama College, Montevallo

. Cahaba Road, Birmingham

42

Silvia, Mr. E. R. De . U. S. Forest Service, Montgomery

Sledd, Arthur (B) . Judson College, Marion

Smith, Ralph Jackson . 1401 Brown St., Tuscaloosa

§Smith, Septima C. (A) . Zoology Department, University

*Smyth, P. H. (G) . U. S. Weather Bureau, Montgomery

§Sommer, Anna (B) . .—Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Spies, Tom D. (MD) . Hillman Hospital, Birmingham

fSpieth, Alda May (A) . . State Teachers College, Livingston

'Stabler, Carey V . Alabama College, Montevallo

§Starr, L. E. (A) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Sullivan, Edmund B. (B) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

Suter, L. S. (A) . Ala. State Dept, of Public Health, Montgomery

Tarzwell, Clarence M. (A) . T.V.A. No. 3, Lafayette Apts., Decatur

Tellier, A. J. (E) . 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile

Thompson, Davis Hunt (B) . 917 Valley Road Place, Birmingham

Thompson, W. D . Altoona

Tilson, W. L. (D) . Weather Bureau, Airport Station, Mobile

Todhunter, E. Neige . Box 1051, University

Toffel, G. M. (B) . Marion Institute, Marion

Toler, Brooks (D) . Division of Forestry, Montgomery

Toulmin, Lyman, Jr . Alabama Geological Survey, University

Tourtelot, Harry A. (C) . New Albany, Miss.

§Tower, James Allen (D) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Van Aller, T. S. IF) . 902 Charleston Street, Mobile

Wager, Alan T. (G) . 865-8th Street West, Birmingham

Walsh, Groesbeck F. (F) . T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Walsh, Sister Mary Vincent (B) . Visitation Academy, Mobile

Ward, John M . Alabama State Chamber of Commerce, Montgomery

fWeishaupt, Clara G. (A) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

fWestland, A. J. Rev. (C) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

White, Rev. Urban (B) . St. Bernard College, Cullman

§*Whiting, W. A. (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

fWilcox, H. E. (B) . . . Howard College, Birmingham

Wilson, Mrs. Pauline Park . University of Alabama

Wimberly, Mrs. Steve B. (C) . T.C.I. Co., Box 29 E, Rt. 1, Birmingham

Wimberly, Steve B . T.C.I. Co., Box 29 E, Rt. 1, Birmingham

Wingard, Mrs. R. E. (B) . Auburn

Wood, C. R. (E) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Wood, Thomas A. (A) . Marion Institute, Marion

Woodall, Percy T. . 1101 27th Place South, Birmingham

Woolf, Frank P. (F) . Auburn

Woolley, Miss Mary . Murphy High School, Mobile

Worley, Lillian (D) . Alabama College, Montevallo

§Xan, John (B) . Howard College, Birmingham

§Yancey, Patrick H. (A) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

Young, Monroe . Greensboro

43

^ttembers

deceased

Edgar Allen

February 3, 1943

Thomas S. Van Aller

March 19, 1943

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A.A.A.S.)

SEPTEMBER, 1944

VOLUME 16

Proceedings, Papers and Abstracts
of

THE TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING
TUTWILER HOTEL
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
• APRIL 14, 1944

Office of the Editor
University or Alabama
University, Alabama

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A.A.A.S.)

SEPTEMBER, 1944

VOLUME 16

Proceedings, Papers and Abstracts
of

THE TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING
TUTWILER HOTEL
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
APRIL 14, 1944

Office of the Editor
University of Alabama
University, Alabama

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy . 3

General Program of the Birmingham Meeting . 4

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting . . 5

Minutes of the Preliminary Business Meeting . 10

Minutes of the Final Business Meeting . 12

Reports of Officers and Committees:

The Treasurer’s Report . 13

The Councilors of the A. A. A. S . 10

The Editor of the Journal . 14

The Statistician’s Report . 14

The Committee on Research . 15

The Resolutions Committee . 18

Presidential Address . 19

Original Papers Presented at Twenty-first Annual Meeting

at Birmingham . 25

Abstract of Papers Presented at the Twenty-first Annual Meeting

at Birmingham . 43

Index of Authors for Howard College Meeting . . . 66

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science:

Junior Academy Officers for 1944-45 . 67

High Schools with Delegates at the Tenth Annual Meeting . 67

Senior Academy Certificates of Award . 67

Junior Academy Financial Statement . 68

Members of the Alabama Academy of Science:

Honorary . 69

Sustaining . 69

Active . 69

Associate . 69

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1944-45

President , James T. Mackenzie.. ..Amer. Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham
President-Elect, J. M. Robinson . . . Auburn

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

J. P. Reynolds, Biology and Medical Sciences . . .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

G. H. Evans, Chemistry . Huntingdon College, Montgomery

E. C. Horton, Geology and Anthropology .

. - . U. S. Weather Bureau, Birmingham

J. M. Stauffer, Geography and Conservation . .

. Dept, of Conservation,. Montgomery

A. T. Wager, Physics and Mathematics .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

W. M. Mobley, Industry and Economics . . .

. Alabama By-Products Corporation, Tarrant

W. D. Thompson, The Teaching of Science .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery . . . .University

Treasurer, John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham

Councilor of A.A.A.S., Septima C. Smith . . . . ..University

Editor of the Journal, Emmett B. Carmichael . . . University

C ouncilors for Junior Academy:

Kathryn M. Boehmer (1 yr.) . Ensley High School, Birmingham

A. V. Beatty (2 yrs.) . . University

Lillian Worley (3 yrs.) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities : E. D. Emigh, Chair¬
man; Peter A. Brannon, E. B. Carmichael, Floyd F. Cunningham,
S. R. Damon, J. F. Dugger, C. M. Farmer, Milton H. Fies, Thomas
Ford, J. F. Glazner, H. C. Heath, E. V. Jones, Clustie E. Mc-
Tyeire, W. M. Mobley, R. S. Poor, Frank Rasor, J. M. Robinson,
J. M. Stauffer, T. K. Sish, E. N. Todhunter, Clara G. Weis-
haupt, A. J. Westland, H. E. Wilcox, Thos. A. Wood, Lillian
Worley, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Research: J. F. Duggar, Chairman ; S. J. Lloyd, S. S.

Heide, E. V. Jones, A. J. Westland.

Committee on Publication : J. H. Coulliette, Chairman ; J. P. Reynolds,
G. Harlowe Evans, E. C. Horton, J. M. Stauffer, Alan T. Wager,
W. M. Mobley, Wynelle D. Thompson, E. B. Carmichael (Ex-
Officio).

Committee on Long Range Planning: Dr. C. M. Farmer, Section I ;
George D. Palmer, Section II ; S. J. Lloyd, Section III ; E. D. Emigh,
Section IV ; W. A. Moore, Section V ; W. M. Mobley, Section VI ;
Clustie E. McTyeire, Section VII.

Committee on Finance: Milton H. Fies, Chairman; W. M. Mobley, S. J.
Lloyd, A. J. Westland, John Xan, R. S. Poor, E. V. Jones.

GENERAL PROGRAM

All addresses and Section Meetings are open to the public.

FRIDAY, APRIL 14, 1944

9 :00 A.M. Registration, Lobby Tutwiler Hotel.

9:30 A.M. Meeting of Executive Committee, Room 242, Tutwiler.

11 :00 A.M.

Business Meeting of the Academy, Colonial Room, Mezzanine
Floor, Tutwiler.

Address of Welcome — Honorable Cooper Green, President
City Commission, Birmingham.

Response to Address of Welcome — Professor J. F. Duggar,
Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

12:20 P.M.

Photograph of group.

12:30 P.M.

Luncheon, Compliments of McKesson and Robbins, Inc., to
members, on the Terrace.

Presidential Address, “Challenges Facing the Alabama Acad¬
emy of Science” — Dr. E. V. Jones, President of the

Academy.

2 :00 P.M. Section Meetings for Papers

4:30 P.M.

Biology and Medical Science — Colonial Room.

Chemistry — Room 242.

Geology and Anthropology — Room to be assigned.

Geography, Conservation and Allied Subjects- — Room to be
assigned.

Physics and Mathematics — Room to be assigned.

Industry and Economics — Room to be assigned.

The Teaching of Science — Room to be assigned.

Final Business Session of the Academy — Colonial Room.

- ;o ; -

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
APRIL 14 and 15th, 1944

9:00 A.M. Registration, Phillips High School, Friday, April 14th.

3 :00 P.M. Exhibits, Phillips High School.

4:15 P.M. Business Meeting. Phillips High School.

9:00 A.M. Program featuring Talent Search Winners from Alabama,
April 15, Phillips High School.

5

A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

Birmingham-Southern College, Feb. 12, 1944
Members of the Executive Committee :

As you know, interest in research is growing rapidly in Alabama. To
further stimulate that interest, we have arranged a gift of $200 a year
from a Mr. and Mrs. Goethe of Sacramento, Califoria, if we will provide
another $200 to give us an annual research fund of $400. (They have had
such an arrangement with the Virginia Academy for some years.) We
need to get this fund ready for use in 1944-45. When we have our $200
pledged or provided for, Mr. Goethe will begin to send his $200 in quar¬
terly checks of $50. As “Item No. I” of this letter I respectfully urge you
to approve the above plan for one year — further approval to be left to the
Academy at the April meeting.

Item No. II. The Academy Research Committee at a meeting at the
Molton Hotel February 11, 1944, recommended that the Executive Com¬
mittee approve, for this year, of the use of $200 from the funds paid in
by our sustaining members to match the $200 offered by Mr. and Mrs.
Goethe. I respectfully urge your approval of Item No. II.

Item No. III. Last year we had two good projects presented for the
A.A.A.S. Research Grant. But the grant of only $31.50 was too small to
be divided and only one award was made. After casting her vote in the
award Miss Worley of Montevallo suggested we ought to “find funds”
for an award to the other applicant. It was too late to act last year. This
suggestion was presented to the Research Committee and that Committee
recommended to the Executive that for this year a sum equal to the
A.A.A.S. Research Grant (about $30) be taken from our regular funds
to make a second research grant if two worthy projects are presented. I
respectfully urge your approval of Item No. III.

Item No. IV. Our meeting this year will mark the twentieth anni¬
versary of the founding of the Alabama Academy of Science on April 4,
1924, in Montgomery. We should recognize this anniversary in some way.
I recommend that we inaugurate a cash prize of Fifty Dollars for the
best research paper presented at the annual meeting by a member of the
Academy, if in the judgment of the Publications Committee, a worthy
paper is presented. This prize might or might not be awarded at our meet¬
ing this year. I do not urge your approval of this item, but I am strongly
in favor of it. I hope you will approve it.

May I add further that after this year some of these items would be
carried by our hoped-for $400 research fund. It is also hoped that after
this year we would not need to take the $200 out of our- present sources
of funds. That is, other sources of this $200 have been under discussion.
Please send your votes to Miss McGlamery promptly. Thank you.

Yours sincerely,

E. V. JONES, President

P.S. : Our balance May 14, 1943, was $672.97. We received last year
$597.75.

6

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, APRIL 14, 1944

At 9:30 A.M., April 14, 1944, the Executive Committee was called to
order by President E. V. Jones, with the following members in attend¬
ance: Dr. E. V. Jones, Dr. John Xan, Dr. Septima Smith, Mr. E. D.
Emigh, Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael, Mr. J. H. Coulliette, Dr. Geo. D.
Palmer, Dr. J. M. Robinson, Dr. C. M. Farmer, Mr. W. C. Frishe, Dr.
James L. Kassner, Mr. Peter A. Brannon, Miss Lillian Worley, Dr. W.
C. Jones, and Miss Winnie McGlamery.

1. Minutes of former meetings: Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael moved,
seconded by Dr. C. M. Farmer, that the reading of the minutes of the
previous meetings be dispensed with because they have already been pub-
lishd in the Journals for 1942 and 1943. Motion carried.

Dr. E. V. Jones reported briefly on our cooperation with the Science
Clubs of America through the Junior Academy, with Dr. H. E. Wilcox
designated as official representative of the Academy and recommended
that the cooperation be continued. Moved and seconded that this recom¬
mendation be approved. Motion carried.

A.A.A.S. Azvard: Dr. E. V. Jones reported some confusion in claim¬
ing the A.A.A.S. Grant and recommended that the responsibility for
claiming this grant be placed with the Secretary. Mr. J. H. Coulliette
moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, the approval of this recommendation. Motion
carried.

Out of State Membership : Mr. Emigh reported that the Committee
appointed to take up this matter had not yet done anything about it. Dr.
Carmichael moved, seconded by Dr. Palmer, that it shall be the policy
of the Academy not to accept members residing outside of the State.
Motion carried.

It was moved and seconded that the four items recommended in
President E. V. Jones’ letter of February 12, 1944, to members of the
Executive Committee, and approved by them, be reaffirmed at this time.
Motion carried.

There was some discussion led by Dr. Carmichael relative to a sec¬
ond prize of $25.00.

Report of the Treasurer: Dr. Xan reported that the books were
closed on April 10, 1944, with a balance of $849.10, that after all bills are
paid there will be a balance of about $600.00. The income of the Academy
has been reduced somewhat on account of suspended dues for members
in Military Service.

After deducting the $200.00 voted for Research to match the funds
contributed by Mr. and Mrs. Goethe, there will still be a good balance, and
Dr. Xan recommends that $100.00 be set aside as a nucleus for research
or other uses. It was moved and seconded that this report be approved.
Motion carried.

Dr. Xan moved, seconded by Dr. Kassner, that a Finance Committee
composed of five members be appointed to promote the financial welfare
of the Academy, with an industrial man as Chairman. Motion carried.

Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: Dr. Septima Smith had no
report since the A.A.A.S. did not meet last year. Dr. Smith reported that
there was a possibility that a A.A.A.S. meeting would be held next Sep¬
tember.

7

Report of the Councilor of the Junior Academy: Dr. Xan reported
for Dr. Wilcox, requesting that the councilors of the Junior Academy be
authorized to appoint an advisory committee of 10 to 12 persons scattered
throughout the State to organize clubs and chapters and to assist other¬
wise with the work of the Junior Academy and S.C.A. It was moved and
seconded that this request be granted. Motion carried.

Report of the Editor of the Journal: Dr. Carmichael read this report.
It was moved and seconded that it be accepted. Motion carried.

Reports of the Standing Committees:

a. Committee on Membership and Activities : Mr. Emigh recommend¬
ed that the membership of the Committee be thoroughly revised for the
coming year. Dr. J. M. Robinson moved, seconded by Dr. W. C. Jones,
that Mr. Emigh’s report be accepted. Motion carried.

b. Committee on Research: In the absence of Mr. Fred Allison, Chair¬
man, this report was read by Dr. Xan. Dr. J. M. Robinson moved, second¬
ed by Mr. E. D. Emigh, that the report be accepted. Motion adopted.

c. Publications Committee : Mr. Coulliette, Chairman, reported that all
papers that came in for last year had been published, and that the Com¬
mittee would be glad to have the abstracts and papers turned in promptly
after the meeting. Dr. J. M. Robinson moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that
this report be accepted. Motion carried.

d. Long Range Planning Committee : Dr. C. M. Farmer recommended
that each year the Secretary notify the member who will be chairman for
the coming year. Dr. E. V. Jones recommended that we start next year
with Dr. Farmer serving as chairman of this committee. Dr. Septima
Smith moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that these recommendations be ap¬
proved. Motion carried.

Dr. E. V. Jones presented a letter in regard to cooperation with the
International Ofr:ce of Education. New York City. Moved and seconded
that this be referred to the Long Range Planning Committee. Motion
carried.

The subject of Organization of a Social Science section was brought
up by Mr. Emigh. It was moved and seconded that this be referred to
the Long Range Planning Committee with power to act. Motion carried.

Place of Meeting : Dr. Farmer moved, seconded by Mr. Emigh, that
the Academy meet in Birmingham again next year. Motion carried by a
large majority.

Naming our “Best Paper Prize’’ to be considered.

Dr. Farmer requested some action with regard to the matter of teach¬
ing hours of a professor, that they be estimated at 15 in conformity with
the action of other Academies, and that laboratory hours be regarded
as teaching hours. This was referred to the Long Range Planning Com¬
mittee.

Dr. Farmer moved and it was seconded that the administration of the
$400.00 Research fund be in the hands of the Research Committee. Motion
carried.

At the conclusion of business the meeting adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary

8

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE EXECUTIVE

COMMITTEE

Official notification was given me, August 20, 1943, by my worthy
predecessor, Willard M. Mobley, that he was turning over to me the
duties of the President.

The first official business was to consider whether or not we would
cooperate with the Science Clubs of America under Science Service in
Washington, directed by Watson Davis. If our cooperation was to begin
this year, the decision had to be made within a few days. Your President
has to confess that he acted without full legal authorization. But the
commitment was definitely for this year only and subject to the approval
of the Executive Committee and the Academy at this annual meeting.
Furthermore, the temporary commitment was made only after getting
the approval, without a dissenting voice, from nearly all the Executive
Committee members in the Birmingham area. Dr. Wilcox, Chairman of
the Junior Academy Counselors, had approved the idea and consented to
be our official representative in the cooperation. By this decision the Ala¬
bama Academy of Science cooperated in the Third National Science Tal¬
ent Search, sponsored by Westinghouse.

We may be justly proud that Alabama headed the list of the winning
states with two winners who got a week’s visit to Washington, D. C., and
at least a $100.00 scholarship. These winners were Rodman Jenkins, An¬
niston High School and Cyril Stelzenmuller, West End High School, Bir¬
mingham. Rodman Jenkins won a $400.00 scholarship, which was among
the second highest honors, in the final competition in Washington, D. C.

I recommend that this cooperation, which is still in the experimental
stage be continued.

Early in the year there were three changes in our official family.
Junior Academy Counselor, Miss Agnes Hunt, joined -the WACS and
Miss Kathryn Boehmer consented to take her place.

Professor J. S. Gibson, Vice-President and Section Chairman for
Geography and Conservation, left the state and Miss Lillian Worley, who
was chairman of this section last year, kindly accepted the responsibility
again for this year.

Also Dr. G. F. Barnes, Vice-President and Chairman of the Section
of Physics and Mathematics left the state and Dr. J. H. Coulliette again
assumed this responsibility.

It became known rather late in the year that the A.A.A.S. Research
Grant awarded to Dr. A. J. Westland had not been claimed for him. With
the help of the Secretary and Treasurer this oversight was corrected. I
should like to recommend that the responsibility for claiming this grant
and passing it on be placed with the Secretary.

During the year we had two out-of-state applications for member¬
ship in the Academy. Mr. Emigh was asked to confer with Miss Worley
and Dr. Carmichael and bring a recommendation to the Executive Com¬
mittee on out-of-state applications for membership.

As the time for our meeting approached, it seemed wise to have the
help of a representative Committee on Promotion and Arrangements for
the meeting. The following were asked to serve: Messrs. Emigh, Farmer,
MacKenzie, Palmer, Poor, Robinson, Wilcox and Xan.

9

During past years as Librarian for the Academy, I have corresponded
at times with Dr. E. C. L. Aliller, secretary of the Virginia Academy, and
through him I have learned much about the activities of that Academy
which is just a year older than ours. In a letter last fall I learned of the
possibility of getting a research fund of $200.00 per year on a dollar-for-
dollar matching basis from Mr. and Airs. C. M. Goethe of Sacramento,
California. (They have had such a cooperation with the Virginia Academy
for two or three years.) Through the help of Dr. O. W. Caldwell, Secre¬
tary of the A.A.A.S. the same offer was made to the Alabama Academy.
Just after receiving this offer I was asked by Dr. Allison to meet with
his Research Committee in Birmingham. The Research Committee made
certain recommendations to the Executive Committee which are set
forth in the attached letter which the secretary of the Academy sent out
to all members of the Executive Committee.

All these recommendations were approved without a dissenting vote.
Two members did not vote on item IV ; one qualified his approval.

One important item of unfinished business is discussions now going
on with some possible donors of best paper prizes for our annual meetings.

10

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS
MEETING, APRIL 14, 1944

The meeting was called to order by President E. V. Jones at 11 A.M.

1. Minutes: It was moved and seconded that the reading of the Min¬
utes of the last meeting be dispensed with since they have been published
in the Journal. Motion carried.

The Honorable Cooper Green, President of the City Commission, Bir¬
mingham, gave the address of welcome, with the response by Dr. Emmett
B. Carmichael, in the absence of Professor J. F. Duggar, Sr.

2. Report of the Treasurer: Dr. John Xan read his report for the year
ending April 10, 1944. It was moved and seconded that the report be ac¬
cepted, and referred to the Auditing Committee. Motion carried.

3. Report of the Editor of the Journal: Dr. Carmichael read his re¬
port. Dr. C. M. Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. J. M. Robinson that the
report be accepted as read. Motion carried. Report appended.

Father A. J. Westland suggested that it be printed on the blanks used
to submit titles of papers that abstracts are required in advance of the
meeting.

Mr. E. D. Emigh suggested that section chairmen recommend papers
that should be printed in full.

4. Reports of the Standing Committees :

a. Committee on the A.A.A.S. Award : In the absence of the Chair¬
man of the Committee the Chairman of Section I will assume the respon¬
sibility of getting together the applications that have come in for that
award and be ready to make a report at the final business session this
afternoon. Provision has been made for two awards, conditioned only on
whether or not there are two worthy projects.

b. Committee on Membership and Activities: Mr. E. D. Emigh as
Chairman gave his report, recommending that the membership of the
committee be thoroughly revised for next year. It was moved and sec¬
onded that the report be accepted. Motion carried.

5. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: Dr. Septima Smith had
no report since the A.A.A.S. has not been holding its meetings.

6. Long Range Planning Committee : In 1941 there was a resolution
passed setting up a long range planning committee consisting of a member
from each section. In 1943 this committee was set up with Dr. Poor as
Chairman. At the Executive Committee Meeting a motion was made that
we start over again with Dr. Farmer as Chairman. Dr. J. M. Robinson
moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that we proceed from this point following
the plan set up two or three years ago, and that Dr. Farmer as a member
of Section I be continued as Chairman of the Long Range Planning Com¬
mittee for the coming year. Members of this committee are to be replaced
by the action of each section. The membership is as follows : Dr. C. M.
Farmer, Section I ; Dr. Geo. D. Palmer, Section II ; Walter B. Jones,
Section III in Military Service; E. D. Emigh, Section IV; W. A. Moore,
Section V; Dr. John Goff, Section VI, away; Miss Clustie McTyeire,
Section 7. Motion carried.

7. Research Committee: In the absence of Mr. Fred Allison, Chair¬
man, report was read by Mr. Coulliette. It was moved and seconded that
the report be accepted as read. Motion carried. Report appended.

11

The Executive Committee approved the four points recommended in
President E. V. Jones’ letter of February 12, 1944, to members of the
Executive Committee, point No. 1, recommending that we shall take from
the funds of the Academy for this next year $200.00 to match the $200.00
being sent by Mr. and Mrs. Goethe. This vote was reaffirmed by the
Executive Committee. It was moved and seconded that these recommenda¬
tions be approved. Motion carried.

A.A.A.S. Award: Father A. J. Westland was awarded the Research
Grant for 1943-44.

It was moved and seconded that the report from Dr. R. Pepinsky on
the progress of Crystal-growth investigation for which the grant was
made in 1942 be accepted. Dr. Pepinsky reports that the work will be con¬
tinued as soon as possible, and that a more complete report will be sub¬
mitted later. Motion carried.

Report of the Chairman of the Councilors of the Junior Academy:
Mr. J. H. Coulliette acting for the chairman moved the approval of the
plan for cooperation of the Junior Academy with the Science Clubs of
America. The motion was seconded and carried.

Publications Committee: Report was read by Mr. J. H. Coulliette.
It was moved and seconded that it be approved. Motion carried. Report
appended.

Dr C. M. Farmer moved, and it was seconded that the Academy put
itself on record as favoring the following: that the load of a teacher be
estimated at 15 hours and that laboratory hours be regarded as teaching
hours. Motion carried.

Announcements:

Each section should have a Nominating Committee to nominate a
chairman and secretary and put their report in the hands of the Nomi¬
nating Committee.

Appointment of Committees to report at the Final Business Meeting:

a. Auditing Committee :(a) for Senior Academy: Dr. C. M. Farmer,
Miss Lillian Worley, Dr. John Xan. (b) for the Junior Academy: Dr.
James L. Kassner, Mr. W. M. Mobley.

b. Resolutions Committee: Father A. J. Wesltand, E. D. Emigh.

c. Committee on Nominations: Dr. J. M. Robinson, Dr. Geo. D. Palm¬
er, Mr. J. H. Coulliette.

Adjournment: After announcements were made by Dr. R. S. Poor,
chairman of the Committee on Local Arrangements, the meeting ad¬
journed until 4:30 P.M.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary.

12

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS MEETING

APRIL 14, 1944

The final business meeting was called to order by President E. V.
Jones at 4:30 P.M. It was moved and seconded that the reading of the
minutes of the former meeting be dispensed with and approved as pub¬
lished in the Journal for 1942.

Reports of the Committees :

1. Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy: Dr. C. M. Farmer,
Chairman, reported that the Committee had examined the books and so
far as they could tell they were correct. Moved and seconded that the
report of the Auditing Committee be accepted. Motion carried. Audited
report appended.

2. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: Dr. James L. Kass-
ner. Chairman, announced that this report was not yet ready. Moved and
seconded that the report be sent directly to the Auditing Committee. Mo¬
tion carried.

3. Resolutions Committee : Father A. J. Westland read this report. Dr.
Septima Smith moved, and it was seconded, that the report of the com¬
mittee be accepted. Motion carried. Report appended.

4. Charter Members: Dr. John Xan moved, seconded by Miss Mary E.
Robinson, that we have a committee on Charter Membership to look into
the matter of additional Charter Members and bring in a report at the
next meeting. Motion carried.

5. Report of the Statistician: Dr. Roland M. Harper, Statistician,
presented his report. Dr. John Xan moved, and it was seconded that we
accept the report of the Statistician. Motion carried. Report appended.

6. Committee for the Nomination of Officers s Dr. J. M. Robinson,
Chairman; Dr. Geo. D. Palmer and Mr. J. H. Coulliette, members, pre¬
sented the following report:

President (President-Elect of last year) — Dr. James T. MacKenzie,
American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Birmingham.

President-Elect: Dr. J. M. Robinson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
Auburn.

1st Vice-President — Dr. J. P. Reynolds, Birmingham-Southern Col¬
lege ; Secretary, Dr. Alvin V. Beatty, University.

2nd Vice-President — Dr. G. Harlowe Evans, Huntingdon College ;
Secretary, Mr. Davis H. Thompson, Birmingham.

3rd Vice-President — Mr. E. C. Horton, U. S. Weather Bureau, Bir¬
mingham ; Secretary, Mr. Peter A. Brannon, Dept, of Archives
and History, Montgomery.

4th Vice-President — Mr. J. M. Stauffer, Dept, of Conservation; Sec¬
retary, Mr. Thomas A. Ford, Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery.

5th Vice-President— Mr. Alan T. Wager, Birmingham-Southern
College.

6th Vice-President— Mr. W. M. Mobley, Alabama By-Products Cor¬
poration, Tarrant.

7th Vice-President — Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson, Birmingham-South¬
ern College.

Treasurer — Dr. John Xan, Howard College.

13

Councilor, A.A.A.S. — Dr. Septima C. Smith, University.

Long Range Planning Committee, Section III — Dr. S. J. Lloyd, Uni¬
versity.

Councilor for the Junior Academy (3 years) — Miss Lillian Worley.

It was moved, seconded and carried that the Secretary cast a unani¬
mous vote for the officers nominated by the Nominating Committee, which
she did.

Miss Lillian Worley presented the following recommendations of the
Educational Committee of S.A.S.I. to the Academy : That the Academy,
along with the S.A.S.I., and Mr. Thomas Martin and Mr. Milton Fies, of
the Alabama Research Institute, be approached for appropriations for a
fellowship or fellowships for compiling and editing materials for use in
the schoolroom for teaching Alabama resources, — human and natural.
Moved and seconded that the suggestion of the S.A.S.I. be turned over
to the Research Committee for study and action in accordance with the
suggestion of the Educational Committee of the S.A.S.I. Motion carried.

Dr. E. V. Jones, President, expressed appreciation of the cooperation
of all those with whom he has been associated, to the members of the
various committees and especially to Dr. Poor, Chairman of the Commit¬
tee on Local Arrangements, after which the meeting was adjourned.

Registration of members and visitors was over 100.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING APRIL 10, 1944

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand May 14, 1943 . $ 672.97

Received Membership dues and Sustaining Memberships . 429.50

Total Receipts . $1,102.47

DISBURSEMENTS

Expenses of Secretary for Election . $ 7.20

Weatherford Printing Co. (blanks, ballots, etc.) . 19.47

Exchange check charge . 70

Treasurer’s expenses . 4.50

Weatherford Printing Co. (Journal) . 190.00

A.A.A.S. Award to A. J. Westland . 31.50

Total Disbursements . $253.37 $ 253.37

Balance April 10, 1944 . $ 849.10

JOHN XAN, Treasurer.

Auditing Committee :

C. M. FARMER
LILLIAN E. WORLEY
JOHN XAN

14

REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE JOURNAL

The Editor was not present at the final business meeting at Howard
College, on March 20, 1942, when he was elected to replace our president.

The plan for the vice-presidents of the Academy to arrange their own
programs has worked very well this year even though we all are being
subjected to greater pressure because of the war. However, the members
have not cooperated or followed instructions to send in two copies of
their abstracts when they sent in their titles. It is hoped that this point
will be noted in the future since the publication of our Journal is de¬
layed when abstracts are not furnished according to schedule. The Editor
received abstracts of papers for the last two years, only after writing sev¬
eral requests to many of the authors. Since we are all so busy, why not
send the abstracts with the blank which carries the title of the abstract
and information for the preparation of the annual program? This is the
procedure that is followed by national organizations.

Your Committee on Publications has approved all complete papers
that have been submitted and they have appeared in the last two volumes
of the Journal. It is hoped that complete papers of a high order will con¬
tinue to be submitted to our Committee on Publication for their approval.

EMMETT B. CARMICHAEL, Editor.

REPORT OF THE STATISTICIAN

(Prepared for the 1943 meeting, which was not held)

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MEMBERS OF

THE ACADEMY

Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama

The 1942 membership list of the Academy contains 251 names, not
counting Associates and Juniors. Of these 14 lived outside the state and
the address of one was “unknown.”

Within the state the greatest aggregation of members is naturally in
the largest city, Birmingham. Its representation (including Tarrant City
and Powderly but not Fairfield or Bessemer) is 46. Next are Tuscaloosa
(including University) with 44, Auburn 35, Montgomery 22, Mobile (in¬
cluding Spring Hill and Toulminville) 18, Fairfield 9, Marion 8, Jackson¬
ville 6, Sheffield (including Wilson Dam) 6, Florence 5, Montevallo 5,
Livingston 4, Troy 3, and Cullman (St. Bernard) 2. Twenty-three others,
including Decatur, Bessemer and Selma, have only one each. Such large
cities (taking them in order of 1940 population) as Gadsden, Anniston,
Dothan, Phenix City, Huntsville, Talladega, and Andalusia, with over
5,000 white inhabitants each, had no Academy members in 1942.

Of the total, 39, or 15.6 per cent, are women. Of these 8 are in Tus¬
caloosa (including University), 4 in Birmingham, 4 in Montevallo, 3 each
in Fairfield, Auburn and Mobile, 2 in Florence, Marion and Livingston,
one each in eight other places, and none outside the state.

The center of population of all members residing in Alabama is in
Chilton County, about ten miles south of Montevallo and five miles north¬
east of Randolph. This is probably not far from the center of aggregate
white population of the state, but that does not seem to have been cal¬
culated yet.

15

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON RESEARCH

The Committee has held three meetings since the last annual session
of the Academy.

Meeting in January, 1943, in the office of Dr. J. T. MacKenzie.

The Committee agreed to cooperate, through certain of its members,
with Dr. John Xan in gathering data for the Alabama Research Institute.
Service of this character to some extent was rendered.

Meeting of February 11, 1944, at the Molton Hotel, Birmingham.

The following resolutions were passed :

1. To recommend to the Academy that appropriate publicity be given
the several Research Programs of the State.

2. To recommend to the Executive Committee that the proposed
California donation of $200 be matched from the sustaining mem¬
bership dues, these to be augmented, if possible, through solicita¬
tion of additional sustaining memberships, or from other sources.

3. To recommend that the donation from the A.A.A.S. be matched
from Academy funds; and that the supports of research projects
already underway be continued from these funds for at least an¬
other year.

4. To invite Mr. Thomas W. Martin to sit with the Committee at a
special meeting to be called some time in March at his convenience.

5. To give further discussion at the next meeting to Professor Dug-
gar’s suggestion to make a study of the Wisconsin Alumni Re¬
search Foundation plan.

Meeting of March 20, 1944, with Mr. Thomas W. Martin in the Board
Room of Alabama Power Company Building.

Mr. Martin gave an informal discussion of the origin, development,
and aims of the Alabama Research Institute, a discussion which was quite
interesting and profitable to the Committee. The Committee in turn made
known to Mr. Martin its desire and readiness to render to the Institute
any service that may be possible. It was agreed that the Committee should
proffer such services to the Director of the Institute at an appropriate
time after his appointment.

FRED ALLISON, Chairman
J. F. DUGGAR
S. S. HEIDE
S. J. LLOYD
J. T. MacKENZIE

Committee on Research

REPORT OF THE PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE

Since no meeting was held in 1943, by action of the Executive Com¬
mittee invitation was made that authors submit papers that had been pre¬
pared for publication in the Journal.

Five papers and twelve abstracts were submitted. These were edited
by the Committee and will be found published in October 1943 issue of the
Journal. The publication of these papers is the concrete evidence of the
work of the Committee.

Respectfully submitted,

J. H. COULLIETTE, Chairman.

16

REPORT TO THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CRYSTAL GROWTH PROJECT AT ALABAMA POLYTECHNIC

INSTITUTE

As part of a general investigation of the develpoment of the crystalline
state, a study of crystal formation in gels was started at Auburn in Feb¬
ruary, 1942. The study was aided by a grant from the Alabama Academy
of Science, and the writer wishes to express his gratitude to the Acad¬
emy, and to report the intent and progress of the project in the four
months before he was forced to lay it aside to engage in other work, on
leave of absence from the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, during the war.

Formation of crystals in gels occurs in some geological depositions,
but is of much greater significance in biological precipitations. The writ¬
er’s interest in gels as media for crystallization arose through investiga¬
tion of the calcium salts in gall-stones. It has been held that the banded
coloration frequently observed in gall-stones is due to Liesegang-ring
formation, suggesting that the stones existed at some stage as a choles¬
terol-complex gel, possibly, into which other material diffused and precipi¬
tated. X-ray diffraction diagrams of over fifty cases of gall-stones ex¬
amined by the writer, in collaboration with Dr. D. B. Phemister and Dr.
H. Aronson, some years ago at the University of Chicago, revealed the
existence of a rare form of calcium carbonte in many of them. The form,
known as ^-CaCO or Vaterite-B, is a polymorph of calcite and aragonite,
and is obtained in the laboratory with some difficulty and never in crys¬
tals above microscopic size.

It was suspected that the stabilization of this rare material was due
to its deposition in gels in the gall-bladder (in association with bile pig¬
ments), this hypothesis receiving strength from the previous evidence for
the presence of and deposition in gels in the bladder. One of the first aims
of the present study was to examine the forms of calcium carbonate de¬
posited under various conditions in a variety of gels. Several results of
such an investigation could be anticipated : controlled retardation of CaCO
prepicitation rates would permit more complete knowledge of precipitation
and stability conditions for all three of the polymorphic forms ; applica¬
tion of such knowledge could be made to deductions of the conditions re¬
sponsible for precipitation in the gall-bladder; and the possibility existed
for the preparation of crystals of /u-CaCCh large enough for single-crystal
X-ray-diffraction analysis.

It might be remarked here that the M-CaCO crystal structure is of
much interest to crystal chemists, and it has not yet been possible to de¬
termine that structure from X-ray powder-diffraction diagrams of the
microscopic crystals available. up to the present time. In the 1942 meeting
of the Alabama Academy of Science the writer discussed the anomaly
between the distinct positive optical character of the micro-crytals of the
material, and the crystal symmetry proposed on the basis of powder-
diffraction diagrams— the latter requiring one to expect strongly negative
optical character. If it should be possible to prepare single crystals of the
M-form, the structure could be determined and the anomaly resolved.

Preparations of the carbonate precipitates have been made, and some
microscopic and X-ray observations carried out. The time required for
most of the crystallizations did not permit completion of the studies in the
few months before their enforced postponement. They will be continued
after the war.

17

It was feasible to prepare precipitates of a good number of other
rather insoluble salts in gels while awaiting the CaCO depositions. Good
crystals of a size suitable for crystallographic and single-crystal X-ray
measurements were obtained of the following:

Arsenates of calcium and magnesium ;

Borates of calcium and lead ;

Copper citrate ;

Dichromates of barium, copper, lead and silver;

Ferrocyanides of lead and manganese;

Oxalates of barium, cadmium, cobalt, iron, magnesium, mangan¬
ese, strontium and zince ;

Phosphates of barium, calcium, cadmium, lead, magnesium, and
zinc; Fluoro-phosphates of barium and copper;

Tartrates of barium, calcium, cadmium, cobalt, copper, iron, lead,
mercury, silver, and zinc.

Among the pleasant aspects of the crystal-growth project has been the
participation of Institute students in the work. The growth-in-gel proce¬
dures are relatively simples, but do require care and control in measure¬
ments and observation, and provide useful experience to undergraduates
with scientific predilections; at the same time, there are few subjects more
fascinating to students than observations of the developing crystals under
the microscope and later their examination on the optical goniometer.
Microscopic recognition of chemical species by means of their optical and
crystallographic characteristics is one of the most valuable techniques
available to chemists and technologists in general (albeit one of the most
neglected of subjects in most curricula), and the present work illustrates
the recognition-procedures beautifully. Mr. Charles Searcy and Mr. Alvin
Stratigos, both students in the Department of Chemistry at Auburn, aided
in many of the preparations and observations, and the writer expresses
his thanks to them.

In the last few weeks of the program, attention was given, in collabora¬
tion with Mr. Paul Weiss of the Bartol Research Foundation, Swarthmore,
Pa., to a procedure for recording the submicroscopic development of the
precipitates. The method, involving a Geiger-Mueller counter set to re¬
ceive an expected diffraction maximum, which appeared when the micro¬
crystals reached a certain size, was described at the 1943 meeting of the
Southeastern Section of the American Physical Society, and appears in
abstract in the Physical Review 63 :457 (1943).

The grant afforded the investigation by the Alabama Academy of
Science was utilized in the purchase of chemicals and crystallizing appa¬
ratus, and the writer again wishes to thank the Academy for this aid.

R. PEPINSKY, Radiation Laboratory,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology

18

REPORT OF RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE

WHEREAS, the annual meeting of the Alabama Academy of Science,
despite the necessity of a streamlined program, has had a successful meet¬
ing at the Tutwiler Hotel, Birmingham, be it hereby resolved:

First, that the Academy membership extend its thanks and sincere
appreciation to Dr. R. Poor, Chairman on Arrangements, the hotel man¬
agement and those who aided to make the meeting a success.

Second, that the membership likewise extends sincere thanks to
McKesson & Robbins, Inc. for the complimentary luncheon.

Third, whereas the 1944 meeting of the Academy marks the twentieth
anniversary of its beginning; therefore be it resolved that surviving
charter members be congratulated on their participation in the outstanding
success and growth of the organization, that they be warmly felicitated,
and that an engraved certificate of charter membership be prepared for
each.

Fourth ; WHEREAS, the Alabama Research Institute has been fi¬
nanced through the generosity and vision of industry within the State of
Alabama, and

WHEREAS, the sum of approximately Three Hundred Fifty Thous¬
and Dollars has been thus raised for a minimum three-year program, and

WHEREAS, approximately one-half of this amount was contributed
by an anonymous industrial institution in the City of Mobile and by the
Alabama Power Company through Dr. Thos. W. Martin, its President ;

TPIEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Alabama Academy of
Science express its felicitations to those men of vision within industry
who have sponsored and made effective this Research organization; and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Alabama Academy of
Science thus express to the President and Trustees of the Alabama Re¬
search Institute the earnest desire of the Alabama Academy of Science
to cooperate and further the high aims of the Institute which will redound
not only to the material benefit of the State but to the furtherance of the
cause of Science throughout the South, be spread up on the minutes of
this meeting, and that a copy of this resolution be sent to Dr. Thos. W.
Martin, President of the Alabama Research Institute and to each of the
Trustees of the Institute in various sections of this State.

FATHER A. J. WESTLAND, S.J.

E. D. EMIGH

19

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

“SOME CHALLENGES FACING THE ALABAMA ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE”

E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College

It is a trite statement but nonetheless true that we are facing the
greatest crisis in the history of our country. This crisis will not end with
the defeat of Hitler and Tojo. In fact the major crisis is not in the win¬
ning of this war but in the building of a just and durable peace. I have
never doubted for one minute since Pearl Harbor that Germany and
Japan would be defeated. But I have not been equally optimistic about
the building of a durable peace. We, as a nation, are doing our full share
in the winning of the war. The future of the world for hundreds of years
may depend largely on whether or not we also do our full share in estab¬
lishing a stable world order. Surely cheap partisan politics must not be
allowed to cause us to repeat our tragic blunders following the last world
war. Horrible as this war is, most of us rejoice that our scientists and
technologists have contributed so ably and willingly to our successes. But
winning this war will still leave us facing our major problem. What
contributions can science and scientists make in solving that problem?
As Isaiah Bowman, recent President of the A.A.A.S., said in a radio
address, science is not going to help humanity solve its basic problems
merely by substituting aluminum for steel or plastics for metals ; nor even
by conquering disease to lengthen human life. Neither of these desirable
objectives “enlarges the already accepted ends of life or points a way
toward better cooperative living.” All the practical resources “known to
science will be required in quickly setting up the new order that will fol¬
low this war.” But the most difficult problems lie outside the fields of the
sciences. “They are not going to be solved by spectacular discoveries in
physics and chemistry but by firm moral decisions.” The science of geogra¬
phy must be applied under the guidance of ethics and morality. “We have
now reached the point where the world must suddenly get its international
procedures advanced,” if we are to prevent future world wars. To quote
from Dr. Caldwell, Secretary of the A.A.A.S., “Scientific knowledge has
improved far more rapidly than have the motives which guide its uses, —
The spirit of scientific rightness and truth in human relations evolves
slowly in a non-scientific society, not rapidly even among scientists. It is
imperative that there be a new age of science and society in which those
who cause science to grow accept their full part of the responsibility for
the proper uses of knowledge.” — There must be an unprecedented increase
in the understanding of, and loyalty to, the enduring principles and
methods of human betterment. This is our first and most urgent chal¬
lenge that we shall not only make our full contribution in our fields of
science but that we shall also lend our full support as citizens in our home
communities, in our state and nation— lend our full support to bringing
in a just and stable world order.

In these days of high pressure propaganda in the press, on the air,
and from the screen and platform, there is need as never before for a
scientific attitude of mind. Our training should have prepared us not
only to face the facts but also to seek for all the evidence and to attempt
to properly evaluate it. This will be no easy task for the evidence and
values involved cannot be measured with the chemical balance or the

20

microscope. However, the values are nonetheless real and the issues are of
supreme importance.

The origins of this war were rooted mainly in the economic world
order. In the thirties we heard much about the have- and the have-not-
nations. When the aggressors had grabbed about all they wanted the em¬
phasis changed to the opposing political and social ideologies. As the war
in the Pacific and the Orient has increased in magnitude and importance
the problem of race and color has loomed larger in the world picture. It
is today a factor of primary importance and must be reckoned with in
the establishment of a new world order. There are definite signs that the
race problem is becoming more acute in America. A young Chinese college
woman, an American citizen, was recently denied the right to travel from
Buffalo to Ann Arbor through Canada because of her race. No part of
the country seems to want the young Japanese Americans evacuated from
California. The Negro, once exclusively the problem of the South, has
now become an even more critical problem in the North and East. An
editor of the Christian Century for December 1, 1943, said, “Already there
are half a dozen northern cities in which Negroes come close to holding
the political balance of power. They came within a hairs breadth of win¬
ning it in Detroit last month. In Cincinnati a Negro running as a Re¬
publican stood next to the top of the list in a city-wide poll for the
municipal council. By this victory he gave Republicans a five to four
majority in the council over the Charter (reform) Party which has ad¬
ministered Cincinnati’s government so long and with such distinguished
success.’’ In New York — the recent election witnessed the elevation of a
Negro Communist to that governing body (the City Council). The Chris¬
tian Century of March 8, 1944, quotes the Pittsburgh Courier’s report on
a speech by M. W. Johnson, President of Howard University in Wash¬
ington, a conservative leader of his race, before the Ford Hall Forum
in Boston as follows : — “many colored people are praying that the whites
will have to keep fighting for many years so that maybe at last they will
let our people go free.” Continuing, President Johnson is quoted as say¬
ing, “the emotional contempt of one-fourth of America, the working
population, against the Negro is the most important crow-bar to prevent
the solidarity of the country.” The same speaker is quoted as saying that
the treatment of the Negro has been “nastier in the past five years than
ever before in history and that as a result the morale of the Negro is at
its worst stage since emancipation.”

This is an ominous picture. No intelligent white man, especially in
the South, should view it without serious concern. It is true the crisis is
mainly in the North and East. But most of the Negroes are with us in
the South, and the problems vitally concern us. We are all familiar with
the statement that “after all the Southern white man is the Negro’s best
friend.” There is much truth in that statement and steady progress is
being made toward the solution of the race problem in the South. Colored
and white men have met together frequently in Birmingham in Defense
Training Programs during the present emergency. Negro pastors met
recently with the Birmingham Pastors Union. In another large southern
city a Boy Scout Council meeting brought together in January 100 colored
and 300 white people for an evening program.

One of the chief factors in this progress has been the education of
the Negro. Dr. Frank P. Graham, President of the University of North
Carolina, said recently in a Founder’s Day Address at Tuskegee that
illiteracy among negroes has declined from 70% in 1880 to 10% in 1940.
Dr. Graham said also that in the last decade more negroes graduated from

21

American colleges than in all the previous history of the race. About 650
negroes graduate each year from the Parker High School in Birmingham
and Miles Memorial College graduates about 60 annually. Three or four
per cent of the Parker High School graduates go north for their college
training while about 10% attend Negro colleges in the South. Educated
negroes in the South are presenting many new problems. The problem
of negro scientist in Alabama has been before our Academy for several
years and is a challenge to us and to other similar organizations. This is
an opportune time to give it serious consideration. I have no favored solu¬
tion. Three possibilities have occurred to me. (1) Encourage and assist
negro scientists to organize their own state or regional scientific society.
(2) Establish one or more sections of our Academy for colored scien¬
tists, (3) Admit to the Academy as regular members the outstanding
negro scientists in the state who wish to join. You will be surprised, as I
was, to learn that one of the strongest of our Southern Academies has
no color line and has frequent papers before the Academy by colored
members. The Secretary of that Academy does not even know which
members on the roll are colored and which are white.

The ever present and increasingly insistent challenge of a lack of
research development in Alabama and in the South is beginning to bear
fruit. The Alabama Research Institute under the able leadership of Mr.
Thomas W. Martin, President of the Alabama Power Company, gives
definite promise of becoming an oasis in this “veritable desert in the field
of applied research.” The Southern Association of Science and Industry
with a distinguished member of our Academy, Mr. Milton Fies, Vice-
President of the DeBardeleben Coal Corporation, as President and leader
is wielding a strong influence in stimulating research throughout the
South. The leadership of our Academy is keenly interested in both these
organizations. There is a feeling of pardonable pride in the fact that one
of the roots from which they sprang was the Presidential Address on
“Scientific Research, The Hope of The South,” before our Academy in
1940 by Dr. George D. Palmer of the University of Alabama. The Acad¬
emy sponsored the organization of the S.A.S.I. and Dr. Palmer has from
the beginning been its Secretary. But our situation is still most deplorable.
In a survey of “Chemical Research in The South” presented by Sampey
and Southern at the organization meeting of the S.A.S.I. at Mobile in
1941, Alabama has the following ranks among southern states :

Third in number of industrial research laboratories with
nineteen laboratories.

Tied for eighth place for number of articles in I.E.C. with
twelve articles in ten years.

Tied for third place in number of articles in Jr. Chem. Ed.
with twenty-seven articles in seventeen years.

Fifth in number of pages in Jr. Amer. Chem. Soc. with sixty-
two pages in twelve years.

Fifth in per cent increase in A.C.S. membership in five years.
Alabama did not even score a first in any single year in this study.
And the per cent of publication from the South, as a whole, was never
over six. This is indeed a deplorable situation and, with the progress that
is going on in other parts of our country, it will become even more tragic
if we do not do something about it. We need to restudy our goals as an
Academy. We should look upon the Academy not simply as an organiza¬
tion to keep us alive professionally and scientifically but as a channel
through which we may serve our communities and the state. We should

22

' get beyond scrambling around a few weeks in February and March “to
get up something” for the program.

Our program in former years was seriously cramped by a lack of
funds but that situation has improved. With a larger membership and a
loyal group of sustaining members we are able to expand our program.
We have also been able with the cooperation of the General Secretary of
the A.A.A.S. and the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. C. M. Goethe of Sac¬
ramento, California, to provide a small fund to be used to stimulate
research activities in the Academy. We should have a fund two or three
times as large as the one that has been provided. But the primary need
is a more vital interest in research on the part of our members. On this
Twentieth Anniversary we should celebrate not the end of twenty years
of life for the Academy but the beginning of a new era when the Acad¬
emy shall wield a powerful influence in the scientific developments and
the science education of the entire state.

We have all been greatly thrilled by the establishment of the Alabama
Research Institute. But if the Institute is to make its full contribution
to the industrial and scientific developments in Alabama our entire educa¬
tional program from the primary to the graduate school must take a
definite step forward. I believe Dr. George Boyd of the University of
Georgia, former President of the S.A.S.I., was entirely correct when he
said, “If applied research and industrialization are to make their rightful
contribution to the progress of the South they must be built upon a strong
educational system.” I would not go as far as Paul Mallon in his recent
scathing criticisms of our educational system but the attitudes and the
atmosphere of the average American college campus during the past
decade have certainly not been conducive to serious intellectual effort.
For a large section of our students, activities and social life have been
the primary occupations, interrupted for a couple of weeks only at ex¬
amination time. Many of our graduates from the colleges and universities
have never become students of any field of learning. Mr. Mallon is not
the only critic of our educational system. James Trusslow Adams, writer
and historian, expressed himself some years ago as follows ' “We refuse
to take the trouble to think seriously, to face the truth, to think critically,

. . . we are equally at the mercy of emotional appeals in our domestic
politics and in economic affairs. We have largely ruined our minds with
headlines, tabloids and moving pictures.” The hope lies mainly in the next
generation. “At any cost I would sweep out whole wheelbarrow loads of
junk from the curricula of our schools. ... I would aim education first
and foremost at inculcating in the child the wish and the power to think.
I would have done with the whloe pedagogical philosophy of the easy
and the agreeable, the smattering of the all inclusive, the creation of the
ignorantly omniscient. I would come back to the training of the mind as
mind, as an instrument of thinking instead of a scrapbasket of half-
forgotten facts.”

All college teachers of the physical sciences are painfully aware of the
woeful lack of training of our students in simple arithmetic and loga¬
rithms. Many of them are little better prepared in English composition
and spelling. One of the fundamental causes — if not the chief cause— of
this situation is the lack of preparation of their teachers. (Let me insert
here parenthetically the frank admission that in my opinion, some of the
poorest teaching in our whole educational system is done at the college
level). The average citizen and the college and university teacher must
accept a large share of the blame for our poorly trained high school and
elementary school teachers. In spite of the fact that the traditional rare
bird — “the natural born teacher” — has now become almost wholly extinct,

23

many college and university teachers belittle and thus undermine the ef¬
forts of the State to train its teachers. And the average citizen refuses
to pay the teacher who has spent six or eight years in preparation as much
as an illiterate man gets for digging a ditch. Alabama stands almost at the
bottom of the list in this deplorable situation. A recent editorial in the
Birmingham News stated that, “Alabama is exceeded only by Mississippi
in the percentage of poorly paid teachers. For the current year, it is esti¬
mated, 34 per cent of Alabama’s school teachers will receive less than
$600, and 73 per cent will get less than $1200. Factory workers in Ala¬
bama average about twice as much as the average school teacher.”

I do not want to end on this gloomy note. Alabama has stood at the
head of the list. In a paper on “The History of Science in The South”
at a Mobile organization meeting of the S.A.S.I., by Dr. S. M. Christian
of Agnes Scott College, it was pointed out that very significant work in
chemical research was done by J. W. Mallet, F.R.S. at the University of
Alabama before the war between the States. His determination of the
atomic weights of Li, Ag and Au was cited by Dr. Christian as “the
first atomic weight measurements in America.” It is very regrettable that
we have dropped back from that exalted position. The facilities and oppor¬
tunities for graduate research in the state should be expanded. The qual¬
ity of that which is being done should be improved. The spirit of research
should permeate the work of the senior year of our colleges especially in
the fields of science. And we should do no work for which we should
need to apologize in any company. That better days are ahead is indicated
by appropriations from the State Legislature of $100,000 a year to the
University of Alabama for 1944 and 1945 for the development of a re¬
search program and by the fact that the Alabama Polytechnic Institute
has a projected research program of similar giagnitude.

The effects of the manpower shortage are clearly evident in our
meeting. Many who formerly participated in our meetings are in various
parts of the world serving their country. We honor them for their devo¬
tion and are proud that through them the Academy is contributing to the
welfare of the nation in this crisis. Their absence brings a challenge to
the women workers in the various fields of science in Alabama for a
larger participation in the activities of the Academy. As Editor of the
Journal of the Academy for a dozen years it was my privilege to know
pretty well the character of the papers presented each year. Some of our
very best papers have been presented by women scientists. However, we
should have dozens of such participants in our programs, instead of three
or four. Many of us who saw the film depicting the life of Madame
Curie felt there the presence of a quality of mind that is coming to be
recognized as playing a very important part in expanding the frontiers of
knowledge. Intuition has long been regarded as a peculiar quality of the
feminine mind. But no less an authority than Dr. Irving Langmuir, Nobel
Prize winner and research wizard of The General Electric Co., has re¬
cently declared that, in wide areas of human experience, intuition no
less than reason may play a vital role. According to Mr. Langmuir science
now recognizes “convergent phenomena” and “divergent phenomena.” Rea¬
soning based on the cause and effect relationship is valid in the former
area but not in the latter. Divergent phenomena are unpredictable and un¬
predictable events may alter human history. Mr. Langmuir continued, “An
idea that develops in a human brain seems to have all the characteristics
of divergent phenomena.” In fact he implies that intuition has contributed
in no small degree to his own success by saying, “In almost every scien¬
tific problem which I have succeeded in solving, even those that have

24

involved days or months of work, the final solution has come to my
mind in a fraction of a second by a process which is not consciously one
of reasoning.” At any rate, referring again to the Curie family, the very
fact that the women of two generations of that family have won or
shared in three Nobel Prizes should challenge the women scientists of
the world for generations to come.

Finally, I return to my main thesis of “greater things for Alabama
through the Academy by increased emphasis on research.” The Academy
has made real progress in the last five years largely due to the fact that
we have more than doubled the number of working members of the
organization by setting up four rather large standing committees. It is
true that some of these committees have done little but stand : at least
one has been rather active, and all are now beginning to function and we
are beginning to see results. The Research Committee has been especially
active this past year. It seems to me the Research Committee and the Long
Range Planning Committee should collaborate in setting up a broad
long-range research program of vital significance to the State that would
challenge students and workers in every field of science. A broad pro¬
gram of research should be formulated for the Alabama Academy with
the same spirit and many of the characteristics of the James River Proj¬
ect of the Virginia Academy of Science. (See Virginia Journal of Science
3,183 [1942] ). This project is an exhaustive study of the James River
Basin of Virginia. All branches of science are represented in this area
and nearly all the universities, colleges, and research institutions of Vir¬
ginia are located in this basin. This program is broken down into twenty
sections and detailed plans have been set up to prepare a monograph of
about twenty chapters on “The James River — Past, Present, and Future.”
The Virginia Legislature has appropriated $5,000 for its publication.

I should like to close by quoting from the Virginia Journal of Sci¬
ence a part of the Report of the Sub-committee on the James River
Project.

“In this great river we have our unifying idea around which can be
correlated scientific, sociological and historical research. The project is
enormous; the results are of inestimable value. The methods of approach
are essentially two-fold — first a survey and compilation of information
on what is known about existing conditions within the area of investiga¬
tion — What is the present land-use? What is the present status of con¬
servation of mineral resources, of wild life, of forests? What is the
present status of education, of public health, agriculture, industry? The
second phase of the project would be toward a scientific improvement of
existing conditions. For the success of the work, it must be emphasized
that the object is not A REFORM MOVEMENT! The Academy would
NOT attempt to put trout in all the mountain streams of the State, but
by scientific study would attempt to determine conditions under which
trout would thrive in the streams. The Academy would NOT undertake
a direct campaign denouncing stream pollution, rather it would undertake
a scientific study to determine exactly what constitutes pollution and a
study of means whereby pollution can be avoided, to the mutual advan¬
tage of all. It is proposed that the work on the James River Project be
kept on the highest plane of careful scientific research ; it should not
become involved with the vagaries of politics nor in crusades against
vested interests. It should study the James River Basin as human habitat
and should indicate wherever possible practical means for improving this
human habitat.”

The Alabama Academy of Science needs a similar challenging re¬
search program.

25

ORIGINAL PAPERS PRESENTED
at the

TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

19 44

THE TICKS OF CENTRAL TENNESSEE

— Allan F. Archer

While engaged in entomological research in the summer of 1943, I
collected ticks in central Tennessee. Tick-borne diseases affecting human
beings have recently assumed some importance in this area. These dis¬
eases are tularaemia and Rocky Mountain spotted fever. The former has
been known for 17 years in one locality, Baird’s Mills, Wilson County.

The following species of ticks, Ixodidae and Argasidae, occur in
central Tennessee:

Amblyomma americanum (Linnaeus). The “lone star” tick. Over 90%
of all specimens of ticks taken belong to this species, and it is the one
chiefly responsible for the transmission of tularaemia and Rocky Moun¬
tain spotted fever. Hosts : Cattle, dogs, sheep, man. Baird’s Mills, Wilson
County (over 3,000 specimens); Silver Hill; Little Hope, Rutherford
County; Murfreesboro. Adult males and females active from April to
July 22.

Dermacentor variabilis (Say). This species is far less abundant than
A. americanum. However, it is more widely spread. Hosts: Dog, man.
Shelbyville (most abundant here); Murfreesboro; Baird’s Mills; Mont-
eagle. Active from April to July 22.

Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris (Packard). Host: Rabbit only. Baird’s
Mills, Wilson County. June.

Argas persicus (Oken). Larvae observed under loose bark of red
cedars used by roosting chickens. Wilson County ; Davidson County.

ENVIRONMENT AND CULTURE

— Peter A. Brannon.

Several learned papers have lately been prepared on the question of the
influence of environment on the civilization of pre-historic people. One
very interesting paper has recently appeared to show, for the better inter¬
pretation of the scientists and for the enlightment of the laymen, just
how local environment affects the population in the adjacent territory*
While this treatise is concerned primarly with the Northern United States
and Southern Canada, it can be made to fit excellently our own State of
Alabama, wherein we have the Tennessee Valley Culture, the Tallapoosa
and Upper Alabama regional evidence, and the Gulf of Mexico influ¬
ence. They are distinct in the main, in so far as these stratified evidences
of civilization effects are concerned.

During the entire life of the State Archaeological Surveys Commit-

* Canada's Indian Problems, By Diamond Jenness Smithsonian Report, 1942, Page 367.

26

tee of the National Research Council, from 1921 to 1937, I argued that we
must interpret pre-historic civilization by a study of the historic culture
first exposed to these pre-historic people and then make comparisons. Dur¬
ing most of the life of the Committee my fellow members opposed me
in the procedure, but I lived to see that my idea did prevail and that we
must study these primitive cultures by a comparison of the things found
illustrating the contacts of the two. That is through a study of the trade
relations of these people, then we arrive at the folk-customs in a much
better manner than if we attempted to study them altogether through
dis-associated cultural suggestions.

It is quite well known to the average student that the pioneer any¬
where in contact with the native did not compare culturally. That is to
say that the average pioneer was not of the advanced or highest type of
educated, polished, specimen of his race or creed, whereas in most cases
those with whom he dealt were the leaders of the family or group. This
obviously is not applicable to missionaries as these were not generally the
advance guard. From the date of the arrival of the English Colonists in
Virginia and Massachusetts, and considering the contacts in the Central
Valley of the Gulf States, it is an historical fact that the white man first
seen by the native, as a permanent resident, was not, culturally speaking,
his equal. It might be argued that the members of the earliest Spanish
Expedition here were in the majority, “Gentlemen,” but the use of that
word does not mean what we today interpret the designation to be. In his
case he had property and influence in the old country, but here they were
primarily adventurers, more specifically, soldiers-of-fortune, rather than
military men. However, -only a few members of these expeditions had any
individual long standing contact and they perhaps did not influence the
culture of our native people to one bit of extent. They may have influenced
temperament, disposition and subsequent character of existence of our na¬
tives, as from then on it was a matter of the “survival of the fittest,”
but the manner of living was influenced more by the contact of the
native with the physical things which made the economical life of these
incomers rather than the incomers themselves.

I merely review the facts for you when I call your attention to one
of the outstanding evidences of environment along the Tennessee River
as demonstrated by bone picks, (tools to facilitate food production) and
the very prominent heaps of discarded shells showing the source material
whence these people derived their main food supply. A characteristic (or
evident) middle of the State indication of folklore is the cooking vessel,
which would seem to suggest that these people were more agricultural.
The great shell mounds on the Gulf Coast would prove that their people
were fishermen.

These three evidences prove the different characters of pre-historic
people and divide the State of Alabama into three distinct sections at a
pre-historic time, and histroically and politically as all of you know, such
conditions exist now. Temperamentally, culturally, spiritually, and other¬
wise, Alabama character is decidedly stratified'. The Tennessee Valley
Region is different from the Central Black Belt and entirely unlike the
Mobile Territory. Thirty years ago the politicians spoke of Northeast
Alabama as the “State of High Jackson.” When the Constitution of this
State was adopted in 1901 the Black Belt dominated politically and as¬
sumed to dominate culturally the State Government, and through forty
years neither North Alabama or South Alabama have been able to get
representation changed, so that they can have a comparable voice in the
affairs of the State. Of course the automobile, the telephone and the radio

27

have made the fact of only a few minutes difference between North and
South Alabama, and the politician may now go from Montgomery into
Franklin County or Jackson County in less time than he could forty years
ago, go to the County-seat next from his own.

Our pre-historic population who lived on the Tennessee River sur¬
vived, if the physical evidences may be taken for granted, on the fresh
water mussels and fish, though they perhaps raised some corn, and the
natives in the lower country, that is adjacent to the Delta of our great
river system (and on Mobile Bay and the Gulf Coast) through salt water
fishing and swamp hunting. It was necessary for the native along the
Tallapoosa and the Lower Coosa and the Tombigee and Alabama rivers
to produce agricultural crops and life must of a necessity, through this
environment have affected his culture.

There are those Alabama archaeologists who feel that the old sand-
tempered crude earthen-ware of the Tennessee Valley proves that primi¬
tive people were there one thousand years before or longer than were
those settled below that latitude in the State, but when we study the arti¬
facts of the pre-historic people it is rather dangerous to interpret one sec¬
tion as inhabited much prior to the other. For example, the winged-
serpent figure so recently illustrated on the Tennessee River. The Frog
concept, both in effigy and in “Flat Relief,” is at Moundville on the
Lower Tallapoosa and on the Gulf Coast, and not incidentally, but suf¬
ficiently evident to prove that it was basically a part of the art of the
people. The Ivory-Billed Woodpecker is in the Upper Valley of the Ala¬
bama and at Moundville. The finding of the Swastika, hand, eye, Ivory-
Billed Woodpecker design in Northern Mississippi, West Alabama,
Moundville, and in the Norris Basin, might indicate a kinship of racial
groups in those geographical regions. Again, compare the ethnological
evidences of Coosada Town on an island in the northeast corner of the
State, and a town of the same people at the headwaters of the Alabama
River.'

The coiled rattlesnake on shell gorgets of the Upper Tennessee Valley
and even into the Cumberland Region, is quite a part of the art around
Montgomery, Alabama and Columbus, Georgia, though I never saw the
evidence from South Alabama. It is a scientific fact and bears out this
historical fact that archaeological evidences at the junction of the Coosa
and Tallapoosa rivers which make the Alabama, are very similar to those
in Northeast Tennessee Valley, so there was of course a pre-historic re¬
lationship.

The art of the Moundville and the Tallapoosa peoples surpasses that
of the Tennessee River people in so far as the development of the physical
things which have come out of these regions must be accepted, but it is
possible that existence along the Tennessee River was harder than in
the more productive regions of the central part of the State. There are
no outstanding art productions of those people on the Gulf Coast (unless
we accept the figurines and effigies on their earthenware as expressive of
this character), where hunting and fishing made life easy, and it is pos¬
sible that the people of the Gulf Country did not find it as necessary to
work to live as they did on the Tennessee River.

Historical determinations lead to the conclusion that there was a larg¬
er population through the middle section of the State at the dawn of his¬
tory than in any other region. Certainly, there were more inhabited places
between the Talladega County region and the region of Claiborne in
Monroe, than there were north or south of this latitude. Climate and soil
had something to do with this. If one makes -a study of the DeSoto

28

Route narratives he finds that practically all of the towns visited by him
were on productive ground and in that case near water courses which
would grow corn and similar food products, and in the central part of
the State they were not in prairie regions. The present accepted route of
this first foreign expedition is now conceded to have been from Stevenson
in Jackson County, down the Tennessee River to Guntersville, across to
the Coosa at Greensport, and down that stream to the Southwestern cor¬
ner of Talladega County, thence across to the Tallapoosa and across to
Montgomery and down as far as Claiborne, to reach the Mississippi River
by Old Ackia in Monroe County, Mississippi. Those explorers found a
region of three different strata, theoretically, three cultures, Cosa, Talasi,
Maubila, and as said in the beginning we still today have that Mobile,
Montgomery and Decatur cultural feeling in Alabama.

Even though one feels that atmosphere, and assumes those evidences,
and knows those many facts to prove it, the archaeological evidences in
the State are so complicated that no one is able to positively fix the
Moundville Culture, or Tallapoosa Culture, or Guntersville Culture, or
Mobile Culture. These same archaeological evidences show Missouri and
Arkansas type pottery at Moundville, and at Montgomery, and on the
Chattahoochee River at Old Coweta Town, (historically said to be the
oldest point in North America as definitely fixed). There are locally made
objects which were not hardly brought there from other regions, even
though they are identically of the same type, so culture may be influ¬
enced by environment, but it is not made by it.

RECENT RAINFALL DEFICIENCIES IN ALABAMA AND
MISSISSIPPI

— E. D. Emigh, Montgomery.

During the years 1941, ’42 and ’43 unsually persistent dry weather
prevailed over an area embracing sixteen counties in northwestern and
western Alabama, and also over northeastern Mississippi. Over this en¬
tire area the total amount of rainfall for the three-year period was only
about 70 per cent of the normal amount, and over most of the area ac¬
cumulated deficiencies in rainfall, i.e., departures below normal, exceeded
40 inches.

At Moulton, in Lawrence County, the total amount was 58 per cent
of normal, and the deficiency for the three-year period approximately
66 inches. This was the driest spot. At near-by Muscle Shoals, in Colbert
County, a deficiency of 55.64 inches accumulated, and the percentage of
normal was 65 per cent.

At a large majority of the stations located over the region deficiencies
exceeded 40 inches, although some points had less than 40 inches defi¬
ciency, and Haleyville, in Winston County, not very far from Moulton
had only 28.03 inches of deficiency.

It is interesting to note that this extremely dry weather persisted
during the three years under discussion only in the area described above,
although deficiencies in rainfall of between 14 and 20 inches were re¬
corded at numerous points in middle and northern Alabama.

In a study of this nature it is of course important to give considera¬
tion to the seasonal distribution of the rainfall or, as in this case, the
rainfall deficiencies. For. this purpose progressive overlapping three-month
sums of rainfall deficiency averages for all of Alabama north of latitude

29

33° are used. The January-February-March sum of deficiencies was the
greatest, being 12.61 inches. It is important to note that this is the portion
of the year during which moisture from rainfall is most effectively stored
in the soil for the use of vegetation. The three-month period ending in
April shows a deficiency of 10.34; that ending in May, 9.32, and that in
June 12.57 inches. Although July is ordinarily one of the wettest months
of the year in point of total amount of rainfall, this was not true during
the years 1941, '42 and ’43, the deficiency for the three months May-June-
July being only 7.86 inches.

It must therefore be concluded that not only were deficiencies in
moisture large but that the distribution of ranifall in point of time was
such as to be least beneficial. The figures for the entire year are fur¬
nished below :

Accumulated Departures, Three Years

(Three

month

progressive

sums)

Jan

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May

June

— 2.56

— 8.86

—12.61

—10.34

— 9.32

—12.57

July

Aug.

Sep.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

— 7.86

— .03

+ 3.03

+ 1.44

— 4.30

— 2.33

The object of thus describing this situation is to lay the ground work
for discussions which follow on the program.

Mr. J. C. Garrett, Agricultural Statistician, United States Department
of Agriculture, who was requested to contribute a paper, but was unable
to do so, has furnished some interesting information. He states :

“I am enclosing yield data for northwest Alabama counties for corn,
cotton, and hay for the years of 1941, 1942, and 1943, compared to the
ten year average (1931-40). For each of the three years I am showing
the actual estimated yield and the per cent that the yield is of the ten
year average.

“In the case of corn, and particularly of hay, the data show a decided
falling off of yields in this area compared to the average. In the case of
cotton, however, it is quite a different story. Cotton is a hot dry weather
plant and does not need as much rain as corn and hay. Another point to
remember is that we could have a difference of the actual rainfall, and
still have sufficient rain during the growing season to produce crops.”

It is not possible to reproduce the tables furnished by Mr. Garrett
in their entirety, and this is not necessary in any case because the averages
for the counties in the area concerned show clearly that his conclusions
are correct.

For hay, the 1941 yield was 102 per cent of the ten year average ;
1942, 88 per cent; 1943, 83 per cent, showing a significant falling off in
the production of hay as a result of the droughty weather.

In the case of corri there appear as Mr. Garrett suggests to have
been opportune showers which tended to reduce the effect of the drought.
It is well known that corn can withstand a great deal of dry weather
if it receives showers, even though only moderate showers, during the
tasselling period, and this may have occurred. In 1941 the corn yield was
124 per cent of the ten year average; 1942, 108 per cent; 1943, 108 per
cent, both 1942 and 1943 showing a marked decrease from 1941.

In 1941 the cotton field was 109 per cent of the ten year average;
1942, 137 per cent; 1943, 135 per cent. Cotton loves dry weather.

30

TEACHING PUPILS TO DEVELOP THE SCIENTIFIC ATTITUDE

OF MIND

— W. W. Hill, Jefferson County Schools, Birmingham.

Science in itself is method: a method of inquiry, discovery, and test¬
ing. In its application, science has had a revolutionary effect on daily life,
but as a method of observation and reasoning, of investigation and verifi¬
cation, it remains the possession of a comparatively small number of spe¬
cialists. It has not become the organ of everyday ways of thinking in for¬
mations of beliefs. It is not a part of the popular mind. The ways of
thought of the average person remain much as they were before the rise
of science. This fact is evident to one dealing with pupils and teachers in
our public schools.

One of our science teachers in the Schools of Jefferson County is now
conducting a study of superstitions prevalent in her community. She has
collected more than one hundred superstitious beliefs which affect the
daily lives of the pupils and is making a critical analysis of these tra¬
ditional ideas for the purpose of developing a scientific attitude toward
thinking.

The following is a sample of such beliefs :

1. Never kill hogs on the full of the moon — the meat will not be
good.

2. Never let a tree or post come between friends when walking
together.

3. Never move on Friday — unlucky.

4. If you give a knife to a friend, it will cut your love.

5. If you cut off a baby’s finger nails, it will die before it is six
months’ old.

6. To cure a bone felon, catch a live frog, split open its back, taking
care not to inflict instant death, and place the space over the
affected part. The inflammation is said to pass into the frog’s
body.

7. If your children wear a little bag of asafetida around their necks,
they will not catch whooping cough.

8. To cure sore throat, take off your stocking and wrap the foot of
it around your neck.

9. If you boast of something, immediately knock on wood — it will
prevent bad luck.

In talking to a group of high school science pupils, one teacher found
that the majority of the group believed the vestigial remains of a toe
which appears on the inside of a horse’s foreleg just above the knee, to
be a “night eye” and that this short bone on the leg of the horse had
always existed in this same position.

The cause for this enduring remoteness of science as a universal
method of observation is a matter for most searching thought. It should
be a matter of surprise that the idea of the possibility and desirability of
impartial and cooperative methods of inquiry should hardly have made
an impression on the public mind. It should be a matter of surprise that
while it assumed as a matter of course, problems regarding physical things
such as the manufacture of automobiles, radios, refrigerators and air¬
planes should be approached through a skilled technique of investigation
and testing, that the great mass of people, even scientific men eminent in

31

their special fields should rest content with their day by day actions which
express tradition, dogma, prejudice, and emotional appeal which are not
in keeping with the scientific method of approach.

The differences of attitudes points to some deep-seated source of re¬
sistance on the social side. The dead inertia of custom and habituation
counts for much, but I am afraid much of the lag is due to a failure on
our part as teachers to grasp a clear conception of the outcomes which
we are striving to attain in the teaching of science in the public schools.

You learn by doing. This is most true in learning to think. A child
who is always told what to do never learns to think for himself because
he never has to. The classes in our schools should give the pupils a chance
to do their own thinking, and to solve some of their problems. This ma¬
jor objective which is to teach children to develop the scientific attitude
of mind should run through all activities in our public schools like a great
thorofare runs through a city.

There is a great need for opportunities to practice thinking in and
out of classes. This is one reason for having school clubs. A club may
harness pupils’ interests in science, photography, social service, or sports.
But a characteristic of good school clubs is that they are run by the
pupils themselves. Pupils of different ages and backgrounds and talents
learn to work together. They learn to direct themselves under a teacher
who should be a skilled leader. Pupils should become partners in running
the school, not because the school is run better thereby, but so that ex¬
perience in school may really be an education.

The school environment is a stimulant to sound thinking. Opportu¬
nities to see how good thinking is done are abundant. Thinking is one of
the major components of the first-hand learning which goes on in the
classroom. Every teacher in every classroom should be essentially con¬
cerned with developing the scientific attitude among his pupils. The pu¬
pils should lead in discussions on pertinent topics of the times. They
should analyze articles to expose propaganda techniques. They should
learn to subject magazines, newspapers, books, pamphlets and motion pic¬
tures to critical interpretation.

Another teacher in the Jefferson County Schools is now conducting
a study on how to handle controversial issues in the classrooms. She has
found from a study of opinions of parents in several localities in Jeffer¬
son County, that it is evident that they are agreed on the fact that if
children are old enough to be interested in controversial issues, they are
old enough to hear both sides fairly and only so can they be taught to
be intelligent, fair, and responsible citizens. She found that the parents
seem to agree to this even when some parents and teachers condemn one
side or the other. This teacher, in order to get over the prejudices already
developed in the minds of pupils, has clipped the statements of candidates
for public office in Jefferson County and Alabama from the newspapers
and mixed the statements of all candidates together. By analyzing each
statement independently of the name of the candidate who made it, she
has been able to get a critical interpretation of these statements over to
the pupils. Another interesting technique she used to discover her own
influence on the opinions of pupils was the way she responded to members
of her class who immediately after the discussion of statements of the
candidates would ask, “Whom are you far?”

She responded to this question by asking the class to vote on the
question, “Whom do you think I am for?” The results of a vote on this
question gave the teacher a chance to see if her personal bias had greatly

32

influenced the opinions of the pupils regarding the statements made by
the candidates.

The classrooms of our public schools must contain many activities in
which pupils will have a chance to apply the scientific method. We have
found out from a firsthand study of the actual patterns of thought that
thinking and activity are organically related, that whenever thinking is
more than idle day-dreaming, it is engaged in the work of constructing
possible lines of action. We hold that an idea is precisely a plan of action.
Hence, it is only in the classroom which consciously aims at providing pur¬
poseful activity for the pupils that the thinking of the pupils will reach a
level above that of idle day-dreaming. The best way for pupils to see
how useful the scientific method can be is to try it out as a tool on defi¬
nite problems connected with school studies and with activities outside of
school. Ideas stick in pupils’ heads and are not forgotten when pupils un¬
derstand why they should be learned well.

We in the teaching profession are willing to accept a great deal of
the blame for the failure to make the scientific method of inquiry a uni¬
versal organ of observation and thinking, but the signs seem to indicate
an active and aggressive resistance on the part of certain groups in our
society which fear the free play of critical inquiry. These interests seem
to welcome science as long as it produces discoveries which can be utilized
in ways that will show on the credit side of the financial ledger or to
support some personal prejudice, but the publicity, the cooperativeness, the
common good and sharing which are so inherent in the scientific method
of inquiry are not accepted by some groups of our society.

There is an intimate connection between democracy, free intelligence
and the scientific method of inquiry. The effort to unite the peoples of
the earth about these great conceptions of democracy which are distilled
from human experience, may hold more ultimate promise than any attempt
to unite them around a body of doctrines which are based on dogma,
emotional appeal, tradition, and the vested interests of classes.

If we can effect the use of intelligence as a method of control in the
physical and mechanical field such as in the manufacture of automobiles,
radios, refrigerators and airplanes, why should we not strive to develop
it in our day by day actions in the field of human relations? If we can¬
not, the split between mere drift in human affairs and mastery in the
material things is bound to widen, and possibly to result in a breakdown
of our civilization.

33

THE ELECTRON MICROSCOPE

— Charles W. Hoffman, DuPont Co.

The electron microscope as a research instrument is rapidly making a
name for itself in industry. One of these microscopes is now in use at
the Dow Chemical Company. The instrument is not portable, rather com¬
plicated, and requires a very high vacuum as well as a very high voltage.
The basic optical system of the electron microscope parallels that of the
light microscope. Here is a comparison of the two :

Light Microscope Electron Microscope

Beam . Light Electrons

Condenser Lens . Substage-Lens-Glass Magnetic Coil

Specimen . Slide mounted-Glass. Collodion or mesh

mounted-approx.

10 millimicrons thick

Objective . Glass lens Magnetic Coil

Eyepiece . Glass lens Magnetic Coil

Image..... . In eye, on film, or Fluorescent screen

projected on screen and film

The focusing action of the magnetic lens in the electron microscope is
accomplished by varying the current in the coils. The electron, diverging
from the specimen, meets the magnetic field produced by each coil. Then
the electron is deflected from its original course and spirals to a point on
the axis of the coil. In this way, a short magnetic field acts like a thin
glass lens.

The author’s magnetic lens electron microscope is patterned after that
of Knoll and Ruska. The cathode ray tube from a Du Mont Oscilloscope
is cut so that the bell screen end is separated from the sleeve containing
the electron source, anode and deflecting plates. The sleeve end is placed
at one end of a 3" diameter brass tube one meter long with the bell screen
at the other end. The power supply for this crude microscope is supplied
from the original oscilloscope (housing) supply. An opening at the side
of the brass tube is connected to the high vacuum system. The high
vacuum needed is produced by a mercury diffusion pump, a liquid air
trap and a Cenco Hyvac Pump, and is measured with a McLeod Gage.
The magnetic lenses are two iron “doughnuts” that encase a coil of wire
of 1000 turns and have a small portal opening %" around the edge on the
inside perimeter of each coil. Current is supplied to the magnetic coils by
batteries. This microscope does not produce high magnifications but serves
to demonstrate the basic principles of the research one.

The modern research microscope is one built by the RCA Manufac¬
turing Company of Camden, New Jersey. This microscope has many re¬
finements and produces high magnifications. Research pictures of metal
surfaces, of bacteria, of powders, of most anything suitable for analysis,
are being shown in many scientific journals such as the Journal of Ap¬
plied Physics, the Journal of Bacteriology, or Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry.

The high voltage terminal or anode is encased at the top, as well as
the electron source. Directly below the anode lies the first magnetic coil
which acts as a condenser, concentrating the electron beam on the speci¬
men. The specimen, depending on thickness and composition, is inserted
into the microscope below the condenser lens by an air lock device that

34

prevents the breaking of the high vacuum. This specimen may be collodion
mounted or mounted on 800 mesh, the mesh serving as fiduciary marks
for focusing the first magnetic lens below it. Here the diverging electrons
from the specimen (which is any degree of transparency or opacity to the
electrons) are focused so that the second magnetic lens (below the speci¬
men) can form the final image on the screen. The final image is viewed
through portal windows arranged around the screen holder. If a photo¬
graph is desired, a film holder, or casette is placed under the screen. The
system for generating the high vacuum is encased at the bottom, with
tubes connecting various sections of the microscope.

The electron microscope is finding wide application to metallurgy.
Since the surface of a metal cannot be put directly into the microscope,
replicas are being made. Polystyrene serves this function well in that it
can be molded to the polished or etched surface and then stripped from
it, retaining the surface contours. This one-step replica can then be viewed
in the microscope.

Sometimes silica is evaporated onto the polystyrene replica, giving
rise to a second replica or two step replica. Silica will fill in any recesses
or depressions of the surface over 1" thick. Etched stainless steel pro¬
duces many fine studies with these techniques. A comparison of a picture
taken by photomicrography with that made by electron microscopy (at the
same magnification) shows the greater detail of surface contour due to
the fact that the wave lengths associated with the electron are shorter
than the wave lengths of visible light.

Contour studies are being made at Dow Chemical Company by meas¬
uring the intensities of the surfaces shown by the electron microscope. The
pictures are calibrated by using a surface of known thickness. The re¬
sulting “line structure” for the pictures taken with the electron micro¬
scope shows greater detail than those by light microscope photography.

Then, too, the electron microscope can be converted for electron
diffraction studies of powders and the resulting diffraction rings are in
close agreement with those taken by X-ray. In this way electron micro¬
scopy is being correlated with electron diffraction and X-ray diffraction.

The most recent application is an electron microscope used as a “micro¬
analyser, developed by Dr. Hillier and Dr. Zworykin at the RCA labora¬
tories. I he specimen is needled with an intense beam of electrons and
absorbs a certain amount of the energy per element composing it. Each
element is identified by the number of electron-volts that it absorbs. In
this way the chemical composition of the specimen may be known by the
“sorting out” of its elements with the electron microscope. Attention is
called to this fact in a recent article in Time Magazine, December 20 1943
by Dr. Hillier.

35

SOME ASPECTS OF THE CHEMISTRY OF THE SEPARATION

OF COLUMBIUM AND TANTALUM

— James E. Land, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The comments and facts which are to be presented in this paper do not
for the most part represent original investigations on our part, but are
mainly observations and improvements that we have made in certain
preparatory work dealing with the preparation of a supply of pure colum-
bium compounds. It should be mentioned at this time that columbium is
also known as niobium. The latter name is more prevalent in Europe.

Some time ago in our department we became interested in the study
of certain complex compounds of the element columbium and their possi¬
ble behavior and reaction in non-aqueous solvents. The high cost of this
element as well as its compounds because of their scarcity led us to under¬
take its separation and purification from one of its mineral sources, namely
columbite, which is an iron columbate with impurities of tantalum, tin,
zinc, titanium, and zirconium.

The element columbium occurs in the “A” family of the fifth group
of the periodic table lying between vanadium above and tantalum below.
Naturally, it would be expected that this element would show properties
in common with those of both tantalum and vanadium. However, because
of the phenomenon of Lanthanide Contraction, it is found that it agrees
in properties with, or is more similar to tantalum, being always found in *
conjunction with this element regardless of the mineral source.

In fact, since the discovery of columbium in 1801 by Hatchett (1) and
the discovery of tantalum in 1802 by Eckebert (2), these two elements
have been constantly confused. It was not until 1866 following the brilliant
and painstaking work of Marignac that these two elements were definitely
shown not to be one and the same element. Because of this great similarity
in chemical behavior, great difficulty has been and still is experienced in
their analytical separation and purification. It is our opinion that many
of the claims and chemical characteristics that have been published in the
literature concerning these two elements are open to question, because the
presence of one element will materially influence the behavior of the other.

A supply of the columbite ore was obtained from Mitchell County,
North Carolina, and, reasoning from the determined specific gravity, the
columbium content was estimated at about 55-60 per cent, expressed as the
pentoxide. Regardless of the final method of separation, the mineral first
must be opened by fusion. Sodium or potassium pyrosulfate are excellent
fusion agents for this purpose, and both can be prepared by heating the
respective acid salts. After fusion the cold melt is transferred to hot 3
normal hydrochloric acid where it is allowed to stand overnight. This
operation serves to remove such impurities as iron, titanium, tin, zinc, etc.
that are soluble in the hydrochloric acid, while the columbium and tan¬
talum are removed as the insoluble columbic and tantalic acids. The pro¬
cedure then is to separate these precipitated acids by filtration and ignite
them to the corresponding pentoxides. If tests indicate that the pentoxides
are still contaminated by any impurities, th.e same procedure of fusing and
leaching in hydrochloric acid must be carried out again, or as many times
as it is found necessary to free them of impurities.

Now with a supply of the pure columbium and tantalum pentoxides a
search of the literature was made to determine what methods offered a
suitable means of separation. Of those we found, three methods seemed
feasible.

36

The first of these was the one originally used by Marignac (3) and
consisted of dissolving the mixed oxides in hydrofluoric acid. If then
potassium fluoride be added to the resulting solution, advantage can be
taken of the fact that K^TaF? is of lower solubility than K*CbOF« thereby
permitting these two to be separated by fractional crystalization. This
method did not prove to be successful for our needs because, first, the
necessity for special apparatus that would withstand the action of the
hydrofluoric acid, and secondly, this method will never give absolutely
pure columbium because, with the higher solubility, it remains in solution
last and thereby always contains a trace of tantalum.

The next method tried was one introduced by Sears (4) of the Uni¬
versity of Nevada in 1926. He employed the same pyrosulfate fusion, but
by working at a higher temperature (over 875 degrees C.) he found that
the tantalates formed undergo decomposition to the oxide form in the
melt, while the columbate precipitates as such while the tantalum precipi¬
tates as a hydrated oxide. Advantage is then taken of the fact that colum-
bates are soluble in a 1 :1 sulfuric acid solution while the tantalum oxides
are not. We did not find this method too successful in furnishing a supply
of columbium as the solubility of the columbate in the sulfuric acid solu¬
tion is low. A variation of this method was the addition of the selenium
oxychloride to the sulfuric acid solution. Again we found, although this
method may be applicable to quantitative estimations, it could not serve as
* a means of isolating larger quantities.

The third method, and probably the only reasonably successful method
yet employed, is the tannin separation method developed by Powell and
Schoeller (5) in England. It has long been known that tantalum and
columbium could form soluble complexes with oxalates and tartrates.
These complexes seem to be relatively unstable in the presence of tannic
acid, and are thereby precipitated through the formation of an adsorption
complex. As the tantalum appears to be less stable than the columbium
it is possible to bring about a more or less complete separation. The mech¬
anism of this process is as follows:

After fusion the sodium pyrosulfate melt is allowed to stand in a hot
saturated solution of ammonium oxalate until it is completely dissolved.

These two reactions take place :

(TaOO- + 5 (HGO«)-r — > Ta(HC2(»5
(CbCh)- + 3 (HGO0- — > CbO (HGCM)3

The tantalum complex is only stable in the presence of free oxalic
acid. In our work we have found that the resulting solution had a pH
value of between four and five.

This solution was then brought almost to the boiling point and a
freshly prepared 2 to 5% tannic acid solution slowly added. An adsorption
complex is produced by the reciprocal flocculation of the two colloids of
opposite sign, namely, the negative tannin and the positive earth acid sol.

The tannin complex of tantalum is lemon yellow while the columbium
complex is a bright red. The tantalum is precipitated first, then comes an
orange coloration which indicates that both tantalum and columbium are
being pi ecipitated together. This is followed by the bright red columbium
precipitate. The procedure here is to stop the precipitation at the distinct
points of color change. The orange portion is fused again with pyrosulfate,
dissolved in ammonium oxylate, and the same procedure carried out. Each
time reduces the amount of the elements precipitated together. The colum¬
bium precipitation is aided by making the solution just neutral with am-

ML. TAN NIC ACID

37

emf

FIGURE 1

38

monium hydroxide. Ammonium chloride solid is usually added to aid
flocculation.

Great difficulty is always experienced in following the different parts
of this reaction by noting the color changes. The latter are often rather
indistinct and tend to grade gradually one into the other. We have made
a great deal of effort to correct this by following this process with electro¬
chemical measurements. An inert electrode, such as platinum, coupled with
a calomel half cell gave absolutely no variation, but we did find that by
working at a lower temperature the glass electrode gave some promise of
being able to indicate more closely the changes taking place.

Plotting ml s of tannic acid against E.M.F. a curve as shown in Figure
1 is obtained. From A to B pure tantalum is precipitated. The BC portion
represents the fraction where the columbium and tantalum are precipitated
simultaneously. Between C and D pure columbium. Such measurements
indicate more exactly where to cut the precipitation fractions.

It must be pointed out though that we have not yet been able to ac¬
curately stabilize all the variables involved in this method and it is not at
the present time entirely pool proof, but we believe it warrants more study.
At least the glass electrode is an excellent means of controlling the pH of
these solutions, a factor that is most important in this separation.

From our experience the tannin separation is by far the best means
at the present time of obtaining a supply of relatively pure columbium or
its compounds.

Pure columbium has been prepared by the electrolysis of fused
IGCbOFs or by the following reaction (6) :

5 CbC + Cb=0 — > 7 Cb + 5 CO

In closing it is to be noted that this metal has not been prepared yet
m sufficient quantity to know whether it has any wide commercial value.
Our interest is mainly in the preparation of new complex compounds and
their possible use in the electro-deposition of this metal or its separation
more efficiently from tantalum.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

(1) Phil. Thans. 1802, 92, 44

(2) Ann. Chim. 1802, 43, 276

(3) Ann. Chim. Phys. 1866, 8, 5 and 1866, 9, 244

(4) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 48, 343 (26)

(5) “The Analytical Chemistry of Tantalum and Niobium.” Schoeller
Chapman and Hall publishers, London, 1937

(6) Pure Columbium, Blake— (preprint) Trans. Elec. Chem. Soc.

39

THE EFFECT OF RAINFALL DEFICIENCIES IN NORTHWEST
ALABAMA ON FOREST CONDITIONS

— J. M. Stauffer, State Forester, Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery.

A deficiency in the amount of precipitation is of serious concern to
the grower of timber and producer of forest products. Not only is the
forest fire problem accentuated but the annual increment or growth of
woody material is substantially reduced.

The northwestern portion of Alabama embracing sixteen counties, ex¬
tending in a general southwesterly direction from Madison County to in¬
clude Choctaw County, and certain bordering counties in Mississippi have
suffered from a marked deficiency in rainfall during the past three years.
For the purposes of this paper, comments and observations are confined to
Alabama, The average annual departure from the normal rainfall over
the three year period has varied considerably between reporting stations,
ranging from —6.58 inches for Fayette County to — 18.49 inches for Law¬
rence County. Sumter County with a deficiency of — 1.57 inches appears
to have been an oasis in the dry belt of counties, as the surrounding coun¬
ties all showed fairly high departures from the normal.

The effect of inadequate moisture is well illustrated by the forest fire
statistics for five counties in the dry area that have been under organized
forest fire control by the Division of Forestry of the Department of Con¬
servation. Not all of the sixteen counties are under organized protection,
otherwise it would have been possible to make a more comprehensive
comparison. However, it is believed that the fire records for Madison,
Lauderdale, Colbert, Franklin, and Jefferson Counties are representative
and will reflect the general situation in the others. Using the 1940 records
as a normal, the number of fires or ignitions increased 37% in 1941,
54% in 1942 and 41% in 1943; while the area burned increased 7.54%
in 1941, 93.6% in 1942 and 66.24% in 1943. However, not all the factors
were constant from year to year, hence any conclusion that is drawn should
be relative rather than absolute. Loss of manpower, and lack of equipment
and trained personnel as a result of the war, contributed to the increase in
the number of fires and area burned, but the deficiency in moisture appears
to have been the most important element in the fire problem equation.
This is substantiated in part' by the considered opinions of the men in
charge of the local fire control organizations.

Moisture is the limiting factor in tree growth. Without adequate mois¬
ture desert conditions develop even though soils may be fertile and other
climatic factors favorable. The presence or absence of moisture, other
factors being equal, determines the volume of the annual tree growth.
To estimate the effect on growth as a result of three years of deficient
rainfall, 112 trees, selected in five counties in the dry belt, were sampled
with an increment borer. The cores were removed and the growth per
cent determined by the application of Schneider’s formula. The trees used
as samples comprised the important timber species of the area and in¬
cluded loblolly pine, Virginia pine, shortleaf pine, red cedar, red oak, white
oak, scarlet oak and yellow poplar. The annual increment per cent for
1943, as determined by Schneider’s formula, was compared with the an¬
nual increment per cent for 1940. It was found from the 112 borings or
increment cores that growth had decreased .55% for all species. The pines,
as a group, showed a greater loss in growth than the hardwoods, being
.87% compared to .50% for sweet gum, .41% for white oak and .36%
for black oak. From the limited data it was impossible to develop a clearly
defined proportion between the amount of the rainfall deficiency and the

40

per cent loss in growth. For instance, the average annual rainfall defi¬
ciency for Limestone County during the three year period was recorded
at — 13.43 inches, while the loss in growth amounted to .76% per year
contrasted to a recorded deficiency of — 16.68 inches for Lauderdale
County and a loss in growth of .41% per year.

The dry area or belt covering sixteen Alabama counties has a gross
area of 7,829,120 acres of which 62%, or 4,855,282 acres are classed as
forest land. The normal annual timber growth for this section of Alabama
is estimated at 200 bd. ft. per acre per year. The total annual growth for
the area, therefore, amounts to 971.056,400 bd. ft. Since growth in 1943
declined .55% due largely to the lack of sufficient rainfall, the total loss
in growth for the area from this cause is computed at 5,340,000 bd ft.
Assuming an average stumpage value of $8.00 per thousand board ft., the
net loss for the 16 counties in 1943 due to dry weather is placed at $42,720.
If 1944 is characterized by a deficiency in precipitation, although present
indications are to the contrary, it can be expected that timber growth will
continue to decline at least in an equal amount.

It is quite common to estimate the damage to agricultural crops as a
result of dry weather. Since the tree crop is harvested periodically, little
concern is expressed because the loss is not readily apparent, although the
forests of Alabama are producing a crop that after cutting, processing and
transporting is contributing annually in excess of $150,000,000 to the
State’s economy.

A deficiency in rainfall, therefore, is responsible for two elements of
damage to the forest lands of the State, namely, a depreciation in current
annual growth and an increase in the amount of loss from forest fires.

Some wit has said “everybody talks about the weather but no one is
able to do anything about it.’’ While it is true that we cannot exercise
control over the amount of rainfall in order to sustain tree growth, we
can at least make a strong effort to improve the forest fire situation.

To accomplish the desired results and bring the annual fire loss within
acceptable limits requires the full understanding and cooperation of the
people associated directly or indirectly with the woodlands of the State.
Although weather and fire danger are predictable, people are not and for
that reason a fire control organization must of necessity carry on an un¬
relenting and persistent fire prevention program.

41

THE MIDWAY-WILCOX CONTACT IN ALABAMA

— Lyman Toulmin, Jr., University.

Bauxite, the ore of aluminum, has been mined in small quantities in
Alabama for many years. Production has risen tremendously in recent
years owing to war demands. In one year, 1941, production rose 593 per
cent over that of the previous year and Alabama became the second state
in point of production. In 1942 the production was almost double that of
1941. Most of the Alabama bauxite comes from Barbour and Henry Coun¬
ties in southeast Alabama from beds near the contact between the Midway
and Wilcox groups.

Limonite, brown iron ore, is another mineral of economic importance
that occurs in upper Midway strata near the contact with the overlying
Wilcox giTiup. The brown iron ore occurs in weathered beds near the
surface of the ground in a large area in Butler, Crenshaw, Pike, and Bar¬
bour Counties. The Geological Survey of Alabama sponsored a Work
Progress Administration project in 1942 to prospect these brown ores. A
total of more than a million and a quarter tons of brown iron ore re¬
serves in parts of Butler, Crenshaw, and Pike Counties were prospected,
sampled, and mapped before the project was brought to a close on Feb¬
ruary 1, 1943. Strip-mining operations are being carried on at several
places in the area.

A field study of the Midway and Wilcox beds was made in the sum¬
mer of 1941 and in February, 1942, in order to facilitate the search for
new bauxite and limonite deposits. Special study was made of the beds
near the contact of the Midway and Wilcox groups.

The contact is easily located in the exposures on the Chattahoochee
River at Ft. Gaines, Georgia, where fossiliferous Wilcox (Nanafalia) beds
lie on the irregular surface of the Midway limestone. The Midway lime¬
stone exposed on the river has a total thickness of about 140 feet, but
west of the river in the bauxite area it has been largely removed by solu¬
tion. Bauxite and bauxitic clay occur in lenses in lower Wilcox sand
which overlies the Midway limestone, or which overlies Cretaceous beds
where the limestone has been completely removed.

The stratigraphic position of the Midway-Wilcox contact in central
and western Alabama has heretofore been indefinite. A stratigraphic in¬
terval consisting of 200 feet or more of beds of uncertain age separates
the uppermost fossiliferous Midway bed and the lowermost fossiliferous
Wilcox bed. These beds consist of laminated clay and sand, lignite, green¬
sand, and cross-bedded coarse sand. Heretofore, paleontological evidence
has been insufficient for determining whether these beds should be as¬
signed to the Midway or to the Wilcox group.

A fossiliferous greensand marl within this sequence of beds was
discovered in February, 1942, near Caledonia in Wilcox County. Micro¬
fossils, including diagnostic Midway species, occur in this bed and it is
assigned to the Midway group. The Midway-Wilcox contact is therefore
placed above the sequence of greensand beds at the erosional unconformity
beneath the cross-bedded coarse sand that underlies the fossiliferous Nana¬
falia beds of the Wilcox group. The cross-bedded sand is absent in places
and the fossiliferous Nanafalia beds lie directly on the irregular surface
of the Midway.

The following list of formations of the Midway and Wilcox groups
indicates the position of the contact and the subdivisions of the Naheola
and Nanafalia formations.

42

Wilcox group

Hatchetigbee formation
Bashi marl (restricted)

Tuscahoma formation (including beds below the Bashi marl
formerly assigned to the Bashi formation)

Nanafalia formation

“Gullette Bluff beds”

“Nanafalia Landing ( Ostrea thirsae ) marl”

“Basal sand”

Disconformity

Midway group

Naheola formation
“Coal Bluff beds”

“Oak Hill beds”

“Matthews Landing marl”

Porters Creek formation (Sucarnoochee)

Clayton formation

The character of the Midway and Wilcox beds in central and western
Alabama indicates that the essential conditions of weathering for the
formation of bauxite did not prevail in those areas in early Wilcox time.
It is unlikely that deposits of bauxite will be found in those areas.

43

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PREPARED

for the

TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1944

THE PRODUCTION OF LUMP CPIARCOAL FROM PINE
SAWDUST WITHOUT A BINDER

' — C. A. Basore, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

The utilization of wood wastes from lumber operations has been
discussed at length.1- 2

A method is described wherein the sawdust may be charred and made
to cohere in the form of briquets without a binder being added. The pilot
plant stage of the experimental work is described and the economic bal¬
ance for large scale operation is discussed.

MITOTIC PERIODICITY IN THE ROOTS AND LEAVES OF THE
RADISH

— Alvin V. Beatty, University of Alabama.

In determining the number of mitotic divisions in the roots and
leaves of the radish, material was collected on the hour for twenty-four
consecutive hours. Three roots were collected at each hour for germinating
seeds, and root tips, one millimeter in length, were removed. Three leaves
were also gathered from which a millimeter disc of tissue, located between
specific veins, was obtained. In both the roots and leaves, the tissue was
killed, fixed and stored in Carnoy’s fluid (6:3:1). In preparation of the
slides for study, the material was placed in a solution of concentrated
HCL and 95% alcohol (1:1) for five minutes, washed in Carnoy’s for two
minutes and stained for five hours in aceto-carmine. The material was
mascerated under a cover slip by means of a plunger and sealed with
Asphaltum. In determining the number of divisions in each slide, the
sampling method was used. Ten areas, 1/100 of a square millimeter, were
counted for divisions, and the average number was used. From this fig¬
ure the total number of divisions per millimeter piece of tissue was cal¬
culated and plotted on an hourly basis.

The roots exhibited an hourly rhythmic mitotic curve with the most
active periods occurring a few hours before midnight and noon and with
the inactive periods between four and seven in the morning and after¬
noon. The active periods had twelve times as many divisions as the low
periods.

The leaves exhibited a similar mitotic curve but did not show any
period with outstanding activity or inactivity. A plateau of increased activ¬
ity was noted a few hours before noon and a lesser plateau was shown a
few hours before midnight.

1 Hatley: “Use of Producer Gas for Motor Transport” Gas Jour. 229,351,353 (1940)

2 Basore: Engineering Bulletin Nos. 1 and 14, Engineering Experiment Station, Ala¬
bama Polytechnic Institute.

44

THE TEACHING OF SCIENCE

— A. S. Benham, Erskine Ramsay Technical High School.

Reciting some of the joys and woes of the science teacher, his lim¬
ited laboratory equipment and time, and his attitude towards demonstra¬
tion experiments. Exhibit of some home-made apparatus useful in
demonstrations.

Also the value of learning to visualize phenomena we can never hope
to see with our eyes, and cultivating a devout attitude towards the origin
of things in nature.

THE ADSORPTION OF ANIONS ON BASE-EXCHANGE RESINS
— John A. Bishop, Birmingham-Southern College.

In 1935 Adams and Holmes published a paper dealing with adsorption
of salts on Phenolic resins, and amino resins. By exchanging the cations
in the salt for hydrogen of the phenolic resin, a solution of an acid was
formed, which could then be adsorbed on the amino resin. This led to a
large amount of commercial research on improving the exchange capacities
of resinous materials, most of which emerged in the patent literature.
Aside from a series of papers by Bhatnager in the Journal of the Indian
Chemical Society, little has been published on the removal of anions other
than Chloride and Sulfate. In the present work the removal of Chlorides,
Phosphates, Oxalates, Arsenates, Mono-chloracetates, Dichloracetates, Tar¬
trates, and Acetates, has been studied. The adsorbing resin was Amberlite
IR* 3, produced by The Resinous Products & Chemical Co. As a result
of the equilibrium studies, a relationship was derived relating the ion prod¬
uct of the ions of the acids to the adsorption. Log x/m = Log K -f Z Log
Ch.Ca, where x/m— moles adsorbed per gram, Ch- = concentration of
Hydrogen ion, and Ca- = concentration of the Anion in the particular
acid. Using this equation the monobasic acids were shown to fall on a
straight line. The rate studies brought out the fact that the main factor in
causing a separation of the anions in a column should be the mobilities of
the anions, rather than the intrinsic acidity. ( The laboratory zvork was per¬
formed in the Chemistry Laboratory at the University of Delaware.)

45

THE CHRISTIANSEN FILTER AND ITS APPLICATION TO
COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATIONS IN THE LABORATORY
— John A. Bishop, Birmingham-Southern College.

In 1884, Christiansen discovered the optical effect which now bears
his name, and which is the basis of the determination of refractive indices
by use of immersion liquids. The fact that for a given mixture of glass
and liquid one wave length will have the same refractive index for both
glass and liquid can be made use of in making a light filter. This is the
Christiansen Filter, details of which were published by Weigert in 1927.
In contrast to ordinary light filters the Christiansen filter operates by
refraction of light. White light is passed through a mixture of ground
glass having' a low dispersion, and a liquid having a high dispersion. The
wave length which has the same refractive index for both liquid and glass
passes through without refraction or reflection. Other wave lengths are
dispersed either by refraction or by reflection. The transmitted wave
length may be varied by changing the temperature. The purity of the
transmitted light depends upon the optical system and the degree of tem¬
perature control. The reproduceability is determined by the purity of the
liquid used. In the present work, a Christiansen Filter was prepared and
used in conjunction with a photo-tube amplifier, as a colorimeter. Curves
were prepared showing the types of absorption curves produced, using the
filter as a source of “monochromatic” light. Beers Law curves for Phenol
Red and Copper Sulfate showed the possibility of using such a filter as a
light source for colorimetric work. This work was done at the University
of Delaware.

ANION ADSORPTION BY BASE-EXCHANGE RESINS

—John A. Bishop, Birmingham-Southern College.

Since the work of Adams and Holmes on base-exchange in synthetic
resins there have appeared many publications on the application of resin¬
ous materials to cation removal in water purification. However, published
work on anion adsorption has been confined almost entirely to hydrochloric
and sulfuric acids.

The present work attempts to relate the acid strengths of several acids
to their rates of adsorption and to the equilibria involved. The possibility
of a separation of different anions due to differential adsorption is dis¬
cussed. The acids used are hydrochloric, acetic, monochloroacetic, dichloro-
acetic, tartaric, oxalic, phosphoric and arsenic. The removal of arsenic as
an anion instead of a cation is also commented on.

46

THE USE OF LOCAL INDUSTRIES IN THE TEACHING OF
HIGH SCHOOL CHEMISTRY

— Kathryn M. Boehmer, Ensley High School.

Well conducted trips through industrial plants make high school chem¬
istry more interesting. To be successful', one must choose the industry
wisely, make proper arrangements, carefully explain the process and give
instructions concerning dangers. The industries found to be most worth¬
while were the T.C.I. Merchant mill, Rail mill and the By-product plant.
Others of value to high school students were the cement plant, ice plant
and the Wire and Sheet mills of the T.C.I. Those of little value were
the Tin-plate mill of the T.C.I. and the sulfuric acid plant.

A STUDY OF CHANGES IN PROTOPLASMIC VISCOSITY OF
THE GRASSHOPPER NEUROBLAST DURING MITOSIS
— J. Gordon Carlson, University of Alabama.

The viscosity of a substance is inversely related to the rapidity of
Brownian movement of the small particles it contains. The lower the
viscosity the more rapid their movement and the higher the viscosity the
slower their movement, other factors being constant. Observations of
the Brownian movement of the mitochondria of the living grasshopper
neuroblast growing in artificial culture medium show that the viscosity of
the cytoplasm changes during mitosis. It is highest during interphase and
most of prophase. A few minutes before dissolution of the nuclear
membrane it begins to fall, reaching a minimum in anaphase and early
telophase, and then increases, attaining the interphase level during late
telophase. »

WATER LEVEL TRENDS IN AN OBSERVATION WELL NEAR
EUTAW, ALABAMA, SEPT., 1941 TO MARCH, 1944

Charles W. Carlston, U. S. Geological Survey, University.

Comparison is made between graphs of month-end water level meas¬
urements for well U. S. 71, Clanton, Alabama and well U. S. 72, Eutaw,
Alabama for the period September, 1941 to March, 1944. Effects of de¬
ficiency of precipitation on the Eutaw well are discussed.

EARLY HISTORY OF WATER WELL DRILLING IN THE BLACK
BELT OF ALABAMA

— Charles W. Carlston, U. S. Geological Survey, University.

Between 1821 and 1833 auger boring of artesian wells was introduced
in the Black Belt of Alabama. The technique was apparently brought into
Alabama from London, England by way of Charleston, South Carolina.
By 1854 there were more than 500 auger-bored artesian wells in Alabama.
1 he present widely used and common method of drilling small artesian
wells, jetting, was invented in 1884 and by the end of the century had be¬
come the chief method of sinking tubular wells of small diameter in the
Gulf Coastal Plain.

47

HISTOLOGIC STUDIES ON LIVER GLYCOGEN FOLLOWING

INTRAPERITONEAL INJECTIONS OF CHLOROFORM AND

PENTOTHAL SODIUM

— Emmett B. Carmichael, Mark C. Wheelock and Grady W. Phillips,
University of Alabama

Histologic studies were made on the livers of 37 guinea pigs for the
presence of glycogen, following treatment with either chloroform or
chloroform and pentothal sodium. The chloroform was dissolved in olive
oil and injected intraperitoneally in doses which varied from 0.3 cc. to 0.9
cc. of chloroform per kilo.

Fourteen «of the animals died from the effects of the chloroform
within 72 hours. The livers were weighed and were fixed and stained with
Best’s carmin. Twelve of the livers gave a negative histologic test for
glycogen while only two showed a trace of glycogen.

The 23 animals that survived the injections of chloroform were al¬
lowed to eat for either two or four days and then were injected intra¬
peritoneally with pentothal soduim, either 45 or 50 mg. per kilo. Five of
these guinea pigs died during the pentothal anesthesia while the other 18
were terminated 24 hours after they received the barbiturate. The livers
of the five animals that died during pentothal anesthesia gave a positive
histologic test for glycogen while four of the remaining eighteen animals
gave a negative test for glycogen.

A SIMPLE* ZONING MEDIUM FOR DIFFERENTIATING EN-
TEROTOXIC FROM NON-ENTEROTOXIC STRAINS OF
STAPHYLOCOCCI

— Louise Cason, University of Alabama.

A milk agar medium has been used to advantage in isolating and dif¬
ferentiating strains of staphylococci. This medium is prepared by asepti-
cally adding sterile skim milk to sterile 2% nutrient agar in the propor¬
tion of 40 cc. of milk to 60 cc. of nutrient agar. Plates are poured to a
thickness of about 6 mm. and streaked in the usual manner with a small
amount of inoculum so that well isolated colonies result.

All known enterotoxic strains develop clear zones surrounding the
colonies. Certain aureus and albus strains of a non-enterotoxic origin de¬
velop zones whereas others do not.

Stone has reported that gelatin extract agar when inoculated with
enterotoxic strains of staphylococci produced a zone surrounding the col¬
ony on addition of a developer to the surface of the medium. All strains
studied which were Stone zone positive likewise proved zone positive on
milk agar.

Inasmuch as Stone has used this criterion as preliminary identification
of enterotoxic staphylococci, milk agar can be similarly used.

Milk agar has the advantage of use without a developer. Picking col¬
onies is simplified since cursory observation identifies a strain as zone
negative or zone positive. There is no danger of contamination from other
colonies as may result after the developer is added in the Stone procedure.
Preservation and later examination of the milk agar plates are possible
since the z’one is permanent and even increases with age.

48

SULFA DRUGS, ETC., AND THE SERVICE MEN

— Viola M. Chauvin, U. S. Marine Hospital, Mobile.

Sulfonamides have been used successfully in the armed forces in the
treatment of venereal infections, burns, and traumatic wounds. External
local application of the powder and the cream was used in the injuries
and burns in conjunction with internal use. Sulfa resistance was found in
two of 45 cases of gonorrhea.

Penicillin — discovered about 1929 by Alexander Fleming in England.
Found to be potent against gram-positive organisms, pneumococcic, and
gonococcic infections. Spectacular results from use in sulfa resistant cases
where favorable results were obtained in 125 of 129 cases.

Penicillin may be administered locally (250 u./cc.), intravenously,
1000 u./cc. 5% glucose), or intramuscularly — dosage not yet determined
but usually 10000 u./cc. to 25000 u./cc.

THE SPECTROGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF LEAD IN

CAST IRON

— J. H. Coulliette, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

A small percentage of lead exercises a marked influence on the
strength of cast iron. The presence of lead is most readily detected quali¬
tatively by means of arc excitation of a briquetted chip sample. For the
quantitative determination a rod sample is preferable to the briquet since
the lead is volatilized at a more uniform rate into the radiating vapor.

The rod sample is burned for thirty seconds at a current of 2.5
amperes before beginning the photographic exposure in order to stabilize
the rate of vaporization of sample. The determination of the lead content
is made by extrapolating the intensity ratio of the lines : Pb 2833.069 and
Fe 2833.40 on a curve plotted between intensity ratios and concentrations
determined from a set of standard samples.

SOME PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF NOMOGRAMS

— C. K. Donoho, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

The principles of the construction of rapid calculating charts on nomo¬
graphic axes are given and briefly discussed. Scales must be chosen so
that the equation to be solved becomes linear.

The following examples were shown and discussed:

(1) Nomogram for iron foundry ladle capacity relating weight of metal to
diameter of ladle and height in the ladle.

(2) Nomogram for weight of cast iron pipe relating weight to thickhess
and outside diameter.

(3) Nomogram for centrifugal force calculation relating centrifugal force
to diameter and spinning speed.

(4) Nomogram for hardenability of steel relating hardenability to alloy
content and grain size.

(5) Nomogram for thickness of pipe under combined tension and com¬
pression stresses.

49

It was emphasized that the examples given are cases where the nomo¬
gram is in constant use. These were shown in the hope that they may sug¬
gest additional applications of this useful graphical method for rapid and
accurate solution of routine mathematical problems.

EFFECT OF CONCENTRATION OF PEPSIN AND THE DIFFER¬
ENTIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY OF JEJUNAL SEGMENTS IN
EXPERIMENTAL JEJUNAL ULCERS IN THE DOG

— Robert L. Driver, Robert H. Chappel and Emmett B. Carmichael,
University of Alabama.

Since the concentration of gastric pepsin varies in both normal indi¬
viduals and in those with disease, the following experiments were per¬
formed in order to determine the effect of concentration of pepsin on
ulcer formation.

Different regions of the jejunum of dogs were cannulated and pepsin
solutions in N/10 HC1 were run through these loops for about twelve
hours, after which the loops were examined microscopically and grossly.
The different concentrations of pepsin used were 0.1%, 1.0% and 2.0%.

It was also desired to determine if there is a differential susceptibility
to ulcer formation in different parts of the jejunum.

The percentage of pepsin in the range employed was not a factor in
the degree of digestion of the mucosa, since 0.1% pepsin caused as great
a necrosis as 2.0%.

The important factor is the position in the jejunum, the distal loops
being much more susceptible to necrosis than more proximal regions.

It is suggested that the high incidence of marginal ulcers following
gastrojejunostomy may be reduced by making the anastomosis as near
the ligament of Treitz as possible.

ONE METHOD OF DOUBLING CORN YIELDS BY THE USE OF

CROTALARIA

— J. F. Duggar, A.P.I. Agricultural Experiment Station.

The early variety of the annual legume Crotalaria spectabilis has
been found at Auburn especially valuable for increasing the yield of sub¬
sequent crops of corn. Among its advantages are these: It lends itself to
being grown as an inter-crop between corn rows. It provides abundant
seed, and many of these hard seeds remain sound in the soil for months or
years, for later germination. Hence the unique suitability of crotalaria for
growing in fields where corn is grown continuously or in alternate years.

In one experiment at Auburn on sandy upland soil, crotalaria was
thus grown between corn rows for nine years continuously. Each year its
plowed-under residues increased the corn yields above those on the no¬
legume plots by substantial amounts. These annual increases in corn pro¬
duction began with about 6 bushels of corn per acre, rose to nearly 23
bushels in the fifth year and to a gain of nearly 25 bushels in the eighth
year. The increased corn yields averaged 7.5 bushels per acre in the first
three years and 23 bushels annually or 300 per cent for the last three
years of an 8-year period.

50

Shallow coverings of seed has proved essential and methods of prep¬
aration have been devised for effecting this, and yet permitting deep
plowing for corn.

The crotalaria plant has not proved seriously competitive with the corn
plant ; for this legume makes its main demands on soil moisture after corn
has almost finished its active growth.

Crotalaria is superior to most other soil improving legumes in that
it is immune to our most common legume disease, namely, nematode root-
knot. Crotalaria has not perceptibly increased pests of itself or of other
crops after having been grown for nine years continuously on the same
land. The refusal of livestock or poultry to eat any part of the bitter plant
largely obviates any danger from its poisonous alkaloid.

Weed control. — Ordinary routine cultivation easily destroys the young
seedlings and all roots die each winter. Other control means consist in
mowing the young plants and deeply plowing under any shattered seed that
are not wanted.

AN EFFECTIVE METHOD OF TEACHING BIOLOGY

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

Owing to the poor results obtained in freshman biology classes, in 1935
I decided to write a text which would be more simple and direct than any
available.

The course, as set out in the book, which was lithoprinted, centers
around the life processes — oxidation, nutrition, elimination, irritability, and
reproduction— and the textual matter is supplemented by “lectures, illus¬
trative pictures by projection, reading of current biological articles in
scientific journals, and laboratory exercises correlated with the class
work” — Preface.

Starting with the nature of protoplasm and its organization into cells,
tissues, organs, and organ systems, it is shown how everything is related
to the carrying on of the five life processes. The similarity of function of
organs in the widely varying types of organisms is brought out so as to
develop the concept of evolution.

After a survey of the plant and animal kingdoms is made there follow
chapters on Chemical Correlation, Adaptation, Duration of Life — Death
and Decomposition, Heredity and Eugenics, Classification of Organisms,
and Evolution.

The excellent results obtained, I believe, may be attributed to the
following :

1. Simplification of the work, bringing the subject down to the level
of the students’ training and ability.

2. Building the whole course around the central idea of the five life
processes.

3. Condensing to a small compass, thus reducing the likelihood of
confusion and bewilderment.

4. Leaving out as far as possible technical terms and intricate theories.

5. Building up gradually important concepts throughout the course.

6. Leading students to think in terms of the biological concepts ac¬
quired and see their application in the world about them.

7. Reading and reporting orally in class on news of scientific research.

51

A STUDY IN LONGEVITY

— C. M. Farmer, Troy State Teachers College.

The longest lived vertebrates are reptiles, and the oldest life among
mammals is man.

Stories of longevity are usually discredited by scientists because of
unreliability of the evidence. There are, however, some authenticated cases
of people living well beyond the century mark.

J. Mortimer Sheppard, director of the Pan-American Society for
Tropical Research, reports a community of mixed breeds near Quito,
Ecuador, with remarkably long lives. One whose christening on April 20,
1798, making her now 146, had a living son 121 years old.

Physiologist G. Schlesinger found many 105 to one 157 among the
people of the Caucasus Mountains.

In an effor to determine whether the age of Mrs. Hettie Floyd, upon
whose tombstone in a cemetery not far from Elba, Alabama, is inscribed
130 years, could be verified, Dr. A. S. Rudolph, Mr. M. L. Beck, of Glen-
wood, and I made a visit to the community and cemetery. As there was
no record of her birth, we found no definite proof of her age. Many
citizens whom we interviewed were convinced that “whether 130 was her
exact age or not, she certainly was well over 100 when she died.’’

There seem to be many authenticated cases of people living beyond
100 years. Is this longevity attributable to a single hereditary factor, en¬
vironmental influences, or a combination of both? In the answer to this
question some writers think may be found the possibility of greatly ex¬
tending the life span of members of the human race.

THE MOTOR AND SENSORY AXONS OF THE GREAT

SPLANCHNIC NERVES WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO
THE DECUSSATION OF MOTOR FIBERS

— James O. Foley, University of Alabama.

The motor fibers were removed from the great splanchnic nerves of
three cats by cutting the roots of the first nine thoracic spinal nerves. In
two other cats the motor and sensory fibers were deleted by removing
the dorsal root ganglia of the first nine thoracic nerves.

Histological examination of sections of the silvered nerves of these
two types of preparations showed that; (1) most of the axons in the
great splanchnic nerves are sensory and (2) that occasionally the motor
fibers decussate across the vertebral column to enter the great splanchnic
nerve of the opposite side.

These observations do not support the belief that the splanchnics are
composed largely of motor fibers from the white rami and it can no
longer be assumed that the motor fibers are ipsilateral in all cases.

52

THE TERMINATION AND ATTACHMENT OF MUSCLE FIBERS
WITHIN HUMAN MUSCLES

— Charles M. Goss, University of Alabama.

The individual muscle fibers were dissected from fasciculi or bun¬
dles of the human sartorius, brachioradialis and pectoralis major muscles,
the material was obtained from the dissecting room. The cadavers had
’Tc.eived a preliminary embalming with formalin and a later one with
fluid containing equal parts of phenol, glycerine and alcohol. The latter
fluid was diluted with water to provide a medium for the muscle while
tne fibers were being dissected. The separation of the fibers was carried
out under a dissecting microscope with fine pointed forceps and iridectomy
scissors. No chemical treatment for maceration was employed. Final ob¬
servations were made with high magnifications of a compound micro¬
scope to establish beyond doubt the individuality of the fibers.

The majority of fibers terminating within fasciculi, that is, not
reaching the tendon, have long very gradually tapering ends. Most of these
pointed ends are securely attached by a blending of their connective tissue
sheaths with the sheaths of adjacent fibers of full thickness. In a few
instances the connective tissue sheath is prolonged beyond the end of the
fiber into a minute tendon approximately one millimeter long which
attaches to the end of another fiber. This rerpesents the smallest possible
two-bellied muscle. The fibers, which are connected with these minute
tendinous inscriptions may end in very gradual points like those described
above or in blunt terminations like those which are characteristic for at¬
tachment to the principal tendon.

These incomplete and preliminary observations indicate that human
muscle fibers reach an average length of approximately 10 cm. if the
length of the fasciculi permits. In fasciculi less than 10 cm. long, prac¬
tically all fibers extend the full length, both ends attaching to tendon. In
longer fasciculi one or both ends may terminate within the bundle, as
described above.

TEACHING CHEMISTRY TO THE ARMY

John E. Gran, University of Alabama.

• u K°me °f th,e edVcatio?al programs of the Army have been character¬
ful^ an acceleration which has caused new problems to develop in the

• t of many college courses. This has been particularly true in chem-
i -f-j specialized Training and Re-assignment (S.T.A.R.) unit which

classified men according to their aptitudes and abilities, required a very
brief refresher course in general chemistry which was supposed to re-
acquaint students with the material to such an extent that they could pass
a government examination in the subject. Many of the soldiers had taken
chemistry five or six years previously and felt inadequately prepared, and
occasionally a student who had never taken chemistry at all was put in
the section The refresher course was eventually replaced by a supervised
study period The basic engineering phase of the Army Specialized Train¬
ing (A.S.I.; program called for the completion of an elementary chemistrv
course in twenty-four weeks. The first half of this period was devoted to
class-room instruction on fundamental principles (without laboratory
w,°Y5A r.he ciass met three times a week. The second half took up a study
of the elements according to their arrangement in the periodic system.

53

Two hours of class-room instruction and four of laboratory work con¬
stituted the week’s schedule. It was rather difficult for the instructors to
decide what to emphasize and what to omit, especially during the second
half of the course.

A comparison of Army trainees with civilian students in the laboratory
showed that although the trainees broke more glassware they were far less
wasteful of chemicals, especially when told that certain chemicals were
hard to get. The soldiers, moreover, paid greater attention to precautions
in experiments that might prove dangerous if the precautions were not
followed, they were not so apt to dawdle over their tasks, and they
showed a greater tendency to do independent work without close super¬
vision. They were generally bored by a discussion of the use of chemistry
in combat.

Graduates of the A.S.T. program have been assigned to chemical work
with the Army Engineers, the Chemical Warfare Service, and the Ord¬
nance Department.

Considerable attention should be given at the present time to setting
up satisfactory rehabilitation programs for returned veterans.

WOMEN PER FAMILY AS AN INDEX OF CULTURE

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University.

If every one married at the age of 21, there would be just about one
man and one woman (over 21) per family. But where marriage is post¬
poned beyond 21, as it usually is among educated people, the number of
adults per family increases. Women who remain single for a few or many
years are the main source of our teachers, authoresses, etc. So, whatever
the cause of their celibacy, a large ratio of women to families is generally
an index of culture.

Statistics of families for states and counties in the United States go
back to 1850 (free population only), and statistics for a few cities which
covered all or nearly all of their counties at that time can be approximated
from the county figures. In the United States as a whole the number of
women per white family has been not far from 1.2 ever since 1850. Some
of the New England states led in 1850, as now, while some of the newer
and cruder western states have come up from far below 1 to about 1.1.
In 1850 Boston led all large American cities, with a ratio of 1.70, but it
declined to 1.45 in 1930 and 1.40 in 1940. College towns rank rather high,
as would be expected.

The number of women per white family in the United States, urban
and rural, in 1930 and 1940, is as follows :

Rural Rural

Total Urban non-farm farm

1930 . 1.20 1.28 1.12 1.08

1940 . 1.19 1.25 1.11 1.10

Marriage is generally later in Europe than here, and some European
countries surpass the United States in this respect. The states with the
largest ratio of women to families have produced the largest number of
noted persons; and it is rather significant that most such persons seem
to have one or more unmarried aunts, sisters or daughters.

54

THE EFFECT OF ESTROGENS ON THE MITOTIC ACTIVITY
OF THE RAT HYPOPHYSIS

— Thomas E. Hunt, University of Alabama.

An increased mitotic activity occurred in the hypophysis of ovariec-
tomized rats 50 to 70 hours after single injections of alpha estradiol or
tneelin. Equal amounts by weight of the two estrogens gave comparable
results. In animals 80 to 150 days of age there was only a slightly in¬
creased activity after injection of 15 to 20 gammas (average of 9 animals,
j.b mitoses per sq. mm. of section). In order to obtain mitotic activity
comparable to that found in the late estrous stage of the normal rat of
this age it was necessary to inject 150 to 200 gammas (average of 11 ani¬
mals, 26.7 mitoses per sq. mm.). In older rats from 300 to 600 days of age
injections ot 150 to 400 gammas did not cause a significant rise in the
mitotic activity (average of 10 animals, 1.14 mitoses per sq. mm.). The
tact that injections of estrogens result in increased mitotic activity of the
genital epithelium 24 to 36 hours earlier than in the hypophysis, suggests
that the eifect on the latter may be indirect. The unresponsiveness of the
cells in the older hypophyses confirms the conclusion made previously
that they become increasingly refractory to mitotic stimulating factors as
the animals become older.

VALENCE IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

— E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College.

Valence is one of the most fruitful topics of study in the compara¬
tively new undergraduate field of advanced inorganic chemistry.

1 wo common elementary approaches to valence are (i) the combining

advent115 °f fth^, ele,ments and (”) the structure of the atoms. Certain
advantages of the former approach were pointed out. Using valence in
the broad sense of the term suggested by Pauling, eight types of valence
bonds were considered. In a brief discussion of the coordinate bond ref¬
erence was made to the various extensions of Werner’s idea of “auxiliary
valences to cover a wide variety of complexes including water of hydra¬
tion and the iso-po y and hetero-poly acids. Two theories of bonding in
metals were stated briefly. 5

The two main types of hydrogen bonds were defined and illustrated.
"°me of the theoretical difficulties as to the mechanism of these bonds
were presented. The practical significance of the hydrogen bond in the
association of water and hydroxylic compounds and in the high mobility
of the hydrogen ion was discussed briefly.

Mention was made of resonance and resonance energy as means of
bonding and of stabilizing certain molecular forms.

Brief references were made to odd electron bonds including the singlet
bond in the hydrogen molecule ion, H* + , and in diborane and the triple
electron bond in NO, CIO* and NO*.

Finally the molecular orbital theory of molecular structure was out-
med. I he wave function or orbital of an electron is the equivalent in
terkn!S ,?i 9uaftum mechanics of what has generally been called an electron
or lit. A molecular orbital is defined as _the wave function of an electron
as it moves in the field of all the other electrons and nuclei constituting

55

the molecule and is generally expressed as a linear combination of the
atomic orbitals.” By the molecular orbital theory all the electrons are in¬
volved in the formation of a molecule but no electrons are specifically
involved in the bonds. In other words, the molecular orbital theory regards
the molecule as a single unit made up of nuclei and electrons and not of
atoms or ions held together by valence bonds.

RECENT OIL AND GAS DEVELOPMENTS IN ALABAMA

— Stewart J. Lloyd, University of Alabama,

The title of my ten minute talk is “Recent Oil and Gas Developments
in Alabama,” and I shall confine myself strictly to that subject.

About the middle of February the Hunt Oil Company brought in near
Gilbertown in Choctaw County a flowing 60-70 barrel well at 2550 feet,
from the top of the Selma, or bottom of the Ripley, whichever you like to
call it. The oil had a low gravity, 17 A.P.I. A little later a second well,
one-fourth mile to the east, came in from the same horizon, which had to
be pumped, but produced 100 barrels per day. A third well, one-fourth
mile away, which will probably be a producer, has found oil in the Eutaw
sand, well below the horizon of the first two. Results obtained in a fourth
well close by are not yet known.

The company has permits to drill two more wells in this neighbor¬
hood. A well near Toxey, drilled by the E. C. Johnston Company, six
miles north of Gilbertown, was dry.

So that we have, in Choctaw County, three producing wells, with
others being drilled. The Humble Oil Company is drilling in Washington
County, west of Choctaw, the Stanolind Company near Jasper in North
Alabama, and a permit has been issued for a well northwest of Linden
in Marengo County. A well is also going down near Falkville in Morgan
County.

No one can say now whether the Gilbertown area will turn into a
good oil field or not. It is conveniently located, almost on the A. T. & N.
railroad, and within 15 miles of the Tombigbee River.

It is on the north side of the Hatchetigbee structure, long believed
to be a likely source of oil, and the wells are probably close to a minor
fault, of which there are several in the whole structure. I believe the
company geologists expect their main production to come not from the
Selma Chalk, but from the underlying Eutaw, or even Tuscaloosa.

Although these wells are not heavy producers, they should be none
the less profitable. They cost little to drill, as they are quite shallow, and
transportation is easy. According to recent reports, a 1000 barrel well has
recently been brought in near Heidelberg, across the Mississippi line, and"
in general Southeast Mississippi seems to be developing into a large field
like Tinsley. There is every reason to believe many wells will be drilled
this year, in Southwest Alabama, and it will be surprising if a major field
is not brought in.

There is plenty of interest also in northwest Alabama, though not
much actual drilling. The border line between Fayette and Tuscaloosa
counties will probably be well tested in the near future.

56

LONGEVITY AND VIABILITY STUDIES OF CERTAIN PATHO¬
GENIC BACTERIA ON A NEW CULTURE MEDIUM

— Ralph McBurney and Louise Cason, University of Alabama.

Studies of the growth of some of the more fastidious organisms
which are encountered in bacteriological diagnoses have been undertaken
using a splenic infusion in place of beef infusion base for the growth
medium. An attempt has been made to determine the longevity and via¬
bility of organisms on this medium.

Eleven different strains of pathogenic bacteria, consisting of strepto¬
cocci, pneumococci, meningococci, gonococci, B. pertussis, C. diphtheriae,
and B. influenzae were used in the experiment.

Inoculations were made on various types of media consisting of splenic
infusion agar with and without Vitamin Bi and splenic infusion gelatin
with and without Vitamin Bi. At the same time inoculations on beef infu¬
sion agar with Vitamin Bi and beef infusion gelatin with varying amounts
of gelatin both with and without Vitamin Bi were made.

Monthly transfers from the original inoculations were made over a
period of a year. Hemolytic and anhemolytic streptococci, pneumococci and
C. diphther’ae on splenic media were found to be alive for six months
up to a year, which was considerably longer than on beef infusion media.

Splenic medium was not conducive to the growth of B. pertussis or
B. influenzae. However growth of meningococci and gonococci was most
luxuriant on the splenic medium and both strains remained alive six weeks
on this. Streptococcus viridans did not survive as long on the splenic
medium as on the beef infusion medium.

In as much as the growth of all strains, with the exception of the
two mentioned above, was so profuse, it is deemed advisable to use splenic
infusion media for carrying stock cultures over long periods.

A QUICK AND RELIABLE BIOLOGIC METHOD FOR DETER¬
MINING THE PRESENCE OF MYCOBACTERIUM TUBERCU¬
LOSIS

— Ralph McBurney and Louise Cason, University of Alabama.

At present the most reliable method for determining the presence of
the tubercle bacillus in clinical specimens such as spinal fluid from tuber¬
culous meningitis, fluid aspirated from tuberculous joint lesions, urine
specimens in tuberculous infection of the kidney and in some instances
sputum specimens from pulmonary infections, when the organisms are
very few in number, is guinea pig inoculation of concentrated material
and/or isolation upon a suitable culture medium.

The reliability of the former procedure lies in the death of the inocu¬
lated animal, with resultant pathology, which usually takes from six to
twelve weeks or longer. The latter procedure is not entirely reliable and
results in a high percentage of negative results, where a check by animal
inoculation may result in positive findings over the prolonged period men¬
tioned. Results, obtained by these methods, while useful, are not as rapid
or reliable as desired for clinical use. More rapid and desirable methods
are constantly being sought.

57

Preliminary trials with a technic developed in this laboratory show
that guinea pigs inoculated with 0.0005 mg. of a culture of the tubercle
bacillus gave positive evidence of infection in 47.3 per cent of the animals
within one week and in 100 per cent two weeks following inoculation.

EFFECT OF ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF THYMOL ON EX¬
PERIMENTALLY INDUCED TUBERCULOSIS

—Ralph McBurney, Louise Cason and Harvey B. Searcy,
University of Alabama.

A group of twenty fully grown healthy guinea pigs was used in this
experiment. Fifteen were inoculated with 0.0005 mg. of a virulent strain of
M. tuberculosis. Five were not inoculated, but were used for medication
control.

One week following inoculation ten animals received daily oral doses
of thymol dissolved in olive oil equivalent to 15 grains per 100 lbs. of body
weight. Five infected animals received no medication and the remaining
five, which were not inoculated, received daily doses of thymol similar to
the ten infected animals.

Results were obtained as follows: Oral administration of 15 grains of
thymol per 100 lbs. of body weight was found to exert a marked inhibi¬
tory action on infected animals as indicated by prolonging the average
life of animals so treated, nearly fifty days longer than those untreated.

When infected and non-infected animals were given similar oral
doses of thymol on alternate days, their average weight gain was greater
and more constant than when similar doses were given daily.

There was very little difference in the gross lesions, produced by the
organisms, between the treated and untreated animals. However, fourteen
weeks following inoculation when all control untreated animals had died
from generalized tuberculosis, seventy per cent of the treated animals
were living and apparently well.

The daily oral dose employed, when given concurrently to a like
group of normal guinea pigs, showed no observable evidence of toxicity
throughout twenty-six weeks of treatment, since one hundred per cent
were living and apparently well at that time. Fifty per cent died during
the twenty-seventh week, the remainder being terminated at the end of
the twenty-eighth week.

There was no gross pathology observed in post mortem examination of
this group, but histological sections gave evidence of damage in a moder¬
ate degree.

It appears that thymol or thymol combinations administered orally as
therapeutic agents, in tuberculosis experimentally induced in animals and
in early recognized human pulmonary forms where medication is ade¬
quately controlled, are worthy of further investigation and clinical trial.

58

MEETING OUR SCIENCE TEACHER SITUATION

— Eoline Wallace Moore, Birmingham-Southern College.

We face the greatest scientific sunrise which mankind has known,
with promise of a noonday of abundant, astonishing adventure and rich
reward. Out of the world’s cruel struggle and great need will come in¬
spiration for scientific contributions beyond measure. Materials are await¬
ing in generous supply, and challenges to creative effort are limitless. But
the world will hold back its progress while it waits for scientific ad¬
vancing, because the laborers are few.

The lack of workers and students in the field of science is a symbol
of the futility of much of our educational effort. We have not recognized
clearly the importance of holding in the profession teachers of vision and
ability. We have not tra:ned adequately and inspired a large enough group
of science teachers ; nor have we recognized the work that true science
teachers have done. We have allowed industry to take our teachers with¬
out reah'zing that we are cutting off the source of supply of trained work¬
ers. For without excellent high school teaching we cannot expect a suf-
Pcient number of high school students to enter college for further study
in science, or even to desire to enter science apprenticeship in industry.

We must, then, recruit promising science teachers through making real
the call to training for service in this field. We must revise our tech¬
niques, enrich our offerings, inspire our youth. We must somehow remove
the public attitude which turns college students away from the teaching
profession and offers so pitiful a stipend to fine teachers. Industry must
cease to rob itself through competition for the services of teachers.

RESULTS OF A THREE YEAR FARM GAME HABITAT RESTO¬
RATION PROGRAM

—George C. Moore, A.P.I. Coordinator, Pittman-Robertson Projects.

The Pittman-Robertson Projects, the results of an act passed by Con¬
gress in 1937 earmarking the 10% Federal Excise on sporting arms and
ammunition for wildlife restoration purposes, were initiated in Alabama
in 1939. The purpose of the first project was a program to determine the
status and the limiting factors of the game and principal fur bearers in
the State. The Farm Game Habitat Restoration Project is the result of
one phase of the above mentioned study.

The purpose of this project is to improve the farm game habitat by
the following methods :

(1) Increase food and cover and create a more diversified condition
which is the ultimate aim of a wildlife management planner.

(2) Increase the fertility of the soil, which should automatically im¬
prove condit'ons mentioned above, and control erosion, a serious
condition affecting all types of wild-life.

(3) Create demonstration areas which should, after a reasonable
period of education, be adopted by surrounding farmers.

This project was conceived with the intention of cooperating with the
Soil Conservation Districts, whereby the Districts would plan the farm
according to good agricultural practices, including a wild-life program and
the State Game Division of the Conservation Department furnishing

59

seed, plants, shrubs and other materials mutually agreed upon by all par¬
ties. The Districts would see that the materials were used according to the
plans.

To date 21,000 pounds of Lespedeza sericea seed and 7,000 pounds of
Lespedeza bicolor seed have been given to approximately 1800 cooperators.
This is sufficient seed to plant 1050 acres of sericea or 550 miles of bor¬
ders and 350 acres of bicolor or 200 miles of borders. These seeds were
planted in the unproductive, usually eroded, area between woods and pro¬
ductive crop lands. By planting this area into a permanent crop, a large
area was added to* game range as well as extending the range farther into
open fields which were heretofore out of the range of quail, due to the
lack of cover.

This work is beneficial in many respects and the landowners and
sportsmen are extremely interested in the work. It not only adds to the
game environment but increases the fertility of the soil by adding nitro¬
gen, it controls erosion, it furnishes food and cover for wild-life and
creates an attractive field border.

A RESEARCH PROJECT ON ORGANIC COMPOUNDS OF

SULFUR

— George D. Palmer and S. J. Lloyd, University of Alabama.

During the past seventeen years work has been done at the University
in the field of reactions of sulfur with vapors of organic compounds.

An account of the work done and the procedures involved in the
processes of production is given along with data indicating the constitu¬
tion of some of the sulfur compounds.

DISCUSSION OF PAPER PRESENTED BY MR. E. D. EMIGH ON
RAINFALL DEFICIENCIES WITH COMMENTS ON EFFECT
OF SUCH DEFICIENCIES ON STREAM RUN-OFF
— Edward B. Rice, Acting District Engineer, U. S. Geological Survey,

Discussion of relation between rainfall and stream run-off in the
hydrologic cycle with particular emphasis on importance of soil moisture
and ground-water storage on this relation. Factual data on stream run-off
compared with rainfall data demonstrate adverse effect on low-water flow
following protracted periods of deficient rainfall and resultant depletion
of ground- water storage.

CONSTRUCTION OF A POWER SUPPLY FOR AN X-RAY DIF¬
FRACTION UNIT

— Eric Rodgers, University of Alabama.

The construction of an inexpensive power supply -giving full wave
rectification for an X-Ray diffraction unit is described.

60

ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF VEGETABLE PRODUCTION IN THE
NORTHERN EVERGLADES

— L. LeMar Stephan, State Teachers College, Troy.

Flanking the south shore of Lake Okeechobee from Moore Haven to
Canal Point are some 30,000 acres of winter-grown vegetables. The prin¬
cipal vegetables, snap beans, cabbage, tomatoes, celery and English peas
yield well and abundantly on well-drained fertile muck and peat soils.
Much sunshine and mild winter temperatures (averaging 65 degrees) both
favor quick growth of plants. Vegetables are profitably marketed by
truck and rail to numerous northeastern and central urban centers. Sum¬
mer land use is conspicuously absent — an economic gap which obviously
needs adjustment.

Several vital economic considerations, of necessity, present to truck
farmers a rather difficult situation. To begin farming operations here on
a virgin, optimum-sized tract of 640 acres, it requires no less than $70,000.
Costs of installing water-control devices, purchasing machinery, handling
labor, not to underestimate costs of land, production, fertilization and tax,
constitute critical factors inherent in the seasonal round of intensive-
specialized farm economy. Net farm incomes vary considerably from year
to year, chiefly attributable to fluctuating market prices and variable
weather. Large-scale truck farming operations are, however, closely asso¬
ciated with much profit and some stability. Economic and human res¬
ponses to the flat, treeless marsh environment of the northern Everglades
could, moreover, provide for increased financial stability through diversi¬
fication of land use and conservation of the subsiding muck and peat.

This manuscript, based upon several field studies made in the Ever¬
glades, will soon be presented for publication in the quarterly Economic
Geography, edited by Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts.

THE CLASS EXPERIMENT AS A METHOD OF TEACHING
SCIENCE

— Wynelle D. Thompson, Birmingham-Southern.

In this paper there is presented a discussion of the method of teach¬
ing science by the class experiment.

A clear distinction is made between the lecture-demonstration method
and the class-experiment method, the former being teacher-dominated and
the latter involving individual participation. The setting for these two
methods is identical, but the procedure is far different. In lecture-demon¬
stration, the teacher manipulates the apparatus, points out all observations
to be made, explains all phenomena, and draws the conclusions. In direct
contrast, by proper use of the class experiment method, each pupil may
participate in the experiment and make his own observations of data.
1 hen he is led to draw his own conclusions and arrive at the general prin¬
ciple involved. It may be necessary for the teacher to aid in the interpre¬
tations not by his stating them, but by raising thought-provoking ques¬
tions for the student to answer by reflective thinking. Thus, if used
according to proper techniques, the class experiment guides the pupil in
his thinking, and- so leads him to the scientific approach towards all prob¬
lems of life.

61

It is believed that this method is adaptable for use in teaching general
sciences and courses on general principles of biology, physics, and chem¬
istry in both high school and college.

PHYSICS TEACHING IN THE ARMY AIR FORCES TRAINING
PROGRAM

— Alan T. Wager, Birmingham-Southern College.

The program of studies for Aviation Students assigned to college
training has been built around Mathematics and Physics. As a result there
has been a considerable expansion in both equipment and personnel in the
Physics Department at Birmingham-Southern College to care for the
greatly increased load. One variation in the presentation of subject matter
has been to teach Heat, Sound, and Light before Mechanics. Throughout
the course, emphasis is placed on the principles of Physics which apply
particularly to the airplane, and on the importance of vectors and graphs.
Problem solving, class demonstrations, and educational films all play lead¬
ing roles in this program.

Mention is made of the use of flashlight bulbs in Electricity and
Magnetism to show the presence of electrical currents in order to conserve
meters. A discussion of the conversion of a free-fall tuning fork ap¬
paratus for determining ‘g’ to a spark-recording type is given. A vibra¬
tor from an automobile radio, operating on 60 cycle A.C., drives a spark
coil whose primary is also connected to the 60 cycle source. 120 distinct
sparks per second pass from the falling weight to the proper wire mounted
behind the waxed paper strip. Measurements made on traces chosen at
random from several prepared for class use gave results within 2% of
the calculated value of ‘g’ for the laboratory.

THE PARICUTIN VOLCANO AND ASSOCIATED ACTIVITY

— A. J. Westland, S.J., Seismological Observatory, Spring Hill College.

What brought misery and anguish to Dionisio Pulido, an Indian
farmer of Michoacan, brought joy and an unprecedented opportunity to
students of Earth Sciences. Metal for war and peace conies largely from
deposits in molten magma associated with volcanic action ; food from the
soil, product of the decomposition and disintegration of the fresh rocks
ejected in volcanic eruption and lava flows. The Birth of a Volcano, in an
easily accessible location, should consequently yield new, important and
very practical information.

In 1759 a like opportunity was presented in the beginning and growth
of Jorullo, only a few miles from Paricutin but history tells us no one
with geological training visited the scene until 1803. This time the war
prevents the thorough research that would normally be carried on, never¬
theless Physisists, Engineers, Geologists, Volcanologists and Seismologists
alike are at work.

During the last 30 years much progress has been made particularly on
the Hawaiian Islands in the investigation of volcanic action and associ¬
ated seismic activity as evidenced by the report on the 1942 eruption of
Mauna Loa and the recent “uneasiness” of November, 1943.

62

A careful study by Luis Flores Corrubias of the seismograms of the
many earth shocks recorded by the stations of the Red Sismologica Mexi-
cana, before, during, and after the birth of Paricutin, yielded the following
results as summarized in the Revista Mexicana de Ingenieria y Arquitec-
tura :

All the earthquakes recorded were of the same type, tectonic,
or diastrophic origin, with focal depth ranging from 36km to
50km.

They were different and distinct from the local ones, which
were volcanic in nature.

No casual connection was discovered.

Finally the volcanic activity of Paricutin despite appearances, was
quite shallow, failed to put much energy into the earth and affected a very
limited area. This was borne out by the fact that short-period seismo¬
graphs operated for a time at a distance of 16 miles from the cone, failed
to register any disturbances.

AMMONIUM THIOCYANATE AS AN INDICATOR IN VOLU¬
METRIC ANALYSIS

— H. E. Wilcox and Thomas Franklin, Howard College.

Ammonium thiocyanate was used as an external indicator in the titra¬
tion of cobaltous and ferric ions. An aqueous solution of the sample was
first adjusted to the optimum pH by adding ammonium hydroxide until
a precipitate appeared. Then one drop of hydrochloric acid was added
which just dissolved the precipitate. The external indicator for iron was
5 grams of ammonium thiocyanate in 250 ml. of 95% ethyl alcohol with
one drop of 0.1 N ferric chloride added to give it a pink color. The re¬
agent for cobalt was the same except that one drop of a 1 N cobaltous
nitrate solution was added instead of the ferric chloride.

The iron was titrated with sodium potassium tartrate, sodium arsen¬
ate, sodium pyrophosphate, and ammonium fluoride. Ammonium fluoride
gave the best results and sodium potassium tartrate the poorest. The co¬
balt was titrated with approximately 0.2 N sodium cyanide which was
previously standardized against known solutions of cobalt. The color
change in the iron titration was from pink to colorless, while in the cobalt
titration it was from blue to yellow. Both titrations gave consistent re¬
sults and seemed to be adaptable, with a few modifications, to analytical
work. Further investigations of these modifications are being carried out.

63

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE KRAFT PAPER INDUSTRY

— Martin Williams, University of Alabama.

About 43% of all paper and paperboard made in the United States
is now produced by the kraft, or sulfate, process. Since 1935 the kraft
paper industry has experienced a marked expansion, particularly in the
South, where its growth was perhaps the major economic development of
the recent business depression.

Possible future developments in the kraft industry are: greater ex¬
ploitation of by-products, reduction through electrical precipitation of salt
cake stack losses, the utilization of more different varieties of wood, a
more extensive and intensive program of conservation of forest resources,
the continued growth in consumption of all types of paper and the use
of kraft pulp in the manufacture of different varieties of paper, and the
necessity for greater cooperation among producers in controlling produc¬
tion and stabilizing prices.

A REVIEW OF ALABAMA ARCHAEOLOGY

— Steve B. Wimberly, T.C.I., Birmingham.

The archaeological picture of Alabama is by no means complete.
Enough material has been unearthed, however, to provide a rather clear
concept of Alabama prehistory. *

Following is a brief summary of Alabama’s prehistory as indicated
by archaeological findings and studies.

I. The Early Era

As would be generally assumed, the early prehistoric chapter dis¬
closes a people little versed in methods, and depending, for suste¬
nance, upon food-gathering, fishing and hunting. Of necessity they
lived in small groups made up perhaps of a single family stock. No
artistic inclinations are evidenced. Handiwork seemingly was limited
to manufacturing projectile points, the atlatl (spear-thrower), crude
stone axes or hammers, stone vessels, bone drills, and tubular tobacco
pipes.

II. The Middle Era

The advent of agriculture introduced this era. Along with agri¬
culture came a more sedentary life and the swelling of the commu¬
nity from a family unit to a sizable group. The art of pottery¬
making was developed or acculturated at this time. Increasing im¬
portance was attached to the disposal of the dead, and elaborate
ceremonial burials replaced simple interment. Ceremonial objects dis¬
playing definite artistic attributes were fashioned from copper and
stone. The elbow pipe appeared.

III. The Late Era

With agriculture developed to a high degree communities grew
much larger, even to great size, as indicated by sites like Mound-
ville. Huge earth platforms were erected in connection with complex
rituals. Attention was devoted to the construction of well built log
structures laid out in predetermined arrangement. Artistic endeavor
found its outlet in the decoration of pottery, stone and bone objects,
in delicate shell carving and in copper cutting and embossing.

64

THE MOBILITY OF ALABAMA’S POPULATION DURING THE

CURRENT WAR

— Lillian E. Worley, Alabama College, Montevallo.

For the first time in the 125 years of its history, Alabama is losing
population. In 1940 Alabama had a population of 2,832.961, a gain of 7.1%
over 1930. Of this number 65.4% were white and 34.6% were non-white,
mostly negro. By November, 1943 the population decreased to 2,718,273 or
a loss of 3.9% compared to 3.1% for the nation. Alabama conformed to
the national picture both in the decrease of its civilian population and in
its redistribution.

Eleven of her counties had net gains in population varying from 1.8%
in Madison to 60.9% in Mobile County. The other 56 counties had losses
ranging from — 1.0% in Lauderdale to — 23.7% in Marengo County.
Forty-six of these counties had a loss of more than 10% while 9 of the 46
suffered losses greater than 20%.

The counties showing population gains are those in which or near
which large industries engaged in war production or in which large mili¬
tary camps are located or both. These were for the most part among the
most populous counties in 1940; thus it is obvious that, in general, the
most populous counties have become more populous and the population
density in them is growing.

The census of 1940 showed that the State’s urban population was on
the increase, the urban areas then comprising 30.2% of the population, an
increase of 2.1% over 1930, while the rural population included 69.8%
of the total population, a loss of 2.1%. Fifteen counties reported 30%
or more of their population as urban, while five counties had an urban
population of 50% or over. Only one county (Baldwin) showing popula¬
tion gains in 1943 was classified by the census bureau in 1940 as complete¬
ly rural.

Of the 26 counties having no urban population in 1940 all save one
(Baldwin) show considerable population losses in 1943. Thus it is seen
that the rural counties have been losing population, and it is probably
true that the urban sections of the populous counties have been gaining
at the expense of the rural areas.

That Alabama’s population is far from static is shown by a study of
population in the eight-months interval, March 1 to November 1, 1943.
During that time nine counties gained in population. The others lost.
Are war workers no longer employed on construction jobs moving back
to their original counties to help account for the increases? Can the con¬
tinued decreases be explained by selective service alone?

A METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF THIOL ACIDS

— John Xan and Harry Charles, Howard College.

In the course of determining the rates of oxidation of the thiol acids
in the presence of molecular oxygen, it has been necessary to find a method
for the preparation of the pure thiol acids. The first thiol acids syn¬
thesized are thiol benzoic acid and 3, 5-dinitrothiol-benzoic acid.

3, 5-dinitrothiol-benzoic acid was prepared as follows : Enough water,
benzene, acetone and ether for the synthesis are boiled to remove any
dissolved oxygen and are then cooled below room temperature. Twenty
grams of sodium sulfide is dissolved in approximately 150 milliliters of
the water prepared as described above. Ten grams of 3, 5-dinitrobenzoyl

65

chloride is dissolved in about 150 milliliters of acetone. The two solutions
are cooled to five degrees Centigrade and then the acetone solution is
poured into the water solution. The resulting solution, which is dark red
to almost black, is acidified with hydrochloric acid. The 3, 5-dinitrothiol-
benzoic acid is fairly insoluble in water but soluble in acetone. It is pre¬
cipitated by the addition of an excess of ice water. The thiol acid thus
obtained is filtered from the reaction mixture and dried in a vacuum
desiccator.

Partial purification can be obtained by first extracting the 3, 5-dini-
trobenzoic acid from the mixture by using ether and then extracting the
thiol acid from most of the other impurities with acetone. The acetone
solution is poured into a small amount of water and the colloid thus
formed is broken by the addition of just enough sodium hydroxide to
make a clear solution. The free thiol acid can then be precipitated by the
addition of a small amount of hydrochloric acid and filtered from the
solution.

The main disadvantage of this method is that 3, 5-dinitrothiol-benzoic
acid tends to become a thick creeping red syrup in ether and alcohol
and this form of the acid hampers purification.

THE PREPARATION OF THE ESTERS OF N-DECYL AND
N-OCTYL ALCOHOLS WITH N-CAPROIC AND N-CAPRYLIC
ACIDS

— John Xan and Norman Lovegren, Howard College.

The preparation of these esters was undertaken in order to add to
the series of known esters of these alcohols. Three esters were prepared:
decyl caproate, octyl caprylate and decyl caprylate.

The procedure used in their preparation is briefly as follows : The
acid chloride is prepared, with a 75% yield, by the action of the excess
thionyl chloride with the desired acid. The excess thionyl chloride is dis¬
tilled off and residue is allowed to react with a slight excess of the
desired alcohol to form the ester, which is purified by vacuum distilla¬
tion. In all manipulations and in the preservation of the products, an¬
hydrous conditions should be maintained.

Ester Boiling Point at Press. S.P. Gr. 25c

Decyl caproate . 120° C. at 1.0 mm. 0.8544

Octyl caprylate . 136° C. at 2.6 mm. 0.8569

Decyl caprylate . 134° C. at 0.8 mm. 0.8550

Index of
refraction
1.4352
1.4352
1.4394

BOTANY AND THE WAR EFFORT

— P. H. Yancey, Spring Hill College.

The history of quinine, rubber and fiber production throughout the
world is discussed and the part played by botanists in finding new
sources and improving old ones is described. Our short-sighted policy in
not developing or maintaining adequate growths of these plants in the
United States or other American countries is decried, since our enemies
now control the greater part of the existing supplies.

66

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Archer, A. F . 25

Basore, C. A . 43

Beatty, A. V . 43

Benham, A. S . 44

Bishop, J. A . 44, 45

Boehmer, K. M . 46

Brannon, P. A . 25

Carlson, J. G . 46

Carlston, C. W . 46

Carmichael, E. B . 47, 49

Cason, L. C . 47, 56, 57

Chappell, R. L . 49

Charles, H . 64

Chauvin, Viola M . 48

Coulliette, J. H..... . 48

Donoho, C. K . 48

Driver, R. L . 49

Duggar, J. F . 49

Emigh, E. D . 28

Farmer, C. M . 50, 51

Foley, J. 0 . 51

Franklin, T . 62

Goss, C. M . 52

Gran, J. E . 52

Harper, R. M . 53

Hill, W. W . 30

Hoffman,.. C. W . 33

Hunt, T. E . 54

Jones, E. V . 19, 54

Land, J. E . 35

Lovegren, M . 65

Lloyd, S. J . 55. 59

McBurney, R . 56, 57

Moore, E. W . 58

Moore, G. C . 58

Palmer, G. D . . . 59

Phillips, G. W . 47

Rice, E. B . 59

Rodgers, E . 59

Searcy, H. B . . 57

Stauffer, J. M . 39

Stephan, L. L . 60

Thompson, W. D . 60

Toulmin, L . 41

Wager, A. T . 61

Westland, A. J . 61

Wheelock, M. C . 47

Wilcox, H. E . 62

Williams, M . 63

Wimberly, S. B . 63

Worley, L. E . 64

Xan, J . 64, 65

Yancey, P. H . 65

67

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Officers for 1944-45

President, Sidney Holder . Shades-Cahaba High School

Vice-President, Floyd Batchelder . Woodlawn High School

Secretary, Carla Jean Jones . Ensley High School

Treasurer, Joe Naughton . . . St. Bernard High School

Councilors :

Miss Kathryn M. Boehmer, Chm., (1 yr.)

Ensley High School . Birmingham 8, Ala.

Dr. A. V. Beatty (2 yrs.) University of Alabama . University, Ala.

Miss Lillian Worley (3 yrs.) Alabama College . Montevallo, Ala.

CHAPTERS OF THE

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Ensley High School . Birmingham

Hueytown High School . Bessemer

Minor High School . Birmingham

Phillips High School . Birmingham

Ramsey High School...- . Birmingham

Sacred Heart Academy . Cullman

Saint Bernard High School . St. Bernard

Shades-Cahaba High School . Homewood

Sidney Lanier High School . Montgomery

Woodlawn High School . Birmingham

AWARDS FOR 1944
Best Paper — Ensley High School.

Chemistry Exhibit Award — St. Bernard High School.

Physics Exhibit Award — Hueytown High School.

Biology Exhibit Award — Phillips High School.

Chemistry in Industry Exhibit Award — Ensley High School.

68

FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE JUNIOR ACADEMY

INCOME

Balance in First National Bank of Bessemer . . . $111.13

Chapter dues . 28.00

Membership cards . 2.23

Banquet tickets . 67.15

Registration fees . . 13.50

$222.01

EXPENDITURES

Mrs. Ruth H. Hale (Banquet) . . . . . $ 72.00

Ensley High School (Expense of President) . 7T3

Paul Haynes School (Printing) . 8.67

McKesson and Robbins (Chemical) . . . P55

Clustie McTyeire (Expense of Treasurer) . 4.00

H. E. Wilcox (Expense of Counselors) . 1.51

Frank Chambers Engraving Co. (Certificates) . 875

$103.61

Balance in First National Bank of Bessemer . $118.40

*

69

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY

OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Gardner, Wright A. (A) . Auburn

§*Graham, John Y. (A) . . Tuscaloosa

Reinke, E. E. (A) . Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation . .

Alabama College .

Alabama Dept, of Archives and History . . .

Alabama Polytechnic Institute .

Alabama Poywer Company . .

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce .

American Cast Iron Pipe Company .

Birmingham Slag Company, 2019 Sixth Ave. N.

• Birmingham-Southern College .

Birmingham Trust & Savings .

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation, 2201 First Ave...

Florence State Teachers College .

Howard College .

Huntingdon College .

Jacksonville State Teachers College .

Judson College .

Livingston State Teachers College .

McKesson & Robbins, Inc . . .

Portland Cement Association, Watts Building.. ..

Southern Natural Gas Co., Watts Building .

Stockham Pipe & Fittings Co . - .

Troy State Teachers College .

University of Alabama .

Woodward Iron Company .

Active Members

t Abercrombie, Lt. W. F. (A) . 8216 2nd Ave. S., Birmingham

Adcock, Julia C . Rt. 1, Box 29C, Birmingham

Allen, Roger W. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

§*Allison, Fred (G) . Physics Department, Auburn

St. Amont, Lyle S . . Livingston

Andrews, T. G. (C) . Geology Department, Unversity

Arant, Frank S. (A) . Zoology Department, Auburn

^Charter members of the Academy.
fMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.

The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, (B) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology, (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine, (G) Physics, (H) Industry and Economics, (I) Teaching of
Science.

.Birmingham

...Montevallo

Montgomery

. Auburn

.Birmingham

Montgomery

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

. Florence

.Birmingham

Montgomery

..Jacksonville

. Marion

. Livingston

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

.Birmingham

. Troy

. University

.Birmingham

70

fArcher, Allan F. (A) . U. S. Army, Fourth Service Command Lab.,

. . , _ , T Ft. McPherson, Ga.

Arnold, Paul J. (A) . Jacksonville

Ayrs, O. H. (B) . 1001 28th Place, South, Birmingham

§Bales, Paul D. (G) - Mass. Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass.

fBarnes, G. F*. (B) . Judson College, Marion

Basore, C. A... . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Bator, G. T. (B) . . . 1513 3rd Ave., Tuscaloosa

Beatty, Alvin C. (A) . Botany Department, University

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Boehmer Kathryn (I) . Birmingham

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) . 853-77th Way So., Birmingham

Brame, J. Y. (C) . 604 1st Nat’l Bldg., Montgomery

Brannon, Peter A. (C) . Dept, of Archives & History, Montgomery

Brier, H. C. (Mrs.) . Troy

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) . Montgomery

Bruhn, John M. (A) . School of Medicine, University

TBunton Paul B . Box 4208, Atlanta, Ga.

Bush, J. D. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Burke, Alonzo A . 1012 E. Main, Albertville

Carlson, J. Gordon (A) . Zoology Department, University

§ Carmichael, E. B. (A) . School of Medicine, University*

Casey, Albert E. (A) . 1907 Wellington Rd, Birmingham

Cason, Mrs. Clarence E . School of Medicine, University

Chauvin, Viola, RN (A) . U. S. Marine Hospital, Mobile

Christenson, Reed O. (A) . Zoology Department, API, Auburn

§Coghill, Will H. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Cole, Frank T. (G) . . . ....Weather Bureau Office, Mobile

Coons, Kenneth W. (B) . University

Corley, Miss Nora (A) . State Teachers College, Livingston

Cornell, B. M . Southern Aviation Training School, Inc., Decatur

§Cotton, William E. (A) . r . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) . American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham

Crawley, Clyde B. (G) . University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

Cudworth, J. R. (C) . University

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) . . . State Teachers College, Florence

Cunningham, Floyd F. (D) . State Teachers College, Florence

Dejarnette, David (C) . University

Dowling, Herndon, Jr. (A) . 1426 Brown Street, Tuscaloosa

Dugger, J. F., Sr. (A) . Biology Department, Auburn

Dugger J. F., Jr. (A) . Hope Hull

fEmigh, Eugene D. (D) . Weather Burea, ■ Montgomery

Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A) . School of Chemistry, University

Evans, G. Harlowe (B).._ . 209 Woodley Road, Montgomery

Fair, Baxter B. (F) . 72 Virginia Avenue, Montgomery

f*Farmer, C. M. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Ferguson, Hal (F) . . . T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Fies, Milton H. (D) . 3236 Salisbury Road, Birmingham

Foley, James O. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Ford, Tom (D) . Department of Conservation, Montgomery

Frishe, W. C. (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Gandrud, B. W. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Gary, C. M . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Gattman, Lambert C. (A) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

71

Geisler, Miss Edith (A) . Adger

Gerhardt, Henry (E) . . . 1215 Elmira Street, Mobile

Glass, Franklin . Marion Institute, Marion

fGlazner, J. F. (D) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Glenn, W. E. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Goff, John Hedges (H) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Goss, C. M. (F) . School of Medicine, University

§Graves, Stuart (F) . School of Medicine, University

fGrover, M. A . . . Box 590, Birmingham

Hadley W. J . .7718 8th Ave. So., Birmingham

fHargis, E. H. (F) . 28th Street and 12th Avenue, North, Birmingham

§Harper, Roland M. (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University

Hart, Kermit T . .Administration, Spring Hill College, Mobile

§Heath, H. C. (A) . 21 Agnew Street, Montgomery

"Herring, Airs. Glora Mitchell . Birmingham

Hertzog, Ellis S. (B) . 505 18th Street, Tuscaloosa

Hess, A. D. (F) . Dept. Health and Safety, Wilson Dam

Hess’ George W. (E) . Howard College, Birmingham

Higgs, Wm. R. (C) . . . 1050 So. 24th St., Apt. 4, Birmingham

Hill, W. W. (I) . 4305 Cliff Rd., Birmingham

§Hinman, E. Harold (A) . Health and Safety Dept., Wilson Dam

"Hoffman, Charles W . Birmingham

Horton, Edgar C. (C) . 1221 N. 13th Street, Birmingham

Howse, B. C . 333-38th Street, Fairfield

Hunt T. E. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Jennings, Henry L. (H) . Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham

§Tones, E. V. (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

§ Jones, W. B. (C) . U. S. Army, Australia

§ Jones W. C. (F) . T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Kassner, J. L. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Kennedy, J. J. (A) . University

Kennerley, W. J . Alabama College, Montevallo

Land, James E. (B) . Chemistry Department, API, Auburn

fLang, George . Box 2021, University

Long, Margaret E. (A) . - . University

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Long, A. R . Weather Bureau Office, Atlanta, Ga.

Lord,’ James "(C) . Rockwood

McCaffrey, Joseph E . Southern Kraft Corporation, Mobile

AIcFarland, Robert W . Box 685, Fairhope

McGlamery, Winnie (C) . Paleontologist, University

McTyeire, Clustie Evelyn . 1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer

McVay, Thomas (B) . School of Chemistry, University

MacDonald, Margaret B . Citronelle

MacKenzie, J. T. (B) . 4300 Glenwood Avenue, Birmingham

Marie, Sister Virgil . 1413 Old Shell Road, Mobile

Martin, H. M. (B) . Chemistry Department, Auburn

Alobley, W. AI. (H) . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

Monroe, Watson H . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

Moore, W. A. (F) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Alunro, W. M . 210 Woodley Road, Montgomery

Olive, Alfred H. (B) . . . . . Springville

§Ott, W. P. (E) . Dept, of Mathematics, University

fOverton, A. Guy (D) . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

§Palmer, George D., Jr. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Patterson, T. Haygood (D) . 808 Forest Ave., Montgomery

72

Patty, John R . 7815 5th Ave. South, Birmingham

§Peoples, Stuart A. (F) . Baylor University, Houston, Texas

Pepinsky, Raymond (G) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Phillips, Grady W. (F) . 6628 1st Ave. South, Birmingham

tPole, G. R. (B) . House 87, Village 1, Sheffield

Pomerat, C. M. (A) . Anatomy Dept., Texas University, Galveston

Pool, R. M. (F) . 652 Ridgeway Road, Fairfield

Poor, R. S. (C) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Pressley, W. S . 271 S. Gay St, Auburn

Rasor, Frank W. (D) . Box 40, Montgomery

Reed, Clyde T . Marion Institute, Marion

Reynolds, J. Paul (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Richards, Leon W. (B): . 8802 Second Court North, Birmingham

*Robinson, Mary E. (A) . 536 Princeton Avenue, Birmingham

§*Robinson, J. M. (A) . Biology Department, Auburn

Rodgers, Eric (G) . University

Roy, Wm. D . Uniontown

Rudolph, A. S . Troy

Rushton, E. R. (B) . P. O. Box 556, Florence

Rust, Henry B. (D) . Birmingham

Sechrest, E. E . . . 3404 17th Ave, Birmingham

Sensenig, E. Carl . School of Medicine, Tulane Univ, New Orleans, La.

§Sharp, C. G . Alabama College, Montevallo

Sherrill, Richard Byrd . Cahaba Road, Birmingham

Shotts, Reynolds B . 707 10th St, Tuscaloosa

§Smith, Septima C. (A) . Zoology Department, University

*Smyth, P. H. (G) . U. S. Weather Bureau, Montgomery

§Sommer, Anna (B) . Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Spies, Tom D. (F) . Hillman Hospital, Birmingham

fSpieth, Alda May (A) . . . State Teachers College, Livingston

Stabler, Carey C . Alabama College, Montevallo

Stauffer, Jacob M. (D) . 8 Arlington Road, Montgomery

Stephen, LeMar . State Teachers College, Troy

Stevens, Russell B. (F) . 3754 Bush Blvd, Birmingham

Sullivan, Edmund B. (B) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

Suter, L. S. (A) . Ala. State Dept, of Public Health, Montgomery

Tarzwell, Clarence M. (A) . T.V.A. No. 3, Lafayette Apts, Decatur

Teague, Robert S. (F) . School of Medicine, University

Tellier, A. J. (E) . 153 S. Monterey St, Mobile

Thompson, Wynelle D. (B) . 2655 20th St, Birmingham

Tipton, Samuel (A) . University

Todhunter, E. Neige (A) . Box 1051, University

Toff el, G. M. (B) . . . Marion Institute, Marion

Toler, .Brooks (D) . Division of Forestry, Montgomery

Toulmin, Lyman, Jr . Alabama Geological Survey, University

§Tower, James Allen (D) . -Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Wager, Alan J. (G) . 865-8th Street West, Birmingham

Walsh, Sister Mary Vincent (B) . Visitation Academy, Mobile

Ward, John M . Alabama State Chamber of Commerce, Montgomery

tWeishaupt Clara G. (A) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

tWestbnd, A J Rev . (C) . . Spring Hill College, Mobile

^ Whitmg VV A (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

^4,"^' • /'AV . Howard College, Birmingham

Williams Martin (B) . . . . Box 429, University

W,.Jks’ V;; r— . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Wilson, Mrs. Pauline Park (A) . University of Alabama

73

Wimberly, Mrs. Steve B. (C) . T.C.I. Co., Box 29 E., Rt. 1, Birmingham

Wimberly, Steve B . T. C. I. Co., Box 29 E, Rt 1, Birmingham

Wingard, Mrs. R. E. (B) . Auburn

Woodall, Percy H . 1101 27th Place South, Birmingham

Woolf, Frank P. (F) . . . , . Auburn

Woolley, Miss Mary . Murphy High School, Mobile

Worley, Lillian (D) . Alabama College, Montevallo

§Xan, John (B) . Howard College, Birmingham

-

■

'

■

75

5ttemb(tr$

~2>e.c«.ase6

Groesbeck Francis Walsh
Sept. 1, 1944

F. W. Faxon

r

.

Ji

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

OCTOBER, 1945

VOLUME 17

Papers, Abstracts, and Proceedings of the Executive Committee

Prepared for the 1945 Meeting

Office of the Editor
University of Alabama
University, Alabama

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1945-46

President, J. M. Robinson .

President-Elect, James L. Kassner

. Auburn

University

Vice-Presidents and Section Chairmen:

J. P. Reynolds, Biology and Medical Sciences . . . v— - .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

H. E. Wilcox . Howard College, Birmingham

E. C. Horton, Geology and Anthropology .

. U. S. Weather Bureau, Birmingham

J. M. Stauffer, Geography and Conservation .

. Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery

A. T. Wager, Physics and Mathematics . - .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

W. M. Mobley, Industry and Economics .

. Alabama By-Products Corporation, Tarrant

W. D. Thompson, The Teaching of Science . - . - .

. Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

•Katherine Vickery, The Social Sciences . - . Montevallo

Secretary, Winnie McGlamery . .University

Treasurer , John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham

Councilor of A.A.A.S., Septima C. Smith . University

Editor of the Journal, Emmett B. Carmichael . University

Councilors for Junior Academy:

A. V. Beatty (1 yr.) . University

Lillian Worley (2 yrs.) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Father Charles Reiner (3 yrs.) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: E. D. Emigh, Chair¬
man; Peter A. Brannon, E. B. Carmichael, Floyd F. Cunningham,
'S R. Damon, J. F. Dugger, C. M. Farmer, Milton H. Fies, Thomas
Ford, J. F. Glazner, H. C. Heath, E. V. Jones, Clustie E. Mc-
Tyeire, W. M. Mobley, R. S. Poor, Frank Rasor, J. M. Robinson,
J. M. Stauffer, T. K. Sisk, E. N. Todhunter, Clara G. Weis-
haupt, A. J. Westland, H. E. Wilcox, Thos. A. Wood, Lillian
Worley, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Research: J. F. Duggar, Chairman; S. J. Lloyd, S. S.

Heide, E. V. Jones, A. J. Westland.

Committee on Publication: J. H. Coulliette, Chairman; J: P. Reynolds,
G. Harlowe Evans, E. C. Horton, J. M. Stauffer, Alan T. Wager,
W. M. Mobley, Wynelle D. Thompson, E. B. Carmichael, (Ex-
Officio).

Committee on Long Range Planning: Dr. Septima C. Smith, Section I,
George D. Palmer, Section II; S. J. Lloyd, 'Section III; E. D. Emigh,
Section IV; W. A. Moore, Section V ; W. M. Mobley, Section VI;
Clustie E. McTyeire, Section VII ; G. A. Douglas, Section VIII.

Committee on Finance: Milton H. Fies, Chairman; W. M. Mobley, S. J.
Lloyd, A. J. Westland, John Xan, R. S. Poor, E. V. Jones.

TABLE OF CONTENTS -

Page

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy . 1

Original Papers Presented at Twenty-second Annual Meeting

at Birmingham . 3

Abstract of Papers Presented at Twenty-second Annual Meeting

at Birmingham . 22

Minutes of the Executive Committee Meeting . 27-28

Reports of Officers and Committees:

The Treasurer’s Report . 30

The Alabama Junior Academy of Science:

Junior Academy Officers for 1944-45 . 31

High Schools with Delegates at the Tenth Annual Meeting . 31

Members of the Alabama Academy of Science :

Honorary . 33

Sustaining . 33

Active . 33

3

ORIGINAL PAPERS PREPARED

for

TWENTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
19 4 5

THE RELATION BETWEEN PARTIAL PRESSURE OF CARBON
DIOXIDE AND HYDROGEN ION CONCENTRATION IN
WATER AND IN CORBONATE AND ACID SOLUTIONS*

— R. L. Driver, Dept, of Physiological Chemistry, University of
Alabama, University.

Several empirical and semiempirical formulae have been given for the
relation between the hydrogen ion concentration in aqueous solution and
the amount of carbon dioxide in solution. This relation is not only of
general interest but is of considerable importance in several biological
problems. It has, perhaps, had its greatest utility in connection with the
physiology of respiration. The problem has been attacked by several inves¬
tigators some of whom are Henderson (4), Hasselbalch (3), Greenfield
and Baker (2), Shelford (8), Powers (6), Byck (1), Saunders (7), Joos
and Rohlin (5), and others. In general the suggested formulae express
pH as a linear function of the logarithm of the partial pressure of CO
with which the solution is (or may be considered to be) in equilibrium.

The purpose of this work is to treat the problem by solving the
equilibrium equations for individual salts and acids. It has already been
treated in such a manner by Byck (1) for pure water. In this paper the
solution of the problem for calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and
bicarbonate, and hydrochloric acid solutions is given.

I. Calcium Carbonate

The equations of equilibrium between CaCO solutions and an atmos¬
phere containing CO at partial pressure P and the equilibrium constants,
K, are :

(a) H20 = H+ + 0H-

(b) H2C03 = H+ + HCO3-

(c) HCO3- = H+ + C03=

(d) CaC03 = Ca++ + CO3—

(e) CaC03 + H20 = Ca++ + OH

together with

(H2C03) = kP
All data are given for 25° C.

Ka = 9.88 X 10-15
Kb = 3.5 X 10-7
Kc = 3.85 X 10— U (1)

Kd = 5.25 X 10-9
+ HCO3- Ke = 1.24 X Id-12

k = 0.0338 (2)

Letting n represent the molal concentration of total calcium (i.e. molt,
of CaC03 divided by sum of number of moles of all constituents) in the
solution, we obtain from these equations

(H + ) zz (HC03- ) + 2(C03=) + (OH-) — 2(Ca+ + ) (3)

nzz (CaC03) + (Ca + + ) (4)

♦These data were obtained while the author was a graduate student. Department of
Chemistry, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

4

Introducing the equilibrium constants of Eqs. 1 into Eq. 3 and using (4)
we obtain

kKbP Ka 2kKbKeP 2n

(H + ) = - + - + - (5)

(H + ) (H+) (H + )-2 1 + kK« KbP/Ke (H+)2

This equation can be solved by a method of successive approximation to
obtain the value of (H + ) satisfying the equation. The results are shown in
table 1.

TABLE 1

Values of log
n and log p.

[1/H + ) ]

= pH satisfying Eq.

5 for various

values of

-

n= 10-7

10-6

10-5

KM

log P = — 5

6.56

7.14

7.69

8.06

—4

6.00

6.29

6.97

7.37

—3

5.48

5.59

6.16

6.70

—2

4.97

5.01

5.31

5.97

—1

4.47

4.47

4.59

5.16

II. Sodium Carbonate and Bicarbonate

In solving the problem for sodium carbonate and bicarbonate activities
were used instead of concentrations.

The concentration of (H + ) at equilibrium may be regarded as deter¬
mined by Eq. 1(c) as

(H+) = Kc(HC03-)/(C03=) (8)

Walker, Bray, and Johnston (9) have defined and measured the following
quantities in an equilibrium solution of carbonate and bicarbonate.

a = (HC03-)/(NaHC03)

J3 = (C03=)/(Na2C03) (9)

0 = (NaHC03)2/(Na2C03)P

These quantities are given as functions of the ionic strength
li= (NaHC03) + 3(Na2C03).

We let X = molality of total bicarbonate, Y = molality of total carbonate,
and n = molality of total sodium (all in moles per 1000 g. of H20). Then
combining Eqs. 9 with Eq. 8, we have

1/H+ = /3Y/K >X

(10)

0 = X2/YP

(11)

It = X + 3Y

(12)

Solving (11) and (12) simultaneously for X and Y we obtain
X = 0P (VI +2Y — l)/6
Y = 0P (Y — VI +2Y+ 1)/18
where Y = 6/0P.

Substituting in (10) we obtain

1/(H + ) = £(V1 + 2Y — l)/6Kca (13)

The concentration of total sodium is

n = X -f- 2Y = 0P (2Y + VI + 2Y — 1)/18

(14)

5

The experimental values of a, P, and 0 are given in the second, third and
fourth columns of table 2. The remaining columns give values (except for
those in the first row) of 6 /i/0 = YP, £/6Kc“, and 0/18 calculated from
these. In the first row, the values in the last three columns were extrapo¬
lated as follows. The function of (a/P — l)2 plotted against M gave a nearly
straight line which was used to get P/a at M = .001. It was found that
log 6m/0 is quite accurately a linear function of log M so that the relation
6 /i/0 = 0.0428m113 is quite good over the measured range. This was used to
extrapolate to m = .001. All data are for 25° C as before.

TABLE 2

Values of the constants appearing in Eqs. 9, 13, and 14

M

a

P

0

P/6Kca

6m/0

0/18

.001

3.93 x 10°

.178 x 1(H

18.7

.01

.904

.663

251

3.18

2.39

13.9

.04

.844

.502

216

2.57

11.2

11.9

.10

.785

.388

185

2.14

32.4

10.3

.20

.746

.308

156

1.79

76.9

8.67

For each of

several values

of P a curve for log [1/(H + )]

= pH as

a function of log m and for log

n as a function of log m was

made. These

were obtained by substituting the values

in table 2

in Eqs. 13

and 14. For

any desired

l n, the corresponding value of M at given P can be

read off one

set and the value of pH found from the other. The values given

in table 3

were obtained in

this way.

TABLE

3

Values of pH as a function

1 of log P for different molatilities of total

sodium in

carbonate-bicarbonate equilibrium.

V

Log P

v = .001

.01

.04

.10

.20

-5.00

9.65

10.28

10.56

10.73

10.85

-4.00

8.81

9.65

9.99

10.18

10.31

-4.48

8.36

9.29

9.69

9.90

10.05

-4.78

8.06

9.03

9.48

9.72

9.87

-3.00

7.84

8.84

9.31

9.57

9.74

-3.70

7.15

8.17

8.72

9.04

9.26

-2.00

6.84

7.86

8.44

8.78

9.03

-1.00

5.84

6.88

7.46

7.83

8.12

III. Hydrochloric Acid:

HC1 was chosen because it was the simplest to work with. Other acids
would give results differing only in degree since the only ion or radical
common to the other equations added by the acid is H+. The equilibrium
equations are 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), and 2 together with

HC1 = H+ + Cl-

For the concentrations of HC1 which we shall be concerned with here, we
may assume it to be completely dissociated. We then have in place of Eq. 3

(H + ) = (HCO3- + 2(COa=) + (OH~) -f (C1-)

6

and in place of (4) simply

n =z ( Cl — ) where n is the molal concentration of HC1.

Again introducing the equilibrium constants, we obtain the equation
kKbP Ka 2kKbKcP

(H+ ) = - 1 - 1 - b n (15)

(H + ) (H + ) (H + )2

from which we get the cubic

(H + )3 — n(H + )* 1 2— (kKbP + Ka) (H+) — 2kKbKcP = 0 (16)

which can be solved by methods already referred to. For all but very small
values of n the solution of this equation takes the simple form

kKbP + Ka 2kKbKcP

r^.'V (H+)=n + - + - (17)

n n2

Values of pH which satisfy Eq. 16 for various n and P are given in table 4.

TABLE 4

Values of pH

as a

function of log P

obtained from Eq.

16 for

various

concentrations of HC1.

log P

n

0

10-7

l(>-o

3 x 10-6

10-5

3 x 10-5

10-4 5 6 7 8 9

10-3

—5

6.45

6.39

5.95

5.52

5.00

4.52

4.00

3.00

—4

5.96

5.94

5.77

5.47

5.00

4.52

4.00

3.00

—3

5.46

5.46

5.40

5.30

4.95

4.52

4.00

3.00

—2

4.96

4.96

4.94

4.90

4.77

4.47

4.00

3.00

—1

4.46

4.46

4.46

4.44

4.40

4.30

3.95

3.00

When n = 0, Eq. 15 reduces to the one used by Byck (1). In the range
of P considered here the solution is particularly simple, being

(H + ) = %/kKbP + Ka

or pH = — Yz log (kKbP + Ka) (18)

Values of pH satisfying this equation are given in the first column of table 4.

An experimental check of these curves was made on Na3CC>3 at a con¬
centration of 1.8xl0-3, on pure water and on HC1 at a concentration of
IO-3 by aerating samples with carbon dioxide at different partial pressures and
determining pH with a Hellige pH Meter. The agreement with the theoretical
curves was excellent provided aeration was continued long enough for equi¬
librium to be reached. The time required varied inversely with the partial
pressure of CO2, being one hour for a 9% mixture of CO2, twenty-four hours
for a 3% mixture and even longer for smaller partial pressures.

REFERENCES

1. Byck, H. T., Science: 75. 224, (1932).

2. Greenfield, R. E. and Baker, G. C., Jour. Ind., Eng. Chem.: 12, 989. (1920).

3. Hasselbalch, K. A., Biochem. Zeits. : 78, 112, (1916).

4. Henderson. L. J., Amer. Tour. Physiol.: 21, 427. (1908).

5. Joos, C. E. and Rohlin, V. A., Heating, Piping, and Air Conditioning: 4, S37,

(1.932).

6. Powers. E. B . Ecology: 9, 364, (1928.)

7. Saunders, T. T., Brit. Jour. Expt. Biol.: 4, 46, (1927).

8. Shelford, V. E., Bull. HI., State Nat. Hist. Sur.: 14, 379, (1923).

9. Walker, A. C., Bray, U. B. and Johnston, J., Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc.: 49, 1235,

(1927).

7

THE HALOGENOIDS

— W. Joe Frierson, Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham.

The term halogenoid, meaning halogen-like, has been applied to certain
univalent aggregates of electro-negative atoms capable of forming insoluble
silver salts. In many respects the halogenoids are very similar to the
halogens, however, the analogy cannot be too closely drawn as each of the
halogenoids shows specific properties due to the decomposition products
of the radicals.

The following groups have been classed as halogenoids: fulminate,
cyanate, azide, cyanide, thiocyanate, azido-dithiocarbonate, selenocyanate,
and tellurocyanate. The relative activity of these halogenoids to the
halogens has been determined from a study of the electrical conductivity
of some of their salts in aqueous solution. The following order E given :
flouride, fulminate, cyanate, chloride, azide, bromide, cyanide, thiocyanate,
azio-dithiocarbonate, iodide, selenocyanate, and tellurocyanate.

Just as the halogens have been isolated in the free state it may be
assumed that the halogenoid radicals can also be isolated. As a result
several of the halogenoids have been prepared and are now well known
substances. In spite of many efforts to isolate the others they are still
known only in the form of ions.

According to Lidov1 the halogenoid corresponding to the cyanate,
which he called Oxane, may be prepared either (1) by the oxidation of
potassium cyanate with hydrogen peroxide in neutral solution:

2KCNO + HO — > KiCNO + CNO + H2O

or (2) by heating potassium cyanate in an atmosphere of dry nitrogen
with copper oxide to 350° C:

2KCNO + CuO — > K»CNO* + CNO + Cu

Several methods are known for the preparation of cyanogen, (CN)*,
the halogenoid corresponding to the cyanide. Some of the methods are:
(1) electrolysis of cyanides, (2) distillation of cyanides in the presence
of manganese dioxide and sulfuric acid, (3) dry distillation of zinc cyanide
in the presence of cupric chloride, and (4) heating of the cyanides of
the noble metals. Cyanogen is a colorless, poisonous gas and has an odor
similar to that of hydrocyanic acid. It hydrolyses to give hydrocyanic
acid, ammonia, and carbon dioxide.

Thiocyanogen, (CNS).*, was prepared by Soderback2 by treating metal
thiocyanates with bromine in ether and freezing out at -70° C. Birkenback
and Kellerman prepared selenocyanogen, (SeCN)*, by electrolysing a
solution of potassium selenocyanide in methyl alcohol. This substance is
an unstable yellow powder. Azido-dithiocarbonate, (SCSNaJa, was prepared
by treating a solution of potassium azio-dithiocarbonate with free iodine
until the precipitation of the white crystalline solid is complete. This
halogenoid is very unstable, explosive decomposition resulting from impact

or heat. , .

The many efforts made in the last fifty years to isolate the halogenoid
azine, (Ns):, have met with little success although in some cases it is
assumed to have been formed in small amounts. It was first thought that
since was inert then (Na)* would be even more inert. Consequently
an effort was made to identify this form of nitrogen with some of the
inert gases which had just been discovered.

Ramsay, 3 in an attempt to explain the difference in the densities of
atmospheric and chemical nitrogen, first assumed the existence of the Nj

8

molecule in the atmosphere. “The atmospheric nitrogen might contain some
molecules of greater complexity than two-atom molecules, say Ns molecules.
Now it is known that when oxygen is electrified by the passage of a rain
of sparks through it, it acquires new properties . . . and this product
ozone, has been shown to consist of three-atom molecules of oxygen. It
is not inconceivable that if such a silent electric discharge were to be
passed through atmospheric nitrogen, it might increase the number of
such three-atom molecules.”

After his experiment on passing air over hot copper oxide, copper
and magnesium Ramsay still thought the N3 molecul was the inert gas
which he had obtained.

Many other attempts have been made by the electrical discharge method
to prepare azine. In one case4 a persistent luminescence was obtained when
an induction charge was passed through rarefied nitrogen. Further investi¬
gation gave evidence that this was a mon-atomic form referred to as
activated nitrogen.

A number of attempts have also been made by the use of electrolysis
A. W Browne and G. E. F. Lundell electrolysed solutions of sodium azide
m anhydrous hydrogen azide. At 0°C the electrolysis proceeded in a
normal manner, liberating nitrogen and hydrogen. When, however, the
electrolysis was conducted at —80 C. two unusual phenomena were
noticed: (1) when the anode tube was refilled with hydrazoic acid a
sudden evolution of a gas took place; (2) In several cases, after the
electrolysis has proceeded for some time, violent explosions occurred,
these results were accounted for by assuming that at this low tempera¬
ture azine is formed but explodes without apparent cause.

Chemical reactions have been used in efforts to isolate this substance
Bromine was passed over sodium azide with the hope that this reaction
would take place :

2NaNa + Bn — > 2NaBR -f (N*)*

However, the near colorless gas formed proved to be BrNs. RaschigS tried
to liberate azine by the interaction of chlorine azide and hvdrazoic acid
according to the equation :

HNs + CINs — > HC1 + (NO*

but only nitrogen was obtained. Similar results
action of iodine azide and silver azide.®

were obtained by the inter-

In recent years further efforts have been made by A. W. Browne
and, W/ J°S Frierson t° liberate azine from chlorine azide by chemical
methods.' Chlorine azide is an exceedingly sensitive and highly explosive
compound making it very difficult to bring into chemical reactions without
resulting in violent explosions. However, certain solvents w'ere found to
dissolve the gas m appreciable amounts thus making it possible to carry
out various reactions with it in safety. Also under very carefully con¬
trolled conditions it was found that pure chlorine azide might be used
instead of solutions. When the pure compound, however, was used many
attempts had to be made before a reaction could be successfully carried
to completion without resulting in an explosion

Since chlorine is above azine in activity the attempt was made to
remove the chlorine by causing it to react with some metallic or non-
metallic element. A number of the active metals were used but sodium
gave typical results. In such solvents as carbon tetrachloride or pentane
chlorine azide reacted with sodium to liberate nitrogen and percipitate a
mixture of sodium chloride and sodium azide. Since about 90 per cent of

9

the salt mixture was found to be sodium azide it would seem that azine
is more strongly electronegative than chlorine.

When chlorine azide was condensed on yellow phosphorus at -78° C.
a violent explosion occurred in every case. The violence of the explosion
was such that it could scarcely be attributed to chlorine azide alone. If
the phosphorus is added to a carbon tetrachloride solution of chlorine azide
and the solution stirred a reaction is noticed around the phosphorus and
a succession of slight explosions take place beneath the liquid. If the
stirring be omitted for a few minutes the slightest agitation will cause an
explosion which will demolish the apparatus. It is possible that phosphorus
is liberating azine but conditions are not such as to render it stable.

Chlorine azide was condensed on silver azide at —78° C. with the hope
that the following reaction would take place :

AgNa + CINa — > (Ns) 2 + AgCl

A dark blue, highly explosive product was formed which on analysis
proved to be a bi-valent silver salt with the formula AgCINs.

It is thought that under the proper conditions it should be possible
to isolate azine and that if isolated it would be a most valuable azinating
agent for both inorganic and organic compounds.

REFERENCES

1. Chem. Abs., 6, 2368, 2369, 3093.

2. Ann., 419, 217, (1919).

3. The Gases of the Atmosphere, Sir William Ramsay. Fourth Ed. pages 1S7 and 162.

4. Min. Soc. Marseille, 1, 141, 1861.

5. Ber., 41, 4194, (1908).

6. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 26, 577, (1904).

7. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 65, 1.698, (1943).

J. Am. Chem. Soc., 65, 1696, (1943).

10

\

SOME INDEXES OF SELF-RELIANCE

— Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University.

Generally speaking, man is a gregarious animal. Most people like to
live near neighbors that they can visit with, or call on for help in time
of need. Most people also are inclined to follow able leaders. But history
is not made by leaners and followers, but by self-reliant individuals who
like to think and act independently. Now that self-reliance seems to be
on the wane in all civilized countries, it is worth while to seek some statis¬
tical measures of it, to indicate trends with some exactness.

Perhaps the simplest index of self-reliance, or rather the lack of it,
is density of population. People who live in thickly settled countries like
most of those in Europe and Asia have to constantly consider the interests
of their neighbors, while those who live in the “wide open spaces” and
have no near neighbors to help them are thrown on their own resources
to a large extent.

But the mere number of inhabitants per square mile is not as im¬
portant as the average distance between neighbors. That is not easily meas¬
ured statistically, but the percent of population living in cities and other
incorporated places is a pretty fair index. When Columbus discovered
America the aboriginal population of what is now the United States
averaged about one per square mile; but early explorers found the
Indians, like most Europeans, living in villages, where they took orders
from their chiefs. Mexico today is sparsely populated as compared with
the United 'States, but most of its inhabitants are either Indian or part
Indian, and a recent census found only 33 isolated homes in the whole
country (as compared with perhaps a few million in the United States).

Although city and village life had characterized most of Europe for
centuries, there must have been always a few bold and independent
individuals there who chafed at the restrictions imposed on them by
monarchs and minor officials; and the discovery of America gave them
an opportunity to seek homes in a new and uncrowded land where they
could work out their own destiny. In the early days of the United States
it differed from nearly all other countries in that most of the people
lived on farms, at some distance from each other. They produced nearly
everything they used, and were under practically no obligation to the
government, except to pay taxes, and those were very light.

The rising tide of invention caused the building of factories, which
made many articles that the farmers used to make themselves, and many
new kinds besides, and much more economically than the farmers could
make them. The factories were nearly all located in towns and cities, and
such places grew rapidly. By the middle of the 19th centurv only about
half the families in the United States were engaged in farming. By 1920
slightly more than half our population lived in cities with over 2,500
inhabitants, and something like one-fourth in smaller towns, mining and
logging camps, etc. Our “urban” population increased from 5.1% in 1790
to 56.5% in 1940. And all town people depend more or less on corpora¬
tions or the municipality for services that farmers commonly provide for
themselves, or do without, such as water, gas, electricity, telephones, and
police and fire protection; all of which weakens their self-reliance.

So one of the best indexes of self-reliance, or the lack of it, is the
receipts and expenditures of the government, per capita. For taxes pay
for many kinds of public services, as just indicated, and city people
always pay a larger proportion of their income for taxes than country

11

people, besides depending more on corporations for such things as water
and lights. >

Some taxes of course go to pay for wars and pensions instead of
services, but we always have the least freedom during wars, when taxes
are highest, for a considerable degree of centralization and regimentation
is necessary for the successful prosecution of a war. And a war seems
to strengthen the bureaucratic habit, so that we are likely to have more
taxes and less freedom afterward than we did before. In the United
States the per capita cost of government from the beginning to 1860
was less than $2 a year. After the Civil War it never got below $6 a year;
and a magazine writer in 1897 said among other things: — “The centrali¬
zation of the federal government, which set in so irresistibly with the
Civil War, has spread like a pest to the state and municipal governments,
which wield an authority over the individual far in excess of the fears of
the fathers.’’

After the first World War the receipts of the United States govern¬
ment never got below $30 a year, except during the worst of the recent
depression, when they were about $16 for a short time. But the expendi¬
tures, which previously had been just about on a par with receipts most
of the time, kept mounting pretty steadily through the depression, and in
1941, the last year before the present war, the government was taking in
$57.29 per capita, and spending $96.21 ; much of it for salaries to officials
of high and low degree who gave orders to the people. State and municipal
taxes have increased in somewhat similar fashion, but those need not
be discussed here.

The same tendency can be shown in a different way by the ratio
of the population of the District of Columbia to that of the whole United
States. From 1846, when that part south of the Potomac River was given
back to Virginia, to the Civil War, the ratio was 0.23%. From the Civil
War to the first World War it did not vary much from 0.36%. That war
brought it up to 0.42% in 1920, and then it fell off a little to 0.40% in
1930. Since then the increase has been very rapid, but that does not tell
the whole story, for governmental agencies were overflowing the boundar¬
ies of the District even before the first World War, and the number of
government employees at present is several times the total population of
the District. State capitals have shown a similar growth, but that cannot
be ascribed wholly to governmental agencies, for many or most of them
are industrial centers, which is hardly true of Washington.

Not only are city dwellers relieved of much responsibility by having
many kinds of services furnished them, but most adults in cities work
for some one else, and therefore they do not have to make as many
decisions as farmers, merchants and professional men do. Responsibility
is reduced to a minimum in apartment houses, where the children (if any)
do not have much opportunity to learn self-reliance, because there are
no chores for them to do.

Another good index of self-reliance is home tenure. Savages own
their homes, because they build them themselves, and the same was true
of our pioneer settlers, who got the land for little or nothing, and built
their houses and fences from the trees they cut from the land. At the
other extreme are the city apartment dwellers, who cannot own their
homes, unless in the case of one who owns the whole building. And the
uncertainty of employment in cities is a deterrent to home ownership.

Although home ownership is now on the decline, it is generally more
prevalent in the country than in the city, for reasons just indicated. The
percentage of owned homes for white people in the United States

12

decreased from 51.5 in 1890 (the earliest date for which we have census
figures) to 45.5 in 1940; while among negroes it increased from probably
almost nothing in 1865 to 18.7 (17.5 for blacks and 25.2 for mulattoes)
in 1890 and 22.7 in 1940. In our urban population in 1940 the percentages
of owned homes were 38.8 for whites and 19.7 for negroes, and in the
rural farm population 58.4 for whites and 21.0 for negroes.

For farmers only, a pretty good index of self-reliance is size of farms,
for the proprietor — whether owner or tenant — of a large farm naturally
has more responsibility than a small farmer. Farms in the United States
have long averaged much larger than in Europe and Asia ; and the
tendency for them to decrease in size with increasing density of population
has been offset by increasing use of machinery, especially since the first
World War. The average size of farm in the United States decreased
from 202.6 acres in 1850 to 138.1 in 1910, and then increased to 174.0 in
1940. For race and tenure classes in 1940 the figures were : — white owners
188.1, managers 1859.5, tenants 157.8; colored (mostly negro) owners
121.7, managers 373.1, tenants 40.6.

Another index, though an indirect one, and not easy to explain, is the
ratio of the sexes, either at birth or in the adult population. In the old
“Wild West” men were several times as numerous as women, and they
often took the law into their own hands, without waiting for courts to
function. The average American genealogy begins with a bold and resource¬
ful immigrant ancestor who had about twice as many sons as daughters.
Until the present century we had no birth statistics for the United States,
except for a few states, but the ratio of boys to girls under ten years
old gives a fair approximation to the ratio at birth. In 1800 that ratio
for the white population was 1.068. It came down to 1,032 by 1850, and
has not changed much since. It has always been less for negroes than
for whites, and the 1940 figures were 1.036 for whites and .991 for
negroes. The sex ratio, both of children and of adults, seems to be always
lower in the urban than in the rural population in the United States,
though perhaps not in all other countries. It is a curious fact that some
of our cities that have been notoriously afflicted with political bosses are
below the urban average in the ratio of boys to girls. And some interesting
comparisons of this sort can be made between different states and counties.

The ratio of sons to daughters in the families of European monarchs
for several centuries prior to the first World War was about 1.25, but it
has declined considerably since, and many kings have lost their thrones.
The 31 presidents of the United States up to this year have had 1.522
times as many sons as daughters. According to a count made a few years
ago, the ratio for American governors at that time was 1.341, for United
States senators 1.226, and for congressmen 1.029.

Jews, who seem to be pretty well able to take care of themselves
(though the great majority of them have been city dwellers for centuries
past) have been found in countries that keep such records to have from
10 to 20 percent more sons than daughters. Divorced people, on the other
hand, whose main characteristic might be said to be shirking of responsi¬
bility, seem to have about twice as many daughters as sons, on the average.

Of course none of the indexes here mentioned is perfect, for there
are many factors involved, and exceptions are easily found, especially if
individuals are considered. But all of them taken together ought to show
the ranking of different countries, states, etc., pretty well.

13

SOME ELEMENTARY OBSERVATIONS ON VALENCE BONDS

E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham.

The character and strength of the various types of valence bonds is
an important topic for students of physical and advanced inorganic
chemistry. One finds in the literature two conflicting points of view. One
view presented by Sidgwick in “The Covalent Link in Chemistry” (1933)
assumes that in general only three types of bonding forces are necessary
to account for the properties of solids, liquids and gases, that is, electro¬
valence, covalence and the van der Waals force. Substances are then
classified as salts (with electrovalent bonds), metals (with metallic —
probably covalent — bonds) and covalent compounds whose molecules are
held together in liquids and solids by van der Waals forces. From this
point of view there is an essential difference between electrovalent and
covalent bonds. All valence bonds are regarded as definitely of one type
or the other and bonds which are both electrovalent and covalent “rarely
if ever occur.” In support of this point of view the melting points of the
fluorides of the elements of the second period have been cited as showing
an abrupt change from extreme electrovalent bonds to the extreme covalent
type.

Fluorides . NaF MgF2 AIF3 SiF< PFs SF«

Melting points . 980 1400 1040 —77 —83 —55° C.

In marked contrast with the above very simple picture is the view
set forth in great detail by Pauling in “The Nature of the Chemical
Bond” (1939). The chief differences between the two points of view are
(1) the part played by resonance* in valence bonds and (2) the question
as to whether electrovalent and covalent bonds are essentially different
with an abrupt, discontinuous change from one type to the other — or are
not essentially different and one extreme type may change gradually and
continuously into the other type. In the Pauling picture many — perhaps
most — bonds are neither extreme electrovalent nor extreme covalent bonds
but are of the intermediate type, partially electrovalent and partially cova¬
lent with resonance playing an important part in the bond. It is maintained
that one type of bond may change continuously into the other type in a
series of similar compounds although such continuous changes cannot take
place in all types of molecules, e.g., the continuous transitions are limited
to structures having the same number of unpaired electrons. If the two
structures have different numbers of unpaired electrons there must be a
discontinuity associated with the change in the number of unpaired
electrons.

Pauling disagrees entirely with the above interpretation of the abrupt
change in the melting points of the fluorides of the second period. He
attributes the great difference between the melting points of AIF3 and
SiF4 not to an abrupt change from electrovalent bonds to covalent bonds
but to a change in atomic arrangement or crystal structure. From his
point of view the bonds in AIF3 differ only slightly from those in SiFq
both being about seventy percent ionic in character. In crystals of NaF,
MgFz and AlFs the coordination number of the metal is six and they
are giant polymers like the NaCl crystal, while in SiF4 the coordination
number is four and the crystal consists of molecules of SiF4 held together
by van der Waals forces only. In other words, in melting AIF3 we are

*No attempt will be made in this paper to discuss the relation of resonance to

valence bonds.

14

rupturing Al-F bonds while in melting SiFi we are not breaking Si-F
bonds but only the weak van der Waals forces between molecules of SiF«.

A general method of evaluating bond strengths or bonding energies
ls by measuring interatomic distances. But Pauling points out that the
equilibrium mterionic distance for two ions is determined not only by the
e ectron distributions of the ions but also ,by the structure of the crystal
and the ratio of the radii of the ions involved. Much data is available
rom X ray study of crystals and from electron diffraction and spectros¬
copic studies of gas molecules.

i ^ he values of the atomic radii were found by Goldschmidt to be
clearly different in electrovalent and covalent compounds. The most
striking evidence is given by the two forms of silver iodide where the
inter-atomic distance in the ionic alpha-form is 3.05 A° and in the
covalent beta-form 2.81 A0, a difference of nearly nine percent This
was interpreted as showing that covalent bonds are stronger— represent
more bonding energy-than electrovalent bonds. It is interesting to note
that the inter-atomic distance is practically constant in an isoelectronic
sequence with covalent bonds such as the following where the sum of
the atomic numbers is sixty-four.

Ge — Ge Ge — As

2.44 2.44

Zn — Se Cu — Br

2.45 2.46 A °

The decrease in the A.N. for one atom is offset by the increase in the A N.
of the other atom. But in an ionic isoelectronic sequence there is a decrease
of about ten percent in the inter-atomic distance for a change from univalent

to bivalent ions as shown by Na+ — Cl— , 2.81; Mg++ — S - 2 54 A0

This change is attributed chiefly to the doubling of the charges on the ions'
The magnitude of the electrovalent attraction Na+ and Cl- at anv given
distance was estimated by DeBye to be 1033 times as great as the eravitational
attraction between these masses. ^

Sih°kWSin a veryJ convincing manner that the general impression
that chemical bonds may be divided rather sharply into covalent and
electrovalent bonds with a limited number of coordinate bonds is grossly

n^mprl°rThS 1S a S° V’ew that bond strengths decrease in the order
named. Three general extreme types of bonds are recognized in the newer

viewpoint, namely, electrostatic bonds, covalent bonds and metallic bonds

are oTse^em^tvne6 °f a.n.intermediate character and electrostatic bonds
are of several types involving various combinations of ions dipoles and

induced dipoles. The coordinate bond is regarded as actually consisting of
a single covalent bond plus an ionic bond of unit strength Pauling rites
the fol owing sequence showing a gradual transition from eftreml
va fnt t(? extreme metallic bonding and suggests that a similar sequence
bonding UP f°r tHe transitlon from extreme ionic to extreme covalent

Extreme covalent

C— C

Si— C

Si — Si

Total A.N .

12

20

28

I.A.D .

. 1.54 A0

1.94

2 34

Energy .

. 58.6§

57.6

42.5

Extreme metallic
Ge — Ge Sn — Sn

64 100

2.44 2.80

42.5 ?

§Kilo-calories per mole.

15

Another series is of interest as showing the relative strengths of ionic
and covalent bonds.

H— F H— Cl

H— Br

H— I

I— I

C— C F— F

C-C

% ionic 60 17

11

5

0

0 0(?)

44

Energy 147.5 102.7

87.3

71.4

36.2

58.6 63.5

107

The intermediate ionic-

-covalent bond is

stronger than either the

normal

covalent or the normal ionic bond.

The single electron bond and the three electron bond are now well
established though not of great practical importance. The former in the
hydrogen molecule ion, H2+ has a bond-energy of 58.0 kcal./mole.

The hydrogen bond, O— H • * O, F— H— F, etc., is a relatively weak
bond, largely ionic in character, with an energy of only about 5 kcal./mole.
But it is regarded as playing a very important role in determining the
properties of systems involving water and other hydroxylic compounds
in both liquid and solid states. The high melting points and striking hard¬
ness of certain crystals is attributed in part to the hydrogen bonds between
the molecules. Because of its low bond energy and small activation energy
it is thought to play a significant part in many reactions at room
temperatures.

BOILING POINT STUDIES OF PURE ORGANIC LIQUIDS UNDER
VARYING PRESSURES

— E. V. Jones, W. Joe Frierson, and Jimmie Holmquist,* Birmingham-
Southern College, Birmingham.

This work was undertaken at the suggestion of Dr. E. Emmet Reid,
who pointed out that the literature contains little reliable data on the true
boiling points of organic liquids of a high degree of purity. He suggested
also that a knowledge of the boiling points of such liquids under reduced
pressures would be valuable information.

In order to determine the type of boiling point apparatus to use and
to develop the technique in the use of it several readily available com¬
pounds of C.P. grade, such as ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, and benzene
were selected for trial runs. These compounds were further purified by
methods suggested in the literature and the boiling points determined at
different pressures. The results, however, were unsatisfactory and indicated
a lack of purity in the compound. This suggested the following questions :
(1) How pure are these C.P. grade compounds? (2) What are the best
methods of purification? (3) What is the best test for near absolute
purity of organic liquids?

An approximate answer to the first question may usually be obtained
from the label on the bottle. In nearly all cases, however, this gives neither
the boiling point nor even a distillation temperature but a fractionation
range which might not even include the true boiling point of the pure
compound.

*The holder of an Alabama Academy of Science Research Assistantship in Chemistry.

16

The a.nswer to the third question seems clearly to be the differential
boiling point methods using some form of Swietoslawski’s apparatus for
simultaneous determination of liquid and vapor temperatures.

Beckmann thermometers are placed in the two mercury wells which
are spiraled outside to give better contact with the condensing vapors. The
10ml flask, with sintered glass bottom to provide even boiling, is more
than filled with the liquid which is vigorously boiled. The liquid is pumped
through the upright tube onto the first thermometer well. The or
-IT-5 1 ^ sec?nd thermometer well, excess returning from the

sec'ond^the ^ “<*

is les^han^^013551^^5^^-^ aS Yery pure when the AT value

whe^it is 002no°,rS'% y purue when A is °-040' relatively pure

when it is 0.200, and technically pure when 0.200 to 1.00. For example he

of OOr r ^romercial grade of thiophene-free benzene gave a AT^alue
0.0.0 C. After distillation a fraction, which gave a constant boiling

17

point within 0.001° limit, gave a AT value of 0.007°. On further purifica¬
tion he obtained a value of 0.001°.

A search of the literature reveals a number of methods for the puri¬
fication of common organic liquids but very meager information as to
the degree of purity attained. In attempting to purify several C.P. grade
compounds as methanol, isopropanol, and ethyl acetate by methods found
in the literature the differential boiling points showed the re-purified
product to be inferior to the original sample.

As a check on apparatus and technique a sample of C.P. thiophene-
free benzene gave a AT value of 0.006°, which conformed with results
of Swietoslawski. The boiling points of this sample were determined by
means of the same apparatus by replacing the Beckmann thermometer in
the first well with a .1° Centigrade thermometer. The following results
were obtained :

Temperatures

Vapor Pressures

36.1° C.

44.78

53.42

61.32

67.58

73.54

79.56

80. 10f

158.90 mm.

224.14

310.74

411.77

509.62

619.12

746.80

760.00

fExtrapolated from straight line relation for log vapor
pressure versus reciprocal of absolute temperature.

As a result of this preliminary investigation it is evident that methods
of purification must be found which will give compounds of sufficient
purity for consistent boiling point values.

1. W. Swietoslawski, C. A., 26, 3745, (1932).

18

THE PROGRAM OF GUIDANCE USED BY THE METHODIST
CHILDREN’S HOME, SELMA, ALABAMA

— Virgil McCain, Selma.

Guidance in its broadest terms may include any influence touching
the growth and development of a human being. It includes myriad activi-

!LCS lu ^re a ready ^eing. carried on in the many Homes operated by
e Methodist Church in this country. Such phases of the work as an
a h etic program, music instruction in its various forms, religious training,
c ass room instruction, training in etiquette and the social amenities, a work
shop, a beauty parlor, a print shop, a dairy, a farm, a truck garden,
a itchen, an infirmary, a swimming pool, social affairs, the plant (especial¬
ly the cottage plan), the staff itself— all of these— could be classified as
parts of a guidance program.

• i ^°W<n^er’r ^ere }s a comparatively new phase of guidance which can
include all of the above and uses them as tools, or means towards an
end. It is concerned with three phases of guidance, namely: educational
vocational and personal. The work has been designed more especially for
the long term child who will at least finish high school or prepare for
some job while in the institution. This program, which will be given in
outline form, was initiated under the direction of Dr. J. E. Bathurst pro-
AUbama^ psychology at Brmingham-Southern College, Birmingham,

It is advisable that the person beginning guidance work read at least
one, if not all three, of the following books: 1. The Art of Counselling—

\rii'C°kesbUm ?-resS’ Nashville> Tenn.). 2. How to Counsel Students
-Williamson (McGraw-Hill Co., New York, N. Y.). 3. Counselling and
Psychotherapy— Rogers (McGraw-Hill Co., New York N Y) Tests
should be given by someone on the staff who has had previous experience
in testing The tests listed in this discussion are group tests. These are
recommended, since they require less expert administrators in the giving.
An excellent resource for test-administrators is found in the school of
sociology or psychology of a state college or university. Denominational
colleges and universities are usually glad to cooperate with Childrens’
Homes in this work.

The foundation of any organized program of guidance is the test of
abstract intelligence. This should be given to all the children in the insti¬
tution. It is recommended that at least two different intelligence tests be
given so that a sounder basic of comparison might be made (the outline
below gives suggested I.Q. tests). A new intelligence test should be given
at least once every three years to the same child. This is especially necessary
with institutional children, since an emotional block, or physical handicap

progrTm^1"13 y a^CCt t^le score- Below is given the set-up for a guidance

I. Tests (abstract, social, mechanical, preference aptitude, achievement,
etc.). A catalog of Tests may be obtained from the Psychological
Corporation, 522 5th Avenue, New York, N. Y.

A. Intelligence Tests

L Otis Self-Administering Test of Mental Ability

a. Higher Examination ( grade 10 through freshman college)

b. Intermediate Examination (grades 4 through 9)

2. Binet-Simon (especially for children of low mentality)

3. Pintner-Durost Elementary Test (grades 2-4)

5. Detroit Advanced First-Grade Intelligence Test

6. Detroit Beginning First-Grade Intelligence Test

19

B. Mechanical Aptitude (or Intelligence)

1. Revised Minnesota Paper Form Board Test, Series AA (linear
perception — especially good for predicting designing and engi¬
neering ability) — 9th through 12th grades

2. Stenquist Mechanical Aptitude Tests (knowledge of tools and
function of tools) — 9th through 12th grades

C. Art Aptitude (15-18 yrs. of age)

1. Revised Meier-Seashore

D. Vocational Preference (or Interest) Tests

1. Kuder Preference Record, Form BB, (Published by Science
Research Associates, 228 S. Wabash Ave., Chicago, Illi.) — 9th
grade through college

2. Vocational Interest Blank for Men (Edward K. Strong, Jr.,
Stanford University Press)— 7th grade through college

3. Vocational Interest Blank for Women (Edward K. Strong, Jr.,
Stanford University Press)— 7th grade through college

E. Social Intelligence or Personality Tests

1. California Test of Personality — Secondary, Form B, (grades
9-14)

2. California Test of Personality — Intermediate, Form B, (grades
7-1°)

3. Inventory of Activities and Interests — H. C. Link, (For Girls
and Young Women, Ages 14-20)

4. Inventory of Activities and Interests — H. C. Link, (For Boys
and Young Men, Ages 14-20)

F. Special Aptitudes— Iowa Placement Series (Mathematics, Chem¬
istry, Physics and the Foreign Languages) — Grades 9-12

II. Blood Tests for Personality Disturbances (Local clinics or Medical
Doctors can run these tests)

1. Calcium — Should be brought up to 12 Mg. for institutional
children

Melancholia, extreme sensitivity, excessive crying, etc., are signs
of calcium deficiency. Give Abbot’s vitamin D (or mixed vitamin)
as a remedy — 1 or 2 after each meal

2. Basal Metabolism (should be at least 0 to +8 to +10 for insti¬
tutional children)

There are two symptoms of low metabolism (low mentality, and
hypo-thyroid — extremely sensitive). Give thyroid pills — 1/10 grain,
one after each meal.

3. A nemia — Emotionalism and low vitality are the usual signs. The
red corpuscle count for institutional children should be exceedingly
high. For boys the minimum should be Ay2 to 5 million. For girls
it should be 4 to 4^4 million. Give extracts of liver as a remedy.

III. Cumulative School Record (especially recommended is the cumulative
record card printed by the American Council on Education, 744
Jackson Place, Washington, D. C.). No cumulative record card has
been produced which exactly fits the situation of a Children’s Home.
The best plan is to accumulate several and then make your own to
fit your needs.

IV. Medical Records (The nurse is responsible for this information).
Physical examinations for admittance furnish important data. Light
on physical handicaps, maladies, etc., may be secured from these
records. They have an important place in planning for the child’s
future.

20

VI.

VII.

^ ' uas/u History (This accumulation of a family and a personal history
by the Case Worker is very important in helping plan for a boy or
girl).

Teacher Opinion (This may be easily secured by visits to the local
schools, if the children are in public school, or through personal
interviews with teachers on the Home Staff, if the institution has
its own school. A record should be kept of these).

Cottage Mother or Group Matron Opinion (This is perhaps the

^rhTHPOrtant-0,b-SerVattl0u t0 gather’ as the cottage mother knows
her child more intimately than any one else in the institution. These
opinions should be recorded briefly).

VIIL CJ%lSdAn9 Girl: After a11 of the ab°ve information is

gathered and studied, the counsellor is ready to interview the child

fv7ICWS Can,-be inf,ormal or by appointment. The more in¬
formal the surroundings, the better. It is best for the counsellor to

who does notr have to deal too directly with discipline.

Jf* L C°"?,renCeS °/ten, necerssary before effective decisions
can be made or a definite plan of action carried out. A “den” or

ilving .r,°°,1?1 sufgested as a proper place for counselling. A skilled

Xt?oPna1hetlh taCtfU ?erS<^ 1S needed for this job. Vocational, edu¬
cational and personal guidance are all included in the counsellor’s

IX. The Follow-up: A sheet should be made for each “graduate.” Ad¬
dress, higher education, present job, marital status, and any other
data considered pertinent, is kept up to date. This may be kept for
the life time of the individual. A follow-up is practically the only

che?bing the results of guidance. An alumni association
might be considered as another method of follow-up.

foluCf f.or.each cbHd is suggested. It should contain all
tests results (Tsychologmd and Chemical), the cumulative school record
.eacher opinions cottage mother opinions, notes on counselling interviews’
and (eventually) ? the follow-up sheet. The case history may remain in
fde.]°Cia WOrker s flle’ The medical record should remain in the nurse’s

FUTURE ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES IN ALABAMA

Steve B. Wimberly, T.C.I., Birmingham.

the {°a fUtUre arcb?eoI°gical Pursuits in Alabama are

tbe findings of the decade just preceding World War II. These findings

thnl£eC<T rgUld/ P°StS telIing us that we are on the right path even

though quite far from our destination.

• The peoples we are studying made no written history, so it has re¬
mained for us, via archaeology, to make that record ourselves. We have
^mpleted only the initial part of the history, the “FOREWORD” as it

A We have recorded that groups of Indians inhabited North Alabama
ong before the dawn of agriculture in this area. We have noted that
these people had no serviceable houses or implements but dwelt in lean-to’s

nuUand'befries^o^d^egaAereS1 mighl °r °" Wha‘ SheU-fish’ wM

ba^e recorded that, some time later, agriculture was introduced:
t at the early farmers found their lives synchronized with the sowing and

21

the harvest ; and that they accepted a sedentary existence which brought
its inherent blessings — permanent homes, a sure food supply ; more leisure
time to turn toward the crafts and toward governmental and religious
practices.

C. We have recorded a later era typified by the building of mounds
and the erecting of temples ; of extensive, planned villages ; of delicately
wrought ornaments; of weird symbolic drawings linking prehistoric Ala¬
bama with Mexico and Central America; of Moundville, an early Alabama
metropolis and “Vatican City.”

D. We have, through archaeological findings, verified portions of the
accounts of Alabama’s earliest historians, the Spanish adventurers. The
resultant record assists in bridging the gap between the protohistoric and
historic, between conjecture and fact.

The preceding outline, based largely on the 1930 to 1941 findings of
the Alabama Museum of Natural History, represents a great deal of field
and laboratory work. The study has been a matter of confirming certain
conjectures while discarding others, re-forming and revising the record
and, more often than not, being confronted by problems still awaiting
solution. The outline, although sketchy, serves as a firm footing from which
to catapult future studies. We no longer need to probe at random. The
past findings have enabled us to diagnose the case and we can now apply
the knife to specific spots. In the following these “SPOTS” are indicated
by italicized sentences.

A. Test excavations should be made along South Alabama Rivers at
sites most likely to yield evidence of pre-agricultural groups. Proving the
one time existence or non-existence of these people in that area would
demonstrate the origin of the first Alabamians.

B. Throughout Alabama several sites should be excavated which
might yield Hopewellian material. This Hopewellian culture, so named after
type sites in Ohio, has for years presented American archaeologists with
complex problems, particularly in the South.

C. Further comparisons should be made between material gathered
at Moundville and findings from other states and from Central America
and Mexico. Test excavations should be made in sites likely to yield
M oundvillian material.

D. The examination of historic Indian tozvns such as “Coosa” and
“Maubila” often sheds a great deal of light on prehistoric groups. The
search for and excavation of such historic sites should be primary objec¬
tives of future archaeological endeavor.

22

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PREPARED

for the

TWENTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

THE EFFECTS ON TEMPERATURE REGULATION IN RATS
INJECTED WITH RATTLESNAKE VENOM

— Emmett B. Carmichael, University of Alabama.

Adult rats were injected subutaneously with rattlesnake venom and
after 30 minutes, some animals were placed in an incubator at 92-96° F.
and others were placed in a refrigerator at 52-56° F. The rectal tempera¬
tures were taken before the injection of venom and again just previous to
subjecting the animals to one of the above temperature ranges. The body
tmperatures were also taken 3 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours and 72
hours after the injections when the animals lived that long. The results on
the rats that survived may be tabulated as follows :

Body temperature after injection

of rattlesnake

No.

Normal

Temp.

venom

of

Temp.

treated

30

3

8 24

48

72

Rats

Rats

at

min.

hr.

hr. hr.

hr.

hr.

C.

F.

C.

C.

C. C.

C.

C.

14

38.68

92-96

39.38

39.46

38.76 38.49

38.16

38.13

9

38.53

52-56

39.58

36.85

36.77 37.15

38.06

38.32

The lowering of the body temperature seemed to be helpful since 50
per cent of the rats survived an injection of 32.5 mgm. of rattlesnake venom
per kgm. while 100 per cent of the animals died when subjected to the
higher temperature range after receiving only 26 mgm. of venom per kgm.

A TRAP WITH HOLDER FOR HANDLING VICIOUS LABORA¬
TORY ANIMALS SUCH AS WILD RATS

—Emmett B. Carmichael, Ralph McBurney and Louise Rickeman
Cason, University of Alabama.

The apparatus consists of a holder, and cone-shaped tunnel or trap
which is soldered to a sheet iron shield, and two metal comb-like stops.
The holder and trap are made of hardware cloth. The trap is a truncated
cone with a sheet iron collar soldered to the truncated end over which the
cylindrical holder fits. The holder is tapered at the extreme end. One
stop is for use with the trap and the other is for the holder. The shield
of the apparatus can be placed over the open door of a small cage. Then
the animal usually can be stimulated to enter the tunnel by simply blowing
into the rear of the cage. The first stop is placed next to the opening in
the cage. As the animal enters the holder the other stop is put in place
behind it. I he holder with the animal can be removed from the trap and
the animal can be handled with ease for such procedures as weighing,
feeding, taking blood, and injections with absolute protection to the
operator.

23

THE BLOOD CHEMISTRY OF A FASTING AND NORMAL
TIMBER RATTLESNAKE

— Emmett B. Carmichael and Paul W. Petcher, University of
Alabama

A rattlesnake that has been in this laboratory for several years was
bled by cardiac puncture following a winter fast. The animal was fed
several times and after twelve weeks, blood was taken as before.

The following constituents were determined in each specimen of
blood ; non protein nitrogen, urea nitrogen, amino acid nitrogen uric acid,
creatine, creatinine, chlorides, inorganic phosphorus, lipid phosphorous,
reducing sugar, calcium and magnesium. The cell volume was measured
and the number of red blood cells was counted.

There was a marked increase in the following constituents in the
normal blood over the respective constituents in the fasting specimen :
inorganic phosphorus, lipoid phosphorus, uric acid, calcium and serum
cholesterol. The hemoglobin content rose slightly inspite of the large
fasting specimen of blood that was taken but the red blood corpuscle
count was only about seventy-five per cent of the hibernating specimen.

STAPHYLOCOCCUS ZONING AND PIGMENTATION ON A MILK
AGAR MEDIUM

— Louise Rickeman Cason, A.B., M.A., University of Alabama.

A milk agar medium has been devised with differentiates strains of
staphylococcus on the basis of a zoning phenomenum occuring around
colonies grown on plates of this medium. This zone is a clear area free
of milk opacity and is often surrounded by a denser more opaque zone
than the general appearance of the milk medium itself. Strains of both
staphylococcus albus and aureus may develop this zone.

The pigment of staphylococcus aureus is greatly enhanced and de¬
velops more rapidly on an agar with milk incorporated in the medium.

These characteristics are helpful in primary isolation of enterotoxic
and aureus strains of staphylococcus. This makes an excellent medium
for maintaining pigment and is especially useful for class room study.

DECREASE IN DIGESTIVE ACTION OF ACID PEPSIN ON

INTESTINAL MUCOSA BY LOWERING TEMPERATURE

— Robert L. Driver, University of Alabama.

Loops of jejunum of anesthetized dogs were exposed to a 0.1% pepsin
in N/10 HC1 solution of different temperatures under a hydrostatic
pressure of 90 cm. of H?0 until perforated ulcers occurred.

When the solution was 45° C. the average time for perforation of
the intestine was 64 minutes; a 40° C. solution required 77 minutes; a
25° C. solution 82 minutes; and a 5° C. solution 133 minutes. The 40° C.
solution closely approximates abdominal temperatures while a 45° C.
solution is probably high enough to cause some tissue damage. This may
account for the very short time taken to get perforation when the solution
was 45° C.

The conclusion was reached that the digestive action of pepsin on
intestinal mucosa is a function of temperature.

24

BILE SALTS AS AN INHIBITORY AGENT IN THE PRODUCTION

OF ULCERS IN THE DOG

—Robert L. Driver and Emmett B. Carmichael, University of Alabama.

Sodiiim taurocholate and sodium glycocholate in a concentration of
0.5 each were dissolved in 0.1% pepsin in N/10 HC1 solution. This
solution was allowed to stand under a hydrostatic pressure of 90 cm. H^O
in isolated loops of dogs’ intestines, and the time for perforated ulcers
to appear was recorded.

, .^en t^ie salts were used the time for perforation to occur was
lob minutes as against 82 minutes for controls, i.e., when the solution
was used was 0.1% pepsin in N/10 HC1 without bile salts. This repre¬
sented an increase of 68% in time required to produce perforating ulcers.

THE FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS OF THE CHORDIA
TYMPANI

— James O. Foley, University of Alabama.

The intact chorda tympani of the cat contains an average of 1955
combined sensory and motor axoms ; whereas, a total of 3347 sensory and
motor nerve fibres is found in the normal chorda tympani of the dog.

An average of 1157 sensory axoms remains in the chordae tympani
of the cat and 2205 sensory nerve fibers persist in the chorda tympani of

j°^ a^er .^e preganglionic motor axoms are eliminated from the
chorda tympani by cutting them in the facial nerve control to the
genicualte ganglion.

It is estimated that the chorda tympani of the cat has, on the average,
798 motor nerve fibers in it. Approximately 1142 motor axons are present
in the chorda tympani of the dog.

T he majority of the motor and sensory axons in the chorda tympani
ot both the cat and dog belongs to the myelinated variety of nerve fiber.
In the cat an average of only 18% of the sensory nerve fibers and 20% of
the motor axons is without myelin sheaths. In the chorda tympani of the
dog 23% of the sensory axons was unmyelinated while just 6% of the
motor axons was without myelin sheaths.

SOME CANCER CORRELATIONS

—Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama, University.

The increasing prevalence of cancer has long been viewed with alarm
but no satisfactory explanation of its cause has yet been found. It has
been pointed out that some of the apparent increase is due merely to
increasing longevity, and some to increasing accuracy of diagnosis: but
only about half of it can be thus accounted for.

Some of the causative agents that have been suspected are irritants
of various kinds, viruses, and even milk. Milk consumption is indeed great¬
est in the countries and states that have the most cancer, but in the United
States the per capita consumption of milk is little if any greater now than
it was fifty years ago, while the percentage of deaths attributed to cancer
has increased about five-fold in the same period. Sugar consumption might
correlate better, for that has increased nearly as fast as cancer has, and
whites use more of it than negroes, and are more subject to cancer.

Statistics for different countries, states, counties and races indicate

25

that cancer is pretty definitely correlated with civilization, urban popula¬
tion, heart disease and diabetes, and inversely with the birth rate and
infant mortality.

The last seems to be the most significant, especially when different
races and sexes are compared. And this leads to the conclusion that medical
science is now saving too many prematurely born and other weak children,
to grow up and die later of cancer or some other chronic ailment, who in
earlier days might have succumbed to some of the common ills of childhood.

Some progress has been made lately in arresting incipient cases of
cancer, especially in women, by early diagnosis and prompt treatment by
X-rays or surgery, leaving the cause still undetermined. But a better plan,
which would cost nothing, but would take longer to show results, would
be to avoid marrying persons who are physically defective and cannot
hope to have sturdy children, even though they may rate high in intelligence
and character.

THE CHANGES IN THE ELASTIC TISSUE OF THE UTERINE
WALL DURING PREGNANCY AND AFTER PARTURITION
— Thomas E. Hunt and Para Lee Evans, University of Alabama.

The elastic tissue of the uterine wall was studied in primiparous rats
killed during the different phases of pregnancy and at intervals up to
nine months after parturition. Tissue was fixed in Allen’s B-15 fluid
and stained according to Verhoeff’s method.

Only a few fine elastic networks occur in the circular muscle layer
and perimetrium during the first 4 or 5 days of pregnancy. Between the
6th and 11th days there is a definite increase in the number of elastic
fibers especially in the interimplanation sites. After the 11th day the
elastic networks at the implanation sites become progressively less ap¬
parent where the uterine wall becomes thinner and just before parturition
on the 21st day, they are practically invisible except at the mesometrial
attachment. No decrease is apparent in the interimplanation sites.

After parturition the elastic tissue appears much more abundant
especially in the circular muscle layer. This increase, which is not uniform
throughout all levels, may be due to the contraction of the wall rather
than to an actual increase in the amount of elastic tissue. The elastic fibers
no longer appear as stretched networks but rather as isolated clumps of
tangled and split threads arranged in spiremes of variable size. This
appearance persists until 5 or 6 months after parturition and in some
places for as long as 9 months. However, there is some indication that
the spireme arrangement of the elastic tissue begins to disappear at 4 or
5 months and the fibers gradually assume a more typical stretched net¬
work appearance.

26

THE THYROID AND TISSUE RESPIRATION

— Samuel R. Tipton, Isabel H. Tipton and Martha Jean Leath,
University of Alabama.

Feeding dessicated thyroid, or subcutaneous injection of thyroxine
(Squibb) resulted in a loss of body weight, depletion of liver glycogen,
and an increase in the activity of some of the carbohydrate and protein
oxidation enzyme systems of the liver and kidney in young white rats.
If thiamin hydrochloride were administered simultaneously there was no
weight loss, and the increase in activity of the enzyme systems was
greater.

The rats were divided into four groups and sacrificed for study after
two weeks of treatment. All rats were fed Purina laboratory chow. Group
I was used as control and the second group were given 400 mgms. of
dessicated thyroid powder daily in their food. Group III was injected
subcutaneously with 1 mgm. thyroxine daily while the fourth group re¬
ceived .5 mgm. thiamin hydrochloride daily along with thyroxine or
dessicated thyroid.

The rats receiving thyroid or thyroxine showed significant increase in
the activity of succinic acid oxidase, cytochrome oxidase and d-amino acid
oxidase of the liver tissue and d-amino acid oxidase of kidney tissue. In
the 2 week period these rats showed an average weight loss of 15 grams,
and a marked decrease in liver glycogen, decreasing from 4.5 gms per cent
to somewhat less than 1 per cent. The thiamin treated rats showed a 5 gram
gain in weight with increases in the liver glycogen and small significant
increases in the enzyme activity. The effects of the dessicated thyroid
powder administration were more marked than those of the thyroxine
injection.

A PROPOSAL FOR THE REARRANGEMENT OF SURVEY
COURSES IN THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES

— A. T. Wager, Birmingham-Southern College.

It is suggested that the present type of Survey Course in the Physical
Sciences be expanded, and replaced by two courses in order to permit the
inclusion of recent developments. In particular, the growth in importance
of Geography and Meteorology during the present war years requires that
they be included to an extent not recognized in earlier courses.

The proposal offered is that the following division be made: (1) Phy¬
sical Sciences I — Mathematics, Physics, Meteorology, and Astronomy;
(2) Physical Sciences II — Chemistry, Geology, and Geography. Each
course should be of one year’s duration, and the emphases should be such
that these courses can serve as terminal courses for those majoring in the
Humanities and Social Studies, and as introductory courses for those
who need a background for further study in the Physical Sciences.

It is recommended that extensive use be made of all visual aids now
available, including not only those listed as strictly educational in nature,
but also those industrial in character. Short demonstrations, quiz periods,
discussion groups, and extensive reading assignments require that extreme
care be taken in the development of courses of this type.

27

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, FEB. 10, 1945

At an Executive Committee Meeting of the Alabama Academy of
Science, called by the President in Birmingham at the Tutwiler Hotel
at 3 P.M., February 10, 1945, to decide the following matters, there were
present: President J. T. McKenzie, Miss Kathryn Boehmer, Dr. Emmett
B. Carmichael, Prof. J. H. Coulliette, Prof. J. F. Duggar, Sr., Mr. E. D.
Emigh, Dr. G. H. Evans, Mr. E. C. Horton, Dr. E. V. Jones, Mr. W. M.
Mobley, Dr. J. P. Reynolds, Prof. J. M. Robinson, Dr. Septima Smith, Mr.
J. M. Stauffer, Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson, Dr. Alan T. Wager, Miss
Winnie McGlamery. The four items for consideration are as follows :

1. Shall the annual meeting of the Alabama Academy of Science be
cancelled ?

2. If the annual meeting is cancelled, shall a business meeting be
held in April?

3. What should be done about election of officers

4. If the annual meeting is cancelled, shall papers be accepted for
publication, as was done in 1943?

1. It was voted to cancel the annual meeting. Prof. J. F. Duggar moved,
seconded by Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael, that the annual meeting be
dispensed with and that the Executive Committee decide whether the
present officers be carried over. Motion carried.

2. Dr. E. V. Jones moved, seconded by E. D. Emigh, that we plan for
a special business session of the Executive Committee at a convenient
time in April in Birmingham, including a report from the Junior Academy.

3. Election of Officers:

Dr. John Xan moved, and it was seconded, that the President of the
Academy appoint a Nominating Committee. Motion carried.

Prof. J. M. Robinson moved, and it was seconded, that the Nominating
Committee ask for suggestions, from the membership at large, for the
vacant offices for next year, namely; President-Elect, Councilor of the
A.A.A.S., Editor of the Journal, Councilor for Junior Academy, and the
seven Section Chairmen. Motion carried.

4. Prof. Duggar moved, seconded by Dr. E. V. Jones, that in requesting
material for publication, the proper authorities remind the membership that
the material that may be published would in general consist of 300 word
abstracts, but papers of special interest, upon a plea on the part of the
writers for publication of entire papers, will be given consideration by the
Committee on Publication. Motion carried.

Nomination of Councilor for Junior Academy:

Miss Kathryn Boehmer nominated, seconded by Dr. John Xan, Miss
Edith Geisler to succeed Miss Worley as Councilor of the Junior Academy
due to Miss Worley’s absence from the State. Motion carried.

There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary

28

MINUTES OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING

At a meeting of the Executive Committee called for May 26, 1945,
t1 iG at the Tutwiler Hotel, Birmingham, by President-Elect’ Prof’
J. M. Robinson in the absence of President James T. MacKenzie, due to
illness in his family, the following members were present: Dr. J. M.
Robinson, Miss Kathryn Boehmer, Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael, Dr j H
Coulhette Prof. J F. Duggar, Sr., Mr. E. D. Emigh, Dr. C. M. Farmer,
Dr. E. V. Jones Mr. W. M. Mobley, Dr. J. P. Reynolds, Mrs. Wynelle
Thompson, Mr. A. T. Wager, Dr. John Xan, Miss Winnie McGlamery.

The report of the Nominating Committee was read by the Secretary,
as follows:

President-Elect
Dr. J. L. Kassner
Councilor of the A.A.A.S.
Dr. Septima C. Smith

Editor of The Journal
Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael

Councilor to Junior Academy
Father Charles Reiner (3 years)

Section Chairmen
I. Dr. J. P. Reynolds
II. Dr. H. E. Wilcox

III. Mr. E. C. Horton

IV. Mr. J. M. Stauffer
V. Dr. A. T. Wager

VI. Mr. W. M. Mobley
VII. Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson
VIII. Dr. Katherine Vickery

The Committee on Nominations recommends that the officers for the
present year be “frozen” in their positions with the exception of the Presi¬
dent-Elect Prof. J. M. Robinson become President, succeeding Dr. Mac-
Kenzie, and that Dr. J. L. Kassner be named President-Elect.

. Mr- Mobley enters a protest on his own behalf against being kept in
of fice another year, but was overruled by the other two members of the
committee.

STEWART J. LLOYD, Chairman
E. V. JONES
W. M. MOBLEY

Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that the report of the
Nominating Committee be accepted and submitted to members of the

Academy for approval or vote for any other person they wish. Motion
carried.

,?e£ort of the ^ong Range Planning Committee was presented by Dr.
C. M. Farmer, Chairman, with the following subjects for discussion:

1. Shall we make a place on the program for some distinguished
scientist or industrialist to speak to the Academy?

■Pr- Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. Reynolds, the approval of this
addition to the program. Motion carried.

2. Shall we recommend cooperation with the International Office of
Education of New York?

Dr. Farmer moved, seconded by Mr. Emigh, that this matter be con¬
tinued m the hands of the Long Range Planning Committee.

29

3. Shall we propose a small prize, say of $50.00, for the best paper
read at the annual meeting of the Academy? This was discussed but no
action was taken.

4. Shall we recommend to the Academy a program of work similar
to that of the James River Valley project of the Virginia Academy?

Dr. Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. J. H. Coulliette, that the recom¬
mendation of the Long Range Planning Committee of a program similar
to that of the James River Valley project be left in the hands of the Long
Range Planning Committee. Motion carried.

5. Shall we recommend to the Academy that a member be authorized
to select from the papers and abstracts such as he deems of public interest
and give them to the press for publication?

Dr. Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. E. V. Jones, that the Chairman
of the Publications Committee be authorized to give to the press such
abstracts as he thinks would be of interest to the public. Motion carried.

6. Shall we propose a program committee to work with the President
and Vice-Presidents in preparing the programs?

Dr. Carmichael moved, seconded by Mr. Emigh, that we have a Vice-
Chairman, to be elected, acting as secretary, for each section, in addition
to the Chairman, such Vice-Chairman to become Chairman of the Section
the next year. This new ruling is to become effective in 1946. Motion. -
carried.

Dr. Farmer moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that a general program
committee be set up by the President to work with the President and
Vice-Presidents, the committee to be composed of the Ex-Presidents of
the past three years. Motion carried.

Mr. Emigh proposed that Miss Katherine Vickery’s name be added to
the Nominees to be elected, that is, for Section VIII, the Social Sciences.

Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. E. V. Jones, that Dr. G. A.
Douglas’s name be placed on the Long Range Planning Committee for
Section VIII.. Motion carried.

Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that a committee of three
be appointed to revise and print or mimeograph the Constitution. Motion
carried.

Prof. Duggar moved, seconded by Dr. Reynolds, the approval of a
grant of $100.00, previously provided for, to Dr. E. V. Jones for a student
assistant. Motion carried.

Prof. Duggar moved, seconded by Dr. Reynolds, the authorization of
an expenditure of $100.00 for clerical work for the preparation of an
index of the Journals of the Academy, the work to be done in cooperation
with the Editor. Motion carried.

Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by Mr. Wager, that the matter of
choosing the best paper for a prize be referred to the Research Committee
for clarification. Motion carried.

The report of the Treasurer was given by Dr. Xan, and referred to
the Auditing Committee composed of Dr. E. V. Jones, Mr. W. M. Mobley
and Dr. John Xan. Audited report appended.

Dr. Carmichael moved, seconded by Dr. Xan, that the printing of
stationery and all other printing, except the Journal, be placed in the hands
of the Secretary. Motion carried.

Dr. E. V. Jones moved, and it was seconded, that $20.00 be allocated
from the research fund for the work of the Junior Academy. Motion
carried.

Dr. E. V. Jones moved, and it was seconded, that Dr. Charles Reiner’s

30

name be placed on the ballot as Councilor of the Junior Academy to
succeed Miss Kathryn M. Boehmer. Motion carried.

Mr. Emigh moved, seconded by Dr. Reynolds, that a meeting of the
Academy be held in 1946. Motion carried.

The Secretary made a motion, seconded by Dr. Xan, for an allotment
of funds to pay for inscribing names on shingles for new members. Motion
carried.

There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING MAY 25, 1945

RECEIPTS

Balance on hand April 10, 1945 . $ 849.10

Received Membership dues, Sustaining Memberships and

Total Receipts . $1 747 in

DISBURSEMENTS

Check returned . $ 2.00

Secretary’s expenses . 4.70

Weatherford Printing Co . 31.98

Editor of Journal — expenses . 24.00

J. F. Duggar— Research Comm . 8.84

Fred Allison — ditto . 4.82

Treasurer’s expenses . 9 75

A. J. Westland, A.A.A.S. Award . 27.00

Charge for check exchange . .30

Journal letter heads, etc . 258.01

J. E. Land, Best Paper Award . 50.00

Coordinator of Sc. C. A., H. E. Wilcox . 6^00

E. V. Jones, Research Award . 100.00

J. F. Duggar, expenses . 7.28

Editor of Journal . 13.50

R. S. Poor, expenses . 3.56

W. J. Hadley, award . 27.00

Total Disbursements . $578.74 578.74

Balance on hand May 25, 1945 . $1,168.36

RESEARCH FUND

deceived . . . $300.00

Added from funds of Academy . 300.00

a , _ T°tal . . . $600.00

Awarded to E. V. Jones . . . 100.00

Balance in fund . $500.00 $ 500.00

Balance in Academy funds, May 25, 1945 . $ 668.36

Auditing Committee :

E. V. JONES
W. M. MOBLEY
JOHN XAN

31

REPORT OF THE ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF
SCIENCE FOR THE YEAR 1944-45

The officers and counselors of the Alabama Junior Academy of
Science met at the Birmingham Public Library, April 14, 1945. Those
present were: Sidney Holder, president; Floyd Batchelder, vice president;
Clara Jean Jones, secretary; H. B. Chamblee, counselor to the presi¬
dent ; Miss Edith Geisler, counselor ; and Miss Kathryn Boehmer, chair¬
man of the counselors.

The following high school clubs submitted applications for membership
in the A.J.A.S. — Citronelle, Pike County, Bessemer and Tallassee. Mr.
Chamblee made a motion that Citronelle High School club be accepted. The
motion was seconded by Miss Geisler and carried. Mr. Chamblee then moved
that the clubs from the other three high schools be accepted pending the
payment of dues and the submission of the required material. This motion
was then seconded by Miss Geisler and passed unanimously.

The main topic of discussion was the election of officers for the next
year. After much thought and consideration, the following students were
nominated: President, Louise Klein, Sacred Heart Academy; Vice Presi¬
dent, Louise Ladd, DeKalb County High School ; Secretary, Irene Gulledge,
West End High School; Treasurer, Eric Pitts. Hueytown High School.
Mr. Chamblee made the motion that these officers be accepted. The
motion was seconded by Floyd Batchelder and passed.

The meeting was adjourned.

CARLA JEAN JONES, Secretary

Following the meeting of the counselors and officers on April 14, the
papers which had been submitted in a state-wide contest were judged
by : Dr. E. V. Jones of Birmingham-Southern College, Dr. H. E. Wilcox
of Howard College, and Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson, formerly of Bir¬
mingham-Southern College. The following papers were awarded first
place in their respective fields :

Biology — “Pellagra” . Jo Ann Barnett, Hueytown High School

Chemistry— “The Latent Photographic Image” . Harry Knowles

Ensley High School

Physics— “The Hydraulic Principle” . Russell L. Parham, Jr.,

St. Bernard High School

Science in Industry — “Metallurgical Art and Science” —

Sidney G. Holder, Jr., Shades-Cahaba High School

The winners, those who wrote the papers, were sent an award of five
dollars each. The school is being sent a certificate' of award as is the
custom of this organization.

During the year the state has been divided into 13 districts with a
director for each district. These directors are to try to interest more
science clubs in the A.J.A.S. and to coordinate the work of the S.C.A.
and the A.J.A.S. So far I have been able to get directors for only eight of
the thirteen districts. It is sincerely hoped that the new chairman of the
counselors will continue this work next year and finish the organization of
these districts.

Charter was issued to Tallassee High School.

KATHRYN M. BOEHMER
Chairman of the counselors

32

REORGANIZATION OF THE AJ.A.S.

In order to expand the Alabama Junior Academy of Science and to
coordinate the work of that organization with that of the Science Clubs
ot America, the state has been divided into thirteen districts. Each district
is composed of from three to seven neighboring counties, except Jefferson
County (district 13). In each district there are from twenty-five to thirty
senior white high schools, including both public and private schools. A
director has been or will be appointed for each district. This director is
J? S(:h.ools in. ^ district and interest them in membership in

an^ *.n ParticiPati°n in the S.C.A. annual scholarship contest,
tter the war, it is hoped that these directors will arrange district science
meetings several weeks or months prior to the state meeting in the spring,
in this way we hope to promote interest in scientific investigation and the
exchange of ideas and discussion of common problems.

KATHRYN M. BOEHMER
Ensley High School

CHAPTERS OF THE

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Ensley High School . Birmingham

Hueytown High School . Bessemer

Minor High School . '"'..'".".’.’.Birmingham

Phillips High School . Birmingham

Ramsey High School . Birmingham

Sacred Heart Academy . Cullman

Saint Bernard High School . St. Bernard

Shades-Cahaba High School . Homewood

Sidney Lanier High School . Monteomerv

West End High School .

Woodlawn High School . ZVZBirrriingham

33

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Gardner, Wright A. (A) . Auburn

§*Graham, John Y. (A) . Roberts, Wisconsin

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation .

Alabama College .

Alabama Dept, of Archives and History

Alabama Polytechnic Institute .

Alabama Power ' Company .

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce .

American Cast Iron Pipe Company .

Birmingham Slag Company . .

Birmingham-Southern College .

Birmingham Trust & Savings Bank .

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation .

Florence State Teachers College .

Howard College .

Huntingdon College .

Jacksonville State Teachers College .

Judson College .

Livingston State Teachers College .

McKesson & Robbins, Inc .

Portland Cement Association .

Southern Natural Gas Co .

Stockham Pipe & Fittings Co .

Troy State Teachers College .

University of Alabama .

Woodward Iron Company .

. Birmingham

. . Montevallo

. Montgomery

. Auburn

. Birmingham

. Montgomery

. Birmingham

.2019 6th Ave. No., Birmingham

. Birmingham

. Birmingham

..2201 1st Ave. No., Birmingham

. Florence

. Birmingham

. Montgomery

. Jacksonville

. Marion

. Livingston

. Birmingham

. Watts Bldg., Birmingham

. Watts Bldg., Birmingham

. Birmingham

. Troy

. University

. Woodward

Active Members

Adams, Miss Bess (K) . 104 Lexington Road, Montgomery

Adams, Miss Opal (K) . 911 Carter Hill Road, Montgomery

Allen, Roger W. (B) . A. P. I., Auburn

*§Allison, Fred (G) . A. P. I., Auburn

Amant, Mrs. Lyle S. St . Livingsotn

Andrews, Henry Lucian . Box 797, University

Andrews, T. G. (C) . University

Arant, Frank S. (A) . In Service

fArcher, Allan F. (A) . In Service

Ayrs, O. L. (B) . . . 1001 28th Place South, Birmingham 5

Basore, C. A . A. P. I., Auburn

Bator, George T. (B) . 1513 3rd Ave., Tuscaloosa

Beatty, Alvin C. (A) . Botany Dept., University

Bender, Doris (K) . 2050 Spring Hill Ave., Mobile

Bentley, Jr., Mrs. Oscar L. (K) . 830 Park Ave., Montgomery 6

Bickler, Mrs. Mary G. (K) . A.P.I., Box 254, Auburn

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A) . Alabama College, 305 Nabors St, Montevallo

34

Boehmer, Kathryn M. (J)..3928 Ave. K., Fairview Station, Birmingham 8

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) . (In Service) 853 77th Way So., Birmingham 6

Brame, J. Y. (C) . 604 1st National Bldg., Montgomery

*Brannon, Peter A. (C) . Dept, of Archives and History, Montgomery

Brier, Mrs. H. C . . . . . Troy

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) . 212 Ponce de Leon Ave., Montgomery 6

Bruhn, John M. (A) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

fBrunton, Paul B . Box 4208, Atlanta, Ga.

Bush, J. D. (F) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Burke, Alonzo A . 1012 E. Main, Albertville

Carlston, J. Gordon (A) . Zoology Dept., University

§Carmichael, Emmett B. (A) . Medical College of /Ua., Birmingham

Casey, Albert E. (A) . 619 19th St., Birmingham

Cason, Mrs. Clarence E . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Chauvin, Viola RN (A) . U. S. Marine Hospital, Norfolk, Va.

Christenson, Reed O. (A) . (In 'Service) A.P.I., Auburn

Clapp, Cecil E. (D) . . . Auburn

§Coghill, Will H. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Cole, Frank T. (G) . Weather Bureau Office, Mobile 10

Coons, Kenneth W. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Cornell, B. M . Southern Aviation Training School, Decatur

Cothran, Mrs. Robert M. (K) . 36 Pine Crest Road, Birmingham

§ Cotton, Wm. E. (A) . A. P. I., Auburn

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) . 405 10th Ave W., Birmingham

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) . State Teachers College, 718 Jackson Road,

. Florence

Cunningham, Floyd F. (D) . . State Teachers College, Florence

Cudworth, J. R. (C) . University

Davidson, Arlie B. (K) . Huntingdon College, Montgomery

Douglas, George A. (K) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Dowling, Herndon, Jr. (A) . (In Service) 1426 Brown St., Tuscaloosa

Driver, Robert L. (A) . School of Medicine, University

Duggar, J. F., Sr. (A) . A.P.I., Auburn

Dunn, Miss Loula (K) . 810 Felder Ave., Montgomery

Egan, Miss Eula P. (K) . State Teachers College, Florence

Eikum, Robert L. (D) . 5 N. Bainbridge St., Montgomery

fEmigh, Eugene D. (D) . . . Weather Bureau, Montgomery

Englebrecht. Mildred A. (A) . School of Chemistry, University

§Evans, G. Harlowe (B) . 209 Woodley Rd., Montgomery

Felgar, Robert P. (K) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Fair, Baxter B. (F) . (In Service) 72 Virginia Ave., Montgomery

Farmer, C. M. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Ferguson, Hal (F) . (In Service) T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield

Fies, Milton H. (D) . 3236 Salisbury Road, Birmingham

Foley, James O. (F) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Ford, Tom (D) . . . Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery

Frierson, W. Joe (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Frishe, W. C. (B) . A.P.I., Auburn

Gandrud, B. W. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, 311 Caplewood Terrace,

T uscaloosci

Gary, C. M . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Gassman, Miss Frances J. (K) . 117 N. 21st St., Birmingham

Gattman, Lambert C. (A) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Geisler, Edith (A) . . . . Adger

Gerhardt, Henry (E).... . . . . . ....T215 ElminTlE,'' Mobile

35

Glass, Franklin . Marion Institute, Marion

fGlazner, J. F. (D) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Glenn, W. E. (E) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Goss, Charles M. (F) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

§Graves, Stuart (F) . . . School of Medicine, University

§Grover, Marcas A . Box 590, Birmingham

Hadley, Willard J. (B) . 7718 8th Ave. S., Birmingham 6

fHargis, E. H. (F) . 1131 28th St. and 12th Ave. N., Birmingham

§Harper, Roland M. (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University

Hart, Kermit T . Administration, Spring Hill College, Mobile

§Heath, Harry C. (A) . Huntingdon College, 21 Agnew St., Montgomery

Herring, Mrs. Flora Mitchell . 1318 11th Ave. S., Apt. 4, Birmingham 5

Hertzog, Ellis S. (B) . 505 18th St., Tuscaloosa

Hess, George W. (E) . Howard College, Birmingham

Higgs, Wm. R. (C) . Hatchitoches, La.

Hill, W. W. (J) . , . 4305 Cliff Rd., Birmingham

§Hinman, E. Harold (A) . Apartado 23 Bis Mexico, D. F.

Hoffman, Charles Wesley (G) . Apt. 5, 2312 Highland Ave.,

Birmingham

Horton, Edgar C. (C) . 1221 N. 13th St., Birmingham

Howse, B. C . 333 38th St., Fairfield

Hunt, T. E. (F) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Irvine, Paul (K) . , . A.P.I., Auburn

Jennings, Henry L. '(PI) . . . Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham

§Jones, E. V. (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

§ Jones, W. B. (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University

§Jones, W. C. (F) . T. C. I. Hospital, Fairfield

Kassner, J, L. (B) . School of Chemistry, University, 1620 2nd Ave.,

Tuscaloosa

Kennedy, W. J. (B) . „ . Alabama College, Montevallo

Kilgore,' W. Elbert (D) . . . Box 247, Jasper

Kracke, Roy R. (F) . Jefferson Hospital, Birmingham 5

Land, James E. (B) . Chemistry Dept., A.P.I., Auburn

fLang, George . . . . . . . Box 282, Tuscaloosa

Long, Margaret E. (A) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Leach, Charles N. (F) . (In Service) State Board of Health,

Montgomery

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Long, A. R . Weather Bureau, Albuquerque, N. Mex.

Lord, James (C) . Russellville

McCaffrey, J. E . (In Service) Southern Kraft Corporation, Mobile

McCain, Virgil Bower, Jr. (K) . Methodist Children’s Home, Selma

McFarland, Robert W . (In Service) Box 685, Fairhope

McGlamery, Winnie (C) . Alabama Geological 'Survey, University

McTyeire, Clustie E. (G) . 1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer

McVay, Thomas N. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

MacDonald, Margaret B . Citronelle

MacKenzie, James T. (B) . 4300 Glenwood Ave,, Birmingham

Maggio, A. J. (B) . 200 Terrace Ave., Montgomery 6

Martin, H. M. (B) . A.P.I., Auburn

Mobley, Willard M. (H) . Alabama By-Products Corporation, Tarrant

Moore, W. A. (F) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Munro, W. M. (Associate) . 210 Woodley Road, Montgomery

Obenchain. Mrs. Louise F. (K) . Howard College, Birmingham

O’Leary, W. D., S. J. (K) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

36

Olive, Alfred H. (B) . Howard College, Birmingham

fOverton, A. G. (D) . Alabama By-Products Corporation, Tarrant

§Palmer, George D., Jr. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Paterson, T. Haygood (D) . 28 Myrtlewood Drive, Montgomery 5

PMty, J. R . 7815 5th Ave. S., Birmingham

Pepinsky, Raymond (G) . Radiation Laboratory, M. I. T.,

t,, mi- /- i nr Cambridge, Mass.

Phillips, Grady W. (F) . Jefferson Hospital, Birmingham

Pilkington, A J . (In Service) 106 Bush Ave., Mobile

TPoole, G. R. (B) . Bellaire, White Bear Lake, St. Paul 10, Minn.

Pool, Robert M. (F) . 652 Ridgeway Rd., Fairfield

Poor, R. S. (C) . A.P.I., Auburn

Pressley, W. L . 271 S. Gay St., Auburn

Jason, Frank W. (D) . Box 40, Montgomery

Reiner Charles (B) . .. . . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Reynolds, J- Paul (A) . Birmingham-Souhern College, Birmingham

eir? i”son’ Mary (A) . 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham 7

§*Robmson J. M (A) . A. P. I.. Auburn

Rodgers, Eric (G) . University

Roy, William Ormiston..., . Ormiston Roy Flower Fields, Uniontown

Rudolph, A. S. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Rushton, E. R. (B) . P.O. Box 556, Florence

Rust, Henry B. (D) . Liberty Life Bldg., Birmingham 3

Sechrest, E. E . 3404 17th Ave., Birmingham

§Sharp, G. G...... . . . Alabama College, Montevallo

Shotts, Reynold Q . 707 10th St., Tuscaloosa

Smith, C. B. (K) . State Teachers College, Troy

Smith, Homer A. (D) . 1009 Dunlop Ave., Guntersville

§Smith, Septima C. (A) . Zoology Dept., Box 1446, University

Smith, Genevieve (B) . University, Alabama Apt. A-9, Tuscaloosa

Smyth, Patrick H. (G) . 806 Winona Ave., Montgomery 7

§Sommer, Anna L. (B) . 118 Nelocco Dr., Auburn

Spies, Tom D. (F). . . Hillman Hospital, Birmingham

fSpieth, Alda May (A) . 1704 Springhill Ave., Mobile 17

Stabler, Carey V . Alabama College, Montevallo

Stauffer, Jacob M. (D) . 8 Arlington Road, Montgomery

Stephan, L. LeMar (D) . State Teachers College, Troy

Stevens, Russell B . (F) . (In Service) 2754 Bush Blvd., Birmingham

Sullivan E B. (B).. . . (In Service) Spring Hill College, Mobile

Tarzwell Clarence M (A) . (In 'Service) 3 LaFayette Apt, Decatur

eague, Robert S. (F) . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

Tellier, Albert Julius (E) . (In Service) 153 S. Monterey St, Mobile

Thompson, Davis H . 2655 20th St, Birmingham 8

Thompson, Mrs Wynelle D . 2655 20th St., Birmingham 8

I'P;™’ J: . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

T0,,e ' Maj. G. M; (B).. . Marion Institute, Marion

Todhunter E. Neige (A) . . . . . Box 1051, University

loulmin, Lyman, Jr. (C) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

§Tower, James Allen (D) . (In Service) Birmingham-Southern College,

„ , ,T_. Birmingham

Vickery, Katherine (K) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Wager, AHan T. (G) . 938 9th Court W., Birmingham

Walsh, Sister Mary Vincent (B) Visitation Academy, Spring Hill Ave.,

\\t j Tt_ i r „ Mobile 17

v\ ard, John M . Alabama State Chamber of Commerce, Montgomery

37

Ware, Lamar M. (D) . A.P.I., Auburn

fWeishaupt, Clara G. (A) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

fWestland, Rev. A. J. (C) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

§*Whiting, W. A. (A) . 900 8th Ave. West, Birmingham 4

fWilcox, Harold E. (B) . Howard College, Birmingham

Williams, Martin (B) . Box 429, University

Wilks, Wm, T . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Wilson, Mrs. Pauline Park (A) . University of Alabama

Wingard, R. E . (In Service) Box 177, Auburn

Woodall, Percy H . 1101 27th Place S., Birmingham

Woolf, Frank P. (F) . Box 143, Auburn

Woolley, Mary . Murphy High School, Mobile

Worley, Lillian (D) . Alabama College, Montevallo

§Xan, John (B) . Howard College, Birmingham 6

§Yancey, Patrick H. (A) . Spring Hill College, Mobile

♦Charter members of the Academy.
tMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.

The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, (B) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology, (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine, (G) Physics, (H) Industry and Economics, (J) Teaching of
Science, (K) Social Science.

■ • . •

' .

.

ytt c. mbdrs
~2><ic<iase&

Edgar Allen, February 3, 1943
Thomas S. Van Aller, March 19, 1943
Herbert B. Battle, July 3, 1929
Andrew Richard Bliss, Jr., August 12, 1941
Theophilus R. Eagles, June 7, 1936
F. W. Faxon, August 31, 1936
Sumner Albert Ives, December 18, 1944
Bradford Knapp, June 11, 1938
Henry Peter Loding, February 26, 1942
William Pinkerton Ott, December 25, 1944
Edwin Eustace Reinke, January 25, 1945
Bennett Battle Ross, April 4, 1930
Eugene Allen Smith, September 7, 1927
Groesbeck Francis Walsh, September 1, 1944

.

.• : -

> ■ 1

"■> 1

<

.♦ .

\ .

y

.. y

.

:.'.r

M

j

v.

'

- 1..

> ■ ■ -■ ... , ■

V ' ■, >■

- 'S' ■ \ : s.' . ,

\

f V

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

DECEMBER, 1946

VOLUME 18

Papers, Abstracts, and Proceedings

Prepared for the 1946 Meeting

Birmingham, Alabama
Office of the Editor

Medical College of Alabama
Birmingham, Alabama

THE JOURNAL

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

(Affiliated with A. A. A. S.)

DECEMBER, 1946

VOLUME 18

Papers, Abstracts, and Proceedings

Prepared for the 1946 Meeting

Birmingham, Alabama
Office of the Editor

Medical College of Alabama
Birmingham, Alabama

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Original Papers Presented at Twenty-Third Annual

Meeting at Birmingham . 3

Abstracts of Papers Presented at Twenty-Third

Annual Meeting at Birmingham . 65

Index of Authors . 7g

Officers and Standing Committees of the Academy . 79

Presidential Address by J. M. Robinson . . . 81

Minutes of the Executive Committee . 84

Minutes of the Business Sessions . 85 87

Reports of Officers and Committees . . . 88

Membership Roll . 9 g

Alabama Junior Academy of Science . 102

Officers . 202

Rotating Sector Bands by

Carl O. Hitchcock and Floyd E. Batchelder . 103

Twelfth Meeting . jqo

Treasurer’s Report . U0

Suggestions for Authors . 1H

3

ORIGINAL PAPERS PREPARED
for

TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
19 4 6

COMMENTS ON URN BURIAL CULTURE

— J. Y. Brame.

The practice of disposing of the dead by depositing the remains, cre¬
mated or uncremated, in receptacles was employed in widely varying form
in particular areas almost from coast to coast, but nowhere has it been
found to be the exclusive form of burial. Although there is a disposition
in some quarters to include in the category of urn burials the examples
of cremated human remains in large seashells and turtleshells as found in
Illinois, and even the custom of placing an inverted bowl over a lone
skull as found in other sections of the country, these are merely variations
of the true urn burial.

It was principally in the Southern States that the custom of interring
the noncremated skeletal remains in covered earthenware vessels was
practiced on an extensive scale. Investigations made thus far indicate con¬
clusively that this method of paying the last duty and respect to the
deceased reached its peak within the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa
Rivers in central Alabama from which point the distribution extended in
a constantly diminishing degree for some miles toward the west and south¬
west in the valley of the Alabama.

On high ground, safely above flood stage, at a point where the Coosa
and Tallapoosa approach within four hundred yards of each other before
converging to form the Alabama, is the site of Taskigi Town, an ideal
dwelling place for primitive man. This village site, comprising not more
than three acres, has yielded to investigators close to a thousand of these
mortuary urns. But as the urn burial people were neither the first nor the
last occupants of the place, urn burial here as elsewhere was not the
exclusive method of interment.

The preliminary step in the urn burial procedure was to place the
body on a scaffold outside the village and when complete dissolution of the
body through natural processes had occurred the bones were assembled,
carefully cleaned and deposited in a large pottery vessel, together with the
personal ornaments of the deceased. Generally, a suitable vessel, usually
a shallow bowl, was inverted over it, forming a fairly durable ossuary,
which was then consigned to the earth.

The urn is invariably a vessel of shell-tempered ware, and while
they vary widely in dimensions they generally adhere to the common pat¬
tern of a smooth, globular body with a rounded base, a sharply constricted
neck with a definite collar, which is buttressed by strap handles or rein¬
forced by simple palisades.

Contrary to popular opinion, these large vessels were not made pri¬
marily for mortuary purposes and set aside for future use but were em¬
ployed in their domestic economy until the demand arose for its conversion
into an ossuary.

4

Probably the majority of the urns recovered are found to be caked
with soot on the outside and quite frequently reveal grease film, or grease
rings, on the interior walls, attesting previous use for culinary purposes
and confirming the conclusion that the final use was a secondary exped¬
ient. For one important domestic purpose, vessels of large capacity were
needful for brewing the black drink, a highly emetic concoction, which was
consumed in copious quantities during their festivals.

The cover vessel, inverted over the mouth of the urn for the obvious
purpose of excluding the soil and moisture, is most frequently a strong
sand-tempered vessel of the shallow bowl type, often decorated with
curvilinear incised designs, but occasionally a polychrome bowl with a
brilliantly painted interior was employed for the purpose. The position of
the cover vessel, inverted as they are over the urn, afforded a degree of
protection to the interior surfaces that leaves the colors of the polychromes
very little, if any, impaired from its long inhumation in the soil. From the
examples of highly developed ceramic art connoted by specimens of this
type, of ware, tbe quality of the covering bowls ranged downward through
mediocre pottery to a variety of nondescript substitutes according to the
resources at hand. In some instances a misfitting fragment of some other
large vessel was utilized as a cover. In one case I found that a large flat
stone answered the purpose. There are instances where urns have been
found entirely devoid of a protective lid, but it is highly probable that in
such cases, due to the lack of a more durable cover, tree bark, hide,
basketry, or some other perishable material was substituted, affording
only a temporary exclusion of the soil.

. The smaller urns usually contain the skeletal remains of a single child
or infant, while those of large capacity often contain the remains of two or
more persons, together with their personal ornaments. The Taskigi Town
site has produced urns measuring up to 74 inches in circumference. A few
miles west of this site one was discovered which has a circumference of
81inches and contained the skeletal remains of eight humans — five adults
and three adolescents — all with skulls showing definite frontal cranial
deformation characteristic of the urn burial culture. It is significant that
plural urn burials (meaning the remains of two or more humans in a
single urn), is a custom peculiar to Alabama. There is no record of it
having been discovered elsewhere.

In cases where both urn and cover are found intact, preventing the
entrance of soil and moisture, the skeletal matter and associated artifacts
are in an excellent state of preservation. Unfortunately, the majority of
them, especially the larger urns, have been cracked, often crushed, by the
pressure exerted from the surrounding earth over a long period of time,
allowing the interior to fill with soil. Many others deposited at compara¬
tively shallow depths have fallen victims to the white man’s plow during
cultivation of the fields in modern times, leaving perhaps a few scattered
fragments of the cover vessel and little or nothing of the upper section
of the urn. When breakage occurs the urn becomes a receptacle for
moisture and thus actually accelerates the decay of the osteological mater¬
ial and precludes obtaining any data of value.

The paucity of post-Columbian material found in these urns with
human remains denotes the abandonment of this burial custom during the
early stages of the historic period, or else European material would be
much more in evidence than is the case. It is probable that the impact of
European intervention influenced alterations in the traditional rites of the
aborigines.

Although it was my intention to confine my comments to a simple
description of a peculiar cultural manifestation, without any pretentions

5

to theoretical speculations, the question naturally presents itself: Who were
the people that grotesquely distorted the shape of their heads and habit¬
ually buried the bones of their dead in earthenware pots? Fortunately, in
the case of Taskigi Town a combination of historic data and archaeolo¬
gical research enables us to determine who they were. As early as 1714
the French from their base at Mobile established a fortified trading post
at the strategic location adjoining the Indian village under review. The
French establishment was designated officially as Fort Toulouse but was
known colloquially as the Alibamo Fort. The French maintained a gar¬
rison here for 49 years, withdrawing in 1763 when the whole territory was
ceded to the English. As late as 1777, William Bartram, a botanist collect¬
ing plants for Forthergill’s Gardens of London, visited the town and
reported it to be still occupied by the Alibamos, but 22 years later Benjamin
Hawkins, U. S. Indian Agent, traveled this way and found by that time
that the Taskigi Indians had moved in to displace the Alibamos. Thus,
history gave to the site the name of its last inhabitants, the Taskigi.

As archaeological research has established beyond doubt the fact that
the urn burial custom projected but slightly into the historic period before
being discarded and since historic data confirms the occupation of the
site by the Alibamos at the time of contact with the whites and for many
years thereafter, we can with complete confidence designate the Alibamos
as the people who consigned the mortuary urns to the soil of Taskigi
Town.

In order to give you a visual, as well as an oral, impression I have on
display at this meeting a typical burial urn, with its polychrome cover,
from Taskigi Town. This urn was the receptacle for a plural burial, con¬
taining as it did, the skeletal remains of an adult female and those of an
infant, presumably mother and child. You are invited to examine it at
your opportunity.

6

AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF THE PROBLEM OF POST¬
GANGLIONIC NEURONES IN THE GENICULATE GANGLION

—James O. Foley, Department of Anatomy, Medical College of
Alabama.

Introduction and methods. Attention has been directed once more to
the problem of postganglionic neurones in the sensory ganglia of cranial
nerves by Kure and Sano1 who report that the geniculate ganglion con¬
tains intercalary cells for preganglionic visceral efferent neurones. If this
concept be true, and if every sensory cell in the geniculate ganglion sends
an axon proximally to the brain, then there should be more cells in the
geniculate ganglion than sensory axons in the facial nerve proximal to
the ganglion; for, any postganglionic neurones in the ganglion would
direct their axons only in a peripheral direction.

This hypothesis has been tested for the geniculate ganglion of the cat
by the following procedures. The motor axons in the facial nerve were
destroyed by severing them in the right facial nerves of seven cats. This
operation produced a nerve proximal to the ganglion which is devoid of
all intrinsic facial nerve fibers except those which originate from sensory
cells, in the geniculate ganglion. Following an appropriate postoperative
survival period2 the deefferented facial nerves were secured and prepared
for numerical analysis by staining the axons with silver2, 4 and the cells
with azocarmine-light green-orange G5 or basic fuchsin-fast green-orange
G.6 Complete counts were made of the sensory axons which remained in
the degenerated nerves proximal to the geniculate ganglion and the cells
of the geniculate ganglion were estimated by the method proposed by
Jones7 for determining the number of nerve cells in ganglia.

The Cells of the Geniculate Ganglion and Axons in the
Facial Nerve Proximal to the Ganglion

Cat No.

Proximal
Excess +
or

Deficit —

Axons

Proximal

Ganglion

Cells

Geniculate

Ganglion

2 .

. 21 (1.0%)

1951

1972

161... .

. 66+ (3.5%)

1965

1899

127 .

. 70+ (4.3%)

1709

1639

5 .

. 101 (5.4%)

1765

1866

162 .

. 14 — (1.0% )

1688

1702

163 .

. 78+ (4.0%)

2076

1998

164 .

. 41 + (2.5%)

1703

1662

Averages .

1837

1819

+ = Excess Axons.
— = Excess Cells.

Results. The right geniculate ganglia of the seven cats contained an
average of 1819 cells (table 1). Counts of the axons in the facial nerves
r icvv?e anima]®> proximal to the geniculate ganglion, showed an average
of 1837 nerve fibers In some cases (cats 2, 5, 162; table 1) there are a
tew more cells in the geniculate ganglion than there are axons in the
proximal part of the facial nerve while in others (cats 161, 127 163 164 *
table 1) the situation is reversed. Although the excess or deficit of axons
versus cells may be as low as 1% it is never much greater than 5%.

7

Deviations of such magnitudes, from an absolute check between nerye
fibers and nerve cells, are well within the limits of error involved in
counting neural elements.8

There is a close agreement, therefore, between the number of cells
in the geniculate ganglion and the number of nerve fibers which occur
in the proximal segment of the deefferented facial nerve.

Conclusions. The geniculate ganglia of seven cats contained an average
of 1819 cells and the proximal portion of the deefferented facial nerve
held an average of 1837 sensory axons. This essential equality between
the number of cells in the geniculate ganglion and the number of sensory
axons in the proximal part of the facial nerve argues against the theory
that typical multipolar postganglionic neurones occur in the geniculate
ganglion.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Kure, K., and Sano. T., Z. f. Zellforsch. u. mikr. Anat., 23, 495, (1935).

2. Foley, J. O., and DuBois, F. S., J. Comp. Neur., 79, 79, (1943).

3. Bodian, D., Anat. Rec., 69, 153, (1937).

4. Foley, J. O., Anat. Rec., 73, 465, (1939).

5. Foley, J. O., Stain Tech., 11, 3, (1936).

6. Foley, J. O., Anat. Rec., 71, 134, (1938).

7. Jones, R. L., Stain Tech., 12, 91, (1937).

8. Foley, J. O., and DuBois, F. S., J. Comp. Neur., 67, 49, (1937).

8

SOME RECENT STATISTICS OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN IN
ALABAMA

Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In 1944 and 1945 the United States Census Bureau published three
quarto bulletins, of 289, 419 and 274 pages respectively, on “differential
fertility. They treat oi the number of children born to women of dif¬
ferent races, ages, location, education, etc., and analyze the data in many
)naJ,STlhe, ages treated range from 15 to 75. Most of the data are for
194U, but there are also many for 1910, never published before, which show
some very interesting changes in thirty years.l Together these bulletins
must contain at least half a million numbers, and hundreds if not thousands
of significant graphs could be constructed from them.

. addition to very detailed figures for the whole United States, some-
what less detailed ones are given for four sections of the country and a
considerable number for each state. The statistics are all based on “sam¬
ples, in some cases as small as 2yi%, and are therefore not absolutely
accuiate, especially where small groups are involved, but they are much
better than none at all.

The present paper shows some of the results of this inquiry as they

1 The census of 1890 is said to have included a similar inquiry, but the results were
never published, probably for lack of time and money. It is greatly to be hoped that
these figuies can be dug out and tabulated some time, as those for 1910 were for
they would bring out some very significant facts, which now can only be guessed at.
The oldest women covered by the 1910 inquiry were born in 1835, and the 1890
figures should carry them back to 1815.

9

apply to Alabama, with additional data for the whole Southeast (Delaware
to Texas), where corresponding details for states are not given, and a
few for the whole United States for comparison.

The material is presented mostly in graphs. To save space, the graphs
published are for Alabama only; but some significant statistics of other
kinds, not given for single states, for the Southeast and the whole United
States, are presented in tables. The Alabama figures, where available, of
course would not be expected to differ greatly from those for the whole
southeastern division, but there are some perceptible differences, on ac¬
count of the inclusion of such diverse states as Delaware, West Virginia,
Florida and Texas.

Most of the graphs show in addition to state averages the contrasts
between the urban and the rural farm population. The “rural non-farm”
element (suburbs, small towns, etc.) is omitted here because the statistics
for it are usually intermediate between the urban and rural farm, and too
close to the average to be easily distinguished on the graphs.

Some of the graphs deal only with women over 45 years old, whose
families may be assumed to be completed, while others show contrasts
between different ages. The oldest women interrogated in 1910 were born
in 1835, which takes us pretty well back into history. But unfortunately
the statistics for single states lump together all between 50 and 75 years
old, and thus obscure the effects of the Civil War, which should other¬
wise be quite perceptible in Alabama and other southern states.

We may very well begin with two graphs showing at a glance the
changes of thirty years (just about one generation). Fig. 1 shows the
percentage of women 45 to 75 years old, who had ever been married,
who reported that they had never had any children, for different race

7 -

CHILDREN PER WOMAN
45 TO 75 TEARS OLD

2 -

mo

- 2

1940

Fig. 2. Average number of children ever born to Alabama women 45
to 75 years old, who had ever beert married. 1910 and 1940 compared.
White and colored and urban and rural pouulation separated. Lines for
United States white and colored added.

10

and residence groups in Alabama, with lines for United States white and
colored added for comparison. It seems to have long been a common
impression, among those who have given the matter any attention, that
about one marriage in six is childless. This graph presents some definite
figures on the subject, and shows that such a sweeping statement is un¬
warranted, for there are great variations at different times and places.

. Childlessness is evidently much less prevalent in Alabama than in the
nation as a whole, and conversely there must be other states that have
much more of it. It is decidedly on the increase nearly everywhere, but
curiously enough, it seems to have decreased slightly in the white rural
farm population of Alabama since 1910. I have found a similar approach
to stability in the same population group in a few other southern states,
and am inclined to attribute the high ratio in 1910 mainly to the Civil War.’

Fig. 2 differs from Fig. 1 in showing the average number of children
reported by the same groups of women in 1910 and 1940. In both cases,
in the absence of any data for intermediate years, the 1910 and 1940 points
have been connected by straight lines, projected backward and forward
a little to show probable trends a few years earlier and later. But of
course we cannot assume that the same trends will continue uniformly
m the future. If they did, there would be no more children in a few
more generations, especially in the urban population. As before, Alabama
women are shown to be more prolific than the national average, and those
of some other states must be much less so.

The third graph is a double one. The left half shows the average
number of children ever born to Alabama women of different ages, white
and colored, urban and rural farm, as of 1910; and the right half corres¬
ponding data for 1940. Curves for United States white and colored are

•Fig. j. Average number of children ever born to Alabama women of
different ages, who had ever been married. One section for 1910 and one
for 1940. White and colored and urban and rural population separated.
Curves for United States white and colored added for comparison.

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

,vho

tc.)

om-

for

11

1,900 1890 1880 1870 1860 1850 1840

\

dren, in 1910. Two curves for United States whites added for c<
ison. Similar graphs could be constructed for colored women, and
0, and for every state.

12

added to both. The older women of course have had more children than
the younger ones, who have not been married long, and that would always
be true, even if the birth rate never changed. But with a constant birth
rate, the women 75 years old should have had no more children than those
of 45, and the curves would be flat at the top.

However, the birth rate in the United States has been declining pretty
steadily for over 100 years, so that normally the oldest women should have
had the most children. But in the South (and to a lesser extent in the
North) the Civil War interfered seriously with the family life of women
born around 1840, so that they had fewer children than those born a decade
or two later. On account of the lumping of all ages from 50 to 75 in the
statistics of this sort for single states, this cannot be shown very well in
the Alabama graph for 1910, but it has been approximated with the aid
of more detailed figures for the whole United States. And the graph
shows that the whites were affected in this way by the war more than the
negroes, which is what we should expect.

The 1940 curves are all lower than the corresponding ones for 1910,
and the Civil War influence is practically lacking, for the oldest women
included were born in 1865. However, genealogies and other sources give
some grounds for believing that children born in the South in the few
years following the war were a little -weaker than those born in the next
decade, and the women of that age might have been a little less prolific
than their younger sisters, for that reason.

The fourth graph shows the per cent of white married women, widows,
etc., of different ages in Alabama in 1910 who had had one or more
children, two or more, and so on up to ten. Curves for United 'States
average have been inserted for the uppermost and lowermost. The distance
between the uppermost curve and the top of the graph, or 100% line, is
of course the per cent childless at the respective ages, which in the case’ of
the older women is about 6%. (The national averages for women over
45 years old on that date were all whites 8.80, urban whites 10.13, rural
non-farm 9.13, rural farm 6.15. Some of the extreme states — still consid¬
ering whites only— were South Dakota 4.21, Oklahoma 4.25, Vermont 15.13,
New Hampshire 17.88. In the next thirty years the childless percentages
more than doubled in these two low states, and a few others, and increased
less than 15% in the two high ones.) Similar graphs could be constructed
for Alabama negroes, and for 1940, but it is hardly worth while to take up
space with them here, for the contrasts have already been indicated in
other graphs. This 1910 graph shows all the curves flattened at the top,
presumably on account of the Civil War, as already explained; a condition
of course less marked in 1940.

_ The fifth graph is in three sections, based on three different sets of
figures, all for 1940, from different publications, but giving remarkably
similar curves. The upper section, computed from the population census,
shows the per cent married and single at every age from 15 to 55. (It
could have been continued up to 85 if space had permitted.) The distance
from any point on any curve to the left margin indicates the percentage
of women of that age who are married, widowed or divorced, and to the
right margin the per cent single. There are curves for white ’and colored
women in Alabama, and one for United States whites and one for Massa¬
chusetts (near the other extreme, but races not separable in the 1940
statistics) for comparison. Looking at the 50% or median line, and making
allowance for those who never marry, it would seem that the median a^e
of marriage for white and negro women in Alabama is about 20 years
for United States whites about 22, and for Massachusetts women (98 6%’

13

Fig. 5. Changes in condition of Alabama white and colored women
with age. Three sections, based on three independent sets of statistics, all
for 1940. The distance from any point on any curve to the left-hand margin
corresponds to the percentage of women of the age indicated and group
specified who have experienced marriage or motherhood, as the case may
be. (Of the vertical percentage lines, only the middle one is numbered, for
the percentages can be counted either from left to right or from right to
left.) Three curves for United States whites and two for Massachusetts
added for comparison. See additional explanation in text.

14

white) about 24. (The averages would be a little higher than the medians
as usual.)* ’

The middle section, based on one of the Differential Fertility bulletins
devut°nly wjth,. women 45 to 75 years old in 1940, married only once and
with husbands living, and shows the average ages of marriage as reported
by them, lhe distance from any point on any curve to the right and left
margins indicates the per cent who married above and below that age As
before, there are two curves for Alabama, one for United States whites,
and one for Massachusetts (whites only this time).

The lower section, based on the U. S. Vital Statistics report for 1940
part 2, shows the ages of mothers who had their first child in that year’
constructed on the same principle as the middle section. There are curves
for Alabama white and colored women and United States whites as
before, but not for Massachusetts, because similar data are not available
for that state s However, it is quite evident that a Massachusetts curve,
if available, would be above the other three.

The curves in the lower section are naturally similar to those of the
middle section, but if one compares them closely some significant dif¬
ferences can be found, which need not be dwelt on here. Incidentally the
smoothness of all these curves, and of those in Fig. 4, makes absurd the
contention of some physicists and other “exact” scientists that the social
sciences can hardly be regarded as sciences at all, on the ground that
human behavior is governed by so many complex factors that it is im¬
possible to predict it accurately. But it appears from these curves that in
the matter of marriage at least, women— and men too, for that matter—
to^ether6™^ ^y pretty definite laws, when large numbers are taken

Although the statistics in Fig. 5 are all for 1940, those for a genera¬
tion or two earlier, if available, probably would not differ much. For the
average age at marriage seems to change very little from one generation
o another, while the birth-rate and size of families have declined rapidly
in the last 150 years or so. J

°ther very interesting kinds of statistics found in the Differen-
tial Fertility bulletins, that are available for the whole United States

rndrt'tS jr?er seStl0ns’ but. not for single states, will now be presented in
condensed form m tables instead of graphs. These are all for the south¬
eastern section (Delaware to Texas), with some U. S. statistics for com¬
parison, and are for 1940 only, no such inquiries having been made ”t
earlier censuses. & c dL

They are based on age at marriage and years of schooling, and show
the influence of education on marriage and number of children; matters

2 Very few graphs of this sort have been published, though the requisite data have
steTs !nSCo °^-7h^eaSL^^V^r1u^t^e Fo^a

“X PF“r ?f birth, as other states now do. For a set of curves of this sort based on

Mississippi" aSd °hthe- Umted St?teS 'T 1921 (exce»t Massachusetts,

inT PP anci Khode Island), showing ages of mothers at births of successive

CNhoSnber!^9205,thpagi?47.See (C°'d Spring Harbor,' V Y?)^

15

that had been widely discussed and speculated on for many years before
we had nation-wide statistics on the subject.4

Table 1 is based on all native white and negro women 45 to 75 years
old in the United States and the South, married once, with husbands
living, and reporting on children, grades them by age at marriage, and
shows the average number of children born to each marriage-age group.
There are three sections of the table, for U. S. native whites, southern
native whites, and southern negroes ; and each is further divided into
total, urban, and rural-farm, like the first three graphs.

Marriage-age groups above 35 are lumped together in the regional
tables for whites, and for negroes there are only two age groups above
25, probably because the numbers who married at advanced ages were too
small to warrant finer subdivisions. But it seems unfortunate that all
ages under 18 are lumped together in all the tables of this sort, for the
number of children in relation to age at marriage decreases so rapidly
around 18 that it would be extremely interesting to know just what hap¬
pens in the case of very early marriages.

These figures if plotted would give curves not differing too much
from straight lines, except that the negro curves tend to flatten out a little
toward the end (which is shown here only indistinctly on account of lump¬
ing the upper age groups, and might be explained in two or more ways),
and there is an irregularity in the negro urban column, which might be
due to some error in tabulation.

Table /. Age at Marriage and Number of Children. (Women 45-75.)

Ages

U.S. native
white

Southern
native white

Southern

negro

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

Under 18 .

. 5.45

4.61

6.38

6.14

4.99

6.87

5.98

4.85

6.60

18-20 .

. 4.28

3.56

5.17

4.95

3.88

5.32

5.26

3.96

5.96

20-22 .

. 3.44

2.85

4.35

4.02

3.04

4.87

4.37

2.76

5.24

22-25 .

. 2.92

2.50

3.89

3.44

2.66

4.32

4.10

2.92

4.84

25-27 .

. 2.40

2.06

3.26

2.81

2.18

3.60)

V

l

3.24

2.08

4.40

27-30 .

. 2.10

1.85

2.84

2.42

1.94

3.13 J

30-35 .

. 1.52

1.30

2.22

1.77

1.29

2.4<\

35-40 .

. 0.79

0.66

1.19)

l

2.21

1.46

2.93

/■

0.65

0.46

0.90/

Over 40 .

. 0.23

0.17

0.44 !

The differences between North and South and city and farm are about
what we should expect from what has been shown by other kinds of
statistics. But the rapid decline of fertility with age at marriage was more
than one might have expected. It seems that a girl who marries under 18
is likely to have about twice as many children as one who waits until 25,
especially in the case of whites in cities; though one might suppose that
there would be plenty of time for half a dozen children after the latter
age. Some reasons for this difference can be imagined, but it would take
too much space to speculate on them here.

4 There was a great deal of discussion of this subject in American newspapers and
magazines at the time of the “race suicide” scare, early in the present century.
Some of the best articles were in the Popular Science Monthly (New York), and
those by “An Alumna” and “Another Alumna,” in the issues for May and July,
1904, are typical enough.

16

Table 2 shows the influence of education on chances of marriage, in
the United States and the South in 1940, with nine columns corresponding
to those of the preceding table. It is based on the percentage of all women
45 to 75 years old, with the amount of schooling indicated, who had ever
been married, according to the education tables in one of the Differential
Fertility bulletins. For some unexplained reason, in the regional tables
those who had no education are combined with those who had only a
primary school education.

Table 2. Education and Percent Married. (Women 45-75.)

Years of
schooling

U.S. native
wh ite

Southern
native white

Southern

negro

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

None .

93.0

88.9

90.0)

}

94.9

94.4

95.1

95.9

95.5

96.3

1 to 4 years .

95.0

93.6

96.1 •

5 or 6 years .

94.0

93.0

95.3

95.5

94.5

96.0

96.1

95.5

98.0

7 or 8 years .

91.5

89.6

94.7

93.9

91.8

94.5

96.3

95.4

97.5

High school

1 to 3 years.

90.2

88.3

95.0

92.5

90.4

95.2

96.9

96.3

98.3

4 years .

86.0

84.6

92.9

88.9

87.8

92.4

92.8

91.7

98.0

College

1 to 3 years.

82.7

80.4

89.0

87.3

86.7

87.9

92.4

92.6

95.0

4 years

or more....

69.7

67.0

81.1

78.0

75.7

81.5

87.5

85.3

94.2

This shows the result, which may have been more or less unexpected,
that a girl who has been to school a few years has a little better chance of
marrying than one with no education. One possible explanation of this may
be that in these days of compulsory education a girl (or boy either) who
escapes schooling entirely may be mentally defective, and thus not a
desirable candidate for matrimony.

Another very interesting point is that a girl who has spent a few years
in college is almost as likely to marry as one who is only a high school
graduate, but her chances diminish rapidly on graduation from college,
especially if she is white and a city dweller. Forty years or more ago it
was genei ally believed that only about half the women who were college
graduates ever married. But that was based on records from only a few
noithern colleges, and may not have been typical of the whole country.^

Nation-wide figures, now available for the first time, show that over
two-thirds of the white women over 45 years old in the whole United
Mates in 1940 who are college graduates have been married, and over
three-fourths in the South. But, as usual, the proportion married is larger
on the farms than in the cities, for every education-grade group.

The statistics of this sort formerly published were naturally based
almost entirely if not entirely on white women. Those now available for
negroes show that over 85% of the college graduates in southern cities,
and over 94% of those on farms, have been married. (And corresponding
figures for the whole United States should not differ much, for most of
the negroes are in the South.) Of course the number of negro women

5 ?ubllsbed a study of the matrimonial prospects of southern college women

Heredftv *7° coIleF 3 in Georgia and one in Florida (W

the tim?Vhiv“h9'H3K Wh'C^ Srhow,?d tha‘ about two-thirds of them were married by
tne time they had been out of college 15 years. 1

17

college graduates is very small, but the curves based on these figures are
as smooth as one could wish, suggesting that they are accurate enough.

It is quite likely that a larger proportion of college women marry now
than those of a generation or two ago, on account of a difference in the
class of women who go to college. Formerly it was mainly a select few,
who aimed to be “career women,” and had little thought of romance. But
now the number who go to college is very much larger, and therefore
includes more of the domestically-minded girls.

Finally we may consider the influence of education on number of
children. Table 3 is based on married native white and negro women, 45
to 75 years old in 1940, who reported on education and on number of
children. The nine columns of figures correspond to those of the two
preceding tables, and the figures are the average number of children for
the groups indicated.

Tabic 3 . Education and Number of Children. (Women 45-75.)

Years of
schooling

U.S. native
white

Southern
native white

Southern

negro

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

Total Urban

Farm

Total .

3.16

2.62

4.30

3.95

3.05

4.95

4.28

3.34

5.25

None .

5.11

4.40

5.98 )

V

f

5.28

4.45

5.72

4.52

3.66

5.26

1 to 4 years .

4.65

3.84

5.45 j

5 or 6 years....

4.09

3.39

5.04

4.73

3.78

5.35

4.28

3.28

5.46

7 or 8 years....

3.19

2.71

4.09

3.96

3.18

4.74

3.82

3.03

5.09

High school

1 to 3 years.

2.70

2.33

3.72

3.38

2.76

4.33

3.48

2.60

4.87

4 years .

. 2.16

1.97

2.97

2.56

2.28

3.39

2.98

2.70

3.93

College

1 to 3 years.

2.18

1.99

2.84

2.41

2.19

3.13

2.57

2.45

3.18

4 years

or more...

1.92

1.79

2.34

2.15

2.02

2.49

1.94

1.66

2.44

If these figures were plotted the curves would descend rather steeply,
but not regularly. The smaller number of children for college graduates
than for women with little or no education is doubtless due partly to the
fact that the college women tend to marry later. But there are other fac¬
tors involved, too complex to be discussed here. Any girl of normal men¬
tality should have time enough to go through high school before she is
ready to marry, but if she does she is likely to have only about half as
many children as she would if she had not gone beyond the first grade,
especially if she is white and lives in a city.

Several other kinds of graphs and tables could be constructed from
the statistics for Alabama alone; but these will serve to illustrate the great
wealth of information now available in this field.

18

SIGNIFICANCE OF HOME OWNERSHIP IN ALABAMA AND
ELSEWHERE

Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.

In an article published in the Academy’s Journal for 1945, home
ownership was mentioned as one of the best indexes of self-reliance. The
pioneer farmers of America were practically all home owners, for they
got the land for little or nothing, and built their homes of logs cut on the
spot. And they took care of themselves pretty well, getting little assistance
from the government, except at first when soldiers were needed to fight
off the Indians, and later when the counties built roads and the govern¬
ment brought mail to the nearest post-offices.

At the other extreme are city dwellers, most of whom work for some
one else, and may be deterred from buying homes by the uncertainty of
employment. If they live in apartments, they cannot very well own their
homes, unless they own the whole building. They have their heat water
Lgu’ telephone service, mail, papers, groceries, etc., brought to them by
the building owners, corporations, the municipality, or the federal govern¬
ment, and have no responsibility except to pay the bills. If their income
is small or their family large they may pay no direct taxes, but a much
larger proportion . of their income than that of the farmers goes for
indirect taxes, which pay for police and fire protection, garbage removal
and many other services.

Although tenancy is commonly looked upon with disfavor it is not
necessarily a disadvantage economically. In some of the corn-belt states
rented fauns are larger and more valuable than owned farms, and their
occupants presumably have standards of living in proportion. In cities it
is much more economical to supply heat, water, sewer connections, etc.
to apartments than to an equal number of separate houses, so that the
apartment dwellers benefit accordingly, and may be more prosperous than
those who own single houses with the same number of rooms.

_ But the great drawback of tenancy is the lack of responsibility that
it involves. Ihis is especially true of renters of small farms who move
every few years, and particularly of share-croppers. But they are not
necessarily victims of exploitation, as is often charged, for freedom from
responsibility is quite agreeable to many people who have little education
or ambition. A boy raised in a city apartment has no chores to do and
thus little opportunity to learn self-reliance.

Consequently home owners are likely to be better citizens than ten-
0nnthe averaSe’ though of course it is easy to find individual excep¬
tions) They are not likely to commit crimes calling for imprisonment, or

-they- haver t0° much at stake- So is reasonable to
assume that the deterioration of government and increase of crime in recent

years is due at least partly to the decrease of home ownership, which will
ie i lustiated presently by statistics. For this reason anything that fosters
the growth of cities (which is ardently desired by boosters) is detrimental

than inetheS?ountry°r ' °Wnership is PracticaI1y always less in cities

1RQnStatiStiwu°! u°me owners.hiP in the United States go back only to

If0’ forP1R80a StatlS-\CS, °f farm tenure, without separation of

races, tor 1880 It has been widely believed that there were no tenant

derhifrrSTTin- the-?°kth before $he Civil War- But some historians at Van-
derbilt Lmversity have recently dug out some unpublished census figures

tor a few Tennessee counties in 1860, and found that there were a few

19

tenant farmers then. It is estimated that about 21% of the white farmers
in Alabama in 1880 were tenants.

The statistics of home tenure, especially in the case of farms, are
complicated by the fact that the number of farms and farm homes is not
quite the same, the percentages published are based sometimes on all homes
and sometimes on those of known tenure, some farmers rent considerable
land in addition to that they own, and farm managers (who usually operate
larger farms than owners) may or may not be counted with owners. Then
too, some home owners are out of debt, while some have their homes or
farrps so heavily mortgaged that they are on the verge of losing them.
Some of the statistics for colored are for negroes only, and some include
Indians, etc. But in spite of these uncertainties, the trends of the last
fifty years (illustrated by a graph which was exhibited but is not pub¬
lished here) are plain enough.

The proportion of farm owners in the United States (all races)
decreased from about 75% in 1880 to 53% in 1930, and then increased
slightly to 53.4% in 1940; perhaps on account of strenuous efforts of the
United States government during the depression years to help tenant farm¬
ers become owners, which however may be only temporary, and not a
reversal of previous trends. There was more home ownership in cities
in 1930 than in 1920, but it has slumped considerably since 1930.

There is naturally a larger proportion of home owners among whites
than among negroes, and statistics available for 1890 only, showed more
among mulattoes than among blacks. In the white population Alabama was
above the United States average in home ownership until about 1910, but
since then it has been below. The New England 'States have always led
in proportion of owner farms, but their large urban population brings
the average down, until the aggregate white home ownership percentages
for Massachusetts and Rhode Island, as well as New York and New
Jersey, are now below that for Alabama, and that for Connecticut is only
slightly above.

Home ownership of course also varies with age. Some farm tenure
statistics for 1920 (apparently the latest of that sort available) show that
the proportion of farm owners among men over 65, for either white or
colored, in the whole United States and in Alabama, was approximately
four times what it was for those under 25. 1

There are of course considerable variations in home ownership within
each state. The following table gives 1940 statistics for each region in
Alabama, separating the white and colored, and the urban, rural non-farm
and farm population. The “rural non-farm” element consists mostly of
small towns, unincorporated suburbs, and mining and lumbering settle¬
ments. Generally speaking, it is intermediate in characteristics between the
urban and the farm population. But for reasons not easily explained in a
few words, but having to do with mining and manufacturing, it ranks a
little below the urban element in white home ownership in Alabama, and
above in the colored group, in some regions at least. The few blank spaces
in the table represent numbers too small for accurate averages.

1 A graph showing this was exhibited. In a study of about 12S Sand Mountain
farmers in 1933 I found that all under 25 were tenants, and all over 65 were
owners.

20

Percentage of Home Ownership in Alabama, 1940, by Regions, Etc.

White

Colored

Total Urban

R.n.f.

Farm

Total Urban

R.n.f.

Farm

Whole state .

40.7

37.0

36.3

45.9

20.3

20.8

25.5

17.4

Tennessee Valley .

34.7

35.3

27.8

37.2

24.6

28.4

33.9

18.9

Plateau region .

47.1

42 2

36 8

49 8

Coal basin .

40.5

37.0

28.1

57.5

20.4

20.4

16.4

26.4

Coosa Valley .

34.5

29.1

32.4

41.9

26.0

24.3

29.9

24.8

Piedmont region .

37.8

27.7

24.8

49.0

17.3

26.6

19.4

13.4

Central pine belt .

42.3

36.0

34.4

47.8

21.6

20.0

16.8

25.6

Eutaw belt .

44.3

33.8

43.1

49.9

17.4

25.9

28.0

14.3

Black belt .

36.7

33.2

35.3

52.0

13.8

19.2

13.6

9.7

Blue marl region .

40.2

33.9

49.8

43.5

15.3

25,9

' 19.9

10.7

Southwestern red hills..

50.2

40.5

57.0

23.8

18.2

25.2

Southeastern red hills...

36.5

41.5

38.6

35.4

13.0

19.7

10.6

Lime-sink region .

35.8

39.6

40.5

33.0

18.8

22.5

11.2

Southwestern pine hills

Without Mobile Co...

55.7

45.7

66.9

39.1

32.7

47.5

With Mobile Co .

48.5

38.4

48.1

67.5

33.4

25.8

40.9

49.3

MobileCo. alone .

44.5

38.0

50.0

69.3

30.8

23.7

46.8

21

OIL PROSPECTING WITH A GRAVITY METER

— William R. Higgs. Published by permission of The Carter Oil Co.

The application of the science of geophysics to the search for minerals
in the earth’s crust comes under the heading of Geophysical Prospecting.
There are many methods used in this search, but only four are outstand¬
ing. These four methods and their respective measuring instruments are :
seismic (the seismograph), electrical (the searching electrode), magnetic
(the magnetometer), and gravitational (the gravity meter). The first two
methods measure the effects of forces artificially applied to the earth,
while the latter two methods measure the natural earth forces : magnetism
and gravity.

This paper deals with the gravity meter and its use in the search for
oil. The treatment of the subject matter is general, with all mathematical
analysis omitted. All opinions are those of the writer and are the result
of personal investigation and experience in the field.

The gravity meter is used by oil companies and contract crews em¬
ployed by oil companies as a rapid means of reconnaisance in order to
obtain information toward further exploration such as core drilling and
seismic.

Some meters are constructed by the company that uses them, for
example; The Carter Oil Company, and the Humble Oil and Refining
Company. Other meters are made by independent geophysical surveying
companies such as: Mott-Smith, Atlas Exploration Company, and North
American Geophysical Company, who use their own instruments and also
rent them to other crews doing contract work.

The gravity meter, formerly only applied to the location of ore bodies,
has proved its value in the field of oil exploration. It was about 1935 that
the gravity meter was first used by a major oil company. It is a compact,
highly sensitive instrument, capable of measuring the change in gravity on
the earth’s surface to within one ten-millionth of the total force of gravity.

The principles of the gravity meter have been known for many years,
but it has been only recently that an instrument was constructed which
could be operated in the field under almost any conditions. Its strength,
light weight, ease of handling, and speed of operation soon helped it to
replace the torsion balance and the pendulum. Previously, two to five hours
were required to make a single ovservation; now only three, and at the
most five minutes is sufficient. Besides speed, other advantages of the
meter are: portability, negligible terrain effect, and cheapness of operation.
The one disadvantage is lack of depth control.

The working parts of all meters are made of the highest grade alloy
steels, precision tooled, and assembled by specially trained personnel. The
total time required for the construction and calibration of an instrument
may vary from Six months to a year. The approximate cost of a gravity
meter is about $15,000.00. Its shape is either rectangular or cylindrical,
measuring about ten inches in width or diameter, about eighteen inches
high, and averaging thirty-five pounds in weight.

Most meters utilize a small constant mass attached to a beam, which
is supported at the fulcrum, usually on a knife edge or a series of thin
metallic wires, or strips of metal on quartz. The beam is held horizontally
by means of a spring. Any change in the earth’s gravitational field causes
a change in the position of the mass. This change is observed through a
telescope and recorded.

The earth is considered a “Spheroid of equilibrium,” and the effect on
gravity is to cause it to increase toward the poles, gravity thus increasing

22

with latitude. The centrifugal force due to rotation increases toward the
equator. The combination of both is to decrease the effect of gravity at
the equator. Above the earth s surface the effect of gravity decreases
proportionally with height.

If this spheroid consisted of concentric layers, or shells of material
of varying density, there would not be any horizontal variation in gravity.
It is only when these same layers are disturbed and materials of different
densities are brought into horizontal contact that gravity variations or
anomalies occur. Above any mass of higher density than its surrounding
material, the value of gravity is increased and a positive anomaly, or
“gravity high” occurs, and vice versa. This might also be explained by
stating that a gravity anomaly is produced when the normal value of
gravity of a point, calculated for its latitude and elevation above sea-level,
differs from that value due. to the non-homogeneous nature of the earth’s
crust at the same point. It is these variations which are measured by the
gravity meter.

As a general rule, rock densities run in the following descending order ;

1 — crystalline and volcanic; 2 — older sedimentary; 3 — recent sedimentary
and alluvium.

.A salt dome produces a low gravity anomaly. The salt has been pushed
up into fractures in the overlying sediments which have higher densities
This makes an area of minimum gravity with steep gradients around the
£ygc. Anticlines, important structures sssocisted with the production of
oil produce high gravity anomalies. This is due to the fact that the older
geologic beds, having a higher density than the younger beds, are placed
next to the younger beds, or are closer to the surface.

Salt domes and anticlines are not the only structures associated with
the accumulation of oil, but they are those which show up best in a gravity
survey In all probability most large anomalies can be considered as being
a combination of some basement structure and compression of the sedi¬
mentary rocks. In no two localities have the same conditions been found
to exist.

The interpretation of all gravity maps depends upon a knowledge of
the characteristics of maximum and minimum gravity anomalies. Con¬
fusion may easily result if not enough information on the geologic con-di-
tion is available. For example; a salt dome and an anticline are both
structural highs, but the salt gives a gravity minimum, and the anticline
a gravity maximum.

In making most gravity surveys the prime object is to cover as much
territory in as little time as possible, without sacrificing accuracy. Some-
times the survey is begun over a known producing area in order to see
what kind of gravity anomaly is present which can be looked for in other
areas where the geologic structure might be similar.

Gravity varies with latitude and elevation. The most common method
used to locate gravity stations is by stadia alidade and plane table, where
both the elevation and the position are obtained at the same time Survey¬
ing methods are recommended whether or not aerial or topographic maps
are available. Present practice is to keep elevations accurate to within a
foot and a half and traverse closure to within two hundred feet. Increased
accuracy has been obtained with transit and level, but the method is slower
and does not entirely justify itself. It has been proved that there is very
ittle difference in the final gravity calculations in comparison of the two

7he allowabl,es ™ error for elevation and closure have been
established as the result of experimentation and experience gained from
innumerable gravity surveys. It has been found that the gravity change

23

for a difference of one foot of elecation at a given point varies between
0.06 and 0.09 milligals, and 0.01 milligals within an area of approximately
50 feet north-south and 200 feet east-west. Contrary to what one might
believe this seemingly large amount of error does not encourage careless¬
ness on the part of the surveyor. It is a known fact that traverse loops
as long as ten miles or more have been closed to within a half foot for
elevation and fifty feet or less for closure.

The term “milligal,” not yet included in our dictionaries, was derived
from “gal” after Galileo. The “gal,” first used in German fieophysical
literature about 1926, is the name used by all geophysicists for the unit of
acceleration. One gal equals 1 cm/sec/sec. This value is too large to work
with so the milligal is used. One milligal equals 0.001 cm/sec/sec. The
normal gravitational acceleration on the earth’s surface is about 980 gals;
therefore one gal is about one part in a million of the earth’s normal
gravity. A good gravity meter can measure to one part in ten million.

Transportation of the meter is by automobile. The meter rides on a
sponge rubber lined container, slung from metal springs attached to a
specifically built framework. This protects it from being “bumped” in
rough terrain. There are apertures in the car floor which are opened when
the car is stopped at a station, so that a tripod can be lowered to the
ground to hold the meter. Tbe support usually has a leveling device
attached as the meter must be level before an observation can be made.

Prior to the actual metering of an area, a series of base stations, or
control points have to be established in the area. These are set at con¬
venient places, preferably at road intersections. All base stations are set
from other known bases previously set by crews of the same company
who have worked areas adjacent to the new area. If this plan cannot be
carried out, then U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey pendulum and torsion
balance stations are located and used. It is necessary to have at least two
such bases from which the new bases can be set.

The metering procedure follows a pattern of loops, each loop con¬
sisting of a group of stations set either on one road or on several roads.
The first observation is always made at the base; next, all the stations
of a predetermined loop are observed, then the meter is returned to the
base for another reading. This second reading is necessary because of
what is known as “drift.” Drift is caused by a combination of the fol¬
lowing factors : temperature change, effects of the sun and moon, and
disturbance of sensitivity due to handling. If a meter is set up on one point
and read continually for a period of twenty-four hours, a graphical rep¬
resentation of the observations plotted against time would give a curve.
This curve which corresponds roughly to the shape of the well known
“sine” curve, is known as the “drift” curve. Inspection of this curve will
show that to obtain the most accurate results the second reading of the
base should not be made much later than three and one-half hours after
the first reading. On good country roads a loop of thirty stations can
easily be read in the required time limit.

The pattern for locating stations does not need to follow any set
rule, except that they be located approximately every half mile, with from
one to four stations in each land section. The large anomaly — usually
found in most areas of oil production — is beginning to be a thing of the
past, so it is the smaller irregularities in the gravity picture which must
receive further investigation. This can be done only by a more detailed
survey, which means increasing the number of stations per mile. The
locating of these stations will require leaving the good roads behind and
taking to the settlement roads, logging trails, streams, and if necessary

24

walking into the areas not accessible by automobile. This, of course, has
always been the case in the lower Gulf Coast where “marsh buggies’’ and
other such vehicles are the main type of transportation.

It might be of interest to mention here that there are in operation
“underwater gravity meters,” and also meters set up inside submersiable
containers with room for the operator, which are being used to explore
the shallower areas of the continental shelf.

. Those oil companies who manufacture their own meters usually make
their own gravity surveys, the independent geophysical companies doing
likewise. The usual number of men on a crew is seven; they are: party
chief, computer, meter operator, two surveyors, and two rodmen. The
number of stations surveyed each month will average about 400, condi¬
tions permitting.

These surveyed stations are later transferred to a composite map, or
master copy. This map is made on tracing cloth and has on it : latitude and
longitude lines (modified polyconic), township and section lines, unit
gravity lines, and the station locations. The map scale generally used is
two inches to the mile. Horizontal control of the survey on this map is
maintained by first plotting the latitude and longitude position of all
government triangulation stations and then fitting in each traverse loop
to the nearest two stations encountered in the traverse or an adjacent
traverse. Vertical control is maintained on the actual survey by tying into
all established bench marks when found.

An important factor to be considered in computing gravity data is
the elevation correction. First, an arbitrary datum is selected instead of
sea-level. For example; if a large area being worked has elevations rang¬
ing from 1000 feet to 1500 feet, the greatest difference between stations
would be 500 feet. Here a datum of 1000 feet is used instead of the usual
sea-level. This helps to cut down the magnitude of any small error that
might be in the elevation correction. Next, a measurement of the surface
densities is made. A fairly satisfactory method is to run a “density profile”
with the gravity meter. This consists of making observations on a series
of stations set over a local topographic irregularity, preferably a hill and
valley. The value of the density finally used in the calculations is that
which gives the smoothest gravity profile.

It is probably too early to determine the full value of any extensive
detailed gravity survey, as many of the major and minor anomalies are
difficult to interpret. All these data, however, will be available at some
future date when the true significance of the various types of anomalies
will be understood. Neither the meter nor the technique of its use needs
further improvement. The difficulties encountered are in the interpretation.

25

SAMPLE-TESTING A LARGE POPULATION GROUP

— Paul Irvine, Director, Research Interpretation Council, Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Alabama.

The Alabama Educational Survey of 19441 included Study D: Mastery
of the Fundamental Learning Skills in the Public Schools.2 Since there
were 685,000 pupils enrolled, it was necessary to apply sampling techniques
to bring the problem of testing within the scope of feasibility.

Procedures in Sampling

1. The 67 counties of the state were scored and ranked according to
ten objective criteria, including such facors as: density of school popula¬
tion. valuation and cost per pupil, attendance, balance of enrollments, quali¬
fications of teachers, etc. The counties were ranked on their total scores.

2. Economic factors were measured by ranking the counties on the
basis of : production of corn, cotton, and value added by manufacture.

3. Differential factors to be equated were : location of cities, location
of colleges, employment of white and negro supervisors, elective and ap¬
pointive superintendents, proportion of negro enrollment, and population
shifts.

4. Geographical location of counties in relation to agricultural adjust¬
ment areas provided a distribution pattern.

5. From this composite ranking and distribution of counties, eleven
different sets of nine counties were submitted with complete data to a
jury of experts. Selection was made so as to provide: two counties from
the lowest quartile, two from the highest quartile, and five from the
middle half.

6. The distribution of pupils to be tested within each selected county
had to conform to the proportions of the entire state on the following
factors : type and size of schools ; enrollment by grades, race and school
system; rating of school as best, average and below average.

7. Grades five and eight were selected as most representative points
for measuring mastery of the learning skills within the schools. There
were 68,261 fifth grade and 45,869 eighth grade pupils in the state.3

The 5,000 tests available were allocated in correct proportion to each
grade according to factors listed in paragraph 6. Pupils were tested in 222
representative schools.

Accuracy of the Samples

Usable scores were obtained from 97.5 per cent of the planned quotas.
These provided a 4.5 per cent sample of the state.

The reliability of the results from the four groups tested is indicated
by the following results of statistical computation :4

The standard error of the mean of each group, varying from .0229
to .0416, is evidence of the high reliability of the samples. For instance,

Table i. Reliability of the Samples

Fifth Grade, White .

Fifth Grade, Negro.....
Eighth Grade, White
Eighth Grade, Negro

No. tested

Mean

S.D.

SEm

. 1961

5.048

1.0165

.0229

..... 963

3.992

.8735

.028

. 1457

7.6725

1.1985

.0314

. 494

6.137

.923

.0416

26

we know that, if the entire fifth grade enrollment in white schools of the
state were tested, the chances are two out of three that the mean achieve-
ment would be found to be 5.048 +/- .0229. And, similarly, for the means
ot the other three groups.

Certain Findings

All papers were scored and tabulated on I.B.M. machines, after having
been read for legibility. s

Results have been summarized in the published survey, “Public Edu-
laba™a.” Certain results of special interest, including some not
published, are included here. It should be kept in mind that this study
proposed to measure only those products of the schools which are termed
basic learning skills (reading, arithmetic and language skills).

1. As representative of Alabama’s elementary school pupils, white fifth
giaders (5.05) are only slightly below the national norm (5.08). By con-
trast children, in the negro schools (4.0) are over one year below the norm

77 u . time th(T 1?ave attamed the e>ghth grade, white pupils average
7.7 or about .4 year below the norm. Negro pupils showed a median of
0.14, or nearly two years below the norm.

3. Achievement is highest in full-graded and larger schools, and tends
to decrease as the size of the school decreases. Fifth graders in white
one-teacher schools average % year below the state median.

4. Eighth grade pupils in schools organized on the 7-9 and 7-12 plans
^achievement nearly one-half year higher than pupils in 1-12 grade

. , 5- Girls excel boys in achievement in the basic skills. White fifth grade
gmlh are two months higher than boys : in the eighth grade they excel bv
one-half year. 3

., 6AC°,ntra:yl° p?p,uIar opinion, arithmetic is the best-learned skill in
the schools At the eighth grade level the applied, or reasoning, skills are
better developed than the fundamental computational skills.

Analysis of specific skills shows the following results!

Table 2

Reading

Arithmetic

Language

Vocab. Comp’n.

Reas’g.

Fund’ls.

Total

Spelling

Total

Fifth Grade :
(Norm *5.08)
White .

... 4.22

5.13

5.0

5.29

5.28

4 98

5 05

N egro .

... 2.75

4.18

3.98

4.72

4.46

4.67

3.98

Eighth Grade :
(Norm 8.08)
White .

... 7.49

7.31

8.11

7.58

8.08

7.46

7 69

Negro .

.. 5.63

5.91

6.83

6.10

6.27

6.32

6.14

R will be noted that reading skills are relatively low: at the fifth
grade level this is due largely to vocabulary deficiency.

7. A study of the range of achievement 'in the fifth grade showed that
approximately half of the pupils were within one-half year above or below
the norm. The upper fourth of the pupils ranged up to 7.0; the lower
fourth ranged downward to 2.0. At the eighth grade level in white schools

years^ffom f10 5et^4d5 6 5° ^ Cent 1S tW° years ’ the totaI range is six

27

Table 3. Percentile Distribution — Fifth Grade

Percentile: 1 10 25 50 75 90 99

Norm . . . 2.7 3.6 4.4 5.1 6.0 6.7 8.0

White . . 3.1 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.6 6.1 6.8

Negro . 2.1 2.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.1 6.5

This table indicates that the lower 25 per cent of Alabama white
children stand considerably higher than the nation’s. However, the upper
25 per cent fall rather remarkably below the national norms, the 99th per¬
centile being more than a year below the standard for brightest children
in the nation. This seems to indicate that the best effort of the schools
has been expended to overcome the deficiencies of children of limited
ability or opportunity, and that, conversely, the brightest children are
neglected. For those who are concerned with the future leadership of the
state, this fact is significant.

The figures for the eighth grade show the same tendency, though to
a smaller degree.

8. Correlation of Achievement with Certain Factors of School Effi¬
ciency.

Achievement in local (county and city) school systems was correlated
with twelve factors which relate to school efficiency. The purpose was to
discover, for example, whether the length of school terms over a period
of years would influence achievement. Although shift of school population
would tend to wipe out the influence of longer terms in any one school
system, did the evidence still remain? Similarly, with other factors, com¬
plexity of other known and unknown influences would tend to wipe out
differences. However, four of the twelve factors were shown to have sig¬
nificant correlation with achievement.

Table 5. Correlation Between Certain Factors of School
Efficiency and Achievement5

Coefficient of
Correlation (r)

Factors relating to School Term:

1. No. school days provided during school-life of grade . +.764

2. Length of term last year . +.63

Factors relating to Costs :

3. School Plant Valuation . +.647

4. Cost per Pupil in A.D.A . +.32

Factor relating to Type of School:

5. Per cent of small schools . — .64

Factors relating to Teaching Personnel:

6. Teachers, 3 or more years College . +.504

7. Per cent Emergency Teachers . — .384

8. Teacher Load . — .29

Factors relating to Enrollment:

9. Per cent of Enrollment in A.D.A . +.716 (white)

— .41 (negro)

10. Per cent Negro Enrollment is of White . +.206 (white)

— .48 (negro)

11. Per cent H.S. Enrollment is of Total . : . +.244

12. Per cent Enrollment js of School Census . — <.055

28

Interpretation: Significant positive correlation exists between achieve¬
ment and factors 1, 2, 3, and 9(a). There is significant negative correla¬
tion between achievement and factor 5. None of the other factors are
shown to be significantly related to achievement, although the correlations
in the case of factors 6, 9(b), and 10(b) may be interpreted as substantial
but not reliable for prediction.

Thus, achievement tends to be relatively high in school systems that
have: (a) maintained full school terms; (b) provided good school build¬
ings and equipment; (c) organized their schools into larger units; and
(d) maintained a high percentage of attendance.

There is some evidence, though not conclusive, that achievement is
related to the employment of better-trained teachers. There is similar in¬
conclusive evidence that high. average daily attendance in negro schools
is not accompanied by high achievement ; similarly, those systems with the
highest proportions of negro enrollment tend to show lower achievement
m negro schools.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

REFERENCES

Public Education in Alabama,” American Council on Education, 1946
pp. 174-82. ’

Alabama Education Survey, Study D: Fundamentals in the Public
Schools, Ms., 1944.

“Annual Report, 1943,” Department of Education, State of Alabama.

Guilford, J P “Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education,”
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1942, pp. 125-29.

Idem., pp. 227-30; and

McCall, William A., “How to Measure in Education,” p. 393.

29

RECENT ATTACKS ON THE PATENT SYSTEM

— Henry L. Jennings, Patent Attorney, Birmingham, Alabama.

The Constitution of the United States, Article I, Section VIII, Clause
8, states: “(The Congress shall have power) to promote the progress of
science and the useful arts, by securing for limited times, to authors and
inventors, the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries.”
Pursuant to that authority granted by th eConstitution, Congress has
enacted our patent statutes and established our patent system. Since its
establishment, 2,398,340 patents have been issued up to the week ending
April 9, 1946, which is fairly good evidence that the system is successful
and is popular. Since the war has ended and released scientists and manu¬
facturers from their efforts at winning the war, around 10,000 applications
for patents are filed each month in the United States Patent Office.

Each patent is granted by the government in return for a full and
complete disclosure of the invention to which it relates. When a patent
is issued it is published and copies may be obtained by any interested
member of the public for ten cents (10c) each. Each patent when published
adds its part, however great, or however small, to the sum of human
knowledge available to the public. This published record of progress in
the various arts is of incalculable importance in acquainting the scientist
and manufacturer not only of what must be avoided, but what may be
done in any particular field without trespassing on the rights of others.

The primary purpose of the patent system, as set forth in the Con¬
stitution, is the benefit to the public in promoting the progress of science .
and the useful arts. This benefit to the public is derived in a number of
ways. First, as pointed out recently by Commissioner of Patents Ooms, each
patent when published, gives the public prompt knowledge of the inven¬
tion. Before there was a patent system, the only way by which an inven¬
tion could be protected was to maintain it in secrecy. The patent system
wiped away this veil of secrecy and brought inventions out into the light
of day where the details were at once made known to the public. The
patent system is also of benefit to the public in that if a patent is worth¬
while, the protection afforded by it insures that the invention will be com¬
mercialized and made available to the public. It further benefits the public
in that after the limited time has expired for which the patent is granted,
the public will have free use of the invention. A still further advantage
in the patent system is that when a patent issues for an improved device,
process, or compound, it immediately incites competitors to produce some¬
thing still better. Ingenious minds at once set about the task of devising
something which will accomplish the same purpose in a better way or to
achieve an improved result. Thus science and the useful arts progress. In
the words of Lincoln “The patent system added the fuel of interest to the
fire of genius.”

Patents are of value to inventors and patent holders generally in that
each patent purports to give to the owner the exclusive right to make, use
and vend the invention to which the patent relates. While the wide owner¬
ship of patents by our large manufacturing companies is a matter of
public knowledge, patents are of more and particular value to the individ¬
ual inventor and small manufacturer. Patents enable them to start new
businesses secure from danger of serious competition. Esp'ecially is the
small manufacturer with a patented product secure from being gobbled
up or run out of business by competition from an unscrupulous large
competitor. Inquiry reveals that around eighty five per cent (85%) of all

• •

30

patents issued are granted to individuals and small corporations. The need
for relatively large amounts of capital with which to finance research and
to exploit inventions has led to the ownership of a large number of patents

hntn°nPr °"f’ lar*e "!? ^aI1’ but this is not an unhealthy condition
1 contrary is a healthy one, for otherwise such research and the

resulting inventions would never have become available to the public.

tt.' u-1 SPlte °f * • b.eneflj;s of the patent system which are obvious to all
thinking persons, , it is suffering from attacks by reason of the economic
theories of certain individuals who have attained positions of prominence
m our government and who appear to be of the opinion that our patent
system, as constituted is inmical to the public welfare. These individuals
unable posi.tlons *hat they w>eld a mighty influence, and while

weakened system they have greatly undermined and

of the nr;i;,nThl f \ ^aCks resuIted in Pronounced changes in .some
pnncipRs of Iaw whlcb were heretofore considered fundamental
d have caused great loss, anxiety and uncertainty in the minds of patent
owners. In addition there is now considerable agitation for legislation
W' further. hamstring and lessen the value of patents,
he attacks appear to spring from a weakening of the historical con¬
cept of a patent as property. Early in the history of our patent system

Howard!™, 674)* ^ State$ dedared (Wils0n y’ Roussea“ 4

.. "T,heiaw has.th.us impressed upon it (a patent) all the quali¬
ties and characteristics of property, for the specified period ; and

as in rf1 nfhim ( 1 patAentee) to hold and deal with it the same
as in case of any other description of property belonging to him,

tn hi?niph'Si dCath !t passes’ Wlth the rest of his personal estate,
to his legal representative, and becomes part of the assets.”

lain H™lUaKnt 1° COnCep^ thus exPressed, and following the authority
laid down by the Supreme Court at that time, it has been repeatedly held
Supreme Court and inferior courts that a patent is property and
within his domain, a patent owner is czar. He may use his patent or not
as he sees fit He may manufacture and sell his invention himself or he
may license others to use his patent and he may impose various restric-
t.onS on h,s licensees. He may grant an exclusive license to one person
only under his patent or he may grant non exclusive licenses toPmany
persons. He may restrict his licensees to certain defined territory or he

patent iTin foI^V^6 t0 e^ent of the territory wherein the

fore have been imposed ^ ^ reStric,ions hereto-

This concept however, is now seriously challenged. While it is still
held, apparently, by a majority of the Supreme Court of the United States
t , "?0" > tbere°f appear to question it. The extreme opposite view is
stated by Professor Hamilton of Yale University in the report of the
erT!iaib NatlonaI Economic. Committee in what is known as “Mono-

SSS ?s£tnoS^A Free En,erprise'’ The a »-»t“ .he°r"?„

Slrnce !t 1S. accorded for a public purpose and limited to a
span of years^ it can hardly— without confusion of thought— be
regarded as a property’. If established terms must be used, it is
rather a lease, terminating at a fixed date, and not subject to
renewal. Since the machine or process may be widely used, yet a
single person is authorized to control its employment, the term
franchise is even more exact.”

31

Having gotten away from the idea that a patent is property, the
opponents of the patent system have readily adopted the view that in order
to promote progress, the patent owner must use his patent; he must manu¬
facture and sell whatever is covered by the patent, or practice the process
covered by the patent, or find a licensee who will do so or else the public
will not be benefited. This theory is entirely at variance with the historical
concept that science and the useful arts are benefitted by the publication
of a description of the patented invention. It ignores the fact that prac¬
tically all technical progress in the world dates from the invention of
the printing press, by means of which knowledge was first made generally
available to the public.

Knowledge of an invention made available by its publication is of far
more importance to the public than the opportunity to buy the embodiment
of that invention. While the opportunity to buy a patented gadget may
promote commerce and may increase the comfort or frustration of the
buyer, it can do nothing more than add the benefit of seeing the patented
thing to the printed description thereof contained in the patent, insofar
as promoting the progress of science and the useful arts is concerned.

Ignoring the fact that the publication of a patent gives to the public
that knowledge from which it may progress, the opponents of the patent
system look with horror upon the nonuse of patents which they are pleased
to term “suppression” of patents. Those of us who have been in the
patent business for any length of time know that by far the large majority
of patents which are issued never benefit the inventor because something
better is at hand by the time they are issued, and many others, while con¬
taining sufficient novelty and utility to warrant the grant of a patent,
are not favored with sufficient commercial appeal to warrant their exploi¬
tation.

The view that science and the useful arts do not progress when a
patent is not used, and that a patent is not entitled to the “private per¬
quisites engrafted on it” by the courts was recently expressed by Mr.
Justice Douglas of the United States Supreme Court in a dissenting
opinion concurred in by Mr. Justice Black and Mr. Justice Murphy as
follows :

“Can the suppression of patents which arrests the progress
• of technology be said to promote that progress? It is likewise dif¬
ficult to see how suppression of patents can be reconciled with
the provision of the statute which authorizes a grant of the
‘exclusive right to make, use, and vend the invention or discovery’.

Rev. Stat. 4884, 35 U.S.C. 40. How may the words ‘to make, use
and vend’ be read to mean ‘not to make, not to use, and not to
vend’? Take the case of an invention or discovery which unlocks
the doors of science and reveals the secrets of a dread disease.

Is it possible that a patentee could be permitted to suppress that
invention for seventeen years (the term of the letters patent) and
withhold from humanity the benefits of the cure? But there is
no difference in principle between that case and any case where
a patent is suppressed because of some immediate advantage to the
patentee.

“I think it is time to return to the earlier, and I think the
true, philosophy of the patent system. We should not pass on to
Congress the duty to remove the private perquisites which we have
engrafted on the patent laws. This court was responsible for their
creation. This court should take the responsibility for their re¬
moval.” 'Special Equipment Co. v. Coe, 64 U.S.P.Q. 531.

32

While this extreme view expressed by Justice Douglas has not yet
been adopted by the majority of the Supreme Court, nevertheless the
exclusive property heretofore existant in a patent is being gradually worn
away by attrition. This wearing away of the property right in a patent is
evidenced in several ways. For example, for many years it was the
practice in many cases to grant a license to use a patented machine or
process conditioned upon the licensee purchasing some unpatented pro¬
duct from the licensor. The American Lecithin Company owned a patent
on a chocolate coating for candy in which there was incorporated in the
chocolate a small percentage of lecithin which would prevent graying of
the chocolate. It was the custom of that company to grant a license under
its patent free to all candy manufacturers who would buy lecithin from
it When the owner of the patent sued a chocolate manufacturer for
mfringment who bought his lecithin from some other manufacturer, the
Court held that the patent owner would be denied relief because it had
used its patent to control the sale of a material which was not covered by
the patent. American Lecithin Company v. Warfield Company, 105 F2nd
207. To similar effect are a number of Supreme Court decisions such as
Leitch v. Barber 302 U.S. 458.

A further limitation upon the property in patents has been brought
about by the practical abolition of the doctrine of contributory infring-
ment. Since early in the history of our patent system, it has been the
practice of the courts to not only hold the direct infringer of a patent,
but also to hold anyone as an infringer who furnished unpatented parts
of a combination patent to an infringer with the knowledge that such
parts would be used to produce an infringing article. This doctrine was
greatly limited, if not entirely repudiated in a recent decision by the
Supreme Court (Mercoid v. Mid-Continent 320 U.S. 661) in which it was
held

“The result of this decision, together with those which have
preceded it, is to limit substantially the doctrine of contributory
mfringment, what residuum may be left we need not stop to con
sider.”

By far the greatest reduction in the value of a patent as property has
been brought about by the change in the attitude of the courts toward the
question of invention. In the language of the patent statute, any person
who has invented or discovered” an invention may obtain a patent there-
or. In the beginning of the administration of the patent system, when a
patent was brought before a court for adjudication, the court was content
to consider only if the thing was new and useful. If novelty and utility
were found, the patent would be held valid. Then, in 1851, in the case of
Hotchkiss v. Greenwood, the court held that any new device to be patent-
able must require “more ingenuity than the work of a mechanic skilled in
the art Since that time, the courts have been struggling with the word
invention and the more they have struggled with it, the less frequently
do they iind it present in any structure brought before them. In one of the
late cases decided by the Supreme Court of the United States; Cuno v.
Automatic 62 S. CT 37, the court held

That is to say the new device, however useful it may be,
must reveal the flash of creative genius, not merely the skill of
the calling.

r Jn. st'|l an(Jtber case decided by the Court of Appeals of the District
of Columbia; Potts v. Coe, 140 F2nd, 470, that Court held that “Patents

33

are not intended as a reward for a highly skilled scientist who completes
the final step in a technique, standing on the shoulders of others who have
gone before him.” The question before the court dealt with an invention
made by a worker in the laboratories of the Bell Telephone Company and
the court went on to say that under such circumstances an -employee who
was a member of a large group of scientists working on problems of
communication, must necessarily be combining his knowledge with those
of many who had gone on before him and who were working with him
in order to make the invention, and that therefore it was not an invention
by the individual. This decision led to some wag publishing the following
jingle:

%

“Lay them test tubes down boys
Your company’s much too large
Our Country only favors
Them as works in their garage.”

The result of all this straining at the definition of invention is that
our Circuit Courts of Appeal have held around seventy-five per cent
(75%) of the patents coming before them the last several years invalid
for lack of invention. The Supreme Court has held more than ninety per
cent (90%) of the patents considered by it invalid. A few months ago the
Supreme Court in the case of Halliburton v. Walker held a patent relating
to means for measuring obstructions in oil wells valid and infringed by
an equally divided court, due to the absence of Mr. Justice Jackson attend¬
ing the War Crimes trials in Germany. Halliburton v. Walker 68 U.S.P.Q.
83.* .

Now if a patent is to continue to serve as an incentive to the inventor
and is to continue to promote the progress of science and the useful arts
for the benefit of the public, there must be more assurance that, once
issued, it will be respected. In my opinion there can be no degree of cer¬
tainty of respect for a patent unless and until Congress defines the status
of a patent as property and lays down a definition of invention for the
guidance of the courts. The Patent Office has always had the policy of
granting a patent unless it finds in the prior art the same thing for which
a patent is sought, or its equivalent. In my opinion that is the correct
standard because if the patent contains little of novelty, there is little
incentive to infringe it, and the public has lost little or nothing by its
grant. If the patent marks a real improvement, or a real advance over the
prior art, the inventor should be rewarded accordingly. It must be remem¬
bered that patents are granted only for things which never existed before
and the public loses nothing when a patent is granted.

It is significant that while the courts have been extremely concerned
over the question of invention in patents no such concern has been shown
in the matter of couprights which stem from the same clause of the Con¬
stitution. A copyright covers only the novelty in the published matter and
it is difficult to see why a patent should not be governed by the same
principle. No question of genius enters into the consideration of a copy¬
right, but the novelty in every arrangement is protected.

In addition to the weakening of the concept of property in patents
that has already taken place, the opponents of the patent system propose
further to limit the property of a patentee by forcing him to grant licenses
to others under his patent if he does not manufacture and sell the patented
article himself. If we consider a patent as private property it is difficult

*Upon rehearing the involved claims of the patent were held invalid.

34

to see how that species of property may be singled out for sharing by
others under our constitutional guarantee against the taking of property
except by due process of law and by paying just compensation. If a patent
owner is to be compelled to share his patent with others, why not a farmer,
or merchant,- or any other property owner? Speaking on this subject
recently Commissioner of Patents Ooms stated:

‘I have no hesitation in saying that any system of general
compulsory licensing cannot help the patent system. It would elimi¬
nate the value of a patent as a competitive weapon of the small
business man. It would destroy the value of a patent as a com-
pulsion to diversification. It would place the man' who has no
willingness to experiment in a position where he can share the
developments and efforts of his bold competitors with none of
their risks. It would make every inventor merely the hireling of
his ‘'^Pet’tors. It would be deadening to experiment and develop¬
ment. Z8 J.P.O.S. 16.

Other serious attacks have been made on the patent system recently
which cannot be covered in the brief space of this paper. I have called
attention to those which I consider most dangerous not only to the patent
2e®’ bu.t *? our economic system, a great part of which is based on
patent protection. The patent system has always been the chief support of

:ftnh,SA,’ab"S;neeArS’,and Sm/c manufacturers> and I urge the membership
of the Alania A^derny of Science to guard that system jealously. Right

now it is needed more here in the South than ever before to provide p?o-
tection and support for the industrial expansion and the research activities

Sene. ve reCently been in*iated' 1 ur^e therefore to use you? n-
fluence in every way possible to preserve this system which has meant
so much to American industry. meant

35

ALABAMA COTTON AND ITS FUTURE

— J. Allen Tower, Birmingham-Southern College.

The sickest crop in American agriculture is cotton, and cotton is the
chief crop of Alabama farms. The present problems and future changes
affecting cotton culture are therefore of vital importance to every citizen
of Alabama.

From a production of 0.3 million bales in 1839, output of cotton in
Alabama slowly increased to a peak in 1914 of 1.7 million bales, but the
arrival of the boll weevil cut this to a low of 0.5 million in 1917. Gradually
recovery brought it back to 1.4 million in 1930, but the A. A. A. attempt to
solve the problem of low prices cut it back again to three-quarters of a
million in 1939-1941. Cotton acreage in 1879 was two and a third million,
rose gradually to a peak of 3.8 million in 1911, and then under the A.A.A.
program slowly dropped to 1.5 million acres in 1944, the least acreage
since Reconstruction days.

From a peak of 22.8 per cent of the national crop in 1849, Alabama’s
share steadily decreased throughout the 19th century as a result of the
westward shift of cotton culture, being only 10 per cent in 1910. The boll
weevil attacks cut this to a low of 4.6 per cent in 1917, but recovery
brought it back to 10.5 per cent in 1930. Recently it has varied between
6 and 8 per cent. Cotton acreage in Alabama declined from 16.3 per cent
of the national total in 1884 to 6.3 per cent in 1917; recently it has been
about 8 per cent of the national acreage. Present evidence indicates a
possible sharp decline in the Alabama crop in the next decade, of which
more later.

A better evaluation of the importance of cotton to Alabama is shown
by the fact that in 1942 cotton was grown on 25 per cent of the harvested
acreage of the state, and provided 49 per cent of the income from crops.1
In 1944 cotton provided 45.6 per cent of all farm income from both crops
and livestock.2 And the 1940 census showed 47 per cent of Alabama’s
people lived on farms. Add to these the ginners, warehousemen and others
handling cotton on its way to market, and it is clear that any change in
cotton vitally affects the majority of our population.

The international situation of cotton is not favorable for .the United
States. Before World War I the United States normally produced 60 per
cent of the world crop and exported two-thirds of its crop. The peak in
United States cotton acreage, production and exports came in 1926 ; from
then to 1945 there was a decrease of 60 per cent in acreage and' of 48
per cent in production. Our exports in the last prewar year (1939) were
down 42 per cent from our 1926 peak. Foreign cotton production first
exceeded United States output in the crop year 1933-34, and showed steady
expansion until just before the start of World War II.

The A.A.A. was established in 1933 to solve the problem of the low
price of cotton. By acreage Restriction and other measures, cotton farm
income in this country was raised, but at the expense of much of our
export market. Since by law government loans on cotton will be made at
92.5 per cent of parity for two years after the war, prices currently are
above 20 cents per pound, and the government subsidizes exports at the
rate of four cents per pound.3 This subsidy policy has already led to
diplomatic protest as contrary to the Atlantic Charter, and its continuance
can and will lead to trouble abroad.

With the decline in our export market there has been emphasis upon
expansion of our domestic use of cotton in the hope that by so doing we
could make up for our lost exports. Considerable effort has been expended

36

upon research for new uses and improvement of old uses, as well as upon
advertising. Partly as a result, domestic mill consumption has increased
from 4.9 million bales in 1920 to 11.17 million in 1941, an increase of 126
per cent.4 In 1943, for example, cotton supplied 72.4 per cent of the total
fibers consumed in the United States, while wool contributed 8.5 per cent,
jute 3.2, hemp 1.9, rayon 9.4, and all others 4.6 per cent. 5

Synthetic fibers, however, are offering considerable competition for
cotton, a competition promising to become increasingly serious. Most im-
portant of these are rayon and nylon. Rayon, a product of cellulose, pri-
madily from woodpulp, began production in this country in 1911 when the
irst null was established; in 1920 it supplied 10 million pounds or 0.3 per
cent of U. S. fiber consumption, in 1943, 724 million pounds or 9.5 per
cent. In the latter year half of all women’s dresses were made of rayon. 6
As the cheapest chemical fiber rayon is definitely competitive with cotton *
yarn prices last year were $0.66 per pound for cotton (combed 40’s) and
$0.55 for rayon (150 denier) In 1935, for example, rayon was not used
for tire cord, but in 1943 supplied 15.6 per cent of all tire cord.7 At present
its lower price puts rayon in an excellent competitive condition.

Among the newer synthetics nylon is the most popular, as witness the
long lines of women before certain store counters. Nylon, a product of
coal, air and water, was first patented by DuPont in 1938, and is the first
real synthetic. Further development occurred during the war, and it is
rumored that there are today ten different nylons, with one fireproof and

°?e uS ! a9c'C rubber‘ Present plant capacity is an annual production
oi about -5 million pounds, while hosiery alone seeks 50 million pounds
per year, let alone the demand for other uses. 8

There are a number of other chemical fibers since the molecules of
most proteins apparently lend themselves to use as textiles. Aralac from
milk casein, supplies up to 15 per cent of the fibre in some felt hats. Saran,
a Dow Chemical Co. product starting as chlorine gas, is marketed as Velon
fabric whose stainproof features make it excellent for upholstery Vinyon
a vinyl resin product of Union Carbide and Carbon Corp., is resistant to
water and chemicals, is tough and elastic, yet soft to the touch; it is
repoited to have unusual strength in sheer fabrics. There are rumored
other synthetics as well, including fiberglas.9 Paper is also a competitor
in bagging napkins, towels, facial tissues and handkerchiefs; for these

peTc\mt4i'n°i4tyearriore USed 1929’ U17’000 in 1943> an increase of 113

Since these new fibers compete with cotton either on a price basis or
on a special quality basis, research on chemical finishes for cotton may
help solve the quality problem. Most of these seem to derive from the
me amine^resins, which first became commercially available in this country
m rn •7v>0rtS are, th^ by forcing 0Ae of these resins into the heart of
fi;vihlVl^CqmeS-Shni?k'Pr00f; if non-saturated, the fiber stays soft and
• CXlb i ,Wltb lts onginal appearance. It likewise wears longer, tailors better
is wi inkle-resistant, and can be given a permanent crease. American Cynaa-
mid calls this process Lanaset* while Monsanto and DuPont have processes
for coating thread with a resin so that the fabric made from the thread
will be both water and wear resistant but will also permit air circulation.
Resistance to mildew and moths is provided by other coatings. DuPont’s
ammonia sulfamate treatment flameproofs fabrics to such a degree that
a blowtorch only scorches cloth and paper, but the material must be re¬
treated after each washing. Coating with Plexon, available in 17 different
yields fabrics that are transparent, of different textures, and of
UU different colors; they are likewise moisture resistant, whether in the

37

form of water, perspiration, grease or oil. A new process of coating threads
with submicroscopic grains of sand (under 1:400,000 inch in diameter)
stops fiber slipping, and so will prevent runs in sheer stockings. Most of
these new treated materials are not yet on the market, but we should be
able to buy them in the near future.11

These new processes may enable cotton to compete with the synthetics
in both the general and special purpose fields, but the problem of competi¬
tive price remains. Apparently the only solution for this problem is com¬
plete abolition of the present A.A.A. policy of price-pegging and a sub¬
stitution for it of a policy of reducing the production costs of cotton so
that its price can fall to a competitive level. Fortunately, new machinery
is now becoming available which not only makes this program possible but
also inevitable.

The necessity for mechanization is shown by comparison with wheat
production. Just before World War I it required 12.7 hours of labor per
acre to grow wheat, but by the mid-30’s this had been cut to 6.1 hours, a
decrease of 52 per cent. During the same period the labor required per acre
for cotton was cut from 105 to 88 hours, a decrease of only 16 per cent.12

Cotton got its real start in this country in 1793 when Eli Whitney
invented the cotton gin, thus ending the labor and cost bottleneck in sep¬
arating the fiber from the seed. As a result cotton boomed across the
South. Of recent years tractors have become available for use in plowing
and cultivating, but they are little used in Alabama. The chief bottlenecks
now lie in weeding, thinning and picking, and today solutions for most of
these are available.

The effect of the new equipment on labor demand is illustrated by
experience in the Mississippi Delta. There cotton cultivated by a mule with
1-row cultivator and piqked by hand requires 160 hours of labor per acre
to make a crop. Cultivated by a 4-row tractor with flame cultivator and
picked by a mechanical picker, cotton requires only 28 hours of labor per
acre.13 This is a decrease in labor demand of 82.5 per cent.

This tremendous decrease is the result of using the new flame weeder
and the new mechanical cotton picker. The idea of the flame weeder was
originated just before the war by an Alabama planter in the Black Belt
near Montgomery ; in February 1946, the exclusive rights to manufacture
it in this country were bought by the New Holland Machine Co. of New
Holland, Penna., and production is now in process.14 Using a cheap oil
fuel, this device kills weeds by controlled jets of flame which do not injure
the tough cotton stalks. It is reported that where hoeing costs over $1.00
per acre, a 2-row flame cultivator works at a cost of 15 to 35 cents per
acre. And cotton is normally weeded several times per season. Experi¬
mental work is now in process to adapt this device for thinning cotton
as well.15

In 1850 the first patent was taken out on a mechanical cotton picker,
and in the years since then there have been over 900 patents. Today there
is one successful picker, although Allis-Chalmers hopes soon to be ready
with the Rust Bros, picker and John Deere with its Hiram Berry model.
The one successful picker is that developed by the International Harvester
Co. after 40 years of work; it retails for $3,900 (with tractor), and over
100 were in use last year. The final experimental work on it was done on
the 4,000 acre Hopson plantation in the Delta near Greenville, Miss., so
their experience is a useful guide to its effects.

The Hopson Bros, estimate that it requires 150 acres of cotton to
support a picker. Formerly it required 160 man-hours of labor to produce
one bale of cotton, now only 28 hours, a decrease of 82.5 per cent. Where

38

°n^ mfnmn pickan average of 15 pounds of cotton per hour, the machine
picks l.UUU pounds; it requires only one man to operate the tractor and
the machine can work 24 hours per day. Picking cotton by hand cost’s $40
per bale; by machine it costs $7.50, but the increased amount of trash
included cuts the value of a bale by about $10. The Hopson Bros estimate
the net savings per bale at $16.02 with complete mechanization, in addition
to which there is faster picking and freedom from dependence on an un-

C^ntn17noab°r s.uPPly- Where the Hopson’s formerly kept 130 tenant families
(600-700 people), they now have 40 skilled hands, a decrease of at least
69 per cent m farm families.

We all know the miserable living conditions of our cotton tenant
families. These skilled hands on the Hopson plantation get base pay of
$20 per month, plus 40 cents per hour for farm work. In addition each
is furnished a good house (concrete foundations, screened, painted, with
a good roof), plus a garden plot and pasturage for a cow.16

, , The implications of the complete mechanization of cotton are unmis¬
takable. Completely mechanized cotton should be able to compete on the
world market without Government subsidy. There will be fewer and larger
cotton farms, although it may be feasible for one machine to pick the cron
on several farms. There will probably be a considerable decrease in cotton
production in the Southeast since the land used must be adaptable for
machine cultivation. And about two-thirds of the families now on cotton

, be, J^okmg for a job. According to the 1940 census 200,000 of
Alabama s 1,000 farms grew cotton.

An agricultural revolution in the South has now started. While its
ettects will be to the long-run advantage of Alabama, the South, and the
nation, its short-term effects will bring such misery and difficulty as to
challenge to the utmost our capacity for sane thinking and wise action.

Congress has appointed the Pace Committee to investigate the cotton
problem It is rumored that its report will be to continue the present AAA

isar,^SUabSly,r0gram- Let U- h°pe this rUm°r is false’ for such a solution
is like a doctor using aspirin to treat a patient with an acute case of

toPPd?e oflh^ sickness6 P ^ ^ ^ ^ moment’ but the Patient is Kkely

Fortunately, a definite surgical treatment of the cause has been pro¬
posed by the U. S. Bureau of Agricultural Economics, a treatment which
is not just a palliative for the symptoms but which attacks the basic cause
This proposal involves an expenditure of $4 billion plus loans of $2 billion
over a ten year period Ss follows: * Dimon

1. Restrict the cotton crop to about 13.5 millions bales
1pw, • .L? th« Pnce of our cotton drop to the world competitive price
cushl°n the price drop by paying the farmer the first year the
full difference between the sales price and the parity price, the7 second
year 80 per cent of the difference, the third year 60 per cent, etc untiHn
the sixth year no subsidy would be paid. ’

3. Have the Government aid in shifting 1.5 million people from cotton

farm to non-farm employment. couon

4. Use Government aid in converting high cost cotton nrndnrprc
other types of farming. This shift would be aided by paying farmers for
work actually done in the changeover and by providing both technical

oS(ffn“m7t^Smef„°,rsen'arging fa™S’ bUyi”g “I

J1 1S l?^at^,that it,.would squire $1.33 billion to cushion the price
drop, $2,654 billion to finance the shift away from cotton, and about $2
billion in loans. At the end of ten years the cost would drop to about $50

39

million per year. The alternative is to continue the present subsidy of a
fourth to a half billion dollars annually, on a permanent basis, with no
solution to the problem.17

Cotton production, handling and processing is the source of livelihood
for the majority of Alabama’s population. This revolution in cotton pro¬
duction has started. Neither oratory nor politics will stop it and its result¬
ant misery, but its long-term effects will raise the standard of living of
our people. The problem before the people of Alabama is — Shall we bravely
and intelligently face it, or shall we dodge the issue and continue to
administer political pills?

FOOTNOTES

1 U. S. Department of Agriculture: Agricultural Statistics, 1944.

2 University of Alabama Business News, March, 1946.

3 Facts About Cotton (U.S.D.A. Misc. Pub. 594, Feb., 1946), 20, 24.

4 Ibid., 14; Agricultural Statistics, 1944, 77.

5 Facts About Cotton, 54.

6 A. E. Parkins: The South, 433; Frances Brentano: “Coming Battle of the Fibres,”
Nation’s Business, June 1944 (quoted in Science Digest, Sept. 1944, 35-38).

7 Facts About Cotton, 31-32.

8 Sydney B. Self: “New Rivals for Nylon,” The Wall Street Journal, April 23, 1945
(quoted in Science Digest, July 1945, 5-7).

9 Ibid.; Brentano: op. cit.; Lloyd Stouffer: “New Things Coming in Textiles,”
Forbes, Oct. 15, 1945 (quoted in the Reader’s Digest, Nov. 1945, 55-58).

10 Facts Abaut Cotton, 34.

11 Martha G. Morrow: “New Tricks for Textiles,” Chemistry, Jan. 1945, 18-20.

12 U.S.D.A. Interbureau Committee on Technology: Technology on the Farm, 63.

13 Facts About Cotton, 55.

14 Birmingham News, Feb. 2, 1946.

15 J. D. Ratcliff: “Revolution in Cotton,” Collier’s, July 21, 1945 (quoted in the
Reader’s Digest, Oct. 1945, 84-86.

16 “Machine Era in the Cotton Belt,” United States News, Sept. 28, 1945, 52-60;
Ratcliff: op. cit.

17 “Postwar Plan No. 1: Reform of Cotton Economy,” United States News, June 1,
1945, 13-14.

40

PRESENT STATUS AND FUTURE OF THE WILD TURKEY
IN ALABAMA

Robert J. Wheeler, Jr., Alabama Department of Conservation
Montgomery, Ala.

Mr. Chairman, ladies and gentlemen:

The discussion of the present status and future of the wild turkey
( Meleagris gallopavo silvcstris ) in Alabama will present a brief account
of the history of the turkey in this state, its present status, and pros¬
pective plans of the Department of Conservation for a state-wide wild
turkey and deer rehabilitation and management program. A concise descrip¬
tion of the Salt Springs Game Sanctuary, which is excellent range for
both deer and turkey, will also be included.

The “Inventory of Wildlife Resources of Alabama,” the initial Pitt-
man-Robertson project, established the status of this species. Four field
biologists collected relative data by means of a personally-administered
questionnaire and by field observation. As there is a paucity of information
in the literature pertaining to former abundance, these data were acquired
by interviewing many elderly sportsmen.

It was learned that this largest of North America's unland game birds
was plentiful throughout the state until about 1880. However, even at that
early date, they were extant only in restricted areas in a number of the
counties that are located principally in the fertile Black Belt and in south-
east Alabama. In 1890, a general decline in the population was noted and
a decade later, it had reached a critical stage. A few far-sighted land
owners either closed their holdings to hunting or restricted the kill, thus
this valuable bird was rescued from inevitable extinction.

In 1907, the Alabama State Legislature creased a State Game and Fish
Commission for the purpose of administering and enforcing the first
game laws that were enacted in that year. One of these initial regulations
was a “gobbler law,” the first of its kind to be enacted in the United
States. The open season was declared from December 1 to March 1, fol¬
lowing. A bag limit of two males per day was stipulated.

The above mentioned inventory revealed that there were approxi¬
mately 14,000 wild turkeys in the state during the winter of 1941-42, and
that 77 per cent of the population was in 12 counties in southwest Alabama.

Ihe investigation also disclosed the necessity of establishing a com¬
prehensive rehabilitation and management program in the near future if
this bronze giant was to maintain its place as a principal game species.
However, since virtually no research had been undertaken in the South¬
east concerning wild turkey management, it was both necessary and ex¬
pedient first to determine what to do before entering upon a state-wide
work of this nature.

On July l, 1942, the “Wild, Turkey Investigation and Management”
project was initiated on the Salt Spring Game Sanctuary. The intent of
the work was to determine through scientific channels, management tech¬
niques which when applied, would effect an increase in the wild turkev
population. J

This sanctuary, which is composed of 5,500 acres that lie along the
east back of the Tombigbee River, is situated some thirteen miles south¬
east ot Jackson in southern Clarke County. Twenty-two hundred acres of
this tract are enclosed by a four-foot, net-wire fence topped by two strands
of barbed wire. The remaining 3,300 acres are unmanaged but closed to
hunting and serve as a buffer to the north, east and south.

Because of the diversified topography and soil types — ihence a multi-

41

formity of cover-types — this area is excellent habitat for wild turkeys. A
rather high density was maintained on this territory after the decline in
the population was noted throughout most of the state. This fact attests
to the quality of the range.

The topography in the main is steeply rolling, deep hollows alternat¬
ing with ridges. Elevation varies from IS to 327 feet above sea level ; the
changes in elevation are in some cases abrupt and in others gradual.

The soil is also quite diversified. The river-bottom soil is a rich black
loam and includes some 500 acres. Silt deposits from the backwater of
the Tombigbee River average an inch or more in depth each year. The
soil in the upland and hollows, that are growing to hardwoods or a mixed
stand of hardwoods and pines, is a gravelly-loam that has been enriched
by decaying duff. In the eastern portion of the area the soil is very thin
and poor ; metamorphic-sandstone-outcrops protrude where the top-soil
has been eroded.

Two spring-fed creeks, Limestone and Leatherwood, have their origin
on the sanctuary, and smaller streams, most of which flow throughout
the year, meander through the majority of the hollows. Salt Lake, once a
large body of water and into which empty several salt springs, has been
reduced to a small, shallow pond by the influx of sand.

Due to said variety of soil types and topography, vegetation is very
diverse. An open stand of loblolly and long-leaf pine ( Pinus taeda and
palustris ) is present on the rolling hills in the eastern portion of the
sanctuary unit. Scattered young oaks ( Qucrcus spp.), sweetgum ( Liquid -
ambar styraciflua) , and black gum ( Nyssa sylvatica) dominate the under¬
story in the drier areas while dense growths of wax myrtle ( Myrica sp.)
and bay ( Magnolia glanca ) grow along the streams. Various vines, shrubs,
legumes and broom-sedge ( Andropogon sp.) compose the principal ground
cover. This type represents about 13 per cent of the tract.

Pine Hardwood type accounts for approximately 43 per cent and is
found on the dry uplands. Oaks and loblolly pine predominate in the
overstory; dogwood ( Cornus florida ), winter huckleberry ( Vaccinium
arboreum), dwarf sumach ( Rhus copallina), yellow jessamine {Gelsemium
sempervirens), and green brier ( Smilax spp.) are in the majority in the
understory. The ground cover is very sparse due to the denseness of the
canopy.

The Oak-Hickory type comprises 39 per cent, the majority of which
is located in the southwest portion of the area and it extends along the
various streams and their tributaries where the soil is rich and moist. Oaks,
gums and cypress {Tax odium distichum ) dominate the dense stand in
the lowland while oaks and hickories ( Hicoria spp.) are paramount in the
upland. Heavy stands of magnolia ( Magnolia grandifolia) , beech ( Fagus
grandifolia) , ironwood {Car pinus caroliniana) , ironwood ( Ostrya vir-
giniana), yellow poplar {Liriodendron tulipifera) and holly {Ilex opaca)
are found on the protected hillsides and in the hollows where the soil is
very rich and perpetually damp. In the understory, which is quite dense,
especially in the unland, are found redbud {Cercis canadensis), dogwood,
ironwood, buckeye {Aesculus sp), leatherwood {Dirca palustris), hawthorn
{Crataegus sp.), muscadine {Vi His rotundifolia), wild grape {Vitis spp.),
green brier, cross-vine {Bignonia capreolata) , and rattan {Bcrchemia
scandens). The ground cover is thin or virtually non-existent.

Open land comprises approximately six per cent of the sanctuary. The
broad Cherry Field in the fertile river bottom contains 100 acres of which
60 per cent is open land over which a rank sod of native grass grows
and 40 per cent is semi-open grassland with isolated copses consisting of

42

svveetgum and °aks, cottonwood ( Populus deltoides), or deciduous holly
beirv _1\awo1?0.rn and ash (Praxinus sp.) and tangles of black-

nZ lJf P-)' forest cleann&s- that range from 12 acres to

one-half acre, are widely dispersed throughout the woodland.

™ n;be above mentioned wild turkey project will be terminated on Tune
next. The final, technical report is in process of being written and a
publication of acquired data will be issued in the near future.

_nr, Jilt115 Tnw formu!ated to institute a comprehensive wild turkey
and deer rehabilitation project. The proposed method of procedure calls
for the establishment of a system of wildlife refuges within large forested

nteCnS.ive1 ^ / dlstributed in the state. These sanctuaries will be

ntensively managed so as to expedite the annual increment to the game

population and thus hasten the development of a sufficient density of§deer
minim™ yof*meg surrou"di"« territory to permit hunting in the

Those areas which possess the required prerequisites as regards ramre
qualities .but that lack seed-stock of a sufficient supply thereof will be

toat 48 of fheT,drfP,ied fr°ma ,shTSalt ?pri"gs Wnary™^

ce tally, 48 oi the 116 turkeys and 55 deer that were captured on this area

“SIS years' J°y "d C°lb'rt C°Unty Gam'

Tlie biitial sanctuary units will be selected with this goal in prospect-
to gain a better distribution of the game within the state; and to improve
hunting condi ions for the greatest possible number of sportsmen As the

creased" " ^ ^ nUmber °f traCtS under management wS be im

Most of you are familiar with one of these initial project areas Oak
Mountain State Park Tins state-owned territory is located just south of
Birmingham in Shelby County and contains some 9,000 forest-covered
acres It is surrounded by a vast timbered area that extends in an unbroken

StaieT3t-kk°r'gb°U- .Sbelby County and into Jefferson Tuscaloosa

and Bibb Counties. 1 he wild turkey exists in portions of this territory at
present but deer are absent. territory at

The idea of providing excellent hunting for all of Alabama’s snorts-
men is not the product of fanciful thinking; it is founded on solid possi¬
bility which has objective existence. The necessity of such an undertaking
was demonstrated by the game survey; the tools are being provided b?
scientific research, adequate building material is on hand in the form of
extensive forests; the blue print of procedure is being drawn to s£le-
the sportsmen are. hopefully waiting; your Department is ready to act

43

THE WEATHER BUREAU’S METEOROLOGICAL SERVICE
TO AVIATION

— T. L. Long, U. S. Weather Bureau, Montgomery

The progress made by the aviation industry in the past forty years
has surpassed the most fanciful dreams of our first flyers. Aeronautical
meteorology has kept pace with, and, is partially responsible for the
remarkable advancement of flying. These accomplishments are the results
of years of study, experience and research carried on by those individuals
engaged in this work.

The United States Weather Bureau is charged with the responsibility
of furnishing an adequate meteorological service to aviation in order to
promote the safety and efficiency of air navigation in the United States
and above the high seas, by authority of the Air Commerce Act of 1926,
and the Civil Aeronautics Act of 1938.

A successful solution to aviation’s weather problems requires, first
of all, a dense network of surface and upper-air observation stations,
manned by trained personnel, and the rapid transmission of reports from
these stations. Secondly, it requires a technical staff of employees at
terminal airports to prepare frequent maps, upper-air charts, and diagrams,
from which a picture of the changing weather situations may be presented ;
and, thirdly, it requires competent meteorologists to analyze the correct
weather conditions, anticipate the development of new situations, compute
the movement of pressure systems, and to issue, on the basis of these,
short period forecasts for the routes to be flown. The network of stations
is well organized and uniformly designed to cover all areas. The most
expedient means , of communication is employed in the collection and
dissemination of meteorological data from each of the stations in the
network.

Service from practically all of these stations is continuous on a 24
hour-day basis. Observations are taken every half hour, or more often if
necessary, giving the height and amount of clouds, horizontal visibility,
current weather, obstruction of vision, barometric pressure, temperature,
dew-point, wind direction and velocity, altimeter setting, and other perti¬
nent remarks. Wind direction and velocity at the various flight levels,
from the surface to 50,000 ft. is determined every six hours. The radio¬
sonde, a type of free balloon carrying specially designed instruments which
transmit weather information by radio telegraphy, is used at a number
of stations to determine pressure, temperature, and humidity of the atmos¬
phere as high as 50,000 feet above the earth’s surface. The forecast service
covers every major terminal and airline route in the United States and
in many foreign countries.

While this service is considered a current endeavor, the observations
and records compiled in this work are most valuable assets in future
planning, investigation and research. Airports and air routes can be more
successfully designed and expanded when meteorological factors are under¬
stood and given proper consideration. Weather statistics are most helpful
in preparing flight schedules and setting operational limits. Records are
constantly being consulted by meteorologists and other technicians in their
investigations and experiments dealing with atomic energy, radio activity,
and electronics. The age of meteorological research is in its infancy.

We are inspired by the progress made in establishing meteorology as
a definite science. We are gratified by the enthusiastic reception of the
service rendered by our organization. Recent discoveries in other fields of

44

science, and future trends in industrial development, challenge our ability
to satisfy the needs for expansion and improvement in specialized weather
service. Our main objective is the dissemination of observations, forecasts,
and findings, in a manner which will contribute most to the welfare and
happiness of everyone.

POWER DAMS AND RIVER FLOW

— Eugene D. Emigh, Montgomery.

Small, run of the river power reservoirs, such as Lay Dam, Mitchell
Dam and Jordan Dam, on the Coosa River between Childersburg and
Wetumpka, Alabama, have no significance in the flood control picture.
Each of these three Alabama Power Company Coosa River lakes has a
capacity of only two billion cubic feet of water, which is essentially
negligible.

The potentialities of such a storage capacity as exists at Martin Dam,
the great Alabama Power Company reservoir on the Tallapoosa River,
above Tallassee, however, may be of interest as the basis of a brief dis¬
cussion.

Martin Dam, when full, holds sixty billion cubic feet of water, ten
times as much as all three of the Coosa River dams combined. Obviously,
when the reservoir is full, it can have no important effect upon flood
flow. When the dam is full, the rate of flow of flood water is somewhat
accelerated, as compared with former natural runoff conditions, but the
cresting of floods at Milstead, the Weather Bureau River Station a short
distance below, is not significantly affected. Flood heights at Milstead,
rainfall considered, are about the same as occurred prior to the completion
of Martin Dam by the Alabama Power Company in August 1929. The

release of excess water at Martin Dam by the operation of gate's and

through the turbines, holds the water level at 490 feet m.s.l., the height
of the dam, and the discharge represents natural flow from rainfall over
the drainage area above, 2970 square miles.

Needless to say, however, this huge reservoir is seldom full. When it
is not full, all water from rains above is impounded. This obviously

diminishes the drainage area at Milstead by 2970 square miles (the area

above Martin Dam), and reduces it from 3763 square miles to only 973
square miles, which is about 21 % of the total area.

Experience tables necessarily show that, with Martin Dam not full,
substantial rises in the Tallapoosa at Milstead seldom occur. The reduction
in height of crest stages at Milstead is very considerable. A 3.00 inch rain
on a 5 foot Milstead stage, with dam not full, will produce a crest of
about 24 feet, whereas if the reservoir were full, a 3.00 inch rain would
result in a 38 foo-t crest stage, a difference of 14 feet. At higher stages
the difference in results from heavy rains is 10 feet on the Milstead river
gauge. Putting it another way, it requires an average of 7.00 inches of
rain to cause a 40 foot crest at Milstead, with the reservoir not filled
against an average of about 3.50 inches and a full reservoir, with the
base stage in both cases 5 feet on the gauge.

Wide stretches of lowland formerly subjected to frequent inundation
are now subject to the effects of overflow on only infrequent occasions
A rather confusing situation has, however, arisen. It is due to the fact
that farmers have extended their pastures and cultivated fields riverward
It is, therefore, true that on lands on which overflows formerly did little

45

harm considerable damage can and does now result from the same volume
of river flow.

With these facts in mind it is evident that a large power dam, even
when the objective is solely the production of electrical energy, exercises
a considerable amount of beneficial influence in the modification and con¬
trol of floods. This certainly is true of minor and moderately large over¬
flows.

There should not, however, be too much complacency leading to over-
confidence in the effect of so-called flood control through the manipula¬
tion of water in reservoirs, even in those of large storage capacity. Most
such projects are operated primarily for power production and are on
that account only partially effective in flood control, as in the case of
Martin Dam.

Even if such reservoirs were operated solely for the purpose of flood
prevention, and however effective they might be under ordinary conditions
in the reduction and modification of flood flow, there is reason to believe
that a major flood would still be 'possible. This refers to the once in a
hundred years or so variety. Such floods normally develop from a series
of storms which follow closely one after another, and which fill up all
available storage, both natural and artificial. Then comes the ultimate
deluge and, lo, a major flood!

46

“°S S!,T (The scien“ “«* » '"e new

John Xan, Howard College, Birmingham
troriv 'S ,Ty dlff!cuIt to outline or describe a course which cuts across

size hTspedf ”c held ThlT'dV” the pHme PUrpOSe is to emPha'

!l et specitic held. The traditional courses are primarily designed for

those students who expect to take further study in specialized fields Tn
the Sal method earfCSt-y endejn;orinS to teach all students to appreciate

:S?s r„ 2A: riJS!

thingVin othe?awo?ds1Stheltll ^ fclassification of man and other living
innigs, in other words, the place of man among plants and animals It ,'c

Old Civilizations and "tE* hby .archaeolo^sts and geologists in unearthing

i

appearance on earth to the present 'modern man.™ H‘S f‘rSt kn°Wn

imwmmm

ZEh,?0pian,rpProduj? S o^n’ Too'! ‘he ^

£2“, r\th* PrF'“ S invXe0dTref0dPacuSd.

plant aynd\nLa" Whal'hayenfto'theJ? Thef°a°dS Jaken int° th<=
food n H liClC Tin rK ageI?ts u.sed ln digestion are clarified. How is this

h« “f olh/ iSS a"W^

osmosis, and blood circulation. Wha, do the celll do wh^this foid > The

“d breafhi„ngrHP„w T’ ?"d the differ™« between oxiiaSn

a breathing How does the body eliminate its waste products and wW

are the parts involved in this elimination? TheTungs, Se skin ?he kid-

neys, and their function in elimination are considered In addition the

relationship between elimination, osmosis and diffusion is explained So in

this way, we cover man's metabolism, digestion, nutrition, and eUminadon

47

The third part has to do with the place of man on the earth, in
relation to the rest of the universe. The student is led to see that the earth
on which he lives is but a speck in a very large universe consisting of
stars, nebulae, and constellations. He learns about the laws which govern
the motions of these bodies. He learns that the sun is the center of his
little system of planets and the sun. Sun spots are taken up, and their
connection to our ordinary life is explained. Planets, moons, harnessing
solar radiation, and seasons are included in the study. Our galaxy and
its relationship to our solar system is considered. Here is the chance to
introduce the scientific method and its development, starting with the
work of Ptolemy, and coming up to the work of Galileo, Copernicus, and
Kepler. The discovery of the telescope gives an opportunity to show that
some sort of telescope was used by the ancients in Babylon. The modern
instruments used in the study of the stare are shown, and the principles
in their uses are explained. In this, refraction and reflection are studied.
Spectra and spectroscopic analysis are illustrated. Demonstrations are
given to show how these instruments are used, and how results are
obtained. The most general principles in the construction of the instru¬
ments are included.

The concept of time is considered here — how the ancients measured
time is described. The evolution of the calendars is developed, the zones
and standard time, international date line, etc., are connected with the
development of calendars and the concept of time in general.

The fourth part brings man to the realization of the things around
about him — the atmosphere, the surface of the earth, the elements found
in that surface, and also the elements found in the stars. The structure
of the atom is studied in some detail, and correlated with the solar system.
The instruments which helped scientists in the study of the atom are
explained. The work of Madame Curie, Becquerel and others, in the dis¬
covery of radium, and the study of radioactivity offers an inspiring
account of how man can control his environment. The atom bomb, of
course, is explained with details enough so that the student may realize
the enormity of the discovery and the possibilities of its constructive use
in the future.

As the student looks around about him, he sees materials in different
states — gases, liquids and solids. The gases obey certain laws, such as
Boyle’s Law and Charles’ Law. Liquids have certain characteristic proper¬
ties such as surface tension and visocity. Such properties have significant
uses in medicine and industry. A consideration of liquids also shows
certain laws of hydrostatics, hydraulic pressure, and the contributions of
Archimedes to the principles of buoyancy. Then the question arises as to
the interconversion of the different states of matter, the conversion of
solids into liquids, the principles involved in such changes, the conversion
of liquids into gases, and the reverse process of gases to liquids to solids.
Here, there is an opportunity for the study of molecules, molecular weights,
and chemical changes as they are related to the metabolism and the nutri¬
tion of the body. Examples are used directly from metabolism and
nutrition. The type of linkages which hold molecules and atoms together,
chemical reactions such as neutralization, metathesis, oxidation, and reduc¬
tion are correlated with living processes and are shown to be the processes
by which life maintains itself.

All these four parts are correlated and based on the life processes,
and man is the center of the whole discussion.

In the laboratory experiments are carried out which demonstrate to
the students that scientists work with precision, and that they observe
their results and draw conclusions from the facts they obtain. The first

48

experiment in this course was to show the students that man, animals
and plants are interdependent, and that they supply each other with the
materials needed for life processes. The second experiment was to show
them that the products of metabolism can be studied precisely and scien-
t i f i cal ly. It is commonly known that a person breathes off carbon dioxide
and water. .An experiment is carried out by the students in which they
prove chemically that carbon dioxide is the material which man breathes
out. In this same way they prove that water is also exhaled. To illustrate
this point, let us take the experiment by which the student proved that
water is one of the things he exhaled. He was shown that a certain
substance called copper sulfate has the property of losing water and
gaming water as it is treated in a certain way. In its crystalline form, it
is blue m color as it has this water and it is a perfectly white powderv
material when it has lost this water. When water is added to the white
copper sulfate, it will turn blue. The student carries out this experiment
and finds for himself this property of copper sulfate and draws his con¬
clusions. Then, if we breathe off water into this white copper sulfate,
it certainly will turn blue, and the student carries out that experiment and
proves to himself that actually water is breather off, because the white
coppei sulfate turns blue. To show you how the students were thinking
while this experiment was carried out, let me relate this incident. One
student asked the question as to whether other liquids could change the
color of the white copper sulfate. So I went to the laboratory shelf and
took two or three different liquids, and asked him to carry out his idea
to see whether other liquids have any effect on this white copper sulfate
and to tell me his results. A little later the student came and said that
he had concluded that only water changes the color of the copper sulfate.
He was perfectly satisfied that the experiment was being carried out
scientifically and that his conclusions were correct. The rest of the class
watched him eagerly to see the results.

A third experiment showed that plants, as well as animals, give off
carbon dioxide and water. They took a microscopic plant, fed it with food
it could utilize, and built up an apparatus which collected the carbon
dioxide in a sodium hydroxide solution, thus preventing it from escaping
I he students carried out a regular chemical test for the presence of
carbon dioxide If a white precipitate was formed, it proved the presence
ot carbon dioxide. This statement was substantiated by a parallel experi¬
ment with carbon dioxide and lime water. If the two experiments coincided
then the plant did give off carbon dioxide. It was a real shock to the
students to find out that plants could give off carbon dioxide as well as
oxygen, it was emphasized that plants metabolize food materials the same
as animals do, and one of the products of metabolism is carbon dioxide
whether it is the plant that metabolizes .the material, or the animal Of
course, there is no question that oxygen is given off by plants and that
animals give off no oxygen but always carbon dioxide, but plants do give
ott carbon dioxide as a waste product of metabolism.

During this quarter we took up around ten experiments, each one
illustrating the principles covered in the lecture. For example, when we
were studying the methods and instruments which the scientists use in
studying the stars, the students saw the instruments used in determining
the sun s spectra, the neon spectra, and the absorption spectra. Then at
the same time, they learned by experience what the scientists mean by ’the
magnifying power of a telescope. They saw it. In another experiment they
saw a telescope and used it in looking at the moon and stars. They saw
how it was constructed and the principles were explained right there as
they used the instrument. In another experiment, they studied Archimedes

49

principl. They actually carried out an experiment and calculated the den¬
sity and specific gravity of a material. These are typical experiments
which the students performed. They are the same experiments that college
students perform in the different college courses in chemistry, physics,
and biology. I forgot to mention that in biology the student actually saw
under the microscope the different types of cells — muscle cells, plant cells,
the chloroplast, bone cells, and liver cells. These were used to illustrate
the structure of the different tissues in the body and how they vary. They
also saw cell division, and the different stages thereof. All these topics
were taken up in lecture, and then the students went to the laboratory and
saw these things and drew them in their notebooks. Explanations were
given as the student studied the different cells — thus relating the experi¬
ment to the lecture material.

I have given you a brief summary of what we have been doing during
this past quarter. I suppose you are wondering how the work in teaching
this course is divided. At the beginning the science professors got together
and decided that one person should head the course, and the other pro¬
fessors in the different departments should contribute their specialties to
the course. So, the biology professor lectured on biological principles and
the make-up of man, his classification, and all the things pertaining to
living things. Then the coordinator took up the process of digestion, and
all the parts involved in that process. He also took up the process of
metabolism, elimination, breathing, oxidation, the nutrition of the body,
the different types of foods and how they were prepared for living things.
When the part came where man had to look around and see the universe
about him, a person was brought in to discuss the stars, the planets, the
moon, nebulae and galaxies. Then when the instruments were studied, the
physics professor came and explained the principles involved, and showed
the instruments themselves, and how they were used for the study of the
things that the astronomer learns about the stars and the universe as a
whole. He showed that the material out of which the stars are made is
the same material which we find on the earth, and that we can study this
material on the earth with similar instruments. Naturally, here is the place
where our study of the earth, its beginning and its origin are expanded.
The elements were studied. The structure of the atom was discussed. A
professor who had had experience with the cyclotron was brought in to
show how it looks and works. Radioactivity and construction of the atom
bomb were explained by one who had been studying this subject and had
something to do with the Oak Ridge plant. The coordinator of this course
then connected these different lectures and showed to the students how
all these different subjects are parts of three or four sciences in such a
way that some of the students did not catch on that they were studying
physics, chemistry, or biology. Some of them wanted to know when they
were going to study this or that science. So you see we have achieved
the real object of the course — not the emphasis of one particular science,
but science as a whole as it is related to man, and the principles which
influence his life in this world.

50

THE RATE CONSTANT FOR THE REACTION OF PHENYL
ISOCYANATE AND ANILINE IN DRY ETHER

— rjohn Xan^ Nash Collier, Jr., Dan Lowery’and Sylvia Pincus,
Howard College.

The reaction was thought to be bimolecular in character, as it gave a
constant by the application of the integrated form of the expression for
a second order reaction :

2.303 B(A-X)
k - log -

t(A-B) A(B-X)

Since phenyl isocyanate is destroyed by alcohol and water, special
precautions were taken to remove traces of these in the solvent.

Pfr°CedUf C fonsi.st.ed of measuring definite quantities of standard
ether solutions of phenyl isocyanate and aniline into an Erlenmeyer flask
and after definite time intervals halting the reaction by passing in dry
fhfnHHp ^dro^en. ^blonde. The aniline was thus precipitated as its hydro^

rpart/rvn Th g Wlth Wel?.y U,rea whlch PreciPhates in the course of the
reaction. The unreacted phenyl isocyanate and ether were evaporated by

a stream of dry air. The aniline hydrochloride was separated from the
diphenyl urea by dissolving the aniline hydrochloride in water. The quan-
nnT °\ the a"! ine hydrochloride (indicating the amount of unreacted
aniline) was determined by brommating with excess standard potassium
bromate and potassium bromide solution in hydrochloric acid. The excess

nLr^meaWaS det£rmined by addinS Potassium iodide and titrating the
liberated iodine with standard sodium thiosulfate solution g

obtataed werelffoltows? experimental »r°“d”re "<« P“"ted out. Data

Run

7 ime

T emperature

1

10 min.

26.3 C.

*2

10 min.

26.5 C.

3

15 min.

26.5 C.

4

20 min.

26.9 C.

5

30 min.

26.7 C.

**6

20 min.

26.5 C.

7

25 min.

26.5 C.

8

30 min.

26.5 C.

9

35 min.

26.5 C.

10

40 min.

26.5 C.

11

45 min.

26.5 C.

12

50 min.

26.3 C.

Average K = 0.00279.

A B k

0.13807

0.13807

0.13798

0.13807

0.13798

0.13790

0.13788

0.13785

0.13782

0.13779

0.13775

0.13775

0.07235

0.07235

0.09205

0.07235

0.09205

0.07232

0.07230

0.07227

0.07224

0.07221

0.07219

0.07219

0.00327

0.00353*

0.00289

0.00283

0.00294

0.00285

0.00281

0.00278

0.00275

0.00272

0.00269

0.00269

*This value of K was excluded.

*TohrtL7n fr°m 6 through 12 was made with a freshly prepared set of

51

“FUELS OF THE FUTURE”

— (Stewart J. Lloyd, University of Alabama, University

Introduction

Alabama’s summer weather is about to begin, and the subject of fuels
to keep us warm is not perhaps so interesting, but we shall still need them
for cooking, Tor hot water, and for industrial purposes. This short paper
is little more than a list of the fuels available in the future, with some
comments on recent interesting developments.

Wood

The ancient fuel, beloved of all prospectors, explorers, and Boy Scouts.
Like other fuels, it is finding so many new uses, that the time is approach¬
ing when it will be almost criminal to burn a log of wood. Cellulose fibre
on the one hand, for paper and numberless other things, lignin and its
multiform derivatives on the other, decomposition products of the wood
sugars, all are finding applications in many ways. Wood turpentine, alco¬
hol, yeast, vanillin are all wood products. A large plant, paid for by the
Federal Government, has been built on the west coast for making alcohol
from sawdust. Also, a three-hundred page book by Egon Glesinger, entitled
“Nazis in the Woodpile,” is devoted to showing that one of Hitler’s pri¬
mary objectives in extending his control over Europe was to secure poten¬
tial possession of its wood resources, which he considered the most
essential raw material. Surely only u'aste wood, and wood found where
no other fuel can be obtained will hereafter be used for the ignoble purpose
of producing heat.

Coal

There is not and will not be any permanent shortage of coal;> for many
long years to come, but the continued raising of coal miners’ pay will
gradually restrict its use in domestic heating. I am not saying that these
wages are too high, but even mechanization to the limit will not bring
coal down again to its former favorable competitive position. It has plenty
of disadvantages, anyway, for domestic use, and I doubt that many houses
of moderate size in cities will in the future burn coal as a fuel. Central
steam plants, where the dirt and ashes can be taken care of all in one
place, will supplant the individual furnace. We must have metallurgical
coke, of course, so there will be plenty of coal mined, plenty of coal will
be hydrogenated to produce artificial petroleum, and we may need coke
oven gas to supplement our natural gas supply, but coal as a domestic
fuel is undoubtedly on the way out, regardless of the mechanical stokers
and other devices intended to delay its passing.

One of the ways of evading high mining costs may be to burn the
coal in situ in the mine, with a limited amount of air, and then to use the
combustible gases, mainly carbon monoxide; at the mine mouth, to produce
power. This is being done in at least two places in Russia, and ought to
be particularly adapted to high ash, sharply pitching seams, like some of
those in our Coosa coal field.

Oil

Fuel oil is a convenient and concentrated source of heat, and will hold
its own against almost all comers, no doubt. No one need be afraid that
our supply of natural petroleum will fail at all soon, and even if it does,
the technique of producing oil from bituminous coal, by at least two
methods, is well known. Seventy per cent of the coal can be converted
into a crude petroleum.

52

Nor is the cost prohibitive. I do not have the figures for fuel oil but
for gasoline the data are at hand. A gallon of gasoline costs about 4-5 cents
at the refinery. The difference between this figure and the 24 cents it
costs us at the filling station is made up of transportation, handling,
profits taxes, and other charges, but mainly of taxes. Synthetic gasoline

c?sts, oo P ant ^bi°-ut 10 Cents a gallon, and should therefore cost us
about 29-30 cents. This cost will probably be reduced as American engi¬
neers get their hands on the process. Don’t hesitate to buy an automobile
or to install an oil fuel furnace for fear that the gasoline or oil will run
out on you shortly.

Gas, Especially Natural Gas

F°r convenience and cleanliness, there are few fuels to compare with
this material. Natural gas, of course, has a heat value nearly twice that
of coke oven gas, and naturally would be preferred when obtainable, but
oth are fine fuels. Every now and then someone threatens us with the
exhaustion of our natural gas supplies, but the reserves seem to grow
larger year by year. They are now measured in trillions of cubic feet.

Here again a fight is looming up between those who want to use
natural gas (methane) for a domestic fuel, and those who would look
upon it as a chemical raw material. Plastics, many of them, start from
acetylene, and acetylene can be readily made from natural gas as well as
from coke and lime. Some of the natural gas states, Louisiana for exam-
Tw tryinf Puroh1lb^.,the exP°rt of natural gas, especially into states
^ AlhLVC coal, 1 .should hke very much to see a large gas field show up

west par ts^/the’sfate.3’6 g ProsPects’ both in ‘he northwest and south-
Propane and Butane

These fal! between gas and oil, inasmuch as they are liquids when
stored, but gases when burned. Their use is increasing rapidly, as the
technique of handling them is improved. They are, of course, by-products
of the gas and oil industry, and should have the same length of life.

Acetylene

TpLi!1 may bC news-j° sJome .of the younger generation that acetylene,
™ hj > was once considered an important fuel, and many predictions were
made that it instead of electricity, would dominate the lighting field. This
™as, tb? decade. of the last century. Now, of course, acetylene is
tiid ,f°r, bghtinf onI^ In mmers; lamps, and is really a chemical, perhaps
the most important basic material for synthetic organic chemistry.

Electric Power

.. oiWf do not usually think of electricity as a fuel, but in many places
it surely does the same work. Electric ranges, electric water heaters and
e ectric heaters for bath-rooms afford common uses for electrical power
Several large homes in Alabama are heated only by electricity
l V?® advance of the insulating art will undoubtedly increase this num-
b,J\ 0Iie 5°u d, ,affo[d to heat a loose-jointed uninsulated house by

nl !uty 111 . tbe °,d .orthodox way» but modern methods of construction
plus thorough insulation may tell a different story.

lore interesting still is the possibility, in our climate, of using the
famous two-way cycle whereby electrical power cools a house in summer
'the rnh\S Itm,wl.nter\ In effect, the motor pumps heat into the house Tom

he Chtd°T£ m tT-61"’ lnd in.™er Pumps it out of the house into
the hot outside air. This scheme is already in operation in southern Cali-

53

fornia, and it is no secret that the Southern Research Institute here in
Birmingham is making a careful and detailed study of this system, to
adapt it to local conditions. I-f it finally attains wide use, the smoke
nuisance in the valley will be greatly lessened. The theoretical efficiency,
to use that much abused word, of this heat pumping process is sometimes
as much as seven times as great as that of direct resistance heating. We
could properly regard electricity as a fuel when used in this way.

The Sun

If we are allowed to call electricity a fuel, we ought not to hesitate
to give the same name to sunlight. Solar heaters and solar engines are
well known in both Florida and California, and Dr. Abbott at the Smith¬
sonian Institution in Washington has been experimenting with them for
many years. Of course," they have obvious disadvantages; they won’t run
at night, and in cloudy weather, and there is difficulty in reaching high
temperatures with them, but they should not be lightly dismissed. Dis¬
coveries which will make them generally useful and common are surely
not so unlikely as the events that led up to the atomic bomb. What would
happen if we concentrated the efforts of our ablest scientists on this
subject, the use of sun heat, and spent two billion dollars on it in four
years ?

Atomic Heat

And that brings us to the last item on our list, heat from atomic
(better nuclear) reactions.

The public does not always realize that the catastrophic effect of the
atomic bomb is really due to the production of heat. The incredible tem¬
perature produced by the bomb expands the air close to it so greatly and
so rapidly that a tremendous force is exerted outwards in all directions.
It is this wave of compressed air that levels buildings and does most of
the property damage. Of course, the heat generated also melts everything
near it, sets fire to whatever will burn, and kills animals and men nearby.
But, as someone has said, if the atomic bomb exploded in a vacuum it
would do comparatively little damage.

How can this incredible production of heat be tamed, and subdued,
and used for heating and power purposes?

The work done at Chicago and later at Hanford, Washington, showed
one way. By removing or inserting certain extraneous materials in the
“pile” where the nuclear reaction was going on, they were able to speed
it up, or slow it down at will. A well known engineer has said publicly
that he is ready today to design a power plant, a steam power plant, for
the city of Washington, D. C., using nuclear power, but he did not say
how much the power would cost.

There is not much point in figuring out now how much Uranium 235
is going to cost, and how much there is of it in the world. New deposits
of this element (uranium) will undoubtedly be found, and new ways of
separating the isotopes. Everyone tells us now that they cannot be sep¬
arated chemically, and will no doubt continue to tell us this until some one
does separate them in that way.

It is hard to believe, too, that Uranium is the only key to useful
nuclear fission. The whole history of atomic structure study is full of
surprises, of the doing of impossible things. The two ends of what the
chemist calls the “Periodic Table,” the very heavy elements like lead and
thallium and bismuth, and the very light ones like hydrogen and helium
are good prospects.

No doubt the first commercial use of nuclear power will be found in

54

large central power houses, where safety precautions can be enforced
However, it is unsafe to prophesy even here. No one knows what modifi-
iactions and improvements may turn up. '

Conclusion

• u The yhole hjstory of fuels and of power sources illustrates the fool-
ishness of worrying much about the exhaustion of our natural resources

When the forests of Great Britain showed signs of exhaustion the
cry went up that disaster was around the corner, no wood to heat the
homes, no charcoal for the iron furnaces. The editor of the American
Journal of Science in 1831 viewed with alarm the vast consumption of
wood by steamboats. So coal and coke came into use. Later falling water
was harnessed to make electrical energy, and oil and gas in the earth
were discovered two other useful fuels. Now that the oil and gas fields
are being heavily taxed, we learn to manufacture these two from coal
and probably from vegetable wastes. ’

An^*L0W heat is coming in to supplement or even replace

?T.e °f older sources and if necessary sun heat will sooner or later

be concentrated so as to make it industrially useful.

Nuclear fission may also very likely provide us some day with sup¬
plies of scarce metals like beryllium and hafnium, and replace our waning
supphes of tin, tungsten and vanadium. Altogether, I think we may well
follow the advice of the chorus in the ancient drama, which when invked
to worry about future disasters said, invited

“These things are of the future, present tasks demand our care
ihe ordering of the future rests where it should rest.”

55

RECENT OIL DEVELOPMENTS IN ALABAMA

— 'Stewart J. Lloyd, Alabama Geological Survey, University

The following note is intended merely to bring up to date the infor¬
mation already presented to the Academy on Alabama oil affairs.

Oil production in Alabama is growing slowly, but surely. Since the
first well came in on February 15, 1944, near Gilbertown in Choctaw
County, there have been drilled 74 wells, 26 of them productive, the others
dry. The producers have been confined to Choctaw County, and occur in
three groups, one near the Mississippi line, another, the largest, just west
of Gilbertown, and the third just southeast of Gilbertown. From northwest
to southeast they extend, with two breaks, for about eleven or twelve
miles. The present width of the field is not over three-fourths of a mile.

Two oil companies share the production, the Hunt Oil Company, and:
the Carter Company, a subsidiary of the Standard.

The oil from all these wells is much the same, low gravity (17-19),
and fairly free from gas. 'Salt water is encountered in some of them, and
a separating plant has been installed.

So far, the output of the field has gone to various places, with one
large tanker load leaving Mobile recently for the Standard Refinery near
New York City. Just now the Hunt Company, under the name of a sub¬
sidiary, the Placid Oil Company, is building a small refinery at Tuscaloosa,
especially to handle the oil from this field and from adjacent Mississippi.
One of the chief products of this plant will be asphalt, which ought to
find wide use in the road paving programs of the southeastern states. _

None of the wells have been heavy producers, the average running
about 50 barrels per day, but on the other hand none of them have gone
dry.

Somewhat to everyone’s surprise, production in this field was obtained
at shallow depths, from 2800 to 3300 feet. A fractured zone at the base
of the Selma and a sand in the Eutaw have supplied all the oil to date.
Drilling to 5000 feet in some of these wells has not found oil below the
Eutaw.

Production up to the end of February, 1944, totalled roughly 300,000
barrels, not an imposing figure, but difficulties in collecting and marketing
the oil have held production far below the capacity of the wells. Present
production is running about 1000 barrels per day. (A barrel of oil contains
42 gallons.)

Drilling in counties other than Choctaw has so far been unsuccessful.
Mobile, Washington, Clarke, Escambia, Wilcox, and Marengo in the south
have all had trials. An 8500 foot well in Mobile County was recently
completed as a dry hole. In northwest Alabama, Walker and Winston
counties have been explored with several shallow holes, and what appears
to be a promising gas field has been located, not far from Jasper. In
Madison County shallow exploration wells have disclosed shows of oil,
but no commercial production.

It is remarkable that the Gilbertown discovery did not create the
usual frenzied rush to the field. Perhaps the reason is that one company
had under lease most of the neighboring area. Also, there have been no
bonanza wells so far, but other fields in other states have had a similar
history. Relatively light production has continued for a year or two, and
then a bonanza discovery turned up which attracted wide attention.

All in all, Alabama has had little drilling, and it is surprising how
small an area is needed to produce a flood of oil. Spindletop at Beau¬
mont, Texas, and even the famous East Texas field covered little terri¬
tory. There is plenty of opportunity both in south and north Alabama for

56

courageous exploration and if there is one quality that the American oil
man has it is financial courage. can 011

a 1 1 The lies a.lon§' the most striking structure of South

Alabama, the Hatchetigbee anticline, which was first observed almost a
century ago. The field is on the north flank of this great s^ucturT and
re necessary closure apparently is effected by a minor fault, or faults

hahsC com? from U t h p "t W ,theTHeic|elbeiT area across the line in Mississippi
™ th thlC,k Tuscaloosa sands, well below the Gilbertown

Tnsna^ g an,d ,lt: 1S, hlghly improbable that this “massive”

Tuscaloosa will be found altogether barren in Alabama. As more well lo°-s

are obtained in the field, both from producers and dry holes, the structure
more^nTenfgently6 apparent’ and future wildcat drilling can be directed

57

ECOLOGICAL FACTORS IN THE PIKE COUNTY POCOSIN
— C: M. Farmer, Troy State Teachers College, Troy.

The pocosin is a peculiar geological formation about six miles east
of Troy in Pike County. It consists of deep narrow ravines with steep
sides and streams of water in the bottom. How it was formed is as yet
a matter of conjecture, as no studies have been made to find an answer
to that question.

The striking feature is the dense wilderness of green in the ravines
at all seasons of the year. A number of plants not common in that area
are found there. Among the plants found there are : Magnolia, bay, beech,
black and sweet gum, birch, several species of oaks, maple, tea olive,
rhododendron, huckleberry, granny graybeard, squaw, or cancer root,
Spanish moss, wild plums, witch hazel, dogwood, swamp honeysuckle,
misletoe, and many others.

To determine the difference in the temperature, humidity and baro¬
metric pressure at the top of the hill above and at the bottom of one of
the ravines and the probable influence these factors have on the striking
difference in the winter foliage, I made thirteen trips at irregular inter¬
vals between October 4, 1945, and March 24, 1946. At these visits I took
the temperature, humidity and barometric pressure at both the top and
bottom of the ravine. The following results were obtained :

At the Top of the Ravine

Average

M edian

Range

Temperature .

64 degrees F.

61.81 degrees

35 to 80 degrees

Humidity .

. 59

59.44

48 to 70

Air Pressure .

. 29.75 in.

29.65 in.

29.46 to 29.98 in.

At the Bottom of the Ravine

Average

Median

Range

Temperature....

62 degrees F.

60.61 degrees

36 to 78 degrees

Humidity .

. 68

73.57

60 to 95

Air Pressure....

. 29.75 in.

29.69 in.

29.50 to 30.03 in.

An examination of these figures shows what was to be expected. The
median temperature at the top is 64 degrees while that at the bottom is
62 degrees, but what is of much greater significance is that the range at
the top was greater, being 35 degrees to 80 degrees, while at the bottom
the range was from 36 to 78 degrees. The humidity was always greater
at the bottom, the median at the top being 59 and at the bottom 68.

These differences, however, were not as great as I had expected. Two
things may have influenced this. First, my visits were in the middle or
late afternoon, the warmest part of the day, which would tend to make
the temperature more nearly equal. Second, the winter was a comparatively
mild one with not much hard freezing, which would also tend to equalize
the temperatures at the top and bottom.

In spite of these facts, I believe there is enough difference in the
temperature and humidity, as shown in the table, to be significant in
accounting for the difference in the plant life at the top and bottom of
the ravine.

58

THE CONVERSION OF HARDWOOD TO PINE STANDS IN
ALABAMA

—Rudolph Stahelin, Associate forester, Southern Forest Experiment
Station, Auburn.

. natu.ral forest in central and northern Alabama consists of a

mixture of pines and hardwoods. Often the cutting of pines, as well as
frequent fires, has practically eliminated the pines and left hardwoods
of interior quality and badly damaged by fires in possession of thousands
of acres. Since pines produce more wood of higher value per acre than
hardwoods, the reestablishment of pines on such lands is of great economic
importance.

There are economic as well as ecological factors that make the rein-
troduction of pines into hardwood stands difficult. Wood is relatively a
cheap product, considering the long time it takes to grow it. The wood-
and manager, therefore, is limited in the amount of money he can expend
to grow it. Agricultural crops are highly artificial plant communities that
require much attention, such as seeding, cultivating, fertilizing, watering
and dusting. A forest crop, on the other hand, even if established by plant-
ing or seeding, is still essentially a natural plant community, which has to
stand and thrive with as little artificial help as possible.

Changing an undesirable forest cover to a more desirable one means
work and money, unless this change conforms to the natural development
of the tree community In the case of the pine-hardwood stand, pines have
some disadvantages and some advantages over hardwoods. Of most prac-

wnnlflm?°rttnC-e 1S .thKe,-fuCt that r pines need more light than most hard-
W?n f vw,!r establishment If they can Set established on an equal
footing with the hardwoods, then their height growth, which is generally
greater than the growth of the hardwoods, will soon give them a secure

anleVen JommancLe over the competing hardwoods. The practical
problem then is, how much artificial help must be given the pines to assure
their establishment and dominance over the hardwoods.

The Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station has conducted two
test.me^h°ds of reestablishing pines in hardwood stands.
On the first area located at the Mam Station, Auburn, slash, loblolly
shortleaf andlongleaf pine were planted in 1933 at regular intervals under
hardwoods. The hardwoods consisted of oaks and hickories, that developed
from underbrush and sprouts after the original stand of longleaf p^ne
had been cut off in 1924. On a portion of this area the hardwoods were
cut down four years after planting. The success of this planting waTin
proportion to the ability of each species to get established and mfke satis¬
factory growth under shade. Longleaf pine was a complete failure Short-
leaf was successful only when released. Slash and loblolly did fairly well
even where not released. The growth however, was about three times
greater on the released part than on the unreleased portion of the area
,1 he second experiment was done near Talladega on an area cimilar
to the one at Auburn. Only slash and loblolly pinf trees were used foJ
under plantings. Several treatments of releasing the pines from hardwood
corapetmon varymg in degree and time of release were employed Me
f bo.th species was in general very satisfactory. The height
growth of the trees was related to the amount of hardwood competition
. r anflysis °f the effect of the release cuttings made four years after
planting shows the following results of ecological significance. The cut¬
ting treatments may be grouped into two types— clear-cutting and partial
“"If. Sf hai;dwoods. In clear-cutting, all hardwoods were c?t down, and
partial cutting, only the more severe hardwood competition was removed.

59

The height growth of the planted trees during 1945 was then studied in
its relation to the remaining hardwood competition. For this purpose the
degree of hardwood competition remaining after cutting was classified in
four groups :

0 = No Competition — distance to nearest hardwood stem at least equal
to its height.

1 = Light competition — competition from one side only and distance to

nearest hardwood not less than one-half its height.

2 = Moderate competition — no overhead cover and no competition from

two sides.

3 = Severe competition — no or very light overhead cover, but competition

from three or four sides.

4 = Very severe competition — complete overhead cover.

On the clear-cut plots all competition classes were, of course, reduced to
0. Competition changed at an average from class 3 to class 1 on the plots
with partial release. Clear-cutting involved about twice as much labor as
partial cutting.

The average height growth of the planted trees in relation to treat¬
ment as well as in relation to hardwood competition remaining after
treatment is shown in the following table.

»

Average Height Growth in Feet, 1945

Cutting Hardwood competition class

treatment 0 1 2 3 4 Average

Clear cutting . 2.4 2.4

Partial cutting . 2.4 1.8 1.7 1.0 1.9

No cutting . 2.2 2.2 1.4 1.0 .4 1.4

Average . . 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.0 .4

The growth of loblolly pines was in each case a little better than that of
slash pines.

This experiment shows that underplanting of pines, where hardwoods
are not too dense or too tall, can be successful. The pines should be re¬
leased within a few years after planting to obtain satisfactory growth. It
is too early to draw definite conclusions about the most desirable method
of release. Where the hardwoods can be used for firewood and where a
good pulpwood market is available, clear-cutting may be justified. If saw-
timber is the only or main objective and if labor is scarce, partial release
may be the best method.

60

CONDITIONS OF'ALABAMA WOODLANDS AND A SUGGESTED
PROGRAM OF ACTION FOR FARM WOODS

— L. M. Ware, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn.

Economic Problem Number One’” is a title which some have applied
to the oouth. I his questionable honor is not due primarily to a lack of
assets, resources, or opportunities; it is largely by default. It is ours
because we have refused to accept the responsibility of caring for, develop-
mg, and using properly the resources and assets that belong to the South
the bouth can become what others have claimed for it, “Economic Op¬
portunity Number One.” To do this will require that the South develop
the resources,, human and natural, that belong to it.

Forestry is one of the South’s greatest natural resources, a renewable
one and one that may be altered by the efforts of man.

No. other forest area of the nation has the natural advantages of the
bouth in acreage, adapted species, and rapid growth. With 44 per cent
of the commercial timber area, the South is growing 58 per cent of the
nations wood and 64 per cent of the nation’s saw timber. This record
is made in spite of neglect, abuse, and ruthless exploitation of our forests
ihe casual observer however, has not failed to notice, and students
of the woods know full well, that the forests of the South are in bad
shape Our forests are making only a fraction of the growth they are
capable of making and providing only a fraction of the income they might
produce. Large areas are deteriorating in quality with the passing of time
ihe purpose of this report is to describe the conditions that have been
found by investigations in Alabama woodlands, to relate these conditions
to certain casual factors, to outline what experiments indicate might be
done to improve conditions and to suggest a broad program of action
that will systematically set about getting a job done. The suggested pro-
gram may be considered by some to be radical and the remedy too drastic
but the situation demands drastic measures if Alabama woodlands are
to be made productive without undue loss of time.

Condition of Alabama Woodlands

th„ Al^eraAtlVe Sndy ,bj^the Southern Forest Experiment Station and
the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station was conducted in 1938-40

Ibe fPrT7i, purpose.s of ^he study were to determine the condition of
t e stands, the quantity and quality of pine reproduction, and the factors
responsible for or associated with pine reproduction. The study included
ThU„r coupes of A abama : each county was in a different soil province
th! tPain’ *he Upper Coastal Plain, the Piedmont, and

16,bAPfaIaChian ,Plateau regions were represented. The results will apply
to the larger part of central and northern Alabama. P1 X

A few of the results are given:

1J- pCir Cent i°f the stands examined was adequately stocked Of
the stands inadequately stocked, only 22 per cent had satisfactory pine
reproduction; 62 per cent had unsatisfactory reproduction; 17 per cent
had no pine reproduction. ’ 1 c 1

Causes of Unsatisfactory Pine Reproduction
Inadequate seed trees were responsible for or were associated with
poor pine reproduction on 43 per cent o£ the stands; fires were associated

29 7 37 r Cent °f the sta,,ds’ ’'^wood brS on

7,, P , cent of the stands, and overstory competition on 23 per cent of

the stands. Grazing and erosion were responsible for or associated with
poor pine reproduction on 14 per cent of the stands. d ™

61

Fire Control Necessary But Only Part of the Program

Probably no single organized program of man could accomplish so
much on so large an area in so short a time with as little cost and effort
per acre as a State-wide fire-control program. Alabama is to be con¬
gratulated on providing means for a State-wide fire-control program. We
should, however, not consider the job done when we obtain control of
fires. Although fire control assures reestablishment of pine on thousands
of acres of Alabama timber land, it is known that there is a large acreage
of forest land in Alabama that will not restock satisfactorily to pines,
even though fires are controlled for the next 50 to 100 years. Remember
that 43 per cent or almost one-half of the woodland areas examined in the
Alabama study had poor pine reproduction because of an inadequate
number of seed trees. Fire protection will not bring back seed trees that
have been cut, and the Alabama study reveals that there are only four
chances in a hundred of satisfactory pine reproduction without adequate
seed trees.

Remember also that on 29 per cent of the stands, hardwood brush
was responsible for poor pine reproduction. These studies reveal that
there are only 20 chances in 100 of satisfactory pine reproduction on areas
having more than 20 per cent of the local ground area covered with
hardwood brush. Fire prevention will not help the hardwood brush sit¬
uation.

The combined presence of hardwood brush and overstory, also largely
hardwoods, was responsible for poor pine reproduction on 52 per cent
of the stands. These facts are evidence that something more than fire
protection is needed to keep our woods coming back to pine, and pines
must remain a dominant part of the composition of our stands if the
greatest value is to be derived from our forest areas. This is not to
condemn hardwoods, but most of the hardwoods are of low quality and
low commercial value. In comparison, pines grow faster, are of better
quality, have a more varied use, and return more per acre within a given
period of time than the hardwoods that are referred to here.

Conditions Necessary for Satisfactory Pine Reproduction

Certain combinations of factors must be present for satisfactory pine
reproduction. For satisfactory pine reproduction, there must be presence
of seed trees, absence of fires during the first five years after seeding or
planting, absence or only a limited amount of hardwood brush competi¬
tion, openings in the canopy of sufficient size to permit pine reproduction
and growth, and protection from excessive grazing.

Conditions of Woodlands as Shown by Other Studies

The forest survey made in 1935-36 showed that the average acre of
second-growth pine in Alabama supported about 45 per cent of the volume
it was able to support and that 55 per cent was rough and limby. This is
evidence of inadequate stocking of stands. The forest survey data also
showed that, while pines constituted 55 per cent of the volume of sound
material in saw timber, the volume of sound material in cull trees of
hardwood species was eight times the volume of softwoods. Furthermore,
hardwoods constituted 63 per cent of the total volume of sound material
below saw-timber size.

These facts indicate that conditions found in Alabama woods are
far from satisfactory. One other major factor that is an essential part
of the over-all situation is the presence in Alabama of 1.5 million acres
of idle and abandoned farm land. There is reason to believe that a con¬
siderable amount of this idle land will go into kudzu or lespedeza sericea.

62

{°Lth'1S area,wl11 seed-in” to Pine naturally, but a conservative
estimate of the acres that will require planting, if these idle acres are to
be made productive, is 500,000 to 700,000 acres.

What Alabama Experiments Have Shown Can Be Done to Increase
Growth and Improve Woodland Conditions

Experiments by the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station at
Auburn and at six outlying experimental forest units have shown:

1) that growth of artificially established pines on abandoned land
where competition is largely absent may be two, three, four, or even six
or s®YeiI^imes the average growth of the woodlands of the State.

, £). , 1 hat cut-over areas restocked to hardwoods can be artificially re-

r?,tHnlSh?d t(VTeS bY pIant'ng pmes and by giving them one or two release
cuttings 2 and 4, or 3 and 5 years after planting

3) That maximum growth is the result of the use of the right kind
and right number of trees on the land.

4) That a farmer using his own labor to harvest and deliver the
iorest products from his own woods may receive as much as $8 to $10

?etuSseoPfer$iy5eatn f6nm weIUtocked standsf of slash or loblolly pines, or

unusually Yood sT.ef ^ ^ ^ ^ for StUmpage and labor from

^hat tkY Ya[ue after the fifteenth year of the wood grown and

to the cost oTplInttag g ^ dehvermS be «><* year

A Proposed Program of Action

thefse, backg[ound facts, it is proposed that a coordinated pro¬
gram supported by all agencies of the State concerned with woodland
improvement be formulated. wuoaiana

The program would include four phases of work, three within the
woods and one on abandoned land :

Phase 1

Phase one of the program would consist of planting on every partici¬
pating farm i 2 to 4 acres of idle or abandoned farm land to pines each
- ear until all unused acres not going into forage crops are planted. Those
areas that will naturally restock to pines obviously need not be planted.

Phase Z

, tP^aS1 1^° w0 jld ,appIy to those wooded areas consisting of the poorest
stocked stands and the poorest species, and having the least chance of

rrama^irSe?Pr0dUCtl0n by This phase of ““p™-

• ^ Systematic clearing and planting on every participating farm hav¬

ing woods in this class of 1, 2, or 3 acres each year of forest land.

at a cho!e?timehe nght nUmber °f the right kind of trees on the land

3) Releasing pines in 2 or 3 years and following by a second release

1 n4Cwj!7 2 °r n fCarS /ter sb°uId hardwoods offer serious competition
, 4) Usmg cull trees from the cleared land as firewood and the few

better trees for lumber, crossties, and poles.

Phase 3

Phase three would apply to areas of forests much understocked but
fte w^lTtocS: rees,ablishi"S P™ »*”*■ This phase of

1) Removal of competing hardwood brush after a good seed crop in

63

order to permit pine to survive the first year, or release of seedlings if
present but suppressed by hardwood brush.

2) Removal of poor quality hardwoods or cull softwoods in the over¬
story to provide sufficient openings to assure survival and growth of
pines.

3) Release cuttings in later years to assure that the pines will become
established and will dominate the stand.

Phase 4

Phase four would apply to the better stocked stands. It would consist
of the use of good forest practices on the better-stocked stands to improve
quality, to build up growing stcok, and to provide a continuous, source of
wood for harvest and sale.

Concluding Remarks

This is a long-time job, but we have been at the job of destroying
and exploiting our forest resources for a very long time.

The immensity of this program cannot be overlooked. If a 20-year
program is undertaken looking to the planting during this period of one
million acres, the State and nursery output each year would necessarily
be stepped up from two million seedlings per year to 50 million seedlings
per year. In 20 years, only one million acres of the eight million acres
of farm woodlands or its 1.5 million acres of idle, abandoned land would
be planted. An additional two million acres or more of the woodede area
should have been adequately restocked by natural reseeding with artificial
conditioning of the site and release of the pines. Another 2 to 4 million
should by odds consist of well-stocked stands. Probably one-half million
acres of abandoned land, likewise, should have restocked naturally.

The ultimate hope of such a program would be to put the right num¬
ber of the right kind of trees on the 8 million acres of farm woodland
to replace the inadequately stocked stands that now occupy the land and
produce a relatively small income. By this improvement, the average rate
of growth should be increased from the present level .4 of a cord per
acre per year to 1 or cords per acre per year or the growth should

be increased from the present level of 110 board feet per acre per year
to 400 or 500 board feet per acre per year.

The value to Alabama farmers of 6 to 8 million acres producing
from $6 to $10 per acre per year or even $15 to $18 per acre per year
under unusual conditions from the products grown and the labor provided
by the harvesting and delivering of this wood would be immense.

The value to the average farm having 30 acres of wood should be
equivalent to about one-third to one-half the value of agricultural crops.
It is now about ten per cent.

These values are worth whatever effort is required to see that they
materialize.

The program is admittedly bold ; the procedures are drastic. The
situation, however, demands a drastic remedy. Experiments have shown
that the measures suggested will go a long way towards making farm
woods productive and profitable. The results in due course of time will
justify the efforts many times over.

The opinion is expressed that a vigorous program requiring vigorous
action with results immediately apparent has a much better chance of
succeeding than a passive program requiring little effort with results
not apparent for years.

65

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PREPARED

for the

TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING

of the

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

19 4 6

TICKS AND MITES OF MEDICAL IMPORTANCE IN FORREST
COUNTY, MISSISSIPPI

— Allan F. Archer, University.

The following list of ticks and mites is based on collections made by
the author and others in Forrest County, Mississippi, in 1945 and 1946.
The list of ticks is probably quite complete, and represents species of
medical importance. The list of mites is incomplete, but includes some
species of economic importance.

Ticks

Ambylomma anievicanuni. Found on man, cattle, horses, mules, dogs,
rabbits. Dermacentor variabilis. Man, dogs. Haemaphysalis leporis-
palustris. Rabbits. Ixodes scapularis. Man, dogs. Rhipicephalus san¬
guineus. Dogs.

Mites

Dermanyssus hifundinis. Chickens, pigeons. Echidnolaelaps echidnitius.
Rats. Eutrombicula alfreddugesi. The redbug. Man, chickens. Eiponys-
sus bacoti. The tropical rat mite. Rats. Otodcctcs cynotis. Dogs, cats.
Parafetranychus ilicis. Pin aks, sycamore, myrtle laurel. Tetranychus
bimaculatus. Honeysuckle.

THE EFFECT OF REPEATED PRUNING ON HEIGHT AND
DIAMETER GROWTH OF PLANTED SLASH PINE

—William R. Boggess, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

An experiment to test the effect of repeated pruning on planted slash
pine was initiated in 1941 on the Barbour County Experimental Forest
Area of the Alabama Experiment Station. Trees, in a five year old slash
pine plantation were pruned in 1941, 1942, 1943 and 1945 to one-fourth,
one-half and three-fourths of their total height. Measurements were made
during the same years and growth was compared with trees which had
not been pruned. Total diameter growth (breast height) for the five year
period has been reduced 31 per cent for yA pruned trees, 22 per cent for J4
pruned trees, and 9 per cent for the ^ pruned trees. Height growth for
the same period was 20 per cent less for the pruned trees and 12 per cent
less for the J4 pruned trees. There was no difference in the height growth
of the pruned and unpruned trees.

66

INFANTILE AND ADULT TYPES OF HEMOGLOBIN

-J. K. Cline, Biochemistry Department, Medical College of Alabama

“ wafnoTu*"

» 1 Si " wl

nese is produced in the embryo and is present at birth TliP t

der oTlife^D, TT °f lgC,and aPParently persists throughout the remain

3.^w^,iss^ai33

:&2S£l£sI:*£3iSM,»£

S&’Srt'Sfft^ST#

a^TMsriraa-SaSSS

CYCLIZATION OF SYNTHETIC RUBBER*

—Fred W. Cox, Southern Research Institute, Birmingham

natura^or'isopren^ rubber ^an^be'^ade^ to1 'Vh>ile reaC‘iV' 'han

temperatures to form ^ products A. , 8° cyc!'2?,tlon « elevated

cyclized natural rubber CoadmT on Z/r h QU’te ?lmiIar t0 those of
mission rates comparable to those of ^cbze^ru^e'5*^ TpP°r tran?'
compatible with GRS so that it mav ^ ™°ber and the resm is
lar to rubber- Pliolite mixtures Thirh H ° f°rm compositions simi-

‘*b°ra*°ri « •* «* Goodyear

67

FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS
OF SPIRAL HEAT EXCHANGERS

— K. W. Coons, University of Alabama, University.

Spiral heat exchangers introduced in Sweden by Rosenblad about
1910 were being produced in Birmingham before the war. During the war
they met with wide use in cooling acids in T.N.T. plants, cooling oils in
shell and machine shops, and in other industries. New markets are being
found in the citrus and distilling industries.

Study of the flow characteristics shows that turbulence occurs at
lower velocities in these machines than in tubular units, while pressure
drop is not increased. Heat transfer characteristics follow the conventional
Dittus-Boelter equation for turbulent flow. Under viscous flow the heat
transfer coefficients are from 50 to 100 per cent greater than for tubular
units.

TALLOL— POST WAR DEVELOPMENTS

— Kenneth W. Coons, University of Alabama, University.

Tallol — a vegetable oil obtained as a by-product from the sulphate
(Kraft) paper mills, found widespread use during the war in the paint
and varnish, soap, textile and other industries. The efforts of the industry
to transfer into postwar fields are described. Present production of 144,000
tons annually is inadequate to meet present demands and will probably
be expanded during 1946.

CENTRIFUGAL CASTING AS A METHOD OF FORMING STEEL
— C. K. Donoho, American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Birmingham.

The direct forming of useful parts from liquid steel by centrifugal
casting is not new but there was a remarkable expansion in this field
during the war years. By use of centrifugal methods foundries were able
to produce steel parts more uniform in properties and consistently more
free from defects. Centrifugal casting also enabled foundries to produce
successfully parts which were formerly available with suitable quality only
in the form of forgings or rolled products. To evaluate centrifugal cast¬
ing, then, we may compare it as a method with static casting and with
forging or rolling.

Compared to static casting, centrifugal casting gives generally, (1)
better soundness and cleanliness, (2) higher yield of useful parts in rela¬
tion to metal poured, and (3) better adaptability to mass production. Com¬
pared to forging the centrifugal casting method, (1*) produces parts nearer
to finished dimensions, (2) gives freedom from directional properties, and
(3) has lower equipment cost than for forging dies and presses.

Of course, there are disadvantages. Compared to static casting there
are limitations of size and shape and the expense of maintaining spinning
equipment. Compared to forging or rolling there is the lack of opportunity
to test the steel before forming the part, and somewhat lower ductility in
the longitudinal direction.

One of the most interesting examples of a centrifugally cast part
which replaced a forging is the aircraft engine cylinder barrel for the
2200 horse-power Pratt and Whitney engine. Ford Motor Company de¬
veloped the process and proved the performance.

68

At the American Cast Iron Pipe Company we worked very closely
with Ford on the centrifugally cast steel program and produced many
hundreds of thousands of similar parts.

Another valuable type of centrifugally cast steel part is the long tube,
these castings are made in the same machines used for cast iron pipe.

the vertical°ajds ^ Cylindrical are cast centrifugally by spinning about

Conclusion : By centrifugal
economically produced which
produced by any other method.

casting methods, many steel parts can be
are physically equal or superior to parts

THE BUFFER CAPACITY OF SALIVA AS A MEASURE
OF DENTAL CARIES ACTIVITY

-Samuel Dreizen, Arvin W. Mann, J. K. Cline, and Tom D Spies
Birmingham. H ’

Fifty patients with varying amounts of dental caries were selected for
ar medlc^’ dent.al: and dietary history supplemented bv
7 teSiS - j0! • Cf rieu actlvlty’ Following these observations the
patients were divided into three groups, the criteria being nutritional status

defiriVn?^ i-0f iCrneiS actfvlt^ GrouP 1 contained sixteen nutritionally
deficient, but relatively caries free patients. Group 2, twenty well nourished

ed nT H Tderate canes activity, and Group 3, fourteen well nourish-
eel patients with rampant caries.

Paraffin stimulated saliva collected from each of the fifty patients
was tested for dental caries activity by the chemical method of Fosdick
Hansen and Epple, the bacteriological method of Hadley, and a method
developed by the authors which measured the buffer capacity of the
saliva. The latter method consisted of taking the pH reading of a five
cc sample of saliva with a Beckman pH meter. Then from a burette
calibrated to deliver 0.04 cc per drop, 0.1 N lactic acid was added a drop
at a time and a pH reading taken after the addition of each drop. Buffer
curves were prepared by plotting pH against cc of acid used. The amount
°Ha,clIC acid reQu>red to lower the pH of the saliva sample from pH 7 0 to
pH 6.0 was regarded as the measure of the buffer capacity of the saliva.

< . A dfuinkterrand readdy discernible difference was found to exist
between the buffer capacity of the saliva of a caries immune and a caries
susceptible individual. The results achieved with the buffer capacity method
correlated well with the chemical and bacteriological tests for caHes acti-

with °tlieh mmi'tlf SampleS °f ,sahva’ as wel1 as with the findings obtained
hC+ TU h m'rror exploring time and dental x-ray. The buffer
capacity test also offered an explanation for the few instances of non¬
correlation between the chemical and bacteriological tests.

Malnoumhed patients relatively free from dental caries had the high-

arir1nnhTr m th<? saiIva* . the lowest number of Lactobacilfus

c dophili and the least active Fosdick determination. In contrast the well
nourished patients with either moderate or rampant caries showed a pro-

nrrotrr-deC-eaSe ^ b,uffeTr Capadty of the saliva and corresponding
minltfon 6 mCreases m the Lactobacilli counts and the Fosdick deter?

TEACHING COLLEGE FRESHMAN BIOLOGY

— C. M. Farmer, State Teachers College, Troy.

In our experience we have found general biology better for freshman
than separate courses in general botany and zoology. Since life is main¬
tained in the same way in both plants and animals it is illogical to separate
them into different courses.

Since most of our students are immature and unprepared, the subject
should be simplified, the use of technical words reduced to a minimum,
and unestablished theories left out.

In addition to the usual class and laboratory work, there are many
valuable aids now available. Many good books and periodicals are pub¬
lished, and in addition to the opaque projector, the stereoscope, and slide
lantern, there are now good films for the 16mm sound movie. Charts and
models are useful and field trips are a most valuable aid, especially in
emphasizing the ecological aspects.

Since biology is not generally a popular course with college freshman
it probably could be made more popular and effective by organizing the
material around the fundamental life processes, simplifying the termi¬
nology, and in general putting it within the reasonable reach of immature
and unprepared freshman students.

BOILING POINT STUDIES OF PURE ORGANIC LIQUIDS
UNDER VARYING PRESSURES

— W. Joe Frierson, Lillian Douglas,* and E. V. Jones, Birmingham-
Southern College, Birmingham.

This investigation has been undertaken for the purpose of determin¬
ing the correct boiling points of organic compounds at various pressures.
When sufficient compounds have been studied such data should be of
great value in determining the structure of unknown substances and in
calculating the boiling point from known structure.

The compounds were purified by repeated fractionations with an
efficient column. The purity was determined by means of a differential
ebulliometer which gives the difference in boiling and condensation tem¬
peratures. The purification was continued until this AT value was reduced
to 0.04° or less. The boiling temperatures were then recorded at various
reduced pressures.

Data have been recorded for the following compounds : Ethanol,
Butanol, Ethyl acetate, Butyl acetate, Isopropyl acetate, Acetone, Methyl
ethyl ketone, and Methyl isobutyl ketone. The log of the pressure has been
plotted against the reciprocal of the absolute temperature.

It is proposed to make an extended study of the kentones.

*The holder of an Alabama Academy of Science Research Assistantship
in chemistry.

THE CHANGES IN THE ELASTIC TISSUE OF THE UTERINE
WALL DURING PREGNANCY AND AFTER PARTURITION
— Thomas E. Hunt, Department of Anatomy, Medical College of Ala¬
bama, Birmingham, and Para Lee Evans, Department of Zoology,
University.

Only a few fine networks of elastic fibers are present in the peri¬
metrium and circular myometrium of nulliparous rats. After implantation

70

the uhteerufthedpL?;n pregnancy with subsequent expansion and growth of
s the elastica increases per unit area until the eleventh or twelfth

of1 ih^Sems^th^ 1eCfreases per unit area but considering the entire wall
ot the uterus the elastica continues to increase by a lengthening- of the

th' £'aStiC flb'/S breaki"S due to Excessive

e,astIc fibers at that time a' TZ

1,1 T d networks, an outer net just inside of the longitudinal
uscle layer with most of the fibers of the net arranged longitudinally

andangkCofd60n°nor 70° circular muscle la7er with fibers passing at

an angle ot 50 or 70 to the outer net. The increase of elastica nm,rC

f°^,°niy,at th? greatly expanded implantation sites but also in the inter
implantation sites where expansion is slight.

• 4fter, Partuntion as the uterus contracts and shortens to its normal
size the elongated elastic fibers become coiled and tangled Although these
appear as isolated spiremes in sections, whole mounts of macerated nrena

StbS^^^c,l'bersSpers^tsrinasome*locations0for atTeasf nine monfhs

PREof^ala#am\IST 0F endemic flowerinc

PLANTS

Roland M. Harper, Geological Survey of Alabama.
Alabama probably has more species of flowering nlants mnfincH

distincCwhich Sgh^u™

positive assertions about their distribution. t f t0 make

The list gives only the technical name of each snecies; anrl ,

ibSHC^ * tS^hokynusO^ofhe? inform0!”

nearly “ PosseibleCin chronological OTd^ofd^ver ^ arranged as

Oenothera grandiflora, 1776.
Neviusia Alabamensis, 1857.
Sedum Nevii, about 1857.
Rhynchospora crinipes, 1868.
Croton Alabamensis, 1877.
Silphium Gatesii, 1895.
Sarracenia oreophila, about 1895.
Sagittaria viscosa, 1896.
Scutellaria Alabamensis, 1897.
Trillium decumbens, 1901.
Quercus Boyntoni, 1901.

Prunus australis, 1901 ( ?)
Coreopsis pulchra, 1901 ( ?)

Azalea Alabamensis, (?)
Harperella fluviatilis, 1905
Vernonia dissimilis, (?)
Hymenocallis bidentata, 1920.
Talinum Mengesii, about 1920.
Hexastylis speciosa, 1924.
Erythronium rostratum, about 1930
lalinum Appalachianum, 1937.
Jamesianthus Alabamensis, 1937
Erythronium Harperi, 1938.
Eriogonum (unnamed), 1942
V mcetoxicum (Cyclodon)
Alabamense, 1902.

71

TEACHING VALENCE AND EQUIVALENTS IN
INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY

— *E. V. Jones, Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham.

This paper stressed the importance of valence in inorganic chemistry.
The two common approaches to valence were mentioned and two advan¬
tages of the historical approach were given. This approach is presented in
simple experimental terms without reference to atomic structure and it
leads naturally into an understanding of chemical equivalents of elements
and compounds.

Confusing statements were cited from a recent article in chemical
literature and more suitable statements were suggested. The “rule of equal
equivalents” so widely used in analytical chemistry was proposed as an
aid in balancing equations. A plea was made for a differentiation between
fundamental definitions of chemical quantities and simple devices for
finding those quantities. Failure at this point was regarded as a chief
weakness of many beginning students in chemistry.

Finally it was urged that teachers of beginning chemistry acquaint
their students with some of the newer aspects of valence such as the
hydrogen and hydroxyl bonds and Pauling’s viewpoint as to the character
and relative strengths of the common types of valence bonds.

*Now at the University of Alabama.

STONE-AGE PEOPLE OF NEW GUINEA

— Walter B. Jones, State Geologist of Alabama, University.

Except for a few localities, along the coast, all of the natives of New
Guinea, the world’s second largest island, live in the Stone-Age. Most of
the inland tribes still practice the custom of “head-hunting.” Their tools
and implements are made of wood or stone, or both. Houses are made
of saplings with thatched roofs, much like those of primitive people in
this country. Gardens are community affairs, the crop being placed in
storage near the Chief’s house and divided among the villagers from time
to time. The climate is such that gardens are in almost continuous pro¬
duction. Because of the very hot and humid climate (more than 200 inches
annual rainfall and near the equator) little or no clothing is worn. Inland
tribes show almost insane desire for certain sea and pearl shells, for per¬
sonal adornment. All use skins and plumes of birds of paradise, when they
can get them. The use of lime to make their hair stand upward, in rigid
position, is universal. They chew betel nut, which makes their teeth jet
black and shiny. Moral standards are exceptionally high. They give no
thought to the vast deposits of gold and other minerals and ores which
give their island very great potential wealth. About 85 per cent of the
island has not yet been explored by white man.

72

TRENDS IN SUBSURFACE GEOLOGY IN SOUTHWEST
ALABAMA

— Walter B. Jones, University.

_ In early days, when the geology of the Alabama Coastal Plain was
being studied, it was thought that the beds laid down by the Mississippi
Embayment of the Gulf of Mexico were regular and uniform. The late
Dr. Eugene Allen Smith, State Geologist from 1873-1927, suspected the
existence of much irregularity in the deposition of Coastal Plain beds This
led him to remark, “The Alabama Coastal Plain was laid down for the
express purpose of confounding geologists.”

Oil exploration in Southwest Alabama has progressed sufficiently to
point the way to certain irregularities which had been suspected. Present
trends in subsurface geology in the area suggest the existence of a deep
salt basin surrounding the Hatchetigbee Anticline in Choctaw, Clarke and
Washington counties, and its adjunct the Jackson Fault in Clarke County
Recent drilling in adjacent parts of Mississippi bear out that conclusion.’
It may surround the Hatchetigbee Anticline or the northern and southern
sections of the basin may extend southeastward, as a single trough or as
parallel troughs.

STONE-AGE PEOPLE OF NEW GUINEA

Walter B. Jones, State Geologist, University.

In a country like ours, with so many modern conveniences, it is diffi¬
cult to realize that millions of people, on thousands of Southwest Pacific
Islands, are still living in the 'Stone Age. An analysis of the primitive life
and customs of those people throws much light on our study of aboriginal
people of our own country. There are many things about the Mt. Hagen
culture, of the mountains of New Guinea, which coincide with our inter¬
pretation of the Moundville, Alabama, culture.

A

STUDY OF THE DEVELOPMENT
ATTACHMENT IN THE RAT

OF THE MUSCLE-TENDON

—Margaret E. Long* Department of Anatomy, Medical College of
Alabama, Birmingham.

Preliminary work reported last year has been expanded to include
studies of superficial flexor musculature of the hind leg in a series of
animals ranging from 14 days fetal to 176 days adult age.

In the 14-day fetus, the gastrocnemius-soleus blastema is organized
into a mass of closely packed large and small nuclei enmeshed in an
argyrophilic reticulum continuous with reticulum of adjacent subcutaneous
and fascial mesenchyma. No tendon primordium has developed. During the
r uj Y:,ta s,t?g,e’ the calcaneus, tendon, musculature relationship is estab¬
lished. Ihe thicker argyrophilic tendon fibers are continuous with finer
argentofibrillae of the pre-muscle mass. In 16-18-day stages the tendon
fibers divide and envelop the sides of growing ends of muscle fibers.
During this period, tendon fibers, previously argyrophilic assume the
properties of collagen. In the 19-day fetus the sarcoplasmic limits of
muscle fibers at the muscle-tendon attachment become more obvious and
are distinct from enveloping argentofibrillae. Before birth the muscle
endings have widened and are enveloped by increased numbers of reticular

73

fibers. As the muscle tips widen they show pseudopodial outgrowths
between the enveloping argentofibrillae. Argentofibrillae enclosed by
sarcoplasmic outgrowths form the argyrophilic projections seen at the
muscle attachment in adult muscle.

^Present address: Department of Biology, New York University, Wash¬
ington Square, N. Y. C.

THE NEW APPROACH TO SYNTHETIC MEDICINALS

— Albert M. Mattocks, Southern Research Institute, Birmingham.

Medicinal chemistry has long been handicapped by the practice of
patterning synthetic substances after naturally-occuring drugs, and the
synthesis of new agents threatens to remain dependent on chance dis¬
coveries of new natural products if this trend continues. Over a period of
years several theories have evolved that attempt to explain drug action ;
e.g., the Meyer-Overton Theory, Absorption Tlieory, Membrane Theory,
Colloidal Theory, etc. Many of these theories are still accepted in part,
but no one of them alone is sufficient. If it is to be avoided that we con¬
tinue to prepare thousands of compounds in order to obtain one substance
of value in treatment of disease, and if we are to expect progress in
chemical treatment of diseases for which we have no natural drugs, then
correlation of the present knowledge of drug action, more detailed studies
of medicinals of known value, and new knowledge of metabolic processes
of pathological organisms and of man will be necessary.

THE ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM IN MODERN
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

— W. M. Murray, Southern Research Institute, Birmingham.

Modern instrumental methods of chemical analysis are rapidly replac¬
ing the old “cook-book” methods and opening new fields of information
to the analyst. It is the object of this discussion to examine these methods
from the viewpoint of the region of- the electromagnetic spectrum em¬
ployed and the type of information which may be obtained from each
method.

In general the methods of analysis employing regions of the electro¬
magnetic spectrum may be classified as emission or absorption or a com¬
bination of these two types. Beginning at the infrared end of the electro¬
magnetic spectrum and proceeding down through the X-ray region one
encompasses eight or more types of electromagnetic spectroscopy which
are used by the modern analyst. The kind of information which may be
obtained from each and the equipment used in each will be discussed and
illustrated by lantern slides.

THE MUSEUM’S PLACE IN EDUCATION AND
CONSERVATION

— H. B. Rust, Exchange Building, Birmingham.

To those unfamiliar with modern museums the terms signifies a sort
of warehouse where great quantities of material are collected, preserved
and exhibited. To be sure all museums do expend a goodly portion of their
energies in collecting, preserving and exhibiting things, but these collec-

74

tions serve only as means to certain ends. The modern museum has become
a service organization to the community, offering opportunities for edu¬
cation, recreation and research.

We get our livelihood today through wires and pipes. We are not
forced to call upon the powers with which nature endowed us for self-
preservation, for enjoyment, or for independent thought. We are making
functional curtailments, and principal among those functions being dropped
is observation. We tend to take from books our ideas of the world about
us. The museum tends to counteract this drift, by employing the technique
of visual instruction, by presenting objects to convey impressions through
the eye. &

Through the museum we may develop a greater love for the out-of-
doors, we will become staunch supporters of our state and national pro¬
grams for conservation of our natural resources, we may develop a more
sympathetic attitude towards science in its reverent search for truth.

In short the keynote of museum work is public service; the object
pleasure thC gCneral level °f refinement by imparting knowledge and giving

PEROXIDE— CATALYZED CHLORINATION OF FIBER¬
FORMING VINYL POLYMERS*

—Robert J. Taylor, Southern Research Institute, Birmingham.

Co-polymers of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate containing 10 per cent
vinyl acetate and having an average molecular weight of about 20 000
can be spun into strong elastic textile fibers. The fibers shrink at 65-70° C.
and therefore have the objection of instability to boiling water These
polymers dissolved in chloroform or certain other chlorinated solvents
or suspended in water in a finely divided state, undergo chlorination with
molecular chlorine in the presence- of organic peroxides. The resulting
chlorinated products retain their fiber-forming properties and have shrink¬
age temperatures of 100-135° C. depending on the amount of chlorine
substitution. The shrinkage temperatures of the filaments of these chlori-
nated products obey the following general law :

Tc-Tu = kz

°C. of the chlorinated polymer,

Where Tc is the shrinl^ge in ui uie cmorinatea polymer, 1 is the

shrinkage temperature in °C. of the unchlorinated polymer, z is the number
of chlorine atoms introduced per monomer unit, and k is a constant

*This investigation was carried out in the laboratories of the American
Viscose Corporation, Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania.

75

THE EFFECT OF VASODILATING AGENTS UPON THE
DIFFUSION OF SULFATHIAZOLE INTO THE
CEREBROSPINAL FLUID

— R. S. Teague and Mervin Perdue, Dept, of Physiology and Pharma¬
cology, Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham.

Anesthetized dogs were given a sulfathiazole sodium sesquihydrate
solution intraduodenally after pyloric ligation. Free sulfathiazole levels
in the blood and cisternal fluid were determined at hourly intervals there¬
after for five hours. The degree of cerebrospinal fluid penetration of
sulfathiazole was shown by the C/B ratios, which were derived by dividing
the peak of the cerebrospinal fluid sulfathiazole concentration by the
average blood level.

It was found that the mean C/B ratio under ether anesthesia was
higher than under dial. Rebreathing increased the ratio as did alcohol and
saline injected intracarotidly.

From these and other studies it was concluded that cerebral vasodila¬
tion may be accompanied by an increased diffusion of sulfathiazole into
the cerebrospinal fluid, but other factors are also concerned. ( Aided by
a grant from the University Research Committee.)

THE EFFECT OF THIOURACIL ADMINISTRATION ON THE
RESPIRATORY ENZYMES OF LIVER TISSUE

— Samuel R. Tipton and W. L. Nixon, Department of Physiology and
Pharmacology, Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham.

Oral administration of 100 mgs. of thiouracil per day to hooded rats
weighing 150-200 grams for three weeks resulted in a decreased activity
of succinoxidase and cytochrome oxidase enzyme in liver homogenates.
The subcutaneous injection of .2 ml. of thyrotrophic hormone extract
•resulted in an increased activity of the two enzyme systems. When the
two drugs were administered simultaneously over a two-week period the
depressing action of the thiouracil and the stimulating action of the
thyrotrophic hormone counteracted each other leaving the enzyme values
approximately the same as those of control rats. Thiouracil had little effect
on the enzyme of thyroidectomized rats. A 50 mgs. per cent solution of
thiouracil had no effect on the liver respiratory enzymes in vitro. The
thiouracil effect could be demonstrated on the eighth day after administra¬
tion began while the effect of the thyrotrophic hormone could be found
on the fifth day after hormone injection was started. It appears that the
thiouracil effect on the respiratory enzymes is due to its depressing action
on the thyroid gland and thus indirectly on these enzyme systems through
a decrease in circulating thyroid hormone. ( Aided by a grant from the
University of Alabama Research Committee).

76

IMPROVING CONDITIONS FOR MIGRATORY WATER-FOWL
ON TVA IMPOUNDMENTS

—A. H. Wiebe, Tennessee Valley Authority, Norris, Tennessee.

Wherever and whenever waters are impounded for multipurpose use,
fluctuations in level are unavoidable. Any secondary program associated
with such impoundments must consider the effect of these variations in
level. In a fish and wildlife program on multiple-use reservoirs, the “time
of occui rence of fluctuations is perhaps fully as significant as the extent
of the drawdowns.

This paper explains how water-level fluctuations effect the abundance
of ducks wintering in the Tennessee Valley, and suggests certain positive
measures that may, to a significant extent, counteract the influence of
wide fluctuations and seasonal recessions in water level.

Limited developments for ducks are possible through the use of some
agricultural crops as duck food, the use of mudflat species — smartweeds,
millets, chuffas, etc. — the development of summertime dewatering projects'
and of constant-level lateral pools.

AN OUTLINE FOR A COURSE IN MODERN INSTRUMENTAL
METHODS OF ANALYSIS

H. E. Wilcox, Howard College, Birmingham.

The amazing progress recently made in analytical chemistry can be
credited largely to the development of instrumental methods. Despite the
use of such methods industrially, the average undergraduate chemistry
student is often unaware of their importance and seldom well acquainted,
either practically or theoretically, with the modern devices he is likely to
encounter after he leaves the campus.

This course, which is now being taught at Howard College, is an
attempt to remedy such a situation. The students who elect it must have
completed 12 quarter hours of elementary and advanced quantitative anal¬
ysis, and it is strongly recommended that they shall also have completed
10 quarter hours of college physics. The course, which carries three quarter
hours of credit, consists of one hour of lecture and six hours of labora- •
tory work per week.

The work of the first six weeks deals with the simpler optical methods
such as colorimetry, nephelometry, turbidimetry, fluorophotometry re-
fractometry and polarimetry. Typical laboratory experiments illustrating
these methods are performed, and the student is frequently asked to
search the literature for suitable procedures.

I he work of the last six weeks involves discussion of more advanced
optical procedures such as X-ray diffraction and spectrographic methods
as well as many typical electrical methods. The related laboratory work
includes such topics as potentiometric and conductometric titrations, elec¬
trometric pH determinations, and amperometric titrations, together with
such variations as the “Dead Stop End Point” and representative polaro-
graphic methods.

Limited experience indicates that students prefer this type of course
to the more conventional variety. Some instructors may feel that there
is too close a resemblance to parts of the laboratory course in physical
chemistry. However, physical chemistry offers almost unlimited experi¬
mental opportunities, and it should certainly not be necessary to repeat
many ot the experiments suggested in the above outline.

Present address: Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham.

77

THE WORKSHOP AS A SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL
DEVICE IN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

— Lillian Worley, Alabama College, Montevallo.

The workshop, an informal technique, used by educators for studying
problems of a comprehensive nature, seems to be an excellent device for
the study of resource problems. It allows large or small groups to work
cooperatively on problems essential to community and school development ;
it suggests critical evaluation of materials available for the study of these
problems, and it encourages the production of desirable new materials.
The workshop technique also makes use of the field approach in the study
of resource problems.

INDUSTRIAL USES FOR PEANUTS AND PEANUT PRODUCTS

— C. Lewis Wrenshall, Southern Research Institute, Birmingham.

This paper presents one aspect of a survey of peanut research spon¬
sored by the National Peanut Council.

The mounting importance of peanuts as a southern crop is due to
food demands and not to the expansion of industrial uses. However, a
number of important developments are possible from a techological point
of view.

Peanut oil is used for an increasing number of special purposes. By
modification it can be made suitable for the manufacture of food emul¬
sions, textile lubricants, sulfonated derivatives, insecticides, and pharma¬
ceutical products.

Peanut protein is comparable with other proteins used industrially
and is suitable for the manufacture of glues, coating materials, textile
fibers, amino acids and other protein derivatives. The method of produc¬
ing peanut protein has been worked out on a pilot plant scale.

Peanut hulls are potential sources of industrial products, including
cork substitute, motor fuel, light weight aggregate and plastic composi¬
tions. Possible uses are indicated also for skins and hearts, although little
development work has been done with these.

78

INDEX TO AUTHORS

page

Archer, A. F . 65

Boggess, W. R . 65

Brame, J. Y . 3

Cline, J. K . 66, 68

Collier, Nash, Jr . 50

Coons, K. W . 67

Cox, Fred W . 66

Donoho, C. N . 67

Dreizen, Samuel . 68

Emigh, Eugene D . 44

Farmer, C. M . 57, 69

Foley, James 0 . 6

Frierson, W. Joe . 69

Harper, Roland M . 8, 18, 70

Higgs, W. R . 21

Hunt, Thomas E . 69

Irvine, Paul . 25

Jennings, Henry L . 29

Jones, E. V . 71

Jones, W. B . 71, 72

Lloyd, Stewart J . 51, 55

Long, Margaret E . 72

Long, T. L . 43

page

Lowery, Dan . 50

Mann, A. W . 68

Mattocks, A. M . 73

Murray, W. M . 73

Nixon, W. L . 75

Perdue, Melvin . 74

Pincus, Sylvia . 50

Robinson, J. M . 81

Rust, H. B . ; . 73

Spies, Tom D . 68

Stahelin, Rudolph . 58

Taylor. Robert J . 74

Teague, Robert S . 75

Tipton, S. R . .v . 75

Tower, J. Allen . 35

Ware, L. M . 60

Wheeler, Robert J . 40

Wiebe, A. H . 76

Wilcox, H. E . 76

Worley, Lillian . 77

Wrenshall, C. L . . 77

Xan, John . 46, 50

79

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

OFFICERS FOR 1946-47

President, James L. Kassner . University

President-Elect, John Xan . Howard College, Birmingham

Vice-Presidents ( Section Chairmen ) and Section Vice-Chairmen
( Section Secretaries ) :

Section I.

John M. Bruhn, Chairman . Medical College of Ala., Birmingham

William E. Cotton, Vice-Chairman . Auburn

Section II.

W. M. Murray, Chairman . Southern Research Institute, Birmingham

Kenneth W. Coons, Vice-Chairman . University

Section III.

Lyman D. Toulmin, Jr., Chairman . Birmingham-Southern,

Birmingham

Philip E. LaMoreaux, Vice-Chairman. .. .U . S. Geol. Survey, University
Section IV.

Thomas A. Ford, Chairman . State Dept, of Conservation,

Montgomery

Henry B. Rust, Vice-Chairman . Birmingham

Section V.

Eric Rodgers, Chairman . University

John R. Patty, Vice-Chairman . Birmingham

Section VI.

Henry L. Jennings, Chairman . . . Birmingham

J. T. MacKenzie, Vice-Chairman . .American Cast Iron Pipe Co.,

Birmingham

Section VII.

P. P. B. Brooks, Chairman . Montgomery

Sue Keller, Vice-Chairman . 'State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Section VIII.

Katherine Vickery, Chairman . . . Alabama College, Montevallo

Paul Irvine, Vice-Chairman . Auburn

Secretary, Alan T. Wager . Birmingham-Southern, Birmingham

Treasurer, Robert D. Brown . University

Editor of the Journal, Emmett B. Carmichael . Medical College of Ala.,

Birmingham

Councilor of A.A.A.S., J. Paul Reynolds . Birmingham-Southern,

Birmingham

Counselors for Junior Academy :

Edith Geisler (1 yr.) . Bessemer

Father Charles Reiner (2 yrs.) . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Mary Woodley (3 yrs.) . Mobile

80

Coordinator of the Junior Academy with Science Clubs of America:

Kathryn M. Boehmer . Ensley High School, Birmingham

Committee on Promoting Membership and Activities: C. A. Basore, Chair¬
man-, Fred Allison, Kathryn M. Boehmer, Peter A. Brannon
lloyd t. Cunningham, Arline B. Davidson, J. F. Glazner W e'
Glenn, H. C. Heath, Geogre W. Hess, W. W. Hill, T. E.’ Hunt
Kussell L. Jenkins, H. L. Jennings, Virgil B. McCain, Jr. Win¬
nie McGlamery, Clustie E. McTyeire, W. M. Mobley, Rev Charles
Reiner, G. M. Toffel, John Xan, P. H. Yancey, S.J.

Committee on Research: Russell S. Poor, Chairman; J. Allen Tower
1. rL. Hunt, Mildred A. Englebrecht.

Committee on Publication : Dr. Charles M. Goss, Chairman; Walter B
Jones, Roland M. Harper, Emmett B. Carmichael (Ex-Officio).

Committee on Long Range Planning: Stewart J. Lloyd, Chairman-
Houston Cole, E. D. Emigh, Milton H. Fies, Carl B. Fritsche W
M. Mobley, James A. Wilson, P. H. Yancey.

Committee on Finance: Milton H. Fies, Chairman; Carl B. Fritsche

Russell L. Jenkins, E. V. Jones, Russell S. Poor, Septima g'
Smith.

Committee on Constitution: E. D. Emigh, Chairman; G. D. Palmer E. V.
Jones, Winnie McGlamery.

81

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

THE ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE IN
THE POSTWAR ERA

J. M. Robinson, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn

Twenty-three years ago the Alabama Academy of Science was organ¬
ized. Two years ago, it was my pleasure and honor to serve as chairman
of the Biological-Medical section. It developed that I was one of the
Charter members of the Alabama Academy of Science. When I was
appointed chairman of the nominations committee, there was a thrill in
my mind that I would be spared the responsibility of becoming the pre¬
siding officer. However, the other members of the nominations committee
held a caucus while I performed my duty as sectional chairman so that
when the committee met the votes were stacked against me. You can
imagine my embarassinent when the President called for the report of
the nominations committee. However, a member of the committee gracious¬
ly consented to relieve me of that embarassment.

I did not approve of the selection then, however, I decided to carry
on to the best of my ability. You will recall that at that time our nation
was in the midst of the greatest global conflict in he history of man.
Meantime the conflict has subsided with most of the gun firing ceased.
The populations over the earth are going home or to the area which was
once called home. Homes may be replaced with a pock mark on the earth
caused by the explosion of bombs or the home spot may have been
smoothed with a bulldoser and a black top airport may grace that portion
of the terrain where the home once was. The men of America are return¬
ing to what they once called home. Every returning man discovers with
somewhat of shock that the situation in America is far from what they
left and what they fought for. Those of us who remained here and car¬
ried on, while the combat groups fanned out over the globe where they
successfully struck down the opposing forces, are also shocked and to
some extent confused.

You will recall that it took some time for Congress to pass laws
changing a peace functioning nation into a war action machine. It took the
Pearl Harbor incident to bring all of us to the realization that our armed
forces needed a different kind of cooperative spirit in order to bring the
tremendous forces of man’s ingeniousness to bear on critical points and
areas around the globe.

Following the declaration of war against the axis powers the congress
authorized the Commander-in-chief of the United States to prepare for
resistance to this power and to aid the allies. This action resulted in num¬
erous directives being issued so that multitudinous governmental policies
might quickly cause enormous changes in the production of every thing
the armed forces needed immediately, in the near future, and ultimately
to win the war.

Men and women of all ages and conditions were moved to various
critical positions where war designs were being created from the minds
of a few keen thinkers. The innumerable gadgets which resulted from this
mental spree of visulizing ways and means of combating conflicting
philosophies of government were produced with amazing speed and in
impressive quantities and at exorbitant prices. All of this expansion
resulted in raising the national debt to unprecedented proportions. The
main idea was to protect the lives of the American armed forces without

82

regard to cost in dollars. The only cost that had significance was the loss
ot trained man power.

Therefore enormous expenditures were made and tremendous scien¬
tific advances were consumated to produce the more destructive forms of
energy and to protect the combat forces as far as might be. Finally the
atom bomb was perfected, tested, and exploded in the Japan arena of
action Man with his creative, ingenious mind perfected the most destruc¬
tive form of energy to that date. This display of atomic energy has
brought humans to the realization that what had been considered super¬
natural power has come into the hands and under the control of the mind
of man. This condition of scientific knowledge has brought us to a feel-

nnd t,Jsecunty- ^ho’ tben ^iil direct atomic energy to civilian usage
and to the preservation of man? 6

This example of. the development of atomic energy is one of the
enormous variety of impressive scientific developments along with many

iS?'r wl?":h forces were applied to all phases of war even out to

the combat level on land, water, and in the air.

Now that the world combat has ended plans are being projected to
find a common level of agreement among the nations of the earth. While
int.ernatl°nal eff°rts are in progress most of our armed forces
are looking toward and arriving home. The generally enlarged enthusiasm
for information about things scientific as a result of the world conflict
is being expressed over the United States in the surge of veterans taking
advantage of the educational facilities of the institutions of higher learning.
The Alabama Academy of Science stands today as a beacon to

ZZngC th°+Se rPCrSOnS Zer?ted in 3,1 types of science as applied to
the betterment of man in his local environment either rural or urban

In contrast to this background, let us lift the curetain and glance at
president!f] addresses of previous years. Dr. Roger W. Allen in
938 began his Anomalous Alabama,” with, “a description of the God-

c]imatic and geographical — of this

Then came Father Patrick H. Yancey in 1939 with “It seems to be
pretty well agreed that we are in the midst of a world' crisis On eve"y
s de we see wars and rumors of wars and we are told that another world
war, in comparison with which the last war was only a skirmish, is almost
fPO,n| U?' M. jre important still, we see the pattern of civilization we had
fondly considered, if not the best attainable, at least the most perfect that

with destructTon.” d’ ^ thlS at the C°St °f great sacrifice- threatened

Then came President Farmer— “Man, like all other organisms is in
interaction with his environment. His activities have alwaySg been largely
directed- toward living, securing the means of carrying on the life processes

other1 animah?S C ^ WaS t0 gCt f°°d and keep from being'food for

renown e^haJ^Thl 1943/ SCnt l message to members of the Academy
eporting that The past year has seen many changes in our personal

lives, as well as in the affairs of the Alabama Academy of ScienceP As the
?enpTn t"eteh^emberXhe,d ^ 1 ^ * iS du* t0 make a

a • -kTfIy inr the.fa11 of 1942 s°me members expressed themselves on the
ad,vls,ib;l,ty of trying to hold the Auburn meeting. The A A A S meet ne

hnM CfmibCr W3S Called °ff °n account of transportation and

hotel difficulties A letter was sent to the members of the executive com¬
mittee in November, requesting their consideration and vote on the matter.

83

The majority were in favor of holding the regular meeting as scheduled
and work was started on planning the program.”

As the war moved on, the 1944 meeting found E. V. Jones discussing
some challenges facing the Alabama Academy of Science. “It is a trite
statement, but nonetheless true that we are facing the greatest crisis in
the history of our country. This crisis will not end with the defeat of
Hitler and Tojo. In fact, the major crisis is not in the winning ‘of this
war but in building a just and durable peace. I have never doubted for
one minute since Pearl Harbor that Germany and Japan would be defeated,
but I have not been equally optimistic about the building of a durable
peace. We, as a nation, are doing our full share in the winning of the
war.”

So we have been without meetings for the whole Academy since
1944, however, the executive committee has worked along with more
energy than a snake in hibernation. In fact, a long past due section made
clearance of the executive committee and today is accepted as a new sec¬
tion of the Academy. The section of Social Science is organized, officered,
• and has developed a program which has contributed to the current annual
meeting. The congratulations of the whole academy is extended to all the
social science workers in the state. It is the hope of the academy officers
that the response over the state will more than justify the establishment
of this section.

The Long Range Committee has made diligent search for some plan
which might be accepted to which scientists throughout the state may
cooperate and eventually collectively make an even larger contribution to
the advancement of science in this area. As the scientists separate from
the armed forces and again resume work in their special fields the Long
Range Committee plan will unfold thus contributing to the future develop¬
ment of Alabama.

Specific. plans, however, are being considered similar to those developed
by the Virginia Academy of Science. If these plans are successfully pro¬
mulgated, it will mean greater development of things scientific in Alabama.

As we enter the postwar era, there will be an ample opportunity to
interest many scientists of the state in becoming members of the academy.

The teaching of science in the various high schools and colleges of
the state need careful and sympathetic consideration by the academy. It
may be that the academy, through its officers and members, may encourage
a broadening of interest in things scientific at the high school level.

The Junior Academy is apparently well officered. It will take a
strong committee with enthusiasm in order to further interest and give
ample guidance to organize science clubs in the larger high schools and
in the more remote high schools of the state. Here is a real challenge for
workers and here is where the academy might spend even larger amounts
of money and anticipate large returns from the young people of the state.
We must not forget that the trained minds of the youths of Alabama will
help to develop the sciences in this great state. We should do every
thing possible to encourage the brightest youths of the state to perfect
themselves and encourage them to take pride in making their contribu¬
tions in this state.

This need of enlargement of educational facilities lies at the door of
the institutions of higher learning in Alabama. The training in some
scientific fields through the masters degree level is reasonably well estab¬
lished. When sufficient maintenance becomes available, it will be possible
to establish the doctorate training also. However, that day at present
appears in the distant future.

84

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE, MAY 3, 1946

NORTH TERRACE, TUTWILER HOTEL

At 10:30 A.M., May 3, 1946, the Executive Committee was called to
order by President J. M. Robinson, with the following members in at¬
tendance : Prof J. M. Robinson, Dr. Septima C. Smith, Dr. James L
Kassner, Dr. Katherine Vickery, Dr. E. V. Jones, Dr. Walter B. Jones

2rKGe0T^geTTD^PaImerkDr- C M‘ Farmer> Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael,
Father P. H Yancey, Dr. J. P. Reynolds, Mr. E. D. Emigh, Mr. Edgar
C. Horton, Mr. J. H. Coulliette, Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson, Mr J M
Stauffer, Dr. John Xan, Mr. Alan T. Wager, Miss Kathryn M. Boehmer'
Dr- J- A. Tower, Miss Clara Weishaupt, Miss Sue Keller and Miss Winnie
McGIamery.

. F Minutes : It was moved and seconded that the reading of the
minutes of the last meeting be dispensed with, as they have been published
in the Journal, October, 1945.

2. Report of the Treasurer : Dr. John Xan, Treasurer, read his report,
showing the finances of the Academy to be in good condition, with a

1946, of $646.87. Dr. George D. Palmer moved, seconded
by Mr. E. C. Horton, that the report be accepted and referred to the Audit¬
ing Committee. Motion carried.

3. Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: This report was read by
Dr. Septima C. Smith. Dr. J. A. Tower moved, seconded by Dr. Emmett
B. Carmichael, that the report be accepted as read. Motion carried.

4. Report of ■ the Coordinator of the Alabama Junior Academy of
ocience _ with Science Clubs of America : Miss Kathryn M Boehmer in
presenting her report of progress for the year, stated that Alabama had
this year 100 white schools with science clubs affiliated with Science Clubs
ot America, and eight with the Alabama Junior Academy of Science. Miss
Boehmer made a request for $50.00 to carry on next year’s work $25 00
from the Senior Academy, and $25.00 from the Junior Academy ’Dr E
V. Jones moved, seconded by Dr. Walter B. Jones, that the report be
accepted, and that the request for .funds from the Senior Academy be
doubled that the amount granted be $50.00 instead of $25.00. Motion
carried. Report appended.

5 . Report of the Editor: This report was read by Dr. Emmett B.
Carmichael. Dr. Walter B. Jones moved, seconded by Dr. C. M. Farmer
that the report be accepted. Motion carried.

Dr. John Xan moved, and it was seconded, that the Secretary should
be informed when Academy members become members or Fellows of the
A.A.A.S. Motion carried.

6. Report of the Standing Committees :

a . Committee on Membership and Activities: Mr. Emigh reported
this activity to be in a sholesome state, that the Section Chairmen
are continuing to bring in new members.

b. Committee on Research : In the absence of Dr. Poor, Chairman
the report will be carried over until Saturday.

c. Publications Committee : Mr. J. H. Coulliette, Chairman, re¬

ported that the papers published in the last Journal were approved
by this Committee, as well as the abstracts of other papers. Dr
Emmett B. Carmichael moved, seconded by Dr. James L. Kassner!
that the President-Elect be the publicity agent for the Academy
Motion carried. J

85

Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael moved, seconded by Dr. J. P. Rey¬
nolds, that members may present complete papers for the Journal
that have not been presented at the Academy meeting, subject to
the action of the Publications Committee. Motion carried.

d. Long Range Planning Committee : Dr. George D. Palmer, Chair¬
man, reported that at a meeting of this committee on May 2, the
following motion was passed unanimously : “That the Long Range
Planning Committee endorses the program (see ‘State Science
Needs’ published elsewhere in Journal ) in principle; that the Long
Range Planning .Committee be placed on a more permanent basis
and representative of all interests; that a committee of six be
appointed by President Robinson to study the matter and report
back to the Executive Committee ; and that the Executive Com¬
mittee be given the power to act.” Dr. Palmer moved, seconded
by Mr. Emigh, the acceptance of this report. Motion carried.

e. Report of the Committee on Revision of the Constitution and
By-Laws : Mr, Emigh, Chairman, reported that this work is not
yet completed, and recommends that the matter stand as it is for
the present.

7. Place of Meeting for 1947: Dr. E. V. Jones moved, seconded by Dr.
Walter B. Jones, that the next meeting be held in Birmingham. Motion
carried.

Air. J. H. Coulliette moved, and it was seconded that “Suggestions
for Authors” be officially adopted by the Academy and printed in the
Journal. Motion carried.

Mrs. Wynelle D. Thompson moved, seconded by Dr. James L. Kass-
ner, that the name of Section 7 be changed from The Teaching of Science
to Science Education. Motion carried.

There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.

WINNIE McGLAAlERY, Secretary

MINUTES OF THE PRELIMINARY BUSINESS
MEETING, MAY 3, 1946

The meeting was called to order by President J. M. Robinson at 1:00
P.AL, North Terrace, Tutwiler Hotel.

1. Minutes: It was moved and seconded that the reading of the Min¬
utes of the last meeting be dispensed with, and that they be accepted as
published in the Journal. Motion carried.

2. Report of the Editor of the Journal: This report was read by Dr.
Emmett B. Carmichael. Dr. J. P. Reynolds moved, seconded by Dr. George
D. Palmer, that it be accepted. Motion carried. Report appended.

3. Reports of the Standing Committees :

a. Committee on Membership and Activities’. Mr. E. D. Emigh,
Chairman, reported that the number of new members for the
year testifies to the activity of the Section Chairmen as well as
Academy members. It was moved and seconded that this report
be accepted. Motion carried.

b. Publications Committee : Mr. J. H. Coulliette, Chairman, re¬
ported that the seven complete papers on which were published in
the last Journal, and abstracts of other papers were approved by
the Committee. He added that emphasis should be placed on more
and better papers. 'Section Chairmen should send to Mr. Couliette

86

papen5 J ?ue c?nsidered for printing in full. It was moved and
seconded that the report be accepted. Motion carried.

An;hn??>1Kette/,Tji,Kan(lit ^seconded, that “Suggestions for
Motion carrieadd°Pted ^ the Academy and Prmted in the Journal.

c Long Range Planning Committee : Dr. George D. Palmer read

Mavr?7r^nrrnteM-i0ihe, L°2g Range Plannin& Committee on
May 2 (report published elsewhere in Journal). Dr. Xan moved

and it was seconded that the recommendation of the Executive

Committee be accepted, that is, that a Committee of six be chosen

mittee^Motion3 carried. CapacRy ‘he Long Range Planning Com-

BvRlLZ ?■ °LrierCOmulitru 0,1 Revision °f the Constitution and
completed M Emigh’ Chairman, reported this work not yet

ending RAm\\ 29 Dr„JoTbn Xan read his report for the year

Tnnl/fw ll,29’ 1946. Dr. Walter B. Jones moved, seconded by Dr E V

Motion hcarrihed.rePOrt ^ aCCepted’ and referred to the Auditing Committee.’

5 Report of the Councilor of the A.A.A.S.: This report was read hv
Dr. Septima C. Smith. Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael moved and ft was
seconded, the acceptance of this report. Motion carried.

ft, off/ aCC Mating: Dr. J. P. Reynolds moved, and it was seconded
: , tthiE,ep-reC°rn?,endut10? °f, the Executive Committee be accepted that
is, that Birmingham be the place of meeting for next year. Motion carried
■Committee for the A.A.A.S. Award announced: Dr. James L Kass-
ner, Chairman, with the eight Vice-Presidents. J

fW /S;-Wy?eiIe D' Thompson moved, seconded by Dr. Walter B Tones

T^JiTof Ca"ed Sdm“ ^

Announcements :

Rooms for the meeting places of the various sections are assigned
ing.8' Appointment of Committees to Report at the Final Business Meet-

Auditing Committee:

^ Mcjo^g" Academy: Mr- J- H. Coulliette, Chairman; Dr. W. A.

<b) &ADaThmoy™ps^S C'UStie McTydre' Chai™a".' Mrs.
fW ™r; ^mmett B- Carmichael moved, seconded by Dr. J P Reynolds

ha have nntKmay PFeSent complete papers for publication in ihe Journal
that have not been presented at a regular meeting of the Academy subject
to the action of the Publications Committee. Motion carried y’ J 1

E. v S?. C MmFa?me?r- Emmelt B' Ca™khad- Chairman; Dr.

neth W.tott fCT C 'Smith' Chairraaa- °r. Ken-

Dr. E^v'Tone? Chailman7- fir V, P%R,an^ Planning Committee :
Dr. rJ. E foX Ya"“*

F. Duggar° 'deart VeXTon' DeZ&W ?l4! ,rib“te *° Dr‘ J'

sessiln meetmg WaS adjourned- and the various sections went into

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary

87

MINUTES OF THE FINAL BUSINESS MEETING,

MAY 4, 1946

The final business session was called to order at 11:15 A.M., May 4,
1946, by President Robinson.

Business held over from yesterday :

The Research Committee : Dr. R. S. Poor, Chairman, who was asked
to serve at the death of Dr. Duggar, reported that one application was on
file at the time he took up this duty. The application was from Dr. W.
Joe Frierson, Birminghan*Southern College. His application for $150.00
for a laboratory assistant was granted. In addition, there are three new
applications from the following:

Miss Lillian Worley
Father Charles Reiner
Dr. H. E. Wilcox

These are still under consideration. Mr. J. H. Coulliette moved, seconded
by Mr. E. D. Emigh, that the report be accepted. Motion carried.

Report of the Chairman of the Councilors of the Junior Academy :
Dr. Alvin V. Beatty gave a very enthusiastic report of the activities of
the Junior Academy, naming the high schools winning special recognition,
and listing new officers. It was moved and seconded that this report be
accepted. Motion carried. Report appended.

Dr. James L. Kassner moved, seconded by Dr. H. E. Wilcox, that
Miss Kathryn Boehmer be included in the list of officers of the Alabama
Academy of Science as Coordinator of the Junior Academy with Science
Clubs of America. Motion carried.

Dr. Emmett B. Carmichael moved, seconded by Mr. J. H. Coulliette
that we make arrangements for exhibits at the next meeting, the Secre¬
tary to work with the General Program Committee. Motion carried.

Mr. J. M. Stauffer moved, seconded by Dr. H. E. Wilcox, that the
Alabama Academy of Science endorse the establishment of a Museum of
Science in Birmingham. Motion carried.

Presentation of Shingles'. Shingles for new members were presented
at this time.

Reports of the Committees:

.1- Auditing Committee for the Senior Academy: Dr. W. A. Moore,
Chairman, reported that the committee had examined the books and found
them to be correct. It was moved and seconded that this report be accepted
Motion carried. Report appended.

2. Auditing Committee for the Junior Academy: This report was not
yet ready.

3. Resolutions Committee: Dr. Septima C. Smith, Chairman, read this
report. It was moved and seconded that it be accepted as read. Motion
carried. Report appended.

4. Charter Members: It was moved and seconded that the following
names be added to the Committee on Charter Members : Mr. Peter A
Brannon, Dr. S. J. Lloyd, Dr. Walter B. Jones.

5. Report of the Statistician: Dr. Roland M. Harper has no report.

6. Report of the Committee for the A.A.A.S. Aivard: Dr. James L
Kassner, Chairman, reported that Dr. J. P. Reynolds had been granted
the award for 1946-47.

7. Committee for the Nomination of Officers: Dr. Emmett B. Car¬
michael, Chairman, reported for the Nominating Committee. Report was
adopted and the following officers elected for next year:

88

Committee on Publication to replace Mr. J. H. Coulliette, Chairman

who is now out of the State: Dr. Charles M. Goss, Medical Col¬
lege of Alabama, was chosen.

President-Elect: Dr. John Xan, Howard College.

Councilor A.A.A.S. : Dr. J. Paul Reynolds, Birmingham-Southern

College.

Secretary: Prof. Alan T. Wager, Birmingham- Southern College

Treasurer: Dr. James O. Foley, Medical College of Alabama.

Councilor for the Junior Academy (3 years) : Mrs. Wynelle D.

Thompson, Birmingham.

Coordinator of the Junior Academy with .Science Clubs of America:

Miss Kathryn M. Boehmer, Birmingham.

Section Chairmen and Vice-Chairmen :

Section I. Chairman, Dr. J. M. Bruhn, Medical College of Ala¬
bama. Vice-Chairman, Dr. Clara Weishaupt, State Teachers
College, Jacksonville.

Section II. Chairman, Dr. W. M. Murray. Vice-Chairman, Dr.
Kenneth W. Coons, University.

Section III. Chairman, Dr. Lyman Toulmin, Jr., Birmingham-
Southern College. . Vice-Chairman, Mr. Phil LaMoreaux
Ground-Water Division, U.S.G.S., University.

Section IV. Chairman, Mr. Thomas A. Ford, Dept, of Conserva¬
tion, Montgomery. Vice-Chairman, Mr. Henry B Rust Bir¬
mingham.

Section V. Chairman, Dr. Eric Rodgers, University. Vice-Chair¬
man, Dr. John R. Patty, Birmingham.

Section VI. Chairman, Mr. Henry L. Jennings, Birmingham.
Vice-Chairman, Dr. J. T. MacKenzie, American Cast Iron
Pipe Co., Birmingham.

Section VII. Chairman, Mr. P. P. B. Brooks, Montgomery.
Vice-Chairman, Miss Sue Keller, State Teachers College
Jacksonville. ’

Section VIII. Chairman, Dr. Katherine Vimkery, Alabama Col-
Montevallo. Vice-Chairman, Dr. Paul Irvine, Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

8. Adjournment : Upon completion of business, the meeting was ad¬
journed. There were almost one hundred members and visitors in attend¬
ance at the meetings.

WINNIE McGLAMERY, Secretary

REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE ACADEMY
CONFERENCE HELD IN PRIVATE DINING
ROOM 4, JEFFERSON HOTEL, ST.

LOUIS, MARCH 27, 1946

w T?ri Caldwell General Secretary, A.A.A.S., acting for Dr.

\ . Earl Light who was absent, called the meeting to order at 4:10 p.m.

r. Caldwell requested nominations for president and secretary pro tern
for the meeting Dr. E. F. Degering, Purdue University, was nominated
and elected president pro tern. Dr. C. L. Porter, Purdue University, was
nominated and elected secretary pro tern.

_rtrtDr- ITtR' U101} ,° a thj Illin°is Academy of Science presented a re¬
port on How Should Academy Grants Be Administered.” In his report
he emphasized the following points : ”

1. The Committee authorizing grants should be active in going out in

89

search of worthwhile projects rather than to take a passive attitude of
simply accepting those coming in for consideration.

2. Spread the awards among the different sciences.

3. Don’t give grants to the same men year after year.

4. Awards should eventually bring forth good papers to be published
in the Proceedings of the Academy. If published elsewhere, reprints should
be available for Academy files.

5. It follows that the greater the number of State Academy members
the more funds will be available for research awards.

6. Dr. Tehon recommended that the Chairman of the “granting” Com¬
mittee be retained for a number of years, but that the membership of the
Committee be rotated.

The second paper of the afternoon was presented by A. W. Lindsey
of the Ohio Academy of Science who discussed the topic “Possibilities of
Improving Senior Academies of Science.”

Talks scheduled by M. H. Trytten and E. C. L. Miller were not given
as these gentlemen were absent.

There followed a general discussion led by Drs. Caldwell, Thone and
Carlson on “Methods of Encouraging Young People to Enter Scientific
Fields.”

An announcement was made of the St. Louis Museum and members
were invited to inspect this museum.

The afternoon meeting adjourned at 5:45 p.m.

DINNER SESSION— 6:15 p.m.

A dinner, courtesy of the Executive Committee of the A.A.A.S., was
given in Dining Room 4 of the Jefferson Hotel.

The attendance at the dinner was 27. Dr. Light came in at the close
of the dinner.

Following the dinner a nominating committee composed of Dr. Joseph
C. Gilman, F. E. E. Germann, and John C. Frazier, made the following-
nominations for the ensuing year :

President — Dr. E. F. Fegering, Purdue University

Secretary — Dr. A. W. Lindsey, Ohio
These men were elected to their respective offices.

Margaret P. Patterson made a short talk concerning Science Clubs
and their relations with Junior Academies of Science.

There followed brief reports of the work of various State Junior
Academies of Science.

Those reporting :

C. L. Porter — Indiana

B. B. Morgan — Wisconsin

John C. Frazier — Kansas

Hubert J. Daris — Virginia

Otis W. Caldwell — reporting one activity of the Minnesota Junior
Academy

Dr. J. B. Conant, President of the A.A.A.S., gave a brief address
commending the proposed program of the Federal Government to sub¬
sidize scholarships.

The dinner meeting adjourned at 7:55 p.m.

C. L. PORTER, Secretary pro tem
SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Councilor A.A.A.S.

90

REPORT OF RESEARCH COMMITTEE
MAY 4, 1946

The acting-chairman of this committee has been asked to fill the
unexpired tfrF11°,f Dri -J- F- Duggar, deceased. This he has done with
humility and full knowledge of his inability to adequately handle the work
of the committee as Dr. Duggar had planned it.

flKeS und-ieCOrTdSiv!ie?! Dr- DuS£ar were submitted to this
logically66 ^ President J* M* R°bmson and have been arranged chorono-

During the year the committee voted to grant $150 to Dr. W Toe
Frierson Department of Chemistry, Birmingham-Southern College to
defray the expense of a laboratory assistant on the problem of physical
constants of pure organic compounds. ^

Other applications for grants-in-aid have been received as follows:

Na me — Instituti o n

1. Miss Lillian Worley— University of Alabama

2. Rev. Charles Reiner— St. Bernard College .

3. Dr. H. E. Wilcox — Howard College .

RUSSELL S. POOR,
Research Committee

Amount

. $ 50.00

. 500.00

. — 150.00

Chairman

REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE JOURNAL

Your Executive Committee met on February 10 1945 and vnteH

aken1^1 ,*}?,■ I**5 of the A<*demy. At this meeting, action was

taken to publish complete papers and abstracts of papers that would have

rn^nnWbm ted ^ luaI Program- The 1944 Journal contained eight

complete papers while Volume 17, 1945, contained seven complete papers.

Complete files of the Journals have been furnished to the Librarv of

H/rf»^S,r'nCOl'egei,h.e L?ra^?f «>? Museum of Comparative Zo„7o^
g,a.7ar.d College, and the Scientific Library, Bureau of Science Manila

fit TP-KmeS’ m brary’, V; S- DePartment of Agriculture, Washington, DC’
f[fipplbrary Murse,?m of Natural History, Paris, France. We have

f fteen complete files of the Journal available and there are sufficient
o her volumes (excepting volumes 11 and 12) to make twenty more com-
plete files H members, who are located at institutions where we have
ri l?' eS °f thed0unWl’ ,would send the Editor their copies of Volume

libraries of The worid. *° P'aCe COn,p'"e files in ““V taportam

It is hoped that in the future that exphasis will be placed on complete
3er,Sp in , tbe Journal instead of abstracts. The Committee on Publication
Hin S consider your paper for the Journal. Authors, however
should continue to submit abstracts along with complete papers so that
the Jounial will not be delayed. The Academy is financially able to print
a Journal with twice the number of papers that we have been printing

r f' ( u J°nes male a strong effort over several years to complete
he list of charter members of the Academy. If other names should be

Editor^ th6 pnnted Ilst in Volume 5, page 8, please furnish them to the

The Journal carries a list of deceased members. If other names have
been omitted, please inform the Editor.

EMMETT B. CARMICHAEL, Editor

91

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND
ACTIVITIES, 1946 MEETING

The Chairman reports that the Constitution of the Academy is in
course of revision, but not yet in shape to submit for approval. It has
been examined, article by article, by a sub-committee of the Long Range
Planning Committee, and desirable changes suggested.

War restrictions have prevented the Chairman of the Committee on
Membership and Activities from making his customary trips over the
state, but Chairmen of Sections and many others have brought about a
substantial increase in membership and interest in the Academy.

Respectfully submitted,

E. D. EMIGH, Chairman,

Committee on Membership and Activities

REPORT OF COORDINATOR OF ALABAMA JUNIOR
ACADEMY WITH SCIENCE CLUBS OF
AMERICA

In October a bulletin was sent to the 300 white senior high schools
of the state, giving information concerning the work of the A.J.A.S. and
the S.C.A. — also application blanks for both organizations. This resulted
in increased membership in S.C.A. and some inquiries concerning the
A.J.A.S. This was financed by the A.A.A.S. In March, the science club
at Ensley High School assisted in the first issue of Alabama 'Science
News which was sent to all members of A.J.A.S and S.C.A. in the state
and to cooperators in other states. This year Alabama had 100 white
schools with science clubs affiliated with S.C.A., and eight with A.J.A.S.
The work of the cooperator, in trying to increase the number of science
clubs cannot be carried on successfully without funds. Since other states
with rapidly progressing Junior Academies are allotted finances from
75 to 500 dollars a year, I would like to ask the Senior and Junior Acade¬
mies to each set aside 25 dollars for this work next year. With this fund
we hope to rebuild the A.J.A.S. and surpass the record of 27 clubs rep¬
resented at the annual meeting some years ago.

KATHRYN M. BOEHMER, Cooperator

92

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR
ENDING APRIL 29, 1946

RECEIPT'S

Balance on hand, May 25, 1945 . $1,168.36

Received Membership dues, Sustaining Memberships and

Research Fund established by Mr. and Mrs. Geothe . 581.00

Total Receipts . . . . $1,749.36

DISBURSEMENTS

Alabama Junior Academv for prizes . $ 20 00

E. D. Emigh (Postage) . . . 5 86

Check exchange charge . 30

Secretary’s expenses . 945

Printing of Journal . . . 262.24

A.A.A.S. Award (A. J, Westland) . 28 00

Weatherford Printing Co. (Stationery) . 6*25

J. F. Duggar (Expenses) . 6.54

W. H. Taylor (Shingles) . 11.50

Katheryn Boehmer . ’ . ”**”’"* J 15 30

Emmett B. Carmichael (Editor’s expenses) . 16.35

Weatherford Printing Co . 19 69

A. T. Wager (Stamps) . . . , 1 00

Total Disbursements . . 402.49 402.49

Balance on hand, April 29, 1946 . $1,346.87

RESEARCH FUND

Balance in Fund, May 25, 1945 . $500 00

Received this year . .

Added from Academy fund . 100.00

Total in Fund . 700.OO 700.00

Balance in Academy fund, April 29, 1946 . $ 646.87

Auditing Committee :

W. A. MOORE
J. H. COULLIETTE
JOHN XAN

REPORT OF THE RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE

Last Business Meeting, Alabama Academy of Science, May 4, 1946.

_ Whereas, the 23rd Annual Meeting of the Alabama Academy of
Science had a successful meeting in Birmingham, Ala., be it resolved,*
hirst : That the Academy membership extend its thanks to’ Drs.
Emmett Carmichael, E. V. Jones, and John Xan, in appreciation of their
excellent work as the local committee on arrangements for this meeting.

^ Second: we extend our thanks and sincere appreciation to

McKesson & Robins, Inc., Mr. Lunceford, Manager, for the compli¬
mentary dinner extended to members of the Academy at the Tutwiler
Hotel, hriday evening, May 3rd.

Third : That we extend our sincere thanks to the Birmingham Cham¬
ber of Commerce, through Mr. William B. Smith, who handled the mat-

93

ter, for secretarial and other assistance at the registration desk in the
Tutwiler Hotel.

Fourth : That we extend our appreciation to Mr. Baxter, of the First
Methodist Church, for its use for section meetings.

Fifth : That we extend our thanks to the Tutwiler Hotel and its
management for their graciousness in the use of facilities for the business
meeting and the banquet.

Sixth : Whereas, our respected and beloved fellow scientist and mem¬
ber, Dr. J. F. Duggar, Sr., was called to his Maker December 25, 1945, and

Whereas, Dr. Duggar was outstanding in his chosen scientific field
of Agriculture, particularly in Agronomy and Botany,

Whereas, he possessed those sterling qualities of absolute scientific
honesty and unimpeachable character and integrity, and

Whereas, he was always ready and willing to help his fellow scient¬
ists, professional or amateur, old or young, imparting to many of us some
measure of his knowledge, and

Whereas : His passing was a heavy blow to our group, to our state,
and to the field of science generally ;

Now, therefore, be it resolved that this expression of regret be spread
upon the minutes of this meeting, and that a copy be sent to his bereaved
family.

Respectfully submitted,

E. D. EMIGH
KENNETH COONS
SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Chairman

LONG RANGE PLANNING COMMITTEE

(Pre-Academy Meeting)

Tutwiler Hotel, Emerald Room

2 :00 P.M., TUTWILER— THURS., MAY, 1946

Dr. George Palmer, presiding. S. C. Smith appointed Secretary.

The Pre-Academy meeting of the Long Range Planning Committee
met at the time and place indicated above. The following members were
present :

1. J. M. Robinson — President of the Academy

2. Eugene D. Emigh— Weather Bureau, Montgomery

3. W. W. Mobley

4. George Palmer, Chairman

5. Clustie McTyeire

6. George A. Douglas, Montevallo

7. W. A. Moore, Birmingham-Southern

8. James T. Kassner — President-Elect

9. Septima C. Smith — Councilor of the Academy

Dr. Palmer read the plans of the Virginia Academy of Science —
which appears to be the ideal Academy in its long-range planning — and
gave his ideas on: 1. The State science needs; and on 2. The Function of
the Alabama Academy of Science.

Dr. Palmer’s main theme was for Alabama to develop a Long-Range
Planning Committee such as Virginia has, with all of its subcommittees,
to boost the Alabama Academy of Science and to make it worth while!
He feels the Academy should do something for the community, and then
the community will support the Academy projects. He feels we should
interest the business men of the state in our work, and then let them con¬
tribute the money for its continuance.

94

The time is now ripe, stated Dr. Palmer, for enlarging the Academy
\ lrginia has twenty men and women on their Long Range Planning- Com¬
mittee — all people of influence in the state ^

Dr Douglas moved that “Resolved that it is the consensus of this
committee that the Long Range Planning Committee be put on a perma-
nent basis. This motion was lost for want of a second. Mr. Emigh moved
that we endorse Dr. Palmers program for the L.R.P.C. in principle Dr

motion Attached)!'' 85 m0t'0n- '* ad°pted “nani™“*- (The

OUTLINE MINUTES AND NOTES ON L.R P C MEETING
AT TUTWILER, JUNE 22, 1946

B Tones fofllo^inf)a7embers the LJCP.C.-E. V. Jones, Chairman; W.

at lO fS) ’ AGM°V avd R' S' P,°,0r'~met at the Tutwiler June 22,
at 1U .00 A.M. (Nan and \ancey unable to attend). The Chairman pre¬
sented for consideration the following agenda and compiled from ?the
statement on “State Science Needs” by G. D. Palmer and refer redTy the
Academy to this special committee and from numerous suggestions from
committee members and from various other sources.

Agenda

1. The assignment, duties or functions of this committee.

2. Plans for the reorganization of the L.R.P.C.— (a) Its personnel fhT
The manner of setting it up, (c) Its organization and place in the ma¬
chinery of the Academy, (d) Its functions.

3‘ ?twrmatterS °lfirst importance for the Academy

(a) Money for financing the program of the Academy.

I\e r‘?ht Chairman for the L.R.P.C. and how to secure him
fHt and diversifying our membership and putting it to work

( ^peopl? UP 3 Pr°gram °f real significance toPthe slate and Its

4' ^tUg^sted 3?ng range Project for the Academy.

A?abama°™tl0n °f Better Scientific and Technological Training in

5. Specific sub-projects contributing to the major goal:

(a) Agitation for approved” science training programs in our colleges

work, and in program^

(b) Promotion of associate memberships among college students and

XrxUzs™ !or ,hem at th~>

(c) Cooperation with the Committee for the Junior Academy and
Science Clubs in conducting a Science Talent Search in Alabama to

outeof the°srtatae.dOZen WmnCrS °f scholarshiPs at colleges in and

(d) vper<f-fngfUP^f A “fummer Session Scholarship” at a good uni-

(e) s prS s «**»&■« p™‘e

m r}U) \°.°PeratinS institutions which offer scholarships

(f) “d P“ * ««

95

(g) Possible cooperative surveys :

(i) Alabama’s research resources in men, libraries, and facilities.

(ii) Alabama’s technological resources in men and facilities.

(iii) A summary of significant research done in Alabama.

(iv) Surveys of “agricultural resources”; of “industrial re¬
sources”; of “natural resources”; of “plant and animal
animal life” in Alabama.

(v) A Grassland Research Foundation project.

(vi) Alabama’s “Men of Science” and “Who’s Who” in other
areas.

(vii) Studies in location of industries, e.g. “newsprint from pine,”
“ceramics,” “chemical industries,” other “new industries.”

(viii) Studies dealing with labor, transportation costs, markets, and
capital requirements for proposed new industries.

(ix) New industries developed from our southern resources.

It was agreed that the agenda covered our assignment very well. All
agreed that the L.R.P.C. should be one of the standing committees with
a membership not too transitory composed of ten or a dozen men from
many fields and led by a Chairman of the highest caliber whose tenure
should be several years. A chairman and a co-chairman so as to divide
the load and secure the best men seeemed to be the best plan. No attempt
was made to choose the full committee though a list of twenty names has
been compiled. It is hoped that the chairman may be secured soon.

As to the “Other Matters of First Importance” there was some diverg¬
ence of opinion as to which our committee should push first. The view
that finally prevailed was that we should suggest the most challenging
program we could and put forward some concrete plans that might be
pushed immediately.

The suggested Long Range Project for the Academy namely, “The
Promotion of Better Scientific and Technological Training in Alabama,”
was the subject of much favorable comment.

Various items among the specific sub-projects were discussed. It was
pointed out that some of these items have been covered by earlier surveys
and re-surveys might not be necessary. Items a., b., c., and e. met with
the full approval of the committee.

The committee adjourned at 11:45 having set up plans for efforts to
secure the chairman and co-chairman. Other matters will be pushed for¬
ward by correspondence and if necessary, another meeting will be held.

Copies of this outline and notes are being sent to all Executive Com¬
mittee members, to all committee chairmen, to the heads of the educa¬
tional institutions and other sustaining members. Comments and suggestions
are invited and will be greatly appreciated.

E. V. JONES, Chairman

96

MEMBERS OF THE ALABAMA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Honorary Members

Gardner, Wright A. (A) .

§*Graham, John Y. (A) .

. Auburn

Roberts, Wisconsin

Sustaining Members

Alabama By-Products Corporation .

Alabama College .

Alabama Polytechnic Institute .

Alabama Power Company .

Alabama State Chamber of Commerce

American Cast Iron Pipe Company .

Birmingham Slag Company .

Birmingham-Southern College .

Birmingham Trust & 'Savings Bank....

DeBardeleben Coal Corporation .

Florence State Teachers College .

Howard College . .

Huntingdon College .

Jacksonville State Teachers College...

Judson College . ; .

Livingston State Teachers College .

McKesson & Robbins, Inc .

Portland Cement Association .

Southern Natural Gas Co .

Stockham Pipe & Fittings Co .

Troy State Teachers College .

University of Alabama .

Woodward Iron Company .

. . Birmingham

. Montevallo

. Auburn

. Birmingham

. Montgomery

. Birmingham

.2019 6th Ave. No., Birmingham

. - . Birmingham

. Birmingham

.2201 1st Ave. No., Birmingham

. Florence

. Birmingham

. Montgomery

. Jacksonville

. Marion

. Livingston

. Birmingham

. Watts Bldg., Birmingham

. Watts Bldg., Birmingham

. Birmingham

. Troy

— - . University

. Woodward

Active Members

Adams, Miss Bess (K) . . . 104 Lexington Road, Montgomery

Adams, Miss Opal (K) . . . . 911 Carter Hill Road, Montgomery

Alabama Department of Archives and History . Montgomery

Anderson, Harold V . 605 Idlewild Circle, Birmingham

Andrews, Henry Lucian . . . Box 797, University

Andrews, T G (C) . University

Arant, Frank S. (A) . In Service

tArcher, Allan F. (A) . . jn 'Service

Austin William W . 620 3rd, S.W., Birmingham

Ayrs, O. L. (B) . .....1001 28th Place South, Birmingham

Baker, Roger D . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Basore C. A . A. P. I., Auburn

GATr.ge P'/P) . . . . 1513 3rd Ave., Tuscaloosa

peatjy’ ^- (A ) . Biology Dept., Emory University, Atlanta

Bender, Dons (K) . . 2050 Spring Hill Ave., Mobile

Bentley Jr., Mrs. Oscar L. (k) . 830 Park Ave., Montgomery 6

B.ckler Mrs Mary G. (K) . - . A.P.I., Box 254, Auburn

Black, Mrs. Zoe (A). . Alabama College, 305 Nabors St., Montevallo

Boehmer, Kathryn M . 3928 Ave. K„ Fairview Station, Birmingham 8

97

Boggess, William R . 545 College St., Auburn

§Brakefield, J. L. (A) . 853 77th Way So., Birmingham 6

Brame, J. Y. (C) . . . 604 1st National Bldg., Montgomery

*Brannon, Peter A. (C) . Dept, of Archives and History, Montgomery

Brier, Mrs. H. C . Troy

Brooks, P. P. B. (G) . 212 Ponce de Leon Ave., Montgomery 6

Bruhn, John M. (A) . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Bush, J. D . 1925 8th Ave. So., Birmingham

Burke, Alonzo A . 1012 E. Main, Albertville

Bynum, Mrs. Joe H . 865 7th St., Birmingham

Carlston, J. Gordon (A) . Nat. Inst. Health, Bethesda, Md.

§Carmichael, Emmett B. (A) . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Carter, Ed. J . State Dept, of Education, Montgomery

Carter, Hugh P . 1616 Shades Park Drive, Birmingham 9

Casey, Albert E. (A) . 619 19th St., Birmingham

Cason, Mrs. Clarence E . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Chauvin, Viola RN (A) . U. S. Marine Hospital, Norfolk, Va.

Christenson, Reed O. (A) . (In Service) A.P.I., Auburn

Clapp, Cecil E. (D) . Auburn

Cline, Joseph K. (B) . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

§Coghill, Will H . U. S. Bureau of Mines, Tuscaloosa

Cole, Frank T. (G) . Weather Bureau Office, Mobile 10

Colvin, Miss Frances M . 812 So. 20th St., Birmingham

Coons, Kenneth W. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Cornell, B. M . Southern Aviation Training School, Decatur

Cothran, Mrs. Robert M. (K) . 36 Pine Crest Road, Birmingham

§Cotton, William E. (A) . A. P. I., Auburn

§Coulliette, J. H. (G) . University of Chattanooga

Crookshank, Herman R . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Culmer, Orpha Ann (E) . State Teachers College, 718 Jackson Rd.,

Florence

Cunningham, Floyd F. (D) . State Teachers College, Florence

Cudworth, J. R. (C) . University

Davidson, Arlie B. (K) . Huntingdon College, Montgomery

Dejarnette, David L . Alabama Museum of Natural History, University

Douglas, George A. (K) . Alabama College, Montevallo

Douglas, Sarah Frances . 212 Mecca Ave., Birmingham

Dowling, Herndon, Jr. (A) . (In Service) 1426 Brown St., Tuscaloosa

Driver, Robert L. (A) . 1157 Treat Ave., San Francisco, Cal.

Dunn, Miss Loula (K) . 810 Felder Ave., Montgomery

Egan, Miss Eula P. (K) . State Teachers College, Florence

Eikum, Robert L. (D) . 5 N. Bainbridge St., Montgomery

fEmigh, Eugene D. (D) . Weather Bureau, Montgomery

Englebrecht, Mildred A. (A) . School of Chemistry, University

§Evans, G. Harlowe (B) . 209 Woodley Rd., Montgomery

Fair, Baxter B. (F) . (In Service) 72 Virginia Ave., Montgomery

Farmer, C. M. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Felger, Robert P. (K) . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Ferguson, Hal (F) . (In Service) T.C.I. Hospital, Fairfield

Fies, Milton H. (D) . 3236 Salisbury Road, Birmingham

Fincher, J. A . 8016 2nd Ave. So., Birmingham 6

Foley, James O. (F) . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Ford, Tom (D) . Dept, of Conservation, Montgomery

Friedman, Louis L . . . . . 1124 So. 20th, Birmingham

Frierson, W. Joe (B) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Frishe, W. C. (B) . A. P. I„ Auburn

98

Gandrud, B. W. (C) . U. S. Bureau of Mines, 311 Caplewood Ter.,

TT uscaloosa

Garber, James R . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Gary, C. M . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Gassman, Miss Frances J. (K) . 117 N. 21st St., Birmingham

Gattman Lambert C. (A) . St. Bernard College, 'St. Bernard

Gau der Mary Ester . . . . . Box 2047, University

Geisler, Edith (A) . Adger

Gerhardt, Henry (E) . i . 1215 limiraSt"" Mobile

G ass, Franklin . . . ....Marion Institute, Marion

fG azner J. F. (D) . . . State Teachers College, Jacksonville

Ulenn, W. E .(E) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Coding, Ray F ... . . 1923 8th Ave. So., Birmingham

Goss, Charles M . (F) . Medical School, L.S.U., New Orleans, La.

Graves, Stuart (F) . School of Medicine, University

Hadley, Willard J (B) . . 7718 8th Ave. S„ Birmingham 6

fHargis E H. (F) . 1131 28th St. and 12th Ave. N., Birmingham

Harrell, Miss Jane Mahala . 5626 5th Court So., Birmingham

^Harper, Roland M. (C) . Alabama Geological Survev, University

I^rmit J . -..-.Administration, Spring Hill College, Mobile

§Heath, Harry C. (A) . Huntingdon College, 21 Agnew St., Montgomery

Heide, S S . . . . . 2204 28th St., Birmingham

Herring, Mrs. Flora Mitchell . 1318 11th Ave. S„ Apt. 4, Birmingham 5

Hertzog, Ellis S. (B) . . 505 18th St., Tuscaloosa

gess’ D cyy-y-y . Dept, of Public Health & Safety, Wilson Dam

wrgepW>AB) . Howard College, Birmingham

Hill, W. W. (J). . . . 4305 Cliff Rd„ Birmingham

§Hmman E. Harold (A) . Apartado 23 Bis Mexico, D. F.

Iisey, Alan (B).. . . . .School. of Chemistry. University

Hof fman, Charles Wesley (G)— Apt. 5, 2312 Highland Ave., B irmingham
Horton, Edgar C. (C) . 1221 N. 13th St., Birmingham

Hunt, E (F) . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

James, Mary Frances . 812 So. 20th St., Birmingham

Jennings Henry L. (H) . Title Guarantee Bldg., Birmingham

Jenkins, Russell L . . Monsanto Chemical Co., Anniston

STn^f P ve0rgm LeC A . W . : . : . P- O. Box 664, Tuscaloosa

’ w p . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

llnnp ’ w' r . . . Alabama Geological Survey, University

§W ’ w v (F) . 4 . T-CL Hospital, Fairfield

Kassner, J. L. (B) . School of Chemistry, University, 1620 2nd Ave.,

Kennedy, W. R. (G) .

Keller, Miss Sue .

Kennerly, W. J. (B) . .

Kilgore, W. Elbert (D)

Kracke, Roy R. (F) . .

LaMoreaux, Phillip E....

Land, James E. (B) . .

fLang, George .

Leach, Charles N. (F)...

Tuscaloosa

. 2411 Park Lane, Birmingham

. . Box 47, Jacksonville

. Alabama College, Montevallo

-•-i~ . . . Box 247, Jasper

Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

. -—35 Eastwood, Tuscaloosa

. Chemistry Dept., A.P.I., Auburn

. - . Box 282, Tuscaloosa

. (In Service) State Board of Health,

Montgomery

99

Lewis, F. A . Box 1444, University

*Lloyd, S. J. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Long, A. R . Weather Bureau, Albuquerque, N. Mex.

Long, Margaret E . Washington Square College, New York 3

Lord, James (C) . Russellville

McCaffrey, J. E . Southern Kraft Corporation, Mobile

McCain, Virgil Bower, Jr. (K) . Methodist Children’s Home, Selma

McFarland, Robert W . (In Service) Box 685, Fairhope

McGlamery, Winnie (C) . Alabama Geological Survey, University

McTyeire, Clustie E. (G) . 1804 Arlington Ave., Bessemer

McVay, Thomas N. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

MacDonald, Margaret B . Citronelle

MacKenzie, James T. (B) . 4300 Glenwood Ave., Birmingham

Maggio, A. J. (B) . 200 Terrace Ave., Montgomery 6

Marshall, Ethyl L . Box 193, Montevallo

Martin, H. M. (B) . . . . A. P. I., Auburn

Matthews, David E. (G) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Aliles, R. V., Jr . 1025 Myrtlewood Drive, Tuscaloosa

Mobley, Willard M. (H) . . ..Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

Moore, W. A. (F)..; . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

Mullane, Miss Drucilla . . . 1532 N. 33rd St., Birmingham 4

Munro, W. M. (Associate) . 210 Woodley Road, Montgomery

Murchison, E. A., Jr . P.O. Box 1512, Mobile

Murray, Wm. M . 917 So. 20th St., Birmingham

Nixon, Willard L . . 816 So. 20th St., Birmingham

Noojin, Ray O . Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

Obenchain, Mrs. Louise F. (K) . Howard College, Birmingham

O’Leary, W. D„ S. J. (K) . . Spring Hill College, Mobile

Olive, Alfred H. (B) . . . Howard College, Birmingham

fOverton, A. G. (D) . Alabama By-Products Corp., Tarrant

§Palmer, George D., Jr. (B) . School of Chemistry, University

Paterson, T. Haygood (D) . 28 Myrtlewood Drive, Montgomery

Patty, J. IT . 7815 5th Ave., S., Birmingham

Pepmsky, Raymond (G) . Radiation Lab., M.I.T., Cambridge, M

Phillips, Grady W . 34th Station Hospital, APO 794, c/o P M NY

^P^kington, A. J . (In Service) 106 Bush Ave., Mobile

fPoole, G. R. (B) . Bellaire, White Bear Lake, St. Paul 10, Minn.

Pool, Robert M. (F) . 652 Ridgeway Rd„ Fairfield

Poor, R. S. (C) . . . A. P. I., Auburn

Porter, Mrs. Elizabeth S . 1800 Broad St., Tuscaloosa

Posey, L. C . 803 Medical Arts Bldg., Birmingham 5

Pressley, W. L . 271 S. Gay St, Auburn

Pnester, Harold . 419 9th St. W., Birmingham

Rason, Frank W. (D) . Box 40, Montgomery

Reiner, Charles (B) . . . . . St. Bernard College, St. Bernard

Reynolds, J. Paul (A) . Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

*Robinson, Mary E. (A) . 536 Princeton Ave., Birmingham

§*Robinson, J. M. (A) . A. P. I., Auburn

Rodgers, Eric (G) . University

Rudolph, A. S. (A) . State Teachers College, Troy

Rushton, E. R. (B) . P. O. Box 556, Florence

Rust, Henry B. (D) . Libertv Life Bldg., Birmingham 3

Sechrest, E. E . . . 3404 17th Ave., Birmingham

§Sharp, G. G . Alabama College, Montevallo

Shotts, Reynold Q . 707 10th St., Tuscaloosa

Smith, C. B. (K) . State Teachers College, Troy

100

Smith, Homer A. (D) .

§Smith, Septima C. (A) .

Smith, Genevieve (B) .

♦Smyth, Patrick H. (G) .

§Sommer, Anna L. (B) .

Spies, Tom D. (F) .

fSpieth, Alda May (A) .

Stabler, Carey V .

Stahlein, R. 'S . ; .

Stauffer, Jacob M. (D) .

Stephan, L. LeMar (D) . .

Stevens, Russell B. (F) .

Sullivan, E. B. (B) .

Tarzwell, Clarence M. (A)..

Teague, Robert S. (F) .

Tellier, Albert Julius (E) .

Thompson, Davis H .

Thompson, Mrs. Wynelle D..

Tipton, Samuel R. (A) .

Toffel, Maj. G. M. (B) .

Todhunter, E. Neige (A) .

Toler, Brooks .

Toulmin, Lyman, Jr. (C) .

§Tower, James Allen (D) .

Vickery, Katherine (K) .

Wager, Alan T. (G) .

Walsh, Sister Mary Vincent

Ward, John M . Alabama

Ware, Lamar M. (D) .

Watson, J .

fWeishaupt, Clara G. (A) .

fWestland, Rev. A. J. (C) .

§*Whiting, W. A. (A) .

fWilcox, Harold E. (B) .

Wingard, R. E .

Woodall, Percy H .

Woolf, Frank P. (F) .

Wooley, Mary .

Worley, Lillian (D) . .

§Xan, John (B) .

§Yancey, Patrick H. (A) .

. 1009 Dunlop Ave., Guntersville

. Zoology Dept., Box 1446, University

.....University, Alabama, Apt. A-9, Tuscaloosa

. 806 Winona Ave., Montgomery

. - . 18 Nelocco Dr., Auburn

. Hillman Hospital, Birmingham

. 1704 Springhill Ave., Mobile 17

. Alabama College, Montevallo

. 232 Genada, Auburn

. 8 Arlington Road, Montgomery

. State Teachers College, Troy

-(In Service) 2754 Bush Blvd., Birmingham

. (In Service) Spring Hill College, Mobile

. (In Service) 3 LaFayette Apt., Decatur

. edical College of Alabama, Birmingham

. (In Service ( 153 S. Monterey St., Mobile

. 917 Valley Road Place, Birmingham

. ...917 Valley Road Place, Birmingham

. Medical College of Alabama, Birmingham

. Marion Institute, Marion

. ; . Box 1051, University

. Masonite Corp., Laurel, Mississippi

..Birmingham-Southern College, Birmingham

. (In Service) Birmingham-Southern

College, Birmingham

. Alabama College, Montevallo

. 938 9th Court W., Birmingham

(B).... Visitation Academy, Spring Hill Ave.,

Mobile 17

State Chamber of Commerce, Montgomery

. A. P. I., Auburn

. - . - . Box 311 E., Rt. 3, Birmingham

. State eachers College, Jacksonville

. Spring Hill College, Mobile

. 900 8th Ave. West, Birmingham 4

■ . Howard College, Birmingham

. (In Service) Box 177, Auburn

. HOI 27th Place S., Birmingham

. Box 143, Auburn

. Murphy High School, Mobile

. Alabama College, Montevallo

. Howard College, Birmingham 6

■ . Spring Hill College, Mobile

♦Charter members of the Academy.
fMembers of the A.A.A.S.

§Fellows of the A.A.A.S. and of the Alabama Academy of Science.

The letters in parentheses after the names indicate the chief field of
interest of the members. (A) Biology, (B) Chemistry, (C) Geology and
Anthropology (D) Geography and Conservation, (E) Mathematics, (F)
Medicine (G) Physics (H) Industry and Economics, (J) Teaching of
Science, (K) Social Science.

101

Umaspii Mmhrrs

Edgar Allen, February 3, 1943
Thomas S. Van Aller, March 19, 1943
Herbert B. Battle, July 3, 1929
Andrew Richard Bliss, Jr., August 12, 1941
John Frederick Dugger, December 25, 1945
Theophilus R. Eagles, June 7, 1936
F. W. Faxon, August 31, 1936
Sumner Albert Ives, December 18, 1944
Bradford Knapp, June 11, 1938
Henry Peter Loding, February 26, 1942
Emerson R. Miller, December, 1949
William Pinkerton Ott, December 25, 1944
Edwin Eustace Reinke, January 25, 1945
Bennett Battle Ross, April 4, 1930
Eugene Allen Smith, September 7, 1927
Groesbeck Francis Walsh, September 1, 1944

102

ALABAMA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1945-1946

-Louise Klein

OFFICERS— 1945-1946

President .

Sacred Heart Academy, Cullman

Vice President . . Law)

DeKalb County High School, Fort Payne

Secrelar y . - . Irene Gueledge

West End High School, Birmingham

T reasurer .

Hueytown High School, Bessemer

Permanent Counselor . Dr a y Beatty

University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa

Counselor to President . Sister Maureen Hughes, O.S.B.

Sacred Heart Academy, Cullman

.Eric Pitts

OFFICERS— 1946-1947

President, Josephine Gregory . West End High School, Birmingham

Vice-President, Dorothy Barriger . St. Paul's High School, Birmingham

Secretary, Louise Watkins . ! . Hueytown High School, Bessemer

Treasurer, Dolores Madison . Sacred Heart Academy, Cullman

COUNSELORS— 1946-1947

Edith Geisler (1 yr.) .

Father Charles Reiner (2 yrs.)
Mary Woolley (3 yrs.) .

Hueytown High School, Bessemer
—St. Bernard College, St. Bernard
. Murphy High School, Mobile

103

ROTATING SECTOR BANDS*

Carl O. Hitchcock and Floyd E. Batchelder, Woodlawn High School,
Birmingham.

The old proverb “Seeing is believing,” like many other old proverbs,
has been proven false by scientific investigation. In fact, since what we
see most of the time is not the true spatial relationships of bodies but
rather distortions or illusions, we may modify the proverb to read “Seeing
deceiving, ’ and in such a proverb have one that is better than the old.

On all sides we are besieged by these illusions : The diameter of a
tall column appears to be diminished in the middle; the source of a strong
light appears to grow in physical dimension as its intensity is increased ;
in the frame of a doorway, if the grain of the wood runs inward and
downward at an angle of forty-five degrees with the floor, the top of the
doorway appears wider than the bottom. These illusions have one fact in
common: a distortion in the shape or size of the object has taken place,
and in no instance has there been a distortion in the color of the objects
in question. However, there are cases where the color of the body under¬
goes an apparent change, and a technicolored optical illusion, so to speak,
is created. One of the most interesting of these color illusions is the Ben-
ham disk phenomenon.

Professor Benham, an English physicist, discovered in 1895 that if
a pattern of black sectors superimposed upon a white disk is rotated,
the illusions of varying color bands would be produced. Benham offered
several faulty theories on the subject, and to this date no satisfactory
explanation has been given.

From experiments conducted with the Benham disk, following Ben-
ham’s general pattern, but changing the specific design as the occasion
demanded, we have arrived at a plausible theory which explains the major
issue in question. The disks used were painted half black and half white.
On the white semi-circle, we drew black sector bands one-eighth of an
inch m width and separated from each other by one-eighth inch and placed
in different sectors with varying distances from the center. The general
result is not affected by varying the width of the bands so long as enough
white remains between them to give the required contrast. We found that

TABLE I

Sector

Speed

High

Low

0°- 45°

light blue

dark blue

45°- 90°

light green-brown

light blue-brown

90°-135°

light chocolate

green-brown

135°-180°

red

red-brown

Note: Table I illustrates the manner in which the colors progress from
sector to sector through the entire color spectrum with the change in speed
of rotation. With counter-clockwise rotation the chain begins in the 0-45°
sector with the color of the shortest wave length and progresses through
the ^spectrum to the color of the longest wave-length exhibited in the 135°-
180° sector. If the rotation is clockwise the results appear in diametric
order.

*Received Junior Academy Award as best paper at 1946 meeting.

104

black bands located in the first zero to thirty or zero to sixty degrees of
white with the disk rotating in a counter-clockwise directed, produced the
illusion of deep blue when rotated slowly and light blue to lavender when
the speed was increased. In the bands located in the forty-five to ninety
degree sector the color changed from light blue to pale green. In the bands
from ninety to one-hundred and thirty-five degrees the color changed
from green to chocolate. The bands from one-hundred and thirty-five to
one-hundred and eighty changed from chocolate to red. If the rotation is
clockwise, the color bands are exactly reversed. We tried different sectors
such as twenty-five to seventy-five degrees but found they only produced
different shades of the above mentioned colors.

At first glance there appear two possible solutions to this problem
Either the actual frequency of the light is changed and the illusion is no
illusion at all, or due to some defect in the eye a technicolor optical
illusion is created. Color photographs of the rotating disks show no trace
of color. Therefore, we concluded that the illusion is due entirely to the
eye.

Our explanation is based upon the fact that different colors have
different rates of growth and decay upon the retina. For example, if a
i ed boar d is observed for a length of time and then the eyes are closed,
an after-image of red will exist which takes a definite time to fade. If
a blue board is observed the after-image of blue will require a shorter
time to fade than the red. This rate of decay, which is usually less than
a second, can, so far as we have observed, explain the phenomenon of
the disk. When the eye looks at the disk, it first sees a long white band.
I nis excites all the color sensations in the retina. The disk, by its rotation
shifts the vision into the black field which offers no color sensation. Dur¬
ing the time the eye gazes at the black field, the color sensations of the
white _ fade. This fading is interrupted by the reappearance of the white
I he time required for the black section to pass out of the field of vision
m the case of the blue band, is exactly equal to the decay rate of blue’
1 herefore, the mind is fooled into thinking that blue has been observed
and the sensation of blue is perceived. As the speed of rotation increases’
the blue becomes lighter because the shortened time of the fade-out period
has decreased the apparent decay rate so that it matches the decay rate of
ight blue. Therefore, light blue is perceived. In the second sector the
color as the speed increases, changes from light blue to green. This shows
Tat the tirst band rotated at high speed produces the same color as the
next band at lower speed and so on for all consecutive bands This fact
can be explained according to our theory if we consider for a moment the
circular bands formed when each black sector band is extended through-
out ooO . Aow each circular band of the zero to forty-five degree section
is composed of 225° of black and 135° of white, or five parts black to
three parts white. Exaggerating the time element, we might say that a
certain angular velocity the three parts of white were in the field of
vision for three seconds and the five parts of black for five seconds. We
might further assume that three seconds of growth and five seconds of
decay is equal to the growth and decay rate which produced the color
blue. Now let us rotate the disk twice as fast so that we have a growth
pei iod ot 1.5 seconds and a decay period of 2.5 seconds. Let us assume
t lat this is the growth and decay rate of light blue. Now considering the
circular bands of the second section, we see that the numerical ratio of
the degrees of white to black is the same as in the first section The dif-
SncV?,01!e °J arrangement of number. In the second section there is
T’o blade then 45 of white, followed by 45° of black, and finally
M oi white. Apparently, this sandwiching of the growth period decreases

105

deep blue to liqht blue.

light blue "to pa-le green

greentochocolite

chocolate to red

Note, :

Not Ea :

Notb, :

Upon reversing the direttion of rotation
the results appear^ reverse orber,
i.e. 'R'appeor5 as’D", ’8'm'C', 'C'as*8 ' and ‘D'aa 'A”.

The effect of in increase mthe speed op notatrion
is shown by the two noted colors - the First: beino
observed at minimum speed of rota.tr ion ahd the J
Second at speeds approach-! na the maximum. At

excessive speeds alltlie colors' tw«r^e into gray.

The width of the arcs is of Sficondary importance
so Iona 4.3 sufficient white area is left between
them to promote contrast.

■Rotating Sectob "Bands

By* Fuoro batchelder fi carl witcwcock.

Plate- I

I2i9|46

nap*

106

Typical experiment ail Disk
Demonstr ating Possible CombihLtions

d -
e. -
f -

3~

Cloc k wise
dlhli to light red
jjrey'ish - green
deep to light blue
chocola.te -red to red-qre<sn
iLvendtp 3

red

blue- 0r ee n

Counter - Clockwise
a.- dark blue to light blue
blue green - gree n
red - light red

I ivenrfflr

red - green
DlueJ

green - b rewn

Rotating 5ectoe Bands

BY FLOYD BATCHELDEC <5 CARL HITCHCOCK

Plate H

IS 1 9 |4fe

107

the absolute height to which the stimulus rises in section two by allowing
the stimulus received in the zero to forty-five degrees arc to die down
during the 45 to 90 decline arc, before adding the .90 to 180° stimulus,
for (a- b) + c < a + c. Therefore, at the speed of the first rotation
there is, in effect, less stimulus acquired than is applied when is as if the
growth rate had been decreased. This decrease, considering our assumed
problem, must be assigned the value of 1.5 seconds, which would give a
color of light blue to the second sector at the first speed. This would be
the same as to say the effect is equal to that of the first sector, at the
second speed.

The white lines between the bands furnish an additional stimulus for
the fading period which makes the colors appear in pastel shades. How¬
ever, without the white bands there would be no color because there would
be no contrast. This was proven by constructing and rotating disks on
which the sector bands were solid which, as expected, produced no color.
The fact that the relative positions of the color bands change as the disk
is reversed is explained by the fact that the black bands precede the black
semi-circle in one case and follow when the disk is reversed, thereby
giving stimulus at different relative positions which in turn reverses the
colors.

As the disk is rotated at a very high speed the colors will all fade into
gray. This may be explained by the fact that the period of stimulus is so
very brief that the eye can no longer interpret these periods of stimulus
as colors, and because the periods of coming ever closer to neutralizing
each other so far as the eye can detect, the disk appears gray.

108

TWELFTH MEETING— MAY 3-4, 1946

The Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Alabama Junior Academy of
Science was held at St. Paul’s High School, Birmingham, Alabama, May
3 and 4, 1946.

.At Oie first business meeting, Friday, May 3, at 4 P.M., the following
official delegates responded to roll call :

.Florence Day . Ensley High School, Ensley

Ruth Freil . Hueytown High School, Bessemer

Robert Herring-.. . Phillips High School, Birmingham

Margatet Ann King . Sacred Heart Academy, Cullman

George Abosuele . St. Bernard High School, St. Bernard

Dorothy Barriger . St. Paul’s High School, Birmingham

Billy Cox . Shades Cahaba High School, Birmingham

Howard Collins . , . West End High School, Birmingham

Charles Preskitt . Woodlawn High School, Birmingham

. The president appointed the following committees; nominating com-
mittee; Miss Edith Geisler, Counselor of Hueytown High School; How-

Collins, official delegate from West End High School; and Billy Cox
official delegate from Shades Cahaba High School; resolution committee1
Miss Cl us tie McTyeire, sponsor from Hueytown High School, George
Abosuelo, official delegate from St. Bernard High School; and Florence
Day, official delegate from Ensley High School.

Save a report of his chapter’s activities during the year.

I he following motion was introduced and passed unanimously: That
each exhibit entered in competition at the annual meeting should be ac¬
companied by a written explanation.

The Reverend Charles Reiner, counselor from St. Bernard, made a
suggestion that each chapter be permitted to enter more than one exhibit at
the annual meeting. Discussion, however, revealed that the by-laws allow
two exhibits from any school, only one of which may win an award.

Robert Herring, official delegate from Phillips, proposed the establish-
ment of a means whereby clubs could obtain information on activities
i0m\ , .ose other schools. Miss Kathryn Boehmer, cooperator between
the Alabama Junior Academy of Science and Science Clubs of America
stated that there is already being published under the direction a paper
entitled Alabama Science News.” She urged other clubs to send informa¬
tion regarding their activities which could be published. The journal now
serving only members of the Junior Academy, will eventually include all
high schools of the state.

An announcement concerning the annual banquet to be held at 6:30
p.m. briday, at the Redmont Hotel was made.

The president, finding no further business, declared the meeting ad¬
journed until 9:30 a.m. Saturday morning.

SATURDAY, MAY 4, 1946

The final session of the Twelfth Annual Meeting, with 113 registrants
present, was called to order by the president, Louise Klein.

Following the roll call and approval of the minutes of the preceding
meeting, the president gave her report concerning the activities of the
Junior Academy during the past year.

The president called for the Treasurer’s report. There being no
Counselors report, Miss Barbara Tucker, a representative from the Ala-

109

bama Medical College in Birmingham, gave a brief talk outlining the
advantages of, and courses of study for, a medical profession.

The following papers were then presented :

1. “Spectrum Analysis”

Joseph Green . St. Bernard High School

2. “Technique in Bird Taxidermy”

Carolyn Zur Schmiede . St. Paul’s High School

3. “The Sweetheart Gardenia”

Chamsie Adrey . Sacred Heart Academy

4. “Polarized Light and Effects of Double Refraction”

Irene Gulledge . - . West End High School

5. “Soap”

Florence Day . Ensley High School

6. “Glandular Personalities”

Sue Barnett . Hueytown High School

7. “Atomic Energy”

Sidney G. Holder, Jr . Shades Cahaba High School

8. “Rotating Sector Bands”

Carl O. Hitchcock and Floyd Batchelder . Woodlawn High School

The Resolution Committee read resolutions expressing thanks and
gratitude to 'St. Paul’s and the officers and counselors of the Junior
Academy for the success of the annual meeting.

Following the report of the Nominating Committee, elections were
held. The following were elected officers for the year 1946-1947:

President, Josephine Gregory . West End High School, Birmingham

Vice-President, Dorothy Barriger . St. Paul’s High School, Birmingham

Secretary, Louise Watkins . Hueytown High School, Bessemer

Treasurer, Dolores Madison . Sacred Heart Academy, Cullman

The decisions of the judges were then read; the following received
Junior Academy Awards:

1. Physics — Paper

“Rotating Sector Bands” . Carl O. Hitchcock and Floyd Batchelder,

Woodlawn High School, Miss Ruby K. Malone, sponsor

2. Physics — Exhibit

“Sonar: Measuring the Distance of Sounds by Pulsation” —

Miss Edith Geisler, sponsor, Woodlawn High School

3. Physics — Exhibit

“Polarized Light and Effects of Double Refraction” —

Miss Mary Hafling, sponsor, West End High School

4. Chemistry — (Exhibit

“The Effect of Metallic Ions on the Heart” —

Rev. Charles Reiner, sponsor, St. Bernard High School

5. Biology — Exhibit

“Taxidermy” . Sister Dorothy, sponsor, St. Barnard High School

6. Science in Industry — Exhibit

“Mineralogy . . . Metallurgy” . Mr. Horton Chamble, sponsor,

Shades Cahaba High School
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned until
1947.

110

REPORT OF TREASURER— 1946

RECEIPTS

Balance in bank, November 14, 1946 .

Dues and Membership Cards .

Registration fees .

Banquet receipts .

$ 99.92
41.50
1975
112.65

Total Receipts

.$273.82 $273.82

DISBURSEMENTS

Expense of president .

Expense of treasurer .

Expense of counselors .

Banquet .

Chamber’s Engraving Company .

Total Disbursements .

Balance on hand, December 11, 1946 .

(First National Bank, Birmingham, Alabama.)

Auditing Committee :

WYNELLE D. THOMPSON
CLUSTIE McTYEIRE

.$ 18.75
1.11
8.15
135.49
10.50

$173.96 $173.96

$ 99.86

Ill

SUGGESTIONS FOR AUTHORS

The primary purpose of the Alabama Academy of Science is the pro¬
motion of scientific investigation and the distribution of information among
its members. The Journal of the Alabama Academy of Science is the
medium for the permanent recording of the activities of the Academy and
the publication of such scientific papers as circumstances permit.

The interests of the membership of the Academy spread over the en¬
tire field of scientific knowledge, and these interests will be best served
by the publication of papers which present research work of a substantial
nature, and are of interest to a reasonable proportion of the membership.
It is the duty of the Committee on Publications to accept or reject papers
submitted for publication. Revision of papers before publication may be
requested by the Committee when such revision is deemed desirable.
Papers which have been printed elsewhere cannot be accepted for publica¬
tion. At the present time, only papers which have been read — *at least by
title — before a meeting of the Alabama Academy of Science can be ac¬
cepted for publication. The Journal has a prior claim for publication on
all papers presented at any meeting of the Academy. Authors desiring to
publish papers should obtain a release from the Editor of the Journal.

In order to facilitate the work of the Committee on Publications, and
the printer, it is desirable that certain standard practices be followed by
authors in the preparation of manuscripts.

Construction : Papers should be clearly and concisely written in good
English. The terminology and units employed should be those current in
the particular field. Webster’s New International Dictionary, 1935, should
be the authority for spelling. In general, abbreviations are used for quan¬
tity expressions of more than two syllables — i.e. mm. (millmeters), cc.
(cubic centimeters). Those of one or two syllables are written in full —
i.e., grams, seconds, liters.

Biological and botanical terms should be written to indicate clearly
any capital letters desired. Words to be printed in italics should be under¬
scored. The metric system is preferred for small weights and measures.
In any case, for quantities entering into equations, a self-consistent set of
units should be employed.

In the derivation and writing of mathematical equations the svmbols
should be clearly defined. Greek letters should be indicated as such by a
notation in the margin. Complicated chemical structural formulas should
be submitted as India ink drawings from which cuts can be made.

Form : Manuscripts should be typewritten, with doublespaced lines, on
8 Yi" x 11" paper. A black typewriter ribbon should be used. The original
and the first carbon copy should be submitted to the Editor. The author
should retain the second carbon of the manuscript. Each copy should con¬
tain reproduction of illustrations which can be mailed with the manuscript
for examination by the members of the Committee on Publications.

Generous margins should be left on each page in order that the Editor
may conveniently mark notations to the printer.

Author’s Names : Each author should indicate his name in the form
desired. The name of the principal author should appear first, in cases of
joint authorship. The place where the work was done should be indicated
after the names of the authors. Subsequent changes of address should be
mentioned in a foot-note.

Tables: Tables should be on separate sheets of paner with their places
in the article indicated in the manuscript text. Copy for the tables should
not be crowded, and an entire table need no appear on a single sheet. The

112

arrangement should present data clearly and compactly. Unless very short,
tables should be numbered and given a caption. Vertical columns should
be given proper headings, and the units should be given on a separate line.
Iniormation need not be given in tabular form if a graph on a scale satis¬
factory for interpolation can be substituted. Numerical data given in tables
should, in general, not be repeated in the text.

Illustrations : Half-tones are expensive, and authors are requested to
submit photographs for reproduction only when absolutely essential for
a clear understanding of the text. Authors may be asked to share the cost
of half-tone engravings. Photographic prints should be on glossy paper
and unmounted. Each photograph should be marked on the back enough
to identify it, the name of the author and the number and caption it will
have in the printed article. If an extensive description is necessary it
should be placed in the text or on a separate sheet.

Drawings: Line drawings should be prepared with India ink on white
drawing paper or tracing cloth. The drawings should be not less than
twice, nor more than four times, as large as the printed reproduction is to
u U.ear Photographs of black and white drawings are acceptable. Note
that the printed reproduction will not be more than 4 inches (10.2mm.)
wide and 6.5 inches (16.5mm.) high. Lettering on drawings should not be
less than 14 mm. high after reproduction. Coordinate lettering should be
a part of the drawing.

Lit nature Citations: Previous work should be indicated by references
m a numbered list at the end of the paper, the number of each reference
appearing in the appropriate place in the text. All citations should show
the original source.

In citing articles from journals the following information should be
given m the order indicated : (1) Author’s name, followed by initials;
(2) Journal; (3) Volume; (4) Pages; (5) Year (also month and day
in case of weeklies). Abbreviations of journal names should conform to
those established in the Reader’s Guide.

Examples :

(1) Jones, J. L., Phys. Rev., 48, 240-2 45, 1938.

(2) W. P. Adams and F. L. Smith, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 28, 441-459, 1938.
In citing books, pamphlets, etc., authors should give: (1) Author’s

name, followed by initials; (2) title (quoted); (3) edition; (4) volume
(where more than one) ; (5) chapter or page cited; (6) place of publi-
cation; (7) publisher; (8) publication date.

Example :

\t Evd<i’ “Chemical Spectroscopy,” second edition, p. 128,

New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1943.

Proof-reading : After an article is set in type the author will receive
galley proof so that he may examine editorial changes, verify formulas
and equations, and make necessary changes. Corrections or changes not
absolutely necessary should be avoided. Authors will be charged with the
expense of making excessive changes in the proof. Galley proof should be
returned promptly to the editor.

Reprints: Reprints may be obtained from the printer at a reasonable
cost. Reprint orders should accompany the corrected proof, and authors
reTiirned'11^103^ W^et^er ^ey their drawings and photographs

TUSCALOOSA, ALABAMA

Prom

YQfrK A®*,

JOES

77 th

I WOflt

Street & GeA***1

New York., S.

MCKESSON & ROBBINS, INCORPORATED

BIRMINGHAM 3, ALABAMA

FOR

LABORATORY APPARATUS
CHEMICAL GLASSWARE
SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS
ANALYZED C. P. AND REAGENT CHEMICALS

For more than a quarter of a century, McKesson &
Robbins, Incorporated in Birmingham, Alabama has
been supplying the requirements of the Southeastern
frontier for laboratory needs.

Now with war depleted stocks returning to normal,
we are adequately prepared to serve promptly and
completely the laboratory needs of this
ever expanding territory.

•a